State of Illinois
91st General Assembly
Legislation

   [ Search ]   [ Legislation ]
[ Home ]   [ Back ]   [ Bottom ]


[ Engrossed ][ Enrolled ]

91_SB0745

 
                                               LRB9101253EGfg

 1        AN ACT to revise the law by combining multiple enactments
 2    and making technical corrections.

 3        Be it enacted by the People of  the  State  of  Illinois,
 4    represented in the General Assembly:

 5        Section 1.  Nature of this Act.
 6        (a)  This  Act  may  be  cited  as the First 1999 General
 7    Revisory Act.
 8        (b)  This Act is not intended  to  make  any  substantive
 9    change  in the law.  It reconciles conflicts that have arisen
10    from multiple amendments and enactments and  makes  technical
11    corrections and revisions in the law.
12        This   Act  revises  and,  where  appropriate,  renumbers
13    certain Sections that have been added or amended by more than
14    one Public Act.  In certain cases in which a repealed Act  or
15    Section  has  been  replaced  with  a successor law, this Act
16    incorporates amendments to the repealed Act or  Section  into
17    the  successor  law.   This Act also corrects errors, revises
18    cross-references, and deletes obsolete text.
19        (c)  In this Act,  the  reference  at  the  end  of  each
20    amended  Section indicates the sources in the Session Laws of
21    Illinois that were used in the preparation  of  the  text  of
22    that  Section.   The text of the Section included in this Act
23    is intended to include the different versions of the  Section
24    found in the Public Acts included in the list of sources, but
25    may  not include other versions of the Section to be found in
26    Public Acts not included in the list of sources.  The list of
27    sources is not a part of the text of the Section.
28        (d)  Public Acts 90-567 through 90-810 were considered in
29    the preparation of the combining revisories included in  this
30    Act.   Many of those combining revisories contain no striking
31    or underscoring because no additional changes are being  made
32    in the material that is being combined.
 
                            -2-                LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Section  5.   The  Regulatory  Sunset  Act  is amended by
 2    changing Section 4.18 as follows:

 3        (5 ILCS 80/4.18)
 4        Sec. 4.18.  Acts repealed January 1, 2008.  The following
 5    Acts are repealed on January 1, 2008:
 6        The Acupuncture Practice Act.
 7        The Clinical Social Work and Social Work Practice Act.
 8        The Home Medical Equipment and Services Provider  License
 9    Act.
10        The Illinois Nursing and Advanced Practice Nursing Act of
11    1987.
12        The Illinois Petroleum Education and Marketing Act.
13        The  Illinois  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology
14    Practice Act.
15        The Marriage and Family Therapy Licensing Act.
16        The    Nursing    Home   Administrators   Licensing   and
17    Disciplinary Act.
18        The Pharmacy Practice Act of 1987.
19        The Physician Assistant Practice Act of 1987.
20        The Podiatric Medical Practice Act of 1987.
21        The Real Estate Appraiser Licensing Act.
22    (Source: P.A. 89-706, eff.  1-31-97;  90-61,  eff.  12-30-97;
23    90-69,   eff.   7-8-97;  90-76,  eff.  7-8-97;  90-150,  eff.
24    12-30-97; 90-248, eff. 1-1-98; 90-532, eff. 11-14-97; 90-571,
25    eff. 7-1-98; incorporates 90-614, eff. 7-10-98;  90-655,  eff
26    7-30-98; revised 9-23-98.)

27        (5 ILCS 80/4.19 rep.)
28        Section  5.1.   The  Regulatory  Sunset Act is amended by
29    repealing Section 4.19 as added by Public Act 90-614.

30        Section 6.  The Illinois Administrative Procedure Act  is
31    amended by changing Sections 5-45 and 5-100 as follows:
 
                            -3-                LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (5 ILCS 100/5-45) (from Ch. 127, par. 1005-45)
 2        Sec. 5-45.  Emergency rulemaking.
 3        (a)  "Emergency"  means  the  existence  of any situation
 4    that any agency finds reasonably constitutes a threat to  the
 5    public interest, safety, or welfare.
 6        (b)  If  any  agency  finds that an emergency exists that
 7    requires adoption of a rule upon fewer days than is  required
 8    by  Section  5-40  and states in writing its reasons for that
 9    finding, the agency may adopt an emergency rule without prior
10    notice  or  hearing  upon  filing  a  notice   of   emergency
11    rulemaking  with  the  Secretary of State under Section 5-70.
12    The notice shall include the text of the emergency  rule  and
13    shall  be published in the Illinois Register.  Consent orders
14    or other court orders adopting settlements negotiated  by  an
15    agency  may  be  adopted  under  this  Section.   Subject  to
16    applicable   constitutional   or   statutory  provisions,  an
17    emergency rule  becomes  effective  immediately  upon  filing
18    under  Section  5-65  or  at a stated date less than 10  days
19    thereafter.  The agency's finding  and  a  statement  of  the
20    specific  reasons  for  the  finding  shall be filed with the
21    rule.  The  agency  shall  take  reasonable  and  appropriate
22    measures to make emergency rules known to the persons who may
23    be affected by them.
24        (c)  An  emergency  rule may be effective for a period of
25    not longer than 150 days, but the agency's authority to adopt
26    an identical rule under Section 5-40 is  not  precluded.   No
27    emergency  rule may be adopted more than once in any 24 month
28    period,  except  that  this  limitation  on  the  number   of
29    emergency rules that may be adopted in a 24 month period does
30    not  apply  to (i) emergency rules that make additions to and
31    deletions from the Drug Manual under Section  5-5.16  of  the
32    Illinois  Public Aid Code or the generic drug formulary under
33    Section 3.14 of the Illinois Food, Drug and Cosmetic  Act  or
34    (ii)  emergency  rules adopted by the Pollution Control Board
 
                            -4-                LRB9101253EGfg
 1    before July 1, 1997 to implement portions  of  the  Livestock
 2    Management  Facilities  Act.   Two  or  more  emergency rules
 3    having substantially the same purpose  and  effect  shall  be
 4    deemed to be a single rule for purposes of this Section.
 5        (d)  In  order  to provide for the expeditious and timely
 6    implementation  of  the  State's  fiscal  year  1999  budget,
 7    emergency rules to implement  any  provision  of  Public  Act
 8    90-587  or  90-588  this  amendatory Act of 1998 or any other
 9    budget initiative for fiscal year  1999  may  be  adopted  in
10    accordance  with  this  Section  by  the  agency charged with
11    administering that provision or initiative, except  that  the
12    24-month  limitation  on  the adoption of emergency rules and
13    the provisions of Sections 5-115 and 5-125 do  not  apply  to
14    rules  adopted  under  this  subsection (d).  The adoption of
15    emergency rules authorized by this subsection  (d)  shall  be
16    deemed  to  be necessary for the public interest, safety, and
17    welfare.
18    (Source:  P.A.  89-714,  eff.  2-21-97;  90-9,  eff.  7-1-97;
19    90-587, eff. 7-1-98; 90-588, eff. 7-1-98; revised 9-16-98.)

20        (5 ILCS 100/5-80) (from Ch. 127, par. 1005-80)
21        Sec. 5-80. Publication of rules.
22        (a)  The Secretary of State shall, by rule,  prescribe  a
23    uniform  system for the codification of rules.  The Secretary
24    of State shall  also,  by  rule,  establish  a  schedule  for
25    compliance   with   the  uniform  codification  system.   The
26    Secretary of State shall not adopt any codification system or
27    schedule under this subsection without the  approval  of  the
28    Joint  Committee  on  Administrative  Rules.  Approval by the
29    Joint Committee shall be conditioned solely upon establishing
30    that  the  proposed  codification  system  and  schedule  are
31    compatible with existing electronic data processing equipment
32    and programs maintained by  and  for  the  General  Assembly.
33    Nothing  in  this  Section  shall  prohibit  an  agency  from
 
                            -5-                LRB9101253EGfg
 1    adopting  rules  in  compliance  with the codification system
 2    earlier than specified in the schedule.
 3        (b)  Each  rule   proposed   in   compliance   with   the
 4    codification  system  shall  be  reviewed by the Secretary of
 5    State before the expiration of the public notice period under
 6    subsection (b) of Section 5-40.  The Secretary of State shall
 7    cooperate with agencies in the Secretary of State's review to
 8    insure that the  purposes  of  the  codification  system  are
 9    accomplished. The Secretary of State shall have the authority
10    to  make changes in the numbering and location of the rule in
11    the codification scheme if those changes do  not  affect  the
12    meaning  of  the rules.  The Secretary of State may recommend
13    changes in the sectioning and headings proposed by the agency
14    and suggest grammatical  and  technical  changes  to  correct
15    errors.  The  Secretary of State may add notes concerning the
16    statutory authority, dates proposed and  adopted,  and  other
17    similar  notes to the text of the rules, if the notes are not
18    supplied by the agency.  This  review  by  the  Secretary  of
19    State  shall be for the purpose of insuring the uniformity of
20    and compliance with the codification system.   The  Secretary
21    of State shall prepare indexes by agency, subject matter, and
22    statutory  authority and any other necessary indexes, tables,
23    and other aids for locating rules to assist the public in the
24    use of the Code.
25        (c)  The Secretary of State shall make available  to  the
26    agency and the Joint Committee on Administrative Rules copies
27    of  the  changes in the numbering and location of the rule in
28    the codification  scheme,  the  recommended  changes  in  the
29    sectioning  and headings, and the suggestions made concerning
30    the correction of grammatical and technical errors  or  other
31    suggested  changes.  The  agency,  in  the notice required by
32    subsection (c) of Section 5-40, shall provide  to  the  Joint
33    Committee  a response to the recommendations of the Secretary
34    of  State  including  any  reasons  for  not   adopting   the
 
                            -6-                LRB9101253EGfg
 1    recommendations.
 2        (d)  If   a   reorganization  of  agencies,  transfer  of
 3    functions between agencies, or  abolishment  of  agencies  by
 4    executive  order  or  law  affects  rules  on  file  with the
 5    Secretary of State, the Secretary of State shall  notify  the
 6    Governor,  the Attorney General, and the agencies involved of
 7    the effects upon the rules on file.  If the Governor  or  the
 8    agencies  involved do not respond to the Secretary of State's
 9    notice within 45 days by instructing the Secretary  of  State
10    to  delete  or transfer the rules, the Secretary of State may
11    delete or place the rules under the  appropriate  agency  for
12    the  purpose  of insuring the consistency of the codification
13    scheme and shall notify the Governor, the  Attorney  General,
14    and the agencies involved.
15        (e)  (Blank).
16        (f)  The   Secretary  of  State  shall  ensure  that  the
17    Illinois Administrative Code is published and made  available
18    to  the  public  in a form that is updated at least annually.
19    The Code shall contain the complete text of all rules of  all
20    State   agencies   filed  with  the  Secretary's  office  and
21    effective on October 1,  1984,  or  later  and  the  indexes,
22    tables,  and  other  aids  for locating rules prepared by the
23    Secretary of State. The Secretary of State shall  design  the
24    Illinois  Register  to supplement the Code.  The Secretary of
25    State shall ensure that copies of the Illinois  Register  are
26    available   to  the  public  and  governmental  entities  and
27    agencies.
28        If the Secretary of State determines that the Secretary's
29    office will publish and distribute either the Register or the
30    Code, the Secretary shall make copies available to the public
31    at a reasonable fee, established by the  Secretary  by  rule,
32    and  shall make copies available to governmental entities and
33    agencies at a price covering publication  and  mailing  costs
34    only.
 
                            -7-                LRB9101253EGfg
 1        The  Secretary  of  State  shall  make the electronically
 2    stored  database  of  the  Illinois  Register  and  the  Code
 3    available in accordance with this Section and Section 5.08 of
 4    the Legislative Information System Act.
 5        (g)  The publication of a rule in  the  Code  or  in  the
 6    Illinois  Register  as  an  adopted  rule  shall  establish a
 7    rebuttable presumption that the rule was duly filed and  that
 8    the  text of the rule as published in the Code is the text of
 9    the rule as adopted. Publication of the text of a rule in any
10    other location whether by the agency  or  some  other  person
11    shall  not  be  taken  as  establishing  such  a presumption.
12    Judicial or official notice shall be taken  of  the  text  of
13    each rule published in the Code or Register.
14        (h)  The  codification  system,  the indexes, tables, and
15    other aids for locating rules prepared by  the  Secretary  of
16    State,  notes,  and  other  materials  developed  under  this
17    Section  in  connection  with the publication of the Illinois
18    Administrative Code and the Illinois Register  shall  be  the
19    official compilations of the administrative rules of Illinois
20    and  shall  be  entirely in the public domain for purposes of
21    federal copyright law.
22        (i)  The Legislative Information System shall maintain on
23    its electronic data processing equipment the complete text of
24    the  Illinois  Register  and  Illinois  Administrative   Code
25    created   in  compliance  with  this  Act.   This  electronic
26    information  shall  be  made  available  for   use   in   the
27    publication   of   the   Illinois   Register   and   Illinois
28    Administrative   Code  by  the  Secretary  of  State  if  the
29    Secretary determines  that  his  office  will  publish  these
30    materials as authorized by subsection (f).
31        (j)  The    Legislative    Information    System,    upon
32    consultation with the Joint Committee on Administrative Rules
33    and  the  Secretary  of  State, shall make the electronically
34    stored database of the Illinois  Register  and  the  Illinois
 
                            -8-                LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Administrative  Code  available  in  an electronically stored
 2    medium to those who request it.  The Legislative  Information
 3    System  shall  establish  and  charge  a  reasonable  fee for
 4    providing the electronic information.  Amounts received under
 5    this Section shall be deposited  into  the  General  Assembly
 6    Computer Equipment Revolving Fund.
 7    (Source: P.A. 87-823; 88-535; revised 10-31-98.)

 8        Section  7.  The Freedom of Information Act is amended by
 9    changing Section 7 as follows:

10        (5 ILCS 140/7) (from Ch. 116, par. 207)
11        Sec. 7.  Exemptions.
12        (1)  The following shall be exempt  from  inspection  and
13    copying:
14             (a)  Information    specifically   prohibited   from
15        disclosure  by  federal  or  State  law  or   rules   and
16        regulations adopted under federal or State law.
17             (b)  Information    that,    if   disclosed,   would
18        constitute a clearly  unwarranted  invasion  of  personal
19        privacy, unless the disclosure is consented to in writing
20        by  the  individual  subjects  of  the  information.  The
21        disclosure of information that bears on the public duties
22        of public employees and officials shall not be considered
23        an invasion of personal  privacy.   Information  exempted
24        under  this  subsection  (b)  shall  include  but  is not
25        limited to:
26                  (i)  files and personal information  maintained
27             with   respect   to  clients,  patients,  residents,
28             students  or  other  individuals  receiving  social,
29             medical,   educational,    vocational,    financial,
30             supervisory  or  custodial care or services directly
31             or  indirectly  from  federal  agencies  or   public
32             bodies;
 
                            -9-                LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (ii)  personnel  files and personal information
 2             maintained with respect to employees, appointees  or
 3             elected  officials  of any public body or applicants
 4             for those positions;
 5                  (iii)  files    and    personal     information
 6             maintained with respect to any applicant, registrant
 7             or  licensee  by any public body cooperating with or
 8             engaged    in    professional    or     occupational
 9             registration, licensure or discipline;
10                  (iv)  information  required  of any taxpayer in
11             connection with the assessment or collection of  any
12             tax unless disclosure is otherwise required by State
13             statute; and
14                  (v)  information   revealing  the  identity  of
15             persons  who  file  complaints   with   or   provide
16             information  to  administrative,  investigative, law
17             enforcement or penal  agencies;  provided,  however,
18             that   identification   of   witnesses   to  traffic
19             accidents,  traffic  accident  reports,  and  rescue
20             reports  may  be  provided  by  agencies  of   local
21             government,  except  in  a case for which a criminal
22             investigation is  ongoing,  without  constituting  a
23             clearly  unwarranted   per  se  invasion of personal
24             privacy under this subsection.
25             (c)  Records  compiled  by  any  public   body   for
26        administrative   enforcement   proceedings  and  any  law
27        enforcement or correctional agency  for  law  enforcement
28        purposes  or  for  internal matters of a public body, but
29        only to the extent that disclosure would:
30                  (i)  interfere with  pending  or  actually  and
31             reasonably  contemplated law enforcement proceedings
32             conducted by any  law  enforcement  or  correctional
33             agency;
34                  (ii)  interfere   with  pending  administrative
 
                            -10-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1             enforcement  proceedings  conducted  by  any  public
 2             body;
 3                  (iii)  deprive a person of a fair trial  or  an
 4             impartial hearing;
 5                  (iv)  unavoidably  disclose  the  identity of a
 6             confidential  source  or  confidential   information
 7             furnished only by the confidential source;
 8                  (v)  disclose     unique     or     specialized
 9             investigative  techniques other than those generally
10             used and known or  disclose  internal  documents  of
11             correctional    agencies   related   to   detection,
12             observation or investigation of incidents  of  crime
13             or misconduct;
14                  (vi)  constitute   an   invasion   of  personal
15             privacy under subsection (b) of this Section;
16                  (vii)  endanger the life or physical safety  of
17             law enforcement personnel or any other person; or
18                  (viii)  obstruct     an     ongoing    criminal
19             investigation.
20             (d)  Criminal history record information  maintained
21        by  State  or local criminal justice agencies, except the
22        following which shall be open for public  inspection  and
23        copying:
24                  (i)  chronologically      maintained     arrest
25             information, such  as  traditional  arrest  logs  or
26             blotters;
27                  (ii)  the  name of a person in the custody of a
28             law enforcement agency and  the  charges  for  which
29             that person is being held;
30                  (iii)  court records that are public;
31                  (iv)  records   that  are  otherwise  available
32             under State or local law; or
33                  (v)  records in which the requesting  party  is
34             the  individual identified, except as provided under
 
                            -11-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1             part (vii) of paragraph (c)  of  subsection  (1)  of
 2             this Section.
 3             "Criminal  history  record  information"  means data
 4        identifiable  to  an   individual   and   consisting   of
 5        descriptions   or   notations   of  arrests,  detentions,
 6        indictments, informations, pre-trial proceedings, trials,
 7        or other formal events in the criminal justice system  or
 8        descriptions  or notations of criminal charges (including
 9        criminal violations of local  municipal  ordinances)  and
10        the   nature   of   any  disposition  arising  therefrom,
11        including sentencing, court or correctional  supervision,
12        rehabilitation  and  release.  The term does not apply to
13        statistical records and reports in which individuals  are
14        not  identified  and  from which their identities are not
15        ascertainable, or to information  that  is  for  criminal
16        investigative or intelligence purposes.
17             (e)  Records  that  relate to or affect the security
18        of correctional institutions and detention facilities.
19             (f)  Preliminary  drafts,  notes,   recommendations,
20        memoranda   and  other  records  in  which  opinions  are
21        expressed, or policies or actions are formulated,  except
22        that  a  specific  record or relevant portion of a record
23        shall not be exempt when the record is publicly cited and
24        identified by the head of the public body. The  exemption
25        provided  in  this  paragraph  (f)  extends  to all those
26        records of officers and agencies of the General  Assembly
27        that pertain to the preparation of legislative documents.
28             (g)  Trade   secrets  and  commercial  or  financial
29        information obtained from a person or business where  the
30        trade  secrets or information are proprietary, privileged
31        or confidential, or where disclosure of the trade secrets
32        or information may cause competitive harm, including  all
33        information  determined  to be confidential under Section
34        4002 of the Technology Advancement and  Development  Act.
 
                            -12-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Nothing   contained   in  this  paragraph  (g)  shall  be
 2        construed to prevent a person or business from consenting
 3        to disclosure.
 4             (h)  Proposals and bids for any contract, grant,  or
 5        agreement,   including   information  which  if  it  were
 6        disclosed  would  frustrate  procurement   or   give   an
 7        advantage  to  any  person  proposing  to  enter  into  a
 8        contractor  agreement  with  the  body, until an award or
 9        final selection is made.  Information prepared by or  for
10        the  body  in  preparation of a bid solicitation shall be
11        exempt until an award or final selection is made.
12             (i)  Valuable  formulae,   designs,   drawings   and
13        research  data  obtained  or  produced by any public body
14        when disclosure could reasonably be expected  to  produce
15        private gain or public loss.
16             (j)  Test   questions,   scoring   keys   and  other
17        examination  data  used   to   administer   an   academic
18        examination   or  determined  the  qualifications  of  an
19        applicant for a license or employment.
20             (k)  Architects'  plans  and  engineers'   technical
21        submissions  for projects not constructed or developed in
22        whole or in part  with  public  funds  and  for  projects
23        constructed or developed with public funds, to the extent
24        that disclosure would compromise security.
25             (l)  Library    circulation    and   order   records
26        identifying library users with specific materials.
27             (m)  Minutes of meetings of public bodies closed  to
28        the public as provided in the Open Meetings Act until the
29        public  body  makes  the  minutes available to the public
30        under Section 2.06 of the Open Meetings Act.
31             (n)  Communications between a  public  body  and  an
32        attorney  or  auditor  representing  the public body that
33        would not be subject  to  discovery  in  litigation,  and
34        materials prepared or compiled by or for a public body in
 
                            -13-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        anticipation  of  a  criminal,  civil  or  administrative
 2        proceeding  upon  the request of an attorney advising the
 3        public body, and  materials  prepared  or  compiled  with
 4        respect to internal audits of public bodies.
 5             (o)  Information  received by a primary or secondary
 6        school, college or university under  its  procedures  for
 7        the  evaluation  of  faculty  members  by  their academic
 8        peers.
 9             (p)  Administrative   or    technical    information
10        associated  with  automated  data  processing operations,
11        including  but  not  limited   to   software,   operating
12        protocols,  computer  program  abstracts,  file  layouts,
13        source  listings,  object  modules,  load  modules,  user
14        guides,  documentation  pertaining  to  all  logical  and
15        physical   design   of   computerized  systems,  employee
16        manuals, and any other information  that,  if  disclosed,
17        would  jeopardize  the security of the system or its data
18        or the security of materials exempt under this Section.
19             (q)  Documents or materials relating  to  collective
20        negotiating  matters  between  public  bodies  and  their
21        employees  or  representatives,  except  that  any  final
22        contract  or agreement shall be subject to inspection and
23        copying.
24             (r)  Drafts, notes,  recommendations  and  memoranda
25        pertaining to the financing and marketing transactions of
26        the  public body. The records of ownership, registration,
27        transfer, and exchange of municipal debt obligations, and
28        of  persons  to  whom  payment  with  respect  to   these
29        obligations is made.
30             (s)  The records, documents and information relating
31        to   real   estate   purchase  negotiations  until  those
32        negotiations have been completed or otherwise terminated.
33        With regard to a parcel involved in a pending or actually
34        and reasonably  contemplated  eminent  domain  proceeding
 
                            -14-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        under  Article  VII  of  the  Code  of  Civil  Procedure,
 2        records,  documents  and  information  relating  to  that
 3        parcel  shall  be  exempt  except as may be allowed under
 4        discovery rules adopted by the  Illinois  Supreme  Court.
 5        The records, documents and information relating to a real
 6        estate sale shall be exempt until a sale is consummated.
 7             (t)  Any and all proprietary information and records
 8        related  to  the  operation  of an intergovernmental risk
 9        management association or self-insurance pool or  jointly
10        self-administered  health  and  accident  cooperative  or
11        pool.
12             (u)  Information     concerning    a    university's
13        adjudication  of  student  or   employee   grievance   or
14        disciplinary  cases,  to the extent that disclosure would
15        reveal the  identity  of  the  student  or  employee  and
16        information  concerning any public body's adjudication of
17        student or employee  grievances  or  disciplinary  cases,
18        except for the final outcome of the cases.
19             (v)  Course  materials or research materials used by
20        faculty members.
21             (w)  Information  related  solely  to  the  internal
22        personnel rules and practices of a public body.
23             (x)  Information  contained   in   or   related   to
24        examination, operating, or condition reports prepared by,
25        on behalf of, or for the use of a public body responsible
26        for   the   regulation   or   supervision   of  financial
27        institutions or insurance companies, unless disclosure is
28        otherwise required by State law.
29             (y)  Information  the   disclosure   of   which   is
30        restricted  under  Section  5-108 of the Public Utilities
31        Act.
32             (z)  Manuals or instruction to staff that relate  to
33        establishment  or  collection  of liability for any State
34        tax or that relate to investigations by a public body  to
 
                            -15-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        determine violation of any criminal law.
 2             (aa)  Applications,  related  documents, and medical
 3        records    received    by    the    Experimental    Organ
 4        Transplantation  Procedures  Board  and   any   and   all
 5        documents  or  other records prepared by the Experimental
 6        Organ  Transplantation  Procedures  Board  or  its  staff
 7        relating to applications it has received.
 8             (bb)  Insurance or  self  insurance  (including  any
 9        intergovernmental  risk  management  association  or self
10        insurance  pool)  claims,   loss   or   risk   management
11        information, records, data, advice or communications.
12             (cc)  Information and records held by the Department
13        of  Public  Health  and  its  authorized  representatives
14        relating   to   known  or  suspected  cases  of  sexually
15        transmissible disease or any information  the  disclosure
16        of  which  is  restricted  under  the  Illinois  Sexually
17        Transmissible Disease Control Act.
18             (dd)  Information   the   disclosure   of  which  is
19        exempted under Section 30 of the Radon Industry Licensing
20        Act.
21             (ee)  Firm performance evaluations under Section  55
22        of  the  Architectural,  Engineering,  and Land Surveying
23        Qualifications Based Selection Act.
24             (ff)  Security portions  of  system  safety  program
25        plans,  investigation reports, surveys, schedules, lists,
26        data, or information compiled, collected, or prepared  by
27        or   for  the  Regional  Transportation  Authority  under
28        Section 2.11 of the Regional Transportation Authority Act
29        or the State  of  Missouri  under  the  Bi-State  Transit
30        Safety Act.
31             (gg)  Information   the   disclosure   of  which  is
32        restricted and exempted under Section 50 of the  Illinois
33        Prepaid Tuition Act.
34             (hh)  Information   the   disclosure   of  which  is
 
                            -16-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        exempted under Section 80 of the State Gift Ban Act.
 2             (ii)  Beginning July 1, 1999, (hh) information  that
 3        would  disclose or might lead to the disclosure of secret
 4        or confidential information, codes, algorithms, programs,
 5        or private keys intended to be used to create  electronic
 6        or  digital  signatures  under  the  Electronic  Commerce
 7        Security Act.
 8        (2)  This  Section  does  not  authorize  withholding  of
 9    information  or  limit  the  availability  of  records to the
10    public,  except  as  stated  in  this  Section  or  otherwise
11    provided in this Act.
12    (Source: P.A. 90-262, eff.  7-30-97;  90-273,  eff.  7-30-97;
13    90-546,  eff.  12-1-97;  90-655,  eff.  7-30-98; 90-737, eff.
14    1-1-99; 90-759, eff. 7-1-99; revised 9-8-98.)

15        Section 8.  The Illinois Notary Public Act is amended  by
16    changing Sections 2-104 and 3-106 as follows:

17        (5 ILCS 312/2-104) (from Ch. 102, par. 202-104)
18        Sec.  2-104.  Oath.   Every applicant for appointment and
19    commission as a notary public shall take the  following  oath
20    in  the  presence of a person qualified to administer an oath
21    in this State:
22        "I, (name  of  applicant),  solemnly  affirm,  under  the
23    penalty of perjury, that the answers to all questions in this
24    application  are  true,  complete,  and  correct; that I have
25    carefully read the notary law of this  State;  and  that,  if
26    appointed and commissioned as a notary public, I will perform
27    faithfully,  to  the best of my ability, all notarial acts in
28    accordance with the law.
29        ................. (Signature of applicant)
30        Subscribed and affirmed before me on (insert date).  this
31    ____ day of ____, 19__.
32        ................... (Official signature and official seal
 
                            -17-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of notary)".
 2    (Source: P.A. 84-322; revised 10-20-98.)

 3        (5 ILCS 312/3-106) (from Ch. 102, par. 203-106)
 4        Sec.  3-106.  Certificate of Authority.  Upon the receipt
 5    of a written request, the notarized document, and a fee of $2
 6    payable to the Secretary of State or County Clerk, the Office
 7    of the Secretary of State or County  Clerk  shall  provide  a
 8    certificate of authority in substantially the following form:
 9        I ............... (Secretary of State or ......... County
10    Clerk) of the State of Illinois, which office is an office of
11    record  having a seal, certify that ........ (notary's name),
12    by whom the foregoing or annexed document was notarized, was,
13    on (insert date), the ____ day of ____, 19__,  appointed  and
14    commissioned a notary public in and for the State of Illinois
15    and  that  as  such, full faith and credit is and ought to be
16    given to this notary's official attestations.   In  testimony
17    whereof,  I  have  affixed  my signature and the seal of this
18    office on (insert date). this ____ day of ____, 19__.
19    ................................................
20    (Secretary of State or ...... County Clerk).
21    (Source: P.A. 84-322; revised 10-20-98.)

22        Section 9.  The Voluntary Payroll Deductions Act of  1983
23    is amended by changing Sections 3 and 7 as follows:

24        (5 ILCS 340/3) (from Ch. 15, par. 503)
25        Sec.  3.  Definitions.  As  used  in  this Act unless the
26    context otherwise requires:
27        (a)  "Employee" means any regular officer or employee who
28    receives salary or wages for personal  services  rendered  to
29    the State of Illinois.
30        (b)  "Qualified   organization"   means  an  organization
31    representing  one  or   more   benefiting   agencies,   which
 
                            -18-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    organization  is  designated  by  the  State  Comptroller  as
 2    qualified  to  receive payroll deductions under this Act.  An
 3    organization  desiring  to  be  designated  as  a   qualified
 4    organization shall:
 5             (1)  Submit  written  designations on forms approved
 6        by the State Comptroller by 4,000 or more  employees,  in
 7        which  such  employees  indicate that the organization is
 8        one  for  which  the  employee   intends   to   authorize
 9        withholding.  The  forms  shall  require the name, social
10        security number, and  employing  State  agency  for  each
11        employee.  Upon notification by the Comptroller that such
12        forms  have been approved, the organization shall, within
13        30 days, notify in writing the Governor or  his  designee
14        of  its  intention  to  obtain  the  required  number  of
15        designations.   Such  organization  shall  have 12 months
16        from that date, to obtain the necessary designations. The
17        signed forms and signatures on the forms shall be subject
18        to verification by the State Comptroller;
19             (2)  Certify that all benefiting  agencies  are  tax
20        exempt  under  Section  501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue
21        Code;
22             (3)  Certify that all  benefiting  agencies  are  in
23        compliance with the Illinois Human Rights Act;
24             (4)  Certify  that  all  benefiting  agencies are in
25        compliance  with  the  Charitable  Trust  Act   and   the
26        Solicitation for Charity Act;
27             (5)  Certify  that  all benefiting agencies actively
28        conduct health or welfare programs and  provide  services
29        to  individuals  directed at one or more of the following
30        common human needs within a community: service, research,
31        and education in the health fields; family and child care
32        services; protective services for  children  and  adults;
33        services for children and adults in foster care; services
34        related  to  the  management and maintenance of the home;
 
                            -19-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        day care services for  adults;  transportation  services;
 2        information,  referral  and counseling services; services
 3        to eliminate illiteracy; the preparation and delivery  of
 4        meals;  adoption  services;  emergency  shelter  care and
 5        relief  services;  disaster   relief   services;   safety
 6        services;   neighborhood   and   community   organization
 7        services;  recreation  services;  social  adjustment  and
 8        rehabilitation  services;  health  support services; or a
 9        combination of such services designed to meet the special
10        needs of specific groups, such as children and youth, the
11        ill and infirm, and the physically handicapped; and  that
12        all  such benefiting agencies provide the above described
13        services  to  individuals  and  their  families  in   the
14        community  and surrounding area in which the organization
15        conducts its fund drive, or that such benefiting agencies
16        provide relief to victims of natural disasters and  other
17        emergencies on a where and as needed basis;
18             (6)  Certify that the organization has disclosed the
19        percentage of the organization's total collected receipts
20        from  employees  that  are  distributed to the benefiting
21        agencies and the percentage of the  organization's  total
22        collected  receipts  from employees that are expended for
23        fund-raising and overhead costs.  These percentages shall
24        be the same percentage figures annually disclosed by  the
25        organization  to  the  Attorney  General.  The disclosure
26        shall be made to all solicited employees and shall be  in
27        the  form  of a factual statement on all petitions and in
28        the campaign's employee brochure;
29             (7)  Certify that all benefiting agencies  receiving
30        funds  which the employee has requested or designated for
31        distribution to a particular  community  and  surrounding
32        area  use  a  majority  of  such  funds  distributed  for
33        services  in  the  actual  provision  of services in that
34        community and surrounding area;
 
                            -20-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (8)  Certify  that  neither  it   nor   its   member
 2        organizations    will   solicit   State   employees   for
 3        contributions at their workplace, except pursuant to this
 4        Act and the rules promulgated thereunder.  Each qualified
 5        organization, and  each  participating  United  Fund,  is
 6        encouraged  to  cooperate  with  all  others and with all
 7        State agencies and  educational  institutions  so  as  to
 8        simplify   procedures,  to  resolve  differences  and  to
 9        minimize costs;
10             (9)  Certify that it  will  pay  its  share  of  the
11        campaign  costs and will comply with the Code of Campaign
12        Conduct as approved by the Governor or  other  agency  as
13        designated by the Governor;
14             (10)  Certify that it maintains a year-round office,
15        the  telephone  number,  and  person  responsible for the
16        operations  of  the  organization   in   Illinois.   That
17        information shall be provided to the State Comptroller at
18        the  time the organization is seeking participation under
19        this Act; and
20             (11)  Provide (i) an annual  audit,  in  conformance
21        with generally accepted accounting procedures and current
22        to   within   12  months  of  the  organization's  fiscal
23        year-end, (ii) Internal Revenue Service Form 990 covering
24        the same period as the  submitted  audit,  and  (iii)  an
25        annual  report  of the organization's activities, current
26        to within 12 months of the organization's fiscal year. If
27        a  qualifying  organization  represents  more  than   one
28        benefiting   agency,  it  shall  also  certify  that  the
29        documentation required by this paragraph is on  file  for
30        those  agencies. The Comptroller is authorized to request
31        documentation of the qualifying organization for  any  or
32        all  of the benefiting agencies upon written request. The
33        qualifying organization shall have 10  business  days  to
34        respond after it receives the request.
 
                            -21-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Each  qualified  organization  shall  submit to the State
 2    Comptroller between January 1 and March 1  of  each  year,  a
 3    statement  that the organization is in compliance with all of
 4    the requirements set forth in paragraphs  (2)  through  (11).
 5    The  State  Comptroller  shall  exclude any organization that
 6    fails to submit the  statement  from  the  next  solicitation
 7    period.
 8        In  order  to  be designated as a qualified organization,
 9    the organization shall have existed at least 2 years prior to
10    submitting  the  written  designation   forms   required   in
11    paragraph (1) and shall certify to the State Comptroller that
12    such  organization  has  been providing services described in
13    paragraph  (5)  in  Illinois.  If  the  organization  seeking
14    designation represents more than one  benefiting  agency,  it
15    need  not  have  existed for 2 years but shall certify to the
16    State Comptroller that each of its  benefiting  agencies  has
17    existed  for at least 2 years prior to submitting the written
18    designation forms required in paragraph (1) and that each has
19    been  providing  services  described  in  paragraph  (5)   in
20    Illinois.
21        Organizations which have met the requirements of this Act
22    shall   be   permitted   to  participate  in  the  State  and
23    Universities Combined Appeal as of January 1st  of  the  year
24    immediately following their approval by the Comptroller.
25        Where  the  certifications  described  in paragraphs (2),
26    (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), and (11) 2, 3, 4, 5,
27    6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 above  are  made  by  an  organization
28    representing  more  than  one benefiting agency they shall be
29    based  upon  the  knowledge  and  belief  of  such  qualified
30    organization. Any qualified  organization  shall  immediately
31    notify  the  State  Comptroller  in  writing if the qualified
32    organization receives information or otherwise believes  that
33    a  benefiting  agency  is  no  longer  in compliance with the
34    certification of the qualified  organization.    A  qualified
 
                            -22-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    organization  representing  more  than  one benefiting agency
 2    shall thereafter withhold and refrain  from  distributing  to
 3    such  benefiting agency those funds received pursuant to this
 4    Act until the benefiting agency is again in  compliance  with
 5    the  qualified  organization's  certification.  The qualified
 6    organization shall immediately notify the  State  Comptroller
 7    of  the  benefiting  agency's  resumed  compliance  with  the
 8    certification,   based   upon  the  qualified  organization's
 9    knowledge and belief, and shall pay over  to  the  benefiting
10    agency those funds previously withheld.
11        The  Comptroller  shall, by February 1st of each year, so
12    notify any qualified organization that failed to  receive  at
13    least  500  payroll deduction pledges during each immediately
14    preceding solicitation period as set forth in Section 6.  The
15    notification shall give  such  qualified  organization  until
16    March  1st to provide the Comptroller with documentation that
17    the 500 deduction requirement has been met.  On the basis  of
18    all  the  documentation, the Comptroller shall, by March 15th
19    of each year, submit to the Governor or his designee, or such
20    other agency as may be determined by the Governor, a list  of
21    all  organizations  which  have met the 500 payroll deduction
22    requirement.  Only those organizations which  have  met  such
23    requirements,  as  well  as  the  other  requirements of this
24    Section, shall be permitted to solicit  State  employees  for
25    voluntary contributions and the Comptroller shall discontinue
26    withholding  for  any  such  organization which fails to meet
27    these requirements.
28        (c)  "United Fund" means the organization conducting  the
29    single,  annual,  consolidated  effort  to  secure  funds for
30    distribution to agencies engaged  in  charitable  and  public
31    health,  welfare  and  services  purposes,  which is commonly
32    known as the United Fund, or the organization which serves in
33    place of the United Fund organization in communities where an
34    organization known as the United Fund is not organized.
 
                            -23-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (d)  "State and Universities Employees  Combined  Appeal"
 2    (SECA),  otherwise  known as "SECA", means the State-directed
 3    joint effort of all of the qualified organizations,  together
 4    with  the  United  Funds,  for  the solicitation of voluntary
 5    contributions from State and University employees.
 6        In order for a United Fund to participate  in  the  State
 7    and  Universities  Employees Combined Appeal, it shall comply
 8    with the provisions of Section 3, paragraph (9) of subsection
 9    (b).
10    (Source: P.A. 90-487, eff. 8-17-97; revised 10-31-98.)

11        (5 ILCS 340/7) (from Ch. 15, par. 507)
12        Sec. 7.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act,
13    a participating organization or a United Fund may  be  denied
14    participation  in SECA for willful failure to comply with the
15    provisions of paragraph (9) of subsection (b) of Section 3 of
16    this Act.   The  agency  designated  by  the  Governor  under
17    paragraph  (9)  of  subsection  (b)  of Section 3 of this Act
18    shall adopt rules providing for procedures for review by  the
19    agency   of   alleged   violations   of  that  paragraph  and
20    appropriate remedial sanctions for noncompliance.  The  rules
21    shall   include   an   appeal   procedure  for  any  affected
22    participating  organization  or  United  Fund.   The   agency
23    designated  by  the  Governor  shall  notify  the Comptroller
24    immediately of any  final  decision  to  remove  a  qualified
25    organization or United Fund from participation in SECA.
26    (Source: P.A. 87-1053; revised 10-31-98.)

27        Section  9.1.  The State Employees Group Insurance Act of
28    1971 is amended by changing Section 10 as follows:

29        (5 ILCS 375/10) (from Ch. 127, par. 530)
30        Sec. 10. Payments by State; premiums.
31        (a)  The   State   shall   pay   the   cost   of    basic
 
                            -24-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    non-contributory  group life insurance and, subject to member
 2    paid contributions set by the Department or required by  this
 3    Section,  the  basic program of group health benefits on each
 4    eligible member, except a member, not  otherwise  covered  by
 5    this  Act,  who  has  retired as a participating member under
 6    Article 2 of the Illinois Pension Code but is ineligible  for
 7    the  retirement  annuity  under Section 2-119 of the Illinois
 8    Pension Code, and part of each eligible member's and  retired
 9    member's  premiums for health insurance coverage for enrolled
10    dependents as provided by Section 9.  The State shall pay the
11    cost of the basic program of group health benefits only after
12    benefits are reduced by the amount  of  benefits  covered  by
13    Medicare  for all retired members and retired dependents aged
14    65 years or older who are entitled to benefits  under  Social
15    Security  or  the  Railroad  Retirement  system  or  who  had
16    sufficient Medicare-covered government employment except that
17    such  reduction in benefits shall apply only to those retired
18    members or retired dependents who (1) first  become  eligible
19    for  such  Medicare coverage on or after July 1, 1992; or (2)
20    remain eligible for, but no longer receive Medicare  coverage
21    which  they  had been receiving on or after July 1, 1992. The
22    Department may determine the aggregate level of  the  State's
23    contribution  on the basis of actual cost of medical services
24    adjusted for age, sex  or  geographic  or  other  demographic
25    characteristics which affect the costs of such programs.
26        (a-1)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
27    becomes a new SERS annuitant and participates  in  the  basic
28    program  of group health benefits, the State shall contribute
29    toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage under  the  basic
30    program  of  group  health  benefits an amount equal to 5% of
31    that cost for each full year of creditable service upon which
32    the annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a  maximum
33    of  100% for an annuitant with 20 or more years of creditable
34    service.  The remainder of the cost of a new SERS annuitant's
 
                            -25-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    coverage under the basic program  of  group  health  benefits
 2    shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.
 3        (a-2)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
 4    becomes a new SERS survivor and  participates  in  the  basic
 5    program  of group health benefits, the State shall contribute
 6    toward the cost of the survivor's coverage  under  the  basic
 7    program  of  group  health  benefits an amount equal to 5% of
 8    that cost for each full year of the  deceased  employee's  or
 9    deceased   annuitant's   creditable   service  in  the  State
10    Employees' Retirement System  of  Illinois  on  the  date  of
11    death,  up to a maximum of 100% for a survivor of an employee
12    or annuitant with 20 or more  years  of  creditable  service.
13    The remainder of the cost of the new SERS survivor's coverage
14    under the basic program of group health benefits shall be the
15    responsibility of the survivor.
16        (a-3)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
17    becomes a new SURS annuitant and participates  in  the  basic
18    program  of group health benefits, the State shall contribute
19    toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage under  the  basic
20    program  of  group  health  benefits an amount equal to 5% of
21    that cost for each full year of creditable service upon which
22    the annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a  maximum
23    of  100% for an annuitant with 20 or more years of creditable
24    service.  The remainder of the cost of a new SURS annuitant's
25    coverage under the basic program  of  group  health  benefits
26    shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.
27        (a-4)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
28    becomes a new SURS retired employee and participates  in  the
29    basic  program  of  group  health  benefits,  the State shall
30    contribute toward the cost of the retired employee's coverage
31    under the basic program of group health  benefits  an  amount
32    equal  to 5% of that cost for each full year that the retired
33    employee was an employee as defined in Section  3,  up  to  a
34    maximum  of  100%  for a retired employee who was an employee
 
                            -26-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    for 20 or more years.  The remainder of the  cost  of  a  new
 2    SURS  retired  employee's coverage under the basic program of
 3    group health benefits shall  be  the  responsibility  of  the
 4    retired employee.
 5        (a-5)  Beginning  January  1,  1998,  for each person who
 6    becomes a new SURS survivor and  participates  in  the  basic
 7    program  of group health benefits, the State shall contribute
 8    toward the cost of the survivor's coverage  under  the  basic
 9    program  of  group  health  benefits an amount equal to 5% of
10    that cost for each full year of the  deceased  employee's  or
11    deceased   annuitant's   creditable   service  in  the  State
12    Universities Retirement System on the date of death, up to  a
13    maximum  of  100%  for a survivor of an employee or annuitant
14    with 20 or more years of creditable service.   The  remainder
15    of  the  cost  of  the new SURS survivor's coverage under the
16    basic  program  of  group  health  benefits  shall   be   the
17    responsibility of the survivor.
18        (a-6)  Beginning  July  1,  1998,  for  each  person  who
19    becomes  a  new  TRS  State annuitant and participates in the
20    basic program of  group  health  benefits,  the  State  shall
21    contribute  toward the cost of the annuitant's coverage under
22    the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to
23    5% of that cost for each full year of creditable service as a
24    teacher as defined in paragraph (2), (3), or (5)  of  Section
25    16-106   of   the   Illinois  Pension  Code  upon  which  the
26    annuitant's retirement annuity is based, up to a  maximum  of
27    100%  for  an  annuitant  with  20  or  more  years  of  such
28    creditable  service.   The remainder of the cost of a new TRS
29    State annuitant's coverage under the basic program  of  group
30    health benefits shall be the responsibility of the annuitant.
31        (a-7)  Beginning  July  1,  1998,  for  each  person  who
32    becomes  a  new  TRS  State  survivor and participates in the
33    basic program of  group  health  benefits,  the  State  shall
34    contribute  toward  the cost of the survivor's coverage under
 
                            -27-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the basic program of group health benefits an amount equal to
 2    5% of that cost for each full year of the deceased employee's
 3    or deceased annuitant's creditable service as  a  teacher  as
 4    defined  in  paragraph  (2), (3), or (5) of Section 16-106 of
 5    the Illinois Pension Code on the  date  of  death,  up  to  a
 6    maximum  of  100%  for a survivor of an employee or annuitant
 7    with 20 or  more  years  of  such  creditable  service.   The
 8    remainder  of  the  cost  of  the  new  TRS  State survivor's
 9    coverage under the basic program  of  group  health  benefits
10    shall be the responsibility of the survivor.
11        (a-8)  A  new SERS annuitant, new SERS survivor, new SURS
12    annuitant, new SURS retired employee, new SURS survivor,  new
13    TRS  State  annuitant, or new TRS State survivor may waive or
14    terminate coverage in the program of group  health  benefits.
15    Any  such  annuitant,  survivor,  or retired employee who has
16    waived or terminated coverage may enroll or re-enroll in  the
17    program  of  group  health  benefits  only  during the annual
18    benefit choice period, as determined by the Director;  except
19    that   in  the  event  of  termination  of  coverage  due  to
20    nonpayment of premiums, the annuitant, survivor,  or  retired
21    employee may not re-enroll in the program.
22        (a-9)  No  later  than  May  1 of each calendar year, the
23    Director of Central  Management  Services  shall  certify  in
24    writing  to  the  Executive Secretary of the State Employees'
25    Retirement System of Illinois the  amounts  of  the  Medicare
26    supplement health care premiums and the amounts of the health
27    care  premiums  for  all  other retirees who are not Medicare
28    eligible.
29        A separate calculation of the  premiums  based  upon  the
30    actual cost of each health care plan shall be so certified.
31        The Director of Central Management Services shall provide
32    to the Executive Secretary of the State Employees' Retirement
33    System  of  Illinois  such information, statistics, and other
34    data as he or she may require to review the  premium  amounts
 
                            -28-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    certified by the Director of Central Management Services.
 2        (b)  State employees who become eligible for this program
 3    on  or  after January 1, 1980 in positions normally requiring
 4    actual performance of duty not less than 1/2 of a normal work
 5    period but not equal to that of a normal work  period,  shall
 6    be  given  the  option  of  participating  in  the  available
 7    program.  If  the  employee  elects coverage, the State shall
 8    contribute on behalf of such employee  to  the  cost  of  the
 9    employee's  benefit  and any applicable dependent supplement,
10    that sum which bears the same percentage as  that  percentage
11    of  time the employee regularly works when compared to normal
12    work period.
13        (c)  The basic non-contributory coverage from  the  basic
14    program  of group health benefits shall be continued for each
15    employee not in pay status or on active service by reason  of
16    (1) leave of absence due to illness or injury, (2) authorized
17    educational  leave  of  absence  or  sabbatical leave, or (3)
18    military leave with pay and  benefits.  This  coverage  shall
19    continue  until  expiration of authorized leave and return to
20    active service, but not to exceed 24 months for leaves  under
21    item (1) or (2). This 24-month limitation and the requirement
22    of  returning  to  active  service shall not apply to persons
23    receiving  ordinary  or  accidental  disability  benefits  or
24    retirement benefits through the appropriate State  retirement
25    system   or  benefits  under  the  Workers'  Compensation  or
26    Occupational Disease Act.
27        (d)  The  basic  group  life  insurance  coverage   shall
28    continue,  with full State contribution, where such person is
29    (1) absent  from  active  service  by  reason  of  disability
30    arising  from  any  cause  other  than self-inflicted, (2) on
31    authorized educational leave of absence or sabbatical  leave,
32    or (3) on military leave with pay and benefits.
33        (e)  Where  the  person is in non-pay status for a period
34    in excess of 30 days or on leave of absence,  other  than  by
 
                            -29-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    reason  of  disability,  educational  or sabbatical leave, or
 2    military  leave  with  pay  and  benefits,  such  person  may
 3    continue coverage only by making personal  payment  equal  to
 4    the amount normally contributed by the State on such person's
 5    behalf.  Such  payments  and  coverage  may be continued: (1)
 6    until such time as the person returns to  a  status  eligible
 7    for  coverage  at State expense, but not to exceed 24 months,
 8    (2) until such person's employment or annuitant  status  with
 9    the  State  is  terminated,  or (3) for a maximum period of 4
10    years for members on military leave with pay and benefits and
11    military leave without pay and  benefits  (exclusive  of  any
12    additional service imposed pursuant to law).
13        (f)  The  Department  shall  establish by rule the extent
14    to which other employee benefits will continue for persons in
15    non-pay status or who are not in active service.
16        (g)  The State shall  not  pay  the  cost  of  the  basic
17    non-contributory  group  life  insurance,  program  of health
18    benefits and other employee  benefits  for  members  who  are
19    survivors  as defined by paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection
20    (q) of Section 3 of this Act.   The  costs  of  benefits  for
21    these  survivors  shall  be  paid  by the survivors or by the
22    University of Illinois Cooperative Extension Service, or  any
23    combination thereof.
24        (h)  Those   persons   occupying   positions   with   any
25    department  as a result of emergency appointments pursuant to
26    Section 8b.8 of the Personnel Code  who  are  not  considered
27    employees  under  this  Act  shall  be  given  the  option of
28    participating in the programs of group life insurance, health
29    benefits and other employee benefits.  Such persons  electing
30    coverage  may participate only by making payment equal to the
31    amount  normally  contributed  by  the  State  for  similarly
32    situated employees.  Such amounts shall be determined by  the
33    Director.   Such payments and coverage may be continued until
34    such time as the person becomes an employee pursuant to  this
 
                            -30-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Act or such person's appointment is terminated.
 2        (i)  Any  unit  of  local  government within the State of
 3    Illinois may apply to the Director  to  have  its  employees,
 4    annuitants,   and  their  dependents  provided  group  health
 5    coverage  under  this  Act  on  a  non-insured   basis.    To
 6    participate,  a unit of local government must agree to enroll
 7    all of its employees, who may select  coverage  under  either
 8    the State group health insurance plan or a health maintenance
 9    organization  that  has  contracted  with  the  State  to  be
10    available  as a health care provider for employees as defined
11    in this Act.  A unit  of  local  government  must  remit  the
12    entire  cost  of  providing  coverage  under  the State group
13    health  insurance  plan  or,  for  coverage  under  a  health
14    maintenance  organization,  an  amount  determined   by   the
15    Director  based  on  an  analysis of the sex, age, geographic
16    location, or other relevant  demographic  variables  for  its
17    employees, except that the unit of local government shall not
18    be  required to enroll those of its employees who are covered
19    spouses or dependents under this plan or another group policy
20    or  plan  providing  health  benefits  as  long  as  (1)   an
21    appropriate  official  from  the  unit  of  local  government
22    attests  that  each employee not enrolled is a covered spouse
23    or dependent under this plan or another group policy or plan,
24    and (2) at least 85% of the employees are  enrolled  and  the
25    unit  of local government remits the entire cost of providing
26    coverage to those employees.  Employees  of  a  participating
27    unit of local government who are not enrolled due to coverage
28    under  another  group  health  policy or plan may enroll at a
29    later date subject to submission of satisfactory evidence  of
30    insurability  and  provided that no benefits shall be payable
31    for services incurred during the first 6 months  of  coverage
32    to  the  extent  the  services  are   in  connection with any
33    pre-existing  condition.   A  participating  unit  of   local
34    government may also elect to cover its annuitants.  Dependent
 
                            -31-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    coverage  shall  be  offered  on  an optional basis, with the
 2    costs paid by the unit of local government, its employees, or
 3    some combination of the two as  determined  by  the  unit  of
 4    local  government.   The  unit  of  local government shall be
 5    responsible  for  timely  collection  and   transmission   of
 6    dependent premiums.
 7        The  Director  shall  annually determine monthly rates of
 8    payment, subject to the following constraints:
 9             (1)  In the first year of coverage, the rates  shall
10        be   equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to  State
11        employees for elected optional coverages or for  enrolled
12        dependents  coverages or other contributory coverages, or
13        contributed by the State for basic insurance coverages on
14        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
15        State employees and employees of the local government  in
16        age,   sex,   geographic   location   or  other  relevant
17        demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient  to  pay
18        for  the  additional  administrative  costs  of providing
19        coverage to employees of the unit of local government and
20        their dependents.
21             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
22        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
23        experience  of  the  employees  of  the  unit  of   local
24        government.
25        In  the  case  of  coverage of local government employees
26    under a health maintenance organization, the  Director  shall
27    annually  determine  for  each  participating  unit  of local
28    government the maximum monthly amount the unit may contribute
29    toward that coverage, based on an analysis of  (i)  the  age,
30    sex,  geographic  location,  and  other  relevant demographic
31    variables of the unit's employees and (ii) the cost to  cover
32    those  employees under the State group health insurance plan.
33    The Director may  similarly  determine  the  maximum  monthly
34    amount  each  unit  of local government may contribute toward
 
                            -32-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    coverage  of  its  employees'  dependents  under   a   health
 2    maintenance organization.
 3        Monthly  payments  by the unit of local government or its
 4    employees for group health insurance  or  health  maintenance
 5    organization   coverage  shall  be  deposited  in  the  Local
 6    Government  Health  Insurance  Reserve   Fund.    The   Local
 7    Government   Health   Insurance   Reserve  Fund  shall  be  a
 8    continuing fund not subject to fiscal year limitations.   All
 9    expenditures  from  this  fund shall be used for payments for
10    health care benefits for local government and  rehabilitation
11    facility   employees,  annuitants,  and  dependents,  and  to
12    reimburse  the  Department  or  its  administrative   service
13    organization  for all expenses incurred in the administration
14    of benefits.  No other State funds  may  be  used  for  these
15    purposes.
16        A  local government employer's participation or desire to
17    participate in a program created under this subsection  shall
18    not   limit   that   employer's  duty  to  bargain  with  the
19    representative of  any  collective  bargaining  unit  of  its
20    employees.
21        (j)  Any  rehabilitation  facility  within  the  State of
22    Illinois may apply to the Director  to  have  its  employees,
23    annuitants,   and  their  dependents  provided  group  health
24    coverage  under  this  Act  on  a   non-insured   basis.   To
25    participate,  a  rehabilitation facility must agree to enroll
26    all of its employees and remit the entire cost  of  providing
27    such   coverage   for   its   employees,   except   that  the
28    rehabilitation facility shall not be required to enroll those
29    of its employees who are covered spouses or dependents  under
30    this  plan  or  another group policy or plan providing health
31    benefits as long as (1)  an  appropriate  official  from  the
32    rehabilitation   facility  attests  that  each  employee  not
33    enrolled is a covered spouse or dependent under this plan  or
34    another  group  policy  or  plan, and (2) at least 85% of the
 
                            -33-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    employees are enrolled and the rehabilitation facility remits
 2    the entire cost of providing  coverage  to  those  employees.
 3    Employees  of a participating rehabilitation facility who are
 4    not enrolled due  to  coverage  under  another  group  health
 5    policy  or  plan  may  enroll  at  a  later  date  subject to
 6    submission  of  satisfactory  evidence  of  insurability  and
 7    provided that no  benefits  shall  be  payable  for  services
 8    incurred  during the first 6 months of coverage to the extent
 9    the  services  are  in  connection  with   any   pre-existing
10    condition.  A  participating rehabilitation facility may also
11    elect to cover its annuitants. Dependent  coverage  shall  be
12    offered  on  an  optional  basis,  with the costs paid by the
13    rehabilitation facility, its employees, or  some  combination
14    of  the  2  as determined by the rehabilitation facility. The
15    rehabilitation  facility  shall  be  responsible  for  timely
16    collection and transmission of dependent premiums.
17        The Director shall annually determine quarterly rates  of
18    payment, subject to the following constraints:
19             (1)  In  the first year of coverage, the rates shall
20        be  equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to   State
21        employees  for elected optional coverages or for enrolled
22        dependents coverages or other contributory  coverages  on
23        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
24        State  employees  and  employees  of  the  rehabilitation
25        facility  in  age,  sex,  geographic  location  or  other
26        relevant demographic variables, plus an amount sufficient
27        to   pay  for  the  additional  administrative  costs  of
28        providing coverage to  employees  of  the  rehabilitation
29        facility and their dependents.
30             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
31        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
32        experience   of   the  employees  of  the  rehabilitation
33        facility.
34        Monthly payments by the rehabilitation  facility  or  its
 
                            -34-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    employees  for  group  health insurance shall be deposited in
 2    the Local Government Health Insurance Reserve Fund.
 3        (k)  Any domestic violence shelter or service within  the
 4    State  of  Illinois  may  apply  to  the Director to have its
 5    employees, annuitants, and their  dependents  provided  group
 6    health  coverage  under  this Act on a non-insured basis.  To
 7    participate, a domestic  violence  shelter  or  service  must
 8    agree  to enroll all of its employees and pay the entire cost
 9    of  providing   such   coverage   for   its   employees.    A
10    participating  domestic  violence  shelter  may also elect to
11    cover its annuitants.  Dependent coverage shall be offered on
12    an optional basis, with employees, or some combination of the
13    2 as determined by the domestic violence shelter or  service.
14    The domestic violence shelter or service shall be responsible
15    for timely collection and transmission of dependent premiums.
16        The  Director shall annually determine quarterly rates of
17    payment, subject to the following constraints:
18             (1)  In the first year of coverage, the rates  shall
19        be   equal  to  the  amount  normally  charged  to  State
20        employees for elected optional coverages or for  enrolled
21        dependents  coverages  or other contributory coverages on
22        behalf of its employees, adjusted for differences between
23        State employees and employees of  the  domestic  violence
24        shelter  or  service  in age, sex, geographic location or
25        other relevant  demographic  variables,  plus  an  amount
26        sufficient to pay for the additional administrative costs
27        of  providing  coverage  to  employees  of  the  domestic
28        violence shelter or service and their dependents.
29             (2)  In subsequent years, a further adjustment shall
30        be  made  to  reflect  the  actual  prior  years'  claims
31        experience  of  the  employees  of  the domestic violence
32        shelter or service.
33             (3)  In no case shall the  rate  be  less  than  the
34        amount normally charged to State employees or contributed
 
                            -35-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        by the State on behalf of its employees.
 2        Monthly  payments  by  the  domestic  violence shelter or
 3    service or its employees for group health insurance shall  be
 4    deposited  in  the  Local Government Health Insurance Reserve
 5    Fund.
 6        (l)  A  public  community  college  or  entity  organized
 7    pursuant to the Public Community College Act may apply to the
 8    Director initially to have only annuitants not covered  prior
 9    to July 1, 1992 by the district's health plan provided health
10    coverage   under  this  Act  on  a  non-insured  basis.   The
11    community  college  must  execute  a   2-year   contract   to
12    participate  in  the  Local  Government  Health  Plan.  Those
13    annuitants enrolled initially under this contract shall  have
14    no  benefits payable for services incurred during the first 6
15    months  of  coverage  to  the  extent  the  services  are  in
16    connection with any pre-existing  condition.   Any  annuitant
17    who  may enroll after this initial enrollment period shall be
18    subject   to   submission   of   satisfactory   evidence   of
19    insurability and to the pre-existing conditions limitation.
20        The Director shall annually determine  monthly  rates  of
21    payment  subject  to  the  following  constraints:  for those
22    community colleges with annuitants only enrolled, first  year
23    rates  shall be equal to the average cost to cover claims for
24    a  State   member   adjusted   for   demographics,   Medicare
25    participation,  and  other factors; and in the second year, a
26    further adjustment of rates shall  be  made  to  reflect  the
27    actual   first   year's  claims  experience  of  the  covered
28    annuitants.
29        (m)  The Director shall adopt any rules deemed  necessary
30    for implementation of this amendatory Act of 1989 (Public Act
31    86-978).
32    (Source:  P.A.  89-53,  eff.  7-1-95;  89-236,  eff.  8-4-95;
33    89-324,  eff.  8-13-95;  89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-65,  eff.
34    7-7-97;  90-582,  eff. 5-27-98; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98; revised
 
                            -36-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    8-3-98.)

 2        Section 10.  The Election Code  is  amended  by  changing
 3    Sections  2A-27, 4-6.1, 4-8, 4-9, 4-10, 4-12, 4-23, 5-7, 5-9,
 4    5-15, 5-29.01, 6-29, 6-35, 6-44, 6-67.01, 7-10, 7-10.1, 7-24,
 5    7-34, 7-53, 8-8, 9-1.7,  10-6.2,  12-1,  14-4,  17-9,  17-10,
 6    17-17, 17-23, 19-8, 24-1.1, 24A-3, and 24B-3 as follows:

 7        (10 ILCS 5/2A-27) (from Ch. 46, par. 2A-27)
 8        Sec.  2A-27.  Cities  generally; mayor; clerk; treasurer;
 9    time of  election.   A  mayor,  a  city  clerk,  and  a  city
10    treasurer  shall  be  elected  in each city that elects those
11    officers (except the City of  Chicago)  at  the  consolidated
12    election  in  1979  or  1981 (in whichever of those years the
13    terms of those  officers  expire)  and  at  the  consolidated
14    election  every  4  years  thereafter.   In  cities that have
15    provided for a  2  year  term  for  elective  officers  under
16    Section  3.1-10-65  3.1-15-65 of the Illinois Municipal Code,
17    however,  these  city  officers  shall  be  elected  at   the
18    consolidated election of each odd-numbered year.
19    (Source: P.A. 87-1119; revised 11-4-98.)

20        (10 ILCS 5/4-6.1) (from Ch. 46, par. 4-6.1)
21        Sec.  4-6.1. In addition to registration at the office of
22    the county  clerk,  and  at  the  offices  of  municipal  and
23    township  or  road  district  clerks, each county clerk shall
24    provide   for   the   following    additional   methods    of
25    registration:
26             (1)  the   appointment   of   deputy  registrars  as
27        provided in Section 4-6.2; and
28             (2)  the  establishment  of  temporary   places   of
29        registration, as provided in Section 4-6.3.
30        Each  county  clerk may provide for precinct registration
31    pursuant to Section 4-7.
 
                            -37-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 83-1059; revised 10-31-98.)

 2        (10 ILCS 5/4-8) (from Ch. 46, par. 4-8)
 3        Sec. 4-8.  The county clerk shall  provide  a  sufficient
 4    number of blank forms for the registration of electors, which
 5    shall  be  known as registration record cards and which shall
 6    consist of loose leaf sheets or cards, of  suitable  size  to
 7    contain  in  plain  writing  and figures the data hereinafter
 8    required thereon  or  shall  consist  of  computer  cards  of
 9    suitable  nature  to  contain  the data required thereon. The
10    registration record cards, which shall include  an  affidavit
11    of registration as hereinafter provided, shall be executed in
12    duplicate.
13        The  registration record card shall contain the following
14    and such other information as the county clerk may  think  it
15    proper to require for the identification of the applicant for
16    registration:
17        Name.   The  name  of  the  applicant, giving surname and
18    first or Christian name in full, and the middle name  or  the
19    initial for such middle name, if any.
20        Sex.
21        Residence.  The name and number of the street, avenue, or
22    other location of the dwelling, including the apartment, unit
23    or  room number, if any, and in the case of a mobile home the
24    lot  number,  and  such   additional   clear   and   definite
25    description  as  may  be  necessary  to  determine  the exact
26    location of the dwelling of the applicant. Where the location
27    cannot be determined by street and number, then the  section,
28    congressional  township and range number may be used, or such
29    other description as may be necessary, including  post-office
30    mailing  address.  In  the case of a homeless individual, the
31    individual's voting residence that  is  his  or  her  mailing
32    address  shall  be included on his or her registration record
33    card.
 
                            -38-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Term of residence in the State of Illinois and  precinct.
 2    This  information shall be furnished by the applicant stating
 3    the place or places where he resided  and  the  dates  during
 4    which he resided in such place or places during the year next
 5    preceding the date of the next ensuing election.
 6        Nativity.   The  state  or country in which the applicant
 7    was born.
 8        Citizenship.  Whether the applicant  is  native  born  or
 9    naturalized.  If  naturalized,  the court, place, and date of
10    naturalization.
11        Date of application  for  registration,  i.e.,  the  day,
12    month   and   year   when  applicant  presented  himself  for
13    registration.
14        Age.  Date of birth, by month, day and year.
15        Physical disability of the applicant, if any, at the time
16    of registration, which would require assistance in voting.
17        The county and state in  which  the  applicant  was  last
18    registered.
19        Signature   of   voter.    The   applicant,   after   the
20    registration  and  in  the  presence of a deputy registrar or
21    other officer of registration shall be required to  sign  his
22    or  her name in ink to the affidavit on both the original and
23    duplicate registration record cards.
24        Signature of deputy registrar or officer of registration.
25        In case applicant is unable to  sign  his  name,  he  may
26    affix  his  mark  to  the affidavit. In such case the officer
27    empowered  to  give  the  registration  oath  shall  write  a
28    detailed description of the applicant in the  space  provided
29    on  the back or at the bottom of the card or sheet; and shall
30    ask the following questions and record the answers thereto:
31        Father's first name.
32        Mother's first name.
33        From what address did the applicant last register?
34        Reason for inability to sign name.
 
                            -39-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Each applicant for registration shall make  an  affidavit
 2    in substantially the following form:
 3                      AFFIDAVIT OF REGISTRATION
 4    STATE OF ILLINOIS
 5    COUNTY OF .......
 6        I  hereby  swear  (or  affirm) that I am a citizen of the
 7    United States; that on the date of the next election I  shall
 8    have  resided  in  the  State of Illinois and in the election
 9    precinct in which I reside 30 days and  that  I  intend  that
10    this  location  shall  be  my  residence;  that  I  am  fully
11    qualified to vote, and that the above statements are true.
12                                   ..............................
13                                   (His or her signature or mark)
14        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
15    .... day of ...., 19...
16    ..................................
17    Signature of registration officer.
18    (To be signed in presence of registrant.)

19        Space  shall  be  provided  upon   the   face   of   each
20    registration  record  card  for  the  notation  of the voting
21    record of the person registered thereon.
22        Each registration record card shall be numbered according
23    to precincts, and may be serially  or  otherwise  marked  for
24    identification  in  such  manner  as  the  county  clerk  may
25    determine.
26        The registration cards shall be deemed public records and
27    shall  be  open  to inspection during regular business hours,
28    except during the 28 days immediately preceding any election.
29    On written request of any candidate or objector or any person
30    intending to object to a  petition,  the  election  authority
31    shall  extend  its hours for inspection of registration cards
32    and other records of the election authority during the period
33    beginning with the filing of petitions under  Sections  7-10,
34    8-8,  10-6  or 28-3 and continuing through the termination of
 
                            -40-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    electoral board  hearings  on  any  objections  to  petitions
 2    containing   signatures   of   registered   voters   in   the
 3    jurisdiction  of the election authority.  The extension shall
 4    be for  a  period  of  hours  sufficient  to  allow  adequate
 5    opportunity  for  examination of the records but the election
 6    authority is not required to  extend  its  hours  beyond  the
 7    period  beginning  at  its  normal  opening  for business and
 8    ending at midnight.  If the business hours are  so  extended,
 9    the  election  authority  shall  post a public notice of such
10    extended  hours.  Registration  record  cards  may  also   be
11    inspected,  upon  approval  of  the  officer in charge of the
12    cards, during the 28 days immediately preceding any election.
13    Registration record cards shall also be open to inspection by
14    certified judges and poll watchers  and  challengers  at  the
15    polling  place  on  election  day,  but  only  to  the extent
16    necessary to determine the question of the right of a  person
17    to  vote or to serve as a judge of election. At no time shall
18    poll watchers or challengers be allowed to physically  handle
19    the registration record cards.
20        Updated  copies  of  computer  tapes or computer discs or
21    other electronic data processing information containing voter
22    registration information shall be  furnished  by  the  county
23    clerk  within  10 days after December 15 and May 15 each year
24    to the State Board of Elections in a form prescribed  by  the
25    Board.   Registration  information  shall include, but not be
26    limited to, the following information:  name, sex, residence,
27    telephone  number,  if  any,  age,  party   affiliation,   if
28    applicable,    precinct,    ward,   township,   county,   and
29    representative, legislative and congressional districts.   In
30    the  event  of noncompliance, the State Board of Elections is
31    directed   to   obtain   compliance   forthwith   with   this
32    nondiscretionary  duty   of   the   election   authority   by
33    instituting  legal  proceedings  in  the circuit court of the
34    county  in  which  the  election  authority   maintains   the
 
                            -41-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    registration  information.   The  costs of furnishing updated
 2    copies of tapes or discs shall be paid at a rate  of  $.00034
 3    per  name  of registered voters in the election jurisdiction,
 4    but not less than $50 per tape or disc and shall be paid from
 5    appropriations made to  the  State  Board  of  Elections  for
 6    reimbursement to the election authority for such purpose. The
 7    Board  shall  furnish  copies  of  such  tapes,  discs, other
 8    electronic data or compilations thereof  to  state  political
 9    committees  registered  pursuant  to  the  Illinois  Campaign
10    Finance  Act  or  the  Federal Election Campaign Act at their
11    request and at a reasonable cost.  Copies of the tapes, discs
12    or other electronic data shall be  furnished  by  the  county
13    clerk to local political committees at their request and at a
14    reasonable  cost.   Reasonable  cost  of the tapes, discs, et
15    cetera for this purpose would be the cost of duplication plus
16    15%  for  administration.   The  individual  representing   a
17    political  committee  requesting  copies  of such tapes shall
18    make a sworn affidavit that the  information  shall  be  used
19    only  for  bona  fide political purposes, including by or for
20    candidates for  office  or  incumbent  office  holders.  Such
21    tapes, discs or other electronic data shall not be used under
22    any  circumstances  by any political committee or individuals
23    for purposes of commercial  solicitation  or  other  business
24    purposes.   If  such  tapes  contain  information  on  county
25    residents  related  to the operations of county government in
26    addition to registration information, that information  shall
27    not   be   used   under   any  circumstances  for  commercial
28    solicitation or other business purposes.  The prohibition  in
29    this  Section  against  using  the computer tapes or computer
30    discs  or  other  electronic  data   processing   information
31    containing  voter  registration  information  for purposes of
32    commercial solicitation or other business purposes  shall  be
33    prospective  only from the effective date of this amended Act
34    of 1979.  Any person who violates  this  provision  shall  be
 
                            -42-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    guilty of a Class 4 felony.
 2        The State Board of Elections shall promulgate, by October
 3    1,  1987,  such  regulations  as  may  be necessary to ensure
 4    uniformity throughout the State in electronic data processing
 5    of voter registration  information.   The  regulations  shall
 6    include,  but  need  not  be  limited  to, specifications for
 7    uniform medium, communications protocol and file structure to
 8    be employed by the election authorities of this State in  the
 9    electronic data processing of voter registration information.
10    Each  election authority utilizing electronic data processing
11    of voter registration  information  shall  comply  with  such
12    regulations on and after May 15, 1988.
13        If  the applicant for registration was last registered in
14    another county within  this  State,  he  shall  also  sign  a
15    certificate    authorizing   cancellation   of   the   former
16    registration. The certificate shall be in  substantially  the
17    following form:
18    To the County Clerk of.... County, Illinois. (or)
19    To the Election Commission of the City of ...., Illinois.
20        This  is to certify that I am registered in your (county)
21    (city) and that my residence was ............................
22    Having moved out of your (county) (city), I hereby  authorize
23    you to cancel said registration in your office.
24    Dated at ...., Illinois, on (insert date).
25    this .... day of ...., 19...
26                                .................................
27                                             (Signature of Voter)
28    Attest: ................,  County Clerk, .............
29    County, Illinois.
30        The  cancellation certificate shall be mailed immediately
31    by  the  County  Clerk  to  the  County  Clerk  (or  election
32    commission as the  case  may  be)  where  the  applicant  was
33    formerly  registered.  Receipt  of  such certificate shall be
34    full authority for cancellation of any previous registration.
 
                            -43-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 86-873; 86-1348; 87-1241; revised 1-26-99.)

 2        (10 ILCS 5/4-9) (from Ch. 46, par. 4-9)
 3        Sec. 4-9. The  county  clerk  shall  fully  instruct  the
 4    registration  officers  and  deputy  registration officers in
 5    their  duties.   Each   registration   officer   and   deputy
 6    registration  officer  shall  receipt to the county clerk for
 7    all blank registration record cards issued to him, specifying
 8    therein the number of the blanks received by  him,  and  each
 9    registration officer and deputy registration officer shall be
10    charged  with such blanks until he returns them to the county
11    clerk.  If for any cause a blank registration record card  is
12    mutilated or rendered unfit for use in making it out, or if a
13    mistake  thereon  has  been  made,  such  blank  shall not be
14    destroyed, but the word "mutilated" shall be  written  across
15    the  face of such card, and the card shall be returned to the
16    county clerk and be preserved in the same manner and for  the
17    same length of time as mutilated ballots.  When each 1969 and
18    1970   precinct  re-registration  has  been  completed,  each
19    registration officer shall certify the  registration  records
20    in substantially the following form:
21        "We,  the  undersigned  registration  officers  or deputy
22    registration officers in the County of .... in the  State  of
23    Illinois,  do  swear  (or affirm) that at the registration of
24    electors on (insert date) the .... day of .... 19.. there was
25    registered by us in the  said  election  precinct  the  names
26    which appear on the registration records, and that the number
27    of  voters  registered and qualified was and is the number of
28    ....
29                                           ......................
30                                           ......................
31                                           ......................
32                                           Registration officers.
33    Date ................"
 
                            -44-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        After  completion  of  each  1969   and   1970   precinct
 2    re-registration each of the officers of registration for such
 3    precinct  shall place all registration cards received by him,
 4    regardless of whether such cards  have  been  unused,  filled
 5    out, executed or mutilated, in an envelope to be provided for
 6    that purpose by the county clerk and shall seal such envelope
 7    with an official wax impression seal and sign his name across
 8    the  face  of  such  envelope.  The judge of registration for
 9    such precinct shall include in the envelope sealed by him the
10    certification  of  the   registration   records   hereinabove
11    required.   The judge of registration for such precinct shall
12    within 24 hours  after  the  close  of  re-registration  make
13    personal   delivery   of   all   envelopes   containing   the
14    re-registration cards for such precinct to the county clerk.
15        Other  precinct  registrations  shall  be  certified  and
16    returned in the same manner.
17    (Source: Laws 1967, p. 2987; revised 10-20-98.)

18        (10 ILCS 5/4-10) (from Ch. 46, par. 4-10)
19        Sec. 4-10.  Except as herein provided, no person shall be
20    registered,  unless  he  applies  in person to a registration
21    officer, answers such relevant questions as may be  asked  of
22    him  by  the registration officer, and executes the affidavit
23    of registration.  The registration officer shall require  the
24    applicant  to furnish two forms of identification, and except
25    in the case of a  homeless  individual,  one  of  which  must
26    include  his  or  her  residence  address.   These  forms  of
27    identification  shall  include, but not be limited to, any of
28    the following: driver's license, social security card, public
29    aid identification card, utility bill,  employee  or  student
30    identification  card,  credit  card,  or  a  civic,  union or
31    professional association membership card.   The  registration
32    officer  shall  require  a  homeless  individual  to  furnish
33    evidence  of  his  or  her use of the mailing address stated.
 
                            -45-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    This use may be demonstrated by a piece of mail addressed  to
 2    that  individual  and  received  at  that  address  or  by  a
 3    statement  from  a  person  authorizing  use  of  the mailing
 4    address.   The  registration  officer  shall   require   each
 5    applicant  for  registration  to read or have read to him the
 6    affidavit of registration before permitting  him  to  execute
 7    the affidavit.
 8        One of the registration officers or a deputy registration
 9    officer,  county  clerk, or clerk in the office of the county
10    clerk, shall administer to all persons who  shall  personally
11    apply to register the following oath or affirmation:
12        "You  do  solemnly  swear (or affirm) that you will fully
13    and truly answer all such questions as shall be  put  to  you
14    touching  your name, place of residence, place of birth, your
15    qualifications as an  elector  and  your  right  as  such  to
16    register and vote under the laws of the State of Illinois."
17        The  registration officer shall satisfy himself that each
18    applicant for registration is qualified  to  register  before
19    registering  him.   If the registration officer has reason to
20    believe that the applicant is a resident of a  Soldiers'  and
21    Sailors'  Home or any facility which is licensed or certified
22    pursuant to the Nursing Home Care Act, the following question
23    shall be put, "When  you  entered  the  home  which  is  your
24    present  address, was it your bona fide intention to become a
25    resident thereof?"  Any voter of a township, city, village or
26    incorporated town in which such applicant resides,  shall  be
27    permitted  to  be  present  at  the  place  of  any  precinct
28    registration  and  shall  have  the  right  to  challenge any
29    applicant who applies to be registered.
30        In case the officer is not satisfied that  the  applicant
31    is  qualified  he  shall  forthwith  notify such applicant in
32    writing to appear before the county  clerk  to  complete  his
33    registration.   Upon  the  card  of  such  applicant shall be
34    written the word "incomplete" and no such applicant shall  be
 
                            -46-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    permitted  to vote unless such registration is satisfactorily
 2    completed as hereinafter provided.  No registration shall  be
 3    taken  and marked as incomplete if information to complete it
 4    can be furnished on the date of the original application.
 5        Any person claiming to be  an  elector  in  any  election
 6    precinct  and  whose registration card is marked "Incomplete"
 7    may make and sign an application in writing, under  oath,  to
 8    the county clerk in substance in the following form:
 9        "I  do  solemnly swear that I, ...., did on (insert date)
10    .... make application to the board of registry  of  the  ....
11    precinct  of  the township of .... (or to the county clerk of
12    .... county) and that said board or clerk refused to complete
13    my registration as a qualified voter in said precinct.   That
14    I  reside  in  said precinct, that I intend to reside in said
15    precinct, and am a duly qualified voter of said precinct  and
16    am  entitled to be registered to vote in said precinct at the
17    next election.
18    (Signature of applicant) ............................."

19        All such applications shall be presented  to  the  county
20    clerk  or  to  his  duly  authorized  representative  by  the
21    applicant,  in person between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 5:00
22    p.m. on any day after the days on which  the  1969  and  1970
23    precinct  re-registrations are held but not on any day within
24    28 days preceding the ensuing general election and thereafter
25    for  the  registration  provided  in  Section  4-7  all  such
26    applications shall be presented to the county  clerk  or  his
27    duly  authorized  representative  by  the applicant in person
28    between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. on any day prior
29    to 28 days preceding  the  ensuing  general  election.   Such
30    application  shall  be  heard by the county clerk or his duly
31    authorized representative at  the  time  the  application  is
32    presented.   If the applicant for registration has registered
33    with the county clerk, such application may be  presented  to
34    and  heard  by  the  county  clerk  or by his duly authorized
 
                            -47-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    representative upon the dates specified above or at any  time
 2    prior thereto designated by the county clerk.
 3        Any  otherwise  qualified  person  who is absent from his
 4    county of residence either due  to  business  of  the  United
 5    States  or  because he is temporarily outside the territorial
 6    limits of the United States may become registered by  mailing
 7    an  application  to  the  county  clerk within the periods of
 8    registration provided for in this Article, or by simultaneous
 9    application for absentee registration and absentee ballot  as
10    provided in Article 20 of this Code.
11        Upon  receipt  of such application the county clerk shall
12    immediately mail an affidavit of registration  in  duplicate,
13    which  affidavit  shall  contain the following and such other
14    information as the State Board  of  Elections  may  think  it
15    proper to require for the identification of the applicant:
16        Name.   The  name  of  the  applicant, giving surname and
17    first or Christian name in full, and the middle name  or  the
18    initial for such middle name, if any.
19        Sex.
20        Residence.   The name and number of the street, avenue or
21    other location of the dwelling, and such additional clear and
22    definite description as may be  necessary  to  determine  the
23    exact  location  of the dwelling of the applicant.  Where the
24    location cannot be determined by street and number, then  the
25    Section, congressional township and range number may be used,
26    or such other information as may be necessary, including post
27    office mailing address.
28        Term  of  residence  in  the  State  of  Illinois and the
29    precinct.
30        Nativity.  The State or country in  which  the  applicant
31    was born.
32        Citizenship.   Whether  the  applicant  is native born or
33    naturalized. If naturalized, the court,  place  and  date  of
34    naturalization.
 
                            -48-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Age.  Date of birth, by month, day and year.
 2        Out of State address of ..........................
 3                      AFFIDAVIT OF REGISTRATION
 4    State of ...........)
 5                        )ss
 6    County of ..........)
 7        I  hereby  swear  (or  affirm) that I am a citizen of the
 8    United States; that on the day of the next election  I  shall
 9    have  resided  in  the  State of Illinois and in the election
10    precinct 30 days; that I am fully qualified to vote,  that  I
11    am not registered to vote anywhere else in the United States,
12    that  I  intend to remain a resident of the State of Illinois
13    and of the election precinct, that I intend to return to  the
14    State of Illinois, and that the above statements are true.
15                                   ..............................
16                                   (His or her signature or mark)
17        Subscribed  and  sworn to before me, an officer qualified
18    to administer oaths, on (insert  date).  this  .....  day  of
19    ..... 19 ...
20                         ........................................
21                         Signature of officer administering oath.
22        Upon  receipt  of  the  executed  duplicate  affidavit of
23    Registration, the county clerk shall transfer the information
24    contained thereon to duplicate  Registration  Cards  provided
25    for in Section 4-8 of this Article and shall attach thereto a
26    copy  of  each of the duplicate affidavit of registration and
27    thereafter  such  registration  card  and   affidavit   shall
28    constitute  the registration of such person the same as if he
29    had applied for registration in person.
30    (Source: P.A. 86-820; 87-1241; revised 10-20-98.)

31        (10 ILCS 5/4-12) (from Ch. 46, par. 4-12)
32        Sec. 4-12.  Any voter or voters in  the  township,  city,
33    village  or  incorporated  town containing such precinct, and
 
                            -49-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    any precinct committeeman in the  county,  may,  between  the
 2    hours of 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. of Monday and Tuesday of the
 3    second  week  prior  to  the  week  in which the 1970 primary
 4    election for the  nomination  of  candidates  for  State  and
 5    county offices or any election thereafter is to be held, make
 6    application in writing, to the county clerk, to have any name
 7    upon  the  register of any precinct erased.  Such application
 8    shall be, in substance, in the words and figures following:
 9        "I being a qualified  voter,  registered  from  No.  ....
10    Street  in  the  ....  precinct  of the .... ward of the city
11    (village or town of) .... (or of the .... town  of  ....)  do
12    hereby  solemnly  swear (or affirm) that .... registered from
13    No. .... Street is not a qualified voter in the .... precinct
14    of .... ward of the city (village or town) of .... (or of the
15    .... town of ....) and hence I ask that his  name  be  erased
16    from  the  register of such precinct for the following reason
17    .....
18        Affiant further says that he has  personal  knowledge  of
19    the facts set forth in the above affidavit.
20                           (Signed) .....
21        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
22    .... day of ...., 19...
23                                ....
24                                ....
25                               ....."

26        Such application shall be signed  and  sworn  to  by  the
27    applicant before the county clerk or any deputy authorized by
28    the county clerk for that purpose, and filed with said clerk.
29    Thereupon  notice  of  such  application, and of the time and
30    place of hearing thereon, with a demand to appear before  the
31    county  clerk and show cause why his name shall not be erased
32    from said register, shall be  mailed,  in  an  envelope  duly
33    stamped  and directed to such person at the address upon said
34    register, at least four days before the  day  fixed  in  said
 
                            -50-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    notice to show cause.
 2        A  like  notice  shall be mailed to the person or persons
 3    making the application to have the name  upon  such  register
 4    erased  to  appear  and  show  cause  why said name should be
 5    erased, the notice to set  out  the  day  and  hour  of  such
 6    hearing. If the voter making such application fails to appear
 7    before said clerk at the time set for the hearing as fixed in
 8    the said notice or fails to show cause why the name upon such
 9    register  shall  be  erased,  the application to erase may be
10    dismissed by the county clerk.
11        Any voter  making  the  application  is  privileged  from
12    arrest  while  presenting  it  to the county clerk, and while
13    going to and from the office of the county clerk.
14    (Source: P.A. 84-551; revised 10-20-98.)

15        (10 ILCS 5/4-23) (from Ch. 46, par. 4-23)
16        Sec. 4-23.  The provisions of this Article 4, so  far  as
17    they  require  the  registration  of voters as a condition to
18    their being allowed to  vote,  shall  not  apply  to  persons
19    otherwise  entitled  to  vote,  who  are,  at the time of the
20    election, or at  any  time  within  60  days  prior  to  such
21    election  have been, engaged in the military or naval service
22    of the United  States,  and  who  appear  personally  at  the
23    polling  place  on  election day and produce to the judges of
24    election satisfactory evidence thereof, but such persons,  if
25    otherwise  qualified  to  vote, shall be permitted to vote at
26    such election without previous registration.
27        All such persons shall also make an affidavit which shall
28    be in substantially the following form:
29    "State of Illinois)
30                      ) ss.
31    County of ........)
32                        ............ Precinct   ............ Ward
33        I, ..............., do solemnly swear (or affirm), that I
 
                            -51-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    am a citizen of the United States, of the age of 18 years  or
 2    over,  and  that within the past 60 days prior to the date of
 3    this election at which I am applying to  vote,  I  have  been
 4    engaged in the .... (military or naval) service of the United
 5    States; and I am qualified to vote under and by virtue of the
 6    Constitution and laws of the State of Illinois, and that I am
 7    a  legally  qualified  voter of this precinct and ward except
 8    that I have, because of such service, been unable to register
 9    as a voter; that I now reside  at  ....  (insert  street  and
10    number,  if  any)  in  this  precinct  and  ward, that I have
11    maintained a legal residence in this precinct and ward for 30
12    days and in the State 30 days next preceding this election.
13                                           ......................
14        Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).  this
15    .... day of ...., 19...
16                                           ......................
17                                              Judge of Election."

18        The  affidavit  of  any such person shall be supported by
19    the affidavit of a resident and qualified voter of  any  such
20    precinct  and ward, which affidavit shall be in substantially
21    the following form:
22    "State of Illinois)
23                      ) ss.
24    County of ........)
25                 ................ Precinct   ............... Ward
26        I, ...., do solemnly swear  (or  affirm),  that  I  am  a
27    resident  of  this  precinct and ward and entitled to vote at
28    this election; that I am acquainted with ....  (name  of  the
29    applicant);  that I verily believe him or her to be an actual
30    bona fide resident of this  precinct  and  ward  and  that  I
31    verily  believe  that  he  or  she  has  maintained  a  legal
32    residence  therein  30  days,  and in this State 30 days next
33    preceding this election.
34                                           ......................
 
                            -52-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).  this
 2    .... day of ...., 19...
 3                                           ......................
 4                                              Judge of Election."
 5    (Source: P.A. 84- 551; revised 10-20-98.)

 6        (10 ILCS 5/5-7) (from Ch. 46, par. 5-7)
 7        Sec.  5-7.  The  county  clerk shall provide a sufficient
 8    number of blank forms for the registration of electors  which
 9    shall  be  known as registration record cards and which shall
10    consist of loose leaf sheets or cards, of  suitable  size  to
11    contain  in  plain  writing  and figures the data hereinafter
12    required thereon  or  shall  consist  of  computer  cards  of
13    suitable  nature  to  contain the data required thereon.  The
14    registration record cards, which shall include  an  affidavit
15    of registration as hereinafter provided, shall be executed in
16    duplicate.
17        The  registration record card shall contain the following
18    and such other information as the county clerk may  think  it
19    proper to require for the identification of the applicant for
20    registration:
21        Name.   The  name  of  the  applicant, giving surname and
22    first or Christian name in full, and the middle name  or  the
23    initial for such middle name, if any.
24        Sex.
25        Residence.  The name and number of the street, avenue, or
26    other location of the dwelling, including the apartment, unit
27    or  room number, if any, and in the case of a mobile home the
28    lot  number,  and  such   additional   clear   and   definite
29    description  as  may  be  necessary  to  determine  the exact
30    location  of  the  dwelling  of  the   applicant,   including
31    post-office  mailing  address.  In  the  case  of  a homeless
32    individual, the individual's voting residence that is his  or
33    her   mailing  address  shall  be  included  on  his  or  her
 
                            -53-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    registration record card.
 2        Term of residence  in  the  State  of  Illinois  and  the
 3    precinct.   Which  questions may be answered by the applicant
 4    stating, in excess of 30 days in the State and in  excess  of
 5    30 days in the precinct.
 6        Nativity.   The  State  or country in which the applicant
 7    was born.
 8        Citizenship.  Whether the applicant  is  native  born  or
 9    naturalized.  If  naturalized,  the  court, place and date of
10    naturalization.
11        Date of application  for  registration,  i.e.,  the  day,
12    month   and   year   when  applicant  presented  himself  for
13    registration.
14        Age.  Date of birth, by month, day and year.
15        Physical disability of the applicant, if any, at the time
16    of registration, which would require assistance in voting.
17        The county and state in  which  the  applicant  was  last
18    registered.
19        Signature   of   voter.    The   applicant,   after   the
20    registration  and  in  the  presence of a deputy registrar or
21    other officer of registration shall be required to  sign  his
22    or  her  name  in  ink  to  the affidavit on the original and
23    duplicate registration record card.
24        Signature of Deputy Registrar.
25        In case applicant is unable to  sign  his  name,  he  may
26    affix  his  mark  to the affidavit.  In such case the officer
27    empowered  to  give  the  registration  oath  shall  write  a
28    detailed description of the applicant in the  space  provided
29    at  the  bottom  of  the  card  or  sheet;  and shall ask the
30    following questions and record the answers thereto:
31        Father's first name .......................
32        Mother's first name .......................
33        From what address did you last register?
34        Reason for inability to sign name.
 
                            -54-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Each applicant for registration shall make  an  affidavit
 2    in substantially the following form:
 3                      AFFIDAVIT OF REGISTRATION
 4    State of Illinois)
 5                     )ss
 6    County of        )
 7        I  hereby  swear  (or  affirm) that I am a citizen of the
 8    United States; that on the date of the next election I  shall
 9    have  resided  in  the  State of Illinois and in the election
10    precinct in which I reside 30 days; that I am fully qualified
11    to vote.  That I  intend  that  this  location  shall  be  my
12    residence and that the above statements are true.
13                                   ..............................
14                                   (His or her signature or mark)
15        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
16    .... day of...., 19...
17    .........................................
18        Signature of Registration Officer.
19    (To be signed in presence of Registrant.)

20        Space  shall  be  provided  upon   the   face   of   each
21    registration  record  card  for  the  notation  of the voting
22    record of the person registered thereon.
23        Each registration record card shall be numbered according
24    to towns and precincts, wards, cities and  villages,  as  the
25    case  may  be,  and  may  be serially or otherwise marked for
26    identification  in  such  manner  as  the  county  clerk  may
27    determine.
28        The registration cards shall be deemed public records and
29    shall be open to inspection during  regular  business  hours,
30    except during the 28 days immediately preceding any election.
31    On written request of any candidate or objector or any person
32    intending  to  object  to  a petition, the election authority
33    shall extend its hours for inspection of  registration  cards
34    and other records of the election authority during the period
 
                            -55-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    beginning  with  the filing of petitions under Sections 7-10,
 2    8-8, 10-6 or 28-3 and continuing through the  termination  of
 3    electoral  board  hearings  on  any  objections  to petitions
 4    containing   signatures   of   registered   voters   in   the
 5    jurisdiction of the election authority. The  extension  shall
 6    be  for  a  period  of  hours  sufficient  to  allow adequate
 7    opportunity for examination of the records but  the  election
 8    authority  is  not  required  to  extend its hours beyond the
 9    period beginning at  its  normal  opening  for  business  and
10    ending  at  midnight.  If the business hours are so extended,
11    the election authority shall post a  public  notice  of  such
12    extended   hours.  Registration  record  cards  may  also  be
13    inspected, upon approval of the  officer  in  charge  of  the
14    cards, during the 28 days immediately preceding any election.
15    Registration record cards shall also be open to inspection by
16    certified  judges  and  poll  watchers and challengers at the
17    polling place  on  election  day,  but  only  to  the  extent
18    necessary  to determine the question of the right of a person
19    to vote or to serve as a judge of election. At no time  shall
20    poll  watchers or challengers be allowed to physically handle
21    the registration record cards.
22        Updated copies of computer tapes  or  computer  discs  or
23    other electronic data processing information containing voter
24    registration  information  shall  be  furnished by the county
25    clerk within 10 days after December 15 and May 15  each  year
26    to  the  State Board of Elections in a form prescribed by the
27    Board.  Registration information shall include,  but  not  be
28    limited to, the following information:  name, sex, residence,
29    telephone   number,   if  any,  age,  party  affiliation,  if
30    applicable,   precinct,   ward,   township,    county,    and
31    representative,  legislative and congressional districts.  In
32    the event of noncompliance, the State Board of  Elections  is
33    directed   to   obtain   compliance   forthwith   with   this
34    nondiscretionary   duty   of   the   election   authority  by
 
                            -56-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    instituting legal proceedings in the  circuit  court  of  the
 2    county   in   which  the  election  authority  maintains  the
 3    registration information.  The costs  of  furnishing  updated
 4    copies  of  tapes or discs shall be paid at a rate of $.00034
 5    per name of registered voters in the  election  jurisdiction,
 6    but not less than $50 per tape or disc and shall be paid from
 7    appropriations  made  to  the  State  Board  of Elections for
 8    reimbursement to the election authority for such purpose. The
 9    Board shall  furnish  copies  of  such  tapes,  discs,  other
10    electronic  data  or  compilations thereof to state political
11    committees  registered  pursuant  to  the  Illinois  Campaign
12    Finance Act or the Federal Election  Campaign  Act  at  their
13    request and at a reasonable cost.  Copies of the tapes, discs
14    or  other  electronic  data  shall be furnished by the county
15    clerk to local political committees at their request and at a
16    reasonable cost.  Reasonable cost of  the  tapes,  discs,  et
17    cetera for this purpose would be the cost of duplication plus
18    15%   for  administration.   The  individual  representing  a
19    political committee requesting copies  of  such  tapes  shall
20    make  a  sworn  affidavit  that the information shall be used
21    only for bona fide political purposes, including  by  or  for
22    candidates  for  office  or  incumbent  office  holders. Such
23    tapes, discs or other electronic data shall not be used under
24    any circumstances by any political committee  or  individuals
25    for  purposes  of  commercial  solicitation or other business
26    purposes.   If  such  tapes  contain  information  on  county
27    residents related to the operations of county  government  in
28    addition  to registration information, that information shall
29    not  be  used  under   any   circumstances   for   commercial
30    solicitation  or other business purposes.  The prohibition in
31    this Section against using the  computer  tapes  or  computer
32    discs   or   other  electronic  data  processing  information
33    containing voter registration  information  for  purposes  of
34    commercial  solicitation  or other business purposes shall be
 
                            -57-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    prospective only from the effective date of this amended  Act
 2    of  1979.    Any  person who violates this provision shall be
 3    guilty of a Class 4 felony.
 4        The State Board of Elections shall promulgate, by October
 5    1, 1987, such regulations  as  may  be  necessary  to  ensure
 6    uniformity throughout the State in electronic data processing
 7    of  voter  registration  information.   The regulations shall
 8    include, but need  not  be  limited  to,  specifications  for
 9    uniform medium, communications protocol and file structure to
10    be  employed by the election authorities of this State in the
11    electronic data processing of voter registration information.
12    Each election authority utilizing electronic data  processing
13    of  voter  registration  information  shall  comply with such
14    regulations on and after May 15, 1988.
15        If the applicant for registration was last registered  in
16    another  county  within  this  State,  he  shall  also sign a
17    certificate   authorizing   cancellation   of   the    former
18    registration.  The  certificate shall be in substantially the
19    following form:
20    To the County Clerk of .... County, Illinois. To the Election
21    Commission of the City of ...., Illinois.
22        This is to certify that I am registered in your  (county)
23    (city) and that my residence was .....
24        Having  moved  out  of  your  (county)  (city),  I hereby
25    authorize you to cancel said registration in your office.
26    Dated at  ....  Illinois,  on  (insert  date).  this....  day
27    of...., 19...
28                                             ....................
29                                             (Signature of Voter)
30          Attest ......, County Clerk, ........ County, Illinois.
31        The  cancellation certificate shall be mailed immediately
32    by  the  county  clerk  to  the  county  clerk  (or  election
33    commission as the  case  may  be)  where  the  applicant  was
34    formerly  registered.  Receipt  of  such certificate shall be
 
                            -58-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    full authority for cancellation of any previous registration.
 2    (Source: P.A. 86-873; 86-1348; 87-1241; revised 10-20-98.)

 3        (10 ILCS 5/5-9) (from Ch. 46, par. 5-9)
 4        Sec. 5-9.  Except as herein provided, no person shall  be
 5    registered  unless  he  applies  in  person  to  registration
 6    officer,  answers  such relevant questions as may be asked of
 7    him by the registration officer, and executes  the  affidavit
 8    of  registration.  The registration officer shall require the
 9    applicant to furnish two forms of identification, and  except
10    in  the  case  of  a  homeless  individual, one of which must
11    include  his  or  her  residence  address.   These  forms  of
12    identification shall include, but not be limited to,  any  of
13    the following: driver's license, social security card, public
14    aid  identification  card,  utility bill, employee or student
15    identification card,  credit  card,  or  a  civic,  union  or
16    professional  association  membership card.  The registration
17    officer  shall  require  a  homeless  individual  to  furnish
18    evidence of his or her use of  the  mailing  address  stated.
19    This  use may be demonstrated by a piece of mail addressed to
20    that  individual  and  received  at  that  address  or  by  a
21    statement from  a  person  authorizing  use  of  the  mailing
22    address.   The   registration   officer  shall  require  each
23    applicant for registration to read or have read  to  him  the
24    affidavit  of  registration  before permitting him to execute
25    the affidavit.
26        One of the Deputy Registrars, the Judge of  Registration,
27    or  an Officer of Registration, County Clerk, or clerk in the
28    office of the County Clerk, shall administer to  all  persons
29    who  shall personally apply to register the following oath or
30    affirmation:
31        "You do solemnly swear (or affirm) that  you  will  fully
32    and  truly  answer  all such questions as shall be put to you
33    touching your place of residence, name, place of birth,  your
 
                            -59-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    qualifications  as  an  elector  and  your  right  as such to
 2    register and vote under the laws of the State of Illinois."
 3        The Registration Officer shall satisfy himself that  each
 4    applicant  for  registration  is qualified to register before
 5    registering him.  If the registration officer has  reason  to
 6    believe  that  the applicant is a resident of a Soldiers' and
 7    Sailors' Home or any facility which is licensed or  certified
 8    pursuant to the Nursing Home Care Act, the following question
 9    shall  be  put,  "When  you  entered  the  home which is your
10    present address, was it your bona fide intention to become  a
11    resident thereof?"  Any voter of a township, city, village or
12    incorporated  town  in which such applicant resides, shall be
13    permitted  to  be  present   at   the   place   of   precinct
14    registration,  and  shall  have  the  right  to challenge any
15    applicant who applies to be registered.
16        In case the officer is not satisfied that  the  applicant
17    is  qualified,  he  shall  forthwith  in  writing notify such
18    applicant to  appear  before  the  County  Clerk  to  furnish
19    further  proof  of his qualifications.  Upon the card of such
20    applicant shall be written the word "Incomplete" and no  such
21    applicant shall be permitted to vote unless such registration
22    is  satisfactorily  completed  as  hereinafter  provided.  No
23    registration shall be taken and  marked  as  "incomplete"  if
24    information  to  complete  it can be furnished on the date of
25    the original application.
26        Any person claiming to be  an  elector  in  any  election
27    precinct in such township, city, village or incorporated town
28    and  whose  registration  is marked "Incomplete" may make and
29    sign an application in writing, under  oath,  to  the  County
30    Clerk in substance in the following form:
31        "I  do solemnly swear that I, ..........,  did on (insert
32    date) ........... make application to the Board  of  Registry
33    of the ........ precinct of ........ ward of the City of ....
34    or of the ......... District ......... Town of .......... (or
 
                            -60-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to  the  County  Clerk  of  .............)  and  ............
 2    County;  that  said  Board  or  Clerk  refused to complete my
 3    registration as a qualified voter in said  precinct,  that  I
 4    reside  in  said precinct (or that I intend to reside in said
 5    precinct), am a duly qualified voter and entitled to vote  in
 6    said precinct at the next election.
 7                                      ...........................
 8                                        (Signature of Applicant)"
 9        All  such  applications  shall be presented to the County
10    Clerk by the applicant, in person between the hours  of  nine
11    o'clock  a.m. and five o'clock p.m., on Monday and Tuesday of
12    the third week subsequent to the weeks in which the 1961  and
13    1962 precinct re-registrations are to be held, and thereafter
14    for  the  registration  provided  in  Section  5-17  of  this
15    Article,  all  such  applications  shall  be presented to the
16    County Clerk by the applicant in person between the hours  of
17    nine o'clock a.m. and nine o'clock p.m. on Monday and Tuesday
18    of the third week prior to the date on which such election is
19    to be held.
20        Any  otherwise  qualified  person  who is absent from his
21    county of residence either due  to  business  of  the  United
22    States  or  because he is temporarily outside the territorial
23    limits of the United States may become registered by  mailing
24    an  application  to  the  county  clerk within the periods of
25    registration provided for in this Article or by  simultaneous
26    application  for absentee registration and absentee ballot as
27    provided in Article 20 of this Code.
28        Upon receipt of such application the county  clerk  shall
29    immediately  mail  an affidavit of registration in duplicate,
30    which affidavit shall contain the following  and  such  other
31    information  as  the  State  Board  of Elections may think it
32    proper to require for the identification of the applicant:
33        Name.  The name of  the  applicant,  giving  surname  and
34    first  or  Christian name in full, and the middle name or the
 
                            -61-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    initial for such middle name, if any.
 2        Sex.
 3        Residence.  The name and number of the street, avenue  or
 4    other location of the dwelling, and such additional clear and
 5    definite  description  as  may  be necessary to determine the
 6    exact location of the dwelling of the applicant.   Where  the
 7    location  cannot be determined by street and number, then the
 8    Section, congressional township and range number may be used,
 9    or such other information as may be necessary, including post
10    office mailing address.
11        Term of residence  in  the  State  of  Illinois  and  the
12    precinct.
13        Nativity.   The  State  or country in which the applicant
14    was born.
15        Citizenship.  Whether the applicant  is  native  born  or
16    naturalized.  If  naturalized,  the  court, place and date of
17    naturalization.
18        Age.  Date of birth, by month, day and year.
19        Out of State address of ..........................
20                      AFFIDAVIT OF REGISTRATION
21    State of .........)
22                      )ss
23    County of ........)
24        I hereby swear (or affirm) that I am  a  citizen  of  the
25    United  States;  that on the day of the next election I shall
26    have resided in the State of Illinois for 6 months and in the
27    election precinct 30 days; that I am fully qualified to vote,
28    that I am not registered to vote anywhere else in the  United
29    States,  that  I  intend to remain a resident of the State of
30    Illinois and of the  election  precinct,  that  I  intend  to
31    return   to  the  State  of  Illinois,  and  that  the  above
32    statements are true.
33                                   ..............................
34                                   (His or her signature or mark)
 
                            -62-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Subscribed and sworn to before me, an  officer  qualified
 2    to  administer  oaths,  on  (insert date). this ...... day of
 3    ..... 19 ...
 4                         ........................................
 5                         Signature of officer administering oath.

 6        Upon receipt  of  the  executed  duplicate  affidavit  of
 7    Registration, the county clerk shall transfer the information
 8    contained  thereon  to  duplicate Registration Cards provided
 9    for in Section 5-7 of this Article and shall attach thereto a
10    copy of each of the duplicate affidavit of  registration  and
11    thereafter   such   registration  card  and  affidavit  shall
12    constitute the registration of such person the same as if  he
13    had applied for registration in person.
14    (Source: P.A. 86-820; 87-1241; revised 10-20-98.)

15        (10 ILCS 5/5-15) (from Ch. 46, par. 5-15)
16        Sec.  5-15.   Any  voter or voters in the township, city,
17    village, or incorporated town containing such  precinct,  and
18    any  precinct  committeeman  in  the county, may, between the
19    hours of nine o'clock a.m. and six o'clock p.m. of the Monday
20    and Tuesday of the third week immediately preceding the  week
21    in  which such April 10, 1962 Primary Election is to be held,
22    make application in writing, before  such  County  Clerk,  to
23    have  any  name  upon  such  register of any precinct erased.
24    Thereafter such application shall be made between  the  hours
25    of  nine  o'clock  a.m.  and  six  o'clock p.m. of Monday and
26    Tuesday of the second week prior to the  week  in  which  any
27    county,   city,   village,  township,  or  incorporated  town
28    election is  to  be  held.   Such  application  shall  be  in
29    substance, in the words and figures following:
30        "I,  being  a  qualified  voter, registered from No. ....
31    Street in the .... precinct of the  ....  Ward  of  the  city
32    (village  or town of .... ) of the .... District .... town of
33    ....  do  hereby  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)   that   ....
 
                            -63-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    registered  from  No. .... Street is not a qualified voter in
 2    the .... precinct of the .... ward of the  city  (village  or
 3    town)  of  ....  or of the .... district town of .... hence I
 4    ask that his  name  be  erased  from  the  register  of  such
 5    precinct  for the following reason ..... Affiant further says
 6    that he has personal knowledge of the facts set forth in  the
 7    above affidavit.
 8                           (Signed) .....
 9        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
10    .... day of ...., 19...
11                                ....
12                                ....
13                                ...."
14        Such application shall be signed  and  sworn  to  by  the
15    applicant before the County Clerk or any Deputy authorized by
16    the  County Clerk for that purpose, and filed with the Clerk.
17    Thereupon notice of such application, with a demand to appear
18    before the County Clerk and show cause why his name shall not
19    be erased from the  register,  shall  be  mailed  by  special
20    delivery,  duly  stamped and directed, to such person, to the
21    address upon said register at least 4  days  before  the  day
22    fixed in said notice to show cause.
23        A  like  notice  shall be mailed to the person or persons
24    making the application to have the name  upon  such  register
25    erased  to  appear  and  show  cause  why  the name should be
26    erased, the notice to set  out  the  day  and  hour  of  such
27    hearing. If the voter making such application fails to appear
28    before  the Clerk at the time set for the hearing as fixed in
29    the said notice or fails to show cause why the name upon such
30    register shall be erased, the application may be dismissed by
31    the County Clerk.
32        Any voter making such application or  applications  shall
33    be  privileged  from  arrest while presenting the same to the
34    County Clerk, and whilst going  to  and  returning  from  the
 
                            -64-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    office of the County Clerk.
 2    (Source: P.A. 84-551; revised 10-20-98.)

 3        (10 ILCS 5/5-29.01) (from Ch. 46, par. 5-29.01)
 4        Sec.  5-29.01.   The provisions of this Article 5, so far
 5    as they require the registration of voters as a condition  to
 6    their  being  allowed  to  vote  shall  not  apply to persons
 7    otherwise entitled to vote, who  are,  at  the  time  of  the
 8    election,  or  at  any  time  within  60  days  prior to such
 9    election, have been engaged in the military or naval  service
10    of  the  United  States,  and  who  appear  personally at the
11    polling place on election day and produce to  the  judges  of
12    election  satisfactory evidence thereof, but such persons, if
13    otherwise qualified to vote, shall be permitted  to  vote  at
14    such election without previous registration.
15        All such persons shall also make an affidavit which shall
16    be in substantially the following form:
17    "State of Illinois)
18                      )ss.
19    County of ........)
20                     .............. Precinct  .............. Ward
21        I,  ....,  do  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm), that I am a
22    citizen of the United States, of the age of 18 years or over,
23    and that within the past 60 days prior to the  date  of  this
24    election  at which I am applying to vote, I have been engaged
25    in the .... (military or naval) service of the United States;
26    and I am qualified  to  vote  under  and  by  virtue  of  the
27    Constitution and laws of the State of Illinois, and that I am
28    a  legally  qualified  voter of this precinct and ward except
29    that I have, because of such service, been unable to register
30    as a voter; that I now reside  at  ....  (insert  street  and
31    number,  if  any)  in  this  precinct  and  ward, that I have
32    maintained a legal residence in this precinct and ward for 30
33    days and in the State 30 days next preceding this election.
 
                            -65-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1                                      ...........................
 2        Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).  this
 3    ....  day of ...., 19...
 4                                      ...........................
 5                                              Judge of Election."

 6        The  affidavit  of  any such person shall be supported by
 7    the affidavit of a resident and qualified voter of  any  such
 8    precinct  and ward, which affidavit shall be in substantially
 9    the following form:
10    "State of Illinois)
11                      )ss.
12    County of ........)
13                        ............. Precinct   ........... Ward
14        I, ...., do solemnly swear  (or  affirm),  that  I  am  a
15    resident  of  this  precinct and ward and entitled to vote at
16    this election; that I am acquainted with ....  (name  of  the
17    applicant);  that  I  verily believe him to be an actual bona
18    fide resident of this precinct and ward  and  that  I  verily
19    believe  that  he has maintained a legal residence therein 30
20    days and in this State 30 days next preceding this election.
21                                              ...................
22        Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).  this
23    .... day of ...., 19...
24                                              ...................
25                                              Judge of Election."
26        The  provisions of this Article 5, so far as they require
27    the registration of voters as  a  condition  to  their  being
28    allowed to vote shall not apply to persons otherwise entitled
29    to  vote  who  have  made  and  subscribed  to  the affidavit
30    provided in paragraph (b) of Section 17-10 of this Act.
31    (Source: P.A. 84-551; revised 10-20-98.)

32        (10 ILCS 5/6-29) (from Ch. 46, par. 6-29)
33        Sec. 6-29. For the purpose of  registering  voters  under
 
                            -66-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    this   Article,   the   office   of  the  Board  of  Election
 2    Commissioners shall be open during ordinary business hours of
 3    each week day, from 9 a.m. to 12 o'clock  noon  on  the  last
 4    four Saturdays immediately preceding the end of the period of
 5    registration preceding each election, and such other days and
 6    such  other times as the board may direct. During the 28 days
 7    immediately  preceding  any  election  there  shall   be   no
 8    registration of voters at the office of the Board of Election
 9    Commissioners  in  cities, villages and incorporated towns of
10    fewer than 200,000  inhabitants.   In  cities,  villages  and
11    incorporated  towns  of  200,000  or  more inhabitants, there
12    shall be no registration of voters at the office of the Board
13    of Election Commissioners  during  the  35  days  immediately
14    preceding  any election; provided, however, where no precinct
15    registration is being conducted prior to  any  election  then
16    registration  may  be  taken in the office of the Board up to
17    and including the 29th day prior to such election.  The Board
18    of Election Commissioners may set up and  establish  as  many
19    branch  offices for the purpose of taking registrations as it
20    may deem necessary, and the branch offices may be open on any
21    or all dates and hours  during  which  registrations  may  be
22    taken  in  the main office. All officers and employees of the
23    Board of Election Commissioners who are  authorized  by  such
24    board  to  take  registrations  under  this  Article shall be
25    considered officers  of  the  circuit  court,  and  shall  be
26    subject to the same control as is provided by Section 14-5 of
27    this Act with respect to judges of election.
28        In any election called for the submission of the revision
29    or  alteration  of,  or  the  amendments to the Constitution,
30    submitted by a Constitutional Convention, the final  day  for
31    registration  at the office of the election authority charged
32    with the printing of the ballot of this election shall be the
33    15th day prior to the date of election.
34        The Board of Election Commissioners shall appoint one  or
 
                            -67-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    more registration teams, consisting of 2 of its employees for
 2    each  team,  for the purpose of accepting the registration of
 3    any voter who files  an  affidavit,  within  the  period  for
 4    taking registrations provided for in this article, that he is
 5    physically  unable to appear at the office of the Board or at
 6    any appointed place of registration.  On the day or days when
 7    a precinct registration is being conducted such  teams  shall
 8    consist  of  one  member from each of the 2 leading political
 9    parties who are serving on the Precinct  Registration  Board.
10    Each  team so designated shall visit each disabled person and
11    shall accept the registration of such person the same  as  if
12    he had applied for registration in person.
13        Any  otherwise  qualified  person  who is absent from his
14    county of residence due to business of the United States,  or
15    who is temporarily residing outside the territorial limits of
16    the  United States, may make application to become registered
17    by mail to the Board of  Election  Commissioners  within  the
18    periods  for  registration provided for in this Article or by
19    simultaneous  application  for  absentee   registration   and
20    absentee ballot as provided in Article 20 of this Code.
21        Upon  receipt  of  such application the Board of Election
22    Commissioners  shall  immediately  mail   an   affidavit   of
23    registration  in duplicate, which affidavit shall contain the
24    following and such other information as the  State  Board  of
25    Elections   may   think   it   proper   to  require  for  the
26    identification of the applicant:
27        Name.  The name of  the  applicant,  giving  surname  and
28    first  or  Christian name in full, and the middle name or the
29    initial for such middle name, if any.
30        Sex.
31        Residence.  The name and number of the street, avenue  or
32    other location of the dwelling, and such additional clear and
33    definite  description  as  may  be necessary to determine the
34    exact location of the dwelling of the applicant.   Where  the
 
                            -68-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    location  cannot be determined by street and number, then the
 2    section, congressional township and range number may be used,
 3    or such other information as may be necessary, including post
 4    office mailing address.
 5        Term of residence  in  the  State  of  Illinois  and  the
 6    precinct.
 7        Nativity.   The  state  or country in which the applicant
 8    was born.
 9        Citizenship.  Whether the applicant  is  native  born  or
10    naturalized.  If  naturalized,  the  court, place and date of
11    naturalization.
12        Age.  Date of birth, by month, day and year.
13        Out of State address of ..................
14                        AFFIDAVIT OF REGISTRATION
15    State of .........)
16                      ) ss.
17    County of ........)
18        I hereby swear (or affirm) that I am  a  citizen  of  the
19    United  States;  that on the day of the next election I shall
20    have resided in the State of Illinois  and  in  the  election
21    precinct  30  days; that I am fully qualified to vote, that I
22    am not registered to vote anywhere else in the United States,
23    that I intend to remain a resident of the State of  Illinois,
24    and  of the election precinct, that I intend to return to the
25    State of Illinois, and that the above statements are true.
26                                   ..............................
27                                   (His or her signature or mark)
28        Subscribed and sworn to before me, an  officer  qualified
29    to  administer  oaths,  on (insert date). this ....... day of
30    ....... 19 .......
31                         ........................................
32                         Signature of officer administering oath.
33        Upon receipt  of  the  executed  duplicate  affidavit  of
34    Registration,  the  Board  of  Election  Commissioners  shall
 
                            -69-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    transfer  the  information  contained  thereon  to  duplicate
 2    Registration  Cards  provided  for  in  Section  6-35 of this
 3    Article and shall attach  thereto  a  copy  of  each  of  the
 4    duplicate  affidavit  of  registration  and  thereafter  such
 5    registration   card   and   affidavit  shall  constitute  the
 6    registration of such person the same as if he had applied for
 7    registration in person.
 8    (Source: P.A. 81-953; revised 10-20-98.)

 9        (10 ILCS 5/6-35) (from Ch. 46, par. 6-35)
10        Sec. 6-35.  The Boards of  Election  Commissioners  shall
11    provide   a   sufficient   number  of  blank  forms  for  the
12    registration of electors which shall be known as registration
13    record cards and which shall consist of loose leaf sheets  or
14    cards,  of  suitable  size  to  contain  in plain writing and
15    figures  the  data  hereinafter  required  thereon  or  shall
16    consist of computer cards of suitable nature to  contain  the
17    data  required  thereon. The registration record cards, which
18    shall include an affidavit  of  registration  as  hereinafter
19    provided,  shall  be executed in duplicate.  The duplicate of
20    which may be a carbon copy of the original or a copy  of  the
21    original made by the use of other method or material used for
22    making simultaneous true copies or duplications.
23        The  registration record card shall contain the following
24    and  such  other  information  as  the  Board   of   Election
25    Commissioners   may  think  it  proper  to  require  for  the
26    identification of the applicant for registration:
27        Name.  The name of  the  applicant,  giving  surname  and
28    first  or  Christian name in full, and the middle name or the
29    initial for such middle name, if any.
30        Sex.
31        Residence.  The name and number of the street, avenue, or
32    other location of the dwelling, including the apartment, unit
33    or room number, if any, and in the case of a mobile home  the
 
                            -70-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    lot   number,   and   such   additional  clear  and  definite
 2    description as  may  be  necessary  to  determine  the  exact
 3    location   of   the  dwelling  of  the  applicant,  including
 4    post-office mailing  address.  In  the  case  of  a  homeless
 5    individual,  the individual's voting residence that is his or
 6    her  mailing  address  shall  be  included  on  his  or   her
 7    registration record card.
 8        Term  of  residence  in  the  State  of  Illinois and the
 9    precinct.
10        Nativity.  The state or country in  which  the  applicant
11    was born.
12        Citizenship.   Whether  the  applicant  is native born or
13    naturalized. If naturalized, the court, place,  and  date  of
14    naturalization.
15        Date  of  application  for  registration,  i.e., the day,
16    month and year  when  the  applicant  presented  himself  for
17    registration.
18        Age.  Date of birth, by month, day and year.
19        Physical disability of the applicant, if any, at the time
20    of registration, which would require assistance in voting.
21        The  county  and  state  in  which the applicant was last
22    registered.
23        Signature of voter.  The  applicant,  after  registration
24    and in the presence of a deputy registrar or other officer of
25    registration shall be required to sign his or her name in ink
26    to  the  affidavit  on  both  the  original and the duplicate
27    registration record card.
28        Signature of deputy registrar.
29        In case applicant is unable to  sign  his  name,  he  may
30    affix   his   mark  to  the  affidavit.   In  such  case  the
31    registration officer shall write a  detailed  description  of
32    the applicant in the space provided at the bottom of the card
33    or  sheet;  and  shall ask the following questions and record
34    the answers thereto:
 
                            -71-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Father's first name .........................
 2        Mother's first name .........................
 3        From what address did you last register? ....
 4        Reason for inability to sign name ...........
 5        Each applicant for registration shall make  an  affidavit
 6    in substantially the following form:
 7                      AFFIDAVIT OF REGISTRATION
 8    State of Illinois  )
 9                       )ss
10    County of .......  )
11        I  hereby  swear  (or  affirm) that I am a citizen of the
12    United States, that on the day of the next election  I  shall
13    have  resided  in  the  State of Illinois and in the election
14    precinct 30 days and that I intend that this location  is  my
15    residence;  that  I  am fully qualified to vote, and that the
16    above statements are true.
17                                   ..............................
18                                   (His or her signature or mark)
19        Subscribed and sworn  to  before  me  on  (insert  date).
20    this.... day of...., 19...
21    ......................................
22        Signature of registration officer
23    (to be signed in presence of registrant).
24        Space   shall   be   provided   upon  the  face  of  each
25    registration record card  for  the  notation  of  the  voting
26    record of the person registered thereon.
27        Each registration record card shall be numbered according
28    to  wards  or  precincts,  as  the  case  may  be, and may be
29    serially or  otherwise  marked  for  identification  in  such
30    manner as the Board of Election Commissioners may determine.
31        The registration cards shall be deemed public records and
32    shall  be  open  to inspection during regular business hours,
33    except during the 28 days immediately preceding any election.
34    On written request of any candidate or objector or any person
 
                            -72-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    intending to object to a  petition,  the  election  authority
 2    shall  extend  its hours for inspection of registration cards
 3    and other records of the election authority during the period
 4    beginning with the filing of petitions under  Sections  7-10,
 5    8-8,  10-6  or 28-3 and continuing through the termination of
 6    electoral board  hearings  on  any  objections  to  petitions
 7    containing   signatures   of   registered   voters   in   the
 8    jurisdiction  of  the election authority. The extension shall
 9    be for  a  period  of  hours  sufficient  to  allow  adequate
10    opportunity  for  examination of the records but the election
11    authority is not required to  extend  its  hours  beyond  the
12    period  beginning  at  its  normal  opening  for business and
13    ending at midnight. If the business hours  are  so  extended,
14    the  election  authority  shall  post a public notice of such
15    extended  hours.  Registration  record  cards  may  also   be
16    inspected,  upon  approval  of  the  officer in charge of the
17    cards, during the 28 days immediately preceding any election.
18    Registration record cards shall also be open to inspection by
19    certified judges and poll watchers  and  challengers  at  the
20    polling  place  on  election  day,  but  only  to  the extent
21    necessary to determine the question of the right of a  person
22    to vote or to serve as a judge of election. At no time  shall
23    poll  watchers or challengers be allowed to physically handle
24    the registration record cards.
25        Updated copies of computer tapes  or  computer  discs  or
26    other electronic data processing information containing voter
27    registration  information  shall be furnished by the Board of
28    Election Commissioners within 10 days after December  15  and
29    May  15  each  year to the State Board of Elections in a form
30    prescribed by  the  State  Board.   Registration  information
31    shall   include,   but  not  be  limited  to,  the  following
32    information:  name, sex, residence, telephone number, if any,
33    age,  party  affiliation,  if  applicable,  precinct,   ward,
34    township,   county,   and   representative,  legislative  and
 
                            -73-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    congressional districts.  In the event of noncompliance,  the
 2    State  Board  of  Elections  is directed to obtain compliance
 3    forthwith with this nondiscretionary  duty  of  the  election
 4    authority  by  instituting  legal  proceedings in the circuit
 5    court of the county in which the election authority maintains
 6    the  registration  information.   The  costs  of   furnishing
 7    updated  copies  of tapes or discs shall be paid at a rate of
 8    $.00034  per  name  of  registered  voters  in  the  election
 9    jurisdiction, but not less than $50  per  tape  or  disc  and
10    shall  be paid from appropriations made to the State Board of
11    Elections for reimbursement to  the  election  authority  for
12    such  purpose.  The  State Board shall furnish copies of such
13    tapes, discs, other electronic data or  compilations  thereof
14    to  state  political  committees  registered  pursuant to the
15    Illinois  Campaign  Finance  Act  or  the  Federal   Election
16    Campaign  Act  at  their  request  and  at a reasonable cost.
17    Copies of the tapes, discs or other electronic data shall  be
18    furnished  by  the  Board  of Election Commissioners to local
19    political committees at their request  and  at  a  reasonable
20    cost.   Reasonable  cost  of  the tapes, discs, et cetera for
21    this purpose would be the cost of duplication  plus  15%  for
22    administration.   The  individual  representing  a  political
23    committee  requesting copies of such tapes shall make a sworn
24    affidavit that the information shall be used  only  for  bona
25    fide  political  purposes, including by or for candidates for
26    office or incumbent office  holders.  Such  tapes,  discs  or
27    other   electronic   data   shall   not  be  used  under  any
28    circumstances by any political committee or  individuals  for
29    purposes   of   commercial  solicitation  or  other  business
30    purposes.   If  such  tapes  contain  information  on  county
31    residents related to the operations of county  government  in
32    addition  to registration information, that information shall
33    not  be  used  under   any   circumstances   for   commercial
34    solicitation  or other business purposes.  The prohibition in
 
                            -74-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    this Section against using the  computer  tapes  or  computer
 2    discs   or   other  electronic  data  processing  information
 3    containing voter registration  information  for  purposes  of
 4    commercial  solicitation  or other business purposes shall be
 5    prospective only from the effective date of this amended  Act
 6    of  1979.    Any  person who violates this provision shall be
 7    guilty of a Class 4 felony.
 8        The State Board of Elections shall promulgate, by October
 9    1, 1987, such regulations  as  may  be  necessary  to  ensure
10    uniformity throughout the State in electronic data processing
11    of  voter  registration  information.   The regulations shall
12    include, but need  not  be  limited  to,  specifications  for
13    uniform medium, communications protocol and file structure to
14    be  employed by the election authorities of this State in the
15    electronic data processing of voter registration information.
16    Each election authority utilizing electronic data  processing
17    of  voter  registration  information  shall  comply with such
18    regulations on and after May 15, 1988.
19        If the applicant for registration was last registered  in
20    another  county  within  this  State,  he  shall  also sign a
21    certificate   authorizing   cancellation   of   the    former
22    registration.  The  certificate shall be in substantially the
23    following form:
24    To the County Clerk of .... County, Illinois.
25    To the Election Commission of the City of ...., Illinois.
26        This is to certify that I am registered in your  (county)
27    (city)  and that my residence was .....   Having moved out of
28    your (county), (city), I hereby authorize you to cancel  that
29    registration in your office.
30        Dated  at  ...., Illinois, on (insert date). this.... day
31    of.... 19...
32                                             ....................
33                                             (Signature of Voter)
34        Attest ....,  Clerk,  Election  Commission  of  the  City
 
                            -75-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of...., Illinois.
 2        The  cancellation certificate shall be mailed immediately
 3    by the clerk of the Election Commission to the county  clerk,
 4    (or  Election  Commission  as  the  case  may  be)  where the
 5    applicant  was   formerly   registered.   Receipt   of   such
 6    certificate  shall  be full authority for cancellation of any
 7    previous registration.
 8    (Source: P.A. 86-873; 86-1348; 87-1241; revised 10-20-98.)

 9        (10 ILCS 5/6-44) (from Ch. 46, par. 6-44)
10        Sec. 6-44.  Any voter or voters in the ward,  village  or
11    incorporated  town containing such precinct, and any precinct
12    committeeman in the county, may, between the  hours  of  nine
13    o'clock a.m. and six p.m. of Monday and Tuesday of the second
14    week  prior  to the week in which such election is to be held
15    make application in writing, before such  board  of  election
16    commissioners,  to  have  any  name upon such register of any
17    precinct  erased.   However,  in  municipalities   having   a
18    population  of  more  than  500,000  and  having  a  board of
19    election commissioners (except as otherwise provided for such
20    municipalities in Section 6-60 of this Article)  and  in  all
21    cities,   villages   and   incorporated   towns   within  the
22    jurisdiction of such board, such application  shall  be  made
23    between  the  hours of nine o'clock a.m. and six o'clock p.m.
24    of Monday and Tuesday of the second week prior to the week in
25    which such election is to be held.   Such  application  shall
26    be, in substance, in the words and figures following:
27        "I  being  a  qualified  voter,  registered from No. ....
28    street in the .... precinct of the  ....  ward  of  the  city
29    (village  or  town)  of  ....  do  hereby  solemnly swear (or
30    affirm) that I have personal knowledge that  ....  registered
31    from  No.  ....  street  is not a qualified voter in the ....
32    precinct of the .... ward of the city (village  or  town)  of
33    ....  and  hence  I  ask  that  his  name  be erased from the
 
                            -76-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    register of such precinct for the following reason ....
 2        Affiant further says that he has  personal  knowledge  of
 3    the facts set forth in the above affidavit.
 4                            (Signed)....
 5        Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  on (insert date).
 6    this.... day of...., 19...
 7                                ....
 8                                ...."
 9        Such application shall be signed  and  sworn  to  by  the
10    applicant before any member of the board or the clerk thereof
11    and  filed  with  said  board.    Thereupon  notice  of  such
12    application,  with  a  demand  to  appear before the board of
13    election commissioners and show cause why his name shall  not
14    be erased from said register, shall be personally served upon
15    such  person  or  left at his place of residence indicated in
16    such register, or in the case of a  homeless  individual,  at
17    his  or  her mailing address, by a messenger of said board of
18    election commissioners, and, as to the  manner  and  time  of
19    serving  such notice such messenger shall make affidavit; the
20    messenger shall also make affidavit of the fact  in  case  he
21    cannot  find  such person or his place of residence, and that
22    he went to the place named on such register  as  his  or  her
23    place of residence.  Such notice shall be served at least one
24    day before the time fixed for such party to show cause.
25        The  commissioners  shall  also  cause  a  like notice or
26    demand to be sent by mail duly stamped and directed, to  such
27    person,  to  the  address  upon  the register at least 2 days
28    before the day fixed in the notice to show cause.
29        A like notice shall be served on the  person  or  persons
30    making  the  application  to have the name upon such register
31    erased to appear and  show  cause  why  said  name  shall  be
32    erased,  the  notice  to  set  out  the  day and hour of such
33    hearing. If the voter making such application fails to appear
34    before said board at the time set for the hearing as fixed in
 
                            -77-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the notice or fails to show cause  why  the  name  upon  such
 2    register shall be erased, the application may be dismissed by
 3    the board.
 4        Any  voter  making such application or applications shall
 5    be privileged from arrest while presenting the  same  to  the
 6    board  of  election  commissioners,  and  while  going to and
 7    returning from the board of election commissioners.
 8    (Source: P.A. 87-1241; revised 10-20-98.)

 9        (10 ILCS 5/6-67.01) (from Ch. 46, par. 6-67.01)
10        Sec. 6-67.01.  The provisions of this Article 6,  so  far
11    as  they require the registration of voters as a condition to
12    their being allowed  to  vote  shall  not  apply  to  persons
13    otherwise  entitled  to  vote,  who  are,  at the time of the
14    election, or at  any  time  within  60  days  prior  to  such
15    election  have  been engaged in the military or naval service
16    of the United  States,  and  who  appear  personally  at  the
17    polling  place  on  election day and produce to the judges of
18    election satisfactory evidence thereof, but such persons,  if
19    otherwise  qualified  to  vote, shall be permitted to vote at
20    such election without previous registration.
21        All such persons shall also make an affidavit which shall
22    be in substantially the following form:
23    "State of Illinois)
24                      )ss.
25    County of ........)
26                            ............ Precinct   ........ Ward
27        I, ...., do solemnly swear  (or  affirm),  that  I  am  a
28    citizen of the United States, of the age of 18 years or over,
29    and  that  within  the past 60 days prior to the date of this
30    election at which I am applying to vote, I have been  engaged
31    in the .... (military or naval) service of the United States;
32    and  I  am  qualified  to  vote  under  and  by virtue of the
33    Constitution and laws of the State of Illinois, and that I am
 
                            -78-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    a legally qualified voter of this precinct  and  ward  except
 2    that I have, because of such service, been unable to register
 3    as  a  voter;  that  I  now reside at .... (insert street and
 4    number, if any) in this precinct and ward, and  that  I  have
 5    maintained a legal residence in this precinct and ward for 30
 6    days and in the State 30 days next preceding this election.
 7                                              ...................
 8        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
 9    ....  day of ...., 19...
10                                              ...................
11                                              Judge of Election."

12        The affidavit of any such person shall  be  supported  by
13    the  affidavit  of  a  resident  and  qualified voter of such
14    precinct and ward, which affidavit shall be in  substantially
15    the following form:
16    "State of Illinois)
17                      )ss.
18    County of ........)
19                           ............ Precinct    ........ Ward
20        I,  ...,  do  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm),  that I am a
21    resident of this precinct and ward and entitled  to  vote  at
22    this  election;  that  I am acquainted with .... (name of the
23    applicant); that I verily believe him to be  an  actual  bona
24    fide  resident  of  this  precinct and ward and that I verily
25    believe that he has maintained a legal residence  therein  30
26    days and in this State 30 days next preceding this election.
27                                              ...................
28        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
29    ....  day of ...., 19...
30                                              ...................
31                                              Judge of Election."
32        The provisions of this Article 6, so far as they  require
33    the  registration  of  voters  as  a condition to their being
34    allowed to vote shall not apply to persons otherwise entitled
 
                            -79-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to vote  who  have  made  and  subscribed  to  the  affidavit
 2    provided in paragraph (b) of Section 17-10 of this Act.
 3    (Source: P.A. 84-551; revised 10-20-98.)

 4        (10 ILCS 5/7-10) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-10)
 5        Sec.  7-10.  The  name of no candidate for nomination, or
 6    State central  committeeman,  or  township  committeeman,  or
 7    precinct  committeeman, or ward committeeman or candidate for
 8    delegate  or  alternate  delegate  to   national   nominating
 9    conventions,  shall be printed upon the primary ballot unless
10    a petition for nomination has been filed  in  his  behalf  as
11    provided in this Article in substantially the following form:
12        We,  the  undersigned, members of and affiliated with the
13    .... party and qualified primary electors of the ....  party,
14    in  the  ....  of  ....,  in  the county of .... and State of
15    Illinois, do hereby petition that the following named  person
16    or  persons  shall  be  a candidate or candidates of the ....
17    party for the nomination for (or in case of committeemen  for
18    election  to) the office or offices hereinafter specified, to
19    be voted for at the primary election to be  held  on  (insert
20    date). the .... day of ...., ....
21             Name             Office                Address
22        John Jones           Governor           Belvidere, Ill.
23       Thomas Smith      Attorney General        Oakland, Ill.
24    Name..................         Address.......................
25    State of Illinois)
26                     ) ss.
27    County of........)
28        I,  ....,  do hereby certify that I am a registered voter
29    and have  been  a  registered  voter  at  all  times  I  have
30    circulated  this  petition, that I reside at No. .... street,
31    in the .... of ...., county of ...., and State  of  Illinois,
32    and  that  the  signatures  on  this  sheet were signed in my
33    presence, and are  genuine,  and  that  to  the  best  of  my
 
                            -80-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    knowledge  and belief the persons so signing were at the time
 2    of signing the petitions qualified voters of the ....  party,
 3    and that their respective residences are correctly stated, as
 4    above set forth.
 5                                        .........................
 6        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
 7    .... day of ...., ....
 8                                        .........................

 9        Each sheet of the petition other than  the  statement  of
10    candidacy  and candidate's statement shall be of uniform size
11    and  shall  contain  above  the  space  for   signatures   an
12    appropriate  heading  giving  the  information  as to name of
13    candidate or candidates, in whose  behalf  such  petition  is
14    signed; the office, the political party represented and place
15    of  residence;  and  the  heading  of each sheet shall be the
16    same.
17        Such  petition  shall  be  signed  by  qualified  primary
18    electors residing in the political  division  for  which  the
19    nomination  is  sought  in  their own proper persons only and
20    opposite the signature of each signer, his residence  address
21    shall  be written or printed.  The residence address required
22    to be written or  printed  opposite  each  qualified  primary
23    elector's  name  shall  include  the  street address or rural
24    route number of the signer, as the case may be,  as  well  as
25    the  signer's  city,  village  or town. However the county or
26    city, village or town, and state of residence of the electors
27    may be printed  on  the  petition  forms  where  all  of  the
28    electors  signing  the  petition reside in the same county or
29    city, village or town, and state. Standard abbreviations  may
30    be  used  in  writing the residence address, including street
31    number, if any.  At the bottom of each sheet of such petition
32    shall be added a statement signed by a  registered  voter  of
33    the  political  division,  who has been a registered voter at
34    all times he or she circulated the petition,  for  which  the
 
                            -81-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    candidate is seeking a nomination, stating the street address
 2    or  rural  route  number of the voter, as the case may be, as
 3    well as the voter's city, village  or  town;  and  certifying
 4    that the signatures on that sheet of the petition were signed
 5    in his presence; and either (1) indicating the dates on which
 6    that  sheet  was  circulated, or (2) indicating the first and
 7    last  dates  on  which  the  sheet  was  circulated,  or  (3)
 8    certifying that none of the  signatures  on  the  sheet  were
 9    signed  more  than  90  days  preceding  the last day for the
10    filing of the petition, or more than 45  days  preceding  the
11    last  day for filing of the petition in the case of political
12    party and independent candidates for single  or  multi-county
13    regional  superintendents  of  schools  in  the  1994 general
14    primary election; and certifying that the signatures  on  the
15    sheet  are  genuine,  and  certifying that to the best of his
16    knowledge  and belief the persons so signing were at the time
17    of signing the petitions qualified voters  of  the  political
18    party  for which a nomination is sought. Such statement shall
19    be sworn to before  some  officer  authorized  to  administer
20    oaths in this State.
21        No  petition  sheet shall be circulated more than 90 days
22    preceding the last day  provided  in  Section  7-12  for  the
23    filing  of  such petition, or more than 45 days preceding the
24    last day for filing of the petition in the case of  political
25    party  and  independent candidates for single or multi-county
26    regional superintendents  of  schools  in  the  1994  general
27    primary election.
28        The  person circulating the petition, or the candidate on
29    whose behalf the  petition  is  circulated,  may  strike  any
30    signature from the petition, provided that;
31             (1)  the person striking the signature shall initial
32        the  petition at the place where the signature is struck;
33        and
34             (2)  the person striking the signature shall sign  a
 
                            -82-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        certification  listing the page number and line number of
 2        each  signature   struck   from   the   petition.    Such
 3        certification shall be filed as a part of the petition.
 4        Such  sheets  before being filed shall be neatly fastened
 5    together in book form, by placing the sheets in  a  pile  and
 6    fastening  them together at one edge in a secure and suitable
 7    manner, and the sheets shall then be numbered  consecutively.
 8    The sheets shall not be fastened by pasting them together end
 9    to  end,  so  as  to  form  a  continuous strip or roll.  All
10    petition  sheets  which  are  filed  with  the  proper  local
11    election officials, election authorities or the  State  Board
12    of  Elections  shall  be  the original sheets which have been
13    signed by the voters and by the circulator thereof,  and  not
14    photocopies or duplicates of such sheets.  Each petition must
15    include  as a part thereof, a statement of candidacy for each
16    of the candidates filing, or in whose behalf the petition  is
17    filed.  This  statement  shall  set  out  the address of such
18    candidate, the office for which  he  is  a  candidate,  shall
19    state  that the candidate is a qualified primary voter of the
20    party to which the petition relates and is qualified for  the
21    office  specified  (in  the  case  of a candidate for State's
22    Attorney it shall state that the candidate is at the time  of
23    filing  such  statement  a  licensed  attorney-at-law of this
24    State), shall state that he has filed (or  will  file  before
25    the  close  of  the  petition  filing  period) a statement of
26    economic interests as required by the  Illinois  Governmental
27    Ethics Act, shall request that the candidate's name be placed
28    upon  the  official ballot, and shall be subscribed and sworn
29    to by such candidate before some officer authorized  to  take
30    acknowledgment  of  deeds  in  the  State  and  shall  be  in
31    substantially the following form:
32                       Statement of Candidacy
33       Name      Address       Office      District      Party
34    John Jones  102 Main St.  Governor    Statewide    Republican
 
                            -83-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1                Belvidere,
 2                 Illinois

 3    State of Illinois)
 4                     ) ss.
 5    County of .......)
 6        I,  ....,  being  first  duly sworn, say that I reside at
 7    .... Street in the city (or village) of ...., in  the  county
 8    of  ....,  State  of  Illinois;  that  I am a qualified voter
 9    therein and am a qualified primary voter of the  ....  party;
10    that  I  am  a  candidate for nomination (for election in the
11    case of committeeman and delegates and  alternate  delegates)
12    to  the  office  of  ....  to  be  voted  upon at the primary
13    election to be held on (insert date); the .... day  of  ....,
14    ....; that I am legally qualified (including being the holder
15    of any license that may be an eligibility requirement for the
16    office  I  seek  the  nomination for) to hold such office and
17    that I have filed (or I will file before  the  close  of  the
18    petition  filing period) a statement of economic interests as
19    required by the Illinois Governmental Ethics Act and I hereby
20    request that my name be printed  upon  the  official  primary
21    ballot  for  nomination  for  (or  election to in the case of
22    committeemen and  delegates  and  alternate  delegates)  such
23    office.
24                                    Signed ......................
25        Subscribed  and sworn to (or affirmed) before me by ....,
26    who is to me personally known, on (insert  date).  this  ....
27    day of ....,  19...
28                                      Signed ....................
29                        (Official Character)
30    (Seal, if officer has one.)

31        The  petitions,  when  filed,  shall  not be withdrawn or
32    added to, and  no  signatures  shall  be  revoked  except  by
33    revocation   filed   in  writing  with  the  State  Board  of
 
                            -84-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Elections, election authority or local election official with
 2    whom the petition is required to be  filed,  and  before  the
 3    filing of such petition.  Whoever forges the name of a signer
 4    upon  any  petition required by this Article is deemed guilty
 5    of a forgery and on  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished
 6    accordingly.
 7        Petitions of candidates for nomination for offices herein
 8    specified, to be filed with the same officer, may contain the
 9    names of 2 or more candidates of the same political party for
10    the same or different offices.
11        Such petitions for nominations shall be signed:
12             (a)  If  for  a  State  office,  or  for delegate or
13        alternate delegate to be elected from the State at  large
14        to  a  National  nominating  convention  by not less than
15        5,000 nor more than 10,000 primary electors of his party.
16             (b)  If for a congressional officer or for  delegate
17        or  alternate delegate to be elected from a congressional
18        district to a national nominating convention by at  least
19        .5% of the qualified primary electors of his party in his
20        congressional district, except that for the first primary
21        following a redistricting of congressional districts such
22        petitions  shall  be  signed  by  at  least 600 qualified
23        primary  electors  of  the  candidate's  party   in   his
24        congressional district.
25             (c)  If  for a county office (including county board
26        member and chairman of the  county  board  where  elected
27        from  the  county  at  large),  by  at  least  .5% of the
28        qualified  electors  of  his  party  cast  at  the   last
29        preceding  general  election  in his county.  However, if
30        for  the  nomination  for  county  commissioner  of  Cook
31        County, then by at least .5%  of  the  qualified  primary
32        electors  of his or her party in his or her county in the
33        district or division in which such person is a  candidate
34        for  nomination;  and  if  for county board member from a
 
                            -85-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        county board district,  then  by  at  least  .5%  of  the
 2        qualified  primary  electors  of  his party in the county
 3        board district.  In the case of an  election  for  county
 4        board member to be elected from a district, for the first
 5        primary   following   a  redistricting  of  county  board
 6        districts or the initial establishment  of  county  board
 7        districts, then by at least .5% of the qualified electors
 8        of  his  party in the entire county at the last preceding
 9        general election, divided by the number of  county  board
10        districts,  but  in  any event not less than 25 qualified
11        primary electors of his party in the district.
12             (d)  If for a municipal or  township  office  by  at
13        least  .5% of the qualified primary electors of his party
14        in the municipality or township; if for alderman,  by  at
15        least .5% of the voters of his party of his ward.  In the
16        case  of  an  election  for  alderman  or  trustee  of  a
17        municipality  to  be elected from a ward or district, for
18        the  first  primary  following  a  redistricting  or  the
19        initial establishment of wards or districts, then by  .5%
20        of  the  total  number of votes cast for the candidate of
21        such political party who received the highest  number  of
22        votes  in  the  entire  municipality  at the last regular
23        election at which an officer was regularly  scheduled  to
24        be  elected  from the entire municipality, divided by the
25        number of wards or districts, but in any event  not  less
26        than  25  qualified  primary electors of his party in the
27        ward or district.
28             (e)  If for State central committeeman, by at  least
29        100 of the primary electors of his or her party of his or
30        her congressional district.
31             (f)  If  for  a  candidate for trustee of a sanitary
32        district in which trustees are not elected from wards, by
33        at least .5% of the primary electors of his  party,  from
34        such sanitary district.
 
                            -86-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (g)  If  for  a  candidate for trustee of a sanitary
 2        district in which the trustees are elected from wards, by
 3        at least .5% of the primary electors of his party in  his
 4        ward of such sanitary district, except that for the first
 5        primary  following a reapportionment of the district such
 6        petitions shall be  signed  by  at  least  150  qualified
 7        primary electors of the candidate's ward of such sanitary
 8        district.
 9             (h)  If  for  a candidate for judicial office, by at
10        least 500  qualified  primary  electors  of  his  or  her
11        judicial  district,  circuit,  or subcircuit, as the case
12        may be.
13             (i)  If for a candidate for  precinct  committeeman,
14        by  at  least  10 primary electors of his or her party of
15        his  or  her  precinct;  if  for  a  candidate  for  ward
16        committeeman, by not less than 10% nor more than 16%  (or
17        50  more  than  the minimum, whichever is greater) of the
18        primary electors of his party  of  his  ward;  if  for  a
19        candidate  for township committeeman, by not less than 5%
20        nor more than 8% (or 50 more than the minimum,  whichever
21        is  greater)  of the primary electors of his party in his
22        township or part of a township as the case may be.
23             (j)  If for a  candidate  for  State's  Attorney  or
24        Regional  Superintendent  of  Schools  to serve 2 or more
25        counties, by at least .5% of the primary electors of  his
26        party in the territory comprising such counties.
27             (k)  If  for any other office by at least .5% of the
28        total  number  of  registered  voters  of  the  political
29        subdivision,  district  or   division   for   which   the
30        nomination  is  made  or  a  minimum  of 25, whichever is
31        greater.
32        For the purposes of this Section the  number  of  primary
33    electors  shall  be determined by taking the total vote cast,
34    in the  applicable  district,  for  the  candidate  for  such
 
                            -87-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    political  party  who  received  the highest number of votes,
 2    state-wide, at the last general  election  in  the  State  at
 3    which  electors  for  President  of  the  United  States were
 4    elected. For political subdivisions, the  number  of  primary
 5    electors  shall  be  determined by taking the total vote cast
 6    for the candidate for such political party who  received  the
 7    highest  number of votes in such political subdivision at the
 8    last regular election  at  which  an  officer  was  regularly
 9    scheduled  to be elected from that subdivision.  For wards or
10    districts of political subdivisions, the  number  of  primary
11    electors  shall  be  determined by taking the total vote cast
12    for the candidate for such political party who  received  the
13    highest  number of votes in such ward or district at the last
14    regular election at which an officer was regularly  scheduled
15    to be elected from that ward or district.
16        A  "qualified  primary  elector"  of a party may not sign
17    petitions for or be a candidate in the primary of  more  than
18    one party.
19    (Source: P.A. 87-1052; 88-89; revised 1-26-99.)

20        (10 ILCS 5/7-10.1) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-10.1)
21        Sec.  7-10.1.  Each petition or certificate of nomination
22    shall include as a part thereof, a statement for each of  the
23    candidates  filing,  or  in  whose  behalf  the  petition  or
24    certificate  of  nomination is filed, said statement shall be
25    subscribed and sworn to by such candidate or  nominee  before
26    some  officer  authorized  to take acknowledgment of deeds in
27    this State and shall be in substantially the following form:
28    United States of America )
29                             ) ss
30    State of Illinois        )
31        I, .... do swear that I am a citizen of the United States
32    and the State of Illinois, that I am not affiliated  directly
33    or   indirectly   with  any  communist  organization  or  any
 
                            -88-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    communist  front  organization,  or  any  foreign   political
 2    agency, party, organization or government which advocates the
 3    overthrow  of  constitutional  government  by  force or other
 4    means not permitted under  the  Constitution  of  the  United
 5    States  or  the  constitution  of  this  State; that I do not
 6    directly or indirectly teach or advocate the overthrow of the
 7    government of the United States  or  of  this  State  or  any
 8    unlawful  change  in  the  form of the governments thereof by
 9    force or any unlawful means.
10                                          .......................
11        Subscribed and sworn to by me on (insert date). this ....
12    day of ...., 19...
13                                          .......................
14                                              (Notary Public)
15    My commission expires:
16    (Source: P.A. 76-1329; revised 10-20-98.)

17        (10 ILCS 5/7-24) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-24)
18        Sec. 7-24. The primary poll books shall be  substantially
19    in the following form:
20    Primary  poll  books of the primary held in the .... precinct
21    of the county of .... on (insert date). the .... day of  ....
22    A.D. .....
23                                       Party Affiliation
24                              ...................................
25                   Residence  Repub- Demo-  Prohibi-  Social-
26                   Street and lican   crat   tionist    ist
27    Name of Voter    number
28    .............................................................
29    1 John Jones                x
30    2 Richard Smith                    x
31    3 John Doe                                  x
32    4 Richard Roe                                        x
33    5 Charles Lee                                              x
 
                            -89-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    .............................................................
 2        This  is  to  certify  that  the above and foregoing is a
 3    correct list of primary voters at a primary held  on  (insert
 4    date) the .... day of .... A.D. .... in the .... precinct, in
 5    ....  county, and State of Illinois.  That at the primary the
 6    undersigned judges served as required by law and are entitled
 7    to pay therefor.
 8        Dated (insert date). .... 19...
 9    ............................     ............................
10    ............................     ............................
11    ............................     ............................
12                                          Judges of primary
13        The primary poll books shall otherwise  be  in  form  and
14    shall  contain  the  same certificates as nearly as may be as
15    the poll books used in the  general  election  and  shall  be
16    signed  and attested in the same manner, as nearly as may be,
17    as the poll books used for the purpose of general  elections.
18    If  Article 4, 5 or 6 of this Act applies to any such primary
19    the official poll record  provided  for  in  such  applicable
20    Article shall be used in lieu of poll books.
21    (Source: Laws 1957, p. 1450; revised 10-20-98.)

22        (10 ILCS 5/7-34) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-34)
23        Sec.  7-34.   Pollwatchers in a primary election shall be
24    authorized in the following manner:
25        (1)  Each established political party shall  be  entitled
26    to  appoint  one pollwatcher per precinct.  Such pollwatchers
27    must be affiliated with the political party  for  which  they
28    are  pollwatching.   For  all  primary  elections,  except as
29    provided  in  subsection  (5),  such  pollwatchers  must   be
30    registered  to  vote  from a residence in the county in which
31    they are pollwatching.
32        (2)  Each candidate shall  be  entitled  to  appoint  two
33    pollwatchers  per  precinct.   For Federal, State, and county
 
                            -90-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    primary elections, one pollwatcher must be registered to vote
 2    from a residence in the county in which he  is  pollwatching.
 3    The  second  pollwatcher  must  be  registered to vote from a
 4    residence  in  the  precinct  or  ward   in   which   he   is
 5    pollwatching.   For township and municipal primary elections,
 6    one pollwatcher must be registered to vote from  a  residence
 7    in  the  county  in  which  he  is  pollwatching.  The second
 8    pollwatcher must be registered to vote from  a  residence  in
 9    the precinct or ward in which he is pollwatching.
10        (3)  Each  organization  of citizens within the county or
11    political  subdivision,  which  has  among  its  purposes  or
12    interests  the  investigation  or  prosecution  of   election
13    frauds,  and which shall have registered its name and address
14    and the names and addresses of its  principal  officers  with
15    the  proper  election  authority  at least 40 days before the
16    primary  election,  shall  be   entitled   to   appoint   one
17    pollwatcher  per precinct.  For all primary elections, except
18    as provided in  subsection  (5),  such  pollwatcher  must  be
19    registered to vote from a residence in the county in which he
20    is pollwatching.
21        (4)  Each organized group of proponents or opponents of a
22    ballot  proposition, which shall have registered the name and
23    address of its organization or committee  and  the  name  and
24    address of its chairman with the proper election authority at
25    least  40 days before the primary election, shall be entitled
26    to appoint one pollwatcher per precinct.  Except as  provided
27    in  subsection  (5),  such  pollwatcher must be registered to
28    vote from a residence in  the  county  in  which  the  ballot
29    proposition is being voted upon.
30        (5)  In  any primary election held to nominate candidates
31    for the offices of a  municipality  of  less  than  3,000,000
32    population  that  is  situated  in  2  or  more  counties,  a
33    pollwatcher  who  is a resident of a county in which any part
34    of the municipality is situated shall be eligible to serve as
 
                            -91-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    a pollwatcher  in  any  polling  place  located  within  such
 2    municipality,   provided   that  such  pollwatcher  otherwise
 3    complies with the respective requirements of subsections  (1)
 4    through  (4)  of this Section and is a registered voter whose
 5    residence is within the municipality.
 6        All  pollwatchers  shall  be  required  to  have   proper
 7    credentials.  Such credentials shall be printed in sufficient
 8    quantities,  shall  be  issued  by  and  under  the facsimile
 9    signature(s) of the election authority and shall be available
10    for distribution at least 2  weeks  prior  to  the  election.
11    Such credentials shall be authorized by the real or facsimile
12    signature  of  the  State  or  local  party  official  or the
13    candidate or the presiding officer of the civic  organization
14    or  the  chairman  of the proponent or opponent group, as the
15    case may be.
16        Pollwatcher credentials shall  be  in  substantially  the
17    following form:

18                       POLLWATCHER CREDENTIALS
19    TO THE JUDGES OF ELECTION:
20        In  accordance  with the provisions of the Election Code,
21    the  undersigned  hereby  appoints   ...........   (name   of
22    pollwatcher)   at  ..........  (address)  in  the  county  of
23    ...........,  ..........  (township   or   municipality)   of
24    ...........  (name),  State  of  Illinois  and  who  is  duly
25    registered to vote from this address, to act as a pollwatcher
26    in  the  ...........  precinct  of  the  ..........  ward (if
27    applicable) of the ........... (township or municipality)  of
28    ...........  at  the  ...........  election  to  be  held  on
29    ..........., 19.. (insert date).
30    ........................  (Signature of Appointing Authority)
31    ........................  TITLE  (party official,  candidate,
32                                    civic organization president,
33                            proponent or opponent group chairman)
34        Under penalties provided by law pursuant to Section 29-10
 
                            -92-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of  the  Election Code, the undersigned pollwatcher certifies
 2    that he or she resides at  ..............  (address)  in  the
 3    county  of ........., ......... (township or municipality) of
 4    .......... (name), State of Illinois, and is duly  registered
 5    to vote from that address.
 6    ...........................        ..........................
 7    (Precinct and/or Ward in           (Signature of Pollwatcher)
 8    Which Pollwatcher Resides)

 9        Pollwatchers must present their credentials to the Judges
10    of  Election  upon  entering  the polling place.  Pollwatcher
11    credentials properly executed and signed shall  be  proof  of
12    the  qualifications  of  the  pollwatcher authorized thereby.
13    Such credentials are retained by the Judges and  returned  to
14    the Election Authority at the end of the day of election with
15    the   other  election  materials.   Once  a  pollwatcher  has
16    surrendered a valid credential, he may leave and reenter  the
17    polling  place  provided that such continuing action does not
18    disrupt the conduct of  the  election.  Pollwatchers  may  be
19    substituted  during  the  course  of the day, but established
20    political parties, candidates, qualified civic  organizations
21    and proponents and opponents of a ballot proposition can have
22    only as many pollwatchers at any given time as are authorized
23    in  this  Article.   A  substitute  must  present  his signed
24    credential to  the  judges  of  election  upon  entering  the
25    polling   place.    Election   authorities   must  provide  a
26    sufficient number of credentials to allow for substitution of
27    pollwatchers. After the polls have closed, pollwatchers shall
28    be allowed to remain until the canvass of votes is completed;
29    but may  leave  and  reenter  only  in  cases  of  necessity,
30    provided  that such action is not so continuous as to disrupt
31    the canvass of votes.
32        Candidates seeking office in a district  or  municipality
33    encompassing  2 or more counties shall be admitted to any and
34    all polling places throughout such district  or  municipality
 
                            -93-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    without  regard  to the counties in which such candidates are
 2    registered to vote.  Actions  of  such  candidates  shall  be
 3    governed  in  each  polling  place by the same privileges and
 4    limitations that apply to pollwatchers as  provided  in  this
 5    Section.   Any such candidate who engages in an activity in a
 6    polling place  which  could  reasonably  be  construed  by  a
 7    majority of the judges of election as campaign activity shall
 8    be removed forthwith from such polling place.
 9        Candidates  seeking  office in a district or municipality
10    encompassing 2 or more counties who desire to be admitted  to
11    polling   places   on   election  day  in  such  district  or
12    municipality shall be required to  have  proper  credentials.
13    Such  credentials  shall be printed in sufficient quantities,
14    shall be issued by and under the facsimile signature  of  the
15    election  authority  of  the  election jurisdiction where the
16    polling place in which  the  candidate  seeks  admittance  is
17    located,  and  shall be available for distribution at least 2
18    weeks prior to  the  election.   Such  credentials  shall  be
19    signed by the candidate.
20        Candidate  credentials  shall  be  in  substantially  the
21    following form:

22                        CANDIDATE CREDENTIALS
23        TO THE JUDGES OF ELECTION:
24        In accordance with the provisions of the Election Code, I
25    ......  (name  of  candidate)  hereby  certify  that  I  am a
26    candidate for ....... (name of office) and seek admittance to
27    ....... precinct of the ....... ward (if applicable)  of  the
28    .......  (township or municipality) of ....... at the .......
29    election to be held on ...., 19.... (insert date).
30    .........................             .......................
31    (Signature of Candidate)              OFFICE FOR WHICH
32                                          CANDIDATE SEEKS
33                                          NOMINATION OR
34                                          ELECTION
 
                            -94-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Pollwatchers  shall   be   permitted   to   observe   all
 2    proceedings  relating  to  the conduct of the election and to
 3    station themselves in a position in the voting room  as  will
 4    enable  them  to  observe  the  judges  making  the signature
 5    comparison  between  the  voter  application  and  the  voter
 6    registration  record  card;  provided,  however,  that   such
 7    pollwatchers  shall not be permitted to station themselves in
 8    such close proximity to the  judges  of  election  so  as  to
 9    interfere  with the orderly conduct of the election and shall
10    not, in any event, be permitted to handle election materials.
11    Pollwatchers   may   challenge   for   cause    the    voting
12    qualifications  of  a person offering to vote and may call to
13    the  attention  of  the  judges  of  election  any  incorrect
14    procedure or apparent violations of this Code.
15        If a majority of the judges of  election  determine  that
16    the   polling   place   has   become   too  overcrowded  with
17    pollwatchers so as to interfere with the orderly  conduct  of
18    the   election,   the   judges  shall,  by  lot,  limit  such
19    pollwatchers  to  a  reasonable  number,  except  that   each
20    candidate  and  each established or new political party shall
21    be permitted to have at least one pollwatcher present.
22        Representatives of an election authority, with regard  to
23    an  election  under  its  jurisdiction,  the  State  Board of
24    Elections, and law enforcement agencies,  including  but  not
25    limited  to a United States Attorney, a State's attorney, the
26    Attorney General,  and  a  State,  county,  or  local  police
27    department,  in  the  performance  of their official election
28    duties, shall be permitted at all times to enter  and  remain
29    in  the polling place.  Upon entering the polling place, such
30    representatives shall display their official  credentials  or
31    other identification to the judges of election.
32        Uniformed  police officers assigned to polling place duty
33    shall  follow  all  lawful  instructions  of  the  judges  of
34    election.
 
                            -95-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        The provisions  of  this  Section  shall  also  apply  to
 2    supervised casting of absentee ballots as provided in Section
 3    19-12.2 of this Act.
 4    (Source: P.A. 90-655, eff. 7-30-98; revised 10-19-98.)

 5        (10 ILCS 5/7-53) (from Ch. 46, par. 7-53)
 6        Sec.  7-53.   As soon as the ballots of a political party
 7    shall have been read and the votes  of  the  political  party
 8    counted,  as provided in the last above section, the 3 judges
 9    in charge of the tally sheets shall foot up the tally  sheets
10    so  as  to  show  the  total  number  of  votes cast for each
11    candidate of the political party and for each  candidate  for
12    State   Central   committeeman   and  precinct  committeeman,
13    township committeeman or ward committeeman, and delegate  and
14    alternate  delegate  to  National nominating conventions, and
15    certify the same to be correct. Thereupon, the primary judges
16    shall set down in a  certificate  of  results  on  the  tally
17    sheet,  under  the  name  of the political party, the name of
18    each candidate voted for upon the primary ballot, written  at
19    full  length,  the  name  of  the  office  for  which he is a
20    candidate for nomination or for committeeman, or delegate  or
21    alternate  delegate  to  National nominating conventions, the
22    total number of votes which the candidate received, and  they
23    shall  also set down the total number of ballots voted by the
24    primary electors of the political party in the precinct.  The
25    certificate of results shall be  made  substantially  in  the
26    following form:
27                                           ................ Party
28        At  the primary election held in the .... precinct of the
29    (1) *township of ...., or (2) *City of  ....,  or  (3)  *....
30    ward  in  the  city of .... on (insert date), the .... day of
31    ...., 19.., the primary electors of the .... party voted ....
32    ballots, and  the  respective  candidates  whose  names  were
33    written  or  printed on the primary ballot of the .... party,
 
                            -96-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    received respectively the following votes:
 2    Name of                                                No. of
 3    Candidate,                 Title of Office,             Votes
 4    John Jones                 Governor                       100
 5    Sam Smith                  Governor                        70
 6    Frank Martin               Attorney General               150
 7    William Preston            Rep. in Congress               200
 8    Frederick John             Circuit Judge                   50
 9        *Fill in either (1), (2) or (3).
10        And so on for each candidate.
11        We hereby certify the above and foregoing to be true  and
12    correct.
13        Dated (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19....
14                              ...................................
15                              Name                        Address
16                              ...................................
17                              Name                        Address
18                              ...................................
19                              Name                        Address
20                              ...................................
21                              Name                        Address
22                              ...................................
23                              Name                        Address
24                                     Judges of Primary

25        Where  voting  machines  or electronic voting systems are
26    used, the provisions of  this  Section  may  be  modified  as
27    required  or  authorized  by  Article  24  and  Article  24A,
28    whichever is applicable.
29    (Source: P.A. 84-551; revised 10-20-98.)

30        (10 ILCS 5/8-8) (from Ch. 46, par. 8-8)
31        Sec.  8-8.  The name of no candidate for nomination shall
32    be printed upon the primary  ballot  unless  a  petition  for
33    nomination  shall  have  been filed in his behalf as provided
 
                            -97-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    for in this Section. Each such petition shall  include  as  a
 2    part  thereof the oath required by Section 7-10.1 of this Act
 3    and a statement of candidacy by the candidate  filing  or  in
 4    whose  behalf the petition is filed. This statement shall set
 5    out the address of such candidate, the office for which he is
 6    a candidate, shall state that the candidate  is  a  qualified
 7    primary  voter of the party to which the petition relates, is
 8    qualified for the office specified and has filed a  statement
 9    of   economic   interests   as   required   by  the  Illinois
10    Governmental Ethics Act, shall request that  the  candidate's
11    name  be  placed  upon  the  official  ballot  and  shall  be
12    subscribed  and  sworn  by such candidate before some officer
13    authorized to take acknowledgment of deeds in this State  and
14    may be in substantially the following form:
15    State of Illinois)
16                     ) ss.
17    County ..........)
18        I,  ....,  being  first  duly sworn, say that I reside at
19    .... street in the city (or village of) .... in the county of
20    .... State of Illinois; that I am a qualified  voter  therein
21    and  am  a qualified primary voter of .... party; that I am a
22    candidate for nomination to the office of ....  to  be  voted
23    upon at the primary election to be held on (insert date); the
24    ....  day  of ...., 19..; that I am legally qualified to hold
25    such office and that I have filed  a  statement  of  economic
26    interests as required by the Illinois Governmental Ethics Act
27    and  I  hereby  request  that  my  name  be  printed upon the
28    official primary ballot for nomination for such office.
29                                      Signed ....................
30        Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me by  ....,
31    who  is  to  me personally known, on (insert date). this ....
32    day of .... 19...
33                  Signed .... (Official Character)
34                     (Seal if officer has one.)
 
                            -98-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1        All petitions for nomination  for  the  office  of  State
 2    Senator  shall  be signed by 1% or 600, whichever is greater,
 3    of the qualified primary electors of the candidate's party in
 4    his legislative district, except that for the  first  primary
 5    following  a  redistricting  of  legislative  districts, such
 6    petitions shall be signed by at least 600  qualified  primary
 7    electors   of   the  candidate's  party  in  his  legislative
 8    district.
 9        All  petitions  for  nomination   for   the   office   of
10    Representative  in the General Assembly shall be signed by at
11    least 1% or 300,  whichever  is  greater,  of  the  qualified
12    primary  electors  of  the  candidate's  party  in his or her
13    representative district, except that for  the  first  primary
14    following  a  redistricting  of representative districts such
15    petitions shall be signed by at least 300  qualified  primary
16    electors   of   the   candidate's   party   in   his  or  her
17    representative district.
18        Opposite the signature of each qualified primary  elector
19    who  signs  a petition for nomination for the office of State
20    Representative or  State  Senator  such  elector's  residence
21    address  shall  be written or printed.  The residence address
22    required to be written or  printed  opposite  each  qualified
23    primary  elector's  name  shall include the street address or
24    rural route number of the signer, as the case may be, as well
25    as the signer's city, village or town.
26        For the purposes of this Section, the number  of  primary
27    electors  shall  be determined by taking the total vote cast,
28    in the  applicable  district,  for  the  candidate  for  such
29    political  party  who  received  the highest number of votes,
30    state-wide, at the last general  election  in  the  State  at
31    which  electors  for  President  of  the  United  States were
32    elected.
33        A "qualified primary elector" of a  party  may  not  sign
34    petitions  for  or be a candidate in the primary of more than
 
                            -99-               LRB9101253EGfg
 1    one party.
 2        In the  affidavit  at  the  bottom  of  each  sheet,  the
 3    petition  circulator,  who shall have been a registered voter
 4    at all times he or she circulated the petition,  shall  state
 5    his street address or rural route number, as the case may be,
 6    as well as his city, village or town.
 7        In  the  affidavit  at the bottom of each petition sheet,
 8    the petition circulator shall either (1) indicate  the  dates
 9    on which he or she circulated that sheet, or (2) indicate the
10    first  and  last  dates on which the sheet was circulated, or
11    (3) certify that none of the signatures  on  the  sheet  were
12    signed  more  than  90  days  preceding  the last day for the
13    filing  of  the  petition.   No  petition  sheet   shall   be
14    circulated  more than 90 days preceding the last day provided
15    in Section 8-9 for the filing of such petition.
16        All petition sheets which are filed with the State  Board
17    of  Elections  shall  be  the original sheets which have been
18    signed  by  the  voters  and  by  the  circulator,  and   not
19    photocopies or duplicates of such sheets.
20        The  person circulating the petition, or the candidate on
21    whose behalf the  petition  is  circulated,  may  strike  any
22    signature from the petition, provided that:;
23             (1)  the person striking the signature shall initial
24        the  petition at the place where the signature is struck;
25        and
26             (2)  the person striking the signature shall sign  a
27        certification  listing the page number and line number of
28        each  signature   struck   from   the   petition.    Such
29        certification shall be filed as a part of the petition.
30    (Source: P.A.  86-867;  86-875;  86-1028;  86-1348;  87-1052;
31    revised 10-20-98.)

32        (10 ILCS 5/9-1.7) (from Ch. 46, par. 9-1.7)
33        Sec.   9-1.7.   "Local  political  committee"  means  the
 
                            -100-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    candidate himself  or  any  individual,  trust,  partnership,
 2    committee,    association,    corporation,   or   any   other
 3    organization or group of persons which:
 4             (a)  accepts  contributions  or  grants   or   makes
 5        expenditures  during  any 12-month period in an aggregate
 6        amount exceeding $3,000 on behalf of or in opposition  to
 7        a  candidate  or  candidates  for  public  office who are
 8        required by the Illinois Governmental Ethics Act to  file
 9        statements  of  economic interests with the county clerk,
10        or on behalf of  or  in  opposition  to  a  candidate  or
11        candidates for election to the office of ward or township
12        committeeman in counties of 3,000,000 or more population;
13        .
14             (b)  accepts  contributions  or  makes  expenditures
15        during   any  12-month  period  in  an  aggregate  amount
16        exceeding $3,000 in support of or in  opposition  to  any
17        question of public policy to be submitted to the electors
18        of an area encompassing no more than one county;, or
19             (c)  accepts  contributions  or  makes  expenditures
20        during   any  12-month  period  in  an  aggregate  amount
21        exceeding $3,000 and  has  as  its  primary  purpose  the
22        furtherance  of governmental, political or social values,
23        is  organized  on  a  not-for-profit  basis,  and   which
24        publicly  endorses  or  publicly  opposes  a candidate or
25        candidates for public office  who  are  required  by  the
26        Illinois  Governmental  Ethics  Act to file statements of
27        economic interest with the County Clerk or a candidate or
28        candidates  for  the   office   of   ward   or   township
29        committeeman in counties of 3,000,000 or more population.
30    (Source:  P.A.  89-405,  eff.  11-8-95;  90-737, eff. 1-1-99;
31    revised 10-28-98.)

32        (10 ILCS 5/10-6.2) (from Ch. 46, par. 10-6.2)
33        Sec. 10-6.2.  The State Board of Elections, the  election
 
                            -101-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    authority  or the local election official with whom petitions
 2    for nomination are filed pursuant to this  Article  10  shall
 3    specify  the  place  where  filings  shall  be  made and upon
 4    receipt shall endorse thereon the day and the hour  at  which
 5    each  petition was filed.  Except as provided by Article 9 of
 6    The School Code, all petitions filed by  persons  waiting  in
 7    line  as  of  8:00 a.m. on the first day for filing, or as of
 8    the normal opening hour of the office involved on  such  day,
 9    shall  be  deemed filed as of 8:00 a.m. or the normal opening
10    hour, as the  case  may  be.  Petitions  filed  by  mail  and
11    received  after  midnight  of the first day for filing and in
12    the first mail delivery or pickup of that day shall be deemed
13    filed as of 8:00 a.m. of that day or as of the normal opening
14    hour of such day, as the case may be.  All petitions received
15    thereafter shall be deemed  filed  in  the  order  of  actual
16    receipt.    Where   2   or   more   petitions   are  received
17    simultaneously, the State Board of  Elections,  the  election
18    authority  or  the  local  election  official  with whom such
19    petitions are filed shall break ties and determine the  order
20    of  filing  by means of a lottery or other fair and impartial
21    method of random selection approved by  the  State  Board  of
22    Elections.   Such  lottery  shall  be conducted within 9 days
23    following the last day for petition filing and shall be  open
24    to  the  public.  Seven  days  written notice of the time and
25    place of conducting such random selection shall be given,  by
26    the  State  Board  of  Elections,  the election authority, or
27    local election official, to the Chairman  of  each  political
28    party,  and  to  each  organization  of  citizens  within the
29    election jurisdiction which was entitled, under this Code, at
30    the next preceding election, to have pollwatchers present  on
31    the  day  of  election.  The  State  Board  of Elections, the
32    election authority or local election official shall post in a
33    conspicuous, open and public place, at the  entrance  of  the
34    office,  notice  of  the  time and place of such lottery. The
 
                            -102-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    State Board of Elections shall adopt  rules  and  regulations
 2    governing the procedures for the conduct of such lottery. All
 3    candidates  shall  be  certified  in the order in which their
 4    petitions have been filed and in  the  manner  prescribed  by
 5    Section  10-14  and  10-15 of this Article.  Where candidates
 6    have filed simultaneously, they shall  be  certified  in  the
 7    order determined by lot and prior to candidates who filed for
 8    the  same office or offices at a later time.  Certificates of
 9    nomination filed within  the  period  prescribed  in  Section
10    10-6(2)  for  candidates  nominated by caucus for township or
11    municipal offices shall be subject to  the  ballot  placement
12    lottery  for  established  political  parties  prescribed  in
13    Section 7-60 of this Code.
14        If  multiple  sets  of  nomination papers are filed for a
15    candidate to the same office, the State Board  of  Elections,
16    appropriate  election  authority  or  local election official
17    where the petitions are filed shall within  2  business  days
18    notify  the candidate of his or her multiple petition filings
19    and that the candidate has 3 business days after  receipt  of
20    the   notice   to   notify  the  State  Board  of  Elections,
21    appropriate election authority  or  local  election  official
22    that  he  or  she  may cancel prior sets of petitions. If the
23    candidate notifies the State Board of Elections,  appropriate
24    election  authority  or local election official, the last set
25    of  petitions  filed  shall  be  the  only  petitions  to  be
26    considered valid by the State Board  of  Elections,  election
27    authority or local election official.  If the candidate fails
28    to  notify the State Board of Elections, appropriate election
29    authority or local election official then only the first  set
30    of   petitions  filed  shall  be  valid  and  all  subsequent
31    petitions shall be void.
32    (Source: P.A.  86-867;  86-874;  86-1028;  87-1052;   revised
33    10-31-98.)
 
                            -103-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (10 ILCS 5/12-1) (from Ch. 46, par. 12-1)
 2        Sec.  12-1.   At  least 60 days prior to each general and
 3    consolidated election, the election authority  shall  provide
 4    public  notice,  calculated  to reach elderly and handicapped
 5    voters, of the availability of registration and  voting  aids
 6    under  the  Federal  Voting Accessibility for the Elderly and
 7    Handicapped Act, of the availability of assistance in marking
 8    the ballot, and procedures for voting by absentee ballot.
 9        At least 30 days before  any  general  election,  and  at
10    least  20 days before any special congressional election, the
11    county clerk shall publish a notice of the election in  2  or
12    more  newspapers  published  in  the  county,  city, village,
13    incorporated town or town, as the case may be, or if there is
14    no such newspaper, then in any 2 or more newspapers published
15    in the county and having a general circulation throughout the
16    community. The notice may be substantially as follows:
17        Notice is hereby given that on (give date), at (give  the
18    place of holding the election and the name of the precinct or
19    district) in the county of (name county), an election will be
20    held  for  (give  the  title  of  the  several  offices to be
21    filled), which  election  will  be  open  at  6:00  a.m.  and
22    continued open until 7:00 p.m. of that day.
23        Dated  at  ....  on (insert date). this .... day of ....,
24    19...
25    (Source: P.A. 90-358, eff. 1-1-98; revised 10-20-98.)

26        (10 ILCS 5/14-4) (from Ch. 46, par. 14-4)
27        Sec. 14-4.  The leading political party represented by  a
28    minority  of  all  the  commissioners  in  the board shall be
29    entitled to 2 of the judges in each  precinct  with  an  even
30    number,  and  3  of  the  judges in each precinct with an odd
31    number, and  the  other  leading  political  party  shall  be
32    entitled  to  3  judges  in  the even and 2 judges in the odd
33    number precincts; and if only 3 judges of election  serve  in
 
                            -104-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    each precinct, the leading political party represented by the
 2    minority  of  all  the  commissioners  in  the board shall be
 3    entitled to one of the judges of election  in  each  precinct
 4    with  an even number, and 2 of the judges of election in each
 5    precinct with an odd number, and the other leading  political
 6    party  shall  be entitled to 2 judges of election in the even
 7    and one judge of election in the odd number precincts; and it
 8    shall be the duty  of  such  commissioners  to  observe  this
 9    division  in all respects in making such appointments; except
10    that this Section does not apply to  appointments  by  county
11    boards of election commissioners under Section 14-3.1.
12    (Source: P.A. 89-471, eff. 6-13-96; revised 10-31-98.)

13        (10 ILCS 5/17-9) (from Ch. 46, par. 17-9)
14        Sec.  17-9.   Any  person desiring to vote shall give his
15    name and, if required to do so, his residence to  the  judges
16    of election, one of whom shall thereupon announce the same in
17    a  loud  and  distinct tone of voice, clear, and audible; the
18    judges of elections shall check each application  for  ballot
19    against  the  list  of  voters registered in that precinct to
20    whom absentee ballots have been  issued  for  that  election,
21    which  shall  be provided by the election authority and which
22    list shall be available for inspection  by  pollwatchers.   A
23    voter  applying to vote in the precinct on election day whose
24    name appears on the list as having been  issued  an  absentee
25    ballot  shall not be permitted to vote in the precinct unless
26    that  voter  submits  to  the   judges   of   election,   for
27    cancellation  or revocation, his absentee ballot. In the case
28    that the voter's  absentee  ballot  is  not  present  in  the
29    polling  place,  it shall be sufficient for any such voter to
30    submit to the judges of election  in  lieu  of  his  absentee
31    ballot, either a portion of such ballot if torn or mutilated,
32    an   affidavit   executed   before  the  judges  of  election
33    specifying that the voter never received an absentee  ballot,
 
                            -105-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    or  an  affidavit  executed  before  the  judges  of election
 2    specifying that the voter desires to  cancel  or  revoke  any
 3    absentee  ballot that may have been cast in the voter's name.
 4    All applicable provisions of Articles 4,  5  or  6  shall  be
 5    complied  with  and  if such name is found on the register of
 6    voters  by  the  officer  having  charge  thereof,  he  shall
 7    likewise repeat said name, and the voter shall be allowed  to
 8    enter  within  the  proximity  of the voting booths, as above
 9    provided.  One of the judges shall give the  voter  one,  and
10    only  one  of each ballot to be voted at the election, on the
11    back of which ballots such judge shall indorse  his  initials
12    in such manner that they may be seen when each such ballot is
13    properly  folded,  and  the voter's name shall be immediately
14    checked on the register list. In those election jurisdictions
15    where perforated ballot cards are utilized  of  the  type  on
16    which  write-in  votes can be cast above the perforation, the
17    election authority shall provide a space both above and below
18    the perforation for the judge's initials, and the judge shall
19    endorse his or her  initials  in  both  spaces.   Whenever  a
20    proposal for a constitutional amendment or for the calling of
21    a  constitutional  convention  is  to  be  voted  upon at the
22    election, the separate  blue  ballot  or  ballots  pertaining
23    thereto  shall,  when being handed to the voter, be placed on
24    top of the other ballots to be voted at the election in  such
25    manner  that  the  legend  appearing  on the back thereof, as
26    prescribed in Section 16-6 of  this  Act,  shall  be  plainly
27    visible  to the voter.  At all elections, when a registry may
28    be required, if the name of any person so desiring to vote at
29    such election is not found on the register of voters,  he  or
30    she  shall  not  receive  a ballot until he or she shall have
31    complied with the law prescribing the manner  and  conditions
32    of  voting by unregistered voters.  If any person desiring to
33    vote at any election shall be challenged, he or she shall not
34    receive a ballot until he or she shall have  established  his
 
                            -106-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    right  to  vote in the manner provided hereinafter; and if he
 2    or she shall be challenged after he has received his  ballot,
 3    he  shall  not be permitted to vote until he or she has fully
 4    complied  with  such  requirements  of  the  law  upon  being
 5    challenged.  Besides the election officer, not  more  than  2
 6    voters  in  excess  of  the  whole  number  of  voting booths
 7    provided shall be allowed within the proximity of the  voting
 8    booths  at  one  time.  The provisions of this Act, so far as
 9    they require the registration of voters  as  a  condition  to
10    their  being  allowed  to  vote  shall  not  apply to persons
11    otherwise entitled to vote, who  are,  at  the  time  of  the
12    election,  or  at  any  time  within  60  days  prior to such
13    election have been engaged in the military or  naval  service
14    of  the  United  States,  and  who  appear  personally at the
15    polling place on election day and produce to  the  judges  of
16    election  satisfactory evidence thereof, but such persons, if
17    otherwise qualified to vote, shall be permitted  to  vote  at
18    such election without previous registration.
19        All such persons shall also make an affidavit which shall
20    be in substantially the following form:
21    State of Illinois,)
22                      ) ss.
23    County of ........)
24    ............... Precinct   .......... Ward
25        I,  ....,  do  solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)  that I am a
26    citizen of the United States, of the age of 18 years or over,
27    and that within the past 60 days prior to the  date  of  this
28    election  at which I am applying to vote, I have been engaged
29    in the .... (military or naval) service of the United States;
30    and I am qualified  to  vote  under  and  by  virtue  of  the
31    Constitution and laws of the State of Illinois, and that I am
32    a  legally  qualified  voter of this precinct and ward except
33    that I have, because of such service, been unable to register
34    as a voter; that I now reside  at  ....  (insert  street  and
 
                            -107-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    number,  if  any)  in  this  precinct  and  ward; that I have
 2    maintained a legal residence in this precinct and ward for 30
 3    days and in this State 30 days next preceding this election.
 4                                        .........................
 5        Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).  this
 6    .... day of...., 19...
 7                                        .........................
 8                                               Judge of Election.

 9        The  affidavit  of  any such person shall be supported by
10    the affidavit of a resident and qualified voter of  any  such
11    precinct  and ward, which affidavit shall be in substantially
12    the following form:
13    State of Illinois,)
14                      ) ss.
15    County of ........)
16    ........... Precinct   ........... Ward
17        I, ...., do solemnly swear  (or  affirm),  that  I  am  a
18    resident  of  this  precinct and ward and entitled to vote at
19    this election; that I am acquainted with ....  (name  of  the
20    applicant);  that  I  verily believe him to be an actual bona
21    fide resident of this precinct and ward  and  that  I  verily
22    believe  that  he  or  she  has  maintained a legal residence
23    therein 30 days and in this State 30 days next preceding this
24    election.
25                                        .........................
26        Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).  this
27    .... day of...., 19...
28                                        .........................
29                                               Judge of Election.

30        All  affidavits made under the provisions of this Section
31    shall be enclosed in a separate envelope securely sealed, and
32    shall be transmitted with the returns of the elections to the
33    county clerk or to the board of election  commissioners,  who
 
                            -108-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    shall  preserve  the  said  affidavits  for  the  period of 6
 2    months, during which period such affidavits shall  be  deemed
 3    public  records  and  shall  be freely open to examination as
 4    such.
 5    (Source: P.A. 89-653, eff. 8-14-96; revised 10-20-98.)

 6        (10 ILCS 5/17-10) (from Ch. 46, par. 17-10)
 7        Sec. 17-10.   (a)  Whenever,  at  any  election,  in  any
 8    precinct, any person offering to vote is not personally known
 9    to the judges of election to have the qualifications required
10    in  this  Act,  if his vote is challenged by a legal voter at
11    such  election,  he  or  she  shall  make  and  subscribe  an
12    affidavit, in the following form, which shall be retained  by
13    the  judges  of election, and returned by them affixed to the
14    poll books or with the official poll record:
15    State of Illinois)
16                     )ss.
17    County of .......)
18        I, ...., do solemnly  swear  (or  affirm)  that  I  am  a
19    citizen  of  the  United States; that I am 18 years of age or
20    over; that I have resided in this State and in this  election
21    district  30  days  next preceding this election; that I have
22    not voted at this election; that I am a duly qualified  voter
23    in  every  respect;  that  I  now  reside  at  (here give the
24    particular house or place of residence, and, if in a town  or
25    city,  the street and number), in this election district; *1.
26    that I registered to vote from  said  address;  *2.   that  I
27    changed  my residence to the above address from ...., both of
28    which are in this election district; *3. that  I  changed  my
29    name from .... to that which I have signed below; *4.  that I
30    have not changed my residence but my address has changed as a
31    result  of  implementation  of  a  9-1-1  emergency telephone
32    system.
33        So help me God, (or "This I  do  solemnly  and  sincerely
 
                            -109-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    affirm", as the case may be).
 2                                        .........................
 3        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
 4    .... day of ...., 19...
 5                                        .........................
 6        *1.  If registration is not required, draw a line through
 7    1 above.
 8        *2.  Fill in the blank ONLY if you have  moved  within  2
 9    years.
10        *3.  Fill in the blank ONLY if you have changed your name
11    within 2 years.
12        *4.  Fill  in the blank ONLY if you have not changed your
13    residence but  your  address  has  changed  as  a  result  of
14    implementation of a 9-1-1 emergency telephone system.

15        In   addition   to  such  an  affidavit,  the  person  so
16    challenged shall provide to the judges of election  proof  of
17    residence  by  producing  two forms of identification showing
18    the person's current residence address,  provided  that  such
19    identification  may  include  not more than one piece of mail
20    addressed to the person at his current residence address  and
21    postmarked  not earlier than 30 days prior to the date of the
22    election, or the person shall procure  a  witness  personally
23    known to the judges of election, and resident in the precinct
24    (or  district), or who shall be proved by some legal voter of
25    such precinct or district, known to the judges  to  be  such,
26    who shall take the oath following, viz:
27        I  do  solemnly swear (or affirm) that I am a resident of
28    this election precinct (or district), and entitled to vote at
29    this election, and that I have been a resident of this  State
30    for 30 days last past, and am well acquainted with the person
31    whose vote is now offered; that he is an actual and bona fide
32    resident  of  this  election  precinct (or district), and has
33    resided herein 30 days, and as  I  verily  believe,  in  this
34    State, 30 days next preceding this election.
 
                            -110-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        The  oath  in  each case may be administered by either of
 2    the judges of election, or by any officer,  resident  in  the
 3    precinct or district, authorized by law to administer oaths.
 4        (b)  Whenever, at any regular or special election, in any
 5    precinct, district, city, village, incorporated town, town or
 6    ward,  any person offering to vote has moved therefrom within
 7    30 days prior to said regular or special election,  he  shall
 8    make and subscribe an affidavit, in the following form, which
 9    shall  be  supported  by  providing to the judges of election
10    proof of residence by producing two forms  of  identification
11    showing the person's current residence address, provided that
12    such  identification  may  include not more than one piece of
13    mail addressed to the person at his current residence address
14    and postmarked not earlier than 30 days prior to the date  of
15    the  election, or by one 1 affidavit of a registered voter in
16    the precinct, as provided herein,  both  of  which  shall  be
17    retained  by  the  judges  of  election, and returned by them
18    affixed to the poll books or with the official poll record:
19    State of Illinois)
20                     )ss.
21    County of .......)
22        I, ........., do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I  am  a
23    citizen  of  the    United States; that I am 18 years of age;
24    that I have not voted at this election; that prior to 30 days
25    preceding this election I was a duly qualified and registered
26    voter in every respect in this election district; that I have
27    recently moved from (here give the particular house or  place
28    of  residence,  and,  if  in  a  town or city, the street and
29    number), in this election district;  that  I  now  reside  at
30    (here  give  the particular house or place of residence, and,
31    if in a town or city, the  street  and  number),  in  another
32    election district in the State.
33        So  help  me  God,  (or "This I do solemnly and sincerely
34    affirm", as the case may be).
 
                            -111-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                                           ......................
 2        Subscribed and sworn to before me on (insert date).  this
 3    ............. day of ........, 19......
 4                                           ......................
 5    State of Illinois)
 6                     )ss.
 7    County of .......)
 8                               ......... Precinct   ........ Ward
 9        I,  ........,  do solemnly swear (or affirm), that I am a
10    resident of this  precinct  and  entitled  to  vote  at  this
11    election;  that  I  am  acquainted  with  ....  (name  of the
12    applicant); that I verily believe him to have been an  actual
13    bona  fide resident and registered voter of this precinct and
14    that he maintained a legal residence therein,  30  days  next
15    preceding this election.
16                                             ....................
17        Subscribed  and sworn to before me on (insert date). this
18    .... day of...., 19...
19                                             ....................
20                                               Judge of Election.

21        The oath may be administered by either of the  judges  of
22    election,  or  by  any  officer,  resident in the precinct or
23    district, authorized by law to administer oaths.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-664, eff. 7-30-98; revised 10-20-98.)

25        (10 ILCS 5/17-17) (from Ch. 46, par. 17-17)
26        Sec.  17-17.   After  the  opening  of   the   polls   no
27    adjournment shall be had nor shall any recess be taken, until
28    all  the  votes  cast  at  such  election  have shall be been
29    counted and the result publicly announced, except  that  when
30    necessary one judge at a time may leave the polling place for
31    a  reasonable  time during the casting of ballots, and except
32    that when a polling  place  is  inaccessible  to  a  disabled
33    voter, one team of 2 judges of opposite party affiliation may
 
                            -112-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    leave the polling place to deliver a ballot to such voter, as
 2    provided  in  Sections 7-47.1 and 17-13 of this Code.  When a
 3    judge leaves and returns, such judge shall sign a time  sheet
 4    indicating the length of the period such judge is absent from
 5    his  duties.   When absent, the judge shall authorize someone
 6    of the same political party as himself to act for  him  until
 7    he returns.
 8        Where  voting  machines  or electronic voting systems are
 9    used, the provisions of  this  section  may  be  modified  as
10    required   or  authorized  by  Article  24  or  Article  24A,
11    whichever is applicable.
12    (Source: P.A. 84-808; revised 10-31-98.)

13        (10 ILCS 5/17-23) (from Ch. 46, par. 17-23)
14        Sec. 17-23.  Pollwatchers in a general election shall  be
15    authorized in the following manner:
16        (1)  Each  established  political party shall be entitled
17    to appoint two pollwatchers per precinct.  Such  pollwatchers
18    must  be  affiliated  with the political party for which they
19    are pollwatching.  For all elections, except as  provided  in
20    subsection  (4),  one  pollwatcher must be registered to vote
21    from a residence in the county in which he  is  pollwatching.
22    The  second  pollwatcher  must  be  registered to vote from a
23    residence  in  the  precinct  or  ward   in   which   he   is
24    pollwatching.
25        (2)  Each  candidate  shall  be  entitled  to appoint two
26    pollwatchers  per   precinct.    For   all   elections,   one
27    pollwatcher  must  be  registered to vote from a residence in
28    the  county  in  which  he  is  pollwatching.    The   second
29    pollwatcher  must  be  registered to vote from a residence in
30    the precinct or ward in which he is pollwatching.
31        (3)  Each organization of citizens within the  county  or
32    political  subdivision,  which  has  among  its  purposes  or
33    interests   the  investigation  or  prosecution  of  election
 
                            -113-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    frauds, and which shall have registered its name and  address
 2    and the name and addresses of its principal officers with the
 3    proper  election  authority  at  least  40  days  before  the
 4    election,  shall  be  entitled to appoint one pollwatcher per
 5    precinct.   For  all  elections,  such  pollwatcher  must  be
 6    registered to vote from a residence in the county in which he
 7    is pollwatching.
 8        (4)  In any general election held to elect candidates for
 9    the  offices  of  a  municipality  of  less  than   3,000,000
10    population  that  is  situated  in  2  or  more  counties,  a
11    pollwatcher  who  is a resident of a county in which any part
12    of the municipality is situated shall be eligible to serve as
13    a pollwatcher in any poll located within  such  municipality,
14    provided  that  such  pollwatcher otherwise complies with the
15    respective requirements of subsections  (1)  through  (3)  of
16    this  Section  and  is  a registered voter whose residence is
17    within the municipality.
18        (5)  Each organized group of proponents or opponents of a
19    ballot proposition, which shall have registered the name  and
20    address  of  its  organization  or committee and the name and
21    address of its chairman with the proper election authority at
22    least 40 days before  the  election,  shall  be  entitled  to
23    appoint  one pollwatcher per precinct.  Such pollwatcher must
24    be registered to vote from a residence in the county in which
25    the ballot proposition is being voted upon.
26        All  pollwatchers  shall  be  required  to  have   proper
27    credentials.  Such credentials shall be printed in sufficient
28    quantities,  shall  be  issued  by  and  under  the facsimile
29    signature(s) of the election authority and shall be available
30    for distribution at least 2 weeks prior to the election. Such
31    credentials shall be authorized  by  the  real  or  facsimile
32    signature  of  the  State  or  local  party  official  or the
33    candidate or the presiding officer of the civic  organization
34    or  the  chairman  of the proponent or opponent group, as the
 
                            -114-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    case may be.
 2        Pollwatcher credentials shall  be  in  substantially  the
 3    following form:

 4                       POLLWATCHER CREDENTIALS
 5    TO THE JUDGES OF ELECTION:
 6        In  accordance  with the provisions of the Election Code,
 7    the  undersigned  hereby   appoints   ..........   (name   of
 8    pollwatcher)  who  resides  at  ........... (address) in  the
 9    county of ..........., .......... (township or  municipality)
10    of  ...........  (name),  State  of  Illinois and who is duly
11    registered  to  vote  from  this   address,  to  act   as   a
12    pollwatcher  in  the  ........... precinct of the ...........
13    ward  (if  applicable)  of  the  ...........   (township   or
14    municipality)  of  ........... at the ........... election to
15    be held on .........., 19.. (insert date).
16    ........................  (Signature of Appointing Authority)
17    ......................... TITLE  (party official,  candidate,
18                                    civic organization president,
19                            proponent or opponent group chairman)

20        Under penalties provided by law pursuant to Section 29-10
21    of the Election Code, the undersigned  pollwatcher  certifies
22    that  he  or she resides at ................ (address) in the
23    county of ............, ......... (township or  municipality)
24    of  ...........  (name),  State  of  Illinois,  and  is  duly
25    registered to vote from that address.
26    ..........................            .......................
27    (Precinct and/or Ward in           (Signature of Pollwatcher)
28    Which Pollwatcher Resides)

29        Pollwatchers must present their credentials to the Judges
30    of  Election  upon  entering  the polling place.  Pollwatcher
31    credentials properly executed and signed shall  be  proof  of
32    the  qualifications  of  the  pollwatcher authorized thereby.
33    Such credentials are retained by the Judges and  returned  to
 
                            -115-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the Election Authority at the end of the day of election with
 2    the   other  election  materials.   Once  a  pollwatcher  has
 3    surrendered a valid credential, he may leave and reenter  the
 4    polling  place  provided that such continuing action does not
 5    disrupt the conduct of the  election.   Pollwatchers  may  be
 6    substituted  during  the  course  of the day, but established
 7    political   parties,   candidates   and    qualified    civic
 8    organizations can have only as many pollwatchers at any given
 9    time  as  are  authorized in this Article.  A substitute must
10    present his signed credential to the judges of election  upon
11    entering   the  polling  place.   Election  authorities  must
12    provide a sufficient  number  of  credentials  to  allow  for
13    substitution  of  pollwatchers.   After the polls have closed
14    pollwatchers shall be allowed to remain until the canvass  of
15    votes  is  completed; but may leave and reenter only in cases
16    of necessity, provided that such action is not so  continuous
17    as to disrupt the canvass of votes.
18        Candidates  seeking  office in a district or municipality
19    encompassing 2 or more counties shall be admitted to any  and
20    all  polling  places throughout such district or municipality
21    without regard to the counties in which such  candidates  are
22    registered  to  vote.   Actions  of  such candidates shall be
23    governed in each polling place by  the  same  privileges  and
24    limitations  that  apply  to pollwatchers as provided in this
25    Section.  Any such candidate who engages in an activity in  a
26    polling  place  which  could  reasonably  be  construed  by a
27    majority of the judges of election as campaign activity shall
28    be removed forthwith from such polling place.
29        Candidates seeking office in a district  or  municipality
30    encompassing  2 or more counties who desire to be admitted to
31    polling  places  on  election  day  in   such   district   or
32    municipality  shall  be  required to have proper credentials.
33    Such credentials shall be printed in  sufficient  quantities,
34    shall  be  issued by and under the facsimile signature of the
 
                            -116-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    election authority of the  election  jurisdiction  where  the
 2    polling  place  in  which  the  candidate seeks admittance is
 3    located, and shall be available for distribution at  least  2
 4    weeks  prior  to  the  election.   Such  credentials shall be
 5    signed by the candidate.
 6        Candidate  credentials  shall  be  in  substantially  the
 7    following form:

 8                        CANDIDATE CREDENTIALS
 9        TO THE JUDGES OF ELECTION:
10        In accordance with the provisions of the Election Code, I
11    ...... (name  of  candidate)  hereby  certify  that  I  am  a
12    candidate for ....... (name of office) and seek admittance to
13    .......  precinct  of the ....... ward (if applicable) of the
14    ....... (township or municipality) of ....... at the  .......
15    election to be held on ...., 19.... (insert date).
16    .........................             .......................
17    (Signature of Candidate)              OFFICE FOR WHICH
18                                          CANDIDATE SEEKS
19                                          NOMINATION OR
20                                          ELECTION

21        Pollwatchers   shall   be   permitted   to   observe  all
22    proceedings relating to the conduct of the  election  and  to
23    station  themselves  in a position in the voting room as will
24    enable them  to  observe  the  judges  making  the  signature
25    comparison  between  the  voter  application  and  the  voter
26    registration   record  card;  provided,  however,  that  such
27    pollwatchers shall not be permitted to station themselves  in
28    such  close  proximity  to  the  judges  of election so as to
29    interfere with the orderly conduct of the election and  shall
30    not, in any event, be permitted to handle election materials.
31    Pollwatchers    may    challenge   for   cause   the   voting
32    qualifications of a person offering to vote and may  call  to
33    the  attention  of  the  judges  of  election  any  incorrect
 
                            -117-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    procedure or apparent violations of this Code.
 2        If  a  majority  of the judges of election determine that
 3    the  polling  place   has   become   too   overcrowded   with
 4    pollwatchers  so  as to interfere with the orderly conduct of
 5    the  election,  the  judges  shall,  by   lot,   limit   such
 6    pollwatchers   to  a  reasonable  number,  except  that  each
 7    established or new political party shall be permitted to have
 8    at least one pollwatcher present.
 9        Representatives of an election authority, with regard  to
10    an  election  under  its  jurisdiction,  the  State  Board of
11    Elections, and law enforcement agencies,  including  but  not
12    limited  to a United States Attorney, a State's attorney, the
13    Attorney General,  and  a  State,  county,  or  local  police
14    department,  in  the  performance  of their official election
15    duties, shall be permitted at all times to enter  and  remain
16    in  the polling place.  Upon entering the polling place, such
17    representatives shall display their official  credentials  or
18    other identification to the judges of election.
19        Uniformed  police officers assigned to polling place duty
20    shall  follow  all  lawful  instructions  of  the  judges  of
21    election.
22        The provisions  of  this  Section  shall  also  apply  to
23    supervised casting of absentee ballots as provided in Section
24    19-12.2 of this Act.
25    (Source: P.A. 90-655, eff. 7-30-98; revised 10-19-98.)

26        (10 ILCS 5/19-8) (from Ch. 46, par. 19-8)
27        Sec.  19-8.  In case an absent voter's ballot is received
28    by the election  authority  prior  to  the  delivery  of  the
29    official ballots to the judges of election of the precinct in
30    which   said   elector  resides,  such  ballot  envelope  and
31    application,  sealed  in  the  carrier  envelope,  shall   be
32    enclosed  in  such  package  and  therewith  delivered to the
33    judges of such precinct. In case  the  official  ballots  for
 
                            -118-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    such  precinct  have been delivered to the judges of election
 2    at the time of the receipt by the election authority of  such
 3    absent  voter's  ballot,  such  authority  shall  immediately
 4    enclose  said  envelope containing the absent voter's ballot,
 5    together with  his  application  therefor,  in  a  larger  or
 6    carrier envelope which shall be securely sealed and addressed
 7    on  the  face  to  the judges of election, giving the name or
 8    number of precinct, street and number of polling place,  city
 9    or  town  in  which such absent voter is a qualified elector,
10    and the words, "This  envelope  contains  an  absent  voter's
11    ballot  and  must be opened only on election day at the polls
12    immediately after the polls are closed," "mailing  the  same,
13    postage  prepaid,  to  such  judges  of  election, or if more
14    convenient, such officer  may  deliver  such  absent  voter's
15    ballot  to  the  judges  of  election  in  person  or by duly
16    deputized agent, said  officer  to  secure  his  receipt  for
17    delivery  of  such  ballot or ballots. Absent voters' ballots
18    returned by absentee voters to the election  authority  after
19    the closing of the polls on an election day shall be endorsed
20    by the election authority receiving the same with the day and
21    hour  of  receipt  and  shall be safely kept unopened by such
22    election authority for the period of time  required  for  the
23    preservation  of  ballots  used  at  such election, and shall
24    then, without being opened, be destroyed in  like  manner  as
25    the used ballots of such election.
26        All  absent  voters'  ballots  received  by  the election
27    authority after 12:00 noon on election day or  too  late  for
28    delivery  to  the  proper polling place before the closing of
29    the polls on election  day,  and  Special  Write-In  Absentee
30    Voter's  Blank  Ballots,  except  ballots  returned  by  mail
31    postmarked  after midnight preceding the opening of the polls
32    on election day, shall be endorsed by the election  authority
33    receiving the same with the day and hour of receipt and shall
34    be counted in the office of the election authority on the day
 
                            -119-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of  the  election after 7:00 p.m.  All absent voters' ballots
 2    delivered in error to the wrong precinct polling place  shall
 3    be  returned to the election authority and counted under this
 4    provision; however, all  absentee  ballots  received  by  the
 5    election  authority  by  the  close of absentee voting in the
 6    office of the election authority on the day preceding the day
 7    of election shall be delivered to the proper precinct polling
 8    places in time to be counted by the judges of election.
 9        Such counting shall commence no later than 8:00 p.m.  and
10    shall  be  conducted  by a panel or panels of election judges
11    appointed in the manner provided by law. Such counting  shall
12    continue   until  all  absent  voters'  ballots  received  as
13    aforesaid have been counted.
14        The procedures set forth in Section 19-9 of this Act  and
15    Articles  17  and  18 of this Code, shall apply to all absent
16    voters'  ballots  counted  under  this  provision,  including
17    comparing the signature  on  the  ballot  envelope  with  the
18    signature  of  the  voter on the permanent voter registration
19    record card taken from the master  file;  except  that  votes
20    shall  be  recorded  without  regard to precinct designation,
21    except for precinct offices.
22    (Source: P.A. 86-875; revised 10-31-98.)

23        (10 ILCS 5/24-1.1) (from Ch. 46, par. 24-1.1)
24        Sec. 24-1.1. The county board of  each  county  having  a
25    population  of  35,000 or more, with respect to all elections
26    for which the county board or the  county  clerk  is  charged
27    with  the  duty of providing materials and supplies, and each
28    board of election commissioners in a  municipality  having  a
29    population  of 35,000 or more with respect to elections under
30    its jurisdiction, must  provide  either  voting  machines  in
31    accordance  with this Article or electronic voting systems in
32    accordance with Article 24A for each precinct  for  all  such
33    elections  except  as  provided  in  Section 24-1.2 except in
 
                            -120-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    elections held pursuant to the provisions of  Section  12  of
 2    Article  VI  of  the  Constitution  relating  to retention of
 3    judges  in  office,  in  which  event,  the  special   ballot
 4    containing the propositions on the retention of judges may be
 5    placed  on  the  voting  machines or devices. For purposes of
 6    this Section 24-1.1, the term "population" does  not  include
 7    persons prohibited from voting by Section 3-5 of this Act.
 8        Before  voting  machines or electronic voting systems are
 9    introduced, adopted or used in any precinct or  territory  at
10    least 2 months public notice must be given before the date of
11    the first election wherein such machines are to be used.  The
12    election  authority shall publish the notice at least once in
13    one or more newspapers published within its  jurisdiction  in
14    which  the  election is held.  If there is no such newspaper,
15    the notice shall be published in a newspaper published in the
16    county and having a general circulation within such political
17    subdivision of this State.  The notice shall be substantially
18    as follows:
19        Notice is hereby given that on  ....(give  date)....,  at
20    ....(give  place where election is held).... in the county of
21    .... an election will be held for ....(give name of office to
22    be filled).... at which voting machines will be used.
23        Dated at .... on (insert date). this  ....  day  of  ....
24    19...

25        The  notice referred to herein shall be given only at the
26    first election at which such voting  machines  or  electronic
27    voting systems are used.
28    (Source: P.A. 81-891; revised 10-20-98.)

29        (10 ILCS 5/24A-3) (from Ch. 46, par. 24A-3)
30        Sec. 24A-3. Except as otherwise provided in this Section,
31    any county board, board of county commissioners and any board
32    of  election  commissioners, with respect to territory within
33    its jurisdiction, may adopt, experiment with,  or  abandon  a
 
                            -121-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    voting  system  approved  for  use  by  the  State  Board  of
 2    Elections  and  may  use such voting system in all or some of
 3    the precincts within its jurisdiction, or in combination with
 4    paper ballots or voting machines.   Any  such  county  board,
 5    board   of   county   commissioners   or  board  of  election
 6    commissioners may contract for the tabulation of votes  at  a
 7    location  outside  its territorial jurisdiction when there is
 8    no  suitable  tabulating  equipment  available   within   its
 9    territorial  jurisdiction.    In  no case may a county board,
10    board  of  county  commissioners   or   board   of   election
11    commissioners  contract or arrange for the purchase, lease or
12    loan  of  an  electronic  voting  system  or  voting   system
13    component   without  the  approval  of  the  State  Board  of
14    Elections as provided by Section 24A-16.  However, the county
15    board and board of county commissioners of each county having
16    a population of 40,000 or more, with respect to all elections
17    for which the county board or the  county  clerk  is  charged
18    with  the  duty of providing materials and supplies, and each
19    board of election commissioners in a  municipality  having  a
20    population of 40,000 or more, with respect to elections under
21    its jurisdiction, must provide either voting systems approved
22    for use by the State Board of Elections under this Article or
23    voting  machines  under  Article 24 for each precinct for all
24    such elections except as provided  in  Section  24-1.2.   For
25    purposes  of  this  Section 24A-3, the term "population" does
26    not include persons prohibited from voting by Section 3-5  of
27    this Act.
28        Before  any such system is introduced, adopted or used in
29    any precinct or territory at least  2  months  public  notice
30    must  be  given before the date of the first election wherein
31    such voting system is to be  used.   The  election  authority
32    shall  publish  the  notice  at  least  once  in  one or more
33    newspapers   published   within   the   county,   or    other
34    jurisdiction,  as  the  case may be, in which the election is
 
                            -122-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    held.  If there is no such newspaper,  the  notice  shall  be
 2    published in a newspaper published in the county and having a
 3    general  circulation  within  such  jurisdiction.  The notice
 4    shall be substantially as follows:
 5        Notice is hereby given that on  ....(give  date)....,  at
 6    ....(give  place where election is held).... in the county of
 7    ...., an election will be held for ....(give name of  offices
 8    to  be  filled).... at which an electronic voting system will
 9    be used.
10        Dated at .... on (insert date). this  ....  day  of  ....
11    19...

12        The  notice referred to herein shall be given only at the
13    first election  at  which  such  voting  machines  or  voting
14    systems are used.
15    (Source: P.A. 85-958; revised 10-20-98.)

16        (10 ILCS 5/24B-3)
17        Sec.  24B-3.  Adoption, experimentation or abandonment of
18    Precinct   Tabulation   Optical   Scan   Technology   system;
19    Boundaries  of  precincts;  Notice.   Except   as   otherwise
20    provided  in  this Section, any county board, board of county
21    commissioners and any board of election  commissioners,  with
22    respect  to  territory  within  its  jurisdiction, may adopt,
23    experiment with, or abandon  a  Precinct  Tabulation  Optical
24    Scan  Technology  voting system approved for use by the State
25    Board of  Elections  and  may  use  the  Precinct  Tabulation
26    Optical  Scan  Technology voting system in all or some of the
27    precincts within its jurisdiction,  or  in  combination  with
28    paper ballots or voting machines.  Any county board, board of
29    county  commissioners  or board of election commissioners may
30    contract for the tabulation of votes at  a  location  outside
31    its  territorial  jurisdiction  when  there  is  no  suitable
32    tabulating   equipment   available   within  its  territorial
33    jurisdiction.  In no case may a county board, board of county
 
                            -123-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    commissioners or board of election commissioners contract  or
 2    arrange  for  the  purchase,  lease  or loan of an electronic
 3    Precinct Tabulation Optical Scan Technology voting system  or
 4    Precinct  Tabulation  Optical  Scan  Technology voting system
 5    component  without  the  approval  of  the  State  Board   of
 6    Elections as provided by Section 24B-16.  However, the county
 7    board and board of county commissioners of each county having
 8    a population of 40,000 or more, with respect to all elections
 9    for  which  the  county  board or the county clerk is charged
10    with the duty of providing materials and supplies,  and  each
11    board  of  election  commissioners in a municipality having a
12    population of 40,000 or more, with respect to elections under
13    its jurisdiction, must  provide  either  Precinct  Tabulation
14    Optical  Scan  Technology  voting systems approved for use by
15    the State Board of Elections under  this  Article  or  voting
16    systems under Article 24A or Article 24 for each precinct for
17    all such elections except as provided in Section 24-1.2.  For
18    purposes  of  this  Section 24B-3, the term "population" does
19    not include persons prohibited from voting by Section 3-5  of
20    this Code.
21        Before   any   such   Precinct  Tabulation  Optical  Scan
22    Technology system is  introduced,  adopted  or  used  in  any
23    precinct or territory at least 2 months public notice must be
24    given  before  the  date  of  the  first  election  where the
25    Precinct Tabulation Optical Scan Technology voting system  is
26    to  be used.  The election authority shall publish the notice
27    at least once in one or more newspapers published within  the
28    county,  or  other  jurisdiction, where the election is held.
29    If there is no such newspaper, the notice shall be  published
30    in  a  newspaper published in the county and having a general
31    circulation within such jurisdiction.  The  notice  shall  be
32    substantially as follows:
33        Notice  is  hereby  given that on ....(give date)...., at
34    ....(give place where election is held).... in the county  of
 
                            -124-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    ....,  an election will be held for ....(give name of offices
 2    to be filled).... at which a Precinct Tabulation Optical Scan
 3    Technology electronic voting system will be used.
 4        Dated at.... on (insert date).  this  ....  day  of  ....
 5    19....
 6        This  notice referred to shall be given only at the first
 7    election  at  which  the  Precinct  Tabulation  Optical  Scan
 8    Technology voting machines  or  Precinct  Tabulation  Optical
 9    Scan Technology voting systems are used.
10    (Source: P.A. 89-394, eff. 1-1-97; revised 10-20-98.)

11        Section  11.   The  Secretary  of State Act is amended by
12    changing Section 5 as follows:

13        (15 ILCS 305/5) (from Ch. 124, par. 5)
14        Sec. 5.  It shall be the duty of the Secretary of State:
15        1.  To countersign and affix the seal  of  state  to  all
16    commissions required by law to be issued by the Governor.
17        2.  To  make  a  register  of  all  appointments  by  the
18    Governor,   specifying   the  person  appointed,  the  office
19    conferred, the date of the appointment, the date when bond or
20    oath is taken and the date filed.  If Senate confirmation  is
21    required,  the  date of the confirmation shall be included in
22    the register.
23        3.  To make proper indexes to public  acts,  resolutions,
24    papers and documents in his office.
25        3-a.  To  review  all rules of all State agencies adopted
26    in compliance with the codification system prescribed by  the
27    Secretary.   The review shall be for the purposes and include
28    all  the  powers  and  duties  provided   in   the   Illinois
29    Administrative  Procedure  Act.  The Secretary of State shall
30    cooperate with the Legislative Information System  to  insure
31    the  accuracy  of  the text of the rules maintained under the
32    Legislative Information System Act.
 
                            -125-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        4.  To give any person  requiring  the  same  paying  the
 2    lawful  fees  therefor,  a  copy of any law, act, resolution,
 3    record or  paper  in  his  office,  and  attach  thereto  his
 4    certificate, under the seal of the state.
 5        5.  To  take  charge of and preserve from waste, and keep
 6    in repair,  the  houses,  lots,  grounds  and  appurtenances,
 7    situated  in  the  City  of  Springfield, and belonging to or
 8    occupied by the State, the care of  which  is  not  otherwise
 9    provided  for by law, and to take charge of and preserve from
10    waste, and keep in repair,  the  houses,  lots,  grounds  and
11    appurtenances,  situated  in  the  State  outside the City of
12    Springfield   where   such   houses,   lots,   grounds    and
13    appurtenances  are  occupied by the Secretary of State and no
14    other State officer or agency.
15        6.  To supervise the distribution of the laws.
16        7.  To perform such other duties as may  be  required  by
17    law.  The  Secretary  of  State  may,  within  appropriations
18    authorized  by  the General Assembly, maintain offices in the
19    State Capital and in such other places in the State as he may
20    deem necessary to properly carry out the  powers  and  duties
21    vested in him by law.
22    (Source: P.A. 88-161; revised 10-31-98.)

23        Section  12.   The  Illinois  Identification  Card Act is
24    amended by changing Section 14B as follows:

25        (15 ILCS 335/14B) (from Ch. 124, par. 34B)
26        Sec. 14B.  Fraudulent identification card.
27        (a)  As used in this Section:
28             1.  "A fraudulent  identification  card"  means  any
29        identification  card  which  purports  to  be an official
30        identification card for which a computerized  number  and
31        file have not been created by the Secretary of State, the
32        United  States  Government  or  any  state  or  political
 
                            -126-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        subdivision    thereof,    or    any    governmental   or
 2        quasi-governmental organization.  For the purpose of this
 3        paragraph, any identification  card  which  resembles  an
 4        official  identification  card  in  either  size,  color,
 5        photograph   location,   or   design  or  uses  the  word
 6        "official", "state", "Illinois", or the name of any other
 7        state  or   political   subdivision   thereof,   or   any
 8        governmental     or    quasi-governmental    organization
 9        individually or in any combination thereof to describe or
10        modify the term  "identification  card"  or  "I.D.  card"
11        anywhere  on the card, or uses a shape in the likeness of
12        Illinois or any other state on the photograph side of the
13        card, is deemed to be a  fraudulent  identification  card
14        unless  the words "This is not an official Identification
15        Card",  appear  prominently  upon  it  in  black  colored
16        lettering in 12 point type on the photograph side of  the
17        card,  and  no  such card shall be smaller in size than 3
18        inches by 4 inches, and the photograph shall  be  on  the
19        left side of the card only.
20             2.  "A license-making implement" means any implement
21        specially  designed or primarily used in the manufacture,
22        assembly or authentication  of  any  identification  card
23        issued  by  the  Secretary  of  State,  the United States
24        Government, the State of Illinois or any other  state  or
25        political  subdivision  of the state, or any governmental
26        or  quasi-governmental  organization.   Such   implements
27        include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  cameras  used  for
28        creating  identification  card photographs, camera cards,
29        or identification card laminates.

30        (b)  It is a violation of this Section for any person:
31             1.  To knowingly possess, display, or  cause  to  be
32        displayed any fraudulent identification card;
33             2.  To  knowingly  possess,  display  or cause to be
34        displayed any  fraudulent  identification  card  for  the
 
                            -127-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        purpose  of obtaining any account, credit, credit card or
 2        debit card from a bank, financial institution  or  retail
 3        mercantile establishment;.
 4             3.  To     knowingly    possess    any    fraudulent
 5        identification card with the intent to  commit  a  theft,
 6        deception  or  credit or debit card fraud in violation of
 7        any  law  of  this  State  or  any  law  of   any   other
 8        jurisdiction;
 9             4.  To     knowingly    possess    any    fraudulent
10        identification card with the intent to commit  any  other
11        violation  of  any  law  of  this State or any law of any
12        other jurisdiction for which a  sentence  to  a  term  of
13        imprisonment  in  a  penitentiary for one year or more is
14        provided;
15             5.  To    knowingly    possess    any     fraudulent
16        identification  card  while in unauthorized possession of
17        any document, instrument or device capable of  defrauding
18        another;
19             6.  To     knowingly    possess    any    fraudulent
20        identification  card  with  the   intent   to   use   the
21        identification  card  to acquire any other identification
22        document;
23             7.  To  knowingly  possess  without  authority   any
24        license-making implement;
25             8.  To  knowingly  possess any stolen identification
26        card making implement;
27             9.  To knowingly  duplicate,  manufacture,  sell  or
28        transfer any fraudulent identification card;
29             10.  To  advertise  or distribute any information or
30        materials that promote the selling, giving, or furnishing
31        of a fraudulent identification card.

32        (c)  Sentence.
33             1.  Any person convicted of a violation of paragraph
34        1 of subsection (b) of this Section shall be guilty of  a
 
                            -128-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Class  4  felony and shall be sentenced to a minimum fine
 2        of $500 or 50 hours of community service,  preferably  at
 3        an alcohol abuse prevention program, if available.
 4             2.  Any  person  convicted  of a violation of any of
 5        paragraphs 2 through 9 of subsection (b) of this  Section
 6        shall  be guilty of a Class 4 felony.  A person convicted
 7        of a second or subsequent violation shall be guilty of  a
 8        Class 3 felony.
 9             3.  Any   person   who   violates  paragraph  10  of
10        subsection (b) of this Section is guilty  of  a  Class  A
11        misdemeanor.
12        (d)  This   Section   does   not  prohibit  any  lawfully
13    authorized  investigative,  protective,  law  enforcement  or
14    other activity of any agency of the United States,  State  of
15    Illinois or any other state or political subdivision thereof.
16        (e)  The  Secretary  of  State  may  request the Attorney
17    General to seek a restraining  order  in  the  circuit  court
18    against  any  person  who violates paragraph 10 of subsection
19    (b) of this Section by advertising fraudulent  identification
20    cards.
21    (Source: P.A. 88-210; 89-283, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

22        Section  13.   The  State  Comptroller  Act is amended by
23    changing Section 14 as follows:

24        (15 ILCS 405/14) (from Ch. 15, par. 214)
25        Sec.  14.  Forms  of  documents.   The  Comptroller   may
26    prescribe  and  require  State  agencies to use forms for all
27    documents required by law in the performance of his duties or
28    which he may reasonably require  therefor.   The  Comptroller
29    may prescribe by rule the general nature of information to be
30    contained  in  contracts  required to be filed with him under
31    Sections 11 and 15 of this  Act.   Any  such  rule  shall  be
32    adopted,  amended  or  repealed  as  provided by the Illinois
 
                            -129-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Administrative Procedure Act.
 2        The Comptroller may, when he deems it advisable  for  the
 3    promotion  of efficiency in State government, accept magnetic
 4    tape  vouchers,  electronically   submitted   vouchers,   and
 5    computer  output  microfiche vouchers.  The Comptroller shall
 6    process such  vouchers  as  provided  in  Section  9.   These
 7    vouchers  shall  be  subject  to  conditions and requirements
 8    established by the Comptroller.
 9        Computer  output  microfiche  vouchers  shall  be  deemed
10    original records under the Comptroller's Records Act.
11    (Source: P.A. 89-360, eff. 8-17-95; revised 10-31-98.)

12        Section 14.  The Alcoholism  and  Other  Drug  Abuse  and
13    Dependency  Act  is  amended  by  changing  Section  15-45 as
14    follows:

15        (20 ILCS 301/15-45)
16        Sec. 15-45.  Notice.  For the purposes of this  Act,  the
17    notice  required  under  Section  10-25  10  of  the Illinois
18    Administrative Procedure Act is deemed sufficient when mailed
19    to the last known address of a party.
20    (Source: P.A. 88-80; revised 10-31-98.)

21        Section 15.  The Personnel Code is  amended  by  changing
22    Sections 4c and 8c as follows:

23        (20 ILCS 415/4c) (from Ch. 127, par. 63b104c)
24        Sec. 4c.  General exemptions.  The following positions in
25    State service shall be exempt from jurisdictions A, B, and C,
26    unless  the  jurisdictions  shall  be extended as provided in
27    this Act:
28             (1)  All officers elected by the people.
29             (2)  All positions under  the  Lieutenant  Governor,
30        Secretary  of  State, State Treasurer, State Comptroller,
 
                            -130-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        State Board of Education, Clerk of the Supreme Court, and
 2        Attorney General.
 3             (3)  Judges,  and  officers  and  employees  of  the
 4        courts, and notaries public.
 5             (4)  All officers  and  employees  of  the  Illinois
 6        General    Assembly,   all   employees   of   legislative
 7        commissions, all officers and employees of  the  Illinois
 8        Legislative  Reference  Bureau,  the Legislative Research
 9        Unit, and the Legislative Printing Unit.
10             (5)  All positions in the  Illinois  National  Guard
11        and  Illinois  State  Guard,  paid  from federal funds or
12        positions  in  the  State   Military  Service  filled  by
13        enlistment and paid from State funds.
14             (6)  All employees of the Governor at the  executive
15        mansion and on his immediate personal staff.
16             (7)  Directors of Departments, the Adjutant General,
17        the  Assistant  Adjutant  General,  the  Director  of the
18        Illinois Emergency Management Agency, members  of  boards
19        and  commissions,   and  all other positions appointed by
20        the Governor by and with the consent of the Senate.
21             (8)  The presidents, other principal  administrative
22        officers,  and teaching, research and extension faculties
23        of Chicago State University, Eastern Illinois University,
24        Governors State University,  Illinois  State  University,
25        Northeastern   Illinois   University,  Northern  Illinois
26        University, Western  Illinois  University,  the  Illinois
27        Community  College  Board,  Southern Illinois University,
28        Illinois  Board  of  Higher  Education,   University   of
29        Illinois,   State   Universities  Civil  Service  System,
30        University  Retirement  System  of  Illinois,   and   the
31        administrative  officers  and  scientific  and  technical
32        staff of the Illinois State Museum.
33             (9)  All  other  employees  except  the  presidents,
34        other  principal  administrative  officers, and teaching,
 
                            -131-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        research and  extension  faculties  of  the  universities
 2        under  the  jurisdiction  of the Board of Regents and the
 3        colleges and universities under the  jurisdiction of  the
 4        Board  of  Governors  of State Colleges and Universities,
 5        Illinois  Community  College  Board,  Southern   Illinois
 6        University,  Illinois Board of Higher Education, Board of
 7        Governors of State Colleges and Universities,  the  Board
 8        of  Regents,  University  of Illinois, State Universities
 9        Civil Service System,  University  Retirement  System  of
10        Illinois,  so long as these are subject to the provisions
11        of the State Universities Civil Service Act.
12             (10)  The State Police so long as they  are  subject
13        to the merit provisions of the State Police Act.
14             (11)  The  scientific  staff of the State Scientific
15        Surveys and the Waste Management and Research Center.
16             (12)  The technical and engineering  staffs  of  the
17        Department  of  Transportation, the Department of Nuclear
18        Safety and the  Illinois  Commerce  Commission,  and  the
19        technical  and  engineering staff providing architectural
20        and engineering services in  the  Department  of  Central
21        Management Services.
22             (13)  All  employees  of  the  Illinois  State  Toll
23        Highway Authority Commission.
24             (14)  The Secretary of the Industrial Commission.
25             (15)  All  persons  who are appointed or employed by
26        the Director of Insurance  under authority of Section 202
27        of the Illinois Insurance Code to assist the Director  of
28        Insurance in discharging his responsibilities relating to
29        the  rehabilitation,   liquidation,   conservation,   and
30        dissolution   of   companies  that  are  subject  to  the
31        jurisdiction of the Illinois  Insurance Code.
32             (16)  All employees of the  St.  Louis  Metropolitan
33        Area Airport Authority.
34             (17)  All   investment   officers  employed  by  the
 
                            -132-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Illinois State Board of Investment.
 2             (18)  Employees  of   the   Illinois   Young   Adult
 3        Conservation  Corps program, administered by the Illinois
 4        Department of Natural Resources, authorized grantee under
 5        Title VIII of the Comprehensive Employment  and  Training
 6        Act of 1973, 29 USC 993.
 7             (19)  Seasonal   employees   of  the  Department  of
 8        Agriculture for the operation of the Illinois State  Fair
 9        and  the DuQuoin State Fair, no one person receiving more
10        than 29 days of such employment in any calendar year.
11             (20)  All  "temporary"  employees  hired  under  the
12        Department of Natural  Resources'  Illinois  Conservation
13        Service,  a  youth  employment  program  that hires young
14        people to work in State parks for a period of one year or
15        less.
16             (21)  All  hearing  officers  of  the  Human  Rights
17        Commission.
18             (22)  All employees of the Illinois Mathematics  and
19        Science Academy.
20             (23)  All  employees  of  the  Kankakee River Valley
21        Area Airport Authority.
22    (Source: P.A. 89-4, eff. 1-1-96; 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; 90-490,
23    eff. 8-17-97; revised 10-31-98.)

24        (20 ILCS 415/8c) (from Ch. 127, par. 63b108c)
25        Sec. 8c.  Jurisdiction C; conditions of employment.   For
26    positions in the State service subject to the jurisdiction of
27    the Department of Central Management Services with respect to
28    conditions of employment:
29        (1)  For  establishment  of a plan for resolving employee
30    grievances and complaints, excluding compulsory arbitration.
31        (2)  For  hours  of  work,   holidays,   and   attendance
32    regulation  in  the various classes of positions in the State
33    service; for annual, sick and special leaves of absence, with
 
                            -133-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    or without pay or with reduced pay; for compensatory time off
 2    for overtime or for pay for overtime, and  for  the  rate  at
 3    which  compensatory time off is to be allowed or for the rate
 4    which is to be paid for  overtime.  If  the  services  of  an
 5    employee in the State service are terminated by reason of his
 6    retirement,  disability  or  death, he, or his estate, as the
 7    case may be, shall be paid a lump sum, for the number of days
 8    for leave  for  personal  business  which  the  employee  had
 9    accumulated  but  not  used  as of the date his services were
10    terminated, in an amount equal to 1/2 of his pay per  working
11    day  times  the  number of such leave days so accumulated and
12    not used.
13        (3)  For the development and  operation  of  programs  to
14    improve the work effectiveness and morale of employees in the
15    State  service,  including training, safety, health, welfare,
16    counseling,  recreation,  employee  relations,  a  suggestion
17    system, and others.
18        Employees whose tuition and fees are paid by  the  State,
19    either  directly  or  by  reimbursement,  shall  incur a work
20    commitment to the State. Employees whose State paid  training
21    has  not  led to a postsecondary degree shall be obligated to
22    continue in the employ of the State, but not  necessarily  in
23    the same agency, for a period of at least 18 months following
24    completion  of the most recent course.  Employees whose State
25    paid training has led to a  postsecondary  degree  and  whose
26    State  payments  have  paid  for  50% or more of the required
27    credit hours shall be obligated to continue in the employ  of
28    the  State,  but  not  necessarily  in the same agency, for a
29    minimum of 4 years after receiving the degree.
30        If the employee does not fulfill this work commitment  by
31    voluntarily  leaving  State employment, the State may recover
32    payments in a civil action and may also recover  interest  at
33    the  rate  of  1%  per  month  from  the time the State makes
34    payment until the time the State recovers the  payment.   The
 
                            -134-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    amount  the State may recover under this subsection (3) shall
 2    be reduced by 25% of the gross amount paid by the  State  for
 3    each  year  the  employee  is employed by the State after the
 4    employee receives a postsecondary degree, and 1/18th  of  the
 5    gross amount paid by the State for each month the employee is
 6    employed  by  the State after the employee completes the most
 7    recent course which has not led to a postsecondary degree.
 8        The State shall not recover payments for course work or a
 9    training program that was (a) started  before  the  effective
10    date  of  this  Act;  (b)  completed  as  a requirement for a
11    grammar school certificate  or  a  high  school  diploma,  to
12    prepare   for   a   high  school  level  General  Educational
13    Development Test or to  improve  literacy  or  numeracy;  (c)
14    specialized  training  in  the form of a conference, seminar,
15    workshop or similar arrangement offered by public or  private
16    organizations;  (d)  provided  as part of the Upward Mobility
17    Program administered by the Department of Central  Management
18    Services; or (e) a condition of continued employment.
19        Department  of State Police employees who are enrolled in
20    an official training program that lasts longer than one  year
21    shall  incur  a  work  commitment  to  the  State.   The work
22    commitment shall be 2 months  for  each  month  of  completed
23    training.   If  the  employee  fails  to  fulfill  this  work
24    commitment by voluntarily leaving State employment, the State
25    may recover wages in a civil  action  and  may  also  recover
26    interest  at the rate of 1% per month from the time the State
27    makes payment until the time the State recovers the  payment.
28    The  amount  the  State may recover under this subsection (3)
29    shall be reduced by the number of  months  served  after  the
30    training is completed times the monthly salary at the time of
31    separation.
32        The  Department  of  Central  Management  Services  shall
33    promulgate  rules governing recovery activities to be used by
34    all  State  agencies   paying,   whether   directly   or   by
 
                            -135-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    reimbursement,  for  employee  tuition  and  fees.  Each such
 2    agency  shall  make  necessary  efforts,  including  pursuing
 3    appropriate   legal   action,   to   recover    the    actual
 4    reimbursements  and  applicable  interest due the State under
 5    this subsection (3).
 6        (4)  For  the  establishment  of  a  sick  pay  plan   in
 7    accordance with Section 36 of the State Finance Act.
 8        (5)  For  the  establishment  of  a family responsibility
 9    leave plan under which an employee in the State  service  may
10    request  and  receive  a  leave of absence for up to one year
11    without penalty whenever such leave is  requested  to  enable
12    the  employee  to  meet  a bona fide family responsibility of
13    such employee.  The procedure for determining and documenting
14    the existence of a bona fide family responsibility  shall  be
15    as  provided  by rule, but without limiting the circumstances
16    which shall constitute  a  bona  fide  family  responsibility
17    under  the  rules,  such  circumstances  shall  include leave
18    incident to  the  birth  of  the  employee's  child  and  the
19    responsibility  thereafter  to  provide  proper  care to that
20    child or to a newborn child  adopted  by  the  employee,  the
21    responsibility   to  provide  regular  care  to  a  disabled,
22    incapacitated  or  bedridden  resident  of   the   employee's
23    household  or  member  of  the  employee's  family,  and  the
24    responsibility   to   furnish   special  guidance,  care  and
25    supervision to a resident  of  the  employee's  household  or
26    member  of  the  employee's  family  in  need  thereof  under
27    circumstances  temporarily  inconsistent  with  uninterrupted
28    employment in State service.  The family responsibility leave
29    plan  so  established shall provide that any such leave shall
30    be without pay, that the seniority of the  employee  on  such
31    leave  shall  not  be reduced during the period of the leave,
32    that such leave shall not under any circumstance or  for  any
33    purpose  be  deemed to cause a break in such employee's State
34    service, that during the period of such leave any coverage of
 
                            -136-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the employee or the employee's dependents  which  existed  at
 2    the  commencement  of  the  leave  under  any  group  health,
 3    hospital,  medical  and  life insurance plan provided through
 4    the State shall continue so long as the employee pays to  the
 5    State  when  due  the full premium incident to such coverage,
 6    and that upon expiration of the leave the employee  shall  be
 7    returned  to  the same position and classification which such
 8    employee held at the commencement of the leave.  The Director
 9    of Central Management Services shall prepare  proposed  rules
10    consistent  with  this  paragraph  within  45  days after the
11    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1983, shall promptly
12    thereafter cause a public  hearing  thereon  to  be  held  as
13    provided  in  Section  8  and shall within 120 days after the
14    effective date of this amendatory  Act  of  1983  cause  such
15    proposed   rules   to  be  submitted  to  the  Civil  Service
16    Commission as provided in Section 8.
17        (6)  For the development and  operation  of  a  plan  for
18    alternative  employment   for  any  employee  who  is able to
19    perform  alternative  employment  after  a  work  related  or
20    non-work  related  disability  essentially   precludes   that
21    employee  from  performing  his  or  her  currently  assigned
22    duties.  Such  a plan shall be voluntary for any employee and
23    nonparticipation shall not  be  grounds  for  denial  of  any
24    benefit  to  which  the employee would otherwise be eligible.
25    Any plan seeking to cover positions  for  which  there  is  a
26    recognized  bargaining  agent  shall be subject to collective
27    bargaining between the parties.
28        (7)  For the development and operation  of  an  Executive
29    Development  Program  to provide scholarships for the receipt
30    of academic degrees or senior executive training  beyond  the
31    Bachelor's  degree  level  for as many as 25 employees at any
32    given time:
33             (i)  each of whom is nominated for such  scholarship
34        by  the head of the employee's agency and approved by the
 
                            -137-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Director;
 2             (ii)  who are  subject  to  Term  Appointment  under
 3        Section  8b.18  8b18 or who would be subject to such Term
 4        Appointment but for Federal funding  or  who  are  exempt
 5        from  Jurisdiction B under subsections (2), (3) or (6) of
 6        Section 4d of this Act:
 7             (iii)  who meet the admission standards  established
 8        by  the  institution  awarding  the  advanced  degree  or
 9        conducting the training;
10             (iv)  each   of  whom  agrees,  as  a  condition  of
11        accepting such scholarship, that the  State  may  recover
12        the scholarship by garnishment, lien or other appropriate
13        legal  action  if  the  employee fails to continue in the
14        employ of the State, but  not  necessarily  in  the  same
15        agency,  for a minimum of 4 years following receipt of an
16        advanced degree or training and that the State may charge
17        interest from the time  of  payment  until  the  time  of
18        recovery of such scholarship of no less than 1% per month
19        or  12%  per  annum  on all funds recovered by the State.
20        The amount the State may recover under this Section  will
21        be  reduced  by 25% of the gross amount paid by the State
22        for each year of  employment  following  receipt  of  the
23        advanced degree or training.
24        The  Director  shall  in approving eligible employees for
25    the Executive  Development  Program  make  every  attempt  to
26    guarantee that at least 1/3 of the employees appointed to the
27    program  reflect  the  ratio  of  sex, race, and ethnicity of
28    eligible employees.
29        Such scholarships shall not exceed the amount established
30    for tuition and fees for the applicable  advanced  degree  or
31    training  at  State  universities  in  Illinois  whether  the
32    employee   enrolls   at   any   Illinois  public  or  private
33    institution, and shall not include any textbooks or equipment
34    such as personal computers.
 
                            -138-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        The Department of Central Management Services shall  make
 2    necessary  efforts,  including  appropriate  legal action, to
 3    recover scholarships and interest thereupon  due  subject  to
 4    recovery  by  the  State  under  Subparagraph  (iv)  of  this
 5    Subsection (7).
 6    (Source: P.A. 86-1004; 87-279; 87-888; revised 10-31-98.)

 7        Section  16.   The  Children  and  Family Services Act is
 8    amended by changing Sections 5 and 9.8 as follows:

 9        (20 ILCS 505/5) (from Ch. 23, par. 5005)
10        Sec. 5.  Direct child  welfare  services;  Department  of
11    Children  and  Family  Services.   To  provide  direct  child
12    welfare  services  when not available through other public or
13    private child care or program facilities.
14        (a)  For purposes of this Section:
15             (1)  "Children" means persons found within the State
16        who are under  the  age  of  18  years.   The  term  also
17        includes persons under age 19 who:
18                  (A)  were  committed to the Department pursuant
19             to the Juvenile Court Act or the Juvenile Court  Act
20             of  1987, as amended, prior to the age of 18 and who
21             continue under the jurisdiction of the court; or
22                  (B)  were  accepted   for  care,  service   and
23             training  by  the  Department prior to the age of 18
24             and whose best interest in  the  discretion  of  the
25             Department  would be served by continuing that care,
26             service and training  because  of  severe  emotional
27             disturbances, physical disability, social adjustment
28             or  any  combination thereof, or because of the need
29             to complete an educational  or  vocational  training
30             program.
31             (2)  "Homeless youth" means persons found within the
32        State  who are under the age of 19, are not in a safe and
 
                            -139-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        stable living situation and cannot be reunited with their
 2        families.
 3             (3)  "Child welfare services"  means  public  social
 4        services  which are directed toward the accomplishment of
 5        the following purposes:
 6                  (A)  protecting  and  promoting   the   health,
 7             safety  and welfare of children, including homeless,
 8             dependent or neglected children;
 9                  (B)  remedying, or assisting in the solution of
10             problems which may result in,  the  neglect,  abuse,
11             exploitation or delinquency of children;
12                  (C)  preventing  the  unnecessary separation of
13             children from their families by  identifying  family
14             problems,  assisting  families  in  resolving  their
15             problems,  and  preventing the breakup of the family
16             where the prevention of child removal  is  desirable
17             and possible when the child can be cared for at home
18             without endangering the child's health and safety;
19                  (D)  restoring  to  their families children who
20             have been removed, by the provision of  services  to
21             the  child  and  the  families when the child can be
22             cared for at home without  endangering  the  child's
23             health and safety;
24                  (E)  placing   children  in  suitable  adoptive
25             homes, in cases where restoration to the  biological
26             family is not safe, possible or appropriate;
27                  (F)  assuring   safe   and   adequate  care  of
28             children away from their homes, in cases  where  the
29             child  cannot  be  returned home or cannot be placed
30             for  adoption.   At  the  time  of  placement,   the
31             Department  shall  consider  concurrent planning, as
32             described in subsection (l-1)  of  this  Section  so
33             that   permanency   may   occur   at   the  earliest
34             opportunity.  Consideration should be given so  that
 
                            -140-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             if  reunification fails or is delayed, the placement
 2             made is the  best  available  placement  to  provide
 3             permanency for the child;
 4                  (G)  (blank);
 5                  (H)  (blank); and
 6                  (I)  placing   and   maintaining   children  in
 7             facilities that provide separate living quarters for
 8             children under the age of 18  and  for  children  18
 9             years  of  age and older, unless a child 18 years of
10             age is in the last year of high school education  or
11             vocational  training,  in  an approved individual or
12             group  treatment  program,  in  a  licensed  shelter
13             facility,  or  secure  child  care   facility.   The
14             Department  is  not  required  to  place or maintain
15             children:
16                       (i)  who are in a foster home, or
17                       (ii)  who are persons with a developmental
18                  disability, as defined in the Mental Health and
19                  Developmental Disabilities Code, or
20                       (iii)  who are  female  children  who  are
21                  pregnant,  pregnant and parenting or parenting,
22                  or
23                       (iv)  who are siblings,
24             in facilities that provide separate living  quarters
25             for  children  18  years  of  age  and older and for
26             children under 18 years of age.
27        (b)  Nothing  in  this  Section  shall  be  construed  to
28    authorize the expenditure of public funds for the purpose  of
29    performing abortions.
30        (c)  The   Department   shall   establish   and  maintain
31    tax-supported child welfare services and extend and  seek  to
32    improve  voluntary  services throughout the State, to the end
33    that services and care shall be available on an  equal  basis
34    throughout the State to children requiring such services.
 
                            -141-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (d)  The Director may authorize advance disbursements for
 2    any new program initiative to any agency contracting with the
 3    Department.   As a prerequisite for an advance  disbursement,
 4    the  contractor  must post a surety bond in the amount of the
 5    advance disbursement and have a purchase of service  contract
 6    approved  by  the Department.  The Department may pay up to 2
 7    months operational expenses in advance.  The  amount  of  the
 8    advance  disbursement  shall be prorated over the life of the
 9    contract  or  the  remaining  months  of  the  fiscal   year,
10    whichever  is  less, and the installment amount shall then be
11    deducted   from   future   bills.     Advance    disbursement
12    authorizations  for  new initiatives shall not be made to any
13    agency after that agency has operated  during  2  consecutive
14    fiscal  years.  The  requirements  of this Section concerning
15    advance disbursements shall not apply  with  respect  to  the
16    following:   payments  to local public agencies for child day
17    care services as authorized by Section 5a of  this  Act;  and
18    youth  service  programs  receiving grant funds under Section
19    17a-4.
20        (e)  (Blank).
21        (f)  (Blank).
22        (g)  The Department shall establish rules and regulations
23    concerning its operation of programs  designed  to  meet  the
24    goals  of  child  safety and protection, family preservation,
25    family reunification, and adoption, including but not limited
26    to:
27             (1)  adoption;
28             (2)  foster care;
29             (3)  family counseling;
30             (4)  protective services;
31             (5)  (blank);
32             (6)  homemaker service;
33             (7)  return of runaway children;
34             (8)  (blank);
 
                            -142-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (9)  placement under Section  5-7  of  the  Juvenile
 2        Court  Act  or  Section  2-27, 3-28, 4-25 or 5-740 of the
 3        Juvenile Court Act of 1987 in accordance with the federal
 4        Adoption Assistance and Child Welfare Act of 1980; and
 5             (10)  interstate services.
 6        Rules and regulations established by the Department shall
 7    include provisions for  training  Department  staff  and  the
 8    staff  of  Department  grantees, through contracts with other
 9    agencies or resources, in alcohol and  drug  abuse  screening
10    techniques approved by the Department of Human Services, as a
11    successor  to  the  Department  of  Alcoholism  and Substance
12    Abuse, for the purpose of identifying children and adults who
13    should be referred to an alcohol  and  drug  abuse  treatment
14    program for professional evaluation.
15        (h)  If the Department finds that there is no appropriate
16    program or facility within or available to the Department for
17    a  ward and that no licensed private facility has an adequate
18    and appropriate program or none agrees to  accept  the  ward,
19    the  Department  shall  create an appropriate individualized,
20    program-oriented  plan  for  such  ward.   The  plan  may  be
21    developed  within  the  Department  or  through  purchase  of
22    services by the Department to the extent that  it  is  within
23    its statutory authority to do.
24        (i)  Service  programs  shall be available throughout the
25    State and shall include but not be limited to  the  following
26    services:
27             (1)  case management;
28             (2)  homemakers;
29             (3)  counseling;
30             (4)  parent education;
31             (5)  day care; and
32             (6)  emergency assistance and advocacy.
33        In addition, the following services may be made available
34    to assess and meet the needs of children and families:
 
                            -143-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (1)  comprehensive family-based services;
 2             (2)  assessments;
 3             (3)  respite care; and
 4             (4)  in-home health services.
 5        The  Department  shall  provide transportation for any of
 6    the services it makes available to children  or  families  or
 7    for which it refers children or families.
 8        (j)  The  Department  may provide categories of financial
 9    assistance  and  education  assistance  grants,   and   shall
10    establish rules and regulations concerning the assistance and
11    grants,   to   persons   who  adopt  physically  or  mentally
12    handicapped, older and other hard-to-place children  who  (i)
13    immediately  prior  to their adoption were legal wards of the
14    Department or (ii) were  determined  eligible  for  financial
15    assistance  with  respect  to a prior adoption and who become
16    available for adoption because the prior  adoption  has  been
17    dissolved  and  the  parental  rights of the adoptive parents
18    have been terminated or because the child's adoptive  parents
19    have  died.  The  Department  may  also provide categories of
20    financial assistance and  education  assistance  grants,  and
21    shall  establish rules and regulations for the assistance and
22    grants, to persons appointed guardian  of  the  person  under
23    Section  5-7 of the Juvenile Court Act or Section 2-27, 3-28,
24    4-25 or 5-740 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 for  children
25    who  were  wards  of the Department for 12 months immediately
26    prior to the appointment of the guardian.
27        The amount of assistance may  vary,  depending  upon  the
28    needs  of the child and the adoptive parents, as set forth in
29    the annual assistance agreement.  Special purpose grants  are
30    allowed  where  the  child  requires special service but such
31    costs may not exceed the amounts which similar services would
32    cost the Department if it were to provide or secure  them  as
33    guardian of the child.
34        Any  financial  assistance provided under this subsection
 
                            -144-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    is inalienable by assignment,  sale,  execution,  attachment,
 2    garnishment,  or  any other remedy for recovery or collection
 3    of a judgment or debt.
 4        (j-5)  The  Department  shall  not  deny  or  delay   the
 5    placement  of  a  child for adoption if an approved family is
 6    available either outside of the  Department  region  handling
 7    the case, or outside of the State of Illinois.
 8        (k)  The  Department  shall  accept for care and training
 9    any child who has been adjudicated neglected  or  abused,  or
10    dependent  committed to it pursuant to the Juvenile Court Act
11    or the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
12        (l)  Before July 1, 2000, the Department may provide, and
13    beginning July 1, 2000, the  Department  shall  offer  family
14    preservation  services,  as  defined  in  Section  8.2 of the
15    Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act, to  help  families,
16    including adoptive and extended families. Family preservation
17    services  shall  be  offered  (i) to prevent the placement of
18    children in substitute care when the children  can  be  cared
19    for  at  home or in the custody of the person responsible for
20    the children's welfare, (ii) to reunite children  with  their
21    families, or (iii) to maintain an adoptive placement.  Family
22    preservation  services  shall  only  be offered when doing so
23    will not endanger the  children's  health  or  safety.   With
24    respect  to  children  who are in substitute care pursuant to
25    the Juvenile Court Act of 1987, family preservation  services
26    shall   not  be  offered  if  a  goal  other  than  those  of
27    subdivisions (A), (B), or (B-1) of subsection (2) of  Section
28    2-28  of  that  Act  has  been set. Nothing in this paragraph
29    shall be construed to create a private  right  of  action  or
30    claim on the part of any individual or child welfare agency.
31        The  Department  shall notify the child and his family of
32    the Department's responsibility to offer and  provide  family
33    preservation services as identified in the service plan.  The
34    child  and  his family shall be eligible for services as soon
 
                            -145-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    as  the  report  is  determined  to  be   "indicated".    The
 2    Department  may  offer  services  to any child or family with
 3    respect to whom a report of suspected child abuse or  neglect
 4    has  been  filed, prior to concluding its investigation under
 5    Section 7.12 of the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act.
 6    However,  the  child's  or  family's  willingness  to  accept
 7    services shall not be considered in the  investigation.   The
 8    Department  may  also provide services to any child or family
 9    who is the subject of any report of suspected child abuse  or
10    neglect  or  may  refer  such  child  or  family  to services
11    available from other agencies in the community, even  if  the
12    report  is  determined  to be unfounded, if the conditions in
13    the child's or family's home are reasonably likely to subject
14    the child or family to  future  reports  of  suspected  child
15    abuse  or  neglect.   Acceptance  of  such  services shall be
16    voluntary.
17        The Department may, at its discretion  except  for  those
18    children  also adjudicated neglected or dependent, accept for
19    care  and  training  any  child  who  has  been   adjudicated
20    addicted,  as  a  truant minor in need of supervision or as a
21    minor  requiring  authoritative   intervention,   under   the
22    Juvenile  Court Act or the Juvenile Court Act of 1987, but no
23    such child shall be committed to the Department by any  court
24    without the approval of the Department.  A minor charged with
25    a  criminal  offense  under  the  Criminal  Code  of  1961 or
26    adjudicated delinquent shall not be placed in the custody  of
27    or  committed  to the Department by any court, except a minor
28    less than 13 years of age committed to the  Department  under
29    Section 5-710 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
30        (l-1)  The legislature recognizes that the best interests
31    of  the  child  require  that the child be placed in the most
32    permanent  living  arrangement  as  soon  as  is  practically
33    possible.  To achieve this goal, the legislature directs  the
34    Department   of  Children  and  Family  Services  to  conduct
 
                            -146-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    concurrent planning so  that  permanency  may  occur  at  the
 2    earliest  opportunity.   Permanent  living  arrangements  may
 3    include  prevention  of placement of a child outside the home
 4    of the family when the child can be cared for at home without
 5    endangering the child's health or safety; reunification  with
 6    the family, when safe and appropriate, if temporary placement
 7    is  necessary;  or  movement  of  the  child  toward the most
 8    permanent living arrangement and permanent legal status.
 9        When determining  reasonable  efforts  to  be  made  with
10    respect  to  a child, as described in this subsection, and in
11    making such reasonable efforts, the child's health and safety
12    shall be the paramount concern.
13        When a child is placed in  foster  care,  the  Department
14    shall  ensure  and document that reasonable efforts were made
15    to prevent or eliminate the need to remove the child from the
16    child's home.  The Department must make reasonable efforts to
17    reunify the family when  temporary  placement  of  the  child
18    occurs  unless  otherwise  required, pursuant to the Juvenile
19    Court Act of  1987.  At  any  time  after  the  dispositional
20    hearing   where   the   Department   believes   that  further
21    reunification services would be ineffective, it may request a
22    finding from the court that reasonable efforts are no  longer
23    appropriate.   The  Department  is  not  required  to provide
24    further reunification services after such a finding.
25        A decision to place a child in substitute care  shall  be
26    made  with  considerations of the child's health, safety, and
27    best interests.  At  the  time  of  placement,  consideration
28    should  also  be  given  so that if reunification fails or is
29    delayed, the placement made is the best  available  placement
30    to provide permanency for the child.
31        The  Department  shall  adopt rules addressing concurrent
32    planning for reunification and  permanency.   The  Department
33    shall   consider   the  following  factors  when  determining
34    appropriateness of concurrent planning:
 
                            -147-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (1)  the likelihood of prompt reunification;
 2             (2)  the past history of the family;
 3             (3)  the barriers to reunification  being  addressed
 4        by the family;
 5             (4)  the level of cooperation of the family;
 6             (5)  the  foster  parents'  willingness to work with
 7        the family to reunite;
 8             (6)  the  willingness  and  ability  of  the  foster
 9        family  to  provide  an  adoptive   home   or   long-term
10        placement;
11             (7)  the age of the child;
12             (8)  placement of siblings.
13        (m)  The  Department  may assume temporary custody of any
14    child if:
15             (1)  it has  received  a  written  consent  to  such
16        temporary  custody  signed by the parents of the child or
17        by the parent having custody of the child if the  parents
18        are  not  living together or by the guardian or custodian
19        of the child if the child is not in the custody of either
20        parent, or
21             (2)  the child is found in the State and  neither  a
22        parent,  guardian  nor  custodian  of  the  child  can be
23        located.
24    If the child is found in  his  or  her  residence  without  a
25    parent,  guardian,  custodian  or  responsible caretaker, the
26    Department may, instead of removing the  child  and  assuming
27    temporary  custody, place an authorized representative of the
28    Department in that residence until such  time  as  a  parent,
29    guardian  or  custodian  enters  the  home  and  expresses  a
30    willingness and apparent ability to ensure the child's health
31    and safety and resume permanent charge of the child, or until
32    a  relative enters the home and is willing and able to ensure
33    the child's health and safety and assume charge of the  child
34    until  a  parent,  guardian  or custodian enters the home and
 
                            -148-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    expresses such willingness and ability to ensure the  child's
 2    safety  and  resume  permanent charge.  After a caretaker has
 3    remained in the home for a period not to exceed 12 hours, the
 4    Department must follow those procedures outlined  in  Section
 5    2-9,  3-11,  4-8, or 5-415 5-501 of the Juvenile Court Act of
 6    1987.
 7        The Department shall have the authority, responsibilities
 8    and duties that a legal custodian of  the  child  would  have
 9    pursuant  to  subsection  (9)  of Section 1-3 of the Juvenile
10    Court Act of 1987.  Whenever a child is taken into  temporary
11    custody  pursuant  to  an  investigation under the Abused and
12    Neglected Child Reporting Act, or pursuant to a referral  and
13    acceptance under the Juvenile Court Act of 1987 of a minor in
14    limited   custody,  the  Department,  during  the  period  of
15    temporary custody and before the child is  brought  before  a
16    judicial  officer  as  required by Section 2-9, 3-11, 4-8, or
17    5-415 5-501 of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987, shall have the
18    authority, responsibilities and duties that a legal custodian
19    of the child would have under subsection (9) of  Section  1-3
20    of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.
21        The  Department  shall  ensure  that any child taken into
22    custody  is  scheduled  for  an  appointment  for  a  medical
23    examination.
24        A parent,  guardian  or  custodian  of  a  child  in  the
25    temporary custody of the Department who would have custody of
26    the  child  if  he  were  not in the temporary custody of the
27    Department may deliver to the  Department  a  signed  request
28    that  the  Department  surrender the temporary custody of the
29    child. The Department may retain  temporary  custody  of  the
30    child  for  10  days after the receipt of the request, during
31    which period the Department may cause to be filed a  petition
32    pursuant to the Juvenile Court Act of 1987.  If a petition is
33    so  filed,  the  Department shall retain temporary custody of
34    the child until the court orders otherwise.  If a petition is
 
                            -149-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    not filed within the  10  day  period,  the  child  shall  be
 2    surrendered to the custody of the requesting parent, guardian
 3    or  custodian  not  later  than  the expiration of the 10 day
 4    period, at  which  time  the  authority  and  duties  of  the
 5    Department with respect to the temporary custody of the child
 6    shall terminate.
 7        (m-1)  The  Department  may place children under 18 years
 8    of age in a  secure  child  care  facility  licensed  by  the
 9    Department  that cares for children who are in need of secure
10    living arrangements for their health, safety, and  well-being
11    after  a  determination  is made by the facility director and
12    the Director or the Director's designate prior  to  admission
13    to  the  facility  subject  to Section 2-27.1 of the Juvenile
14    Court Act of 1987.  This subsection (m-1) does not apply to a
15    child who is subject to placement in a correctional  facility
16    operated  pursuant  to  Section 3-15-2 of the Unified Code of
17    Corrections.
18        (n)  The Department may place children under 18 years  of
19    age  in licensed child care facilities when in the opinion of
20    the  Department,  appropriate  services   aimed   at   family
21    preservation  have  been  unsuccessful  and cannot ensure the
22    child's  health  and  safety  or  are  unavailable  and  such
23    placement would be for  their  best  interest.   Payment  for
24    board,  clothing, care, training and supervision of any child
25    placed in a licensed child care facility may be made  by  the
26    Department,  by  the  parents  or guardians of the estates of
27    those children, or by both the Department and the parents  or
28    guardians,  except  that  no  payments  shall  be made by the
29    Department for any child placed  in  a  licensed  child  care
30    facility  for board, clothing, care, training and supervision
31    of such a child that exceed the average per  capita  cost  of
32    maintaining  and  of  caring  for a child in institutions for
33    dependent or neglected children operated by  the  Department.
34    However, such restriction on payments does not apply in cases
 
                            -150-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    where  children  require  specialized  care and treatment for
 2    problems   of   severe   emotional   disturbance,    physical
 3    disability, social adjustment, or any combination thereof and
 4    suitable  facilities  for  the placement of such children are
 5    not available at payment rates  within  the  limitations  set
 6    forth  in  this  Section.  All  reimbursements  for  services
 7    delivered  shall  be  absolutely  inalienable  by assignment,
 8    sale, attachment, garnishment or otherwise.
 9        (o)  The Department  shall  establish  an  administrative
10    review  and  appeal  process  for  children  and families who
11    request  or  receive  child   welfare   services   from   the
12    Department.  Children who are wards of the Department and are
13    placed by private child welfare agencies, and foster families
14    with  whom  those  children are placed, shall be afforded the
15    same procedural and appeal rights as children and families in
16    the case of placement by the Department, including the  right
17    to  an   initial  review of a private agency decision by that
18    agency.  The Department shall insure that any  private  child
19    welfare  agency,  which  accepts  wards of the Department for
20    placement,  affords  those  rights  to  children  and  foster
21    families.  The Department  shall  accept  for  administrative
22    review  and an appeal hearing a complaint made by (i) a child
23    or foster family concerning a decision following  an  initial
24    review   by   a  private  child  welfare  agency  or  (ii)  a
25    prospective  adoptive  parent  who  alleges  a  violation  of
26    subsection (j-5) of this Section.  An appeal  of  a  decision
27    concerning  a  change  in  the  placement of a child shall be
28    conducted in an expedited manner.
29        (p)  There is hereby created the Department  of  Children
30    and  Family Services Emergency Assistance Fund from which the
31    Department  may  provide  special  financial  assistance   to
32    families which are in economic crisis when such assistance is
33    not available through other public or private sources and the
34    assistance  is deemed necessary to prevent dissolution of the
 
                            -151-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    family unit or to reunite families which have been  separated
 2    due  to  child  abuse  and  neglect.   The  Department  shall
 3    establish  administrative  rules  specifying the criteria for
 4    determining eligibility for and  the  amount  and  nature  of
 5    assistance  to  be  provided.   The Department may also enter
 6    into  written  agreements  with  private  and  public  social
 7    service agencies to provide emergency financial  services  to
 8    families   referred  by  the  Department.  Special  financial
 9    assistance payments shall be available to a  family  no  more
10    than once during each fiscal year and the total payments to a
11    family may not exceed $500 during a fiscal year.
12        (q)  The   Department  may  receive  and  use,  in  their
13    entirety, for the benefit of children any gift,  donation  or
14    bequest  of  money  or  other  property  which is received on
15    behalf of such children, or any financial benefits  to  which
16    such  children  are  or  may  become entitled while under the
17    jurisdiction or care of the Department.
18        The Department  shall  set  up  and  administer  no-cost,
19    interest-bearing  savings  accounts  in appropriate financial
20    institutions ("individual accounts") for  children  for  whom
21    the  Department  is  legally  responsible  and  who have been
22    determined eligible for Veterans' Benefits,  Social  Security
23    benefits,  assistance allotments from the armed forces, court
24    ordered payments, parental voluntary  payments,  Supplemental
25    Security  Income,  Railroad  Retirement  payments, Black Lung
26    benefits, or other miscellaneous payments.   Interest  earned
27    by  each individual account shall be credited to the account,
28    unless disbursed in accordance with this subsection.
29        In disbursing funds from children's individual  accounts,
30    the Department shall:
31             (1)  Establish  standards  in  accordance with State
32        and federal laws for  disbursing  money  from  children's
33        individual   accounts.    In   all   circumstances,   the
34        Department's  "Guardianship  Administrator" or his or her
 
                            -152-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        designee  must  approve  disbursements  from   children's
 2        individual accounts.  The Department shall be responsible
 3        for  keeping  complete  records  of all disbursements for
 4        each individual account for any purpose.
 5             (2)  Calculate on a monthly basis the  amounts  paid
 6        from  State funds for the child's board and care, medical
 7        care not covered under Medicaid, and social services; and
 8        utilize funds from the  child's  individual  account,  as
 9        covered   by   regulation,   to  reimburse  those  costs.
10        Monthly, disbursements  from  all  children's  individual
11        accounts,  up  to 1/12 of $13,000,000, shall be deposited
12        by the Department into the General Revenue Fund  and  the
13        balance over 1/12 of $13,000,000 into the DCFS Children's
14        Services Fund.
15             (3)  Maintain    any    balance    remaining   after
16        reimbursing for the child's costs of care,  as  specified
17        in  item  (2). The balance shall accumulate in accordance
18        with  relevant  State  and  federal  laws  and  shall  be
19        disbursed to the child or his or her guardian, or to  the
20        issuing agency.
21        (r)  The    Department   shall   promulgate   regulations
22    encouraging all adoption agencies to voluntarily  forward  to
23    the  Department  or  its  agent  names  and  addresses of all
24    persons who have applied  for  and  have  been  approved  for
25    adoption  of  a  hard-to-place  or  handicapped child and the
26    names of such children who have not been placed for adoption.
27    A list of such names and addresses shall be maintained by the
28    Department or its agent, and coded lists which  maintain  the
29    confidentiality  of the person seeking to adopt the child and
30    of the child shall be  made  available,  without  charge,  to
31    every  adoption agency in the State to assist the agencies in
32    placing  such  children  for  adoption.  The  Department  may
33    delegate to an agent its duty to maintain and make  available
34    such  lists.   The  Department  shall  ensure that such agent
 
                            -153-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    maintains the confidentiality of the person seeking to  adopt
 2    the child and of the child.
 3        (s)  The  Department  of Children and Family Services may
 4    establish and implement a program to reimburse Department and
 5    private child welfare agency foster parents licensed  by  the
 6    Department  of  Children  and  Family  Services  for  damages
 7    sustained  by the foster parents as a result of the malicious
 8    or negligent acts of foster children, as  well  as  providing
 9    third  party  coverage for such foster parents with regard to
10    actions  of  foster  children  to  other  individuals.   Such
11    coverage will be secondary to  the  foster  parent  liability
12    insurance policy, if applicable.  The program shall be funded
13    through   appropriations   from  the  General  Revenue  Fund,
14    specifically designated for such purposes.
15        (t)  The  Department  shall  perform  home  studies   and
16    investigations and shall exercise supervision over visitation
17    as  ordered  by a court pursuant to the Illinois Marriage and
18    Dissolution of Marriage Act or the Adoption Act only if:
19             (1)  an  order  entered   by   an   Illinois   court
20        specifically  directs  the  Department  to  perform  such
21        services; and
22             (2)  the  court  has  ordered  one  or  both  of the
23        parties to the proceeding to reimburse the Department for
24        its reasonable  costs  for  providing  such  services  in
25        accordance  with Department rules, or has determined that
26        neither party is financially able to pay.
27        The Department shall provide written notification to  the
28    court  of the specific arrangements for supervised visitation
29    and projected monthly costs  within  60  days  of  the  court
30    order.  The  Department  shall  send to the court information
31    related to the costs incurred except in cases where the court
32    has determined the parties are financially unable to pay. The
33    court may order additional periodic reports as appropriate.
34        (u)  Whenever the Department places a child in a licensed
 
                            -154-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    foster home, group home, child  care  institution,  or  in  a
 2    relative home, the Department shall provide to the caretaker:
 3             (1)  available  detailed  information concerning the
 4        child's  educational  and  health  history,   copies   of
 5        immunization  records  (including  insurance  and medical
 6        card information), a  history  of  the  child's  previous
 7        placements,  if  any,  and  reasons for placement changes
 8        excluding any information that identifies or reveals  the
 9        location of any previous caretaker;
10             (2)  a  copy  of  the  child's portion of the client
11        service plan, including any visitation  arrangement,  and
12        all  amendments  or  revisions  to  it  as related to the
13        child; and
14             (3)  information containing details of  the  child's
15        individualized   educational   plan  when  the  child  is
16        receiving special education services.
17        The caretaker shall be informed of any  known  social  or
18    behavioral   information  (including,  but  not  limited  to,
19    criminal background, fire  setting,  perpetuation  of  sexual
20    abuse,  destructive  behavior, and substance abuse) necessary
21    to care for and safeguard the child.
22        (u-5)  Effective  July  1,   1995,   only   foster   care
23    placements  licensed  as  foster family homes pursuant to the
24    Child Care Act of 1969 shall be eligible  to  receive  foster
25    care  payments  from the Department. Relative caregivers who,
26    as of July  1,  1995,  were  approved  pursuant  to  approved
27    relative   placement  rules  previously  promulgated  by  the
28    Department at 89 Ill. Adm. Code  335  and  had  submitted  an
29    application  for  licensure  as  a  foster  family  home  may
30    continue  to  receive  foster  care  payments  only until the
31    Department determines that they may be licensed as  a  foster
32    family home or that their application for licensure is denied
33    or until September 30, 1995, whichever occurs first.
34        (v)  The  Department shall access criminal history record
 
                            -155-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    information as defined in  the  Illinois  Uniform  Conviction
 2    Information   Act   and   information   maintained   in   the
 3    adjudicatory  and  dispositional  record system as defined in
 4    subdivision (A)19 of Section 55a of the Civil  Administrative
 5    Code of Illinois if the Department determines the information
 6    is  necessary  to  perform  its  duties  under the Abused and
 7    Neglected Child Reporting Act, the Child Care  Act  of  1969,
 8    and  the  Children  and  Family Services Act.  The Department
 9    shall provide for interactive computerized communication  and
10    processing    equipment    that    permits   direct   on-line
11    communication with the Department of State  Police's  central
12    criminal  history  data  repository.   The  Department  shall
13    comply   with  all  certification  requirements  and  provide
14    certified operators who have been trained by  personnel  from
15    the  Department  of State Police.  In addition, one Office of
16    the Inspector General investigator shall have training in the
17    use of the criminal history  information  access  system  and
18    have  access to the terminal.  The Department of Children and
19    Family Services and its employees shall abide  by  rules  and
20    regulations  established  by  the  Department of State Police
21    relating to the access and dissemination of this information.
22        (w)  Within 120 days of August 20,  1995  (the  effective
23    date  of Public Act 89-392), the Department shall prepare and
24    submit to the Governor and the General  Assembly,  a  written
25    plan  for  the  development of in-state licensed secure child
26    care facilities that care for children who  are  in  need  of
27    secure  living  arrangements  for  their  health, safety, and
28    well-being.  For purposes of  this  subsection,  secure  care
29    facility  shall mean a facility that is designed and operated
30    to ensure that all entrances and exits from the  facility,  a
31    building  or  a  distinct part of the building, are under the
32    exclusive control of the staff of the  facility,  whether  or
33    not  the  child  has  the  freedom  of  movement  within  the
34    perimeter  of the facility, building, or distinct part of the
 
                            -156-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    building.  The plan shall include descriptions of  the  types
 2    of  facilities  that  are  needed  in  Illinois;  the cost of
 3    developing these secure care facilities; the estimated number
 4    of placements; the potential cost savings resulting from  the
 5    movement of children currently out-of-state who are projected
 6    to   be   returned  to  Illinois;  the  necessary  geographic
 7    distribution of these facilities in Illinois; and a  proposed
 8    timetable for development of such facilities.
 9    (Source: P.A.  89-21,  eff.  6-6-95;  89-392,  eff.  8-20-95;
10    89-507, eff. 7-1-97; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-11, eff. 1-1-98;
11    90-27,  eff. 1-1-98; 90-28, eff. 1-1-98; 90-362, eff. 1-1-98;
12    90-590, eff.  1-1-99;  90-608,  eff.  6-30-98;  90-655,  eff.
13    7-30-98; revised 12-23-98.)

14        (20 ILCS 505/9.8) (from Ch. 23, par. 5009.8)
15        Sec. 9.8.  Court Enforcement.  The Department shall refer
16    to  the  State's Attorney, Attorney General, or to the proper
17    legal representative of the unit  of  government  or  private
18    agency,   for   judicial   enforcement  as  herein  provided,
19    instances of failure to make parental payments as required by
20    law.  Action shall be brought in the circuit court to  obtain
21    parental  payments  and  the recovery of such payments may be
22    taken separately or they may be consolidated with actions  to
23    obtain  other  child support.  Such actions may be brought in
24    the name of the child receiving care and training, or may  be
25    brought  in  the  name of the Department or the unit of local
26    government, as the case requires, in behalf of such persons.
27        The court may enter orders for the payment of monies  for
28    the  care  and  training  of  the children as may be just and
29    equitable and may direct payment thereof for such  period  or
30    periods  of time as the circumstances require.  The order may
31    be entered against the parents  or  guardians  and  shall  be
32    based  upon  the  standard determined under Section 9.1 or an
33    amount determined by the court  to  reflect  the  ability  to
 
                            -157-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    contribute  to  the  care  and  training  of  their  children
 2    provided by the Department.
 3        When  an  order  is  entered for the parental payment for
 4    care and training of the child, and the  parent  or  guardian
 5    willfully  refuses to comply with its enforcement, the parent
 6    or guardian may be declared in contempt of court and punished
 7    therefor therefore.
 8    (Source: P.A. 83-1037; revised 10-31-98.)

 9        Section 17.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
10    amended by changing Sections 46.6a,  46.19e,  and  46.32a  as
11    follows:

12        (20 ILCS 605/46.6a) (from Ch. 127, par. 46.6a)
13        Sec.  46.6a.   (1) To establish a grant program for local
14    tourism and convention bureaus.  The Department will  develop
15    and  implement  a program for the use of funds, as authorized
16    under this Act, by local tourism and convention bureaus.  For
17    the purposes of this Act, bureaus eligible to  receive  funds
18    are defined as those bureaus in legal existence as of January
19    1,  1985,  which  are  either  a  unit of local government or
20    incorporated as a not-for-profit organization, are affiliated
21    with one or more municipality or county, and employ one  full
22    time  staff  person whose purpose is to promote tourism. Each
23    bureau receiving funds under this Act will  be  certified  by
24    the  Department  as the designated recipient to serve an area
25    of the State. These funds may not be used in support  of  the
26    Chicago World's Worlds Fair.
27        (2)  To distribute grants to local tourism and convention
28    bureaus  from appropriations made from the Local Tourism Fund
29    for that purpose. Of the amounts appropriated annually to the
30    Department for expenditure under this Section,  1/3  of  such
31    monies  shall  be  used  for grants to convention and tourism
32    bureaus in cities with a population greater than 500,000. The
 
                            -158-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    remaining 2/3 of the annual appropriation shall be  used  for
 2    grants  to  such  bureaus  in  the remainder of the State, in
 3    accordance with a formula based upon the  population  served.
 4    The   Department   may   reserve  up  to  10%  of  the  total
 5    appropriated  to  conduct  audits  of  grants,   to   provide
 6    incentive   funds   to   those  bureaus  which  will  conduct
 7    promotional activities designed to further  the  Department's
 8    statewide  advertising  campaign,  to  fund special statewide
 9    promotional activities, and to  fund  promotional  activities
10    which  support  an  increased  use  of  the  State's parks or
11    historic sites.
12    (Source: P.A. 90-26, eff. 7-1-97; revised 10-31-98.)

13        (20 ILCS 605/46.19e) (from Ch. 127, par. 46.19e)
14        Sec. 46.19e.  The Department  shall  have  the  following
15    duties and responsibilities in regard to this Act:
16        (a)  to  establish  or  cosponsor  mentoring conferences,
17    utilizing experienced manufacturing exporters, to explain and
18    provide information to prospective export  manufacturers  and
19    businesses  concerning  the  process  of  exporting  to  both
20    domestic and  international opportunities;
21        (b)  to   provide  technical  assistance  to  prospective
22    export manufacturers  and  businesses  seeking  to  establish
23    domestic and international export opportunities;
24        (c)  to  coordinate  with the Department's Small Business
25    Development Centers to link buyers  with  prospective  export
26    manufacturers and businesses;
27        (d)  to  promote,  both domestically and abroad, products
28    made in Illinois and advise consumers  and  buyers  of  their
29    high quality standards and craftsmanship;
30        (e)  to provide technical assistance toward establishment
31    of export trade corporations in the private sector;
32        (f)  to  develop  an  electronic  data  base  to  compile
33    information  on international trade and investment activities
 
                            -159-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    in  Illinois  companies,  provide  access  to  research   and
 2    business  opportunities  through  external  data  bases,  and
 3    connect  this  data  base through international communication
 4    systems with  appropriate  domestic  and  worldwide  networks
 5    users;
 6        (g)  to  collect  and  distribute  to  foreign commercial
 7    libraries  directories,  catalogs,   brochures,   and   other
 8    information  of value to foreign businesses considering doing
 9    business in this State;
10        (h)  to establish an export finance awareness program  to
11    provide  information  to  banking organizations about methods
12    used by banks to provide financing for businesses engaged  in
13    exporting  and  about  other  State  and  federal programs to
14    promote and expedite export financing; and
15        (i)  to undertake a survey  of  Illinois'  businesses  to
16    identify exportable products and the businesses interested in
17    exporting.
18    (Source: P.A. 85-975; revised 10-31-98.)

19        (20 ILCS 605/46.32a) (from Ch. 127, par. 46.32a)
20        Sec.   46.32a.   (a)   The   Department   shall   promote
21    labor-management  relations  and  provide  assistance  in the
22    development of local labor-management committees.
23        In the  Department  there  shall  be  a  Labor-Management
24    Cooperation Committee composed of 12 public members appointed
25    by  the  Governor  with the advice and consent of the Senate.
26    Six members shall represent  executive  level  management  of
27    businesses  that  employ  labor  union  members and 6 members
28    shall represent major labor union leadership.   The  Governor
29    shall   designate  1  business  representative  and  1  labor
30    representative as cochairmen. Appointed members shall not  be
31    represented  at a meeting by another person. There shall be 6
32    ex officio nonvoting members: the Director of the Department,
33    who shall serve as Secretary, the Director of the  Department
 
                            -160-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of Labor, the President of the Senate, the Minority Leader of
 2    the  Senate,  the Speaker of the House of Representatives and
 3    the Minority Leader of the House of Representatives.  Each ex
 4    officio member shall serve during the  term  of  his  or  her
 5    office.   Ex  officio  members  may  be  represented  by duly
 6    authorized substitutes.
 7        In making the initial public member appointments  to  the
 8    Committee,  3  of  the  business representatives and 3 of the
 9    labor union representatives  shall  be  appointed  for  terms
10    expiring July 1, 1987.  The remaining public members shall be
11    appointed for terms expiring July 1, 1988. Thereafter, public
12    members  of  the  Committee shall be appointed for terms of 2
13    years expiring on July  1,  or  until  their  successors  are
14    appointed  and qualified.  The Governor may at any time, with
15    the advice and consent of the Senate,  make  appointments  to
16    fill  vacancies for the balance of an unexpired term.  Public
17    members  shall  serve  without  compensation,  but  shall  be
18    reimbursed by the Department for necessary expenses  incurred
19    in  the  performance  of  their duties.  The Department shall
20    provide staff assistance to the Committee.
21        The Committee shall have the following duties:
22             (1)  to improve  communications  between  labor  and
23        management  on  significant  economic problems facing the
24        State;
25             (2)  to encourage and  support  the  development  of
26        local  labor-management committees at the plant, industry
27        and area levels across the State;
28             (3)  to assess the progress of area labor-management
29        committees that have been formed  across  the  State  and
30        provide   input   to   the  Director  of  the  Department
31        concerning  matching  grants  to  area   labor-management
32        committees  or  other  grant programs established in this
33        Act;
34             (4)  to   convene   a   Statewide   conference    on
 
                            -161-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        labor-management concerns at least once every 2 years;
 2             (5)  to  issue a report on labor-management concerns
 3        to the Governor and the General Assembly  every  2  years
 4        commencing  in  March of 1987.  This report shall outline
 5        the  accomplishments  of  the  Committee   and   specific
 6        recommendations  for improving Statewide labor-management
 7        relations.
 8        (b)  The   Director,   with    the    advice    of    the
 9    Labor-Management   Cooperation   Committee,  shall  have  the
10    authority  to  provide  matching  grants,  grants  and  other
11    resources  to  establish  or  assist  area   labor-management
12    committees   and   other  projects  which  serve  to  enhance
13    labor-management relations.   The Department shall  have  the
14    authority,   with   the   advice   of   the  Labor-Management
15    Cooperation Committee, to award grants or matching grants  in
16    four areas:
17             (1)  At least 60 percent of the annual appropriation
18        to  the Department, for providing labor-management grants
19        and resources shall be  awarded  as  matching  grants  to
20        existing   local   labor-management  committees.   To  be
21        eligible for matching grants pursuant to this subsection,
22        local labor-management committees shall:
23                  (i)  Be a formal,  not-for-profit  organization
24             structured  for  continuing  service  with voluntary
25             membership;
26                  (ii)  Be  composed  of  labor  and   management
27             representatives;
28                  (iii)  Service   a  distinct  and  identifiable
29             geographic region;
30                  (iv)  Be  staffed  by  a   professional   chief
31             executive officer;
32                  (v)  Have  been established with the Department
33             for at least two years;
34                  (vi)  Operate  in  compliance  with  rules  set
 
                            -162-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             forth by the  Department  with  the  advice  of  the
 2             Labor-Management Cooperation Committee; and
 3                  (vii)  Ensure  that  its efforts and activities
 4             are coordinated with  relevant  agencies,  including
 5             but not limited to the following:
 6                  Department of Commerce and Community Affairs
 7                  Illinois Department of Labor
 8                  Economic development agencies
 9                  Corridor councils
10                  Planning agencies
11                  Colleges, universities and community colleges
12                  U.S. Department of Labor
13                  Statewide Job Training Partnership Act entities
14             .
15             Further,  the  purpose of the local labor-management
16        committees will include, but not be limited to:
17                  (i)  Enhancing  the  positive  labor-management
18             relationship within  the  state,  region,  community
19             and/or work place;
20                  (ii)  Assisting in the retention, expansion and
21             attraction  of  businesses and jobs within the State
22             through special  training  programs,  gathering  and
23             dissemination    of    information   and   providing
24             assistance in local economic development efforts  as
25             appropriate;
26                  (iii)  Creating   and   maintaining  a  regular
27             nonadversarial forum for  ongoing  dialogue  between
28             labor  and management representatives to discuss and
29             resolve issues of mutual concern outside  the  realm
30             of the traditional collective bargaining process;
31                  (iv)  Acting  as an intermediary for initiating
32             local programs between unions  and  employers  which
33             would  generally  improve  economic  conditions in a
34             region;
 
                            -163-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (v)  Encouraging,  assisting  and  facilitating
 2             the   development   of   work-site   and    industry
 3             labor-management committees in the region.
 4             Any  local  labor-management committee meeting these
 5        criteria may apply to the Department for annual  matching
 6        grants,  provided  providing  that  the  local  committee
 7        contributes  at  least  25  percent in matching funds, of
 8        which  no  more  than  50  percent  shall  be   "in-kind"
 9        services.   Funds  received by a local committee pursuant
10        to  this  subsection  shall  be  used  for  the  ordinary
11        operating expenses of the local committee.
12             (2)  Up to 20 percent of the annual appropriation to
13        the Department for providing labor-management grants  and
14        resources  may  be  awarded  as  matching grants to local
15        labor-management committees which do not meet all of  the
16        eligibility   criteria   set  forth  in  subsection  (1).
17        However, to be eligible to apply for a grant  under  this
18        subsection,  the  local  labor-management committee, at a
19        minimum, shall:
20                  (i)  Be  composed  of  labor   and   management
21             representatives;
22                  (ii)  Service   a   distinct  and  identifiable
23             geographic region;
24                  (iii)  Operate in compliance with the rules set
25             forth by the  Department  with  the  advice  of  the
26             Labor-Management Cooperation Committee;
27                  (iv)  Ensure  that  its  efforts and activities
28             are directed toward enhancing  the  labor-management
29             relationship  within  the  State,  region, community
30             and/or work place.
31                  Any local  labor-management  committee  meeting
32        these  criteria may apply to the Department for an annual
33        matching  grant,  provided  providing  that   the   local
34        committee  contributes  at  least  25 percent in matching
 
                            -164-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        funds of which no more than 50 percent shall be "in-kind"
 2        services.  Funds received by a local  committee  pursuant
 3        to  paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of this Section shall
 4        be used for the ordinary and operating  expenses  of  the
 5        local committee.  Eligible committees shall be limited to
 6        three  years  of  funding  under  this  subsection.  With
 7        respect to those committees participating in this program
 8        prior to enactment of this amendatory Act of  1988  which
 9        fail  to qualify under paragraph (1) of subsection (b) of
10        this Section, previous years' funding shall be counted in
11        determining whether those committees have  reached  their
12        funding limit under this paragraph (2).
13             (3)  Up to 10 percent of the annual appropriation to
14        the  Department for providing labor-management grants and
15        resources may be awarded as grants to develop and conduct
16        specialized education and  training  programs  of  direct
17        benefit   to   representatives   of   labor,  management,
18        labor-management committees and/or their staff.  The type
19        of education and training programs to  be  developed  and
20        offered  will  be  determined and prioritized annually by
21        the Department, with the advice of  the  Labor-Management
22        Cooperation  Committee.   The Department will develop and
23        issue an annual request for proposals proposal  detailing
24        the program specifications.
25             (4)  Up to 10 percent of the annual appropriation to
26        the  Department for providing labor-management grants and
27        resources may be  awarded  as  grants  for  research  and
28        development projects related to labor-management issues.
29        The  Department,  with the advice of the Labor-Management
30        Cooperation  Committee,  will  develop   and   prioritize
31        annually   the   type  and  scope  of  the  research  and
32        development projects deemed necessary.
33             The   Department   is   authorized   to    establish
34        applications,  application  procedures and promulgate any
 
                            -165-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        rules deemed necessary  in  the  administration  of  such
 2        grants.
 3        (c)  To  administer  the  grant  programs created by this
 4    Act,  the   Department   shall   establish   an   Office   of
 5    Labor-Management  Cooperation.   The  purpose  of this office
 6    shall include, but not be limited to:
 7             (1)  To administer  the  grant  programs,  including
 8        developing grant applications and requests for proposals
 9        proposal, program monitoring and evaluation.
10             (2)  To  serve  as  State  liaison with other state,
11        regional and national organizations devoted to  promoting
12        labor-management   cooperation;  disseminating  pertinent
13        information secured through  these  state,  regional  and
14        national    affiliations    to   local   labor-management
15        committees, the  Labor-Management  Cooperation  Committee
16        and other interested parties throughout the State.
17             (3)  To   provide   technical  assistance  to  area,
18        industry  or  work-site  labor-management  committees  as
19        requested.
20             (4)  To serve as  a  clearinghouse  for  information
21        related to labor-management cooperation.
22             (5)  To  serve  as  a  catalyst  to  developing  and
23        strengthening  a partnership among local, state, regional
24        and  national  organizations  and  agencies  devoted   to
25        enhancing labor-management cooperation.
26             (6)  To provide any other programs or services which
27        enhance  labor-management cooperation within the State of
28        Illinois as determined by the Director with the advice of
29        the Labor-Management Cooperation Committee.
30    (Source: P.A. 88-456; revised 10-31-98.)

31        Section 18.  The Economic Development Area Tax  Increment
32    Allocation Act is amended by changing Section 9 as follows:
 
                            -166-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (20 ILCS 620/9) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 1009)
 2        Sec.  9. Powers of municipalities., In addition to powers
 3    which it may now have, any municipality has the  power  under
 4    this Act:
 5        (a)  To  make  and  enter into all contracts necessary or
 6    incidental  to  the  implementation  and  furtherance  of  an
 7    economic development plan.
 8        (b)  Within an  economic  development  project  area,  to
 9    acquire  by  purchase, donation, lease or eminent domain, and
10    to own, convey, lease, mortgage or dispose of land and  other
11    real or personal property or rights or interests therein; and
12    to  grant  or  acquire  licenses,  easements and options with
13    respect thereto, all in the manner  and  at  such  price  the
14    municipality  determines  is  reasonably necessary to achieve
15    the objectives  of  the  economic  development  project.   No
16    conveyance,  lease,  mortgage,  disposition  of land or other
17    property acquired by the municipality, or agreement  relating
18    to  the  development  of  property, shall be made or executed
19    except pursuant to prior official action of the municipality.
20    No conveyance, lease, mortgage or other disposition of  land,
21    and  no  agreement  relating  to the development of property,
22    shall be made without making public disclosure of  the  terms
23    and  disposition  of  all bids and proposals submitted to the
24    municipality in connection therewith.
25        (c)  To clear any area  within  an  economic  development
26    project  area  by  demolition  or  removal  of  any  existing
27    buildings,  structures,  fixtures, utilities or improvements,
28    and to clear and grade land.
29        (d)  To  install,  repair,  construct,   reconstruct   or
30    relocate  public  streets, public utilities, and other public
31    site improvements within or without an  economic  development
32    project  area  which  are  essential to the preparation of an
33    economic development project area for use in accordance  with
34    an economic development plan.
 
                            -167-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (e)  To  renovate,  rehabilitate,  reconstruct, relocate,
 2    repair or remodel any existing buildings,  improvements,  and
 3    fixtures within an economic development project area.
 4        (f)  To  construct public improvements, including but not
 5    limited  to,  buildings,  structures,  works,  utilities   or
 6    fixtures within any economic development project area.
 7        (g)  To issue obligations as in this Act provided.
 8        (h)  To  fix,  charge and collect fees, rents and charges
 9    for the use of any building,  facility  or  property  or  any
10    portion thereof owned or leased by the municipality within an
11    economic development project area.
12        (i)  To  accept grants, guarantees, donations of property
13    or labor, or any other thing of value for use  in  connection
14    with an economic development project.
15        (j)  To  pay  or  cause  to  be paid economic development
16    project costs. Any payments to be made by the municipality to
17    developers or  other  nongovernmental  persons  for  economic
18    development project costs incurred by such developer or other
19    nongovernmental  person  shall  be  made only pursuant to the
20    prior official  action  of  the  municipality  evidencing  an
21    intent  to  pay or cause to be paid such economic development
22    project costs. A municipality is not required to  obtain  any
23    right,  title or interest in any real or personal property in
24    order to pay economic development  project  costs  associated
25    with   such  property.  The  municipality  shall  adopt  such
26    accounting procedures as may be necessary to  determine  that
27    such economic development project costs are properly paid.
28        (k)  To  exercise  any  and all other powers necessary to
29    effectuate the purposes of this Act.
30        (l)  To create a commission of not less than  5  or  more
31    than  15 persons to be appointed by the mayor or president of
32    the municipality with the consent  of  the  majority  of  the
33    corporate  authorities  of  the  municipality.  Members  of a
34    commission shall be appointed for initial terms of 1,  2,  3,
 
                            -168-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    4,  and  5 years, respectively, in such numbers as to provide
 2    that the terms of not more than 1/3 of all such members shall
 3    expire in any one year. Their successors shall  be  appointed
 4    for a term of 5 years. The commission, subject to approval of
 5    the corporate authorities, may exercise the powers enumerated
 6    in  this Section. The commission shall also have the power to
 7    hold the public  hearings  required  by  this  Act  and  make
 8    recommendations  to  the corporate authorities concerning the
 9    approval of economic development plans, the establishment  of
10    economic  development  project areas, and the adoption of tax
11    increment  allocation  financing  for  economic   development
12    project areas.
13    (Source: P.A. 86-38; revised 10-31-98.)

14        Section  19.  The Illinois Enterprise Zone Act is amended
15    by changing Section 8 as follows:

16        (20 ILCS 655/8) (from Ch. 67 1/2, par. 612)
17        Sec. 8.  Zone Administration. The  administration  of  an
18    Enterprise  Zone  shall  be  under  the  jurisdiction  of the
19    designating  municipality   or   county.   Each   designating
20    municipality  or county shall, by ordinance, designate a Zone
21    Administrator   for   the   certified   zones   within    its
22    jurisdiction.  A  Zone  Administrator  must  be an officer or
23    employee  of   the   municipality   or   county.   The   Zone
24    Administrator  shall  be  the liaison between the designating
25    municipality or county, the Department,  and  any  designated
26    zone organizations within zones under his jurisdiction.
27        A designating municipality or county may designate one or
28    more organizations qualified under paragraph (d) of Section 3
29    to be designated zone organizations for purposes of this Act.
30    The  municipality  or  county,  may,  by  ordinance, delegate
31    functions within an Enterprise Zone to one or more designated
32    zone organizations in such zones.
 
                            -169-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Subject to  the  necessary  governmental  authorizations,
 2    designated  zone  organizations  may  provide  the  following
 3    services  or  perform the following functions in coordination
 4    with the municipality or county:
 5        (a)  Provide or contract for provision of public services
 6    including, but not limited to:
 7             (1)  establishment of  crime  watch  patrols  within
 8        zone neighborhoods;
 9             (2)  establishment of volunteer day care centers;
10             (3)  organization  of  recreational  activities  for
11        zone area youth;
12             (4)  garbage collection;
13             (5)  street maintenance and improvements;
14             (6)  bridge maintenance and improvements;
15             (7)  maintenance  and improvement of water and sewer
16        lines;
17             (8)  energy conservation projects;
18             (9)  health and clinic services;
19             (10)  drug abuse programs;
20             (11)  senior citizen assistance programs;
21             (12)  park maintenance;
22             (13)  rehabilitation, renovation, and operation  and
23        maintenance of low and moderate income housing; and
24             (14)  other  types of public services as provided by
25        law or regulation.;
26        (b)  Exercise authority for the enforcement of any  code,
27    permit, or licensing procedure within an Enterprise Zone.;
28        (c)  Provide  a  forum for business, labor and government
29    action on zone innovations.;
30        (d)  Apply for regulatory relief as provided in Section 8
31    of this Act.;
32        (e)  Receive title to publicly owned land.;
33        (f)  Perform such  other  functions  as  the  responsible
34    government  entity  may deem appropriate, including offerings
 
                            -170-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and contracts for insurance with businesses within the Zone.;
 2    
 3        (g)  Agree with local governments to provide such  public
 4    services  within  the zones by contracting with private firms
 5    and organizations, where feasible and prudent.
 6        (h)  Solicit and receive  contributions  to  improve  the
 7    quality of life in the Enterprise Zone.
 8    (Source: P.A. 82-1019; revised 10-31-98.)

 9        Section  20.   The  Illinois  Promotion Act is amended by
10    changing Section 4 as follows:

11        (20 ILCS 665/4) (from Ch. 127, par. 200-24)
12        Sec. 4. The Department shall have the following powers:
13        (a)  To formulate a program for the promotion of  tourism
14    and the film industry in the State of Illinois, including the
15    promotion  of  our  State  Parks,  fishing and hunting areas,
16    historical shrines, vacation regions and areas of historic or
17    scenic interest.;
18        (b)  To cooperate with civic groups and local, State  and
19    federal   departments   and   agencies,   and   agencies  and
20    departments  of  other  states  in  encouraging   educational
21    tourism and developing programs therefor.;
22        (c)  To  publish  tourist  promotional  material  such as
23    brochures and booklets.;
24        (d)  To promote  tourism  in  Illinois  by  articles  and
25    advertisements    in   magazines,   newspapers   and   travel
26    publications and by establishing promotional  exhibitions  at
27    fairs, travel shows, and similar exhibitions.;
28        (e)  To  establish  and  maintain travel offices at major
29    points of entry to the State.;
30        (f)  To   recommend   legislation   relating    to    the
31    encouragement of tourism in Illinois.;
32        (g) To assist municipalities or local promotion groups in
 
                            -171-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    developing  new tourist attractions including but not limited
 2    to   feasibility   studies   and   analyses,   research   and
 3    development, and management and marketing planning  for  such
 4    new tourist attractions.
 5        (h)  To  do  such other acts as shall, in the judgment of
 6    the Department, be necessary  and  proper  in  fostering  and
 7    promoting tourism in the State of Illinois.
 8        (i)  To   implement  a  program  of  matching  grants  to
 9    counties, municipalities or local promotion groups and  loans
10    to  for-profit  businesses for the development or improvement
11    of tourism  attractions  in  Illinois  under  the  terms  and
12    conditions provided in this Act.
13        (j)  To   expend   funds   from   the  International  and
14    Promotional Fund, subject to appropriation, on  any  activity
15    authorized under this Act.
16    (Source: P.A. 90-26, eff. 7-1-97; revised 10-31-98.)

17        Section  21.   The Technology Advancement and Development
18    Act is amended by changing Section 2003 as follows:

19        (20 ILCS 700/2003) (from Ch. 127, par. 3702-3)
20        Sec. 2003.  Grant evaluation and amounts.
21        (a)  The Department  shall  evaluate  grant  applications
22    based   upon  criteria  provided  under  this  Section.   The
23    Department shall not award any Challenge Grant  that  is  not
24    recommended  for  funding  by the Illinois Governor's Science
25    and  Technology  Advisory  Committee  or  associated  private
26    sector coalition.   In  determining  which  grant  applicants
27    shall  be  awarded  a  Challenge  Grant, the Department shall
28    conduct an evaluation of prior compliance with loan or  grant
29    agreements  for  any grant applicant previously funded by the
30    Department.  In addition, the Department shall  consider  the
31    following   criteria   in   determining  grant  awards:   the
32    relationship of a proposed advanced technology project to the
 
                            -172-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    State's  future  economic  growth;  the  qualifications   and
 2    expertise  of consultants, firms or organizations undertaking
 3    the effort; the potential for leveraging federal  or  private
 4    research  dollars, or both, for the initiative; the extent of
 5    the capacity of the applicant or the applicant partnership or
 6    consortium to  finance  the  initiative;  the  potential  for
 7    adapting,  commercializing  or  adopting  the  results of the
 8    applicant's project for the economic benefit  of  the  State;
 9    and  the  likelihood  that  the  project  has a potential for
10    creating new jobs or retaining current jobs in the State.
11        (b)  The Director of the Department shall  determine  the
12    level  of  the  grant  award and shall determine the share of
13    total directly attributable costs of an  advanced  technology
14    project  which  may  be  considered  for  funding  under this
15    Article.
16        (c)  The  Department  and  the  Department   of   Natural
17    Resources are hereby authorized to cooperate with and provide
18    support  to  the  Illinois  Governor's Science and Technology
19    Advisory  Committee  and  its   associated   private   sector
20    coalition.   Such support may include the provision of office
21    space and  may  be  technical,  advisory  or  operational  in
22    nature.
23    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 12-2-98.)

24        Section  22.   The Department of Natural Resources Act is
25    amended by changing Section 1-15 as follows:

26        (20 ILCS 801/1-15)
27        Sec. 1-15. General powers and duties.
28        (a)  It  shall  be  the  duty  of   the   Department   to
29    investigate  practical  problems,  implement studies, conduct
30    research  and  provide  assistance,  information   and   data
31    relating  to the technology and administration of the natural
32    history, entomology, zoology, and botany of this  State;  the
 
                            -173-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    geology  and  natural  resources of this State; the water and
 2    atmospheric resources of this State;  and  the  archeological
 3    and cultural history of this State.
 4        (b)  The  Department  shall  obtain,  store,  and process
 5    relevant data; recommend technological,  administrative,  and
 6    legislative  changes  and  developments; cooperate with other
 7    federal, state, and  local  governmental  research  agencies,
 8    facilities,  or  institutes  in the selection of projects for
 9    study; cooperate with the Board of Higher Education and  with
10    the  public  and  private  colleges  and universities in this
11    State in developing relevant interdisciplinary approaches  to
12    problems;  evaluate  curricula at all levels of education and
13    provide assistance to  instructors;  and  sponsor  an  annual
14    conference  of  leaders  in government, industry, health, and
15    education to evaluate the state of this  State's  environment
16    and natural resources.
17        (c)  The Director, in accordance with the Personnel Code,
18    shall  employ  such  personnel,  provide such facilities, and
19    contract for such outside services as  may  be  necessary  to
20    carry  out the purposes of the Department.  Maximum use shall
21    be made of existing federal and state  agencies,  facilities,
22    and personnel in conducting research under this Act.
23        (d)  In  addition to its other powers, the Department has
24    the following powers:
25             (1)  To obtain, store, process, and provide data and
26        information related to  the  powers  and  duties  of  the
27        Department  under this Act.  This subdivision (d)(1) does
28        not give authority to the Department to  require  reports
29        from nongovernmental sources or entities.
30             (2)  To  cooperate  with  and  support  the Illinois
31        Governor's Science and Technology Advisory Committee  and
32        the  Illinois  Coalition  for the purpose of facilitating
33        the effective operations and activities of such entities.
34        Support  may  include,  but  need  not  be  limited   to,
 
                            -174-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        providing  space  for the operations of the Committee and
 2        the Illinois Coalition.
 3        (e)  The Department is authorized to make grants to local
 4    not-for-profit organizations for the purposes of development,
 5    maintenance and study of wetland areas.
 6        (f)  The Department has the authority to accept,  receive
 7    and  administer  on  behalf of the State any gifts, bequests,
 8    donations, income from property rental and  endowments.   Any
 9    such funds received by the Department shall be deposited into
10    the  Natural  Resources  Fund, a special fund which is hereby
11    created in the State treasury, and used for the  purposes  of
12    this  Act  or,  when appropriate, for such purposes and under
13    such restrictions, terms and conditions as are  predetermined
14    by  the  donor  or  grantor  of  such funds or property.  Any
15    accrued  interest  from  money  deposited  into  the  Natural
16    Resources Fund shall be reinvested into the Fund and used  in
17    the same manner as the principal. The Director shall maintain
18    records which account for and assure that restricted funds or
19    property  are disbursed or used pursuant to the restrictions,
20    terms or conditions of the donor.
21    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 12-2-98.)

22        Section 23.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
23    amended by changing Section 44a as follows:

24        (20 ILCS 1005/44a) (from Ch. 127, par. 44a)
25        Sec. 44a. The  Board  of  Review  in  the  Department  of
26    Employment  Security shall exercise all powers and be subject
27    to all duties conferred or imposed upon  said  Board  by  the
28    provisions  of  the  Unemployment Insurance Compensation Act,
29    enacted  by  the  Sixtieth  General  Assembly,  and  by   all
30    amendments thereto or modifications thereof, in its own name,
31    and  without  any  direction,  supervision, or control by the
32    Director of Employment Security.
 
                            -175-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 83-1503; revised 10-31-98.)

 2        Section 24.  The Illinois  Coal  and  Energy  Development
 3    Bond Act is amended by changing Section 8 as follows:

 4        (20 ILCS 1110/8) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 4108)
 5        Sec.  8.  Sale  of  bonds.  The bonds shall be issued and
 6    sold from time to time in such amounts  as  directed  by  the
 7    Governor,  upon  recommendation by the Director of the Bureau
 8    of the Budget.  The  bonds  shall  be  serial  bonds  in  the
 9    denomination  of  $5,000  or  some multiple thereof, shall be
10    payable within 30 years from their date, shall bear  interest
11    payable  annually or semiannually from their date at the rate
12    of not more than 15% per annum, or such higher  maximum  rate
13    as   may  be  authorized  by  "An  Act  to  authorize  public
14    corporations to issue bonds, other evidences of  indebtedness
15    and  tax  anticipation  warrants  subject  to  interest  rate
16    limitations  set  forth  therein",  approved May 26, 1970, as
17    amended, shall be dated, and shall be in  such  form  as  the
18    Director  of the Bureau of the Budget shall fix and determine
19    in the order authorizing the issuance and sale of the  bonds,
20    which  order  shall  be approved by the Governor prior to the
21    giving of notice of the sale of  any  of  the  bonds.   These
22    bonds  shall  be payable as to both principal and interest at
23    such  place  or  places,  within  or  without  the  State  of
24    Illinois, and may be made registrable as to either  principal
25    or  as  to both principal and interest, as shall be fixed and
26    determined by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget in the
27    order authorizing the issuance and sale of  such  bonds.  The
28    bonds may be callable as fixed and determined by the Director
29    of  the  Bureau  of  the  Budget in the order authorizing the
30    issuance and sale of the bonds; provided, however,  that  the
31    State  shall  not  pay  a  premium  of  more  than  3% of the
32    principal of any bonds so called.
 
                            -176-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 82-974; revised 10-31-98.)

 2        Section 25.   The  Hazardous  Waste  Technology  Exchange
 3    Service Act is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:

 4        (20 ILCS 1130/5) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 6805)
 5        Sec. 5. Duties of Center; Industrial Advisory Committee.
 6        (a)  The Waste Management and Research Center shall:
 7             (1)  Conduct  educational  programs  to  further the
 8        exchange of  information  to  reduce  the  generation  of
 9        hazardous wastes or to treat or dispose of such wastes so
10        as to make them nonhazardous.
11             (2)  Provide  a  technical  information  service for
12        industries involved  in  the  generation,  treatment,  or
13        disposal of hazardous wastes.
14             (3)  Disseminate  information  regarding advances in
15        hazardous waste management technology  which  could  both
16        protect    the   environment   and   further   industrial
17        productivity.
18             (4)  Provide research in areas related to  reduction
19        of   the   generation  of  hazardous  wastes;  treatment,
20        recycling and reuse; and other issues which the Board may
21        suggest.
22             (5)  Provide other services as deemed  necessary  or
23        desirable by the Board.
24             (6)  Submit   a   biennial  report  to  the  General
25        Assembly on Center activities.
26        (b)  The Director of the Department shall be  responsible
27    for the administration of the Center.
28        (c)  The  Department  shall have the authority to accept,
29    receive and administer on behalf of the  Center  any  grants,
30    gifts or other funds made available for purposes of this Act.
31        (d)  The  Board  shall  (1) provide policy guidelines and
32    goals for the Center; (2) approve the  Center's  budget;  (3)
 
                            -177-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    approve  any  reports; and (4) otherwise direct the Center in
 2    accordance with its statutory powers and duties contained  in
 3    Section 15-10 of the Department of Natural Resources Act 6 of
 4    "An  Act  in  relation  to  natural resources, research, data
 5    collection and  environmental  studies",  approved  July  14,
 6    1978, as amended.
 7        (e)  The  Director  shall  appoint an Industrial Advisory
 8    Committee which  shall  be  composed  of  representatives  of
 9    industries which are involved in the generation, treatment or
10    disposal   of   hazardous   waste,   or   representatives  of
11    organizations of such industries.  To  the  extent  possible,
12    the  Director  shall  choose  members  representing large and
13    small industries from all geographical areas  of  the  State.
14    Members of the Industrial Advisory Committee shall receive no
15    compensation  but  may  be reimbursed for reasonable expenses
16    incurred in carrying out their duties.
17        The  Industrial  Advisory  Committee  shall  advise   the
18    Department  on programs, services and activities necessary to
19    assist large and small businesses in  economically  reducing,
20    through source reduction, treatment and recycling, the amount
21    and  toxicity  of  hazardous waste to be disposed of on or in
22    the land.
23    (Source: P.A. 90-490, eff. 8-17-97; revised 2-24-98.)

24        Section 26.  The Financial Institutions Code  is  amended
25    by changing Section 17 as follows:

26        (20 ILCS 1205/17) (from Ch. 17, par. 118)
27        Sec.  17.  Neither  the Director, nor any supervisor, nor
28    any  examiner  shall  be  an  officer,  director,  owner,  or
29    shareholder of, or a partner  in,  or  have  any  proprietary
30    interest,  direct  or indirect, in any financial institution;
31    provided, however, that  ownership  of  withdrawable  capital
32    accounts or shares in credit unions shall not be deemed to be
 
                            -178-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    prevented  hereby.  If  the  Director  or  any supervisor, or
 2    examiner, shall be a shareholder, or partner in or  an  owner
 3    of  or  have  any  interest,  direct or indirect, in any such
 4    financial institution at the  time  of  his  appointment,  he
 5    shall  dispose  of  his shares of stock or other evidences of
 6    ownership or property within 120 days from the  date  of  his
 7    appointment.  It is unlawful for the Director, any supervisor
 8    or examiner to obtain any loan or gratuity from  a  financial
 9    institution  subject to the jurisdiction of the Department as
10    herein provided. If any  other  employee  of  the  Department
11    borrows  from  or  becomes indebted in an aggregate amount of
12    $2,500 or more to any financial institution  subject  to  the
13    jurisdiction  of  the  Department,  he  shall  make a written
14    report to the Director stating the date and  amount  of  such
15    loan  or indebtedness, the security therefor, if any, and the
16    purpose or purposes for which proceeds have been or are to be
17    used.
18    (Source: Laws 1965, p. 2122; revised 10-31-98.)

19        Section 27.  The  Illinois  Lottery  Law  is  amended  by
20    changing Sections 21 and 24 as follows:

21        (20 ILCS 1605/21) (from Ch. 120, par. 1171)
22        Sec.  21.  All lottery sales agents or distributors shall
23    be liable to the Lottery for any and all tickets accepted  or
24    generated  by any employee or representative of that agent or
25    distributor, and such tickets shall be deemed  to  have  been
26    purchased  by the agent or distributor unless returned to the
27    Lottery within the time and in the manner  prescribed by  the
28    Director.  All moneys received by such agents or distributors
29    from the sale of lottery tickets or shares, less  the  amount
30    retained  as  compensation  for  the  sale  of the tickets or
31    shares and the amount paid out as prizes, shall be paid  over
32    to a lottery representative or deposited in a bank or savings
 
                            -179-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and  loan  association  approved  by  the State Treasurer, as
 2    prescribed by the Director.
 3        No bank or savings and  loan  association  shall  receive
 4    public  funds  as  permitted  by  this Section, unless it has
 5    complied  with  the  requirements  established  pursuant   to
 6    Section 6 of the Public Funds Investment Act "An Act relating
 7    to  certain  investments of public funds by public agencies",
 8    approved July 23, 1943, as now or hereafter amended.
 9        Each payment or deposit shall be accompanied by a  report
10    of  the  agent's  receipts  and  transactions  in the sale of
11    lottery tickets in such form and containing such  information
12    as  the  Director  may  require.  Any  discrepancies  in such
13    receipts and transactions may be resolved as provided by  the
14    rules and regulations of the Department.
15        If  any  money  due  the  Lottery  by  a  sales  agent or
16    distributor is not  paid  when  due  or  demanded,  it  shall
17    immediately  become  delinquent and be billed on a subsequent
18    monthly statement. If on the closing  date  for  any  monthly
19    statement  a delinquent amount previously billed of more than
20    $50 remains unpaid, interest in such amount shall be  accrued
21    at the rate of 2% per month or fraction thereof from the date
22    when  such  delinquent  amount  becomes  past  due until such
23    delinquent amount,  including  interest,  penalty  and  other
24    costs and charges that the Department may incur in collecting
25    such amounts, is paid. In case any agent or distributor fails
26    to  pay  any  moneys  due  the Lottery within 30 days after a
27    second  bill  or  statement  is  rendered  to  the  agent  or
28    distributor, such amount shall be deemed seriously delinquent
29    and may be referred by the Department to a collection  agency
30    or  credit  bureau for collection.  Any contract entered into
31    by the Department for the collection of seriously  delinquent
32    accounts  with  a  collection  agency or credit bureau may be
33    satisfied by a  commercially  reasonable  percentage  of  the
34    delinquent account recouped, which shall be negotiated by the
 
                            -180-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Department   in   accordance   with   commercially   accepted
 2    standards.   Any  costs  incurred by the Department or others
 3    authorized  to  act  in  its  behalf   in   collecting   such
 4    delinquencies   may   be   assessed   against  the  agent  or
 5    distributor and included as a part of the delinquent account.
 6        In case of failure of an agent or distributor  to  pay  a
 7    seriously   delinquent   amount,   or  any  portion  thereof,
 8    including interest, penalty and  costs,  the  Department  may
 9    issue  a  Notice of Assessment.  In determining amounts shown
10    on the Notice of Assessment, the Department shall utilize the
11    financial  information  available  from  its  records.   Such
12    Notice of Assessment shall be prima facie correct  and  shall
13    be  prima  facie  evidence  of delinquent sums due under this
14    Section at any hearing  before  the  Board,  or  its  Hearing
15    Officers,  or  at  any  other  legal  proceeding.  Reproduced
16    copies of the Department's records relating to  a  delinquent
17    account  or a Notice of Assessment offered in the name of the
18    Department, under the Certificate  of  the  Director  or  any
19    officer  or  employee of the Department designated in writing
20    by the Director shall, without  further  proof,  be  admitted
21    into evidence in any such hearing or any legal proceeding and
22    shall  be  prima  facie  proof  of the delinquency, including
23    principal and any interest, penalties  and  costs,  as  shown
24    thereon. The Attorney General may bring suit on behalf of the
25    Department  to  collect  all  such delinquent amounts, or any
26    portion thereof, including interest, penalty and  costs,  due
27    the Lottery.
28        Any   person  who  accepts  money  that  is  due  to  the
29    Department from the sale of lottery tickets under  this  Act,
30    but   who  wilfully  fails  to  remit  such  payment  to  the
31    Department when due or who purports to make such payment  but
32    wilfully fails to do so because his check or other remittance
33    fails  to  clear  the  bank  or  savings and loan association
34    associations against which it is drawn, in  addition  to  the
 
                            -181-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    amount  due  and in addition to any other penalty provided by
 2    law, shall be assessed, and shall pay, a penalty equal to  5%
 3    of  the  deficiency plus any costs or charges incurred by the
 4    Department in collecting such amount.
 5        The  Director  may  make  such   arrangements   for   any
 6    person(s),   banks,   savings   and   loan   associations  or
 7    distributors,  to  perform  such  functions,  activities   or
 8    services  in  connection with the operation of the lottery as
 9    he  deems  advisable  pursuant  to  this  Act,   "the   State
10    Comptroller  Act",  approved  September  7,  1972,  as now or
11    hereafter amended,  or  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
12    Department,  and such functions, activities or services shall
13    constitute lawful functions, activities and services of  such
14    person(s),   banks,   savings   and   loan   associations  or
15    distributors.
16        All income arising out of any activity or purpose of  the
17    Department  shall,  pursuant  to  the  "An Act in relation to
18    State Finance Act", approved June 10, 1919,  as  amended,  be
19    paid  into the State Treasury except as otherwise provided by
20    the rules and regulations of  the  Department  and  shall  be
21    covered  into a special fund to be known as the State Lottery
22    Fund.  Banks  and  savings  and  loan  associations  may   be
23    compensated for services rendered based upon the activity and
24    amount of funds on deposit.
25    (Source: P.A. 88-522; revised 10-31-98.)

26        (20 ILCS 1605/24) (from Ch. 120, par. 1174)
27        Sec.  24.  The State Comptroller shall conduct a preaudit
28    of all accounts and transactions of the Department under  the
29    State  Comptroller  Act,  excluding  payments  issued  by the
30    Department for prizes of $25,000 or less.
31        The Auditor General Auditor-General or a certified public
32    accountant firm appointed by  him  shall  conduct  an  annual
33    post-audit of all accounts and transactions of the Department
 
                            -182-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and   other  special  post  audits  as  the  Auditor  General
 2    Auditor-General, the Legislative  Audit  Commission,  or  the
 3    General Assembly deems deem necessary. The annual post-audits
 4    shall include payments made by lottery sales agents of prizes
 5    of  less  than $600 authorized under Section 20, and payments
 6    made by the Department of prizes  up  to  $25,000  authorized
 7    under  Section  20.1.  The Auditor General Auditor-General or
 8    his agent conducting an  audit  under  this  Act  shall  have
 9    access  and  authority  to examine any and all records of the
10    Department or the Board,  its  distributing  agents  and  its
11    licensees.
12    (Source: P.A.   87-1197;   88-676,   eff.  12-14-94;  revised
13    10-31-98.)

14        Section  28.   The  Mental   Health   and   Developmental
15    Disabilities   Administrative  Act  is  amended  by  changing
16    Sections 4, 18.1, and 22 as follows:

17        (20 ILCS 1705/4) (from Ch. 91 1/2, par. 100-4)
18        Sec.  4.   To  exercise  executive   and   administrative
19    supervision  over  all  facilities,  divisions,  programs and
20    services now existing or hereafter acquired or created  under
21    the  jurisdiction  of  the  Department,  including,  but  not
22    limited to, the following:
23        The Alton Mental Health Center, at Alton
24        The  Clyde  L.  Choate  Mental  Health  and Developmental
25    Center, at Anna
26        The Chester Mental Health Center, at Chester
27        The Chicago-Read Mental Health Center, at Chicago
28        The Elgin Mental Health Center, at Elgin
29        The Metropolitan  Children  and  Adolescents  Center,  at
30    Chicago
31        The Jacksonville Developmental Center, at Jacksonville
32        The  Governor  Samuel H. Shapiro Developmental Center, at
 
                            -183-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Kankakee
 2        The Tinley Park Mental Health Center, at Tinley Park
 3        The Warren G.  Murray Developmental Center, at Centralia
 4        The Jack Mabley Developmental Center, at Dixon
 5        The Lincoln Developmental Center, at Lincoln
 6        The H. Douglas Singer  Mental  Health  and  Developmental
 7    Center, at Rockford
 8        The John J. Madden Mental Health Center, at Chicago
 9        The George A. Zeller Mental Health Center, at Peoria
10        The Andrew McFarland Mental Health Center, at Springfield
11        The Adolf Meyer Mental Health Center, at Decatur
12        The William W. Fox Developmental Center, at Dwight
13        The  Elisabeth  Ludeman  Developmental  Center,  at  Park
14    Forest
15        The William A. Howe Developmental Center, at Tinley Park
16        The Ann M. Kiley Developmental Center, at Waukegan.
17        Beginning  not  later  than  July 1, 1977, the Department
18    shall cause each of the  facilities  under  its  jurisdiction
19    which provide in-patient care to comply with standards, rules
20    and regulations of the Department of Public Health prescribed
21    under  Section 6.05 of the "Hospital Licensing Act", approved
22    July 1, 1953, as amended.
23    (Source: P.A. 87-447; 89-439, eff. 6-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

24        (20 ILCS 1705/18.1) (from Ch. 91 1/2, par. 100-18.1)
25        Sec. 18.1.  Community  Mental  Health  and  Developmental
26    Disabilities Services Provider Participation Fee Trust Fund.
27        (a)  Deposits  by  State  Treasurer.  The State Treasurer
28    shall deposit moneys received by him as ex-officio  custodian
29    of the Community Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities
30    Services  Provider  Participation  Fee Trust Fund in banks or
31    savings and loan associations that have been approved by  him
32    as  State  Depositaries under the Deposit of State Moneys Act
33    and with respect to such money shall be entitled to the  same
 
                            -184-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    rights  and  privileges  as  are  provided  by  that Act with
 2    respect to moneys in the treasury of the State of Illinois.
 3        Any funds paid by providers in accordance with subsection
 4    (c) shall be deposited into the Community Mental  Health  and
 5    Developmental  Disabilities  Services  Provider Participation
 6    Fee Trust Fund.
 7        Any funds paid by the federal government under Title  XIX
 8    of  the  Social  Security  Act  to  the State of Illinois for
 9    services  delivered  by  mental   health   or   developmental
10    disabilities  services community providers shall be deposited
11    into  the   Community   Mental   Health   and   Developmental
12    Disabilities  Services  Provider Participation Fee Trust Fund
13    if:
14             (1)  the  non-federal  share  is   derived   through
15        payment   of   fees   by  providers  in  accordance  with
16        subsection (c); or
17             (2)  the non-federal share  is  derived  from  local
18        government  funds certification without regard to payment
19        of a fee by a provider.
20        (b)  Definitions.  As used in this Section:
21        "Fee" means a provider participation fee required  to  be
22    submitted  by each applicable provider to the State according
23    to the process described  in  subsection  (c).  This  fee  is
24    imposed pursuant to the authority granted by Sections 1 and 2
25    of Article IX of the Illinois Constitution of 1970.
26        "Fee  year"  means  the  fiscal year beginning July 1 and
27    ending June 30 for which the fee amount applies.
28        "Fund"   means   the   Community   Mental   Health    and
29    Developmental  Disabilities  Services  Provider Participation
30    Fee Trust Fund in the State Treasury which is hereby created.
31    Interest earned by the Fund shall be credited to the Fund.
32        "Local government funds certification" means the  process
33    by which a unit of local government certifies the expenditure
34    of  local  government  funds  for the purchase of a community
 
                            -185-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    mental health or developmental disabilities service for which
 2    federal funds are available to the State on a matching  basis
 3    through Title XIX of the Social Security Act.
 4        "Medicaid reimbursed service" means a service provided by
 5    a  provider  under  an agreement with the Department which is
 6    eligible for reimbursement from the federal Medicaid  program
 7    and which is subject to the fee process.
 8        "Provider"  means  a  community agency which is funded by
 9    the Department to provide a Medicaid-reimbursed service.
10        (c)  Payment of fees due.  Each year the Department shall
11    calculate a fee which must be paid by the provider.
12             (1)  Calculation   of   projected   payments.    The
13        Department  shall determine the amount of the total gross
14        payment projected to be made  by  the  Department  during
15        that  fiscal  year  to the provider for covered services.
16        The projected payment shall take into  consideration  the
17        unit  rates  for  services,  the  prior  year's  units of
18        service billed by the provider,  and  any  factors  which
19        will influence a change in the number of units of service
20        to be billed during the fee year.
21                  (A)  Differential   payment   schedule.   If  a
22             provider's projected total gross payment for the fee
23             year exceeds by more than 20% the actual total gross
24             payment for the year prior  to  the  fee  year,  the
25             Department  shall  establish  a fee payment schedule
26             for that  provider  which  reflects  the  increasing
27             payments  projected  for  the fee year. This special
28             payment schedule shall require lesser  fee  payments
29             during  the  first quarter with gradually increasing
30             fee payments according to the  projected  growth  in
31             Medicaid receipts.
32                  (B)  Adjustment  of inaccurate projections.  If
33             a provider's projected total gross payment  for  the
34             fee  exceeds by more than 20% the actual total gross
 
                            -186-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             payment for the year prior  to  the  fee  year,  the
 2             Department  shall  monitor  the  actual  total gross
 3             payments on a quarterly  basis  throughout  the  fee
 4             year.   If,  at  the  end  of  any  quarter,  actual
 5             payments  for  the  fee  year to date differ by more
 6             than 10% from  projected  payments,  the  Department
 7             shall  issue  a  revised fee amount to the provider.
 8             If the actual payments exceed those  projected,  the
 9             provider  must  submit  the  appropriate revised fee
10             amount within 30 days of  the  date  the  Department
11             sends  the  notification  of the revised amount.  If
12             the actual  amounts  are  less  than  the  projected
13             amounts,  the Department must return to the provider
14             the appropriate share  of  overpaid  fees,  if  any,
15             within   30   days   of  the  determination  of  the
16             discrepancy.
17             (2)  Multiplier.  The Department shall multiply  the
18        projected  total  gross  payment by an amount of not more
19        than 15% to determine the fee amount.
20             (3)  Notification. The Department shall notify  each
21        provider  in  writing  of  the  amount of the fee and the
22        required procedure for submitting the required payment.
23             (4)  Provider submission of  fee.   Each  applicable
24        provider must submit the specified fee in equal quarterly
25        amounts  due  on the first business date of each calendar
26        quarter.
27             (5) (A)  Any provider that fails to pay the fee when
28             due, or pays less than the full amount due, shall be
29             required to pay a penalty of 10% of the  delinquency
30             or  deficiency  for  each  month,  or  any  fraction
31             thereof,   computed   on  the  full  amount  of  the
32             delinquency or deficiency, from the time the fee was
33             due.
34                  (B)  In addition, the Illinois  Department  may
 
                            -187-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             take  action to notify the Office of the Comptroller
 2             to collect any amount  of  monies  owed  under  this
 3             Section,  pursuant  to  Section  10.05  of the State
 4             Comptroller Act, or  may  suspend  payments  to,  or
 5             cancel  or  refuse  to issue, extend, or reinstate a
 6             Provider Contract  or  Agreement  to,  any  provider
 7             which  has  failed  to  pay  any  delinquent  fee or
 8             penalty.
 9             (6)  Local government funds certification.  If local
10        government funds are used as a source of a portion or the
11        entire fee amount, the provider may certify  the  planned
12        spending  of these local funds for the specified services
13        in lieu  of  actual  cash  payment  to  the  Fund.   This
14        certification  must  be  accompanied  by a statement from
15        each local government funder stating the intent  of  that
16        funder  to  contribute  the applicable portion of the fee
17        amount.  If  this  certification  process  is  used,  the
18        provider must also submit to the Department by October 31
19        of  the  year  following  the  fee  year  an annual audit
20        statement  from  a  certified  public   accountant   firm
21        demonstrating  that the local government funds were spent
22        for  the  intended  service  in  the   amounts   required
23        according  to  the fee amount.  If these local government
24        funds  were  not  spent  for  the  Medicaid  service   as
25        required,  the  provider must pay to the State the amount
26        of the fee which was not spent, plus a fine of 25% of the
27        amount of the fee  not  properly  covered  by  the  local
28        government  funds  certification  process.   This payment
29        must be submitted to the State Treasury by October 31  of
30        the year following the fee year.
31        (d)  Use of the Fund.
32             (1)  Revenue.   The  Fund  may receive deposits from
33        the federal government in accordance with subsection  (a)
34        and from provider fees in accordance with subsection (c).
 
                            -188-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (2)  Protection  from  reduction.  The moneys in the
 2        Fund shall be exempt  from  any  State  budget  reduction
 3        Acts.   The  Fund  shall not be used to replace any funds
 4        otherwise appropriated to the  Medicaid  program  by  the
 5        General Assembly.
 6             (3)  Administration;  Contingency  reserve.   Moneys
 7        paid  from  the  Fund  shall be used first for payment of
 8        administrative expenses incurred  by  the  Department  in
 9        performing  the  activities  authorized  by this Section,
10        including payments of any amounts which are  reimbursable
11        to  the  federal  government  for payments from this Fund
12        which  are  required  to  be  paid  by   State   warrant.
13        Disbursements  from  this Fund shall be by warrants drawn
14        by the State Comptroller upon receipt  of  vouchers  duly
15        executed and certified by the Department.  The Department
16        may  also establish a contingency reserve of no more than
17        3% of the total moneys collected in any one year.
18             (4)  (Blank).    After    paying    the    necessary
19        administrative  expenses and providing for a contingency,
20        the Department shall spend the remaining  moneys  in  the
21        Fund   to  reimburse  providers  for  providing  Medicaid
22        services.
23                  (A)  In the aggregate, providers  are  entitled
24             to  a  return of the entire amount required plus the
25             federal   matching   portion   less   administrative
26             expenses  and  less  the  allowed   3%   contingency
27             reserve,  based on fees paid before October 1, 1992.
28             No provider will receive back less than  the  amount
29             required  as  a fee, for fees paid before October 1,
30             1992.
31                  (B)  The Department shall maintain records that
32             show the amount of money that has been paid by  each
33             provider  into the Fund and the amount of money that
34             has been paid from the Fund to each provider.
 
                            -189-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (5)  Audit.  The Department shall conduct an  annual
 2        audit of the Fund to determine that amounts received from
 3        or  paid  to  providers were correct.  If a unit of local
 4        government certified non-federal funds, the provider must
 5        submit to the Department within 120 days after the end of
 6        the  fiscal  year  an  annual  audit  statement  from   a
 7        certified  public  accountant firm demonstrating that the
 8        local  government  funds  were  spent  for  the  intended
 9        service in the amounts required. If an  audit  identifies
10        amounts  that a provider should have been required to pay
11        and did not pay, a provider should not have been required
12        to pay but did pay, a provider should not  have  received
13        but  did  receive, or a provider should have received but
14        did not receive, the Department shall:
15                  (A)  Make  the  corrected   payments   to   the
16             provider;
17                  (B)  Correct  the  fee  amount  and any related
18             fines; or
19                  (C)  Take action to  recover  required  amounts
20             from the provider.
21        (e)  Applicability  contingent  on  federal  funds.   The
22    requirements  of  subsection  (c) shall apply only as long as
23    federal funds under the Medicaid Program are provided for the
24    purposes of this Section and only  as  long  as  reimbursable
25    expenditures  are  matched at the federal Medicaid percentage
26    of at least 50%. Whenever the  Department  is  informed  that
27    federal  funds  are  not to be provided for these purposes or
28    are provided at a  lower  percentage,  the  Department  shall
29    promptly   refund  to  each  provider  the  amount  of  money
30    deposited by each provider,  minus  payments  made  from  fee
31    funds to the provider, minus the proportionate share of funds
32    spent for administration, plus the proportionate share of any
33    investment   earnings.  In  no  event  shall  the  Department
34    calculate a fee or require the  payment  of  a  fee  for  any
 
                            -190-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    quarter beginning on or after October 1, 1992.
 2        (f)  The  Department may promulgate rules and regulations
 3    to implement this Section.  For the purposes of the  Illinois
 4    Administrative  Procedure  Act,  the adoption or amendment of
 5    rules to implement this  amendatory  Act  of  1991  shall  be
 6    deemed  an  emergency  and necessary for the public interest,
 7    safety and welfare.
 8    (Source: P.A.  89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-372,  eff.  7-1-98;
 9    revised 10-31-98.)

10        (20 ILCS 1705/22) (from Ch. 91 1/2, par. 100-22)
11        Sec. 22.  To accept and hold in behalf of the  State,  if
12    for  the public interest, a grant, gift or legacy of money or
13    property to the State of Illinois, to the Department,  or  to
14    any  facility  of  the  Department  made  in  trust  for  the
15    maintenance  or  support  of a recipient at a facility of the
16    Department, or for any  other  legitimate  purpose  connected
17    with  such facility. The Department shall accept any donation
18    for the board and treatment of any recipient. The  Department
19    also may accept and hold a grant, gift, or legacy of money or
20    property  made  or given to a facility of the Department that
21    is no longer operating or to a  facility  of  the  Department
22    that  is  operating  under a different name, provided that if
23    the grant, gift or legacy was made for a particular  purpose,
24    the  Department  shall,  to  the  extent practicable, use the
25    grant, gift or legacy in  a  manner  that  carries  out  that
26    purpose  with  regard  to  another  facility  operated by the
27    Department for the same purpose, or in the latter case,  with
28    regard  to  that  same  facility  of  the  Department that is
29    operating under a different name. The Department shall  cause
30    each gift, grant or legacy to be kept as a distinct fund, and
31    shall  invest  the same in the manner provided by the laws of
32    this State as the same  now  exist,  or  shall  hereafter  be
33    enacted,  relating  to  securities  in which the deposit in a
 
                            -191-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    savings bank may be invested. But the Department may, in  its
 2    discretion,  deposit  in  a  proper  trust company or savings
 3    bank, during the continuance of the trust, any fund  so  left
 4    in  trust for the life of a person, and shall adopt rules and
 5    regulations governing the deposit, transfer, or withdrawal of
 6    such fund. The Department shall  on  the  expiration  of  any
 7    trust  as  provided  in  any  instrument  creating  the same,
 8    dispose of the fund thereby created in the manner provided in
 9    such instrument. The Department shall include in  its  annual
10    report  a  statement showing what funds are so held by it and
11    the condition thereof. Monies found on the recipients at  the
12    time  of  their  admission,  or accruing to them during their
13    period of  facility  care,  and  monies  deposited  with  the
14    facility  director  by  relatives,  guardians  or  friends of
15    recipients for the  special  comfort  and  pleasure  of  such
16    recipients,  shall  remain  in  the  custody of such facility
17    director who shall act as trustee  for  disbursement  to,  in
18    behalf  of,  or for the benefit of such recipients. All types
19    of retirement and pension benefits from  private  and  public
20    sources  may be paid directly to the director of the facility
21    where the  recipient  is  a  resident,  for  deposit  to  the
22    recipient's  trust  fund  account.  Banks,  trust  companies,
23    savings  and  loan companies and insurance carriers having in
24    their possession funds of  $1,000  or  less  belonging  to  a
25    recipient  in  a  an facility of the Department shall release
26    such  funds  to  the  director  of  the  facility  where  the
27    recipient is a resident, for deposit to the recipient's trust
28    fund account. The facility director shall provide  a  receipt
29    to  any  bank,  trust  company,  savings  and loan company or
30    insurance carrier for the amount received  and  such  receipt
31    shall constitute a valid and sufficient discharge and release
32    of  the  obligation  of such bank, trust company, savings and
33    loan company or insurance carrier to the recipient  for  whom
34    such  payment was so made, to the extent of the payment made.
 
                            -192-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Each facility director shall  keep  in  a  book  an  itemized
 2    account  of  all receipts and expenditures of funds described
 3    in the above proviso, which book shall be open at  all  times
 4    to the inspection of the Department.
 5    (Source: P.A. 86-922; revised 10-31-98.)

 6        Section    29.    The   Illinois   National   Guardsman's
 7    Compensation Act is amended by changing Section 3 as follows:

 8        (20 ILCS 1825/3) (from Ch. 129, par. 403)
 9        Sec. 3.  If a claim therefor is made within one  year  of
10    the date of the death of the guardsman, compensation shall be
11    paid  to the person designated by such guardsman killed while
12    on duty.  The amount of compensation shall be  equal  to  the
13    greater  of  (i)  $100,000 or (ii) the amount of compensation
14    payable under Section 3  of  the  Law  Enforcement  Officers,
15    Civil  Defense Workers, Civil Air Patrol Members, Paramedics,
16    Firemen, Chaplains, and State Employees Compensation Act when
17    an individual to whom that Act applies is killed in the  line
18    of duty.  If no beneficiary is designated or surviving at the
19    death of the guardsman killed while on duty, the compensation
20    shall be paid as follows:
21             (a)  When  there  is  a surviving spouse, the entire
22        sum shall be paid to the spouse.;
23             (b)  When  there  is  no  surviving  spouse,  but  a
24        surviving descendant of  the  decedent,  the  entire  sum
25        shall be paid to the decedent's descendants per stirpes.;
26        
27             (c)  When  there is neither a surviving spouse nor a
28        surviving descendant, the entire sum shall be paid to the
29        parents of the decedent in equal parts, allowing  to  the
30        surviving parent, if one is dead, the entire sum.
31             (d)  When  there  is no surviving spouse, descendant
32        or parent  of  the  decedent,  but  there  are  surviving
 
                            -193-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        brothers  or  sisters,  or  descendants  of  a brother or
 2        sister, who were receiving their principal  support  from
 3        the  decedent at his death, the entire sum shall be paid,
 4        in equal parts, to the dependent brothers or  sisters  or
 5        dependent  descendant of a brother or sister.  Dependency
 6        shall be determined by the Court of Claims based upon the
 7        investigation and report of the Attorney General.
 8        When there is no beneficiary designated or  surviving  at
 9    the  death  of  the  guardsman  killed  while  on duty and no
10    surviving spouse, descendant, parent, nor  dependent  brother
11    or sister, or dependent descendant of a brother or sister, no
12    compensation shall be payable under this Act.
13        No  part  of  such  compensation may be paid to any other
14    person for any efforts in securing such compensation.
15    (Source: P.A. 88-518; 89-323, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

16        Section 30.  The Surface Coal Mining Fee Act  is  amended
17    by changing Section 1 as follows:

18        (20 ILCS 1915/1) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 7501)
19        Sec. 1. Legislative findings and intent.
20        (a)  The General Assembly finds that:
21             (1)  the purposes of the "Surface Mining Control and
22        Reclamation  Act  of  1977" (30 USC 1201 et seq.) include
23        the establishment of a program to protect society and the
24        environment from the  adverse  effects  of  surface  coal
25        mining operations and from the adverse surface effects of
26        underground coal mining operations;
27             (2)  the  purposes of the above Act also include the
28        promoting of the reclamation of mined areas left  without
29        adequate  reclamation  prior to the enactment of this Act
30        and which continue, in their unreclaimed  conditions,  to
31        substantially degrade the quality of the environment;
32             (3)  the  purposes of the above Act also include the
 
                            -194-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        assurance that the coal supply essential to the  Nation's
 2        energy  requirements,  and  to  its  economic  and social
 3        well-being  is  provided,  and  to  encourage  the   full
 4        utilization of coal resources.
 5        (b)  The General Assembly also finds that:
 6             (1)  during  the  mining  and preparation of coal, a
 7        portion of the coal is lost in the tailings produced;
 8             (2)  this lost coal, in gob or slurry form,  can  be
 9        recovered in an economic and useable fashion;
10             (3)  the recovery of this coal, which may constitute
11        twenty  percent  or  more  of  a  gob pile, and which may
12        constitute fifty percent or more of  a  slurry  pond,  in
13        effect  conserves  energy by increasing the efficiency of
14        utilization of a valuable fuel resource;
15             (4)  the recovery of this coal,  when  conducted  in
16        accordance  with  the  permits  required  by the Illinois
17        Department  of  Natural  Resources   and   the   Illinois
18        Environmental   Protection  Agency,  contributes  to  the
19        reclamation of the land, in  that  the  total  volume  of
20        wastes to be handled is reduced.
21        (c)  It is the purpose of this Act:
22             (1)  to  include  the  recovery of coal from gob and
23        slurry as a part of the land reclamation process and as a
24        form of energy conservation; and
25             (2)  to  provide  that  a  portion  of   the   funds
26        collected by the Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and
27        Enforcement and returned to the State of Illinois be used
28        for coal recovery.
29    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff 2-7-96; revised 10-31-98.)

30        Section   31.    The  Abandoned  Mined  Lands  and  Water
31    Reclamation Act is amended by changing Sections 2.04 and 3.02
32    as follows:
 
                            -195-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (20 ILCS 1920/2.04) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 8002.04)
 2        Sec. 2.04. Reclamation.
 3        (a)  The Department or such agency or department of State
 4    government  as  the  Department  may  designate  pursuant  to
 5    subsection  (d)  of  Section  3.05  may  enter  and   reclaim
 6    abandoned  lands  under  this Section if the Department finds
 7    that:
 8             (1)  land or water  resources  have  been  adversely
 9        affected by past coal mining practices; and
10             (2)  the  adverse  effects  are at a stage where, in
11        the public interest, action to restore,  reclaim,  abate,
12        control, or prevent should be taken; and
13             (3)  the owners of the land or water resources where
14        entry  must  be made to restore, reclaim, abate, control,
15        or prevent  the  adverse  effects  of  past  coal  mining
16        practices are not known, or readily available; or (4) the
17        owners  will  not  give permission for the United States,
18        the  States,  political   subdivisions,   their   agents,
19        employees,  or contractors to enter upon such property to
20        restore, reclaim, abate, control, or prevent the  adverse
21        effects of past coal mining practices.
22        (b)  After (1) the findings required by subsection (a) of
23    this  Section  have  been made, and (2) giving notice by mail
24    return receipt requested to the owners if  known  or  if  not
25    known  by  posting  notice  upon the premises and advertising
26    once  in  a  newspaper  of   general   circulation   in   the
27    municipality  in  which the land lies, the Department or such
28    agency or department of State government  as  the  Department
29    may  designate  pursuant  to  subsection  (d) of Section 3.05
30    shall have the right  to  enter  on  the  property  adversely
31    affected  by  past mining practices and any other property to
32    have access to such property to do all  things  necessary  or
33    expedient to restore, reclaim, abate, control, or prevent the
34    adverse effects.
 
                            -196-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (c)  The  moneys  expended for such work and the benefits
 2    accruing to any  such  premises  so  entered  upon  shall  be
 3    chargeable against such land and shall mitigate or offset any
 4    claim  in  or any action brought by any owner of any interest
 5    in such premises for any alleged damage  by  virtue  of  such
 6    entry.   This  provision is not intended to create new rights
 7    of action or eliminate existing immunities.
 8        (d)  Entry under this Section shall be  construed  as  an
 9    exercise  of  the  police  power for the protection of public
10    health,  safety,  and  general  welfare  and  shall  not   be
11    construed  as an act of condemnation of property nor trespass
12    thereon.
13    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 10-31-98.)

14        (20 ILCS 1920/3.02) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 8003.02)
15        Sec. 3.02. State reclamation program.
16        (a)  The Department may  prepare  and  submit  under  the
17    Federal  Act  (1)  a  State  reclamation plan and appropriate
18    amendments, (2) annual project lists and program  plans,  (3)
19    grant  proposals  for  federal  funding,  (4)  inventories of
20    previous projects, (5) annual and other  reports  as  may  be
21    appropriate,  and (6) such other applications, certifications
22    or documents as may be required  under  the  Federal  Act  in
23    connection  with  reclamation  or  acquisition  of  abandoned
24    lands.
25    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 10-31-98.)

26        Section 32.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
27    amended   by   changing   Sections  60b,  60g,  and  60m  and
28    renumbering Section 62.1 (110 ILCS 355/62.1) as follows:

29        (20 ILCS 2105/60b) (from Ch. 127, par. 60b)
30        Sec. 60b.  In the construction of Sections 60, 60a,  60b,
31    60c, 60d, 60e, 60f, 60g, and 60h, 60i, 60j, 60k, and 60L, the
 
                            -197-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    following   definitions   shall  govern  unless  the  context
 2    otherwise clearly indicates.
 3        "Department" shall mean the  Department  of  Professional
 4    Regulation.
 5        "Registrant"  shall  mean a person who holds or claims to
 6    hold a certificate as defined herein.
 7        "Certificate"  shall  mean  a  license,  certificate   of
 8    registration,  permit  or  other  authority  purporting to be
 9    issued or conferred by the Department by virtue or  authority
10    of  which the registrant has or claims the right to engage in
11    a profession, trade, occupation or  operation  of  which  the
12    Department has jurisdiction.
13        "Board"  shall mean the board of persons designated for a
14    profession, trade or occupation under the provisions  of  any
15    Act  now  or  hereafter  in force whereby the jurisdiction of
16    such profession, trade  or  occupation  is  devolved  on  the
17    Department.
18    (Source: P.A. 85-225; revised 10-31-98.)

19        (20 ILCS 2105/60g) (from Ch. 127, par. 60g)
20        Sec.  60g.  The  board  shall present to the Director its
21    written report of its findings and recommendations.   A  copy
22    of  such  report  shall be served upon the registrant, either
23    personally or by registered mail as provided in  Section  60c
24    60-c  for the service of the citation.  Within 20 twenty days
25    after  such  service,  the  registrant  may  present  to  the
26    department his motion  in  writing  for  a  rehearing,  which
27    written motion shall specify the particular grounds therefor.
28    If the registrant shall order and pay for a transcript of the
29    record  as  provided  in  Section 60f 60-f, the time elapsing
30    thereafter and before such transcript is ready  for  delivery
31    to him shall not be counted as part of such 20 twenty days.
32    (Source: P.A. 83-230; revised 10-31-98.)
 
                            -198-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (20 ILCS 2105/60m) (from Ch. 127, par. 60m)
 2        Sec.  60m.   Notwithstanding  any  of  the  provisions of
 3    Section 60, 60.1, 60a, 60-a, 60b, 60c, 60d, 60-d,  60e,  60f,
 4    60g,  60-g  or 60h of this Act, the Department shall suspend,
 5    revoke, place on probationary  status,  or  take  such  other
 6    disciplinary  action  as  it  deems  proper for violations of
 7    Section 22 of the Medical Practice Act of 1987,  as  amended,
 8    only  in accordance with Sections 7 and 36 through 46 of that
 9    Act.
10    (Source: P.A. 85-1209; revised 10-31-98.)

11        (20 ILCS 2105/61f) (formerly 110 ILCS 355/62.1)
12        Sec. 61f. 62.1. Design Professionals Dedicated Employees.
13    There is established within the  Department  of  Professional
14    Regulation  certain design professionals dedicated employees.
15    These  employees  shall  be  devoted   exclusively   to   the
16    administration  and  enforcement of the Illinois Architecture
17    Practice Act, the Illinois Professional Land Surveyor Act  of
18    1989,  the Professional Engineering Practice Act of 1989, and
19    the Structural Engineering Licensing Act of 1989.  The design
20    professionals dedicated employees  that  the  Director  shall
21    employ,  in  conformity with the Personnel Code, at a minimum
22    shall consist of one full-time design licensing  Coordinator,
23    one  full-time  Assistant  Coordinator, 4 full-time licensing
24    clerks,   one   full-time   attorney,   and    2    full-time
25    investigators.  These employees shall work exclusively in the
26    licensing  and  enforcement of the design profession Acts set
27    forth in this Section and shall not be used for the licensing
28    and enforcement of any other  Act  or  other  duties  in  the
29    Department of Professional Regulation.
30    (Source: P.A. 87-781; revised 10-28-98.)

31        Section  33.   The  Illinois Health Finance Reform Act is
32    amended by changing Sections 4-3 and 5-1 as follows:
 
                            -199-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (20 ILCS 2215/4-3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 6504-3)
 2        Sec. 4-3.  Confidentiality.
 3        (a)  As  indicated  elsewhere  in  this  Act,  all  steps
 4    necessary under State and  Federal  law  to  protect  patient
 5    confidentiality shall be undertaken by the Council to prevent
 6    the    identification    of   individual   patient   records.
 7    Regulations are to be written to assure  the  confidentiality
 8    of  patient records when gathering and submitting data to the
 9    Council or designated corporation, association or entity.
10        (b)  The information submitted to the Council, designated
11    corporation, association or entity by hospitals  pursuant  to
12    subsections  (c)  and  (e) of Section 4-2 shall be privileged
13    and confidential, and shall not be disclosed in  any  manner.
14    The   foregoing  includes,  but  shall  not  be  limited  to,
15    disclosure,  inspection  or  copying  under  the  Freedom  of
16    Information Act, the State Records Act, and paragraph (1)  of
17    Section  404  of  the  Illinois Insurance Code.  However, the
18    prohibitions stated in this subsection shall not apply to the
19    compilations of information assembled by the Council pursuant
20    to subsections (k) and (m) of Section 4-2.
21        (c)  Any  person  or  organization,  including  but   not
22    limited  to,  hospitals,  government  agencies, associations,
23    businesses, or researchers receiving data under an  agreement
24    with  the Council under the terms indicated in Section 6504-2
25    shall be required to adhere strictly  to  the  terms  of  the
26    agreement,   especially   the   terms  that  are  related  to
27    preserving patient confidentiality.  The use of Council  data
28    either  alone or in combination with data from another source
29    or sources to identify specific patients is prohibited unless
30    such identification is specifically  authorized  by  Illinois
31    Statute  and  agreed  to  in  writing  by  the  Council.   An
32    intentional  breach of patient confidentiality not authorized
33    by statute and  the  Council  shall  render  the  responsible
34    individual  or  organization  liable  to  the penalties under
 
                            -200-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Section 5-2 6505-2.
 2    (Source: P.A. 88-535; revised 10-31-98.)

 3        (20 ILCS 2215/5-1) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 6505-1)
 4        Sec. 5-1.  Mandatory Utilization Review.
 5        (a)  Except as prohibited by Federal law or  regulations,
 6    any  third  party  payor  shall  have  the  option to require
 7    utilization review  for  hospital  admissions  and  continued
 8    hospital  stays, except for the Illinois Department of Public
 9    Aid for  payment  of  hospital  services  for  recipients  of
10    assistance  under  Articles  V,  VI,  and VII of the Illinois
11    Public Aid Code.  The payor shall have the option to contract
12    with a medical peer review organization,  provided  that  the
13    organization   is   at  minimum,  composed  of  10%  of  area
14    physicians, or the hospital to perform utilization review  or
15    to conduct its own utilization review.  A medical peer review
16    organization, as defined, may also contract with hospitals to
17    perform reviews on a delegated basis.  The utilization review
18    process shall provide for the timely notification of patients
19    by  the third party payor or review organization that further
20    services are deemed inappropriate or  medically  unnecessary.
21    Such  notification  shall  inform  the patient that his third
22    party payor will cease coverage after a  stated  period  from
23    the  date of the notification.  No third party payor shall be
24    liable for charges for health care  services  rendered  by  a
25    hospital subsequent to the end of the notification period.
26        Nothing in this Section shall be construed as authorizing
27    any  person  or third party payor, other than through the use
28    of physicians licensed to practice medicine  in  all  of  its
29    branches  or  other  licensed health care professionals under
30    the supervision of said physicians,  to  conduct  utilization
31    review.
32        (b)  All  costs  associated with utilization review under
33    this section shall be billed to and paid by the  third  party
 
                            -201-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    payor ordering the review.
 2        (c)  Any  third  party  payor  for  hospital services may
 3    contract with a hospital for a program of utilization  review
 4    different  than  that  required  by  this  subsection,  which
 5    contract  may  provide  for  the  withholding  and  denial of
 6    payment for hospital services to  a  beneficiary,  when  such
 7    treatment  is  found  in  the course of utilization review to
 8    have been inappropriate and unwarranted in the case  of  that
 9    beneficiary.
10        (d)  All  records and reports arising as a result of this
11    subsection shall be strictly privileged and confidential,  as
12    provided under Part 21 of Article VIII 8 of the Code of Civil
13    Procedure.
14    (Source: P.A. 83-1243; revised 10-31-98.)

15        Section 34.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
16    amended  by  changing Sections 55.57 and 55.76 and by setting
17    forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section  55.84  as
18    follows:

19        (20 ILCS 2310/55.57) (from Ch. 127, par. 55.57)
20        Sec.    55.57.    Community   Health   Centers.      From
21    appropriations from the Community Health Center Care Fund,  a
22    special  fund  in the State treasury which is hereby created,
23    the Department shall provide financial assistance (a) to  (a)
24    migrant   health   centers   and   community  health  centers
25    established pursuant to Sections 329 or 330  of  the  federal
26    Public  Health  Service  Act  or  which  meet  the  standards
27    contained  in  either  of  those  Sections;  and  (b) for the
28    purpose  of  establishing  new  migrant  health  centers   or
29    community health centers in areas of need.
30    (Source: P.A. 86-996; 86-1028; revised 10-31-98.)

31        (20 ILCS 2310/55.76)
 
                            -202-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec. 55.76.  Heart Disease Treatment and Prevention Fund;
 2    grants.    From  funds  appropriated  from  the Heart Disease
 3    Treatment and Prevention Fund, a special fund created in  the
 4    State  treasury,  the  Illinois  Department  of Public Health
 5    shall make grants to public  and  private  agencies  for  the
 6    purposes of funding (i) research into causes, prevention, and
 7    treatment of heart disease and (ii) public education relating
 8    to  treatment and prevention of heart disease within with the
 9    State of Illinois.
10    (Source: P.A. 88-666,  eff.  9-16-94;  89-235,  eff.  8-4-95;
11    revised 10-31-98.)

12        (20 ILCS 2310/55.84)
13        Sec. 55.84.  Breast feeding; public information campaign.
14    The  Department  of  Public Health may conduct an information
15    campaign for the general public to promote breast feeding  of
16    infants  by  their  mothers.   The Department may include the
17    information in a brochure prepared under Section 55.64 or  in
18    a  brochure  that  shares  other information with the general
19    public and is distributed free of charge.  If the  Department
20    includes  the  information  required  under this Section in a
21    brochure authorized or required under  another  provision  of
22    law,  the  Department  may continue to use existing stocks of
23    that brochure before adding the  information  required  under
24    this  Section  but  shall  add  that  information in the next
25    printing of the brochure.   The  information  required  under
26    this  Section  may  be  distributed  to  the parents or legal
27    custodians of each newborn upon discharge of the infant  from
28    a hospital or other health care facility.
29    (Source: P.A. 90-244, eff. 1-1-98; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98.)

30        (20 ILCS 2310/55.89)
31        Sec. 55.89. 55.84.  Aging Veterans Task Force.
32        (a)  The Director of Public Health shall appoint an Aging
 
                            -203-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Veterans  Task  Force to study the capability of the State to
 2    provide health care to veterans of the armed forces after the
 3    year  2000.   The  task  force  shall  consist   of   persons
 4    representing  the  Department,  the  Department  of Veterans'
 5    Affairs, Illinois Veterans Homes, hospitals,  nursing  homes,
 6    other  health care facilities, and advocates for residents of
 7    Illinois Veterans Homes, hospitals, nursing homes, and  other
 8    health  care  facilities.   Members  of  the task force shall
 9    serve  without  compensation  other  than  reimbursement  for
10    necessary expenses  incurred  in  the  performance  of  their
11    duties.
12        (b)  The   task   force  shall  conduct  a  comprehensive
13    examination of the future demands  for  health  care  by  the
14    State's aging veteran population and the ability of the State
15    to provide that health care.
16        (c)  The  task force shall make recommendations to assist
17    the Department and the Department  of  Veterans'  Affairs  in
18    developing  agency  and legislative changes to provide health
19    care to the State's veterans after the year  2000.  The  task
20    force  shall  report  its  recommendations  to the Department
21    before January 1, 1999.
22    (Source: P.A. 90-693, eff. 8-7-98; revised 9-23-98.)

23        Section  35.   The  Blind   Persons   Operating   Vending
24    Facilities Act is amended by changing Section 8 as follows:

25        (20 ILCS 2420/8) (from Ch. 23, par. 3338)
26        Sec.  8.   The  Department  shall  assign  any  available
27    vending facility to an operator in the following manner:
28        (A)  An  objective  set  of criteria promulgated by rules
29    and   regulations   adopted   pursuant   to   the    Illinois
30    Administrative Procedure Act.
31        (B)  The  Department  shall notify all licensed operators
32    in writing of the  availability  of  any  vending  facilities
 
                            -204-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    within the program as far in advance as is practicable.  Such
 2    notice  shall  include a description of the type of facility,
 3    its characteristics, and its geographic location, the type of
 4    building  in  which  the  facility  is   located,   date   of
 5    availability,   anticipated   income  or  income  experience,
 6    contractual considerations such as hours,  price  limitations
 7    or  subsidies,  if  any,  business  telephone  number  of the
 8    current operator, when applicable, and availability of public
 9    transportation.  The notice  shall  contain  a  deadline  for
10    responses which is no less than 14 days after its issuance.
11        (C)  The Department shall consider as qualified only bids
12    received  from  operators  who  have  received  certification
13    fitting  the  description  of  the  facility contained in the
14    notice.  In this manner, a list of qualified bidders shall be
15    formed, and  the  facility  shall  be  offered  to  the  most
16    qualified bidder.
17    (Source: P.A. 83-1534; revised 10-31-98.)

18        Section 36.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
19    amended by changing Section 55a as follows:

20        (20 ILCS 2605/55a) (from Ch. 127, par. 55a)
21        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 90-590)
22        Sec. 55a. Powers and duties.
23        (A)  The  Department  of  State  Police  shall  have  the
24    following  powers and duties, and those set forth in Sections
25    55a-1 through 55c:
26        1.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
27    been  vested  in the Department of Public Safety by the State
28    Police Act.
29        2.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
30    been  vested  in the Department of Public Safety by the State
31    Police Radio Act.
32        3.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
 
                            -205-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    been  vested  in  the  Department  of  Public  Safety  by the
 2    Criminal Identification Act.
 3        4.  To (a) investigate the origins, activities, personnel
 4    and incidents of crime and the ways and means to redress  the
 5    victims   of  crimes,  and  study  the  impact,  if  any,  of
 6    legislation relative to the effusion  of  crime  and  growing
 7    crime  rates,  and  enforce  the  criminal laws of this State
 8    related  thereto,  (b)  enforce  all  laws   regulating   the
 9    production,  sale, prescribing, manufacturing, administering,
10    transporting, having in possession,  dispensing,  delivering,
11    distributing,  or  use of controlled substances and cannabis,
12    (c)  employ   skilled   experts,   scientists,   technicians,
13    investigators or otherwise specially qualified persons to aid
14    in  preventing or detecting crime, apprehending criminals, or
15    preparing  and  presenting  evidence  of  violations  of  the
16    criminal laws of the State, (d) cooperate with the police  of
17    cities,  villages and incorporated towns, and with the police
18    officers of any county, in enforcing the laws  of  the  State
19    and  in making arrests and recovering property, (e) apprehend
20    and deliver up any person charged in this State or any  other
21    State  of  the  United  States with treason, felony, or other
22    crime, who has fled from justice and is found in this  State,
23    and  (f) conduct such other investigations as may be provided
24    by law. Persons exercising these powers within the Department
25    are conservators of the peace and as such have all the powers
26    possessed by policemen in cities and  sheriffs,  except  that
27    they  may  exercise  such  powers  anywhere  in  the State in
28    cooperation  with  and  after  contact  with  the  local  law
29    enforcement  officials.  Such  persons  may  use   false   or
30    fictitious  names  in  the  performance of their duties under
31    this paragraph, upon approval of the Director, and shall  not
32    be  subject  to  prosecution under the criminal laws for such
33    use.
34        5.  To: (a) be a  central  repository  and  custodian  of
 
                            -206-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    criminal   statistics   for  the  State,  (b)  be  a  central
 2    repository  for  criminal  history  record  information,  (c)
 3    procure and file for record such information as is  necessary
 4    and  helpful  to  plan  programs  of  crime  prevention,  law
 5    enforcement  and  criminal  justice, (d) procure and file for
 6    record such copies of fingerprints, as  may  be  required  by
 7    law,  (e) establish general and field crime laboratories, (f)
 8    register and file for  record  such  information  as  may  be
 9    required   by   law  for  the  issuance  of  firearm  owner's
10    identification  cards,  (g)   employ   polygraph   operators,
11    laboratory  technicians and other specially qualified persons
12    to aid in the identification of criminal  activity,  and  (h)
13    undertake such other identification, information, laboratory,
14    statistical  or registration activities as may be required by
15    law.
16        6.  To  (a)  acquire  and  operate  one  or  more   radio
17    broadcasting  stations  in  the  State  to be used for police
18    purposes, (b) operate a statewide communications  network  to
19    gather   and  disseminate  information  for  law  enforcement
20    agencies, (c)  operate  an  electronic  data  processing  and
21    computer  center  for  the  storage  and  retrieval  of  data
22    pertaining to criminal activity, and (d) undertake such other
23    communication activities as may be required by law.
24        7.  To  provide, as may be required by law, assistance to
25    local  law  enforcement  agencies   through   (a)   training,
26    management  and consultant services for local law enforcement
27    agencies, and (b) the pursuit of research and the publication
28    of studies pertaining to local law enforcement activities.
29        8.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
30    been  vested  in  the  Department  of  State  Police  and the
31    Director of the Department of State Police  by  the  Narcotic
32    Control Division Abolition Act.
33        9.  To  exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
34    been vested  in  the  Department  of  Public  Safety  by  the
 
                            -207-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Illinois Vehicle Code.
 2        10.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
 3    been vested in the Department of Public Safety by the Firearm
 4    Owners Identification Card Act.
 5        11.  To   enforce  and  administer  such  other  laws  in
 6    relation  to  law  enforcement  as  may  be  vested  in   the
 7    Department.
 8        12.  To  transfer  jurisdiction  of  any  realty title to
 9    which is held by the State of Illinois under the  control  of
10    the   Department   to  any  other  department  of  the  State
11    government or to the State Employees Housing  Commission,  or
12    to  acquire  or  accept  Federal  land,  when  such transfer,
13    acquisition or acceptance is advantageous to the State and is
14    approved in writing by the Governor.
15        13.  With the written approval of the Governor, to  enter
16    into  agreements  with other departments created by this Act,
17    for the furlough of inmates of the penitentiary to such other
18    departments  for  their  use  in  research   programs   being
19    conducted by them.
20        For   the  purpose  of  participating  in  such  research
21    projects,  the  Department  may  extend  the  limits  of  any
22    inmate's place of confinement, when there is reasonable cause
23    to believe that the inmate will honor his  or  her  trust  by
24    authorizing the inmate, under prescribed conditions, to leave
25    the  confines of the place unaccompanied by a custodial agent
26    of the Department. The Department shall make rules  governing
27    the transfer of the inmate to the requesting other department
28    having  the approved research project, and the return of such
29    inmate to the unextended confines of the  penitentiary.  Such
30    transfer shall be made only with the consent of the inmate.
31        The  willful  failure  of a prisoner to remain within the
32    extended limits of his or her confinement or to return within
33    the time or manner prescribed to  the  place  of  confinement
34    designated by the Department in granting such extension shall
 
                            -208-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    be  deemed  an  escape  from  custody  of  the Department and
 2    punishable as provided in Section 3-6-4 of the  Unified  Code
 3    of Corrections.
 4        14.  To  provide  investigative services, with all of the
 5    powers possessed by policemen in cities and sheriffs, in  and
 6    around  all  race  tracks  subject to the Horse Racing Act of
 7    1975.
 8        15.  To expend such sums as the Director deems  necessary
 9    from  Contractual Services appropriations for the Division of
10    Criminal Investigation for the purchase of evidence  and  for
11    the employment of persons to obtain evidence. Such sums shall
12    be  advanced  to  agents authorized by the Director to expend
13    funds, on vouchers signed by the Director.
14        16.  To  assist  victims  and  witnesses  in  gang  crime
15    prosecutions through the administration of funds appropriated
16    from the Gang Violence Victims  and  Witnesses  Fund  to  the
17    Department.    Such   funds  shall  be  appropriated  to  the
18    Department and shall only  be  used  to  assist  victims  and
19    witnesses  in gang crime prosecutions and such assistance may
20    include any of the following:
21             (a)  temporary living costs;
22             (b)  moving expenses;
23             (c)  closing costs on the sale of private residence;
24             (d)  first month's rent;
25             (e)  security deposits;
26             (f)  apartment location assistance;
27             (g)  other expenses which the  Department  considers
28        appropriate; and
29             (h)  compensation  for any loss of or injury to real
30        or personal property resulting from a  gang  crime  to  a
31        maximum of $5,000, subject to the following provisions:
32                  (1)  in  the  case  of  loss  of  property, the
33             amount of compensation  shall  be  measured  by  the
34             replacement  cost  of similar or like property which
 
                            -209-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             has been incurred by and which is  substantiated  by
 2             the property owner,
 3                  (2)  in  the  case  of  injury to property, the
 4             amount of compensation shall be measured by the cost
 5             of repair incurred and which can be substantiated by
 6             the property owner,
 7                  (3)  compensation under  this  provision  is  a
 8             secondary   source  of  compensation  and  shall  be
 9             reduced by any amount the  property  owner  receives
10             from  any  other source as compensation for the loss
11             or injury, including, but not limited  to,  personal
12             insurance coverage,
13                  (4)  no  compensation  may  be  awarded  if the
14             property owner was an offender or an  accomplice  of
15             the offender, or if the award would unjustly benefit
16             the  offender  or offenders, or an accomplice of the
17             offender or offenders.
18        No victim or witness may receive such assistance if he or
19    she is not a part of or  fails  to  fully  cooperate  in  the
20    prosecution   of   gang  crime  members  by  law  enforcement
21    authorities.
22        The Department shall promulgate any rules  necessary  for
23    the implementation of this amendatory Act of 1985.
24        17.  To conduct arson investigations.
25        18.  To  develop  a separate statewide statistical police
26    contact record keeping  system  for  the  study  of  juvenile
27    delinquency.  The records of this police contact system shall
28    be  limited  to  statistical  information.   No  individually
29    identifiable information shall be maintained  in  the  police
30    contact statistical record system.
31        19.  To develop a separate statewide central adjudicatory
32    and  dispositional  records system for persons under 19 years
33    of age who have been adjudicated  delinquent  minors  and  to
34    make  information available to local registered participating
 
                            -210-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    police youth officers so that police youth officers  will  be
 2    able to obtain rapid access to the juvenile's background from
 3    other jurisdictions to the end that the police youth officers
 4    can  make  appropriate dispositions which will best serve the
 5    interest  of  the  child  and  the  community.    Information
 6    maintained  in  the  adjudicatory  and  dispositional  record
 7    system  shall  be  limited  to  the incidents or offenses for
 8    which the minor was adjudicated delinquent by a court, and  a
 9    copy  of  the  court's dispositional order.  All individually
10    identifiable records in the  adjudicatory  and  dispositional
11    records  system shall be destroyed when the person reaches 19
12    years of age.
13        20.  To develop rules which guarantee the confidentiality
14    of   such   individually   identifiable   adjudicatory    and
15    dispositional records except when used for the following:
16             (a)  by  authorized  juvenile court personnel or the
17        State's Attorney in connection with proceedings under the
18        Juvenile Court Act of 1987; or
19             (b)  inquiries   from   registered   police    youth
20        officers.
21        For the purposes of this Act "police youth officer" means
22    a  member  of  a  duly  organized  State, county or municipal
23    police force who is assigned by his  or  her  Superintendent,
24    Sheriff or chief of police, as the case may be, to specialize
25    in youth problems.
26        21.  To  develop  administrative rules and administrative
27    hearing procedures which allow a minor, his or her  attorney,
28    and  his  or  her  parents or guardian access to individually
29    identifiable adjudicatory and dispositional records  for  the
30    purpose  of  determining  or  challenging the accuracy of the
31    records. Final administrative decisions shall be  subject  to
32    the provisions of the Administrative Review Law.
33        22.  To  charge,  collect,  and  receive  fees  or moneys
34    equivalent to the  cost  of  providing  Department  of  State
 
                            -211-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Police   personnel,   equipment,   and   services   to  local
 2    governmental agencies when explicitly requested  by  a  local
 3    governmental  agency  and  pursuant  to  an intergovernmental
 4    agreement as provided by this Section, other State  agencies,
 5    and  federal  agencies,  including but not limited to fees or
 6    moneys  equivalent  to  the  cost  of  providing  dispatching
 7    services, radio and  radar  repair,  and  training  to  local
 8    governmental  agencies on such terms and conditions as in the
 9    judgment of the Director are in  the  best  interest  of  the
10    State;  and to establish, charge, collect and receive fees or
11    moneys based on the cost of providing responses  to  requests
12    for  criminal history record information pursuant to positive
13    identification and any Illinois or  federal  law  authorizing
14    access  to  some  aspect of such information and to prescribe
15    the form  and  manner  for  requesting  and  furnishing  such
16    information  to the requestor on such terms and conditions as
17    in the judgment of the Director are in the best  interest  of
18    the  State,  provided  fees  for  requesting  and  furnishing
19    criminal   history  record  information  may  be  waived  for
20    requests in the due administration of the criminal laws.  The
21    Department  may  also  charge,  collect  and  receive fees or
22    moneys equivalent to the cost of  providing  electronic  data
23    processing  lines  or  related  telecommunication services to
24    local  governments,  but  only  when  such  services  can  be
25    provided  by  the  Department  at  a  cost  less  than   that
26    experienced  by  said  local governments through other means.
27    All services provided by the Department  shall  be  conducted
28    pursuant    to    contracts    in    accordance    with   the
29    Intergovernmental Cooperation Act, and all  telecommunication
30    services  shall  be  provided  pursuant  to the provisions of
31    Section 67.18 of this Code.
32        All fees received by the Department of State Police under
33    this Act or the Illinois Uniform Conviction  Information  Act
34    shall be deposited in a special fund in the State Treasury to
 
                            -212-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    be  known  as  the  State  Police  Services  Fund.  The money
 2    deposited  in  the  State  Police  Services  Fund  shall   be
 3    appropriated  to  the Department of State Police for expenses
 4    of the Department of State Police.
 5        Upon the completion of any audit  of  the  Department  of
 6    State  Police  as  prescribed  by the Illinois State Auditing
 7    Act, which audit  includes  an  audit  of  the  State  Police
 8    Services  Fund, the Department of State Police shall make the
 9    audit open to inspection by any interested person.
10        23.  To exercise the powers and perform the duties  which
11    have  been  vested  in  the Department of State Police by the
12    Intergovernmental Missing Child Recovery Act of 1984, and  to
13    establish   reasonable  rules  and  regulations  necessitated
14    thereby.
15        24. (a)  To  establish  and  maintain  a  statewide   Law
16    Enforcement  Agencies  Data System (LEADS) for the purpose of
17    providing  electronic  access  by  authorized   entities   to
18    criminal justice data repositories and effecting an immediate
19    law  enforcement  response  to  reports  of  missing persons,
20    including lost, missing or runaway  minors.   The  Department
21    shall implement an automatic data exchange system to compile,
22    to  maintain  and  to make available to other law enforcement
23    agencies for immediate dissemination data  which  can  assist
24    appropriate   agencies  in  recovering  missing  persons  and
25    provide  access  by  authorized  entities  to  various   data
26    repositories available through LEADS for criminal justice and
27    related  purposes.   To assist the Department in this effort,
28    funds may be appropriated from the LEADS Maintenance Fund.
29        (b)  In exercising its duties under this subsection,  the
30    Department shall:
31             (1)  provide  a  uniform  reporting  format  for the
32        entry of pertinent information regarding the report of  a
33        missing person into LEADS;
34             (2)  develop   and  implement  a  policy  whereby  a
 
                            -213-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        statewide or regional alert would be used  in  situations
 2        relating  to  the disappearances of individuals, based on
 3        criteria and in a format established by  the  Department.
 4        Such  a  format shall include, but not be limited to, the
 5        age of the missing person and the suspected  circumstance
 6        of the disappearance;
 7             (3)  notify   all   law  enforcement  agencies  that
 8        reports of missing persons shall be entered  as  soon  as
 9        the  minimum level of data specified by the Department is
10        available to the reporting agency, and  that  no  waiting
11        period for the entry of such data exists;
12             (4)  compile  and retain information regarding lost,
13        abducted, missing or runaway minors in  a  separate  data
14        file, in a manner that allows such information to be used
15        by  law enforcement and other agencies deemed appropriate
16        by  the  Director,  for  investigative  purposes.    Such
17        information shall include the disposition of all reported
18        lost, abducted, missing or runaway minor cases;
19             (5)  compile   and   maintain   an   historic   data
20        repository relating to lost, abducted, missing or runaway
21        minors  and other missing persons in order to develop and
22        improve techniques utilized by law  enforcement  agencies
23        when responding to reports of missing persons; and
24             (6)  create  a  quality  control  program  regarding
25        confirmation   of  missing  person  data,  timeliness  of
26        entries  of  missing  person  reports  into   LEADS   and
27        performance audits of all entering agencies.
28        25.  On   request   of   a   school   board  or  regional
29    superintendent of schools, to conduct an inquiry pursuant  to
30    Section 10-21.9 or 34-18.5 of the School Code to ascertain if
31    an  applicant  for  employment  in a school district has been
32    convicted of any criminal  or  drug  offenses  enumerated  in
33    Section   10-21.9   or  34-18.5  of  the  School  Code.   The
34    Department shall furnish such conviction information  to  the
 
                            -214-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    President  of  the  school board of the school district which
 2    has requested the information,  or  if  the  information  was
 3    requested  by  the  regional  superintendent to that regional
 4    superintendent.
 5        26.  To promulgate rules and  regulations  necessary  for
 6    the  administration and enforcement of its powers and duties,
 7    wherever  granted  and  imposed,  pursuant  to  the  Illinois
 8    Administrative Procedure Act.
 9        27.  To  (a)   promulgate   rules   pertaining   to   the
10    certification,  revocation  of  certification and training of
11    law enforcement officers as electronic criminal  surveillance
12    officers,  (b)  provide  training and technical assistance to
13    State's  Attorneys  and  local   law   enforcement   agencies
14    pertaining    to    the    interception   of   private   oral
15    communications,  (c)  promulgate  rules  necessary  for   the
16    administration  of  Article  108B  of  the  Code  of Criminal
17    Procedure of 1963, including but not limited to standards for
18    recording   and   minimization   of    electronic    criminal
19    surveillance   intercepts,   documentation   required  to  be
20    maintained during an intercept,  procedures  in  relation  to
21    evidence   developed  by  an  intercept,  and  (d)  charge  a
22    reasonable fee to each  law  enforcement  agency  that  sends
23    officers   to   receive   training   as  electronic  criminal
24    surveillance officers.
25        28.  Upon the request of any private  organization  which
26    devotes  a  major  portion  of  its  time to the provision of
27    recreational, social, educational or child safety services to
28    children, to conduct, pursuant  to  positive  identification,
29    criminal   background   investigations   of   all   of   that
30    organization's   current   employees,   current   volunteers,
31    prospective  employees or prospective volunteers charged with
32    the care and custody of children during the provision of  the
33    organization's  services,  and  to  report  to the requesting
34    organization any record  of  convictions  maintained  in  the
 
                            -215-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Department's  files about such persons.  The Department shall
 2    charge an application fee, based on  actual  costs,  for  the
 3    dissemination  of  conviction  information  pursuant  to this
 4    subsection.  The Department is empowered  to  establish  this
 5    fee  and  shall  prescribe the form and manner for requesting
 6    and  furnishing  conviction  information  pursuant  to   this
 7    subsection. Information received by the organization from the
 8    Department concerning an individual shall be provided to such
 9    individual.    Any   such   information   obtained   by   the
10    organization shall be confidential and may not be transmitted
11    outside the organization and may not be transmitted to anyone
12    within  the  organization except as needed for the purpose of
13    evaluating the individual.  Only  information  and  standards
14    which   bear  a  reasonable  and  rational  relation  to  the
15    performance of child care shall be used by the  organization.
16    Any  employee  of  the  Department or any member, employee or
17    volunteer  of   the   organization   receiving   confidential
18    information  under  this subsection who gives or causes to be
19    given any confidential information  concerning  any  criminal
20    convictions  of  an  individual  shall be guilty of a Class A
21    misdemeanor unless release of such information is  authorized
22    by this subsection.
23        29.  Upon  the  request of the Department of Children and
24    Family Services, to investigate reports  of  child  abuse  or
25    neglect.
26        30.  To  obtain registration of a fictitious vital record
27    pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Vital Records Act.
28        31.  To collect and disseminate information  relating  to
29    "hate crimes" as defined under Section 12-7.1 of the Criminal
30    Code  of  1961  contingent  upon the availability of State or
31    Federal funds to revise  and  upgrade  the  Illinois  Uniform
32    Crime  Reporting  System.  All law enforcement agencies shall
33    report monthly to the Department of State  Police  concerning
34    such  offenses  in  such  form  and  in such manner as may be
 
                            -216-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    prescribed by rules and regulations adopted by the Department
 2    of State Police.  Such information shall be compiled  by  the
 3    Department  and be disseminated upon request to any local law
 4    enforcement  agency,  unit  of  local  government,  or  state
 5    agency.  Dissemination of such information shall  be  subject
 6    to all confidentiality requirements otherwise imposed by law.
 7    The  Department  of  State  Police shall provide training for
 8    State Police officers  in  identifying,  responding  to,  and
 9    reporting  all  hate  crimes. The Illinois Local Governmental
10    Law Enforcement  Officer's  Training  Standards  Board  shall
11    develop  and  certify  a  course  of such training to be made
12    available to local law enforcement officers.
13        32.  Upon the request of a private carrier  company  that
14    provides transportation under Section 28b of the Metropolitan
15    Transit  Authority  Act,  to  ascertain if an applicant for a
16    driver position has been convicted of any  criminal  or  drug
17    offense enumerated in Section 28b of the Metropolitan Transit
18    Authority  Act.   The Department shall furnish the conviction
19    information to the private carrier company that requested the
20    information.
21        33.  To apply for grants or contracts,  receive,  expend,
22    allocate,  or  disburse  funds  and  moneys made available by
23    public or private entities, including, but  not  limited  to,
24    contracts,  bequests,  grants,  or  receiving  equipment from
25    corporations, foundations, or public or private  institutions
26    of  higher  learning.   All  funds received by the Department
27    from these sources shall be deposited  into  the  appropriate
28    fund  in  the  State  Treasury  to  be  appropriated  to  the
29    Department  for  purposes  as  indicated  by  the  grantor or
30    contractor or, in the case of funds or moneys  bequeathed  or
31    granted  for  no  specific purpose, for any purpose as deemed
32    appropriate   by   the   Director   in   administering    the
33    responsibilities of the Department.
34        34.  Upon  the  request of the Department of Children and
 
                            -217-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Family Services, the Department of State Police shall provide
 2    properly designated employees of the Department  of  Children
 3    and  Family Services with criminal history record information
 4    as defined in the Illinois Uniform Conviction Information Act
 5    and  information   maintained   in   the   adjudicatory   and
 6    dispositional  record  system as defined in subdivision (A)19
 7    of this Section if the  Department  of  Children  and  Family
 8    Services  determines  the information is necessary to perform
 9    its duties under the Abused  and  Neglected  Child  Reporting
10    Act,  the Child Care Act of 1969, and the Children and Family
11    Services Act.  The request shall be in the  form  and  manner
12    specified by the Department of State Police.
13        35.  The   Illinois   Department  of  Public  Aid  is  an
14    authorized entity under  this  Section  for  the  purpose  of
15    obtaining  access  to  various  data  repositories  available
16    through  LEADS, to facilitate the location of individuals for
17    establishing  paternity,  and  establishing,  modifying,  and
18    enforcing child support obligations, pursuant to the Illinois
19    Public Aid Code and Title IV, Part D of the  Social  Security
20    Act.   The  Department shall enter into an agreement with the
21    Illinois Department  of  Public  Aid  consistent  with  these
22    purposes.
23        36.  Upon request of the Department of Human Services, to
24    conduct  an  assessment  and  evaluation  of sexually violent
25    persons  as  mandated  by  the   Sexually   Violent   Persons
26    Commitment Act, the Department shall furnish criminal history
27    information  maintained on the requested person.  The request
28    shall be in the form and manner specified by the Department.
29        (B)  The Department of State  Police  may  establish  and
30    maintain,  within the Department of State Police, a Statewide
31    Organized Criminal Gang Database (SWORD) for the  purpose  of
32    tracking  organized  criminal  gangs  and  their memberships.
33    Information in the database may include, but not  be  limited
34    to,  the  name,  last  known  address,  birth  date, physical
 
                            -218-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    descriptions (such as  scars,  marks,  or  tattoos),  officer
 2    safety  information, organized gang affiliation, and entering
 3    agency  identifier.    The   Department   may   develop,   in
 4    consultation with the Criminal Justice Information Authority,
 5    and  in  a  form  and manner prescribed by the Department, an
 6    automated data exchange system to compile, to  maintain,  and
 7    to   make   this   information  electronically  available  to
 8    prosecutors and  to  other  law  enforcement  agencies.   The
 9    information  may be used by authorized agencies to combat the
10    operations of organized criminal gangs statewide.
11        (C)  The Department of State  Police  may  ascertain  the
12    number  of  bilingual  police  officers  and  other personnel
13    needed to provide services in a language other  than  English
14    and  may  establish,  under  applicable  personnel  rules and
15    Department guidelines  or  through  a  collective  bargaining
16    agreement, a bilingual pay supplement program.
17    (Source:  P.A.  89-54,  eff.  6-30-95;  90-18,  eff.  7-1-97;
18    90-130,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-372,  eff.  7-1-98;  90-655,  eff.
19    7-30-98; 90-793, eff. 8-14-98; revised 10-6-98.)

20        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 90-590)
21        Sec. 55a. Powers and duties.
22        (A)  The  Department  of  State  Police  shall  have  the
23    following  powers and duties, and those set forth in Sections
24    55a-1 through 55c:
25        1.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
26    been  vested  in the Department of Public Safety by the State
27    Police Act.
28        2.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
29    been  vested  in the Department of Public Safety by the State
30    Police Radio Act.
31        3.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
32    been  vested  in  the  Department  of  Public  Safety  by the
33    Criminal Identification Act.
34        4.  To (a) investigate the origins, activities, personnel
 
                            -219-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and incidents of crime and the ways and means to redress  the
 2    victims   of  crimes,  and  study  the  impact,  if  any,  of
 3    legislation relative to the effusion  of  crime  and  growing
 4    crime  rates,  and  enforce  the  criminal laws of this State
 5    related  thereto,  (b)  enforce  all  laws   regulating   the
 6    production,  sale, prescribing, manufacturing, administering,
 7    transporting, having in possession,  dispensing,  delivering,
 8    distributing,  or  use of controlled substances and cannabis,
 9    (c)  employ   skilled   experts,   scientists,   technicians,
10    investigators or otherwise specially qualified persons to aid
11    in  preventing or detecting crime, apprehending criminals, or
12    preparing  and  presenting  evidence  of  violations  of  the
13    criminal laws of the State, (d) cooperate with the police  of
14    cities,  villages and incorporated towns, and with the police
15    officers of any county, in enforcing the laws  of  the  State
16    and  in making arrests and recovering property, (e) apprehend
17    and deliver up any person charged in this State or any  other
18    State  of  the  United  States with treason, felony, or other
19    crime, who has fled from justice and is found in this  State,
20    and  (f) conduct such other investigations as may be provided
21    by law. Persons exercising these powers within the Department
22    are conservators of the peace and as such have all the powers
23    possessed by policemen in cities and  sheriffs,  except  that
24    they  may  exercise  such  powers  anywhere  in  the State in
25    cooperation  with  and  after  contact  with  the  local  law
26    enforcement  officials.  Such  persons  may  use   false   or
27    fictitious  names  in  the  performance of their duties under
28    this paragraph, upon approval of the Director, and shall  not
29    be  subject  to  prosecution under the criminal laws for such
30    use.
31        5.  To: (a) be a  central  repository  and  custodian  of
32    criminal   statistics   for  the  State,  (b)  be  a  central
33    repository  for  criminal  history  record  information,  (c)
34    procure and file for record such information as is  necessary
 
                            -220-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and  helpful  to  plan  programs  of  crime  prevention,  law
 2    enforcement  and  criminal  justice, (d) procure and file for
 3    record such copies of fingerprints, as  may  be  required  by
 4    law,  (e) establish general and field crime laboratories, (f)
 5    register and file for  record  such  information  as  may  be
 6    required   by   law  for  the  issuance  of  firearm  owner's
 7    identification  cards,  (g)   employ   polygraph   operators,
 8    laboratory  technicians and other specially qualified persons
 9    to aid in the identification of criminal  activity,  and  (h)
10    undertake such other identification, information, laboratory,
11    statistical  or registration activities as may be required by
12    law.
13        6.  To  (a)  acquire  and  operate  one  or  more   radio
14    broadcasting  stations  in  the  State  to be used for police
15    purposes, (b) operate a statewide communications  network  to
16    gather   and  disseminate  information  for  law  enforcement
17    agencies, (c)  operate  an  electronic  data  processing  and
18    computer  center  for  the  storage  and  retrieval  of  data
19    pertaining to criminal activity, and (d) undertake such other
20    communication activities as may be required by law.
21        7.  To  provide, as may be required by law, assistance to
22    local  law  enforcement  agencies   through   (a)   training,
23    management  and consultant services for local law enforcement
24    agencies, and (b) the pursuit of research and the publication
25    of studies pertaining to local law enforcement activities.
26        8.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which  have
27    been  vested  in  the  Department  of  State  Police  and the
28    Director of the Department of State Police  by  the  Narcotic
29    Control Division Abolition Act.
30        9.  To  exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
31    been vested  in  the  Department  of  Public  Safety  by  the
32    Illinois Vehicle Code.
33        10.  To exercise the rights, powers and duties which have
34    been vested in the Department of Public Safety by the Firearm
 
                            -221-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Owners Identification Card Act.
 2        11.  To   enforce  and  administer  such  other  laws  in
 3    relation  to  law  enforcement  as  may  be  vested  in   the
 4    Department.
 5        12.  To  transfer  jurisdiction  of  any  realty title to
 6    which is held by the State of Illinois under the  control  of
 7    the   Department   to  any  other  department  of  the  State
 8    government or to the State Employees Housing  Commission,  or
 9    to  acquire  or  accept  Federal  land,  when  such transfer,
10    acquisition or acceptance is advantageous to the State and is
11    approved in writing by the Governor.
12        13.  With the written approval of the Governor, to  enter
13    into  agreements  with other departments created by this Act,
14    for the furlough of inmates of the penitentiary to such other
15    departments  for  their  use  in  research   programs   being
16    conducted by them.
17        For   the  purpose  of  participating  in  such  research
18    projects,  the  Department  may  extend  the  limits  of  any
19    inmate's place of confinement, when there is reasonable cause
20    to believe that the inmate will honor his  or  her  trust  by
21    authorizing the inmate, under prescribed conditions, to leave
22    the  confines of the place unaccompanied by a custodial agent
23    of the Department. The Department shall make rules  governing
24    the transfer of the inmate to the requesting other department
25    having  the approved research project, and the return of such
26    inmate to the unextended confines of the  penitentiary.  Such
27    transfer shall be made only with the consent of the inmate.
28        The  willful  failure  of a prisoner to remain within the
29    extended limits of his or her confinement or to return within
30    the time or manner prescribed to  the  place  of  confinement
31    designated by the Department in granting such extension shall
32    be  deemed  an  escape  from  custody  of  the Department and
33    punishable as provided in Section 3-6-4 of the  Unified  Code
34    of Corrections.
 
                            -222-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        14.  To  provide  investigative services, with all of the
 2    powers possessed by policemen in cities and sheriffs, in  and
 3    around  all  race  tracks  subject to the Horse Racing Act of
 4    1975.
 5        15.  To expend such sums as the Director deems  necessary
 6    from  Contractual Services appropriations for the Division of
 7    Criminal Investigation for the purchase of evidence  and  for
 8    the employment of persons to obtain evidence. Such sums shall
 9    be  advanced  to  agents authorized by the Director to expend
10    funds, on vouchers signed by the Director.
11        16.  To  assist  victims  and  witnesses  in  gang  crime
12    prosecutions through the administration of funds appropriated
13    from the Gang Violence Victims  and  Witnesses  Fund  to  the
14    Department.    Such   funds  shall  be  appropriated  to  the
15    Department and shall only  be  used  to  assist  victims  and
16    witnesses  in gang crime prosecutions and such assistance may
17    include any of the following:
18             (a)  temporary living costs;
19             (b)  moving expenses;
20             (c)  closing costs on the sale of private residence;
21             (d)  first month's rent;
22             (e)  security deposits;
23             (f)  apartment location assistance;
24             (g)  other expenses which the  Department  considers
25        appropriate; and
26             (h)  compensation  for any loss of or injury to real
27        or personal property resulting from a  gang  crime  to  a
28        maximum of $5,000, subject to the following provisions:
29                  (1)  in  the  case  of  loss  of  property, the
30             amount of compensation  shall  be  measured  by  the
31             replacement  cost  of similar or like property which
32             has been incurred by and which is  substantiated  by
33             the property owner,
34                  (2)  in  the  case  of  injury to property, the
 
                            -223-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             amount of compensation shall be measured by the cost
 2             of repair incurred and which can be substantiated by
 3             the property owner,
 4                  (3)  compensation under  this  provision  is  a
 5             secondary   source  of  compensation  and  shall  be
 6             reduced by any amount the  property  owner  receives
 7             from  any  other source as compensation for the loss
 8             or injury, including, but not limited  to,  personal
 9             insurance coverage,
10                  (4)  no  compensation  may  be  awarded  if the
11             property owner was an offender or an  accomplice  of
12             the offender, or if the award would unjustly benefit
13             the  offender  or offenders, or an accomplice of the
14             offender or offenders.
15        No victim or witness may receive such assistance if he or
16    she is not a part of or  fails  to  fully  cooperate  in  the
17    prosecution   of   gang  crime  members  by  law  enforcement
18    authorities.
19        The Department shall promulgate any rules  necessary  for
20    the implementation of this amendatory Act of 1985.
21        17.  To conduct arson investigations.
22        18.  To  develop  a separate statewide statistical police
23    contact record keeping  system  for  the  study  of  juvenile
24    delinquency.  The records of this police contact system shall
25    be  limited  to  statistical  information.   No  individually
26    identifiable information shall be maintained  in  the  police
27    contact statistical record system.
28        19.  To  develop  a  separate  statewide central juvenile
29    records system for persons arrested prior to the  age  of  17
30    under  Section  5-401  of  the  Juvenile Court Act of 1987 or
31    adjudicated  delinquent  minors  and  to   make   information
32    available  to  local  law  enforcement  officers  so that law
33    enforcement officers will be able to obtain rapid  access  to
34    the  background  of the minor from other jurisdictions to the
 
                            -224-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    end that the juvenile police officers  can  make  appropriate
 2    decisions which will best serve the interest of the child and
 3    the  community.    The  Department  shall  submit a quarterly
 4    report to the  General  Assembly  and  Governor  which  shall
 5    contain  the  number  of juvenile records that the Department
 6    has received in that quarter and, a  list,  by  category,  of
 7    offenses  that  minors  were  arrested for or convicted of by
 8    age, race and gender.
 9        20.  To develop rules which guarantee the confidentiality
10    of such individually identifiable juvenile records except  to
11    juvenile  authorities  who request information concerning the
12    minor and who certify in writing that  the  information  will
13    not  be disclosed to any other party except as provided under
14    law or  order  of  court.   For  purposes  of  this  Section,
15    "juvenile  authorities"  means:  (i)  a  judge of the circuit
16    court and members of the staff of the court designated by the
17    judge; (ii) parties to the  proceedings  under  the  Juvenile
18    Court  Act  of  1987  and  their  attorneys;  (iii) probation
19    officers and  court  appointed  advocates  for  the  juvenile
20    authorized by the judge hearing the case; (iv) any individual
21    or,  public  or of private agency having custody of the child
22    pursuant to court order; (v) any  individual  or,  public  or
23    private  agency providing education, medical or mental health
24    service to the child when the requested information is needed
25    to determine the appropriate service  or  treatment  for  the
26    minor;  (vi)  any  potential  placement  provider  when  such
27    release is authorized by the court for the limited purpose of
28    determining  the  appropriateness of the potential placement;
29    (vii) law enforcement officers and prosecutors; (viii)  adult
30    and juvenile prisoner review boards; (ix) authorized military
31    personnel;  (x)  individuals  authorized  by  court; (xi) the
32    Illinois General Assembly  or  any  committee  or  commission
33    thereof.
34        21.  To  develop  administrative rules and administrative
 
                            -225-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    hearing procedures which allow a minor, his or her  attorney,
 2    and  his  or  her  parents or guardian access to individually
 3    identifiable juvenile records for the purpose of  determining
 4    or   challenging   the   accuracy   of  the  records.   Final
 5    administrative decisions shall be subject to  the  provisions
 6    of the Administrative Review Law.
 7        22.  To  charge,  collect,  and  receive  fees  or moneys
 8    equivalent to the  cost  of  providing  Department  of  State
 9    Police   personnel,   equipment,   and   services   to  local
10    governmental agencies when explicitly requested  by  a  local
11    governmental  agency  and  pursuant  to  an intergovernmental
12    agreement as provided by this Section, other State  agencies,
13    and  federal  agencies,  including but not limited to fees or
14    moneys  equivalent  to  the  cost  of  providing  dispatching
15    services, radio and  radar  repair,  and  training  to  local
16    governmental  agencies on such terms and conditions as in the
17    judgment of the Director are in  the  best  interest  of  the
18    State;  and to establish, charge, collect and receive fees or
19    moneys based on the cost of providing responses  to  requests
20    for  criminal history record information pursuant to positive
21    identification and any Illinois or  federal  law  authorizing
22    access  to  some  aspect of such information and to prescribe
23    the form  and  manner  for  requesting  and  furnishing  such
24    information  to the requestor on such terms and conditions as
25    in the judgment of the Director are in the best  interest  of
26    the  State,  provided  fees  for  requesting  and  furnishing
27    criminal   history  record  information  may  be  waived  for
28    requests in the due administration of the criminal laws.  The
29    Department  may  also  charge,  collect  and  receive fees or
30    moneys equivalent to the cost of  providing  electronic  data
31    processing  lines  or  related  telecommunication services to
32    local  governments,  but  only  when  such  services  can  be
33    provided  by  the  Department  at  a  cost  less  than   that
34    experienced  by  said  local governments through other means.
 
                            -226-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    All services provided by the Department  shall  be  conducted
 2    pursuant    to    contracts    in    accordance    with   the
 3    Intergovernmental Cooperation Act, and all  telecommunication
 4    services  shall  be  provided  pursuant  to the provisions of
 5    Section 67.18 of this Code.
 6        All fees received by the Department of State Police under
 7    this Act or the Illinois Uniform Conviction  Information  Act
 8    shall be deposited in a special fund in the State Treasury to
 9    be  known  as  the  State  Police  Services  Fund.  The money
10    deposited  in  the  State  Police  Services  Fund  shall   be
11    appropriated  to  the Department of State Police for expenses
12    of the Department of State Police.
13        Upon the completion of any audit  of  the  Department  of
14    State  Police  as  prescribed  by the Illinois State Auditing
15    Act, which audit  includes  an  audit  of  the  State  Police
16    Services  Fund, the Department of State Police shall make the
17    audit open to inspection by any interested person.
18        23.  To exercise the powers and perform the duties  which
19    have  been  vested  in  the Department of State Police by the
20    Intergovernmental Missing Child Recovery Act of 1984, and  to
21    establish   reasonable  rules  and  regulations  necessitated
22    thereby.
23        24. (a)  To  establish  and  maintain  a  statewide   Law
24    Enforcement  Agencies  Data System (LEADS) for the purpose of
25    providing  electronic  access  by  authorized   entities   to
26    criminal justice data repositories and effecting an immediate
27    law  enforcement  response  to  reports  of  missing persons,
28    including lost, missing or runaway  minors.   The  Department
29    shall implement an automatic data exchange system to compile,
30    to  maintain  and  to make available to other law enforcement
31    agencies for immediate dissemination data  which  can  assist
32    appropriate   agencies  in  recovering  missing  persons  and
33    provide  access  by  authorized  entities  to  various   data
34    repositories available through LEADS for criminal justice and
 
                            -227-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    related  purposes.   To assist the Department in this effort,
 2    funds may be appropriated from the LEADS Maintenance Fund.
 3        (b)  In exercising its duties under this subsection,  the
 4    Department shall:
 5             (1)  provide  a  uniform  reporting  format  for the
 6        entry of pertinent information regarding the report of  a
 7        missing person into LEADS;
 8             (2)  develop   and  implement  a  policy  whereby  a
 9        statewide or regional alert would be used  in  situations
10        relating  to  the disappearances of individuals, based on
11        criteria and in a format established by  the  Department.
12        Such  a  format shall include, but not be limited to, the
13        age of the missing person and the suspected  circumstance
14        of the disappearance;
15             (3)  notify   all   law  enforcement  agencies  that
16        reports of missing persons shall be entered  as  soon  as
17        the  minimum level of data specified by the Department is
18        available to the reporting agency, and  that  no  waiting
19        period for the entry of such data exists;
20             (4)  compile  and retain information regarding lost,
21        abducted, missing or runaway minors in  a  separate  data
22        file, in a manner that allows such information to be used
23        by  law enforcement and other agencies deemed appropriate
24        by  the  Director,  for  investigative  purposes.    Such
25        information shall include the disposition of all reported
26        lost, abducted, missing or runaway minor cases;
27             (5)  compile   and   maintain   an   historic   data
28        repository relating to lost, abducted, missing or runaway
29        minors  and other missing persons in order to develop and
30        improve techniques utilized by law  enforcement  agencies
31        when responding to reports of missing persons; and
32             (6)  create  a  quality  control  program  regarding
33        confirmation   of  missing  person  data,  timeliness  of
34        entries  of  missing  person  reports  into   LEADS   and
 
                            -228-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        performance audits of all entering agencies.
 2        25.  On   request   of   a   school   board  or  regional
 3    superintendent of schools, to conduct an inquiry pursuant  to
 4    Section 10-21.9 or 34-18.5 of the School Code to ascertain if
 5    an  applicant  for  employment  in a school district has been
 6    convicted of any criminal  or  drug  offenses  enumerated  in
 7    Section   10-21.9   or  34-18.5  of  the  School  Code.   The
 8    Department shall furnish such conviction information  to  the
 9    President  of  the  school board of the school district which
10    has requested the information,  or  if  the  information  was
11    requested  by  the  regional  superintendent to that regional
12    superintendent.
13        26.  To promulgate rules and  regulations  necessary  for
14    the  administration and enforcement of its powers and duties,
15    wherever  granted  and  imposed,  pursuant  to  the  Illinois
16    Administrative Procedure Act.
17        27.  To  (a)   promulgate   rules   pertaining   to   the
18    certification,  revocation  of  certification and training of
19    law enforcement officers as electronic criminal  surveillance
20    officers,  (b)  provide  training and technical assistance to
21    State's  Attorneys  and  local   law   enforcement   agencies
22    pertaining    to    the    interception   of   private   oral
23    communications,  (c)  promulgate  rules  necessary  for   the
24    administration  of  Article  108B  of  the  Code  of Criminal
25    Procedure of 1963, including but not limited to standards for
26    recording   and   minimization   of    electronic    criminal
27    surveillance   intercepts,   documentation   required  to  be
28    maintained during an intercept,  procedures  in  relation  to
29    evidence   developed  by  an  intercept,  and  (d)  charge  a
30    reasonable fee to each  law  enforcement  agency  that  sends
31    officers   to   receive   training   as  electronic  criminal
32    surveillance officers.
33        28.  Upon the request of any private  organization  which
34    devotes  a  major  portion  of  its  time to the provision of
 
                            -229-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    recreational, social, educational or child safety services to
 2    children, to conduct, pursuant  to  positive  identification,
 3    criminal   background   investigations   of   all   of   that
 4    organization's   current   employees,   current   volunteers,
 5    prospective  employees or prospective volunteers charged with
 6    the care and custody of children during the provision of  the
 7    organization's  services,  and  to  report  to the requesting
 8    organization any record  of  convictions  maintained  in  the
 9    Department's  files about such persons.  The Department shall
10    charge an application fee, based on  actual  costs,  for  the
11    dissemination  of  conviction  information  pursuant  to this
12    subsection.  The Department is empowered  to  establish  this
13    fee  and  shall  prescribe the form and manner for requesting
14    and  furnishing  conviction  information  pursuant  to   this
15    subsection. Information received by the organization from the
16    Department concerning an individual shall be provided to such
17    individual.    Any   such   information   obtained   by   the
18    organization shall be confidential and may not be transmitted
19    outside the organization and may not be transmitted to anyone
20    within  the  organization except as needed for the purpose of
21    evaluating the individual.  Only  information  and  standards
22    which   bear  a  reasonable  and  rational  relation  to  the
23    performance of child care shall be used by the  organization.
24    Any  employee  of  the  Department or any member, employee or
25    volunteer  of   the   organization   receiving   confidential
26    information  under  this subsection who gives or causes to be
27    given any confidential information  concerning  any  criminal
28    convictions  of  an  individual  shall be guilty of a Class A
29    misdemeanor unless release of such information is  authorized
30    by this subsection.
31        29.  Upon  the  request of the Department of Children and
32    Family Services, to investigate reports  of  child  abuse  or
33    neglect.
34        30.  To  obtain registration of a fictitious vital record
 
                            -230-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Vital Records Act.
 2        31.  To collect and disseminate information  relating  to
 3    "hate crimes" as defined under Section 12-7.1 of the Criminal
 4    Code  of  1961  contingent  upon the availability of State or
 5    Federal funds to revise  and  upgrade  the  Illinois  Uniform
 6    Crime  Reporting  System.  All law enforcement agencies shall
 7    report monthly to the Department of State  Police  concerning
 8    such  offenses  in  such  form  and  in such manner as may be
 9    prescribed by rules and regulations adopted by the Department
10    of State Police.  Such information shall be compiled  by  the
11    Department  and be disseminated upon request to any local law
12    enforcement  agency,  unit  of  local  government,  or  state
13    agency.  Dissemination of such information shall  be  subject
14    to all confidentiality requirements otherwise imposed by law.
15    The  Department  of  State  Police shall provide training for
16    State Police officers  in  identifying,  responding  to,  and
17    reporting  all  hate  crimes.  The  Illinois  Law Enforcement
18    Training Standards Board shall develop and certify  a  course
19    of   such   training  to  be  made  available  to  local  law
20    enforcement officers.
21        32.  Upon the request of a private carrier  company  that
22    provides transportation under Section 28b of the Metropolitan
23    Transit  Authority  Act,  to  ascertain if an applicant for a
24    driver position has been convicted of any  criminal  or  drug
25    offense enumerated in Section 28b of the Metropolitan Transit
26    Authority  Act.   The Department shall furnish the conviction
27    information to the private carrier company that requested the
28    information.
29        33.  To apply for grants or contracts,  receive,  expend,
30    allocate,  or  disburse  funds  and  moneys made available by
31    public or private entities, including, but  not  limited  to,
32    contracts,  bequests,  grants,  or  receiving  equipment from
33    corporations, foundations, or public or private  institutions
34    of  higher  learning.   All  funds received by the Department
 
                            -231-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    from these sources shall be deposited  into  the  appropriate
 2    fund  in  the  State  Treasury  to  be  appropriated  to  the
 3    Department  for  purposes  as  indicated  by  the  grantor or
 4    contractor or, in the case of funds or moneys  bequeathed  or
 5    granted  for  no  specific purpose, for any purpose as deemed
 6    appropriate   by   the   Director   in   administering    the
 7    responsibilities of the Department.
 8        34.  Upon  the  request of the Department of Children and
 9    Family Services, the Department of State Police shall provide
10    properly designated employees of the Department  of  Children
11    and  Family Services with criminal history record information
12    as defined in the Illinois Uniform Conviction Information Act
13    and information maintained in the Statewide Central  Juvenile
14    record system as defined in subdivision (A)19 of this Section
15    if  the Department of Children and Family Services determines
16    the information is necessary to perform its duties under  the
17    Abused  and Neglected Child Reporting Act, the Child Care Act
18    of 1969, and the  Children  and  Family  Services  Act.   The
19    request  shall  be  in  the  form and manner specified by the
20    Department of State Police.
21        35.  The  Illinois  Department  of  Public  Aid   is   an
22    authorized  entity  under  this  Section  for  the purpose of
23    exchanging information, in the form and  manner  required  by
24    the  Department  of State Police, obtaining access to various
25    data repositories available through LEADS, to facilitate  the
26    location  of  individuals  for  establishing  paternity,  and
27    establishing,   modifying,   and   enforcing   child  support
28    obligations, pursuant to the Illinois  Public  Aid  Code  and
29    Title  IV,  Part  Section  D of the Social Security Act.  The
30    Department shall enter into an agreement  with  the  Illinois
31    Department of Public Aid consistent with these purposes.
32        36.  Upon request of the Department of Human Services, to
33    conduct  an  assessment  and  evaluation  of sexually violent
34    persons  as  mandated  by  the   Sexually   Violent   Persons
 
                            -232-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Commitment Act, the Department shall furnish criminal history
 2    information  maintained on the requested person.  The request
 3    shall be in the form and manner specified by the Department.
 4        (B)  The Department of State  Police  may  establish  and
 5    maintain,  within the Department of State Police, a Statewide
 6    Organized Criminal Gang Database (SWORD) for the  purpose  of
 7    tracking  organized  criminal  gangs  and  their memberships.
 8    Information in the database may include, but not  be  limited
 9    to,  the  name,  last  known  address,  birth  date, physical
10    descriptions (such as  scars,  marks,  or  tattoos),  officer
11    safety  information, organized gang affiliation, and entering
12    agency  identifier.    The   Department   may   develop,   in
13    consultation with the Criminal Justice Information Authority,
14    and  in  a  form  and manner prescribed by the Department, an
15    automated data exchange system to compile, to  maintain,  and
16    to   make   this   information  electronically  available  to
17    prosecutors and  to  other  law  enforcement  agencies.   The
18    information  may be used by authorized agencies to combat the
19    operations of organized criminal gangs statewide.
20        (C)  The Department of State  Police  may  ascertain  the
21    number  of  bilingual  police  officers  and  other personnel
22    needed to provide services in a language other  than  English
23    and  may  establish,  under  applicable  personnel  rules and
24    Department guidelines  or  through  a  collective  bargaining
25    agreement, a bilingual pay supplement program.
26    (Source:  P.A.  89-54,  eff.  6-30-95;  90-18,  eff.  7-1-97;
27    90-130,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-372,  eff.  7-1-98;  90-590,  eff.
28    1-1-00;  90-655,  eff. 7-30-98; 90-793, eff. 8-14-98; revised
29    1-21-99.)

30        Section 37.  The State Police Act is amended by  changing
31    Section 17 as follows:

32        (20 ILCS 2610/17) (from Ch. 121, par. 307.17)
 
                            -233-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec.  17.  The Division shall purchase and furnish to the
 2    policemen appropriate uniforms  including  a  metal  star  or
 3    badge    bearing   the   words   "Illinois   State   Police",
 4    identification, and such vehicles and other equipment as  may
 5    be necessary.
 6    (Source: Laws 1967, p. 69; revised 1-30-99.)

 7        Section  38.   The Criminal Identification Act is amended
 8    by changing Section 5 as follows:

 9        (20 ILCS 2630/5) (from Ch. 38, par. 206-5)
10        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 90-590)
11        Sec. 5. Arrest reports; expungement.
12        (a)  All policing bodies of this State shall  furnish  to
13    the  Department, daily, in the form and detail the Department
14    requires, fingerprints and descriptions of  all  persons  who
15    are  arrested  on  charges  of violating any penal statute of
16    this State for offenses that are classified as  felonies  and
17    Class  A  or  B  misdemeanors and of all minors who have been
18    arrested or taken into custody before their 17th birthday for
19    an offense that if committed by an adult would constitute the
20    offense of unlawful use of weapons under Article  24  of  the
21    Criminal  Code  of  1961,  a  forcible  felony  as defined in
22    Section 2-8 of the Criminal Code of 1961, or  a  Class  2  or
23    greater  felony  under the Cannabis Control Act, the Illinois
24    Controlled Substances Act,  or  Chapter  4  of  the  Illinois
25    Vehicle  Code.  Moving  or nonmoving traffic violations under
26    the Illinois Vehicle Code shall not be  reported  except  for
27    violations  of Chapter 4, Section 11-204.1, or Section 11-501
28    of that Code.  In addition, conservation offenses, as defined
29    in the Supreme Court Rule  501(c),  that  are  classified  as
30    Class B misdemeanors shall not be reported.
31        Whenever  an  adult  or minor prosecuted as an adult, not
32    having previously been convicted of any criminal  offense  or
 
                            -234-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    municipal  ordinance violation, charged with a violation of a
 2    municipal ordinance or a felony or misdemeanor, is  acquitted
 3    or released without being convicted, whether the acquittal or
 4    release  occurred  before, on, or after the effective date of
 5    this amendatory Act of 1991, the Chief Judge of  the  circuit
 6    wherein  the  charge  was  brought, any judge of that circuit
 7    designated by the Chief Judge, or in counties  of  less  than
 8    3,000,000  inhabitants,  the  presiding  trial  judge  at the
 9    defendant's trial may upon verified petition of the defendant
10    order the record of arrest expunged from the official records
11    of the arresting authority and the Department and order  that
12    the records of the clerk of the circuit court be sealed until
13    further order of the court upon good cause shown and the name
14    of  the  defendant obliterated on the official index required
15    to be kept by the circuit court clerk under Section 16 of the
16    Clerks of Courts Act, but the  order  shall  not  affect  any
17    index  issued  by the circuit court clerk before the entry of
18    the order.  The Department may charge the  petitioner  a  fee
19    equivalent  to the cost of processing any order to expunge or
20    seal the records, and the fee shall  be  deposited  into  the
21    State  Police  Services  Fund.  The records of those arrests,
22    however, that result in a disposition of supervision for  any
23    offense  shall  not  be  expunged  from  the  records  of the
24    arresting authority or the Department nor  impounded  by  the
25    court   until  2  years  after  discharge  and  dismissal  of
26    supervision.  Those records that result  from  a  supervision
27    for  a  violation of Section 3-707, 3-708, 3-710, 5-401.3, or
28    11-503 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or a similar provision of
29    a local ordinance, or for  a  violation  of  Section  12-3.2,
30    12-15  or  16A-3  of  the Criminal Code of 1961, or probation
31    under Section 10 of the Cannabis Control Act, Section 410  of
32    the  Illinois Controlled Substances Act, Section 12-4.3(b)(1)
33    and (2) of the Criminal Code of  1961  (as  those  provisions
34    existed  before their deletion by Public Act 89-313), Section
 
                            -235-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    10-102 of the Illinois Alcoholism and Other  Drug  Dependency
 2    Act when the judgment of conviction has been vacated, Section
 3    40-10  of  the Alcoholism and Other Drug Abuse and Dependency
 4    Act when the judgment of  conviction  has  been  vacated,  or
 5    Section  10  of the Steroid Control Act shall not be expunged
 6    from the records of the arresting authority nor impounded  by
 7    the  court  until  5  years after termination of probation or
 8    supervision. Those records that result from a supervision for
 9    a violation of Section 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or
10    a similar provision  of  a  local  ordinance,  shall  not  be
11    expunged.  All  records  set  out above may be ordered by the
12    court to be  expunged  from  the  records  of  the  arresting
13    authority and impounded by the court after 5 years, but shall
14    not  be expunged by the Department, but shall, on court order
15    be sealed by the Department and may be  disseminated  by  the
16    Department  only  as  required  by  law  or  to the arresting
17    authority, the State's Attorney, and the court upon  a  later
18    arrest  for  the same or a similar offense or for the purpose
19    of sentencing for any subsequent felony.  Upon conviction for
20    any offense, the Department of Corrections shall have  access
21    to  all  sealed  records of the Department pertaining to that
22    individual.
23        (b)  Whenever a person has been convicted of a  crime  or
24    of  the  violation of a municipal ordinance, in the name of a
25    person whose identity he has stolen or  otherwise  come  into
26    possession  of,  the  aggrieved person from whom the identity
27    was stolen or otherwise obtained without authorization,  upon
28    learning  of  the  person  having  been  arrested  using  his
29    identity,  may,  upon verified petition to the chief judge of
30    the circuit wherein the arrest was made, have a  court  order
31    entered  nunc  pro  tunc  by  the  chief judge to correct the
32    arrest record, conviction record, if any,  and  all  official
33    records  of  the  arresting  authority, the Department, other
34    criminal justice agencies,  the  prosecutor,  and  the  trial
 
                            -236-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    court  concerning  such  arrest, if any, by removing his name
 2    from all such records  in  connection  with  the  arrest  and
 3    conviction,  if any, and by inserting in the records the name
 4    of the offender, if known or ascertainable, in  lieu  of  the
 5    aggrieved's  name.   The  records of the clerk of the circuit
 6    court clerk shall be sealed until further order of the  court
 7    upon  good  cause  shown and the name of the aggrieved person
 8    obliterated on the official index required to be kept by  the
 9    circuit  court clerk under Section 16 of the Clerks of Courts
10    Act, but the order shall not affect any index issued  by  the
11    circuit court clerk before the entry of the order. Nothing in
12    this  Section  shall  limit the Department of State Police or
13    other criminal justice agencies or prosecutors  from  listing
14    under  an offender's name the false names he or she has used.
15    For purposes of this  Section,  convictions  for  moving  and
16    nonmoving  traffic  violations  other  than  convictions  for
17    violations  of  Chapter 4, Section 11-204.1 or Section 11-501
18    of the Illinois Vehicle Code shall not be a bar to  expunging
19    the  record  of  arrest  and court records for violation of a
20    misdemeanor or municipal ordinance.
21        (c)  Whenever a person  who  has  been  convicted  of  an
22    offense   is   granted   a   pardon  by  the  Governor  which
23    specifically authorizes expungement, he  may,  upon  verified
24    petition  to  the chief judge of the circuit where the person
25    had been convicted, any judge of the  circuit  designated  by
26    the  Chief  Judge,  or  in  counties  of  less than 3,000,000
27    inhabitants, the presiding trial  judge  at  the  defendant's
28    trial, may have a court order entered expunging the record of
29    arrest  from  the official records of the arresting authority
30    and order that the records of the clerk of the circuit  court
31    and the Department be sealed until further order of the court
32    upon  good  cause  shown or as otherwise provided herein, and
33    the name of the defendant obliterated from the official index
34    requested to be kept by the circuit court clerk under Section
 
                            -237-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    16 of the Clerks of Courts Act in connection with the  arrest
 2    and conviction for the offense for which he had been pardoned
 3    but  the  order  shall  not  affect  any  index issued by the
 4    circuit court clerk before  the  entry  of  the  order.   All
 5    records  sealed  by the Department may be disseminated by the
 6    Department only as  required  by  law  or  to  the  arresting
 7    authority,  the State's States Attorney, and the court upon a
 8    later arrest for the same  or  similar  offense  or  for  the
 9    purpose  of  sentencing  for  any  subsequent  felony.   Upon
10    conviction  for  any  subsequent  offense,  the Department of
11    Corrections shall have access to all sealed  records  of  the
12    Department  pertaining to that individual.  Upon entry of the
13    order of expungement, the clerk of the  circuit  court  shall
14    promptly  mail  a  copy  of  the  order to the person who was
15    pardoned.
16        (d)  Notice of the petition for subsections (a), (b), and
17    (c) shall be served upon the State's Attorney  or  prosecutor
18    charged  with  the  duty  of  prosecuting  the  offense,  the
19    Department  of  State  Police,  the  arresting agency and the
20    chief legal officer of the unit of local government affecting
21    the arrest.  Unless the State's Attorney or  prosecutor,  the
22    Department  of  State  Police,  the  arresting agency or such
23    chief legal officer objects to the petition  within  30  days
24    from  the  date of the notice, the court shall enter an order
25    granting or denying the petition.  The  clerk  of  the  court
26    shall  promptly  mail  a copy of the order to the person, the
27    arresting agency, the prosecutor,  the  Department  of  State
28    Police  and  such  other  criminal justice agencies as may be
29    ordered by the judge.
30        (e)  Nothing herein shall prevent the Department of State
31    Police from maintaining all records  of  any  person  who  is
32    admitted  to  probation  upon  terms  and  conditions and who
33    fulfills those terms and conditions pursuant to Section 10 of
34    the  Cannabis  Control  Act,  Section  410  of  the  Illinois
 
                            -238-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Controlled Substances Act, Section  12-4.3  of  the  Criminal
 2    Code  of  1961, Section 10-102 of the Illinois Alcoholism and
 3    Other Drug Dependency Act, Section 40-10  of  the  Alcoholism
 4    and Other Drug Abuse and Dependency Act, or Section 10 of the
 5    Steroid Control Act.
 6        (f)  No  court  order  issued pursuant to the expungement
 7    provisions of this Section shall become final for purposes of
 8    appeal  until  30  days  after  notice  is  received  by  the
 9    Department.  Any court order contrary to  the  provisions  of
10    this Section is void.
11        (g)  The court shall not order the sealing or expungement
12    of  the arrest records and records of the circuit court clerk
13    of any person granted supervision for  or  convicted  of  any
14    sexual  offense  committed  against a minor under 18 years of
15    age.  For the  purposes  of  this  Section,  "sexual  offense
16    committed against a minor" includes but is not limited to the
17    offenses  of  indecent  solicitation  of  a child or criminal
18    sexual abuse when the victim of  such  offense  is  under  18
19    years of age.
20    (Source: P.A.  88-45;  88-77;  88-670,  eff. 12-2-94; 88-679,
21    eff. 7-1-95; 89-637, eff. 1-1-97; 89-689, eff. 12-31-96.)

22        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 90-590)
23        Sec. 5. Arrest reports; expungement.
24        (a)  All policing bodies of this State shall  furnish  to
25    the  Department, daily, in the form and detail the Department
26    requires, fingerprints and descriptions of  all  persons  who
27    are  arrested  on  charges  of violating any penal statute of
28    this State for offenses that are classified as  felonies  and
29    Class  A or B misdemeanors and of all minors of the age of 10
30    and over who have been arrested for an offense which would be
31    a felony if committed by  an  adult,  and  may  forward  such
32    fingerprints and descriptions for minors arrested for Class A
33    or  B  misdemeanors.   Moving or nonmoving traffic violations
34    under the Illinois Vehicle Code shall not be reported  except
 
                            -239-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    for  violations  of  Chapter  4, Section 11-204.1, or Section
 2    11-501 of that Code.  In addition, conservation offenses,  as
 3    defined in the Supreme Court Rule 501(c), that are classified
 4    as Class B misdemeanors shall not be reported.
 5        Whenever  an  adult  or minor prosecuted as an adult, not
 6    having previously been convicted of any criminal  offense  or
 7    municipal  ordinance violation, charged with a violation of a
 8    municipal ordinance or a felony or misdemeanor, is  acquitted
 9    or released without being convicted, whether the acquittal or
10    release  occurred  before, on, or after the effective date of
11    this amendatory Act of 1991, the Chief Judge of  the  circuit
12    wherein  the  charge  was  brought, any judge of that circuit
13    designated by the Chief Judge, or in counties  of  less  than
14    3,000,000  inhabitants,  the  presiding  trial  judge  at the
15    defendant's trial may upon verified petition of the defendant
16    order the record of arrest expunged from the official records
17    of the arresting authority and the Department and order  that
18    the records of the clerk of the circuit court be sealed until
19    further order of the court upon good cause shown and the name
20    of  the  defendant obliterated on the official index required
21    to be kept by the circuit court clerk under Section 16 of the
22    Clerks of Courts Act, but the  order  shall  not  affect  any
23    index  issued  by the circuit court clerk before the entry of
24    the order.  The Department may charge the  petitioner  a  fee
25    equivalent  to the cost of processing any order to expunge or
26    seal the records, and the fee shall  be  deposited  into  the
27    State  Police  Services  Fund.  The records of those arrests,
28    however, that result in a disposition of supervision for  any
29    offense  shall  not  be  expunged  from  the  records  of the
30    arresting authority or the Department nor  impounded  by  the
31    court   until  2  years  after  discharge  and  dismissal  of
32    supervision.  Those records that result  from  a  supervision
33    for  a  violation of Section 3-707, 3-708, 3-710, 5-401.3, or
34    11-503 of the Illinois Vehicle Code or a similar provision of
 
                            -240-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    a local ordinance, or for  a  violation  of  Section  12-3.2,
 2    12-15  or  16A-3  of  the Criminal Code of 1961, or probation
 3    under Section 10 of the Cannabis Control Act, Section 410  of
 4    the  Illinois Controlled Substances Act, Section 12-4.3(b)(1)
 5    and (2) of the Criminal Code of  1961  (as  those  provisions
 6    existed  before their deletion by Public Act 89-313), Section
 7    10-102 of the Illinois Alcoholism and Other  Drug  Dependency
 8    Act when the judgment of conviction has been vacated, Section
 9    40-10  of  the Alcoholism and Other Drug Abuse and Dependency
10    Act when the judgment of  conviction  has  been  vacated,  or
11    Section  10  of the Steroid Control Act shall not be expunged
12    from the records of the arresting authority nor impounded  by
13    the  court  until  5  years after termination of probation or
14    supervision.  Those records that result  from  a  supervision
15    for  a  violation  of  Section 11-501 of the Illinois Vehicle
16    Code or a similar provision of a local ordinance,  shall  not
17    be expunged.  All records set out above may be ordered by the
18    court  to  be  expunged  from  the  records  of the arresting
19    authority and impounded by the court after 5 years, but shall
20    not be expunged by the Department, but shall, on court  order
21    be  sealed  by  the Department and may be disseminated by the
22    Department only as  required  by  law  or  to  the  arresting
23    authority,  the  State's Attorney, and the court upon a later
24    arrest for the same or a similar offense or for  the  purpose
25    of sentencing for any subsequent felony.  Upon conviction for
26    any  offense, the Department of Corrections shall have access
27    to all sealed records of the Department  pertaining  to  that
28    individual.
29        (a-5)  Those  records  maintained  by  the Department for
30    persons arrested  prior  to  their  17th  birthday  shall  be
31    expunged  as  provided in Section 5-915 of the Juvenile Court
32    Act of 1987.
33        (b)  Whenever a person has been convicted of a  crime  or
34    of  the  violation of a municipal ordinance, in the name of a
 
                            -241-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    person whose identity he has stolen or  otherwise  come  into
 2    possession  of,  the  aggrieved person from whom the identity
 3    was stolen or otherwise obtained without authorization,  upon
 4    learning  of  the  person  having  been  arrested  using  his
 5    identity,  may,  upon verified petition to the chief judge of
 6    the circuit wherein the arrest was made, have a  court  order
 7    entered  nunc  pro  tunc  by  the  chief judge to correct the
 8    arrest record, conviction record, if any,  and  all  official
 9    records  of  the  arresting  authority, the Department, other
10    criminal justice agencies,  the  prosecutor,  and  the  trial
11    court  concerning  such  arrest, if any, by removing his name
12    from all such records  in  connection  with  the  arrest  and
13    conviction,  if any, and by inserting in the records the name
14    of the offender, if known or ascertainable, in  lieu  of  the
15    has  name.   The  records  of  the clerk of the circuit court
16    clerk shall be sealed until further order of the  court  upon
17    good  cause  shown  and  the  name  of  the  aggrieved person
18    obliterated on the official index required to be kept by  the
19    circuit  court clerk under Section 16 of the Clerks of Courts
20    Act, but the order shall not affect any index issued  by  the
21    circuit court clerk before the entry of the order. Nothing in
22    this  Section  shall  limit the Department of State Police or
23    other criminal justice agencies or prosecutors  from  listing
24    under  an offender's name the false names he or she has used.
25    For purposes of this  Section,  convictions  for  moving  and
26    nonmoving  traffic  violations  other  than  convictions  for
27    violations  of  Chapter 4, Section 11-204.1 or Section 11-501
28    of the Illinois Vehicle Code shall not be a bar to  expunging
29    the  record  of  arrest  and court records for violation of a
30    misdemeanor or municipal ordinance.
31        (c)  Whenever a person  who  has  been  convicted  of  an
32    offense   is   granted   a   pardon  by  the  Governor  which
33    specifically authorizes expungement, he  may,  upon  verified
34    petition  to  the chief judge of the circuit where the person
 
                            -242-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    had been convicted, any judge of the  circuit  designated  by
 2    the  Chief  Judge,  or  in  counties  of  less than 3,000,000
 3    inhabitants, the presiding trial  judge  at  the  defendant's
 4    trial, may have a court order entered expunging the record of
 5    arrest  from  the official records of the arresting authority
 6    and order that the records of the clerk of the circuit  court
 7    and the Department be sealed until further order of the court
 8    upon  good  cause  shown or as otherwise provided herein, and
 9    the name of the defendant obliterated from the official index
10    requested to be kept by the circuit court clerk under Section
11    16 of the Clerks of Courts Act in connection with the  arrest
12    and conviction for the offense for which he had been pardoned
13    but  the  order  shall  not  affect  any  index issued by the
14    circuit court clerk before  the  entry  of  the  order.   All
15    records  sealed  by the Department may be disseminated by the
16    Department only as  required  by  law  or  to  the  arresting
17    authority,  the State's States Attorney, and the court upon a
18    later arrest for the same  or  similar  offense  or  for  the
19    purpose  of  sentencing  for  any  subsequent  felony.   Upon
20    conviction  for  any  subsequent  offense,  the Department of
21    Corrections shall have access to all sealed  records  of  the
22    Department  pertaining to that individual.  Upon entry of the
23    order of expungement, the clerk of the  circuit  court  shall
24    promptly  mail  a  copy  of  the  order to the person who was
25    pardoned.
26        (d)  Notice of the petition for subsections (a), (b), and
27    (c) shall be served upon the State's Attorney  or  prosecutor
28    charged  with  the  duty  of  prosecuting  the  offense,  the
29    Department  of  State  Police,  the  arresting agency and the
30    chief legal officer of the unit of local government affecting
31    the arrest.  Unless the State's Attorney or  prosecutor,  the
32    Department  of  State  Police,  the  arresting agency or such
33    chief legal officer objects to the petition  within  30  days
34    from  the  date of the notice, the court shall enter an order
 
                            -243-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    granting or denying the petition.  The  clerk  of  the  court
 2    shall  promptly  mail  a copy of the order to the person, the
 3    arresting agency, the prosecutor,  the  Department  of  State
 4    Police  and  such  other  criminal justice agencies as may be
 5    ordered by the judge.
 6        (e)  Nothing herein shall prevent the Department of State
 7    Police from maintaining all records  of  any  person  who  is
 8    admitted  to  probation  upon  terms  and  conditions and who
 9    fulfills those terms and conditions pursuant to Section 10 of
10    the  Cannabis  Control  Act,  Section  410  of  the  Illinois
11    Controlled Substances Act, Section  12-4.3  of  the  Criminal
12    Code  of  1961, Section 10-102 of the Illinois Alcoholism and
13    Other Drug Dependency Act, Section 40-10  of  the  Alcoholism
14    and Other Drug Abuse and Dependency Act, or Section 10 of the
15    Steroid Control Act.
16        (f)  No  court  order  issued pursuant to the expungement
17    provisions of this Section shall become final for purposes of
18    appeal  until  30  days  after  notice  is  received  by  the
19    Department.  Any court order contrary to  the  provisions  of
20    this Section is void.
21        (g)  The court shall not order the sealing or expungement
22    of  the arrest records and records of the circuit court clerk
23    of any person granted supervision for  or  convicted  of  any
24    sexual  offense  committed  against a minor under 18 years of
25    age.  For the  purposes  of  this  Section,  "sexual  offense
26    committed against a minor" includes but is not limited to the
27    offenses  of  indecent  solicitation  of  a child or criminal
28    sexual abuse when the victim of  such  offense  is  under  18
29    years of age.
30    (Source: P.A.  89-637,  eff.  1-1-97;  89-689, eff. 12-31-96;
31    90-590, eff. 1-1-00; revised 10-31-98.)

32        Section 39.  The Illinois Uniform Conviction  Information
33    Act is amended by changing Section 9 as follows:
 
                            -244-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (20 ILCS 2635/9) (from Ch. 38, par. 1609)
 2        Sec.   9.    Procedural  Requirements  for  Disseminating
 3    Conviction Information.
 4        (A)  In accordance with the time parameters of Section  6
 5    and the requirements of subsection subsections (B) and (C) of
 6    this  Section  9,  the  Department shall either: (1) transmit
 7    conviction  information  to  the  requester,   including   an
 8    explanation  of  any code or abbreviation; (2) explain to the
 9    requester   why   the   information   requested   cannot   be
10    transmitted; or (3) inform the requester of any deficiency in
11    the request.
12        (B)  Prior to a non-automated dissemination or within  30
13    days  subsequent  to an automated dissemination made pursuant
14    to this Act, the Department  shall  first  conduct  a  formal
15    update   inquiry   and   review  to  make  certain  that  the
16    information disseminated is complete, except (1) in cases  of
17    exigency,  (2)  upon  request  of  another  criminal  justice
18    agency,  (3)  for conviction information that is less than 30
19    days old, or (4)  for  information  intentionally  fabricated
20    upon  the  express  written  authorization of the Director of
21    State Police to support undercover law enforcement efforts.
22        It shall be  the  responsibility  of  the  Department  to
23    retain  a  record  of  every  extra-agency  dissemination  of
24    conviction information for a period of not less than 3 years.
25    Such records shall be subject to audit by the Department, and
26    shall,  upon  request,  be supplied to the individual to whom
27    the information pertains for requests  from  members  of  the
28    general   public,   corporations,  organizations,  employers,
29    employment agencies,  labor  organizations  and  non-criminal
30    justice  agencies.   At  a minimum, the following information
31    shall be recorded and retained by the Department:
32             (1)  The  name  of  the  individual  to   whom   the
33        disseminated information pertains;
34             (2)  The  name  of  the  individual  requesting  the
 
                            -245-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        information;
 2             (3)  The date of the request;
 3             (4)  The name and address of the private individual,
 4        corporation,  organization,  employer, employment agency,
 5        labor  organization  or   non-criminal   justice   agency
 6        receiving the information; and
 7             (5)  The date of the dissemination.
 8    (Source: P.A. 88-368; revised 10-31-98.)

 9        Section 40.  The Civil Administrative Code of Illinois is
10    amended by changing Section 49.16 as follows:

11        (20 ILCS 2705/49.16) (from Ch. 127, par. 49.16)
12        Sec. 49.16.  Master plan; reporting requirements.
13        (a)  To  develop and maintain a continuing, comprehensive
14    and integrated  planning  process  which  shall  develop  and
15    periodically    revise    a   statewide   master   plan   for
16    transportation to guide program  development  and  to  foster
17    efficient  and  economical transportation services in ground,
18    air, water and all other modes of  transportation  throughout
19    the    state.     The   Department   shall   coordinate   its
20    transportation planning activities with those of other  state
21    agencies  and authorities, and shall supervise and review any
22    transportation planning performed by other Executive agencies
23    under the direction of the Governor.   The  Department  shall
24    cooperate and participate with federal, regional, interstate,
25    state,  and local agencies, in accordance with Sections 5-301
26    and 7-301 of the Illinois Highway Code, and  with  interested
27    private individuals and organizations, in the coordination of
28    plans   and   policies   for   development   of  the  state's
29    transportation system.
30        To meet the provisions of this  Section,  the  Department
31    shall  publish  and  deliver  to  the  Governor  and  General
32    Assembly by January 1, 1982 and every 2 years thereafter, its
 
                            -246-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    master   plan   for   highway,   waterway,  aeronautic,  mass
 2    transportation and railroad systems.  The plan shall identify
 3    priority subsystems or components of each  system  which  are
 4    critical  to  the  economic and general welfare of this State
 5    regardless of public jurisdictional responsibility or private
 6    ownership.
 7        The master plan shall  provide  particular  emphasis  and
 8    detail of the 5 year period in the immediate future.
 9        Annual  and 5 year project programs for each State system
10    in this Section shall be published and furnished the  General
11    Assembly on the first Wednesday in April of each year.
12        Identified  needs  included in the project programs shall
13    be listed and mapped in  a  distinctive  fashion  to  clearly
14    identify the priority status of the projects: (1) projects to
15    be  committed for execution; (2) tentative projects which are
16    dependent upon funding or other constraints; and  (3)  needed
17    projects  which  are not programmed due to lack of funding or
18    other constraints.
19        All projects shall be related to the priority systems  of
20    the  master plan, and the priority criteria identified.  Cost
21    and estimated completion dates shall  be  included  for  work
22    required  to  complete  a useable segment or component beyond
23    the 5 year period of the program.
24        (b)  The Department shall  publish  and  deliver  to  the
25    Governor and General Assembly on the first Wednesday in April
26    of  each  year a 5-year Highway Improvement Program reporting
27    the number of fiscal years each project has been on  previous
28    5-year plans submitted by the Department.
29        (c)  The  Department  shall  publish  and  deliver to the
30    Governor and the General Assembly by November 1 of each  year
31    a For the Record report that shall include the following:
32             (1)  all  the  projects accomplished in the previous
33        fiscal  year  listed  by  each  Illinois  Department   of
34        Transportation District; and
 
                            -247-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (2)  the  award cost and the beginning dates of each
 2        listed project.
 3    (Source: P.A. 90-277, eff. 1-1-98; revised 10-31-98.)

 4        Section 41.  The Illinois Development  Finance  Authority
 5    Act is amended by changing Sections 7.28 and 7.53 as follows:

 6        (20 ILCS 3505/7.28) (from Ch. 48, par. 850.07s)
 7        Sec.   7.28.    Documentary  materials  concerning  trade
 8    secrets; Commercial or financial information; Confidentiality
 9     Confidentially.  Any documentary materials or data  made  or
10    received  by  any member, agent or employee of the Authority,
11    to the extent that such material or  data  consist  of  trade
12    secrets,  commercial  or  financial information regarding the
13    operation of any enterprise conducted by an applicant for, or
14    recipient of, any form of assistance which the  Authority  is
15    empowered to render, or regarding the competitive position of
16    such  enterprise in a particular field of endeavor, shall not
17    be deemed public records;  provided,  however,  that  if  the
18    Authority   purchases   a   qualified   security   from  such
19    enterprise,  the  commercial   and   financial   information,
20    excluding  trade  secrets, shall be deemed to become a public
21    record of the Authority after the expiration of 3 years  from
22    the  date  of purchase of such qualified security, or, in the
23    case of such information made  or  received  by  any  member,
24    agent or employee of the Authority after the purchase of such
25    qualified  security,  3  years from the date such information
26    was made or received. Any discussion or consideration of such
27    trade secrets or commercial or financial information  may  be
28    held  by  the  Authority  in executive sessions closed to the
29    public, notwithstanding the provisions of the  Open  Meetings
30    Act;   provided,  however,  that  the  purpose  of  any  such
31    executive session shall be set forth in the official  minutes
32    of  the  Authority  and business which is not related to such
 
                            -248-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    purpose shall not be transacted, nor shall any vote be  taken
 2    during such executive sessions.
 3    (Source: P.A. 88-665, eff. 9-16-94; revised 10-31-98.)

 4        (20 ILCS 3505/7.53) (from Ch. 48, par. 850.07z9)
 5        Sec.  7.53.  Powers and duties; Illinois Local Government
 6    Financing Assistance Program.  The Authority has the power:
 7        (a)  To purchase from time to time pursuant to negotiated
 8    sale or to otherwise acquire from  time  to  time  any  local
 9    government  securities  issued  by one or more units of local
10    government upon such terms and conditions  as  the  Authority
11    may prescribe;
12        (b)  To issue bonds in one or more series pursuant to one
13    or   more  resolutions  of  the  Authority  for  any  purpose
14    authorized under Sections 7.50  through  7.61  of  this  Act,
15    including  without  limitation  purchasing or acquiring local
16    government securities,  providing  for  the  payment  of  any
17    interest  deemed necessary on such bonds, paying for the cost
18    of issuance of such bonds, providing for the payment  of  the
19    cost   of   any  guarantees,  letters  of  credit,  insurance
20    contracts  or  other  similar  credit  support  or  liquidity
21    instruments, or providing for the  funding  of  any  reserves
22    deemed  necessary in connection with such bonds and refunding
23    or advance refunding of any such bonds and the  interest  and
24    any  premium  thereon, pursuant to paragraph (c) of Section 7
25    of this Act;
26        (c)  To provide for the funding of any reserves or  other
27    funds  or  accounts  deemed  necessary  by  the  Authority in
28    connection with any bonds issued by the  Authority  or  local
29    government  securities purchased or otherwise acquired by the
30    Authority;
31        (d)  To pledge any local government  security,  including
32    any payments thereon, and any other funds of the Authority or
33    funds made available to the Authority which may be applied to
 
                            -249-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    such  purpose,  as  security for any bonds or any guarantees,
 2    letters of credit,  insurance  contracts  or  similar  credit
 3    support or liquidity instruments securing the bonds;
 4        (e)  To  enter  into  agreements  or contracts with third
 5    parties,  whether  public  or  private,   including   without
 6    limitation  the  United  States of America, the State, or any
 7    department or agency thereof to  obtain  any  appropriations,
 8    grants,  loans  or  guarantees  which are deemed necessary or
 9    desirable by the Authority.  Any such guarantee, agreement or
10    contract  may  contain  terms  and  provisions  necessary  or
11    desirable in connection with  the  program,  subject  to  the
12    requirements  established  by  Sections  7.50 through 7.61 of
13    this Act;
14        (f)  To charge reasonable fees  to  defray  the  cost  of
15    obtaining  letters  of  credit,  insurance contracts or other
16    similar documents, and to charge such other  reasonable  fees
17    to  defray the cost of trustees, depositories, paying agents,
18    bond  registrars,  escrow  agents  and  other  administrative
19    expenses.  Any such fees shall be payable by units  of  local
20    government whose local government securities are purchased or
21    otherwise acquired by the Authority pursuant to Sections 7.50
22    through  7.61  of this Act, in such amounts and at such times
23    as the Authority shall determine, and the amount of the  fees
24    need  not  be  uniform  among  the  various  units  of  local
25    government whose local government securities are purchased or
26    otherwise acquired by the Authority pursuant to Sections 7.50
27    through 7.61 of this Act;
28        (g)  To   obtain  and  maintain  guarantees,  letters  of
29    credit, insurance contracts  or  similar  credit  support  or
30    liquidity instruments which are deemed necessary or desirable
31    in  connection  with  any  bonds  or other obligations of the
32    Authority or any local government securities;
33        (h)  To establish application fees and other service fees
34    and prescribe application, notification, contract, agreement,
 
                            -250-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    security and insurance forms and  rules  and  regulations  it
 2    deems necessary or appropriate;
 3        (i)  To  provide  technical assistance, at the request of
 4    any unit of local government, with respect to  the  financing
 5    or  refinancing  for  any  public purpose.  In fulfillment of
 6    this purpose, the Authority may request assistance  from  the
 7    Department as necessary; any unit of local government that is
 8    experiencing  either  a financial emergency as defined in the
 9    Local Government Financial Planning and Supervision Act or  a
10    condition  of  fiscal crisis evidenced by an impaired ability
11    to obtain financing for  its  public  purpose  projects  from
12    traditional  financial  channels or impaired ability to fully
13    fund its obligations to fire, police and  municipal  employee
14    pension  funds,  or to bond payments or reserves, may request
15    technical assistance from the Authority  in  the  form  of  a
16    diagnostic evaluation of its financial condition;
17        (j)  To  purchase any obligations of the Authority issued
18    pursuant to Sections 7.50 through 7.61 of this Act;
19        (k)  To sell, transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of  local
20    government  securities purchased or otherwise acquired by the
21    Authority pursuant to Sections 7.50 through 7.61 of this Act,
22    including without limitation, the  sale,  transfer  or  other
23    disposition  of  undivided  fractionalized  interests  in the
24    right to receive payments of principal and premium,  if  any,
25    or  the right to receive payments of interest or the right to
26    receive payments of principal of and  premium,  if  any,  and
27    interest on pools of such local government securities;
28        (l)  To  acquire,  purchase,  lease,  sell,  transfer and
29    otherwise dispose of  real  and  personal  property,  or  any
30    interest  therein,    and  to  issue its bonds and enter into
31    leases, contracts and other agreements with  units  of  local
32    government  in  connection with such acquisitions, purchases,
33    leases,  sales  and  other  dispositions  of  such  real  and
34    personal property;
 
                            -251-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (m)  To make loans to banks, savings and loans and  other
 2    financial  institutions  for  the  purpose  of  purchasing or
 3    otherwise acquiring local government securities, and to issue
 4    its  bonds,  and  enter  into  agreements  and  contracts  in
 5    connection with such loans;
 6        (n)  To enter  into  agreements  or  contracts  with  any
 7    person   necessary   or  appropriate  to  place  the  payment
 8    obligations of the Authority under any of its bonds in  whole
 9    or  in  part  on any interest rate basis, cash flow basis, or
10    other basis  desired  by  the  Authority,  including  without
11    limitation   agreements   or   contracts  commonly  known  as
12    "interest rate swap agreements", "forward payment  conversion
13    agreements",   and  "futures",  or  agreements  or  contracts
14    providing for payments based  on  levels  of  or  changes  in
15    interest  rates,  or agreements or contracts to exchange cash
16    flows or a series of payments, or  agreements  or  contracts,
17    including without limitation agreements or contracts commonly
18    known as "options", "puts" or "calls", to hedge payment, rate
19    spread,   or   similar  exposure;  provided,  that  any  such
20    agreement or contract shall not constitute an obligation  for
21    borrowed  money,  and  shall  not be taken into account under
22    Section 7.56a of this Act or any  other  debt  limit  of  the
23    Authority or the State of Illinois;
24        (o)  To  make  and  enter  into  all other agreements and
25    contracts and execute all instruments necessary or incidental
26    to performance of its duties and the execution of its  powers
27    under Sections 7.50 through 7.61 of this Act; and
28        (p)  To  contract  for  and  finance  the costs of energy
29    audits,    project-specific    engineering     and     design
30    specifications, and any other related analyses preliminary to
31    an  energy  conservation  project;  and,  to contract for and
32    finance the cost of project monitoring and data collection to
33    verify    post-installation    energy     consumption     and
34    energy-related  operating  costs.  Any such contract shall be
 
                            -252-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    executed only after it has been  jointly  negotiated  by  the
 2    Authority  and  the  Department  of  Commerce  and  Community
 3    Affairs; and.
 4        (q)  To  exercise  such  other powers as are necessary or
 5    incidental to the foregoing.
 6    (Source: P.A. 88-519; 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 10-31-98.)

 7        Section  42.   The  Illinois  Human  Resource  Investment
 8    Council Act is amended by changing the title of  the  Act  as
 9    follows:
10        (20 ILCS 3975/Act title)
11        An  Act  to create the Illinois Human Resource Investment
12    Job Training Coordinating Council.

13        Section 43.  The Law Enforcement and Fire Fighting  Medal
14    of Honor Act is amended by changing Section 2001 as follows:

15        (20 ILCS 3985/2001) (from Ch. 127, par. 3852-1)
16        Sec. 2001.  There is created the Law Enforcement Medal of
17    Honor   Committee,   referred  to  in  this  Article  as  the
18    Committee.  The Committee shall consist of  the  Director  of
19    the  Department  of  State  Police, the Superintendent of the
20    Chicago Police Department,  the  Executive  Director  of  the
21    Illinois   Local   Governmental   Law  Enforcement  Officer's
22    Training Standards Board, and the following persons appointed
23    by the Governor:  a sheriff, a chief  of  police  from  other
24    than Chicago, a representative of a statewide law enforcement
25    officer  organization  and a retired Illinois law enforcement
26    officer.  Of the appointed members, the  sheriff  and  police
27    chief  shall  each  serve  a 2-year term and the organization
28    representative  and  retired  officer  shall  each  serve   a
29    one-year  term.   The  Governor shall appoint initial members
30    within 3 months of the effective date of this Act.
31        Members of the Committee shall serve without compensation
 
                            -253-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    but shall be reimbursed for actual expenses incurred  in  the
 2    performance  of  their  duties from funds appropriated to the
 3    Office of the Governor for such purpose.
 4    (Source: P.A. 86-1230; revised 7-10-98.)

 5        Section 44.  The Prairie  State  2000  Authority  Act  is
 6    amended by changing Section 14 as follows:

 7        (20 ILCS 4020/14) (from Ch. 48, par. 1514)
 8        Sec.  14.  Qualification  for Benefits.  An individual is
 9    entitled  to  receive  benefits  under  this  Act  if  it  is
10    determined that:
11             (a)  the individual is  (i) within a benefit year as
12        defined in the Unemployment Insurance  Act  or  has  been
13        employed as defined under Section 206 of the Unemployment
14        Insurance  Act a minimum of 3 of the 10 years previous to
15        the date of an  application  for  benefits;  or  (ii)  is
16        employed   but  is  in  need  of  additional  skills  for
17        continued employment and would be determined to meet  the
18        requirements   of   the  Unemployment  Insurance  Act  to
19        establish  a  benefit  year  if  such  individual  became
20        unemployed through a lack of suitable work opportunities;
21        or (iii) is certified to be a dislocated worker under the
22        federal Job Training Partnership  Act  or  any  successor
23        federal Act; and
24             (b)  the  individual  has  enrolled  in a job-linked
25        program at a qualified  institution,  which  program  has
26        been certified by the Board as eligible for reimbursement
27        through  issuance of vouchers from the Prairie State 2000
28        Fund; and established vocational  goals  directed  toward
29        the  acquisition of marketable skills relevant to current
30        local labor  market  needs  by  means  of  individual  or
31        multi-course  programs  which may contain either remedial
32        or academic components; and.
 
                            -254-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (c)  the individual has not been issued vouchers  in
 2        the maximum amount authorized under Section 15 within the
 3        24  months  previous to the pending determination that he
 4        or she is eligible for receipt  of  benefits  under  this
 5        Section  and  the individual is not receiving funds for a
 6        job training  program  under  the  federal  Job  Training
 7        Partnership Act.
 8    (Source: P.A. 85-401; revised 10-31-98.)

 9        Section  45.   The  Compensation Review Act is amended by
10    changing Section 2 as follows:

11        (25 ILCS 120/2) (from Ch. 63, par. 902)
12        Sec. 2.  There is created the Compensation Review Board,
13    hereinafter thereinafter referred to as the Board.
14        The Board shall consist of l2 members, appointed  3  each
15    by  the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the Minority
16    Leader thereof, the President of the Senate, and the Minority
17    Leader thereof.  Members shall be adults and be residents  of
18    Illinois.   Members may not be members or employees or former
19    members  or  employees  of   the   judicial,   executive   or
20    legislative  branches of State government; nor may members be
21    persons registered under the Lobbyist Registration Act.   Any
22    member  may  be  reappointed  for  a  consecutive term but no
23    member may serve for more than 10 years total on  the  Board.
24    The  respective  appointing legislative leader may remove any
25    such appointed member prior to the expiration of his term  on
26    the Board for official misconduct, incompetence or neglect of
27    duty.
28        Members   shall  serve  without  compensation  but  shall
29    receive an allowance for  living  expenses  incurred  in  the
30    performance  of  their  official  duties in an amount per day
31    equal to  the  amount  permitted  to  be  deducted  for  such
32    expenses by members of the General Assembly under the federal
 
                            -255-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Internal Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended.  The rate
 2    for  reimbursement  of mileage expenses shall be equal to the
 3    amount established from time  to  time  for  members  of  the
 4    General  Assembly.   The  Board  may,  without  regard to the
 5    Personnel  Code,  employ  and   fix   the   compensation   or
 6    remuneration  of  employees  as  it  considers  necessary  or
 7    desirable.   The General Assembly shall appropriate the funds
 8    necessary to operate the Board.
 9    (Source: P.A. 86-1481; revised 10-31-98.)

10        Section 46.  The  Legislative  Commission  Reorganization
11    Act of 1984 is amended by changing Section 1-4 as follows:

12        (25 ILCS 130/1-4) (from Ch. 63, par. 1001-4)
13        Sec.  1-4.  In  addition to its general policy making and
14    coordinating responsibilities  for  the  legislative  support
15    services agencies, the Joint Committee on Legislative Support
16    Services  shall  have  the  following  powers and duties with
17    respect to such agencies:
18        (1)  To  approve  the  executive  director  pursuant   to
19    Section 1-5(e);
20        (2)  To  establish uniform hiring practices and personnel
21    procedures, including affirmative action, to assure  equality
22    of employment opportunity;
23        (3)  To  establish uniform contract procedures, including
24    affirmative action, to assure equality  in  the  awarding  of
25    contracts,  and  to  maintain a list of all contracts entered
26    into;
27        (4)  To establish uniform travel regulations and  approve
28    all travel outside the State of Illinois;
29        (5)  To   coordinate   all  leases  and  rental  of  real
30    property;
31        (6)  Except as otherwise expressly provided  by  law,  to
32    coordinate  and  serve  as  the  agency  authorized to assign
 
                            -256-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    studies to be performed by any legislative  support  services
 2    agency. Any study requested by resolution or joint resolution
 3    of  either  house of the General Assembly shall be subject to
 4    the powers of  the  Joint  Committee  to  allocate  resources
 5    available   to  the  General  Assembly  hereunder;  provided,
 6    however, that nothing herein shall be construed  to  preclude
 7    the  participation  by  public  members  in  such  studies or
 8    prohibit their reimbursement  for  reasonable  and  necessary
 9    expenses in connection therewith;
10        (7)  To  make  recommendations  to  the  General Assembly
11    regarding the continuance of the various  committees,  boards
12    and  commissions  that  are  the  subject  of  the  statutory
13    provisions  repealed March 31, 1985, under Article 11 of this
14    Act;
15        (8)  To assist the Auditor General as necessary to assure
16    the  orderly  and  efficient  termination  of   the   various
17    committees,  boards  and  commissions  that  are  subject  to
18    Article 12 of this Act;
19        (9)  To  consider and make recommendations to the General
20    Assembly regarding further reorganization of the  legislative
21    support  services agencies, and other legislative committees,
22    boards and commissions, as it may from time to time determine
23    to be necessary;
24        (10)  To   consider   and   recommend   a   comprehensive
25    transition  plan  for  the   legislative   support   services
26    agencies,  including  but  not  limited to issues such as the
27    consolidation of the organizational structure, centralization
28    or decentralization of staff,  appropriate  level  of  member
29    participation,  guidelines  for  policy  development, further
30    reductions which may be necessary, and measures which can  be
31    taken  to  improve  efficiency, and ensure accountability. To
32    assist  in  such  recommendations  the  Joint  Committee  may
33    appoint an Advisory  Group.   Recommendations  of  the  Joint
34    Committee  shall  be  reported  to the members of the General
 
                            -257-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Assembly no later than November 13, 1984. The requirement for
 2    reporting to the  General  Assembly  shall  be  satisfied  by
 3    filing  copies  of  the report with the Speaker, the Minority
 4    Leader and the Clerk of the House of Representatives and  the
 5    President,  the  Minority  Leader  and  the  Secretary of the
 6    Senate and the Legislative  Research  Unit,  as  required  by
 7    Section  3.1  of   the General Assembly Organization Act, and
 8    filing such  additional  copies  with  the  State  Government
 9    Report  Distribution  Center  for  the General Assembly as is
10    required under paragraph  (t)  of  Section  7  of  the  State
11    Library Act; and
12        (11)  To  contract  for  the  establishment of child care
13    services pursuant to the State Agency  Employees  Child  Care
14    Services Act; and
15        (12)  To use funds appropriated from the General Assembly
16    Computer   Equipment  Revolving  Fund  for  the  purchase  of
17    computer equipment for the General Assembly and  for  related
18    expenses  and  for  other operational purposes of the General
19    Assembly in accordance with  Section  6  of  the  Legislative
20    Information System Act.
21    (Source: P.A. 88-85; revised 10-31-98.)

22        Section  47.  The State Finance Act is amended by setting
23    forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section 5.480  and
24    by changing Sections 12-2 and 15a as follows:

25        (30 ILCS 105/5.480)
26        Sec.  5.480.  The Juvenile Accountability Incentive Block
27    Grant Fund.
28    (Source: P.A. 90-587, eff. 7-1-98.)

29        (30 ILCS 105/5.482)
30        Sec. 5.482.  5.480.  The  Petroleum  Resources  Revolving
31    Fund.
 
                            -258-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 90-614, eff. 7-10-98; revised 9-23-98.)

 2        (30 ILCS 105/5.483)
 3        Sec.  5.483.  5.480.  The  Economic  Development Matching
 4    Grants Program Fund.
 5    (Source: P.A. 90-660, eff. 7-30-98; revised 9-23-98.)

 6        (30 ILCS 105/5.484)
 7        Sec. 5.484. 5.480.  The Mammogram Fund.
 8    (Source: P.A. 90-675, eff. 1-1-99; revised 9-23-98.)

 9        (30 ILCS 105/5.485)
10        Sec. 5.485. 5.480.  The Police Memorial Committee Fund.
11    (Source: P.A. 90-729, eff. 1-1-99; revised 9-23-98.)

12        (30 ILCS 105/5.486)
13        Sec. 5.486. 5.480.  The Right to Read Fund.
14    (Source: P.A. 90-757, eff. 8-14-98; revised 9-23-98.)

15        (30 ILCS 105/5.487)
16        Sec. 5.487.  5.480.   The  Foreign  Language  Interpreter
17    Fund.
18    (Source: P.A. 90-771, eff. 1-1-99; revised 9-23-98.)

19        (30 ILCS 105/5.488)
20        Sec.  5.488.  5.480.  The Port Development Revolving Loan
21    Fund.
22    (Source: P.A. 90-785, eff. 1-1-99; revised 9-23-98.)

23        (30 ILCS 105/12-2) (from Ch. 127, par. 148-2)
24        Sec. 12-2. (a) The chairmen of the travel control  boards
25    established  by  Section  12-1,  or  their  designees,  shall
26    together  comprise the Travel Regulation Council.  The Travel
27    Regulation Council  shall  be  chaired  by  the  Director  of
 
                            -259-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Central  Management Services, who shall be a nonvoting member
 2    of the Council, unless he is otherwise qualified to  vote  by
 3    virtue  of  being  the designee of a voting member.  No later
 4    than March 1, 1986, and at least biennially  thereafter,  the
 5    Council    shall   adopt   State   Travel   Regulations   and
 6    Reimbursement  Rates  which  shall  be  applicable   to   all
 7    personnel  subject  to the jurisdiction of the travel control
 8    boards established by Section 12-1.  An affirmative vote of a
 9    majority of the members of the Council shall be  required  to
10    adopt  regulations  and  reimbursement rates.  If the Council
11    fails to adopt regulations by March  1  of  any  odd-numbered
12    year, the Director of Central Management Services shall adopt
13    emergency regulations and reimbursement rates pursuant to the
14    Illinois Administrative Procedure Procedures Act.
15        (b)  Mileage for automobile travel shall be reimbursed at
16    the  allowance  rate  in effect under regulations promulgated
17    pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 5707(b)(2). However, in  the  event  the
18    rate  set under federal regulations changes during the course
19    of the State's fiscal year, the effective  date  of  the  new
20    rate  shall be the July 1 immediately following the change in
21    the federal rate.
22        (c)  Rates  for  reimbursement  of  expenses  other  than
23    mileage shall  not  exceed  the  actual  cost  of  travel  as
24    determined by the United States Internal Revenue Service.
25        (d)  Reimbursements  to  travelers shall be made pursuant
26    to the rates and regulations  applicable  to  the  respective
27    State agency as of the effective date of this amendatory Act,
28    until  the  State  Travel Regulations and Reimbursement Rates
29    established by this Section are adopted and effective.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-376, eff. 8-18-95; revised 10-31-98.)

31        (30 ILCS 105/15a) (from Ch. 127, par. 151a)
32        Sec. 15a. Contractual services.   The  item  "contractual
33    services",  when  used  in  an  appropriation  act, means and
 
                            -260-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    includes:
 2             (a)  Expenditures incident to  the  current  conduct
 3        and   operation   of   an   office,   department,  board,
 4        commission, institution or agency for postage and  postal
 5        charges,     surety    bond    premiums,    publications,
 6        subscriptions,   office   conveniences   and    services,
 7        exclusive of commodities as herein defined;
 8             (b)  Expenditures   for   rental   of   property  or
 9        equipment, repair or maintenance of property or equipment
10        including   related   supplies,   equipment,   materials,
11        services, replacement fixtures and repair parts,  utility
12        services,  professional  or  technical  services,  moving
13        expenses   incident   to  a  new  State  employment,  and
14        transportation charges exclusive of  "travel"  as  herein
15        defined;
16             (c)  Expenditures  for  the  rental  of  lodgings in
17        Springfield, Illinois and for the  payment  of  utilities
18        used  in  connection  with  such lodgings for all elected
19        State officials, who are required by Section 1, Article V
20        of the Constitution of the State of Illinois to reside at
21        the seat of government during their term of office;
22             (d)  Expenditures  pursuant  to  multi-year   lease,
23        lease-purchase  or  installment  purchase  contracts  for
24        duplicating  equipment  authorized  by Section 5.1 of the
25        Illinois Purchasing Act;
26             (e)  Expenditures of $5,000 or less per project  for
27        improvements  to  real  property  which,  except  for the
28        operation  of  this  Section,  would  be  classified   as
29        "permanent improvements" as defined in Section 21;
30             (f)  Expenditures   pursuant  to  multi-year  lease,
31        lease-purchase  or  installment  purchase  contracts  for
32        land, permanent improvements or fixtures.
33        The  item  "contractual  services"  does  not,   however,
34    include any expenditures included in "operation of automotive
 
                            -261-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    equipment" as defined in Section 24.2.
 2        The  item  "contractual  services"  does  not include any
 3    expenditures for professional, technical, or  other  services
 4    performed  for a State agency under a contract executed after
 5    the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1992 by a person
 6    who was formerly employed by that agency and has received any
 7    early retirement incentive under Section 14-108.3 or 16-133.3
 8    of the Illinois Pension Code, unless the official or employee
 9    executing the contract on behalf of the agency has  certified
10    that the person performing the services either (i) possesses
11    possess  unique  expertise,  or  (ii)  is  essential  to  the
12    operation  of  the  agency.  This certification must be filed
13    with the Office of the Auditor General prior to the execution
14    of the contract, and shall be made available by  that  Office
15    for  public  inspection  and copying.  A contract not payable
16    from the contractual services item because of this  paragraph
17    shall  not  be  payable from any other item of appropriation.
18    For  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph,  the  term  "agency"
19    includes  all  offices,  boards,  commissions,   departments,
20    agencies, and institutions of State government.
21    (Source: P.A. 87-836; 87-860; revised 10-31-98.)

22        Section  48.   The  State  Officers  and  Employees Money
23    Disposition Act is amended by changing Section 6 as follows:

24        (30 ILCS 230/6) (from Ch. 127, par. 176a)
25        Sec. 6. This Act shall  not  apply  to  contributions  or
26    other  moneys  collected  pursuant  to the provisions of "the
27    Unemployment Insurance Compensation Act"  approved  June  30,
28    1937, as amended.
29    (Source: Laws 1939, p. 1144; revised 10-31-98.)

30        Section  49.  The Fiscal Agent Designation Act is amended
31    by changing Section 1 as follows:
 
                            -262-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (30 ILCS 325/1) (from Ch. 127, par. 321)
 2        Sec.  1.  The  Building  Bond  Board   created   by   the
 3    Educational  Institution  Bond  Authorization  Act "An Act to
 4    authorize the issuance and sale of  bonds  of  the  State  of
 5    Illinois  for  the  purpose of obtaining funds to be used for
 6    making permanent  improvements  at  educational  institutions
 7    owned  by  this  State  and to provide for the payment of the
 8    principal of and interest upon such bonds" and  the  Building
 9    Bond  Board created by the Mental Health Institution Bond Act
10    are "An Act to authorize the issuance and sale  of  bonds  of
11    the  State  of Illinois for the purpose of obtaining funds to
12    be used for making permanent improvements  at  mental  health
13    and other public welfare institutions owned by this State and
14    to  provide  for the payment of the principal of and interest
15    upon such bonds" each is authorized to designate a fiscal  or
16    paying  agent  for  the State of Illinois for bonds issued by
17    the State of Illinois in accordance with  the  aforementioned
18    Acts  in the City of Chicago, Illinois, and in the Borough of
19    Manhattan, New York City, New York, as well as the office  of
20    the State Treasurer.
21    (Source: Laws 1961, p. 1804; revised 10-31-98.)

22        Section  50.   The General Obligation Bond Act is amended
23    by changing Section 9 as follows:

24        (30 ILCS 330/9) (from Ch. 127, par. 659)
25        Sec. 9.  Conditions for Issuance  and  Sale  of  Bonds  -
26    Requirements  for  Bonds. Bonds shall be issued and sold from
27    time to time in such amounts as  directed  by  the  Governor,
28    upon  recommendation  by  the  Director  of the Bureau of the
29    Budget. Bonds shall be in such form, in the  denomination  of
30    $5,000 or some multiple thereof, payable within 30 years from
31    their date, bearing interest payable annually or semiannually
32    from their date at a rate that does not exceed that permitted
 
                            -263-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    in  the  Bond  Authorization  Act "AN ACT to authorize public
 2    corporations to issue Bonds, other evidences of  indebtedness
 3    and  tax  anticipation  warrants  subject  to  interest  rate
 4    limitations set forth therein", approved May 26, 1970, as now
 5    or  hereafter  amended,  and  be  dated as shall be fixed and
 6    determined by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget in the
 7    order authorizing the issuance and sale of Bonds, which order
 8    shall be approved by the Governor  prior  to  the  giving  of
 9    notice  of the sale of any Bonds. Said Bonds shall be payable
10    at such place or places,  within  or  without  the  State  of
11    Illinois,  and may be made registrable as to either principal
12    or as to both principal and interest, as shall be  fixed  and
13    determined by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget in the
14    order  authorizing the issuance and sale of such Bonds. Bonds
15    may be callable as fixed and determined by  the  Director  of
16    the  Bureau  of  the  Budget  in  the  order  authorizing the
17    issuance and sale of  Bonds;  provided,;  however,  that  the
18    State  shall  not  pay  a  premium  of  more  than  3% of the
19    principal of any Bonds so called.
20    (Source: P.A. 83-1490; revised 10-31-98.)

21        Section 51.  The Metropolitan Civic Center Support Act is
22    amended by changing Section 4 as follows:

23        (30 ILCS 355/4) (from Ch. 85, par. 1394)
24        Sec. 4. Moneys will be committed and distributed from the
25    MEAOB Fund in the following manner:
26        (1)  Any  Authority  desiring  to  make  application  for
27    financial support shall do so on  forms  and  in  the  manner
28    provided  by  the  Department  and accompanied by an economic
29    feasibility  report,   an  economic  impact  report,   master
30    building  plan  and  design,  documented  evidence  that  the
31    Authority  has  been  created  pursuant  to law,  a financial
32    plan, and the required local  share of total  project  costs,
 
                            -264-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    which  local share shall include cash or pledges available on
 2    demand through construction in an amount equivalent to 10% of
 3    total project costs, and the sources of  and  procedures  for
 4    obtaining such local share, including evidence that the local
 5    share  was  authorized  at a public meeting.  Local share may
 6    not include State funds provided  to  the  Authority  through
 7    grant or loan.
 8        (2)  (a)  The  application cycle for each program year is
 9    from July 1 to June 30.
10        (b)  Only Authorities recognized by the Director as being
11    created and organized prior to July 1 of a program  year  may
12    apply for support in that year.
13        (c)  An  application  must be submitted by August 1 to be
14    considered in that year.  An application submitted by  August
15    1,  1990,  that  is not fully funded shall remain on file and
16    shall constitute a continuing application for the following 4
17    program years ending on June 30, 1992, June  30,  1993,  June
18    30, 1994, and June 30, 1995. An Authority must participate in
19    a  consultation  with  the  Department prior to submitting an
20    application.
21        (d)  Applications shall  be  made  available  for  public
22    inspection by the Authority.
23        (e)  The  Department  shall  hold one or more hearings on
24    the applications.  Applications may be grouped for hearings.
25        (f)  Applications  may  be  divided   into   construction
26    phases,  but dividing the project into phases shall not imply
27    subsequent  approval   of   funding   the   delayed   phases.
28    Applications  shall  be  limited  to  single or multi-purpose
29    projects the primary function of which is to  provide  public
30    entertainment,  exhibitions  or  conventions  or  to  provide
31    parking  facilities related thereto. Office facilities may be
32    included as an incidental rather than a primary function of a
33    project.   If  the  Authority  holds  land  or  property  not
34    physically contiguous  to  the  civic  center  property,  the
 
                            -265-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Authority  may  utilize  such other lands or property for any
 2    facility administered by the Authority, and such facility may
 3    be  included  as  an  incidental  function  of   a   project.
 4    Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Authority created under the
 5    Metropolitan  Civic Center Act with a population of less than
 6    100,000,  that  before  July  1,  1990,  has  received  State
 7    financial support for 2  theatre  renovation  projects  in  2
 8    separate communities, may be eligible to seek State financial
 9    support   for   an  agricultural  center,  university  sports
10    facility, and arena in cooperation with  a  State  university
11    created under the Regency Universities Act.
12        (g)  The   Director   shall  certify  an  application  as
13    eligible for State financial support if, in his judgment: (i)
14    the application satisfies all conditions in subsection (1) of
15    this Section; (ii) the application proposes a facility  which
16    accommodates   a   documented   community   need;  (iii)  the
17    application shows evidence of  community  support;  (iv)  the
18    application  proposes  a  facility  which  can  reasonably be
19    expected to provide primary and secondary  economic  benefits
20    in  the  metropolitan  area  of  the Authority including such
21    things  as  job  creation,  private  investments  and   other
22    benefits;  and  (v)  the  application proposes a facility the
23    operational expenses of which are met  by  the  Authority  or
24    through other means available to the Authority.
25        (h)  The  Director  may  deny  all  or  a  portion  of an
26    application and may deny certification to an applicant if  in
27    the judgment of the Director the applicant has failed to show
28    that  the  project is economically feasible, or if the master
29    building plan and design are incomplete or inadequate, or  if
30    the  financial  plan is inadequate. The submitted application
31    will be competitively ranked:  If, after funding the  highest
32    ranked  applications,  the amount available for certification
33    by the Director, as determined by the  written  certification
34    from  the  Budget  Director  pursuant to Section 4(4) of this
 
                            -266-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Act, is insufficient to fund the next highest ranked  project
 2    and the project cannot be separated into workable phases, the
 3    Director may select the next highest ranked project for which
 4    funds are sufficient.
 5        (i)  Upon   completion  of  the  application  review  the
 6    Director shall provide a list of  applications  approved  and
 7    the  amount  approved,  and a list of applications denied and
 8    the amount denied to each applicant.
 9        (j)  Applicants denied shall be provided with the  reason
10    for denial in writing.
11        (k)  Applications  not  certified  in  one  year  may  be
12    resubmitted in another year, but no preference shall be given
13    to  resubmissions,  unless the only reason for denial is lack
14    of available State financial support.
15        (l)  Applications certified prior to June 1, 1985,  shall
16    remain  certified  and  eligible  for State financial support
17    during  fiscal   year   1986   after   September   3,   1985.
18    Applications  received  but  not  certified by the Department
19    prior to June 1, 1985, may be certified  during  fiscal  year
20    1986  after  September  3,  1985 in accordance with statutory
21    provisions in existence  at  the  time  the  application  was
22    received.  All such applications shall be given priority over
23    applications subsequently received by the Department.
24        (3) (a)  The  Department   shall   establish   for   each
25    applicant  which  has been certified by the Director as being
26    eligible for State financial support a base sum equal to  the
27    lesser of:
28             (i)  75%  of  the  total project costs as determined
29        from applicant's estimate.
30             (ii)  .0310 times the total assessed  valuation,  as
31        equalized  by  the  Department of Revenue, of all taxable
32        property located within  the  metropolitan  area  of  the
33        Authority  for  the  year  1975  or  1983,  whichever  is
34        greater.
 
                            -267-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (iii)  $20,000,000.
 2        Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,  an  applicant  with  a
 3    facility with more than 400,000  square  feet  of  exhibition
 4    space  shall have a base sum of $15,000,000 in any event, and
 5    the applicant shall be eligible to receive up to  $10,000,000
 6    of  its  base  sum in the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1990,
 7    and the balance of its base sum in the fiscal year  beginning
 8    July  1,  1991.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, an applicant
 9    that has received by July 1,  1990,  the  maximum  amount  of
10    State   financial   support   authorized   under   subsection
11    (3)(a)(iii)  of  this  Section shall receive additional State
12    financial support as appropriated by the General Assembly.
13        (b)  After  this  base  sum  has  been  established,  the
14    Department shall enter into an agreement with  the  Authority
15    whereby the Department will agree to do one of the following:
16             (i)  Subject  to annual appropriation by the General
17        Assembly, to pay annually to the Authority from the MEAOB
18        Fund, (A) an amount equal to the interest  and  principal
19        cost  to the Authority of amortizing revenue bonds issued
20        by the Authority in an amount equal to the  base  sum  or
21        (B) an amount equal to the interest and principal cost to
22        a  unit  of  local  government  of  amortizing revenue or
23        general obligation bonds issued  by  the  unit  of  local
24        government  pursuant  to an intergovernmental cooperation
25        agreement with the Authority in an amount  equal  to  the
26        base  sum.  The amortization schedule for such revenue or
27        general obligation  bonds  shall  be  determined  by  the
28        Authority or the unit of local government and be approved
29        by the Department; or
30             (ii)  After  September  3,  1985,  to  provide State
31        financial support from the issuance of Bonds pursuant  to
32        Section  7  of  this  Act, the proceeds of which shall be
33        granted by the Department to the Authority in  an  amount
34        equal to the base sum, subject to annual appropriation by
 
                            -268-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        the  General  Assembly.    After September 3, 1985, newly
 2        certified  applicants  shall  receive   State   financial
 3        support only in accordance with this subparagraph (ii).
 4        (iii) The issuance of Bonds pursuant to Section 7 of this
 5    Act  to  provide  State  financial  support,  as  provided in
 6    subparagraph (ii) above, shall be subject to the satisfaction
 7    of all the conditions contained in this Act required for  the
 8    issuance  of  Bonds,  including,  without  limitation,  those
 9    conditions contained in Section 9.  Any application certified
10    by  the  Director  as eligible for State financial support in
11    one fiscal year, but for which State financial support is not
12    provided during  such  fiscal  year,  shall  continue  to  be
13    certified   as   eligible  for  State  financial  support  in
14    subsequent fiscal years.
15        (4)  Prior to  July  1,  1989,  the  Director  shall  not
16    certify   an   applicant  Authority  as  eligible  for  State
17    Financial Support unless he  receives  written  certification
18    from  the  Budget  Director  that  the  revenues for the last
19    completed fiscal year paid  into  the  MEAOB  Fund  equal  or
20    exceed  175% of the annual debt service required with respect
21    to  Bonds  and   Local   Bonds   for   previously   certified
22    applications  and  the  application then under consideration.
23    For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 1989, and  each  fiscal
24    year  thereafter, the Director shall not certify an applicant
25    Authority as eligible for State Financial Support  unless  he
26    receives  written certification from the Budget Director that
27    the amount to be certified by the Director, when added to all
28    other amounts previously certified by the Director and funded
29    from the proceeds of Bonds, does  not  exceed  the  estimated
30    proceeds  available  under  this Act to fund civic center and
31    library projects from the proceeds of Bonds to be issued  and
32    sold  after  July  1, 1989 pursuant to Section 7 of this Act.
33    The  total  aggregate  amount   of   principal   issued   and
34    outstanding  in  Bonds  and  in  Local Bonds subject to State
 
                            -269-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    financial support under subsection (3)(b) above at any  given
 2    time  for  all  Authorities  shall  not  exceed  the  sum  of
 3    $200,000,000. Bonds and Local Bonds (or portions thereof) for
 4    which  there shall be delivered to an escrow agent or trustee
 5    for the benefit of the  holders  thereof  either  cash  or  a
 6    combination of cash and direct obligations of, or obligations
 7    the  principal and interest on which are fully guaranteed by,
 8    the United States of  America  shall  be  deemed  not  to  be
 9    outstanding  for  the  purpose  of  any  determination of, or
10    certification relating to, debt service coverage required  by
11    this  Act  to  the  extent that the principal of, premium, if
12    any, and interest on such bonds are payable from  the  amount
13    so  delivered  and  any income or increment to accrue thereon
14    (without consideration of any reinvestment  thereof).   Bonds
15    and  Local  Bonds (or portions thereof) for which there shall
16    be delivered to an escrow agent or trustee for the benefit of
17    the holders thereof either cash or a combination of cash  and
18    direct  obligations  of,  or  obligations  the  principal and
19    interest on which are fully guaranteed by, the United  States
20    of  America  shall  be  deemed  not to be outstanding for the
21    purpose of any determination of,  or  certification  relating
22    to, the aggregate amount of Bonds and Local Bonds outstanding
23    at  any  given  time  under  this  Act to the extent that the
24    principal of and premium, if any, on such bonds  are  payable
25    from  the  amount so delivered and any income or increment to
26    accrue thereon (without  consideration  of  any  reinvestment
27    thereof).
28    (Source: P.A. 87-738; 88-245; revised 10-31-98.)

29        Section  52.   The  Architectural,  Engineering, and Land
30    Surveying Qualifications Based Selection Act  is  amended  by
31    changing Section 30 as follows:

32        (30 ILCS 535/30) (from Ch. 127, par. 4151-30)
 
                            -270-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec.  30.   Evaluation  procedure.   A State agency shall
 2    evaluate the firms submitting letters of interest  and  other
 3    prequalified  firms,  taking into account qualifications; and
 4    the State agency may consider, but shall not  be  limited  to
 5    considering,  ability  of professional personnel, past record
 6    and experience, performance data on file, willingness to meet
 7    time requirements, location, workload of  the  firm  and  any
 8    other  qualifications  based  factors as the State agency may
 9    determine in writing are applicable.  The  State  agency  may
10    conduct  discussions with and require public presentations by
11    firms  deemed  to  be  the  most  qualified  regarding  their
12    qualifications,  approach  to  the  project  and  ability  to
13    furnish the required services.
14        A State agency shall  establish  a  committee  to  select
15    firms   to   provide  architectural,  engineering,  and  land
16    surveying services.  A selection  committee  may  include  at
17    least  one public member nominated by a statewide association
18    of the profession affected.  The public  member  may  not  be
19    employed  or associated with any firm holding a contract with
20    the State agency nor may the public member's members' firm be
21    considered for a contract with that State agency while he  or
22    she is serving as a public member of the committee.
23        In  no  case  shall  a State agency, prior to selecting a
24    firm  for  negotiation  under  Section  40,  seek  formal  or
25    informal submission of verbal or written estimates  of  costs
26    or  proposals in terms of dollars, hours required, percentage
27    of construction cost, or any other measure of compensation.
28    (Source: P.A. 87-673; revised 10-31-98.)

29        Section 53.  The International Anti-Boycott Certification
30    Act is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:

31        (30 ILCS 582/5)
32        Sec. 5.  State contracts.  Every contract entered into by
 
                            -271-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the State of Illinois for  the  manufacture,  furnishing,  or
 2    purchasing  of  supplies,  material,  or equipment or for the
 3    furnishing  of  work,  labor,  or  services,  in  an   amount
 4    exceeding   the  threshold  threshhold  for  small  purchases
 5    according to the purchasing laws of  this State  or  $10,000,
 6    whichever is less, shall contain certification, as a material
 7    condition  of  the  contract,  by which the contractor agrees
 8    that  neither  the  contractor  nor  any  substantially-owned
 9    affiliated company is participating or shall  participate  in
10    an  international  boycott  in violation of the provisions of
11    the U.S. Export Administration Act of 1979 or the regulations
12    of the U.S. Department of  Commerce  promulgated  under  that
13    Act.
14    (Source: P.A. 88-671, eff. 12-14-94; revised 10-31-98.)

15        Section  54.  The Intergovernmental Drug Laws Enforcement
16    Act is amended by changing Section 2 as follows:

17        (30 ILCS 715/2) (from Ch. 56 1/2, par. 1702)
18        Sec.  2.   As  used  in  this  Act,  unless  the  context
19    otherwise requires, the terms specified in  Sections  Section
20    2.01 through 2.05 have the meanings ascribed to them in those
21    Sections.
22    (Source: P.A. 88-677, eff. 12-15-94; revised 10-31-98.)

23        Section  55.   The Comprehensive Solar Energy Act of 1977
24    is amended by changing Sections 1.1 and 2.1 as follows:

25        (30 ILCS 725/1.1) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 7302)
26        Sec. 1.1.  Legislative Findings.   The  General  Assembly
27    finds:
28        (a)  that  the  public health, safety, and welfare of the
29    People of the State of  Illinois  require  that  an  adequate
30    supply of energy be made available to them at all times;
 
                            -272-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (b)  that at the present time existing energy sources are
 2    becoming more limited;
 3        (c)  that   it   is   the  responsibility  of  the  State
 4    government to encourage, the  use  of  alternative  renewable
 5    energy sources;
 6        (d)  that  solar  energy  systems  are  an  effective and
 7    feasible means  of  reducing  the  dependence  of  the  State
 8    government  and  the  People of the State on non-State energy
 9    sources and of conserving  valuable  fossil  fuel  and  other
10    non-renewable energy sources; and
11        (e)  that  it  is  in the public interest to define solar
12    energy systems, demonstrate solar energy  feasibility,  apply
13    incentives  for  using  solar  energy,  educate the public on
14    solar  feasibility,  study  solar  energy  application,   and
15    coordinate governmental programs affecting solar energy.
16    (Source: P.A. 80-430; revised 10-31-98.)

17        (30 ILCS 725/2.1) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 7304)
18        Sec. 2.1.  Delegation of Authority.
19        (a)  There  is  created  the Illinois Comprehensive Solar
20    Energy Program,  hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  Program,
21    elements  of  which are specified in Sections 2.1 through 8.2
22    of this Act.
23        (b)  Primary  authority  and   responsibility   for   the
24    supervision  and  implementation  of the Program is vested in
25    the Department.
26        (c)  The Director of the Department shall carry  out  the
27    Program  and;  shall  accept, receive, expend, and administer
28    for the benefit of the  People  of  this  State,  any  gifts,
29    grants,  legacies,  or  other  funds or monies made available
30    from either public or private sources.
31        (d)  The   Department   shall   acquire    and    collect
32    information;  shall  represent the State before all agencies,
33    governmental bodies, or commissions;  and;  shall  promulgate
 
                            -273-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    necessary regulations.
 2    (Source: P.A. 83-388; revised 10-31-98.)

 3        Section  56.   The Downstate Public Transportation Act is
 4    amended by changing Sections 2-2.02, 2-7, 3-1.04, and  3-1.09
 5    as follows:

 6        (30 ILCS 740/2-2.02) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 662.02)
 7        Sec. 2-2.02. "Participant" means:
 8        (1)  a  city,  village,  or incorporated town, or a local
 9    mass transit district organized under the Local Mass  Transit
10    District  Act,  (a)  serving an urbanized area of over 50,000
11    population on December 28, 1989, or (b) receiving State  mass
12    transportation   operating   assistance   pursuant   to   the
13    "Downstate  Public  Transportation  Act"  during  Fiscal Year
14    1979, or  (c)  serving  a  nonurbanized  area  and  receiving
15    federal   rural   public  transportation  assistance  on  the
16    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1993;, or
17        (2)  any Metro-East Transit District established pursuant
18    to Section 3  of  the  "Local  Mass  Transit  District  Act",
19    approved  July  21, 1959, as amended, and serving one or more
20    of the Counties of Madison,  Monroe,  and  St.  Clair  during
21    Fiscal  Year  1989, all located outside the boundaries of the
22    Regional Transportation Authority as established pursuant  to
23    the   "Regional   Transportation   Authority  Act",  approved
24    December 12, 1973, as amended.
25    (Source: P.A. 88-450; revised 10-31-98.)

26        (30 ILCS 740/2-7) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 667)
27        Sec. 2-7. Quarterly reports; annual audit.
28        (a)  Any Metro-East Transit District  participant  shall,
29    no  later than 30 days following the end of each month of any
30    fiscal year, file with the Department on  forms  provided  by
31    the  Department  for  that  purpose,  a  report of the actual
 
                            -274-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    operating  deficit  experienced  during  that  quarter.   The
 2    Department  shall,  upon receipt of the quarterly report, and
 3    upon determining that such operating  deficits were  incurred
 4    in  conformity  with  the  program  of  proposed expenditures
 5    approved by the Department pursuant to Section 2-11,  pay  to
 6    any  Metro-East  Transit District participant such portion of
 7    such operating deficit as funds have been transferred to  the
 8    Metro-East  Transit  Public Transportation Fund and allocated
 9    to that Metro-East Transit District participant.
10        (b)  Each participant other than any  Metro-East  Transit
11    District  participant  shall,  30 days before the end of each
12    quarter, file with the Department on forms  provided  by  the
13    Department  for  such  purposes  a  report  of  the projected
14    eligible operating  expenses  to  be  incurred  in  the  next
15    quarter  and  30 days before the third and fourth quarters of
16    any fiscal year a  statement  of  actual  eligible  operating
17    expenses  incurred in the preceding quarters.  Within 45 days
18    of receipt by the Department of such  quarterly  report,  the
19    Comptroller shall order paid and the Treasurer shall pay from
20    the  Downstate Public Transportation Fund to each participant
21    an amount equal to one-third of such  participant's  eligible
22    operating  expenses;  provided,  however, that in Fiscal Year
23    1997, the amount paid to each participant from the  Downstate
24    Public Transportation Fund shall be an amount equal to 47% of
25    such  participant's  eligible operating expenses and shall be
26    increased to 49% in Fiscal Year  1998,  51%  in  Fiscal  Year
27    1999,  53%  in  Fiscal Year 2000, and 55% in Fiscal Year 2001
28    and thereafter; however,  in  any  year  that  a  participant
29    receives  funding under paragraph (9) of Section 49.19 of the
30    Civil Administrative Code of Illinois, that participant shall
31    be eligible  only  for  assistance  equal  to  the  following
32    percentage  of its eligible operating expenses: 42% in Fiscal
33    Year 1997, 44% in Fiscal Year 1998, 46% in Fiscal Year  1999,
34    48%  in  Fiscal  Year  2000,  and 50% in Fiscal Year 2001 and
 
                            -275-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    thereafter.  Any  such  payment  for  the  third  and  fourth
 2    quarters of any fiscal year  shall  be  adjusted  to  reflect
 3    actual  eligible operating expenses for preceding quarters of
 4    such fiscal year. However, no participant  shall  receive  an
 5    amount  less  than  that  which was received in the immediate
 6    prior year, provided in the event of a shortfall in the  fund
 7    those  participants receiving less than their full allocation
 8    pursuant to Section 2-6 6 of this Article shall be the  first
 9    participants   to  receive  an  amount  not  less  than  that
10    received in the immediate prior year.
11        (c)  No later than 180 days following the last day of the
12    Fiscal Year each participant  shall  provide  the  Department
13    with  an  audit  prepared  by  a  Certified Public Accountant
14    covering that  Fiscal  Year.   Any  discrepancy  between  the
15    grants  paid and one-third of the eligible operating expenses
16    or in the  case  of  the  Bi-State  Metropolitan  Development
17    District  the  approved program amount shall be reconciled by
18    appropriate payment or credit. Beginning in Fiscal Year 1985,
19    for those participants other than the  Bi-State  Metropolitan
20    Development District, any discrepancy between the grants paid
21    and   the  percentage  of  the  eligible  operating  expenses
22    provided for by  paragraph  (b)  of  this  Section  shall  be
23    reconciled by appropriate payment or credit.
24    (Source: P.A. 89-598, eff. 8-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

25        (30 ILCS 740/3-1.04) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 685)
26        Sec.  3-1.04.  "Eligible  operating expenses" means those
27    expenses required to provide public transportation, including
28    drivers wages and benefits,  mechanics  wages  and  benefits,
29    contract   maintenance   services,   materials  and  supplies
30    directly related to  transit  and  maintenance  of  vehicles,
31    fuels  and  lubricants,  rentals or leases of vehicles, taxes
32    other than  income  taxes,  payment  made  for  debt  service
33    (including   principal   and   interest)  on  publicly  owned
 
                            -276-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    equipment and facilities, and any other expenditure which  is
 2    an   operating   expense  according  to  standard  accounting
 3    practices for the  providing  of  public  transportation  and
 4    which  is not defined as an "eligible administrative expense"
 5    by Section 3-1.09 of this Article.
 6        "Eligible   operating   expenses"   shall   not   include
 7    allowances: (a) for depreciation whether funded or  unfunded;
 8    (b)  for  amortization  of any intangible costs; (c) for debt
 9    service on capital acquired with the  assistance  of  capital
10    grant  funds  provided  by  the  State  of  Illinois; (d) for
11    profits or return on investments; (e) for  excessive  payment
12    to   associated  entities;  (f)  for  cost  reimbursed  under
13    Sections Section 6 and 8 of the  "Urban  Mass  Transportation
14    Act of 1964", as amended; (g) for entertainment expenses; (h)
15    for  charter  expenses;  (i) for fines and penalties; (j) for
16    charitable donations; (k) for interest expense on  long  term
17    borrowing  and  debt  retirement other than on publicly owned
18    equipment or  facilities;  (l)  for  income  taxes;  (m)  for
19    expenses  defined  as  "eligible  administrative expenses" in
20    Section 3-1.09  of  this  Article;  or  (n)  for  such  other
21    expenses  as  the  Department  may  determine consistent with
22    federal  Department   of   Transportation   regulations   and
23    requirements.
24    (Source: P.A. 83-1471; revised 10-31-98.)

25        (30 ILCS 740/3-1.09) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 689.1)
26        Sec.  3-1.09.   "Eligible  administrative expenses" means
27    those expenses required  to  provide  public  transportation,
28    other  than those defined as "eligible operating expenses" in
29    Section 3-1.04 of this Act, including, but  not  limited  to,
30    general,  administrative  and overhead costs such as salaries
31    of the project director, office personnel such  as  secretary
32    and   bookkeeper,   office   supplies,   facilities,  rental,
33    insurance, marketing, and interest on  short-term  loans  for
 
                            -277-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    operating  assistance.   "Eligible  administrative  expenses"
 2    shall  not  include  allowances: (a) for depreciation whether
 3    funded or unfunded; (b) for amortization  of  any  intangible
 4    costs;  (c)  for  debt  service  on capital acquired with the
 5    assistance of capital grant funds provided by  the  State  of
 6    Illinois;  (d)  for profits or return on investments; (e) for
 7    excessive payment  to  associated  entities;  (f)  for  costs
 8    reimbursed  under Sections Section 6 and 8 of the "Urban Mass
 9    Transportation  Act   of   1964",   as   amended;   (g)   for
10    entertainment  expenses;  (h)  for  charter expenses; (i) for
11    fines and penalties; (j) for charitable  donations;  (k)  for
12    interest  expense  on long term borrowing and debt retirement
13    other than on publicly owned equipment or facilities; (l) for
14    income taxes; (m) for those  expenses  defined  as  "eligible
15    operating  expenses" under Section 3-1.04 of this Article; or
16    (n)  or  for  such  other  expenses  as  the  Department  may
17    determine   consistent    with    federal    Department    of
18    Transportation regulations and requirements.
19    (Source: P.A. 83-1471; revised 10-31-98.)

20        Section  57.   The  Build  Illinois  Act  is  amended  by
21    changing Section 3-7 as follows:

22        (30 ILCS 750/3-7) (from Ch. 127, par. 2703-7)
23        Sec.  3-7.  Powers and Duties.  The Department shall have
24    the following powers and duties:
25        (1)  To make grants and loans to, and  accept  guarantees
26    from,  universities, research institutions and businesses for
27    the purposes of this Article.  Any loan or  series  of  loans
28    shall be limited to an amount not to exceed $2,500,000 or 50%
29    of the total project cost, whichever is less.
30        (2)  To establish such interest rates, terms of repayment
31    and  other terms and conditions regarding loans made pursuant
32    to this  Act  as  the  Department  shall  deem  necessary  or
 
                            -278-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    appropriate  to protect the public interest and carry out the
 2    purposes of this Article.
 3        (3)  To accept grants, loans or appropriations  from  the
 4    federal  government  or  any  private  entity  to be used for
 5    purposes similar to this program and to enter into contracts
 6    contacts and agreements in connection with such grants, loans
 7    or appropriations.
 8        (4)  To adopt such rules and regulations as are necessary
 9    for the administration of this Article.
10    (Source: P.A. 84-109; revised 10-31-98.)

11        Section 58.  The State Mandates Act is amended by setting
12    forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section  8.21  and
13    changing Section 8.22 as follows:

14        (30 ILCS 805/8.21)
15        Sec.  8.21.  Exempt  mandate.  Notwithstanding Sections 6
16    and 8 of this Act, no reimbursement by the State is  required
17    for  the  implementation of any mandate created by Public Act
18    89-705,  89-718,  90-4,  90-7,  90-27,  9-28,  90-31,  90-32,
19    90-186,  90-204,  90-258,  90-288,  90-350,  90-448,  90-460,
20    90-497, 90-511, 90-524, 90-531, 90-535, or 90-551.
21    (Source: P.A. 89-683, eff. 6-1-97  (repealed  by  P.A.  90-6,
22    eff.  6-3-97);  89-705,  eff.  1-31-97;  89-718, eff. 3-7-97;
23    90-4, eff. 3-7-97;  90-7, eff. 6-10-97; 90-27,  eff.  1-1-98;
24    90-31,  eff.  6-27-97;  90-32,  eff.  6-27-97;  90-186,  eff.
25    7-24-97;  90-204, eff. 7-25-97; 90-258, eff. 7-30-97; 90-288,
26    eff. 8-1-97;  90-350,  eff,  1-1-98;  90-448,  eff.  8-16-97;
27    90-460,  eff.  8-17-97;  90-497,  eff.  8-18-97; 90-511, eff.
28    8-22-97; 90-524, eff. 1-1-98; 90-531,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-535,
29    eff. 11-14-97; 90-551, eff. 12-12-97; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98.)

30        (30 ILCS 805/8.22)
31        Sec.   8.22.   8.21.   Exempt  mandate.   Notwithstanding
 
                            -279-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Sections 6 and 8 of this Act, no reimbursement by  the  State
 2    is  required for the implementation of any mandate created by
 3    Public Act 90-525, 90-568, 90-576,  90-582,  90-679,  90-737,
 4    90-741, or 90-766 this amendatory Act of 1998 1997.
 5    (Source:  P.A.  90-568,  eff.  1-1-99;  90-576, eff. 3-31-98;
 6    90-582, eff. 5-27-98;  90-679,  eff.  7-31-98;  90-737,  eff.
 7    1-1-99;  90-741,  eff.  1-1-99; 90-766, eff. 8-14-98; 90-807,
 8    eff. 12-2-98; revised 9-23-98.)

 9        Section 59.  The Illinois Income Tax Act  is  amended  by
10    changing Sections 201, 203, 204, and 509 as follows:

11        (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201)
12        Sec. 201.  Tax Imposed.
13        (a)  In  general.  A tax measured by net income is hereby
14    imposed on every individual, corporation,  trust  and  estate
15    for  each  taxable  year  ending  after  July 31, 1969 on the
16    privilege of earning or receiving income in or as a  resident
17    of  this  State.  Such  tax shall be in addition to all other
18    occupation or privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any
19    municipal corporation or political subdivision thereof.
20        (b)  Rates. The tax imposed by  subsection  (a)  of  this
21    Section shall be determined as follows:
22             (1)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
23        for taxable years ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount
24        equal to 2 1/2% of the  taxpayer's  net  income  for  the
25        taxable year.
26             (2)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
27        for taxable years beginning prior to  July  1,  1989  and
28        ending after June 30, 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
29        (i)  2  1/2%  of the taxpayer's net income for the period
30        prior to July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3,
31        and (ii) 3% of the taxpayer's net income for  the  period
32        after June 30, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3.
 
                            -280-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (3)  In  the case of an individual, trust or estate,
 2        for taxable years  beginning  after  June  30,  1989,  an
 3        amount  equal  to 3% of the taxpayer's net income for the
 4        taxable year.
 5             (4)  (Blank).
 6             (5)  (Blank).
 7             (6)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
 8        ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal  to  4%  of
 9        the taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
10             (7)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
11        beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30,
12        1989,  an  amount  equal  to  the  sum  of  (i) 4% of the
13        taxpayer's net income for the period  prior  to  July  1,
14        1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of
15        the  taxpayer's  net income for the period after June 30,
16        1989, as calculated under Section 202.3.
17             (8)  In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
18        beginning after June 30, 1989, an amount equal to 4.8% of
19        the taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
20        (c)  Beginning  on  July  1,  1979  and  thereafter,   in
21    addition to such income tax, there is also hereby imposed the
22    Personal  Property Tax Replacement Income Tax measured by net
23    income  on  every   corporation   (including   Subchapter   S
24    corporations),  partnership  and trust, for each taxable year
25    ending after June 30, 1979.  Such taxes are  imposed  on  the
26    privilege  of earning or receiving income in or as a resident
27    of this State.  The Personal Property Tax Replacement  Income
28    Tax  shall  be  in  addition  to  the  income  tax imposed by
29    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and  in  addition  to
30    all other occupation or privilege taxes imposed by this State
31    or  by  any  municipal  corporation  or political subdivision
32    thereof.
33        (d)  Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement  Income
34    Tax  Rates.  The personal property tax replacement income tax
 
                            -281-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    imposed by this subsection and subsection (c) of this Section
 2    in the case of a  corporation,  other  than  a  Subchapter  S
 3    corporation,  shall be an additional amount equal to 2.85% of
 4    such taxpayer's net income for the taxable year, except  that
 5    beginning  on  January  1,  1981, and thereafter, the rate of
 6    2.85% specified in this subsection shall be reduced to  2.5%,
 7    and  in  the  case  of a partnership, trust or a Subchapter S
 8    corporation shall be an additional amount equal  to  1.5%  of
 9    such taxpayer's net income for the taxable year.
10        (e)  Investment  credit.   A  taxpayer shall be allowed a
11    credit against the Personal Property Tax  Replacement  Income
12    Tax for investment in qualified property.
13             (1)  A  taxpayer  shall be allowed a credit equal to
14        .5% of the basis of qualified property placed in  service
15        during the taxable year, provided such property is placed
16        in  service  on  or  after  July 1, 1984.  There shall be
17        allowed an additional credit equal to .5% of the basis of
18        qualified property placed in service during  the  taxable
19        year,  provided  such property is placed in service on or
20        after July 1, 1986, and the  taxpayer's  base  employment
21        within  Illinois  has  increased  by  1% or more over the
22        preceding year as determined by the taxpayer's employment
23        records filed with the Illinois Department of  Employment
24        Security.   Taxpayers  who  are  new to Illinois shall be
25        deemed to have met the 1% growth in base  employment  for
26        the first year in which they file employment records with
27        the  Illinois  Department  of  Employment  Security.  The
28        provisions added to this Section by  Public  Act  85-1200
29        (and restored by Public Act 87-895) shall be construed as
30        declaratory  of  existing law and not as a new enactment.
31        If, in any year, the increase in base  employment  within
32        Illinois  over  the  preceding  year is less than 1%, the
33        additional credit shall be  limited  to  that  percentage
34        times  a  fraction, the numerator of which is .5% and the
 
                            -282-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        denominator of which is 1%, but  shall  not  exceed  .5%.
 2        The  investment credit shall not be allowed to the extent
 3        that it would reduce a taxpayer's liability  in  any  tax
 4        year  below  zero,  nor  may  any  credit  for  qualified
 5        property  be  allowed for any year other than the year in
 6        which the property was placed in service in Illinois. For
 7        tax years ending on or after December 31, 1987, and on or
 8        before December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed for
 9        the tax year in which the property is placed in  service,
10        or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax liability
11        for  that year, whether it exceeds the original liability
12        or the liability as later amended,  such  excess  may  be
13        carried forward and applied to the tax liability of the 5
14        taxable  years  following  the excess credit years if the
15        taxpayer (i) makes investments which cause  the  creation
16        of  a  minimum  of  2,000  full-time  equivalent  jobs in
17        Illinois,  (ii)  is  located  in   an   enterprise   zone
18        established  pursuant to the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act
19        and (iii) is certified by the Department of Commerce  and
20        Community  Affairs  as  complying  with  the requirements
21        specified in clause (i) and (ii) by July  1,  1986.   The
22        Department of Commerce and Community Affairs shall notify
23        the  Department  of  Revenue  of  all such certifications
24        immediately. For tax  years  ending  after  December  31,
25        1988,  the  credit  shall  be allowed for the tax year in
26        which the property is  placed  in  service,  or,  if  the
27        amount  of  the credit exceeds the tax liability for that
28        year, whether it exceeds the original  liability  or  the
29        liability  as  later  amended, such excess may be carried
30        forward and applied to the tax liability of the 5 taxable
31        years following the excess credit years. The credit shall
32        be applied to the earliest year  for  which  there  is  a
33        liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year
34        that  is  available to offset a liability, earlier credit
 
                            -283-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        shall be applied first.
 2             (2)  The term "qualified  property"  means  property
 3        which:
 4                  (A)  is   tangible,   whether   new   or  used,
 5             including buildings  and  structural  components  of
 6             buildings  and signs that are real property, but not
 7             including land or improvements to real property that
 8             are not a structural component of a building such as
 9             landscaping,  sewer  lines,  local   access   roads,
10             fencing, parking lots, and other appurtenances;
11                  (B)  is  depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of
12             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
13             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
14             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
15             subsection (e);
16                  (C)  is acquired  by  purchase  as  defined  in
17             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code;
18                  (D)  is  used  in Illinois by a taxpayer who is
19             primarily engaged in  manufacturing,  or  in  mining
20             coal or fluorite, or in retailing; and
21                  (E)  has  not  previously been used in Illinois
22             in such a manner and  by  such  a  person  as  would
23             qualify  for  the credit provided by this subsection
24             (e) or subsection (f).
25             (3)  For   purposes   of   this   subsection    (e),
26        "manufacturing" means the material staging and production
27        of  tangible  personal  property  by  procedures commonly
28        regarded as manufacturing,  processing,  fabrication,  or
29        assembling  which changes some existing material into new
30        shapes, new qualities, or new combinations.  For purposes
31        of this subsection (e) the term "mining" shall  have  the
32        same  meaning  as  the term "mining" in Section 613(c) of
33        the  Internal  Revenue  Code.   For  purposes   of   this
34        subsection  (e),  the  term "retailing" means the sale of
 
                            -284-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        tangible  personal  property  or  services  rendered   in
 2        conjunction  with  the sale of tangible consumer goods or
 3        commodities.
 4             (4)  The basis of qualified property  shall  be  the
 5        basis  used  to  compute  the  depreciation deduction for
 6        federal income tax purposes.
 7             (5)  If the basis of the property for federal income
 8        tax depreciation purposes is increased after it has  been
 9        placed in service in Illinois by the taxpayer, the amount
10        of  such  increase  shall  be  deemed  property placed in
11        service on the date of such increase in basis.
12             (6)  The term "placed in  service"  shall  have  the
13        same  meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue
14        Code.
15             (7)  If during any taxable year, any property ceases
16        to be qualified property in the  hands  of  the  taxpayer
17        within  48  months  after being placed in service, or the
18        situs of any qualified property is moved outside Illinois
19        within 48 months  after  being  placed  in  service,  the
20        Personal  Property  Tax  Replacement  Income Tax for such
21        taxable year shall be increased.  Such increase shall  be
22        determined by (i) recomputing the investment credit which
23        would  have been allowed for the year in which credit for
24        such property was originally allowed by eliminating  such
25        property from such computation and, (ii) subtracting such
26        recomputed  credit  from  the amount of credit previously
27        allowed. For  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph  (7),  a
28        reduction  of  the  basis of qualified property resulting
29        from a redetermination of the  purchase  price  shall  be
30        deemed  a disposition of qualified property to the extent
31        of such reduction.
32             (8)  Unless the investment  credit  is  extended  by
33        law,  the  basis  of qualified property shall not include
34        costs incurred after December 31, 2003, except for  costs
 
                            -285-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        incurred  pursuant  to a binding contract entered into on
 2        or before December 31, 2003.
 3             (9)  Each taxable year, a partnership may  elect  to
 4        pass  through  to  its  partners the credits to which the
 5        partnership is entitled under this subsection (e) for the
 6        taxable year.  A partner may use the credit allocated  to
 7        him  or  her  under  this  paragraph only against the tax
 8        imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of this  Section.   If
 9        the  partnership makes that election, those credits shall
10        be allocated among the partners  in  the  partnership  in
11        accordance  with the rules set forth in Section 704(b) of
12        the Internal Revenue  Code,  and  the  rules  promulgated
13        under  that  Section,  and  the  allocated  amount of the
14        credits shall be allowed to the partners for that taxable
15        year.  The partnership shall make this  election  on  its
16        Personal  Property  Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
17        that taxable year.  The  election  to  pass  through  the
18        credits shall be irrevocable.
19        (f)  Investment credit; Enterprise Zone.
20             (1)  A  taxpayer  shall  be allowed a credit against
21        the tax imposed  by  subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of  this
22        Section  for  investment  in  qualified property which is
23        placed in service in an Enterprise Zone created  pursuant
24        to the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act. For partners and for
25        shareholders of Subchapter S corporations, there shall be
26        allowed   a  credit  under  this  subsection  (f)  to  be
27        determined in accordance with the determination of income
28        and distributive share of income under Sections  702  and
29        704  and  Subchapter  S of the Internal Revenue Code. The
30        credit shall be .5% of the basis for such property.   The
31        credit  shall  be  available  only in the taxable year in
32        which the property is placed in service in the Enterprise
33        Zone and shall not be allowed to the extent that it would
34        reduce a taxpayer's liability  for  the  tax  imposed  by
 
                            -286-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        subsections  (a)  and  (b) of this Section to below zero.
 2        For tax years ending on or after December 31,  1985,  the
 3        credit  shall  be  allowed  for the tax year in which the
 4        property is placed in service, or, if the amount  of  the
 5        credit  exceeds  the tax liability for that year, whether
 6        it exceeds the original liability  or  the  liability  as
 7        later  amended,  such  excess  may be carried forward and
 8        applied to the tax  liability  of  the  5  taxable  years
 9        following  the  excess  credit  year. The credit shall be
10        applied to  the  earliest  year  for  which  there  is  a
11        liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year
12        that  is  available  to  offset  a  liability, the credit
13        accruing first in time shall be applied first.
14             (2)  The  term  qualified  property  means  property
15        which:
16                  (A)  is  tangible,   whether   new   or   used,
17             including  buildings  and  structural  components of
18             buildings;
19                  (B)  is depreciable pursuant to Section 167  of
20             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
21             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
22             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
23             subsection (f);
24                  (C)  is  acquired  by  purchase  as  defined in
25             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code;
26                  (D)  is used in  the  Enterprise  Zone  by  the
27             taxpayer; and
28                  (E)  has  not  been previously used in Illinois
29             in such a manner and  by  such  a  person  as  would
30             qualify  for  the credit provided by this subsection
31             (f) or subsection (e).
32             (3)  The basis of qualified property  shall  be  the
33        basis  used  to  compute  the  depreciation deduction for
34        federal income tax purposes.
 
                            -287-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (4)  If the basis of the property for federal income
 2        tax depreciation purposes is increased after it has  been
 3        placed in service in the Enterprise Zone by the taxpayer,
 4        the  amount  of  such  increase  shall be deemed property
 5        placed in service on the date of such increase in basis.
 6             (5)  The term "placed in  service"  shall  have  the
 7        same  meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue
 8        Code.
 9             (6)  If during any taxable year, any property ceases
10        to be qualified property in the  hands  of  the  taxpayer
11        within  48  months  after being placed in service, or the
12        situs of any qualified  property  is  moved  outside  the
13        Enterprise  Zone  within  48 months after being placed in
14        service, the tax imposed under subsections (a) and (b) of
15        this Section for such taxable year  shall  be  increased.
16        Such  increase shall be determined by (i) recomputing the
17        investment credit which would have been allowed  for  the
18        year  in  which  credit  for such property was originally
19        allowed  by   eliminating   such   property   from   such
20        computation,  and (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
21        from the amount of credit previously  allowed.   For  the
22        purposes  of this paragraph (6), a reduction of the basis
23        of qualified property resulting from a redetermination of
24        the purchase price  shall  be  deemed  a  disposition  of
25        qualified property to the extent of such reduction.
26             (g)  Jobs  Tax  Credit;  Enterprise Zone and Foreign
27    Trade Zone or Sub-Zone.
28             (1)  A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an
29        enterprise zone or a High Impact Business  designated  by
30        the   Department   of   Commerce  and  Community  Affairs
31        conducting a trade or business in a federally  designated
32        Foreign  Trade Zone or Sub-Zone shall be allowed a credit
33        against the tax imposed by subsections  (a)  and  (b)  of
34        this  Section in the amount of $500 per eligible employee
 
                            -288-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        hired to work in the zone during the taxable year.
 2             (2)  To qualify for the credit:
 3                  (A)  the taxpayer must hire 5 or more  eligible
 4             employees to work in an enterprise zone or federally
 5             designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone during the
 6             taxable year;
 7                  (B)  the taxpayer's total employment within the
 8             enterprise  zone  or  federally  designated  Foreign
 9             Trade  Zone  or  Sub-Zone must increase by 5 or more
10             full-time employees beyond  the  total  employed  in
11             that  zone  at  the end of the previous tax year for
12             which a jobs  tax  credit  under  this  Section  was
13             taken,  or beyond the total employed by the taxpayer
14             as of December 31, 1985, whichever is later; and
15                  (C)  the eligible employees  must  be  employed
16             180 consecutive days in order to be deemed hired for
17             purposes of this subsection.
18             (3)  An  "eligible  employee"  means an employee who
19        is:
20                  (A)  Certified by the  Department  of  Commerce
21             and  Community  Affairs  as  "eligible for services"
22             pursuant to regulations  promulgated  in  accordance
23             with  Title  II of the Job Training Partnership Act,
24             Training Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III
25             of the Job Training Partnership Act, Employment  and
26             Training Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program.
27                  (B)  Hired   after   the   enterprise  zone  or
28             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
29             was  designated or the trade or business was located
30             in that zone, whichever is later.
31                  (C)  Employed in the enterprise zone or Foreign
32             Trade Zone or Sub-Zone. An employee is  employed  in
33             an  enterprise  zone or federally designated Foreign
34             Trade Zone or Sub-Zone if his services are  rendered
 
                            -289-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             there  or  it  is  the  base  of  operations for the
 2             services performed.
 3                  (D)  A full-time employee working  30  or  more
 4             hours per week.
 5             (4)  For  tax  years ending on or after December 31,
 6        1985 and prior to December 31, 1988, the credit shall  be
 7        allowed  for the tax year in which the eligible employees
 8        are hired.  For tax years ending on or after December 31,
 9        1988, the credit  shall  be  allowed  for  the  tax  year
10        immediately  following the tax year in which the eligible
11        employees are hired.  If the amount of the credit exceeds
12        the tax liability for that year, whether it  exceeds  the
13        original  liability  or  the  liability as later amended,
14        such excess may be carried forward and applied to the tax
15        liability of the 5 taxable  years  following  the  excess
16        credit year.  The credit shall be applied to the earliest
17        year  for  which there is a liability. If there is credit
18        from more than one tax year that is available to offset a
19        liability, earlier credit shall be applied first.
20             (5)  The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such
21        rules and regulations as may be deemed necessary to carry
22        out the purposes of this subsection (g).
23             (6)  The credit  shall  be  available  for  eligible
24        employees hired on or after January 1, 1986.
25             (h)  Investment credit; High Impact Business.
26             (1)  Subject to subsection (b) of Section 5.5 of the
27        Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be allowed
28        a  credit  against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and
29        (b) of this Section for investment in qualified  property
30        which  is  placed  in service by a Department of Commerce
31        and Community Affairs designated  High  Impact  Business.
32        The  credit  shall be .5% of the basis for such property.
33        The credit shall  not  be  available  until  the  minimum
34        investments  in  qualified  property set forth in Section
 
                            -290-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        5.5  of  the  Illinois  Enterprise  Zone  Act  have  been
 2        satisfied and shall not be allowed to the extent that  it
 3        would  reduce  a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed
 4        by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to below zero.
 5        The credit applicable to such minimum  investments  shall
 6        be  taken  in  the  taxable  year  in  which such minimum
 7        investments  have  been  completed.    The   credit   for
 8        additional investments beyond the minimum investment by a
 9        designated  high  impact business shall be available only
10        in the taxable year in which the property  is  placed  in
11        service  and  shall  not be allowed to the extent that it
12        would reduce a taxpayer's liability for the  tax  imposed
13        by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section to below zero.
14        For  tax  years ending on or after December 31, 1987, the
15        credit shall be allowed for the tax  year  in  which  the
16        property  is  placed in service, or, if the amount of the
17        credit exceeds the tax liability for that  year,  whether
18        it  exceeds  the  original  liability or the liability as
19        later amended, such excess may  be  carried  forward  and
20        applied  to  the  tax  liability  of  the 5 taxable years
21        following the excess credit year.  The  credit  shall  be
22        applied  to  the  earliest  year  for  which  there  is a
23        liability.  If there is credit from  more  than  one  tax
24        year  that is available to offset a liability, the credit
25        accruing first in time shall be applied first.
26             Changes made in this subdivision  (h)(1)  by  Public
27        Act 88-670 restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and
28        reflect existing law.
29             (2)  The  term  qualified  property  means  property
30        which:
31                  (A)  is   tangible,   whether   new   or  used,
32             including buildings  and  structural  components  of
33             buildings;
34                  (B)  is  depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of
 
                            -291-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  except  that  "3-year
 2             property" as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
 3             Code is not eligible for the credit provided by this
 4             subsection (h);
 5                  (C)  is acquired  by  purchase  as  defined  in
 6             Section 179(d) of the Internal Revenue Code; and
 7                  (D)  is  not  eligible  for the Enterprise Zone
 8             Investment Credit provided by subsection (f) of this
 9             Section.
10             (3)  The basis of qualified property  shall  be  the
11        basis  used  to  compute  the  depreciation deduction for
12        federal income tax purposes.
13             (4)  If the basis of the property for federal income
14        tax depreciation purposes is increased after it has  been
15        placed in service in a federally designated Foreign Trade
16        Zone or Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer, the
17        amount  of  such increase shall be deemed property placed
18        in service on the date of such increase in basis.
19             (5)  The term "placed in  service"  shall  have  the
20        same  meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue
21        Code.
22             (6)  If during any taxable year ending on or  before
23        December  31,  1996,  any property ceases to be qualified
24        property in the hands of the taxpayer  within  48  months
25        after  being  placed  in  service,  or  the  situs of any
26        qualified property is moved outside  Illinois  within  48
27        months  after  being  placed  in service, the tax imposed
28        under subsections (a) and (b) of this  Section  for  such
29        taxable  year shall be increased.  Such increase shall be
30        determined by (i) recomputing the investment credit which
31        would have been allowed for the year in which credit  for
32        such  property was originally allowed by eliminating such
33        property from such computation, and (ii) subtracting such
34        recomputed credit from the amount  of  credit  previously
 
                            -292-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        allowed.   For  the  purposes  of  this  paragraph (6), a
 2        reduction of the basis of  qualified  property  resulting
 3        from  a  redetermination  of  the purchase price shall be
 4        deemed a disposition of qualified property to the  extent
 5        of such reduction.
 6             (7)  Beginning  with tax years ending after December
 7        31, 1996, if a taxpayer qualifies for  the  credit  under
 8        this   subsection  (h)  and  thereby  is  granted  a  tax
 9        abatement and the taxpayer relocates its entire  facility
10        in  violation  of  the  explicit  terms and length of the
11        contract under Section 18-183 of the Property  Tax  Code,
12        the  tax  imposed  under  subsections (a) and (b) of this
13        Section shall be increased for the taxable year in  which
14        the taxpayer relocated its facility by an amount equal to
15        the  amount of credit received by the taxpayer under this
16        subsection (h).
17        (i)  A credit shall be allowed against the tax imposed by
18    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for the  tax  imposed
19    by  subsections  (c)  and  (d)  of this Section.  This credit
20    shall  be  computed  by  multiplying  the  tax   imposed   by
21    subsections  (c)  and  (d) of this Section by a fraction, the
22    numerator of which is base income allocable to  Illinois  and
23    the denominator of which is Illinois base income, and further
24    multiplying   the   product   by  the  tax  rate  imposed  by
25    subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.
26        Any credit earned on or after  December  31,  1986  under
27    this  subsection  which  is  unused in the year the credit is
28    computed because it exceeds  the  tax  liability  imposed  by
29    subsections (a) and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the
30    original  liability or the liability as later amended) may be
31    carried forward and applied to the tax liability  imposed  by
32    subsections  (a) and (b) of the 5 taxable years following the
33    excess credit year.  This credit shall be  applied  first  to
34    the  earliest  year for which there is a liability.  If there
 
                            -293-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    is a credit under this subsection from more than one tax year
 2    that is available to offset a liability the  earliest  credit
 3    arising under this subsection shall be applied first.
 4        If,  during  any taxable year ending on or after December
 5    31, 1986, the tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of  this
 6    Section  for which a taxpayer has claimed a credit under this
 7    subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of credit for such  tax
 8    shall also be reduced.  Such reduction shall be determined by
 9    recomputing  the  credit to take into account the reduced tax
10    imposed by subsection (c) and (d).  If  any  portion  of  the
11    reduced  amount  of  credit  has  been carried to a different
12    taxable year, an amended  return  shall  be  filed  for  such
13    taxable year to reduce the amount of credit claimed.
14        (j)  Training  expense  credit.  Beginning with tax years
15    ending on or after December 31, 1986,  a  taxpayer  shall  be
16    allowed  a  credit  against the tax imposed by subsection (a)
17    and (b) under this Section for all amounts paid  or  accrued,
18    on behalf of all persons employed by the taxpayer in Illinois
19    or  Illinois  residents  employed  outside  of  Illinois by a
20    taxpayer,  for  educational   or   vocational   training   in
21    semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled or skilled
22    fields,   which  were  deducted  from  gross  income  in  the
23    computation of taxable income.  The credit  against  the  tax
24    imposed  by  subsections  (a)  and  (b) shall be 1.6% of such
25    training expenses.  For  partners  and  for  shareholders  of
26    subchapter  S  corporations,  there shall be allowed a credit
27    under this subsection (j) to be determined in accordance with
28    the determination of income and distributive share of  income
29    under  Sections  702 and 704 and subchapter S of the Internal
30    Revenue Code.
31        Any credit allowed under this subsection which is  unused
32    in  the  year  the credit is earned may be carried forward to
33    each of the 5 taxable years following the year for which  the
34    credit is first computed until it is used.  This credit shall
 
                            -294-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    be  applied  first  to the earliest year for which there is a
 2    liability.  If there is a credit under this  subsection  from
 3    more  than  one  tax  year  that  is  available  to  offset a
 4    liability the earliest credit arising under  this  subsection
 5    shall be applied first.
 6        (k)  Research and development credit.
 7        Beginning  with  tax  years  ending after July 1, 1990, a
 8    taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the tax imposed by
 9    subsections (a)  and  (b)  of  this  Section  for  increasing
10    research  activities  in  this  State.   The  credit  allowed
11    against  the  tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be
12    equal to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures for increasing
13    research activities in this State.
14        For   purposes   of    this    subsection,    "qualifying
15    expenditures"  means  the  qualifying expenditures as defined
16    for the federal credit  for  increasing  research  activities
17    which  would  be  allowable  under Section 41 of the Internal
18    Revenue  Code  and  which  are  conducted  in   this   State,
19    "qualifying  expenditures  for increasing research activities
20    in this State" means the excess  of  qualifying  expenditures
21    for  the  taxable  year  in  which  incurred  over qualifying
22    expenditures for the base  period,  "qualifying  expenditures
23    for  the  base  period"  means  the average of the qualifying
24    expenditures for each year in  the  base  period,  and  "base
25    period"  means  the 3 taxable years immediately preceding the
26    taxable year for which the determination is being made.
27        Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable
28    year may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
29    unused credit shown on its  final  completed  return  carried
30    over  as a credit against the tax liability for the following
31    5 taxable years or until it has been  fully  used,  whichever
32    occurs first.
33        If  an  unused  credit is carried forward to a given year
34    from 2 or more earlier years,  that  credit  arising  in  the
 
                            -295-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    earliest year will be applied first against the tax liability
 2    for  the  given  year.  If a tax liability for the given year
 3    still remains, the credit from the next  earliest  year  will
 4    then  be applied, and so on, until all credits have been used
 5    or  no  tax  liability  for  the  given  year  remains.   Any
 6    remaining unused credit  or  credits  then  will  be  carried
 7    forward  to  the next following year in which a tax liability
 8    is incurred, except that no credit can be carried forward  to
 9    a year which is more than 5 years after the year in which the
10    expense for which the credit is given was incurred.
11        Unless  extended  by  law,  the  credit shall not include
12    costs incurred after December  31,  2004,  except  for  costs
13    incurred  pursuant  to  a binding contract entered into on or
14    before December 31, 2004.
15        (l)  Environmental Remediation Tax Credit.
16             (i)  For tax  years ending after December  31,  1997
17        and  on  or before December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be
18        allowed a credit against the tax imposed  by  subsections
19        (a)  and (b) of this Section for certain amounts paid for
20        unreimbursed eligible remediation costs, as specified  in
21        this   subsection.    For   purposes   of  this  Section,
22        "unreimbursed eligible  remediation  costs"  means  costs
23        approved  by the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency
24        ("Agency")  under  Section  58.14  of  the  Environmental
25        Protection Act that were paid in performing environmental
26        remediation at a site for which a No Further  Remediation
27        Letter  was  issued  by  the  Agency  and  recorded under
28        Section 58.10 of the Environmental Protection Act.    The
29        credit  must  be  claimed  for  the taxable year in which
30        Agency approval of  the  eligible  remediation  costs  is
31        granted.   The credit is not available to any taxpayer if
32        the taxpayer or any related party caused  or  contributed
33        to,  in  any  material  respect,  a  release of regulated
34        substances on, in, or under the site that was  identified
 
                            -296-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        and addressed by the remedial action pursuant to the Site
 2        Remediation  Program of the Environmental Protection Act.
 3        After the  Pollution  Control  Board  rules  are  adopted
 4        pursuant to the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act for
 5        the administration and enforcement of Section 58.9 of the
 6        Environmental Protection Act, determinations as to credit
 7        availability  for  purposes of this Section shall be made
 8        consistent  with  those  rules.   For  purposes  of  this
 9        Section,  "taxpayer"  includes   a   person   whose   tax
10        attributes  the  taxpayer  has succeeded to under Section
11        381 of the Internal  Revenue  Code  and  "related  party"
12        includes the persons disallowed a deduction for losses by
13        paragraphs  (b),  (c),  and  (f)(1) of Section 267 of the
14        Internal Revenue  Code  by  virtue  of  being  a  related
15        taxpayer,  as  well  as  any of its partners.  The credit
16        allowed against the tax imposed by  subsections  (a)  and
17        (b)  shall  be  equal to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible
18        remediation costs in excess of $100,000 per site,  except
19        that  the  $100,000 threshold shall not apply to any site
20        contained in an enterprise  zone  as  determined  by  the
21        Department  of Commerce and Community Affairs.  The total
22        credit allowed shall not exceed $40,000 per year  with  a
23        maximum  total  of  $150,000  per site.  For partners and
24        shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be
25        allowed a credit under this subsection to  be  determined
26        in  accordance  with  the  determination  of  income  and
27        distributive  share  of income under Sections 702 and 704
28        of subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code.
29             (ii)  A credit allowed under this subsection that is
30        unused in the year the credit is earned  may  be  carried
31        forward to each of the 5 taxable years following the year
32        for  which  the  credit is first earned until it is used.
33        The term "unused credit" does not include any amounts  of
34        unreimbursed  eligible remediation costs in excess of the
 
                            -297-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        maximum credit per site authorized under  paragraph  (i).
 2        This  credit  shall be applied first to the earliest year
 3        for which there is a liability.  If  there  is  a  credit
 4        under this subsection from more than one tax year that is
 5        available  to  offset  a  liability,  the earliest credit
 6        arising under this subsection shall be applied first.   A
 7        credit  allowed  under  this  subsection may be sold to a
 8        buyer as part of a sale of all or part of the remediation
 9        site for which the credit was granted.  The purchaser  of
10        a  remediation  site  and the tax credit shall succeed to
11        the unused credit and remaining carry-forward  period  of
12        the  seller.  To perfect the transfer, the assignor shall
13        record the transfer in the chain of title  for  the  site
14        and  provide  written  notice  to  the  Director  of  the
15        Illinois  Department  of Revenue of the assignor's intent
16        to sell the remediation site and the amount  of  the  tax
17        credit to be transferred as a portion of the sale.  In no
18        event  may a credit be transferred to any taxpayer if the
19        taxpayer or a related party would not be  eligible  under
20        the provisions of subsection (i).
21             (iii)  For purposes of this Section, the term "site"
22        shall  have the same meaning as under Section 58.2 of the
23        Environmental Protection Act.
24    (Source: P.A. 89-235,  eff.  8-4-95;  89-519,  eff.  7-18-96;
25    89-591,  eff.  8-1-96;  90-123,  eff.  7-21-97;  90-458, eff.
26    8-17-97; 90-605, eff. 6-30-98; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98;  90-717,
27    eff. 8-7-98; 90-792, eff. 1-1-99; revised 9-16-98.)

28        (35 ILCS 5/203) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-203)
29        Sec. 203.  Base income defined.
30        (a)  Individuals.
31             (1)  In general.  In the case of an individual, base
32        income  means  an amount equal to the taxpayer's adjusted
33        gross  income  for  the  taxable  year  as  modified   by
 
                            -298-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        paragraph (2).
 2             (2)  Modifications.    The   adjusted  gross  income
 3        referred to in paragraph (1) shall be modified by  adding
 4        thereto the sum of the following amounts:
 5                  (A)  An  amount  equal  to  all amounts paid or
 6             accrued to the taxpayer  as  interest  or  dividends
 7             during  the taxable year to the extent excluded from
 8             gross income in the computation  of  adjusted  gross
 9             income,  except  stock dividends of qualified public
10             utilities  described  in  Section  305(e)   of   the
11             Internal Revenue Code;
12                  (B)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of tax
13             imposed by this Act  to  the  extent  deducted  from
14             gross  income  in  the computation of adjusted gross
15             income for the taxable year;
16                  (C)  An amount equal  to  the  amount  received
17             during  the  taxable year as a recovery or refund of
18             real  property  taxes  paid  with  respect  to   the
19             taxpayer's principal residence under the Revenue Act
20             of  1939  and  for  which a deduction was previously
21             taken under subparagraph (L) of this  paragraph  (2)
22             prior to July 1, 1991, the retrospective application
23             date  of Article 4 of Public Act 87-17.  In the case
24             of  multi-unit  or  multi-use  structures  and  farm
25             dwellings, the taxes  on  the  taxpayer's  principal
26             residence  shall  be that portion of the total taxes
27             for the entire property  which  is  attributable  to
28             such principal residence;
29                  (D)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of the
30             capital gain deduction allowable under the  Internal
31             Revenue  Code,  to  the  extent  deducted from gross
32             income in the computation of adjusted gross income;
33                  (D-5)  An amount, to the extent not included in
34             adjusted gross income, equal to the amount of  money
 
                            -299-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             withdrawn by the taxpayer in the taxable year from a
 2             medical care savings account and the interest earned
 3             on  the  account in the taxable year of a withdrawal
 4             pursuant to subsection (b)  of  Section  20  of  the
 5             Medical Care Savings Account Act; and
 6                  (D-10)  For taxable years ending after December
 7             31,  1997,  an  amount   equal   to   any   eligible
 8             remediation  costs  that  the individual deducted in
 9             computing adjusted gross income and  for  which  the
10             individual  claims  a credit under subsection (l) of
11             Section 201;
12        and by deducting from the total so obtained  the  sum  of
13        the following amounts:
14                  (E)  Any  amount  included  in  such  total  in
15             respect  of  any  compensation  (including  but  not
16             limited  to  any  compensation  paid or accrued to a
17             serviceman while a prisoner of  war  or  missing  in
18             action)  paid  to  a  resident by reason of being on
19             active duty in the Armed Forces of the United States
20             and in respect of any compensation paid  or  accrued
21             to  a  resident who as a governmental employee was a
22             prisoner of war or missing in action, and in respect
23             of any compensation paid to a resident  in  1971  or
24             thereafter for annual training performed pursuant to
25             Sections  502  and 503, Title 32, United States Code
26             as a member of the Illinois National Guard;
27                  (F)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
28             such total pursuant to the  provisions  of  Sections
29             402(a),  402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a), and
30             408 of the Internal Revenue  Code,  or  included  in
31             such  total as distributions under the provisions of
32             any retirement or disability plan for  employees  of
33             any  governmental  agency  or  unit,  or  retirement
34             payments  to  retired  partners,  which payments are
 
                            -300-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             excluded  in  computing  net  earnings   from   self
 2             employment  by  Section 1402 of the Internal Revenue
 3             Code and regulations adopted pursuant thereto;
 4                  (G)  The valuation limitation amount;
 5                  (H)  An amount equal to the amount of  any  tax
 6             imposed  by  this  Act  which  was  refunded  to the
 7             taxpayer and included in such total for the  taxable
 8             year;
 9                  (I)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
10             such total pursuant to the provisions of Section 111
11             of  the Internal Revenue Code as a recovery of items
12             previously deducted from adjusted  gross  income  in
13             the computation of taxable income;
14                  (J)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
15             included  in  such  total  which  were  paid  by   a
16             corporation which conducts business operations in an
17             Enterprise  Zone or zones created under the Illinois
18             Enterprise Zone Act, and conducts substantially  all
19             of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones;
20                  (K)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
21             included  in  such  total  that  were  paid   by   a
22             corporation  that  conducts business operations in a
23             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
24             and  that  is  designated  a  High  Impact  Business
25             located   in   Illinois;   provided  that  dividends
26             eligible for the deduction provided in  subparagraph
27             (J) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be
28             eligible  for  the  deduction  provided  under  this
29             subparagraph (K);
30                  (L)  For  taxable  years  ending after December
31             31, 1983, an amount equal  to  all  social  security
32             benefits  and  railroad retirement benefits included
33             in such total pursuant to Sections 72(r) and  86  of
34             the Internal Revenue Code;
 
                            -301-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (M)  With   the   exception   of   any  amounts
 2             subtracted under subparagraph (N), an  amount  equal
 3             to  the  sum of all amounts disallowed as deductions
 4             by Sections 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of  the  Internal
 5             Revenue  Code  of 1954, as now or hereafter amended,
 6             and all amounts of expenses  allocable  to  interest
 7             and   disallowed  as deductions by Section 265(1) of
 8             the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1954,  as  now  or
 9             hereafter amended;
10                  (N)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
11             such total which are exempt from  taxation  by  this
12             State   either   by   reason   of  its  statutes  or
13             Constitution  or  by  reason  of  the  Constitution,
14             treaties or statutes of the United States;  provided
15             that,  in the case of any statute of this State that
16             exempts  income  derived   from   bonds   or   other
17             obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the
18             amount  exempted  shall  be the interest net of bond
19             premium amortization;
20                  (O)  An amount equal to any  contribution  made
21             to  a  job  training project established pursuant to
22             the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
23                  (P)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the
24             deduction  used  to  compute  the federal income tax
25             credit for restoration of substantial  amounts  held
26             under  claim  of right for the taxable year pursuant
27             to Section 1341 of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of
28             1986;
29                  (Q)  An amount equal to any amounts included in
30             such   total,   received   by  the  taxpayer  as  an
31             acceleration in the payment of  life,  endowment  or
32             annuity  benefits  in advance of the time they would
33             otherwise be payable as an indemnity for a  terminal
34             illness;
 
                            -302-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (R)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of any
 2             federal or State  bonus  paid  to  veterans  of  the
 3             Persian Gulf War;
 4                  (S)  An  amount,  to  the  extent  included  in
 5             adjusted  gross  income,  equal  to  the amount of a
 6             contribution made in the taxable year on  behalf  of
 7             the  taxpayer  to  a  medical  care  savings account
 8             established under the Medical Care  Savings  Account
 9             Act  to  the  extent the contribution is accepted by
10             the account administrator as provided in that Act;
11                  (T)  An  amount,  to  the  extent  included  in
12             adjusted  gross  income,  equal  to  the  amount  of
13             interest earned in the taxable  year  on  a  medical
14             care  savings  account established under the Medical
15             Care Savings Account Act on behalf of the  taxpayer,
16             other  than interest added pursuant to item (D-5) of
17             this paragraph (2);
18                  (U)  For one taxable year beginning on or after
19             January 1, 1994, an amount equal to the total amount
20             of tax imposed and paid under  subsections  (a)  and
21             (b)  of  Section  201  of  this Act on grant amounts
22             received by the  taxpayer  under  the  Nursing  Home
23             Grant  Assistance  Act during the taxpayer's taxable
24             years 1992 and 1993;
25                  (V)  Beginning with  tax  years  ending  on  or
26             after  December  31,  1995 and ending with tax years
27             ending on or before December  31,  1999,  an  amount
28             equal  to  the  amount  paid  by a taxpayer who is a
29             self-employed taxpayer, a partner of a  partnership,
30             or  a  shareholder in a Subchapter S corporation for
31             health insurance or  long-term  care  insurance  for
32             that   taxpayer   or   that   taxpayer's  spouse  or
33             dependents, to the extent that the amount  paid  for
34             that  health  insurance  or long-term care insurance
 
                            -303-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             may be deducted under Section 213  of  the  Internal
 2             Revenue  Code  of 1986, has not been deducted on the
 3             federal income tax return of the taxpayer, and  does
 4             not  exceed  the taxable income attributable to that
 5             taxpayer's  income,   self-employment   income,   or
 6             Subchapter  S  corporation  income;  except  that no
 7             deduction shall be allowed under this  item  (V)  if
 8             the  taxpayer  is  eligible  to  participate  in any
 9             health insurance or long-term care insurance plan of
10             an  employer  of  the  taxpayer  or  the  taxpayer's
11             spouse.  The amount  of  the  health  insurance  and
12             long-term  care insurance subtracted under this item
13             (V) shall be determined by multiplying total  health
14             insurance and long-term care insurance premiums paid
15             by  the  taxpayer times a number that represents the
16             fractional percentage of eligible  medical  expenses
17             under  Section  213  of the Internal Revenue Code of
18             1986 not actually deducted on the taxpayer's federal
19             income tax return; and
20                  (W)  For taxable years beginning  on  or  after
21             January   1,  1998,  all  amounts  included  in  the
22             taxpayer's federal gross income in the taxable  year
23             from  amounts converted from a regular IRA to a Roth
24             IRA. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions of
25             Section 250.

26        (b)  Corporations.
27             (1)  In general.  In the case of a corporation, base
28        income means an amount equal to  the  taxpayer's  taxable
29        income for the taxable year as modified by paragraph (2).
30             (2)  Modifications.   The taxable income referred to
31        in paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto  the
32        sum of the following amounts:
33                  (A)  An  amount  equal  to  all amounts paid or
34             accrued  to  the  taxpayer  as  interest   and   all
 
                            -304-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             distributions  received  from  regulated  investment
 2             companies  during  the  taxable  year  to the extent
 3             excluded from gross income  in  the  computation  of
 4             taxable income;
 5                  (B)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of tax
 6             imposed by this Act  to  the  extent  deducted  from
 7             gross  income  in  the computation of taxable income
 8             for the taxable year;
 9                  (C)  In the  case  of  a  regulated  investment
10             company,  an  amount  equal to the excess of (i) the
11             net long-term capital gain  for  the  taxable  year,
12             over  (ii)  the amount of the capital gain dividends
13             designated  as  such  in  accordance  with   Section
14             852(b)(3)(C)  of  the  Internal Revenue Code and any
15             amount designated under Section 852(b)(3)(D) of  the
16             Internal  Revenue  Code, attributable to the taxable
17             year. (this  amendatory  Act  of  1995  (Public  Act
18             89-89)  is  declarative of existing law and is not a
19             new enactment);.
20                  (D)  The  amount  of  any  net  operating  loss
21             deduction taken in arriving at taxable income, other
22             than a net operating loss  carried  forward  from  a
23             taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986; and
24                  (E)  For taxable years in which a net operating
25             loss  carryback  or carryforward from a taxable year
26             ending prior to December 31, 1986 is an  element  of
27             taxable income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e)
28             or  subparagraph  (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection
29             (e), the  amount  by  which  addition  modifications
30             other  than  those provided by this subparagraph (E)
31             exceeded subtraction modifications in  such  earlier
32             taxable year, with the following limitations applied
33             in the order that they are listed:
34                       (i)  the addition modification relating to
 
                            -305-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  the  net operating loss carried back or forward
 2                  to the  taxable  year  from  any  taxable  year
 3                  ending  prior  to  December  31,  1986 shall be
 4                  reduced by the amount of addition  modification
 5                  under  this  subparagraph  (E) which related to
 6                  that net operating loss  and  which  was  taken
 7                  into  account in calculating the base income of
 8                  an earlier taxable year, and
 9                       (ii)  the addition  modification  relating
10                  to  the  net  operating  loss  carried  back or
11                  forward to the taxable year  from  any  taxable
12                  year  ending  prior  to December 31, 1986 shall
13                  not exceed the  amount  of  such  carryback  or
14                  carryforward;
15                  For  taxable  years  in  which  there  is a net
16             operating loss carryback or carryforward  from  more
17             than one other taxable year ending prior to December
18             31, 1986, the addition modification provided in this
19             subparagraph  (E)  shall  be  the sum of the amounts
20             computed   independently   under    the    preceding
21             provisions  of  this  subparagraph (E) for each such
22             taxable year;, and
23                  (E-5)  For taxable years ending after  December
24             31,   1997,   an   amount   equal  to  any  eligible
25             remediation costs that the corporation  deducted  in
26             computing  adjusted  gross  income and for which the
27             corporation claims a credit under subsection (l)  of
28             Section 201;
29        and  by  deducting  from the total so obtained the sum of
30        the following amounts:
31                  (F)  An amount equal to the amount of  any  tax
32             imposed  by  this  Act  which  was  refunded  to the
33             taxpayer and included in such total for the  taxable
34             year;
 
                            -306-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (G)  An  amount equal to any amount included in
 2             such total under Section 78 of the Internal  Revenue
 3             Code;
 4                  (H)  In  the  case  of  a  regulated investment
 5             company, an amount equal to  the  amount  of  exempt
 6             interest  dividends as defined in subsection (b) (5)
 7             of Section 852 of the Internal Revenue Code, paid to
 8             shareholders for the taxable year;
 9                  (I)  With  the   exception   of   any   amounts
10             subtracted  under  subparagraph (J), an amount equal
11             to the sum of all amounts disallowed  as  deductions
12             by  Sections  171(a)  (2), and 265(a)(2) and amounts
13             disallowed as interest expense by Section  291(a)(3)
14             of  the  Internal  Revenue Code, as now or hereafter
15             amended, and all amounts of  expenses  allocable  to
16             interest  and  disallowed  as  deductions by Section
17             265(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code,  as  now  or
18             hereafter amended;
19                  (J)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
20             such  total  which  are exempt from taxation by this
21             State  either  by  reason   of   its   statutes   or
22             Constitution  or  by  reason  of  the  Constitution,
23             treaties  or statutes of the United States; provided
24             that, in the case of any statute of this State  that
25             exempts   income   derived   from   bonds  or  other
26             obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the
27             amount exempted shall be the interest  net  of  bond
28             premium amortization;
29                  (K)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
30             included  in  such  total  which  were  paid  by   a
31             corporation which conducts business operations in an
32             Enterprise  Zone or zones created under the Illinois
33             Enterprise Zone Act and conducts  substantially  all
34             of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or zones;
 
                            -307-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (L)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
 2             included  in  such  total  that  were  paid   by   a
 3             corporation  that  conducts business operations in a
 4             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
 5             and  that  is  designated  a  High  Impact  Business
 6             located   in   Illinois;   provided  that  dividends
 7             eligible for the deduction provided in  subparagraph
 8             (K)  of  paragraph 2 of this subsection shall not be
 9             eligible  for  the  deduction  provided  under  this
10             subparagraph (L);
11                  (M)  For  any  taxpayer  that  is  a  financial
12             organization within the meaning of Section 304(c) of
13             this Act,  an  amount  included  in  such  total  as
14             interest  income  from  a loan or loans made by such
15             taxpayer to a borrower, to the extent  that  such  a
16             loan  is  secured  by property which is eligible for
17             the Enterprise Zone Investment Credit. To  determine
18             the  portion  of  a loan or loans that is secured by
19             property eligible for a  Section  201(h)  investment
20             credit  to the borrower, the entire principal amount
21             of the loan or loans between the  taxpayer  and  the
22             borrower  should  be  divided  into the basis of the
23             Section  201(h)  investment  credit  property  which
24             secures the loan or loans, using  for  this  purpose
25             the original basis of such property on the date that
26             it  was  placed  in  service in the Enterprise Zone.
27             The subtraction modification available  to  taxpayer
28             in  any  year  under  this  subsection shall be that
29             portion of the total interest paid by  the  borrower
30             with  respect  to  such  loan  attributable  to  the
31             eligible  property  as calculated under the previous
32             sentence;
33                  (M-1)  For any taxpayer  that  is  a  financial
34             organization within the meaning of Section 304(c) of
 
                            -308-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             this  Act,  an  amount  included  in  such  total as
 2             interest income from a loan or loans  made  by  such
 3             taxpayer  to  a  borrower, to the extent that such a
 4             loan is secured by property which  is  eligible  for
 5             the  High  Impact  Business  Investment  Credit.  To
 6             determine the portion of a loan  or  loans  that  is
 7             secured  by  property  eligible for a Section 201(i)
 8             investment  credit  to  the  borrower,  the   entire
 9             principal  amount  of  the loan or loans between the
10             taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into the
11             basis  of  the  Section  201(i)  investment   credit
12             property  which secures the loan or loans, using for
13             this purpose the original basis of such property  on
14             the  date  that  it  was  placed  in  service  in  a
15             federally  designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
16             located in Illinois.  No taxpayer that  is  eligible
17             for  the  deduction  provided in subparagraph (M) of
18             paragraph (2) of this subsection shall  be  eligible
19             for  the  deduction provided under this subparagraph
20             (M-1).  The subtraction  modification  available  to
21             taxpayers in any year under this subsection shall be
22             that  portion  of  the  total  interest  paid by the
23             borrower with respect to such loan  attributable  to
24             the   eligible  property  as  calculated  under  the
25             previous sentence;
26                  (N)  Two times any contribution made during the
27             taxable year to a designated  zone  organization  to
28             the  extent that the contribution (i) qualifies as a
29             charitable  contribution  under  subsection  (c)  of
30             Section 170 of the Internal Revenue  Code  and  (ii)
31             must,  by  its terms, be used for a project approved
32             by the Department of Commerce and Community  Affairs
33             under  Section  11  of  the Illinois Enterprise Zone
34             Act;
 
                            -309-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (O)  An amount equal to: (i)  85%  for  taxable
 2             years  ending  on or before December 31, 1992, or, a
 3             percentage equal to the percentage  allowable  under
 4             Section  243(a)(1)  of  the Internal Revenue Code of
 5             1986 for taxable years  ending  after  December  31,
 6             1992,  of  the amount by which dividends included in
 7             taxable income and received from a corporation  that
 8             is  not  created  or organized under the laws of the
 9             United States or any state or political  subdivision
10             thereof,  including,  for taxable years ending on or
11             after  December  31,  1988,  dividends  received  or
12             deemed  received  or  paid  or  deemed  paid   under
13             Sections  951  through  964  of the Internal Revenue
14             Code, exceed the amount of the modification provided
15             under subparagraph (G)  of  paragraph  (2)  of  this
16             subsection  (b)  which is related to such dividends;
17             plus (ii) 100% of the  amount  by  which  dividends,
18             included  in taxable income and received, including,
19             for taxable years ending on or  after  December  31,
20             1988,  dividends received or deemed received or paid
21             or deemed paid under Sections 951 through 964 of the
22             Internal Revenue Code,  from  any  such  corporation
23             specified  in  clause  (i)  that  would  but for the
24             provisions of Section 1504 (b) (3) of  the  Internal
25             Revenue   Code   be  treated  as  a  member  of  the
26             affiliated  group  which   includes   the   dividend
27             recipient,  exceed  the  amount  of the modification
28             provided under subparagraph (G) of paragraph (2)  of
29             this   subsection  (b)  which  is  related  to  such
30             dividends;
31                  (P)  An amount equal to any  contribution  made
32             to  a  job  training project established pursuant to
33             the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act; and
34                  (Q)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the
 
                            -310-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             deduction  used  to  compute  the federal income tax
 2             credit for restoration of substantial  amounts  held
 3             under  claim  of right for the taxable year pursuant
 4             to Section 1341 of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of
 5             1986.
 6             (3)  Special  rule.   For  purposes of paragraph (2)
 7        (A), "gross income" in  the  case  of  a  life  insurance
 8        company,  for  tax years ending on and after December 31,
 9        1994, shall mean the  gross  investment  income  for  the
10        taxable year.

11        (c)  Trusts and estates.
12             (1)  In  general.  In the case of a trust or estate,
13        base income means  an  amount  equal  to  the  taxpayer's
14        taxable  income  for  the  taxable  year  as  modified by
15        paragraph (2).
16             (2)  Modifications.  Subject to  the  provisions  of
17        paragraph   (3),   the  taxable  income  referred  to  in
18        paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the sum
19        of the following amounts:
20                  (A)  An amount equal to  all  amounts  paid  or
21             accrued  to  the  taxpayer  as interest or dividends
22             during the taxable year to the extent excluded  from
23             gross income in the computation of taxable income;
24                  (B)  In the case of (i) an estate, $600; (ii) a
25             trust  which,  under  its  governing  instrument, is
26             required to distribute all of its income  currently,
27             $300;  and  (iii) any other trust, $100, but in each
28             such case,  only  to  the  extent  such  amount  was
29             deducted in the computation of taxable income;
30                  (C)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of tax
31             imposed by this Act  to  the  extent  deducted  from
32             gross  income  in  the computation of taxable income
33             for the taxable year;
34                  (D)  The  amount  of  any  net  operating  loss
 
                            -311-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             deduction taken in arriving at taxable income, other
 2             than a net operating loss  carried  forward  from  a
 3             taxable year ending prior to December 31, 1986;
 4                  (E)  For taxable years in which a net operating
 5             loss  carryback  or carryforward from a taxable year
 6             ending prior to December 31, 1986 is an  element  of
 7             taxable income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e)
 8             or  subparagraph  (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection
 9             (e), the  amount  by  which  addition  modifications
10             other  than  those provided by this subparagraph (E)
11             exceeded subtraction modifications in  such  taxable
12             year,  with the following limitations applied in the
13             order that they are listed:
14                       (i)  the addition modification relating to
15                  the net operating loss carried back or  forward
16                  to  the  taxable  year  from  any  taxable year
17                  ending prior to  December  31,  1986  shall  be
18                  reduced  by the amount of addition modification
19                  under this subparagraph (E)  which  related  to
20                  that  net  operating  loss  and which was taken
21                  into account in calculating the base income  of
22                  an earlier taxable year, and
23                       (ii)  the  addition  modification relating
24                  to the  net  operating  loss  carried  back  or
25                  forward  to  the  taxable year from any taxable
26                  year ending prior to December  31,  1986  shall
27                  not  exceed  the  amount  of  such carryback or
28                  carryforward;
29                  For taxable years  in  which  there  is  a  net
30             operating  loss  carryback or carryforward from more
31             than one other taxable year ending prior to December
32             31, 1986, the addition modification provided in this
33             subparagraph (E) shall be the  sum  of  the  amounts
34             computed    independently    under   the   preceding
 
                            -312-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             provisions of this subparagraph (E)  for  each  such
 2             taxable year;
 3                  (F)  For  taxable  years  ending  on  or  after
 4             January 1, 1989, an amount equal to the tax deducted
 5             pursuant to Section 164 of the Internal Revenue Code
 6             if  the trust or estate is claiming the same tax for
 7             purposes of the Illinois foreign  tax  credit  under
 8             Section 601 of this Act;
 9                  (G)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of the
10             capital gain deduction allowable under the  Internal
11             Revenue  Code,  to  the  extent  deducted from gross
12             income in the computation of taxable income; and
13                  (G-5) For taxable years ending  after  December
14             31,   1997,   an   amount   equal  to  any  eligible
15             remediation costs that the trust or estate  deducted
16             in computing adjusted gross income and for which the
17             trust or estate claims a credit under subsection (l)
18             of Section 201;
19        and  by  deducting  from the total so obtained the sum of
20        the following amounts:
21                  (H)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
22             such total pursuant to the  provisions  of  Sections
23             402(a),  402(c),  403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a) and
24             408 of the Internal Revenue Code or included in such
25             total as distributions under the provisions  of  any
26             retirement  or  disability plan for employees of any
27             governmental agency or unit, or retirement  payments
28             to  retired partners, which payments are excluded in
29             computing  net  earnings  from  self  employment  by
30             Section  1402  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  and
31             regulations adopted pursuant thereto;
32                  (I)  The valuation limitation amount;
33                  (J)  An amount equal to the amount of  any  tax
34             imposed  by  this  Act  which  was  refunded  to the
 
                            -313-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             taxpayer and included in such total for the  taxable
 2             year;
 3                  (K)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
 4             taxable  income  as  modified  by subparagraphs (A),
 5             (B), (C), (D), (E), (F) and  (G)  which  are  exempt
 6             from  taxation by this State either by reason of its
 7             statutes  or  Constitution  or  by  reason  of   the
 8             Constitution,  treaties  or  statutes  of the United
 9             States; provided that, in the case of any statute of
10             this State that exempts income derived from bonds or
11             other obligations from the tax  imposed  under  this
12             Act,  the  amount exempted shall be the interest net
13             of bond premium amortization;
14                  (L)  With  the   exception   of   any   amounts
15             subtracted  under  subparagraph (K), an amount equal
16             to the sum of all amounts disallowed  as  deductions
17             by Sections 171(a) (2) and 265(a)(2) of the Internal
18             Revenue  Code,  as now or hereafter amended, and all
19             amounts  of  expenses  allocable  to  interest   and
20             disallowed  as  deductions  by Section 265(1) of the
21             Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as now  or  hereafter
22             amended;
23                  (M)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
24             included  in  such  total  which  were  paid  by   a
25             corporation which conducts business operations in an
26             Enterprise  Zone or zones created under the Illinois
27             Enterprise Zone Act and conducts  substantially  all
28             of its operations in an Enterprise Zone or Zones;
29                  (N)  An  amount  equal to any contribution made
30             to a job training project  established  pursuant  to
31             the Tax Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act;
32                  (O)  An   amount   equal   to  those  dividends
33             included  in  such  total  that  were  paid   by   a
34             corporation  that  conducts business operations in a
 
                            -314-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or  Sub-Zone
 2             and  that  is  designated  a  High  Impact  Business
 3             located   in   Illinois;   provided  that  dividends
 4             eligible for the deduction provided in  subparagraph
 5             (M) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be
 6             eligible  for  the  deduction  provided  under  this
 7             subparagraph (O); and
 8                  (P)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of the
 9             deduction used to compute  the  federal  income  tax
10             credit  for  restoration of substantial amounts held
11             under claim of right for the taxable  year  pursuant
12             to  Section  1341  of  the  Internal Revenue Code of
13             1986.
14             (3)  Limitation.  The  amount  of  any  modification
15        otherwise  required  under  this  subsection shall, under
16        regulations prescribed by the Department, be adjusted  by
17        any  amounts  included  therein which were properly paid,
18        credited, or required to be distributed,  or  permanently
19        set  aside  for charitable purposes pursuant  to Internal
20        Revenue Code Section 642(c) during the taxable year.

21        (d)  Partnerships.
22             (1)  In general. In the case of a partnership,  base
23        income  means  an  amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable
24        income for the taxable year as modified by paragraph (2).
25             (2)  Modifications. The taxable income  referred  to
26        in  paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the
27        sum of the following amounts:
28                  (A)  An amount equal to  all  amounts  paid  or
29             accrued  to  the  taxpayer  as interest or dividends
30             during the taxable year to the extent excluded  from
31             gross income in the computation of taxable income;
32                  (B)  An  amount  equal  to  the  amount  of tax
33             imposed by this Act  to  the  extent  deducted  from
34             gross income for the taxable year; and
 
                            -315-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (C)  The  amount  of  deductions allowed to the
 2             partnership pursuant  to  Section  707  (c)  of  the
 3             Internal  Revenue  Code  in  calculating its taxable
 4             income; and
 5                  (D)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the
 6             capital  gain deduction allowable under the Internal
 7             Revenue Code, to  the  extent  deducted  from  gross
 8             income in the computation of taxable income;
 9        and by deducting from the total so obtained the following
10        amounts:
11                  (E)  The valuation limitation amount;
12                  (F)  An  amount  equal to the amount of any tax
13             imposed by  this  Act  which  was  refunded  to  the
14             taxpayer  and included in such total for the taxable
15             year;
16                  (G)  An amount equal to all amounts included in
17             taxable income as  modified  by  subparagraphs  (A),
18             (B),  (C)  and (D) which are exempt from taxation by
19             this State either  by  reason  of  its  statutes  or
20             Constitution  or  by  reason  of  the  Constitution,
21             treaties  or statutes of the United States; provided
22             that, in the case of any statute of this State  that
23             exempts   income   derived   from   bonds  or  other
24             obligations from the tax imposed under this Act, the
25             amount exempted shall be the interest  net  of  bond
26             premium amortization;
27                  (H)  Any   income   of  the  partnership  which
28             constitutes personal service income  as  defined  in
29             Section  1348  (b)  (1) of the Internal Revenue Code
30             (as in effect December 31,  1981)  or  a  reasonable
31             allowance  for  compensation  paid  or  accrued  for
32             services  rendered  by  partners to the partnership,
33             whichever is greater;
34                  (I)  An amount equal to all amounts  of  income
 
                            -316-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             distributable  to  an entity subject to the Personal
 2             Property  Tax  Replacement  Income  Tax  imposed  by
 3             subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of  this  Act
 4             including  amounts  distributable  to  organizations
 5             exempt  from federal income tax by reason of Section
 6             501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code;
 7                  (J)  With  the   exception   of   any   amounts
 8             subtracted  under  subparagraph (G), an amount equal
 9             to the sum of all amounts disallowed  as  deductions
10             by  Sections  171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal
11             Revenue Code of 1954, as now or  hereafter  amended,
12             and  all  amounts  of expenses allocable to interest
13             and disallowed as deductions by  Section  265(1)  of
14             the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  as  now  or hereafter
15             amended;
16                  (K)  An  amount  equal   to   those   dividends
17             included   in  such  total  which  were  paid  by  a
18             corporation which conducts business operations in an
19             Enterprise Zone or zones created under the  Illinois
20             Enterprise  Zone  Act,  enacted  by the 82nd General
21             Assembly, and which does not conduct such operations
22             other than in an Enterprise Zone or Zones;
23                  (L)  An amount equal to any  contribution  made
24             to  a  job  training project established pursuant to
25             the   Real   Property   Tax   Increment   Allocation
26             Redevelopment Act;
27                  (M)  An  amount  equal   to   those   dividends
28             included   in   such  total  that  were  paid  by  a
29             corporation that conducts business operations  in  a
30             federally  designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
31             and  that  is  designated  a  High  Impact  Business
32             located  in  Illinois;   provided   that   dividends
33             eligible  for the deduction provided in subparagraph
34             (K) of paragraph (2) of this subsection shall not be
 
                            -317-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             eligible  for  the  deduction  provided  under  this
 2             subparagraph (M); and
 3                  (N)  An amount  equal  to  the  amount  of  the
 4             deduction  used  to  compute  the federal income tax
 5             credit for restoration of substantial  amounts  held
 6             under  claim  of right for the taxable year pursuant
 7             to Section 1341 of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of
 8             1986.

 9        (e)  Gross income; adjusted gross income; taxable income.
10             (1)  In  general.   Subject  to  the  provisions  of
11        paragraph  (2)  and  subsection  (b) (3), for purposes of
12        this Section  and  Section  803(e),  a  taxpayer's  gross
13        income,  adjusted gross income, or taxable income for the
14        taxable year shall  mean  the  amount  of  gross  income,
15        adjusted   gross   income   or  taxable  income  properly
16        reportable  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  for  the
17        taxable year under the provisions of the Internal Revenue
18        Code. Taxable income may be less than zero. However,  for
19        taxable  years  ending on or after December 31, 1986, net
20        operating loss carryforwards from  taxable  years  ending
21        prior  to  December  31,  1986, may not exceed the sum of
22        federal taxable income for the taxable  year  before  net
23        operating  loss  deduction,  plus  the excess of addition
24        modifications  over  subtraction  modifications  for  the
25        taxable year.  For taxable years ending prior to December
26        31, 1986, taxable income may never be an amount in excess
27        of the net operating loss for the taxable year as defined
28        in subsections (c) and (d) of Section 172 of the Internal
29        Revenue Code, provided that  when  taxable  income  of  a
30        corporation  (other  than  a  Subchapter  S corporation),
31        trust,  or  estate  is  less  than  zero   and   addition
32        modifications,  other than those provided by subparagraph
33        (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b)  for  corporations
34        or  subparagraph  (E)  of paragraph (2) of subsection (c)
 
                            -318-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        for trusts and estates, exceed subtraction modifications,
 2        an  addition  modification  must  be  made  under   those
 3        subparagraphs  for  any  other  taxable year to which the
 4        taxable income less than zero  (net  operating  loss)  is
 5        applied under Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code or
 6        under   subparagraph   (E)   of  paragraph  (2)  of  this
 7        subsection (e) applied in conjunction with Section 172 of
 8        the Internal Revenue Code.
 9             (2)  Special rule.  For purposes of paragraph (1) of
10        this subsection, the taxable income  properly  reportable
11        for federal income tax purposes shall mean:
12                  (A)  Certain  life insurance companies.  In the
13             case of a life insurance company subject to the  tax
14             imposed by Section 801 of the Internal Revenue Code,
15             life  insurance  company  taxable  income,  plus the
16             amount of distribution  from  pre-1984  policyholder
17             surplus accounts as calculated under Section 815a of
18             the Internal Revenue Code;
19                  (B)  Certain other insurance companies.  In the
20             case  of  mutual  insurance companies subject to the
21             tax imposed by Section 831 of the  Internal  Revenue
22             Code, insurance company taxable income;
23                  (C)  Regulated  investment  companies.   In the
24             case of a regulated investment  company  subject  to
25             the  tax  imposed  by  Section  852  of the Internal
26             Revenue Code, investment company taxable income;
27                  (D)  Real estate  investment  trusts.   In  the
28             case  of  a  real estate investment trust subject to
29             the tax imposed  by  Section  857  of  the  Internal
30             Revenue  Code,  real estate investment trust taxable
31             income;
32                  (E)  Consolidated corporations.  In the case of
33             a corporation which is a  member  of  an  affiliated
34             group  of  corporations filing a consolidated income
 
                            -319-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             tax return for the taxable year for  federal  income
 2             tax  purposes,  taxable income determined as if such
 3             corporation had filed a separate return for  federal
 4             income  tax  purposes  for the taxable year and each
 5             preceding taxable year for which it was a member  of
 6             an   affiliated   group.   For   purposes   of  this
 7             subparagraph, the taxpayer's separate taxable income
 8             shall be determined as if the election  provided  by
 9             Section  243(b) (2) of the Internal Revenue Code had
10             been in effect for all such years;
11                  (F)  Cooperatives.    In   the   case   of    a
12             cooperative  corporation or association, the taxable
13             income of such organization determined in accordance
14             with the provisions of Section 1381 through 1388  of
15             the Internal Revenue Code;
16                  (G)  Subchapter  S  corporations.   In the case
17             of: (i) a Subchapter S corporation for  which  there
18             is  in effect an election for the taxable year under
19             Section 1362  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  the
20             taxable  income  of  such  corporation determined in
21             accordance with  Section  1363(b)  of  the  Internal
22             Revenue  Code, except that taxable income shall take
23             into account  those  items  which  are  required  by
24             Section  1363(b)(1)  of the Internal Revenue Code to
25             be  separately  stated;  and  (ii)  a  Subchapter  S
26             corporation for which there is in effect  a  federal
27             election  to  opt  out  of  the  provisions  of  the
28             Subchapter  S  Revision Act of 1982 and have applied
29             instead the prior federal Subchapter S rules  as  in
30             effect  on  July 1, 1982, the taxable income of such
31             corporation  determined  in  accordance   with   the
32             federal  Subchapter  S rules as in effect on July 1,
33             1982; and
34                  (H)  Partnerships.    In   the   case   of    a
 
                            -320-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             partnership, taxable income determined in accordance
 2             with  Section  703  of  the  Internal  Revenue Code,
 3             except that taxable income shall take  into  account
 4             those  items which are required by Section 703(a)(1)
 5             to be separately stated but  which  would  be  taken
 6             into  account  by  an  individual in calculating his
 7             taxable income.

 8        (f)  Valuation limitation amount.
 9             (1)  In general.  The  valuation  limitation  amount
10        referred  to  in subsections (a) (2) (G), (c) (2) (I) and
11        (d)(2) (E) is an amount equal to:
12                  (A)  The  sum  of  the   pre-August   1,   1969
13             appreciation  amounts  (to  the extent consisting of
14             gain reportable under the provisions of Section 1245
15             or 1250  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code)  for  all
16             property  in respect of which such gain was reported
17             for the taxable year; plus
18                  (B)  The  lesser  of  (i)  the   sum   of   the
19             pre-August  1,  1969  appreciation  amounts  (to the
20             extent consisting of capital gain) for all  property
21             in  respect  of  which  such  gain  was reported for
22             federal income tax purposes for the taxable year, or
23             (ii) the net capital  gain  for  the  taxable  year,
24             reduced  in  either  case by any amount of such gain
25             included in the amount determined  under  subsection
26             (a) (2) (F) or (c) (2) (H).
27        (2)  Pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount.
28                  (A)  If  the  fair  market  value  of  property
29             referred   to   in   paragraph   (1)   was   readily
30             ascertainable  on  August 1, 1969, the pre-August 1,
31             1969 appreciation amount for such  property  is  the
32             lesser  of  (i) the excess of such fair market value
33             over the taxpayer's basis (for determining gain) for
34             such property on that  date  (determined  under  the
 
                            -321-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             Internal Revenue Code as in effect on that date), or
 2             (ii)  the  total  gain  realized  and reportable for
 3             federal income tax purposes in respect of the  sale,
 4             exchange or other disposition of such property.
 5                  (B)  If  the  fair  market  value  of  property
 6             referred   to  in  paragraph  (1)  was  not  readily
 7             ascertainable on August 1, 1969, the  pre-August  1,
 8             1969  appreciation  amount for such property is that
 9             amount which bears the same ratio to the total  gain
10             reported  in  respect  of  the  property for federal
11             income tax purposes for the  taxable  year,  as  the
12             number  of  full calendar months in that part of the
13             taxpayer's holding period for  the  property  ending
14             July  31,  1969 bears to the number of full calendar
15             months in the taxpayer's entire holding  period  for
16             the property.
17                  (C)  The   Department   shall   prescribe  such
18             regulations as may be necessary  to  carry  out  the
19             purposes of this paragraph.

20        (g)  Double  deductions.   Unless  specifically  provided
21    otherwise, nothing in this Section shall permit the same item
22    to be deducted more than once.

23        (h)  Legislative intention.  Except as expressly provided
24    by   this   Section   there  shall  be  no  modifications  or
25    limitations on the amounts of income, gain, loss or deduction
26    taken into account  in  determining  gross  income,  adjusted
27    gross  income  or  taxable  income  for  federal  income  tax
28    purposes for the taxable year, or in the amount of such items
29    entering  into  the computation of base income and net income
30    under this Act for such taxable year, whether in  respect  of
31    property values as of August 1, 1969 or otherwise.
32    (Source:  P.A.  89-89,  eff.  6-30-95;  89-235,  eff. 8-4-95;
33    89-418, eff. 11-15-95; 89-460,  eff.  5-24-96;  89-626,  eff.
 
                            -322-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    8-9-96;  90-491,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-717, eff. 8-7-98; 90-770,
 2    eff. 8-14-98; revised 9-21-98.)

 3        (35 ILCS 5/204) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-204)
 4        Sec. 204.  Standard Exemption.
 5        (a)  Allowance of  exemption.  In  computing  net  income
 6    under  this  Act,  there shall be allowed as an exemption the
 7    sum of the amounts determined under subsections (b), (c)  and
 8    (d),  multiplied  by a fraction the numerator of which is the
 9    amount of the taxpayer's base income allocable to this  State
10    for  the  taxable  year  and  the denominator of which is the
11    taxpayer's total base income for the taxable year.
12        (b)  Basic amount. For the purpose of subsection  (a)  of
13    this Section, except as provided by subsection (a) of Section
14    205  and in this subsection, each taxpayer shall be allowed a
15    basic amount of $1000, except that for individuals the  basic
16    amount shall be:
17             (1)  for  taxable  years ending on or after December
18        31, 1998 and prior to December 31, 1999, $1,300;
19             (2)  for taxable years ending on or  after  December
20        31, 1999 and prior to December 31, 2000, $1,650;
21             (3)  for  taxable  years ending on or after December
22        31, 2000, $2,000.
23    For taxable years ending on or after  December  31,  1992,  a
24    taxpayer  whose Illinois base income exceeds the basic amount
25    and who is claimed as a dependent  on  another  person's  tax
26    return  under  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall not be
27    allowed  any  basic  amount  under  this  subsection.     The
28    provisions  of  Section 250 shall not apply to the amendments
29    made by this amendatory Act of 1998.
30        (c)  Additional amount for individuals. In the case of an
31    individual taxpayer, there shall be allowed for  the  purpose
32    of  subsection  (a), in addition to the basic amount provided
33    by subsection (b), an additional exemption equal to the basic
 
                            -323-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    amount for each exemption in excess of one allowable to  such
 2    individual taxpayer for the taxable year under Section 151 of
 3    the  Internal  Revenue  Code.   The provisions of Section 250
 4    shall not apply to the amendments made by this amendatory Act
 5    of 1998.
 6        (d)  Additional exemptions for an individual taxpayer and
 7    his or her spouse.  In the case of an individual taxpayer and
 8    his or her spouse, he or she shall each be allowed additional
 9    exemptions as follows:
10             (1)  Additional exemption for taxpayer or spouse  65
11        years of age or older.
12                  (A)  For  taxpayer.  An additional exemption of
13             $1,000 for the taxpayer if he or  she  has  attained
14             the age of 65 before the end of the taxable year.
15                  (B)  For  spouse  when  a  joint  return is not
16             filed.  An additional exemption of  $1,000  for  the
17             spouse of the taxpayer if a joint return is not made
18             by  the  taxpayer  and his spouse, and if the spouse
19             has attained the age of 65 before the  end  of  such
20             taxable  year,  and,  for the calendar year in which
21             the taxable year of  the  taxpayer  begins,  has  no
22             gross  income  and  is  not the dependent of another
23             taxpayer.
24             (2)  Additional exemption for blindness of  taxpayer
25        or spouse.
26                  (A)  For  taxpayer.  An additional exemption of
27             $1,000 for the taxpayer if he or she is blind at the
28             end of the taxable year.
29                  (B)  For spouse when  a  joint  return  is  not
30             filed.   An  additional  exemption of $1,000 for the
31             spouse of the taxpayer if a separate return is  made
32             by the taxpayer, and if the spouse is blind and, for
33             the  calendar  year in which the taxable year of the
34             taxpayer begins, has no gross income and is not  the
 
                            -324-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             dependent  of another taxpayer. For purposes of this
 2             paragraph, the determination of whether  the  spouse
 3             is  blind shall be made as of the end of the taxable
 4             year of the taxpayer; except that if the spouse dies
 5             during such taxable year such determination shall be
 6             made as of the time of such death.
 7                  (C)  Blindness defined.  For purposes  of  this
 8             subsection,  an  individual  is blind only if his or
 9             her central visual acuity does not exceed 20/200  in
10             the  better eye with correcting lenses, or if his or
11             her visual acuity is  greater  than  20/200  but  is
12             accompanied  by a limitation in the fields of vision
13             such that the widest diameter of the  visual  fields
14             subtends an angle no greater than 20 degrees.
15        (e)  Cross  reference.  See  Article  3 for the manner of
16    determining base income allocable to this State.
17        (f)  Application of Section 250.  Section  250  does  not
18    apply  to  the  amendments to this Section made by Public Act
19    90-613.
20    (Source: P.A. 90-613, eff. 7-9-98; revised 8-12-98.)

21        (35 ILCS 5/509) (from Ch. 120, par. 5-509)
22        Sec. 509.  Tax  checkoff  explanations.   All  individual
23    income   tax   return   forms   shall   contain   appropriate
24    explanations  and spaces to enable the taxpayers to designate
25    contributions to the Child  Abuse  Prevention  Fund,  to  the
26    Community  Health  Center Care Fund, to the Illinois Wildlife
27    Preservation  Fund  as  required  by  the  Illinois  Non-Game
28    Wildlife Protection Act, to the Alzheimer's Disease  Research
29    Fund  as required by the Alzheimer's Disease Research Act, to
30    the Assistance to the Homeless Fund as required by this  Act,
31    to the Heritage Preservation Fund as required by the Heritage
32    Preservation Act, to the Child Care Expansion Program Fund as
33    required by the Child Care Expansion Program Act, to the Ryan
 
                            -325-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    White   AIDS   Victims  Assistance  Fund,  to  the  Assistive
 2    Technology  for  Persons  with  Disabilities  Fund,  to   the
 3    Domestic  Violence  Shelter  and  Service Fund, to the United
 4    States Olympians Assistance Fund, to  the  Youth  Drug  Abuse
 5    Prevention  Fund, to the Persian Gulf Conflict Veterans Fund,
 6    to the Literacy Advancement Fund, to the Ryan White Pediatric
 7    and  Adult  AIDS  Fund,  to  the  Illinois  Special  Olympics
 8    Checkoff Fund, to the Breast  and  Cervical  Cancer  Research
 9    Fund,  to  the Korean War Memorial Fund, to the Heart Disease
10    Treatment and Prevention Fund, to  the  Hemophilia  Treatment
11    Fund,  to  the Mental Health Research Fund, to the Children's
12    Cancer Fund, to the American Diabetes  Association  Fund,  to
13    the Women in Military Service Memorial Fund, and to the Meals
14    on  Wheels Fund. Each form shall contain a statement that the
15    contributions will reduce the taxpayer's refund  or  increase
16    the  amount  of  payment to accompany the return.  Failure to
17    remit any  amount  of  increased  payment  shall  reduce  the
18    contribution accordingly.
19        If,  on October 1 of any year, the total contributions to
20    any one of the funds made under this  Section  do  not  equal
21    $100,000 or more, the explanations and spaces for designating
22    contributions   to   the  fund  shall  be  removed  from  the
23    individual income tax return forms for the following and  all
24    subsequent years and all subsequent contributions to the fund
25    shall be refunded to the taxpayer.
26    (Source: P.A.  89-230,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-324,  eff. 8-13-95;
27    90-171, eff. 7-23-97; revised 10-31-98.)

28        Section 60.  The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended
29    by changing Section 2a as follows:

30        (35 ILCS 120/2a) (from Ch. 120, par. 441a)
31        Sec. 2a.  It is unlawful for any person to engage in  the
32    business  of  selling tangible personal property at retail in
 
                            -326-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    this State without a certificate  of  registration  from  the
 2    Department.  Application  for  a  certificate of registration
 3    shall be made to the Department upon forms furnished  by  it.
 4    Each  such application shall be signed and verified and shall
 5    state: (1)  the  name  and  social  security  number  of  the
 6    applicant;   (2)  the  address  of  his  principal  place  of
 7    business; (3) the address of the principal place of  business
 8    from  which  he  engages  in the business of selling tangible
 9    personal property at retail in this State and  the  addresses
10    of  all  other  places  of business, if any (enumerating such
11    addresses, if any, in a separate list attached to and made  a
12    part  of  the  application),  from  which  he  engages in the
13    business of selling tangible personal property at  retail  in
14    this  State;,  and  (4) the name and address of the person or
15    persons who  will  be  responsible  for  filing  returns  and
16    payment  of  taxes  due under this Act;, (5) in the case of a
17    corporation, the name, title, and social security  number  of
18    each  corporate  officer;,  (6)  in  the  case  of  a limited
19    liability company, the name, social security number, and FEIN
20    number of each  manager  and  member;,  and  (7)  such  other
21    information  as  the  Department may reasonably require.  The
22    application shall contain  an  acceptance  of  responsibility
23    signed  by  the person or persons who will be responsible for
24    filing returns and payment of the taxes due under  this  Act.
25    If  the  applicant  will  sell  tangible personal property at
26    retail through vending machines, his application to  register
27    shall  indicate  the  number  of  vending  machines  to be so
28    operated; and thereafter, he shall notify the  Department  by
29    January  31  of  the  number  of  vending machines which such
30    person was using in his business of selling tangible personal
31    property at retail on the preceding December 31.
32        The Department may deny a certificate of registration  to
33    any  applicant  if  the  owner,  any  partner, any manager or
34    member of a limited liability company, or a corporate officer
 
                            -327-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of the applicant, is or has been  the  owner,  a  partner,  a
 2    manager  or  member  of  a  limited  liability  company, or a
 3    corporate officer, of another retailer that is in default for
 4    moneys due under this Act.
 5        Every  applicant  for  a  certificate   of   registration
 6    hereunder  shall,  at  the  time  of filing such application,
 7    furnish a  bond  from  a  surety  company  authorized  to  do
 8    business  in  the  State  of Illinois, or an irrevocable bank
 9    letter of credit or a bond signed by 2 personal sureties  who
10    have  filed, with the Department, sworn statements disclosing
11    net assets equal to at least 3 times the amount of  the  bond
12    to  be  required  of  such applicant, or a bond secured by an
13    assignment of a  bank  account  or  certificate  of  deposit,
14    stocks or bonds, conditioned upon the applicant paying to the
15    State  of Illinois all moneys becoming due under this Act and
16    under any other State tax law  or  municipal  or  county  tax
17    ordinance  or  resolution  under  which  the  certificate  of
18    registration  that  is issued to the applicant under this Act
19    will permit the  applicant  to  engage  in  business  without
20    registering  separately  under  such  other law, ordinance or
21    resolution. The Department  shall  fix  the  amount  of  such
22    security  in  each case, taking into consideration the amount
23    of money expected to become due from the applicant under this
24    Act and under any other State tax law or municipal or  county
25    tax  ordinance  or  resolution under which the certificate of
26    registration that is issued to the applicant under  this  Act
27    will  permit  the  applicant  to  engage  in business without
28    registering separately under such  other  law,  ordinance  or
29    resolution. The amount of security required by the Department
30    shall  be  such as, in its opinion, will protect the State of
31    Illinois against failure to pay the amount which  may  become
32    due  from  the  applicant  under this Act and under any other
33    State tax  law  or  municipal  or  county  tax  ordinance  or
34    resolution  under  which the certificate of registration that
 
                            -328-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    is issued to the applicant under this  Act  will  permit  the
 2    applicant   to   engage   in   business  without  registering
 3    separately under such other law, ordinance or resolution, but
 4    the amount of the security required by the  Department  shall
 5    not  exceed three times the amount of the applicant's average
 6    monthly tax liability, or  $50,000.00,  whichever  amount  is
 7    lower.
 8        No  certificate  of  registration under this Act shall be
 9    issued by the Department until  the  applicant  provides  the
10    Department with satisfactory security as herein provided for.
11        Upon  receipt  of  the  application  for  certificate  of
12    registration  in  proper  form,  and  upon  approval  by  the
13    Department  of  the  security furnished by the applicant, the
14    Department shall issue to such  applicant  a  certificate  of
15    registration  which  shall  permit  the  person to whom it is
16    issued to engage in the business of selling tangible personal
17    property  at  retail  in  this  State.  The  certificate   of
18    registration shall be conspicuously displayed at the place of
19    business  which  the  person  so  registered  states  in  his
20    application  to be the principal place of business from which
21    he engages in  the  business  of  selling  tangible  personal
22    property at retail in this State.
23        No  certificate  of registration issued to a taxpayer who
24    files returns required by this Act on a monthly  basis  shall
25    be valid after the expiration of 5 years from the date of its
26    issuance   or   last  renewal.   The  expiration  date  of  a
27    sub-certificate  of  registration  shall  be  that   of   the
28    certificate  of  registration  to  which  the sub-certificate
29    relates.  A certificate of registration  shall  automatically
30    be  renewed,  subject  to revocation as provided by this Act,
31    for an additional 5 years from the  date  of  its  expiration
32    unless  otherwise  notified  by the Department as provided by
33    this paragraph.  Where a taxpayer to whom  a  certificate  of
34    registration  is  issued  under this Act is in default to the
 
                            -329-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    State of Illinois for delinquent returns or  for  moneys  due
 2    under  this  Act  or  any other State tax law or municipal or
 3    county ordinance administered or enforced by the  Department,
 4    the  Department  shall,  not  less  than  120 days before the
 5    expiration date of such  certificate  of  registration,  give
 6    notice  to the taxpayer to whom the certificate was issued of
 7    the account period of the delinquent returns, the  amount  of
 8    tax,  penalty  and  interest due and owing from the taxpayer,
 9    and  that  the  certificate  of  registration  shall  not  be
10    automatically renewed upon its  expiration  date  unless  the
11    taxpayer,  on or before the date of expiration, has filed and
12    paid the delinquent returns or paid the defaulted  amount  in
13    full.   A  taxpayer  to whom such a notice is issued shall be
14    deemed  an  applicant  for  renewal.   The  Department  shall
15    promulgate regulations establishing procedures for  taxpayers
16    who file returns on a monthly basis but desire and qualify to
17    change  to  a  quarterly  or  yearly filing basis and will no
18    longer be subject to renewal  under  this  Section,  and  for
19    taxpayers who file returns on a yearly or quarterly basis but
20    who  desire  or  are  required  to change to a monthly filing
21    basis and will be subject to renewal under this Section.
22        The Department may in its discretion approve  renewal  by
23    an applicant who is in default if, at the time of application
24    for  renewal,  the  applicant  files  all  of  the delinquent
25    returns or pays to the  Department  such  percentage  of  the
26    defaulted  amount  as may be determined by the Department and
27    agrees  in  writing  to  waive  all  limitations   upon   the
28    Department  for  collection of the remaining defaulted amount
29    to the Department over a period not to exceed  5  years  from
30    the  date  of renewal of the certificate; however, no renewal
31    application submitted by an applicant who is in default shall
32    be approved if  the  immediately  preceding  renewal  by  the
33    applicant   was  conditioned  upon  the  installment  payment
34    agreement described in this Section.  The  payment  agreement
 
                            -330-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    herein  provided  for shall be in addition to and not in lieu
 2    of the security required by this Section of a taxpayer who is
 3    no longer considered a prior continuous compliance  taxpayer.
 4    The  execution  of  the payment agreement as provided in this
 5    Act shall not toll the accrual of interest at  the  statutory
 6    rate.
 7        A  certificate of registration issued under this Act more
 8    than 5 years before the effective date of this amendatory Act
 9    of 1989 shall expire and be subject to the renewal provisions
10    of this Section on  the  next  anniversary  of  the  date  of
11    issuance  of such certificate which occurs more than 6 months
12    after the effective date of this amendatory Act of  1989.   A
13    certificate  of  registration issued less than 5 years before
14    the effective date of  this  amendatory  Act  of  1989  shall
15    expire  and  be  subject  to  the  renewal provisions of this
16    Section on  the  5th  anniversary  of  the  issuance  of  the
17    certificate.
18        If the person so registered states that he operates other
19    places  of  business from which he engages in the business of
20    selling tangible personal property at retail in  this  State,
21    the  Department  shall  furnish him with a sub-certificate of
22    registration  for  each  such  place  of  business,  and  the
23    applicant shall display the  appropriate  sub-certificate  of
24    registration   at   each   such   place   of   business.  All
25    sub-certificates  of  registration  shall   bear   the   same
26    registration number as that appearing upon the certificate of
27    registration to which such sub-certificates relate.
28        If  the applicant will sell tangible personal property at
29    retail through vending machines, the Department shall furnish
30    him with a sub-certificate  of  registration  for  each  such
31    vending   machine,   and  the  applicant  shall  display  the
32    appropriate sub-certificate  of  registration  on  each  such
33    vending   machine   by   attaching   the  sub-certificate  of
34    registration to a conspicuous part of such vending machine.
 
                            -331-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Where the same person engages in 2 or more businesses  of
 2    selling  tangible  personal property at retail in this State,
 3    which businesses are substantially different in character  or
 4    engaged  in  under  different trade names or engaged in under
 5    other substantially dissimilar circumstances (so that  it  is
 6    more practicable, from an accounting, auditing or bookkeeping
 7    standpoint, for such businesses to be separately registered),
 8    the  Department may require or permit such person (subject to
 9    the same requirements concerning the furnishing  of  security
10    as  those  that are provided for hereinbefore in this Section
11    as to each application for a certificate of registration)  to
12    apply  for  and obtain a separate certificate of registration
13    for each such business or for any of such businesses, under a
14    single certificate of registration  supplemented  by  related
15    sub-certificates of registration.
16        Any  person  who  is  registered  under  the  "Retailers'
17    Occupation  Tax Act" as of March 8, 1963, and who, during the
18    3-year period immediately prior to March 8, 1963, or during a
19    continuous 3-year period part  of  which  passed  immediately
20    before  and  the  remainder of which passes immediately after
21    March 8, 1963, has been so registered continuously and who is
22    determined  by  the  Department  not  to  have  been   either
23    delinquent  or  deficient  in  the  payment  of tax liability
24    during that period under this Act or under  any  other  State
25    tax  law  or  municipal or county tax ordinance or resolution
26    under which the certificate of registration that is issued to
27    the registrant under this Act will permit the  registrant  to
28    engage  in business without registering separately under such
29    other law, ordinance or resolution, shall be considered to be
30    a Prior Continuous Compliance taxpayer. Also any taxpayer who
31    has,  as  verified  by   the   Department,   faithfully   and
32    continuously complied with the condition of his bond or other
33    security  under  the provisions of this Act for a period of 3
34    consecutive  years  shall  be  considered  to  be   a   Prior
 
                            -332-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Continuous Compliance taxpayer.
 2        Every  Prior  Continuous  Compliance  taxpayer  shall  be
 3    exempt  from  all  requirements under this Act concerning the
 4    furnishing of security as a condition precedent to his  being
 5    authorized  to  engage  in  the  business of selling tangible
 6    personal property at retail in  this  State.  This  exemption
 7    shall  continue  for each such taxpayer until such time as he
 8    may be determined by the Department to be delinquent  in  the
 9    filing  of  any  returns,  or is determined by the Department
10    (either  through  the  Department's  issuance  of   a   final
11    assessment  which  has  become final under the Act, or by the
12    taxpayer's filing of a return which admits tax  that  is  not
13    paid  to  be due) to be delinquent or deficient in the paying
14    of any tax under this Act or under any other State tax law or
15    municipal or county tax ordinance or resolution  under  which
16    the  certificate  of  registration  that  is  issued  to  the
17    registrant  under  this  Act  will  permit  the registrant to
18    engage in business without registering separately under  such
19    other  law,  ordinance  or  resolution,  at  which  time that
20    taxpayer  shall  become  subject   to   all   the   financial
21    responsibility  requirements  of this Act and, as a condition
22    of being allowed to continue to engage  in  the  business  of
23    selling  tangible  personal  property  at  retail,  shall  be
24    required  to  post bond or other acceptable security with the
25    Department  covering  liability  which  such   taxpayer   may
26    thereafter  incur.  Any taxpayer who fails to pay an admitted
27    or established liability under this Act may also be  required
28    to   post   bond  or  other  acceptable  security  with  this
29    Department guaranteeing  the  payment  of  such  admitted  or
30    established liability.
31        No  certificate  of  registration  shall be issued to any
32    person who is in default to the State of Illinois for  moneys
33    due  under  this  Act  or  under  any  other State tax law or
34    municipal or county tax ordinance or resolution  under  which
 
                            -333-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the  certificate  of  registration  that  is  issued  to  the
 2    applicant  under this Act will permit the applicant to engage
 3    in business without registering separately under  such  other
 4    law, ordinance or resolution.
 5        Any  person  aggrieved  by any decision of the Department
 6    under this Section may, within 20 days after notice  of  such
 7    decision,  protest  and  request  a  hearing,  whereupon  the
 8    Department  shall  give notice to such person of the time and
 9    place fixed for such hearing and  shall  hold  a  hearing  in
10    conformity with the provisions of this Act and then issue its
11    final  administrative  decision in the matter to such person.
12    In the  absence  of  such  a  protest  within  20  days,  the
13    Department's  decision shall become final without any further
14    determination being made or notice given.
15        With respect to security other than bonds (upon which the
16    Department may sue in the event  of  a  forfeiture),  if  the
17    taxpayer  fails  to  pay,  when due, any amount whose payment
18    such security guarantees, the Department  shall,  after  such
19    liability  is  admitted by the taxpayer or established by the
20    Department through the issuance of a  final  assessment  that
21    has  become  final  under the law, convert the security which
22    that taxpayer has furnished into money for the  State,  after
23    first  giving  the taxpayer at least 10 days' written notice,
24    by registered or certified mail,  to  pay  the  liability  or
25    forfeit  such  security  to  the  Department. If the security
26    consists of stocks or bonds or  other  securities  which  are
27    listed  on  a public exchange, the Department shall sell such
28    securities through such  public  exchange.  If  the  security
29    consists  of  an  irrevocable  bank  letter  of  credit,  the
30    Department  shall convert the security in the manner provided
31    for in the Uniform Commercial Code. If the security  consists
32    of  a  bank  certificate  of  deposit,  the  Department shall
33    convert the security into money by demanding  and  collecting
34    the  amount of such bank certificate of deposit from the bank
 
                            -334-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    which issued such certificate. If the security consists of  a
 2    type  of stocks or other securities which are not listed on a
 3    public exchange, the Department shall sell such  security  to
 4    the  highest  and  best bidder after giving at least 10 days'
 5    notice of the date, time and place of the  intended  sale  by
 6    publication   in  the  "State  Official  Newspaper".  If  the
 7    Department realizes more than the amount  of  such  liability
 8    from   the  security,  plus  the  expenses  incurred  by  the
 9    Department  in  converting  the  security  into  money,   the
10    Department   shall  pay  such  excess  to  the  taxpayer  who
11    furnished such security, and the balance shall be  paid  into
12    the State Treasury.
13        The  Department  shall  discharge  any  surety  and shall
14    release and return any security deposited, assigned,  pledged
15    or  otherwise provided to it by a taxpayer under this Section
16    within 30 days after:
17             (1)  such  taxpayer  becomes  a   Prior   Continuous
18        Compliance taxpayer; or
19             (2)  such taxpayer has ceased to collect receipts on
20        which  he is required to remit tax to the Department, has
21        filed a final tax return, and has paid to the  Department
22        an  amount  sufficient  to  discharge  his  remaining tax
23        liability, as determined by the Department,   under  this
24        Act  and  under every other State tax law or municipal or
25        county  tax  ordinance  or  resolution  under  which  the
26        certificate of registration issued under this Act permits
27        the registrant to engage in business without  registering
28        separately under such other law, ordinance or resolution.
29        The  Department  shall  make a final determination of the
30        taxpayer's outstanding tax liability as expeditiously  as
31        possible  after  his  final tax return has been filed; if
32        the  Department  cannot  make  such  final  determination
33        within 45 days after  receiving  the  final  tax  return,
34        within  such  period  it  shall  so  notify the taxpayer,
 
                            -335-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        stating its reasons therefor.
 2    (Source: P.A. 89-399,  eff.  8-20-95;  90-491,  eff.  1-1-98;
 3    revised 10-31-98.)

 4        Section 61.  The Property Tax Code is amended by changing
 5    Sections  8-5,  9-165,  10-55, 10-115, 10-167, 16-150, 18-55,
 6    18-185, 18-246, 19-5, 19-40, 20-50,  20-155,  21-35,  21-195,
 7    21-310,  22-5,  22-10,  22-65,  22-80,  22-90,  and  23-35 as
 8    follows:

 9        (35 ILCS 200/8-5)
10        Sec. 8-5.  General duties. The Department shall:
11        (1)  Direct and supervise the assessment of all  property
12    so that all assessments are made relatively just and equal.;
13        (2)  Confer  with,  advise  and  assist  local assessment
14    officers relative to the performance of their duties.;
15        (3)  Prescribe for  assessment  officers  general  rules,
16    relative  to the assessment of property, which rules shall be
17    binding upon all assessment officers until reversed, annulled
18    or modified by a court of competent jurisdiction.;
19        (4)  Prescribe or approve  forms  for  returns,  reports,
20    complaints,  notices and other documents, and the contents of
21    required files and records authorized or required by  law  or
22    by  rule  and  regulation  of  the  Department. All assessing
23    officers shall use true copies of such  forms  or  reasonable
24    electronic facsimiles of them.;
25        (5)  Assess  all  property  owned  by or used by railroad
26    companies operating within  this  State,  except  non-carrier
27    real estate.;
28        (6)  Equalize   the  assessment  of  property  among  the
29    different counties of the State and fix the aggregate  amount
30    of  the  assessment for each county upon which taxes shall be
31    extended in each year; and publish a statement of the methods
32    and procedures used in making such equalization.;
 
                            -336-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (7)  Keep a correct record of its acts  relative  to  the
 2    assessment  of  property and the equalization of assessments.
 3    The record shall  be  available  for  public  inspection  and
 4    copies  shall  be  distributed to any person upon request and
 5    payment of the cost of reproduction.
 6        (8)  Grant  or  deny   non-homestead   exemptions   under
 7    Sections 16-70 and 16-130.
 8    (Source: P.A. 83-121; 88-455; revised 10-31-98.)

 9        (35 ILCS 200/9-165)
10        Sec. 9-165.  Definitions.  As used in Section 9-170:
11        "Municipality" means a city, village or incorporated town
12    .;
13        "Governing body" means (a) the corporate authorities of a
14    municipality  with  respect to territory within its corporate
15    limits and (b) the county board with respect to territory  in
16    the   county   not   within   the  corporate  limits  of  any
17    municipality.
18        "Certificate  of  occupancy"  means  the  certificate  or
19    permit, by whatever name denominated, which a municipality or
20    county, under its authority to regulate the  construction  of
21    buildings,   issues   as   evidence   that   all   applicable
22    requirements  have been complied with and requires before any
23    new, reconstructed or  remodeled  building  may  be  lawfully
24    occupied.
25    (Source: P.A. 78-376; 88-455; revised 10-31-98.)

26        (35 ILCS 200/10-55)
27        Sec. 10-55.  Application process and application period.
28        (a)  The   Director   shall   receive   applications  for
29    certificates of rehabilitation in a form and manner  provided
30    by  him  or  her  by  rule.  The  rules shall provide that an
31    applicant may request preliminary approval of  rehabilitation
32    before the rehabilitation period begins.
 
                            -337-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (b)  The  Director  shall  approve  an  application for a
 2    certificate of rehabilitation when he or she finds  that  the
 3    restoration, preservation or rehabilitation:
 4             (1)  involves an historic building;
 5             (2)  has a cost, including architectural fees, equal
 6        to or greater than 25% of the base year valuation;
 7             (3)  is  for  a building for which no certificate of
 8        rehabilitation has been approved within 4 years after the
 9        last year of the adjustment valuation period;
10             (4)  was or will be  done  in  accordance  with  the
11        standards for rehabilitation; and
12             (5)  was or will be a substantial rehabilitation.
13        (c)  The  Director  shall  determine  the  length  of the
14    rehabilitation period, which shall not exceed 2 years  unless
15    the Director finds:
16             (1)  it  is  economically unfeasible to complete the
17        rehabilitation in that period; or
18             (2)  the magnitude of the project  is  such  that  a
19        good faith attempt to complete the rehabilitation in that
20        period would not succeed.
21        (d)  Upon approval of the application, the Director shall
22    issue  a  certificate  of rehabilitation to the applicant and
23    transmit a copy to the assessment  officer.  The  certificate
24    shall identify the rehabilitation period.
25        (e)  If  during  the  8-year  valuation  period  and  the
26    adjustment  valuation  period,  the  Director  determines, in
27    accordance  with  the   Illinois   Administrative   Procedure
28    Procedures  Act,  that  an  historic  building  for  which  a
29    certificate  of  rehabilitation  has been issued has not been
30    the subject of repair, renovation, remodeling or  improvement
31    in  accordance  with  the standards for rehabilitation, he or
32    she shall revoke the certificate of rehabilitation by written
33    notice to the taxpayer of record and transmit a copy  of  the
34    revocation to the assessment officer.
 
                            -338-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        The  provisions  in  Section 10-40 through 10-85 apply to
 2    certified rehabilitation projects for  which  an  application
 3    for  a  certificate of rehabilitation has been filed with the
 4    Director within 2 years of the rehabilitation period.
 5    (Source: P.A. 86-1481; 87-818; 88-455; revised 10-31-98.)

 6        (35 ILCS 200/10-115)
 7        Sec. 10-115.  Department guidelines  and  valuations  for
 8    farmland.   The   Department   shall   issue  guidelines  and
 9    recommendations for the  valuation  of  farmland  to  achieve
10    equitable assessment within and between counties.
11        The  Director  of  Revenue  shall  appoint  a five-person
12    Farmland Assessment Technical Advisory Board,  consisting  of
13    technical experts from the colleges or schools of agriculture
14    of  the State universities and State and federal agricultural
15    agencies,  to  advise  in  and  provide  data  and  technical
16    information needed for implementation of this Section.
17        By May 1 of each year, the Department  shall  certify  to
18    each   chief   county   assessment   officer  the  following,
19    calculated from  data  provided  by  the  Farmland  Technical
20    Advisory  Board,  on  a  per  acre basis by soil productivity
21    index for harvested cropland, using moving averages  for  the
22    most recent 5-year period for which data are available:
23             (a)  gross  income,  estimated  by  using yields per
24        acre as assigned to soil productivity indices,  the  crop
25        mix for each soil productivity index as determined by the
26        College  of Agriculture of the University of Illinois and
27        average prices received by farmers for principal crops as
28        published by the Illinois Crop Reporting Service;
29             (b)  production  costs,  other  than   land   costs,
30        provided  by the College of Agriculture of the University
31        of Illinois;
32             (c)  net  return  to  land,  which  shall   be   the
33        difference between (a) and (b) above;
 
                            -339-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (d)  a    proposed   agricultural   economic   value
 2        determined by dividing the net  return  to  land  by  the
 3        moving average of the Federal Land Bank farmland mortgage
 4        interest rate as calculated by the Department;
 5             (e)  the   equalized  assessed  value  per  acre  of
 6        farmland for each soil productivity index, which shall be
 7        33-1/3%  of  the  agricultural  economic  value,  or  the
 8        percentage  as  provided  under  Section  17-5;  but  any
 9        increase or decrease in the equalized assessed value  per
10        acre by soil productivity index shall not exceed 10% from
11        the  immediate  preceding  year's soil productivity index
12        certified assessed value;
13             (f)  a proposed average equalized assessed value per
14        acre of cropland for each individual county, weighted  by
15        the  distribution  of  soils by productivity index in the
16        county; and
17             (g)  a proposed average equalized assessed value per
18        acre for all farmland in each  county,  weighted  (i)  to
19        consider  the  proportions  of  all farmland acres in the
20        county which are cropland, permanent pasture,  and  other
21        farmland,  and  (ii)  to reflect the valuations for those
22        types of land and debasements for slope  and  erosion  as
23        required by Section 10-125.
24    (Source: P.A. 86-954; 88-455; revised 10-31-98.)

25        (35 ILCS 200/10-167)
26        Sec.     10-167.  Definition     of    public    benefit;
27    certification.
28        (a)  A conservation right on land shall be considered  to
29    provide  a  demonstrated  public benefit if the Department of
30    Natural Resources certifies that it protects in perpetuity at
31    least one of the following:
32             (1)  Land providing a regular opportunity for public
33        access to outdoor recreation or outdoor education.
 
                            -340-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (2)  Land preserving habitat for  State  or  federal
 2        endangered  or  threatened  species  or federal candidate
 3        species as defined in the  Federal  Code  of  Federal  or
 4        Regulations (50 CFR 424.02).
 5             (3)  Land  identified  in the Illinois Natural Areas
 6        Inventory.
 7             (4)  Land determined to be eligible for registration
 8        under  Section  16  of   the   Illinois   Natural   Areas
 9        Preservation Act.
10             (5)  Land  contributing  to the ecological viability
11        of a park, conservation area, nature preserve,  or  other
12        high  quality  native terrestrial or aquatic area that is
13        publicly owned or otherwise protected.
14             (6)  Land included in, or consistent with a federal,
15        State, regional, or local government policy or  plan  for
16        the  conservation  of wildlife habitat or open space, for
17        the restoration or protection of lakes  and  streams,  or
18        for the protection of scenic areas.
19        (b)  The person liable for taxes on the land shall submit
20    an   application  to  the  Department  of  Natural  Resources
21    requesting certification that  the  land  meets  one  of  the
22    criteria  established  in  subsection  (a).   The application
23    shall be in a form furnished by  the  Department  of  Natural
24    Resources.   Within  30  days  of  receipt  of a complete and
25    correct application  for  certification,  the  Department  of
26    Natural Resources shall determine whether the land encumbered
27    by  a  conservation  right  provides  a  demonstrated  public
28    benefit  and  shall  inform  the  applicant in writing of the
29    decision.
30    (Source: P.A.  88-657,  eff.  1-1-95;  89-445,  eff.  2-7-96;
31    revised 3-12-98.)

32        (35 ILCS 200/16-150)
33        Sec.  16-150.   Certification  of  assessment  books.  In
 
                            -341-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    counties  with  3,000,000  or  more inhabitants, the board of
 2    appeals (until the first Monday  in  December  1998  and  the
 3    board  of  review beginning the first Monday in December 1998
 4    and thereafter) shall, on or before the annual date for final
 5    adjournment as fixed by this Section, complete its work,  and
 6    order  the  county  assessor  to  make  those  entries in the
 7    assessment books and lists as may be  required  to  make  the
 8    assessments  conform  with  the  changes  directed to be made
 9    therein by the board. The county assessor and a  majority  of
10    the  members  of  the  board  shall  attach  to  each  of the
11    assessment books in the possession of the county assessor and
12    the county clerk an affidavit signed by the  county  assessor
13    and  a  majority of the members of the board, which affidavit
14    shall be in substantially the following form:
15    State of Illinois)
16                     ) ss.
17    County of .......)
18        We, and each of us, as county assessor and as members  of
19    the  (board  of  appeals or board of review) of the County of
20    ...., in the State of Illinois, do solemnly  swear  that  the
21    books  ....  in  number  ....  to  which  this  affidavit  is
22    attached,  contain  a  full  and  complete  list  of  all the
23    property in this county subject  to  taxation  for  the  year
24    (insert  year)  19.. so far as we have been able to ascertain
25    them, and that the assessed value  set  down  in  the  proper
26    column   opposite  the  several  kinds  and  descriptions  of
27    property, is, in our opinion, a just and equal assessment  of
28    the  property  for the purposes of taxation according to law,
29    and that the footings of the several columns in  these  books
30    are correct to the best of our knowledge and belief.
31        The  final  date  of adjournment of the board shall be 60
32    days after the date  of  the  last  delivery  to  it  of  the
33    assessment books for any township or taxing district.
34    (Source:  P.A.  88-455;  89-126,  eff.  7-11-95; 89-671, eff.
 
                            -342-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    8-14-96; revised 10-20-98.)

 2        (35 ILCS 200/18-55)
 3        Sec. 18-55.  Short title and definitions.  This  Division
 4    2  Section  and  Sections 18-60 through 18-95 may be cited as
 5    the Truth in Taxation  Law.   As  used  in  this  Division  2
 6    Sections 18-60 through 18-95:
 7        (a)  "Taxing  district"  has  the  meaning  specified  in
 8    Section 1-150 and includes home rule units.;
 9        (b)  "Aggregate  levy" means the annual corporate levy of
10    the taxing district and those special  purpose  levies  which
11    are  made annually (other than debt service levies and levies
12    made for the purpose  of  paying  amounts  due  under  public
13    building commission leases).;
14        (c)  "Special   purpose  levies"  include,  but  are  not
15    limited to, levies made on an annual basis for  contributions
16    to  pension plans, unemployment and worker's compensation, or
17    self-insurance.;
18        (d)  "Debt service"  means  levies  made  by  any  taxing
19    district   pursuant   to   home   rule   authority,  statute,
20    referendum, ordinance, resolution, indenture,  agreement,  or
21    contract  to  retire  the principal or pay interest on bonds,
22    notes,  debentures  or  other  financial  instruments   which
23    evidence indebtedness.
24    (Source: P.A. 86-957; 86-1475; 88-455; revised 10-28-98.)

25        (35 ILCS 200/18-185)
26        Sec. 18-185.  Short title; definitions.  This Division 5
27    Section  and  Sections  18-190 through 18-245 may be cited as
28    the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.  As used  in  this
29    Division 5 Sections 18-190 through 18-245:
30        "Consumer Price Index" means the Consumer Price Index for
31    All  Urban  Consumers  for  all items published by the United
32    States Department of Labor.
 
                            -343-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        "Extension limitation" means (a) the lesser of 5% or  the
 2    percentage  increase  in  the Consumer Price Index during the
 3    12-month calendar year preceding the levy  year  or  (b)  the
 4    rate of increase approved by voters under Section 18-205.
 5        "Affected  county"  means  a  county of 3,000,000 or more
 6    inhabitants or a county contiguous to a county  of  3,000,000
 7    or more inhabitants.
 8        "Taxing  district"  has  the  same  meaning  provided  in
 9    Section  1-150, except as otherwise provided in this Section.
10    For the 1991 through 1994 levy years only, "taxing  district"
11    includes  only  each non-home rule taxing district having the
12    majority of its 1990  equalized  assessed  value  within  any
13    county  or  counties contiguous to a county with 3,000,000 or
14    more inhabitants.  Beginning with the 1995 levy year, "taxing
15    district" includes only each non-home  rule  taxing  district
16    subject  to  this  Law  before  the  1995  levy year and each
17    non-home rule taxing district not subject to this Law  before
18    the  1995 levy year having the majority of its 1994 equalized
19    assessed value in an affected county or counties.   Beginning
20    with  the levy year in which this Law becomes applicable to a
21    taxing  district  as  provided  in  Section  18-213,  "taxing
22    district" also includes those taxing districts  made  subject
23    to this Law as provided in Section 18-213.
24        "Aggregate  extension" for taxing districts to which this
25    Law applied before  the  1995  levy  year  means  the  annual
26    corporate extension for the taxing district and those special
27    purpose  extensions  that  are  made  annually for the taxing
28    district, excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made  for
29    the  taxing  district to pay interest or principal on general
30    obligation bonds that were approved by referendum;  (b)  made
31    for  any  taxing  district  to  pay  interest or principal on
32    general obligation bonds issued before October 1,  1991;  (c)
33    made  for any taxing district to pay interest or principal on
34    bonds issued to refund or  continue  to  refund  those  bonds
 
                            -344-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    issued  before  October  1,  1991;  (d)  made  for any taxing
 2    district to pay interest or  principal  on  bonds  issued  to
 3    refund  or  continue  to refund bonds issued after October 1,
 4    1991 that were approved  by  referendum;  (e)  made  for  any
 5    taxing district to pay interest or principal on revenue bonds
 6    issued before October 1, 1991 for payment of which a property
 7    tax  levy  or  the full faith and credit of the unit of local
 8    government is pledged; however, a  tax  for  the  payment  of
 9    interest or principal on those bonds shall be made only after
10    the governing body of the unit of local government finds that
11    all  other sources for payment are insufficient to make those
12    payments; (f) made for payments under a  building  commission
13    lease when the lease payments are for the retirement of bonds
14    issued  by  the commission before October 1, 1991, to pay for
15    the  building  project;  (g)  made  for  payments  due  under
16    installment contracts entered into before  October  1,  1991;
17    (h)  made  for  payments  of  principal and interest on bonds
18    issued under the Metropolitan Water Reclamation District  Act
19    to  finance construction projects initiated before October 1,
20    1991; (i) made for payments  of  principal  and  interest  on
21    limited   bonds,  as  defined  in  Section  3  of  the  Local
22    Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not  to  exceed  the
23    debt  service  extension  base  less the amount in items (b),
24    (c), (e), and  (h)  of  this  definition  for  non-referendum
25    obligations,  except obligations initially issued pursuant to
26    referendum; (j) made for payments of principal  and  interest
27    on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
28    Reform   Act;   and  (k)  made  by  a  school  district  that
29    participates  in  the  Special  Education  District  of  Lake
30    County, created by special education  joint  agreement  under
31    Section  10-22.31  of  the  School  Code,  for payment of the
32    school  district's  share  of  the  amounts  required  to  be
33    contributed by the Special Education District of Lake  County
34    to  the Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund under Article 7 of
 
                            -345-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the Illinois Pension Code; the amount of any extension  under
 2    this  item  (k)  shall be certified by the school district to
 3    the county clerk.
 4        "Aggregate extension" for the taxing districts  to  which
 5    this  Law  did  not  apply  before the 1995 levy year (except
 6    taxing districts subject  to  this  Law  in  accordance  with
 7    Section  18-213) means the annual corporate extension for the
 8    taxing district and those special purpose extensions that are
 9    made annually for  the  taxing  district,  excluding  special
10    purpose  extensions:  (a) made for the taxing district to pay
11    interest or principal on general obligation bonds  that  were
12    approved  by  referendum; (b) made for any taxing district to
13    pay interest or principal on general obligation bonds  issued
14    before March 1, 1995; (c) made for any taxing district to pay
15    interest  or  principal on bonds issued to refund or continue
16    to refund those bonds issued before March 1, 1995;  (d)  made
17    for any taxing district to pay interest or principal on bonds
18    issued  to  refund  or  continue to refund bonds issued after
19    March 1, 1995 that were approved by referendum; (e) made  for
20    any  taxing  district to pay interest or principal on revenue
21    bonds issued before March 1, 1995  for  payment  of  which  a
22    property tax levy or the full faith and credit of the unit of
23    local  government  is pledged; however, a tax for the payment
24    of interest or principal on those bonds shall  be  made  only
25    after  the  governing  body  of  the unit of local government
26    finds that all other sources for payment are insufficient  to
27    make  those  payments; (f) made for payments under a building
28    commission  lease  when  the  lease  payments  are  for   the
29    retirement  of bonds issued by the commission before March 1,
30    1995 to pay for the building project; (g) made  for  payments
31    due  under installment contracts entered into before March 1,
32    1995; (h) made for payments  of  principal  and  interest  on
33    bonds   issued   under  the  Metropolitan  Water  Reclamation
34    District  Act  to  finance  construction  projects  initiated
 
                            -346-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    before October 1, 1991; (i) made for  payments  of  principal
 2    and interest on limited bonds, as defined in Section 3 of the
 3    Local  Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not to exceed
 4    the debt service extension base less the amount in items (b),
 5    (c),  and  (e)  of   this   definition   for   non-referendum
 6    obligations,  except obligations initially issued pursuant to
 7    referendum and bonds described  in  subsection  (h)  of  this
 8    definition;  (j)  made for payments of principal and interest
 9    on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
10    Reform Act; (k) made for payments of principal  and  interest
11    on  bonds  authorized  by  Public Act 88-503 and issued under
12    Section 20a of the Chicago Park District Act for aquarium  or
13    museum  projects;  and (l) made for payments of principal and
14    interest on bonds authorized by Public Act 87-1191 and issued
15    under Section 42 of the Cook County Forest Preserve  District
16    Act for zoological park projects.
17        "Aggregate  extension"  for all taxing districts to which
18    this Law applies in accordance with  Section  18-213,  except
19    for  those  taxing  districts  subject  to  paragraph  (2) of
20    subsection (e) of Section 18-213, means the annual  corporate
21    extension  for  the taxing district and those special purpose
22    extensions that are made annually for  the  taxing  district,
23    excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made for the taxing
24    district  to  pay interest or principal on general obligation
25    bonds that were approved by  referendum;  (b)  made  for  any
26    taxing  district  to  pay  interest  or  principal on general
27    obligation  bonds  issued  before  the  date  on  which   the
28    referendum  making this Law applicable to the taxing district
29    is held; (c) made for any taxing district to pay interest  or
30    principal  on  bonds  issued  to refund or continue to refund
31    those bonds issued before the date on  which  the  referendum
32    making  this  Law  applicable to the taxing district is held;
33    (d) made for any taxing district to pay interest or principal
34    on bonds issued to refund or continue to refund bonds  issued
 
                            -347-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    after  the  date  on  which  the  referendum  making this Law
 2    applicable to the taxing district is held if the  bonds  were
 3    approved by referendum after the date on which the referendum
 4    making  this  Law  applicable to the taxing district is held;
 5    (e) made for any taxing district to pay interest or principal
 6    on  revenue  bonds  issued  before  the  date  on  which  the
 7    referendum making this Law applicable to the taxing  district
 8    is  held for payment of which a property tax levy or the full
 9    faith and credit of the unit of local government is  pledged;
10    however,  a  tax  for the payment of interest or principal on
11    those bonds shall be made only after the  governing  body  of
12    the unit of local government finds that all other sources for
13    payment are insufficient to make those payments; (f) made for
14    payments  under  a  building  commission lease when the lease
15    payments are for  the  retirement  of  bonds  issued  by  the
16    commission  before  the  date  on which the referendum making
17    this Law applicable to the taxing district is held to pay for
18    the  building  project;  (g)  made  for  payments  due  under
19    installment contracts entered into before the date  on  which
20    the  referendum  making  this  Law  applicable  to the taxing
21    district is held; (h) made  for  payments  of  principal  and
22    interest  on  limited  bonds,  as defined in Section 3 of the
23    Local Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not to  exceed
24    the debt service extension base less the amount in items (b),
25    (c),   and   (e)   of   this  definition  for  non-referendum
26    obligations, except obligations initially issued pursuant  to
27    referendum;  (i)  made for payments of principal and interest
28    on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
29    Reform Act; and (j) made for a qualified airport authority to
30    pay interest or principal on general obligation bonds  issued
31    for the purpose of paying obligations due under, or financing
32    airport  facilities  required  to  be  acquired, constructed,
33    installed or equipped pursuant  to,  contracts  entered  into
34    before  March  1,  1996  (but not including any amendments to
 
                            -348-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    such a contract taking effect on or after that date).
 2        "Aggregate extension" for all taxing districts  to  which
 3    this   Law  applies  in  accordance  with  paragraph  (2)  of
 4    subsection (e) of Section 18-213 means the  annual  corporate
 5    extension  for  the taxing district and those special purpose
 6    extensions that are made annually for  the  taxing  district,
 7    excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made for the taxing
 8    district  to  pay interest or principal on general obligation
 9    bonds that were approved by  referendum;  (b)  made  for  any
10    taxing  district  to  pay  interest  or  principal on general
11    obligation bonds issued before the  effective  date  of  this
12    amendatory  Act  of 1997; (c) made for any taxing district to
13    pay interest or  principal  on  bonds  issued  to  refund  or
14    continue  to  refund  those bonds issued before the effective
15    date of this amendatory Act of 1997; (d) made for any  taxing
16    district  to  pay  interest  or  principal on bonds issued to
17    refund or continue to refund bonds issued after the effective
18    date of this  amendatory  Act  of  1997  if  the  bonds  were
19    approved  by  referendum  after  the  effective  date of this
20    amendatory Act of 1997; (e) made for any taxing  district  to
21    pay  interest or principal on revenue bonds issued before the
22    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997 for payment  of
23    which a property tax levy or the full faith and credit of the
24    unit  of  local government is pledged; however, a tax for the
25    payment of interest or principal on those bonds shall be made
26    only after the governing body of the unit of local government
27    finds that all other sources for payment are insufficient  to
28    make  those  payments; (f) made for payments under a building
29    commission  lease  when  the  lease  payments  are  for   the
30    retirement  of  bonds  issued  by  the  commission before the
31    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997 to pay for  the
32    building project; (g) made for payments due under installment
33    contracts  entered  into  before  the  effective date of this
34    amendatory Act of 1997; (h) made for  payments  of  principal
 
                            -349-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and interest on limited bonds, as defined in Section 3 of the
 2    Local  Government Debt Reform Act, in an amount not to exceed
 3    the debt service extension base less the amount in items (b),
 4    (c),  and  (e)  of   this   definition   for   non-referendum
 5    obligations,  except obligations initially issued pursuant to
 6    referendum; (i) made for payments of principal  and  interest
 7    on bonds issued under Section 15 of the Local Government Debt
 8    Reform Act; and (j) made for a qualified airport authority to
 9    pay  interest or principal on general obligation bonds issued
10    for the purpose of paying obligations due under, or financing
11    airport facilities  required  to  be  acquired,  constructed,
12    installed  or  equipped  pursuant  to, contracts entered into
13    before March 1, 1996 (but not  including  any  amendments  to
14    such a contract taking effect on or after that date).
15        "Debt  service  extension  base" means an amount equal to
16    that portion of the extension for a taxing district  for  the
17    1994 levy year, or for those taxing districts subject to this
18    Law  in  accordance  with  Section  18-213,  except for those
19    subject to paragraph (2) of subsection (e) of Section 18-213,
20    for the levy year in which the  referendum  making  this  Law
21    applicable  to  the  taxing  district  is  held, or for those
22    taxing districts subject  to  this  Law  in  accordance  with
23    paragraph  (2)  of  subsection  (e) of Section 18-213 for the
24    1996 levy year, constituting  an  extension  for  payment  of
25    principal and interest on bonds issued by the taxing district
26    without referendum, but not including (i) bonds authorized by
27    Public Act 88-503 and issued under Section 20a of the Chicago
28    Park  District  Act  for  aquarium  and museum projects; (ii)
29    bonds issued under Section 15 of the  Local  Government  Debt
30    Reform  Act;  or (iii) refunding obligations issued to refund
31    or  to  continue  to  refund  obligations  initially   issued
32    pursuant  to referendum.  The debt service extension base may
33    be established or increased as provided under Section 18-212.
34        "Special purpose extensions" include, but are not limited
 
                            -350-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to, extensions  for  levies  made  on  an  annual  basis  for
 2    unemployment   and   workers'  compensation,  self-insurance,
 3    contributions to pension plans, and extensions made  pursuant
 4    to  Section  6-601  of  the  Illinois Highway Code for a road
 5    district's permanent road fund  whether  levied  annually  or
 6    not.   The  extension  for  a  special  service  area  is not
 7    included in the aggregate extension.
 8        "Aggregate extension base" means  the  taxing  district's
 9    last preceding aggregate extension as adjusted under Sections
10    18-215 through 18-230.
11        "Levy  year" has the same meaning as "year" under Section
12    1-155.
13        "New property" means (i) the assessed value, after  final
14    board   of   review  or  board  of  appeals  action,  of  new
15    improvements or additions to  existing  improvements  on  any
16    parcel  of  real property that increase the assessed value of
17    that real property during the levy  year  multiplied  by  the
18    equalization  factor  issued  by the Department under Section
19    17-30 and (ii) the  assessed  value,  after  final  board  of
20    review  or  board  of  appeals  action,  of real property not
21    exempt from real estate taxation,  which  real  property  was
22    exempt  from  real  estate  taxation  for  any portion of the
23    immediately  preceding   levy   year,   multiplied   by   the
24    equalization  factor  issued  by the Department under Section
25    17-30.  In addition, the county clerk in a county  containing
26    a  population  of 3,000,000 or more shall include in the 1997
27    recovered tax increment value for any  school  district,  any
28    recovered tax increment value that was applicable to the 1995
29    tax year calculations.
30        "Qualified  airport authority" means an airport authority
31    organized under the Airport Authorities Act and located in  a
32    county  bordering  on  the  State  of  Wisconsin and having a
33    population in excess of 200,000 and not greater than 500,000.
34        "Recovered tax increment value" means the amount  of  the
 
                            -351-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    current  year's  equalized  assessed value, in the first year
 2    after a municipality terminates the designation of an area as
 3    a redevelopment project area previously established under the
 4    Tax Increment Allocation  Development  Act  in  the  Illinois
 5    Municipal  Code,  previously established under the Industrial
 6    Jobs  Recovery  Law  in  the  Illinois  Municipal  Code,   or
 7    previously  established  under  the Economic Development Area
 8    Tax Increment Allocation Act, of  each  taxable  lot,  block,
 9    tract,  or  parcel  of  real  property  in  the redevelopment
10    project area over and above the  initial  equalized  assessed
11    value  of  each  property  in the redevelopment project area.
12    For the taxes which are extended for the 1997 levy year,  the
13    recovered  tax  increment  value  for  a non-home rule taxing
14    district that first became subject to this Law for  the  1995
15    levy  year  because a majority of its 1994 equalized assessed
16    value  was  in  an  affected  county  or  counties  shall  be
17    increased if a municipality terminated the designation of  an
18    area  in  1993  as  a  redevelopment  project area previously
19    established under the Tax  Increment  Allocation  Development
20    Act  in  the  Illinois Municipal Code, previously established
21    under the  Industrial  Jobs  Recovery  Law  in  the  Illinois
22    Municipal  Code, or previously established under the Economic
23    Development Area Tax Increment Allocation Act, by  an  amount
24    equal  to  the  1994 equalized assessed value of each taxable
25    lot,  block,  tract,  or  parcel  of  real  property  in  the
26    redevelopment  project  area  over  and  above  the   initial
27    equalized   assessed   value   of   each   property   in  the
28    redevelopment project area.
29        Except as otherwise provided in this  Section,  "limiting
30    rate"  means  a  fraction  the numerator of which is the last
31    preceding aggregate extension base times an amount  equal  to
32    one plus the extension limitation defined in this Section and
33    the  denominator  of  which  is  the current year's equalized
34    assessed value of all real property in  the  territory  under
 
                            -352-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the jurisdiction of the taxing district during the prior levy
 2    year.    For   those  taxing  districts  that  reduced  their
 3    aggregate extension for the last  preceding  levy  year,  the
 4    highest  aggregate  extension  in any of the last 3 preceding
 5    levy years shall be used for the  purpose  of  computing  the
 6    limiting   rate.   The  denominator  shall  not  include  new
 7    property.  The denominator shall not  include  the  recovered
 8    tax increment value.
 9    (Source:  P.A.  89-1,  eff.  2-12-95;  89-138,  eff. 7-14-95;
10    89-385, eff.  8-18-95;  89-436,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-449,  eff.
11    6-1-96;  89-510,  eff.  7-11-96; 89-718, eff. 3-7-97; 90-485,
12    eff. 1-1-98;  90-511,  eff.  8-22-97;  90-568,  eff.  1-1-99;
13    90-616,   eff.   7-10-98;   90-655,   eff.  7-30-98;  revised
14    10-28-98.)

15        (35 ILCS 200/18-246)
16        Sec. 18-246.  Short title;  definitions.   This  Division
17    5.1 Section and Sections 18-247 through 18-249.5 may be cited
18    as the One-year Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
19        As  used  in  this  Division  5.1 Sections 18-246 through
20    18-249.5:
21        "Taxing  district"  has  the  same  meaning  provided  in
22    Section 1-150, except that it  includes  only  each  non-home
23    rule  taxing district with the majority of its 1993 equalized
24    assessed value contained in one or more affected counties, as
25    defined in Section 18-185, other than those taxing  districts
26    subject  to  the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law before
27    the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1995.
28        "Aggregate  extension"   means   the   annual   corporate
29    extension  for  the taxing district and those special purpose
30    extensions that are made annually for  the  taxing  district,
31    excluding special purpose extensions: (a) made for the taxing
32    district  to  pay interest or principal on general obligation
33    bonds that were approved by  referendum;  (b)  made  for  any
 
                            -353-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    taxing  district  to  pay  interest  or  principal on general
 2    obligation bonds issued before March 1, 1995;  (c)  made  for
 3    any  taxing  district  to  pay interest or principal on bonds
 4    issued to refund or continue to  refund  those  bonds  issued
 5    before March 1, 1995; (d) made for any taxing district to pay
 6    interest  or  principal on bonds issued to refund or continue
 7    to refund bonds issued after March 1, 1995 that were approved
 8    by referendum; (e)  made  for  any  taxing  district  to  pay
 9    interest or principal on revenue bonds issued before March 1,
10    1995  for  payment  of  which a property tax levy or the full
11    faith and credit of the unit of local government is  pledged;
12    however,  a  tax  for the payment of interest or principal on
13    those bonds shall be made only after the  governing  body  of
14    the unit of local government finds that all other sources for
15    payment are insufficient to make those payments; (f) made for
16    payments  under  a  building  commission lease when the lease
17    payments are for  the  retirement  of  bonds  issued  by  the
18    commission  before  March  1,  1995,  to pay for the building
19    project;  (g)  made  for  payments  due   under   installment
20    contracts entered into before March 1, 1995; and (h) made for
21    payments  of principal and interest on bonds issued under the
22    Metropolitan  Water  Reclamation  District  Act  to   finance
23    construction projects initiated before October 1, 1991.
24        "Special purpose extensions" includes, but is not limited
25    to,  extensions  for  levies  made  on  an  annual  basis for
26    unemployment     compensation,     workers'     compensation,
27    self-insurance,   contributions   to   pension   plans,   and
28    extensions made under Section 6-601 of the  Illinois  Highway
29    Code  for  a  road  district's  permanent  road fund, whether
30    levied annually or not.  The extension for a special  service
31    area is not included in the aggregate extension.
32        "Aggregate  extension  base"  means the taxing district's
33    aggregate extension for the 1993 levy year as adjusted  under
34    Section 18-248.
 
                            -354-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        "Levy  year" has the same meaning as "year" under Section
 2    1-155.
 3        "New property" means (i) the assessed value, after  final
 4    board   of   review  or  board  of  appeals  action,  of  new
 5    improvements or additions to  existing  improvements  on  any
 6    parcel  of  real property that increase the assessed value of
 7    that real property during the levy  year  multiplied  by  the
 8    equalization  factor  issued  by the Department under Section
 9    17-30 and (ii) the  assessed  value,  after  final  board  of
10    review  or  board  of  appeals  action,  of real property not
11    exempt from real estate taxation,  which  real  property  was
12    exempt  from  real  estate  taxation  for  any portion of the
13    immediately  preceding   levy   year,   multiplied   by   the
14    equalization  factor  issued  by the Department under Section
15    17-30.
16        "Recovered tax increment value" means the amount  of  the
17    1994 equalized assessed value, in the first year after a city
18    terminates  the  designation  of  an  area as a redevelopment
19    project area previously established under the  Tax  Increment
20    Allocation  Development Act of the Illinois Municipal Code or
21    previously established under the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law
22    of the Illinois Municipal  Code,  or  previously  established
23    under  the Economic Development Area Tax Increment Allocation
24    Act, of each taxable lot, block, tract,  or  parcel  of  real
25    property in the redevelopment project area over and above the
26    initial  equalized  assessed  value  of  each property in the
27    redevelopment project area.
28        Except as otherwise provided in this  Section,  "limiting
29    rate"  means  a  fraction  the  numerator  of  which  is  the
30    aggregate  extension  base  times 1.05 and the denominator of
31    which is the  1994  equalized  assessed  value  of  all  real
32    property  in  the  territory  under  the  jurisdiction of the
33    taxing district during the 1993 levy year.   The  denominator
34    shall  not  include  new  property  and shall not include the
 
                            -355-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    recovered tax increment value.
 2    (Source: P.A.  89-1,  eff.  2-12-95;  89-138,  eff.  7-14-95;
 3    89-436, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-28-98.)

 4        (35 ILCS 200/19-5)
 5        Sec.  19-5.   Township  collector's  bond and oath.  Each
 6    township  collector,  before  entering  upon  the  duties  of
 7    office, shall execute a bond, with surety or sureties  to  be
 8    approved  by  the supervisor and the township clerk. The bond
 9    shall be given for a sum equal to 160% of the largest  amount
10    of  taxes  collected by that officer or predecessor in office
11    in any one year during the preceding 5 years  if  individuals
12    act  as  sureties, or equal to 110% of such largest amount if
13    the security is given by a surety company  authorized  to  do
14    business  in  this  state,  estimated  by  the supervisor and
15    township clerk, that will  be   in  his  or  her  custody  or
16    control at any one time. Signatures to such bond, signed with
17    a  mark,  shall  be  witnessed,  but  in  no other case shall
18    witness be required. The bond shall be substantially  in  the
19    following form:
20        We A. B. of the .... of .... in the County of .... in the
21    State of Illinois, as township collector, and C. D. and E. F.
22    of that county and State, as securities, are obligated to the
23    People  of  the  State of Illinois, in the penal sum of $....
24    for the payment of which, we obligate ourselves,  our  heirs,
25    executors and administrators, successors and assigns.  Signed
26    on (insert date). this .... day of .... 19...
27        The  condition of the foregoing bond is such, that if the
28    above obligated A. B. performs all the duties required to  be
29    performed  as  collector  of  the  taxes for the year (insert
30    year) 19.., in the township of .... in the  county  of  ....,
31    Illinois,  in the time and manner prescribed by law, and when
32    he or she shall be succeeded in office, shall  surrender  and
33    deliver  over  to  his  or her successor in office all books,
 
                            -356-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    papers  and  moneys  pertaining  to  the  office,  except  as
 2    hereinafter provided, then the foregoing  bond  to  be  void;
 3    otherwise to remain in full force.
 4        It   is   expressly  understood  and  intended  that  the
 5    obligation of the above named sureties shall  not  extend  to
 6    any  loss  sustained by the insolvency, failure or closing of
 7    any bank or trust  company  organized  and  operating  either
 8    under  the laws of the State of Illinois or the United States
 9    wherein the collector has placed the  funds  in  his  or  her
10    custody or control, or any part thereof.
11                        A. B. ....(Signature)
12                        C. D. ....(Signature)
13                        E. F. ....(Signature)

14        He  or  she  shall also take and subscribe an oath, to be
15    endorsed on the back of the bond, substantially as follows:
16        I do solemnly swear that I will support the  constitution
17    of  the  United  States, and the constitution of the State of
18    Illinois, and that I will faithfully discharge the duties  of
19    the office of township collector, according to the best of my
20    ability.
21    (Source: P.A. 84-551; 88-455; revised 10-20-98.)

22        (35 ILCS 200/19-40)
23        Sec.  19-40.   County  collector's  bond  and  oath. Each
24    county collector as soon as elected and qualified and  before
25    entering  upon the duties of office as collector, in addition
26    to the bond as  treasurer,  shall  furnish  a  bond  in  such
27    penalty  and with such security as the county board considers
28    sufficient.  In counties with 3,000,000 or more  inhabitants,
29    the  bond  shall  be  in  a  penal  sum  of  not  less   than
30    $1,500,000.   The  signatures  to the bond, signed by a mark,
31    shall be witnessed, but in no other  case  shall  witness  be
32    required.   The  bond shall be substantially in the following
33    form:
 
                            -357-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Know All Men by These Presents, that we, A. B. collector,
 2    and C. D. and E. F. securities, all of the county of .... and
 3    State of Illinois, are held and firmly bound unto the  People
 4    of  the  State of Illinois, in the penal sum of .... dollars,
 5    for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we  bind
 6    ourselves,   each   of   us,   our   heirs,   executors   and
 7    administrators,  successors  and  assigns,  firmly  by  these
 8    presents.
 9        Signed and sealed on (insert date). this .... day of ....
10    19...
11        The  condition  of the foregoing bond is such that if the
12    above bound A.B. performs  all  the  duties  required  to  be
13    performed as collector of the taxes in the county of ...., in
14    the  State  of Illinois, in the time and manner prescribed by
15    law, and  when  succeeded  in  office,  shall  surrender  and
16    deliver  to his or her successor in office, all books, papers
17    and moneys appertaining to the office, except as  hereinafter
18    provided,  then  the  foregoing bond to be void; otherwise to
19    remain in full force.
20        It  is  expressly  understood  and  intended   that   the
21    obligation  of  the  above named sureties shall not extend to
22    any loss sustained by the insolvency, failure or  closing  of
23    any  bank  or  trust  company  organized and operating either
24    under the laws of the State of Illinois, or the United States
25    wherein the collector has placed the  funds  in  his  or  her
26    custody or control, or any part thereof.
27                          A. B. ....(SEAL)
28                          C. D. ....(SEAL)
29                          E. F. ....(SEAL)
30        He  or  she  shall also take and subscribe an oath, to be
31    endorsed on the back of the bond substantially as follows:
32        I do solemnly swear that I will support the  Constitution
33    of  the  State  of  Illinois,  and  that  I  will  faithfully
34    discharge  the  duties  of  the  office  of  county collector
 
                            -358-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    according to the best of my ability.
 2    (Source: P.A. 76-2254; 88-455; revised 10-20-98.)

 3        (35 ILCS 200/20-50)
 4        Sec. 20-50.  Payment  to  taxing  districts  by  township
 5    collectors.  Township collectors; intermediate settlements.
 6        (a)  Township  collectors  shall,  every  30  days,  when
 7    required  to  do so by the proper authorities of incorporated
 8    towns, cities, villages, and road  and school  districts  for
 9    which  any  tax  is  collected, render to those authorities a
10    statement of the amount of each kind of tax collected for the
11    entity and the amount paid under protest.  At the same  time,
12    subject  to  Sections  3.1-35-60  through  3.1-35-80  of  the
13    Illinois Municipal Code, the collectors shall pay over to the
14    authorities  the  amount  of all taxes shown to be collected,
15    other than those paid under protest. The  payments  shall  be
16    made  as  directed in the warrant attached to the collector's
17    books.
18        (b)  Township collectors shall, every 30 days,  render  a
19    similar account of county taxes, to the county collector, and
20    at  the  same  time, the collectors shall pay over the amount
21    collected to the county collector.
22        (c)  Each township collector shall make final  settlement
23    for  all taxes charged in the tax books at or before the time
24    fixed in  Section  20-55.  In  making  the  settlements,  the
25    collectors  shall  be  entitled  to  credit  for  the  amount
26    uncollected  on the tax books as determined by the settlement
27    with the county collector.
28        (d)  The officer to whom any moneys are paid  under  this
29    Section shall deliver to the collector duplicate receipts for
30    those payments.
31    (Source: P.A. 87-1119; 88-455; revised 10-31-98.)

32        (35 ILCS 200/20-155)
 
                            -359-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec.   20-155.   Failure  to  report  and  pay;  suit  on
 2    collector's bond. If any county collector fails to  make  the
 3    reports  and payments required by this Code, for 5 days after
 4    the time specified for that purpose,  or  after  demand  made
 5    under  Section 20-150, suit may be brought on the collector's
 6    bond. Taxing districts or persons  aggrieved,  may  prosecute
 7    suit  against  any  collector  or other officer collecting or
 8    receiving funds for their use, by suit upon the bond, in  the
 9    name  of  the People of the State of Illinois, for their use,
10    in the circuit court.
11    (Source: P.A. 78-592; 88-455; revised 10-31-98.)

12        (35 ILCS 200/21-35)
13        Sec. 21-35.  Estimated billing in overlapping  districts.
14    In  counties  with  less than 3,000,000 inhabitants, when the
15    certified assessed valuations for that portion of overlapping
16    taxing districts lying in another county  for  the  preceding
17    year  have not been received by the county clerk by March 1,,
18    the county board, upon petition of the county clerk,  may  by
19    resolution  or  ordinance  adopted  on or prior to April 1 of
20    that year, adopt the estimated property  tax  billing  system
21    provided  for  in  this  Section  for taxes for the preceding
22    year.  The resolution or ordinance shall  be  effective  only
23    for the year in which it is adopted.
24        When  authorized by the county board to use the estimated
25    property tax billing system, the county clerk shall  estimate
26    the  assessed  valuations  for  the  other  counties  in  the
27    overlapping  taxing  districts  from which certified assessed
28    valuations for the preceding year have not been  received  by
29    March  1.   The  estimated  assessed  valuations  shall,  for
30    purposes  of  computing  the first installment tax billing in
31    the current year, be treated in the same manner as  certified
32    assessed valuations.  Where estimated assessed valuations are
33    used,  the  first  installment  billing shall be prepared and
 
                            -360-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    mailed on or before May 1.
 2        The  county  clerk  shall   make   adjustments   in   the
 3    assessments,   based   on   the   actual  certified  assessed
 4    valuations later received from the other counties,  and  such
 5    adjustments  shall  be  included  in the tax billings for the
 6    second installment.  A county  using  the  estimated  billing
 7    system   shall   complete   and   mail  the  adjusted  second
 8    installment tax billing on or before August 1.
 9    (Source: P.A. 80-583; 88-455; revised 3-12-98.)

10        (35 ILCS 200/21-195)
11        Sec.  21-195.   Examination  of  record;  certificate  of
12    correctness.  On the day  advertised  for  sale,  the  county
13    clerk, assisted by the collector, shall examine the list upon
14    which  judgment  has  been  entered  and  ascertain  that all
15    payments have been properly noted thereon. The  county  clerk
16    shall  make  a  certificate  to  be  entered  on  the record,
17    following the order of court that the record is correct,  and
18    that judgment was entered upon the property therein mentioned
19    for   the   taxes,  interest  and  costs  due  thereon.   The
20    certificate shall be attested  by  the  circuit  court  clerk
21    under seal of the court and shall be the process on which the
22    property  or  any  interest  therein shall be sold for taxes,
23    special assessments, interest and costs due thereon, and  may
24    be substantially in the following form:
25    State of Illinois County of .....
26        I,  ....,  clerk  of  the  circuit  court, in and for the
27    county of ...., do hereby certify that  the  foregoing  is  a
28    true  and  correct  record  of the delinquent property in the
29    county, against which judgment and order  of  sale  was  duly
30    entered  in  the  circuit  court  for  the county, on (insert
31    date), the .... day of ...., 19..,  for  the  amount  of  the
32    taxes,  special assessments, interest and costs due severally
33    thereon as therein set forth, and that the judgment and order
 
                            -361-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of court in relation thereto fully appears on the record.
 2    Dated (insert date). .....
 3    (Source: P.A. 83-343; 88-455; revised 10-20-98.)

 4        (35 ILCS 200/21-310)
 5        Sec. 21-310. Sales in error.
 6        (a)  When, upon application of the county collector,  tax
 7    purchaser,  or  a  municipality  which  owns or has owned the
 8    property ordered sold, it appears to the satisfaction of  the
 9    court  which  ordered  the  property  sold  that  any  of the
10    following subsections are applicable, the court shall declare
11    the sale to be a sale in error:
12             (1)  the property was not subject to taxation,
13             (2)  the taxes or special assessments had been  paid
14        prior to the sale of the property,
15             (3)  there is a double assessment,
16             (4)  the description is void for uncertainty,
17             (5)  the  assessor, chief county assessment officer,
18        board of review, or board of appeals has  made  an  error
19        (other  than  an error of judgment as to the value of any
20        property), or
21             (6)  prior  to  the  tax   sale   a   voluntary   or
22        involuntary  petition  has  been  filed by or against the
23        legal or beneficial  owner  of  the  property  requesting
24        relief  under  the provisions of 11 U.S.C. Chapter 7, 11,
25        12, or 13.
26        (b)  When, upon application of the tax purchaser  or  his
27    or  her  assignee only, it appears to the satisfaction of the
28    court which  ordered  the  property  sold  that  any  of  the
29    following subsections are applicable, the court shall declare
30    a sale in error:
31             (1)  A  voluntary  or involuntary petition under the
32        provisions of 11 U.S.C. Chapter 7, 11, 12, or 13 has been
33        filed subsequent  to  the  tax  sale  and  prior  to  the
 
                            -362-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        issuance of the tax deed.
 2             (2)  The  improvements  upon  the property sold have
 3        been substantially destroyed or rendered uninhabitable or
 4        otherwise unfit for occupancy subsequent to the tax  sale
 5        and prior to the issuance of the tax deed.
 6             (3)  There  is an interest held by the United States
 7        in the property sold which could not be  extinguished  by
 8        the tax deed.
 9             (4)  The   real   property   contains   a  hazardous
10        substance, hazardous waste, or underground  storage  tank
11        that  would  require  cleanup  or other removal under any
12        federal, State, or local law, ordinance,  or  regulation,
13        only  if the tax purchaser purchased the property without
14        actual knowledge of the  hazardous  substance,  hazardous
15        waste,  or  underground  storage tank. This paragraph (4)
16        applies only to tax purchases occurring after January  1,
17        1990  and if the tax purchaser or his or her assignee has
18        made application for a sale in error at any  time  before
19        the issuance of a tax deed.
20        If  a  sale is declared to be a sale in error, the county
21    clerk shall make entry in the tax judgment, sale,  redemption
22    and  forfeiture  record,  that  the  property was erroneously
23    sold, and the county collector shall, on demand of the  owner
24    of  the  certificate of purchase, refund the amount paid, pay
25    any interest and costs  as  may  be  ordered  under  Sections
26    21-315  through  21-335, and cancel the certificate so far as
27    it relates to the property. The county collector shall deduct
28    from the accounts of the appropriate taxing bodies their  pro
29    rata amounts paid.
30    (Source:   P.A.   88-455;   88-676,  eff.  12-14-94;  revised
31    10-31-98.)

32        (35 ILCS 200/22-5)
33        Sec. 22-5.  Notice of sale  and  redemption  rights.   In
 
                            -363-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    order  to  be  entitled to a tax deed, within 4 months and 15
 2    days after any sale held under this Code,  the  purchaser  or
 3    his  or  her  assignee  shall  deliver  to the county clerk a
 4    notice to be given to the party in whose name the  taxes  are
 5    last  assessed  as  shown  by the most recent tax collector's
 6    warrant books, in at least 10 point  type  in  the  following
 7    form completely filled in:
 8                             TAKE NOTICE
 9        County of ...............................................
10        Date Premises Sold ......................................
11        Certificate No. .........................................
12        Sold for General Taxes of (year) ........................
13        Sold for Special Assessment of (Municipality)
14        and special assessment number ...........................
15        Warrant No. ...............   Inst. No. .................
16                   THIS PROPERTY HAS BEEN SOLD FOR
17                          DELINQUENT TAXES
18    Property located at .........................................
19    Legal Description or Permanent Index No. ....................
20    .............................................................
21    .............................................................
22        This  notice is to advise you that the above property has
23    been sold  for  delinquent  taxes  and  that  the  period  of
24    redemption from the sale will expire on .....................
25        This notice is also to advise you that a petition will be
26    filed  for a tax deed which will transfer title and the right
27    to possession of this property if redemption is not  made  on
28    or before ...................................................
29        At  the  date  of  this notice the total amount which you
30    must pay in order to redeem the above property is ...........
31               YOU ARE URGED TO REDEEM IMMEDIATELY TO
32                      PREVENT LOSS OF PROPERTY
33        Redemption can be made at any time on or before  ....  by
34    applying to the County Clerk of ...., County, Illinois at the
 
                            -364-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    County Court House in ...., Illinois.
 2        The  above  amount  is  subject  to  increase  at 6 month
 3    intervals from the date of sale.  Check with the county clerk
 4    as to the exact amount you  owe  before  redeeming.   Payment
 5    must  be  made  by  certified  check,  cashier's check, money
 6    order, or in cash.
 7        For further information contact the County Clerk.
 8    ...............................
 9    Purchaser or Assignee
10        Dated (insert date). this .... day of .... ... 19....

11        Within 10 days after receipt of said notice,  the  county
12    clerk  shall  mail to the addresses supplied by the purchaser
13    or assignee, by registered or certified mail, copies of  said
14    notice to the party in whose name the taxes are last assessed
15    as  shown  by  the most recent tax collector's warrant books.
16    The purchaser or assignee shall pay to the clerk postage plus
17    the sum of $10.  The clerk shall write or stamp the  date  of
18    receiving  the  notices  upon  the copies of the notices, and
19    retain one copy.
20    (Source: P.A. 88-455; 89-538, eff. 1-1-97; revised 10-20-98.)

21        (35 ILCS 200/22-10)
22        Sec.  22-10.  Notice   of   expiration   of   period   of
23    redemption.  A purchaser or assignee shall not be entitled to
24    a tax deed to the property  sold  unless,  not  less  than  3
25    months  nor more than 5 months prior to the expiration of the
26    period of redemption, he or she gives notice of the sale  and
27    the  date  of  expiration  of the period of redemption to the
28    owners, occupants and parties interested in the  property  as
29    provided below.
30        The  Notice  to  be  given  to the parties shall be in at
31    least 10 point type in the following form  completely  filled
32    in:
33    TAX DEED NO. ....................  FILED ....................
 
                            -365-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                             TAKE NOTICE
 2        County of ...............................................
 3        Date Premises Sold ......................................
 4        Certificate No.  ........................................
 5        Sold for General Taxes of (year) ........................
 6        Sold for Special Assessment of (Municipality)
 7        and special assessment number ...........................
 8        Warrant No. ................  Inst. No. .................
 9                   THIS PROPERTY HAS BEEN SOLD FOR
10                          DELINQUENT TAXES
11    Property located at .........................................
12    Legal Description or Property Index No. .....................
13    .............................................................
14    .............................................................
15        This  notice is to advise you that the above property has
16    been sold  for  delinquent  taxes  and  that  the  period  of
17    redemption from the sale will expire on .....................
18    .............................................................
19        The  amount  to  redeem is subject to increase at 6 month
20    intervals from the date of sale and may be further  increased
21    if  the purchaser at the tax sale or his or her assignee pays
22    any subsequently accruing taxes  or  special  assessments  to
23    redeem the property from subsequent forfeitures or tax sales.
24    Check  with  the  county clerk as to the exact amount you owe
25    before redeeming.
26        This notice is also to advise you  that  a  petition  has
27    been  filed  for a tax deed which will transfer title and the
28    right to possession of this property  if  redemption  is  not
29    made on or before ...........................................
30        This  matter  is  set for hearing in the Circuit Court of
31    this county in ...., Illinois on .....
32        You may be present at this  hearing  but  your  right  to
33    redeem will already have expired at that time.
34                 YOU ARE URGED TO REDEEM IMMEDIATELY
 
                            -366-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                     TO PREVENT LOSS OF PROPERTY
 2        Redemption  can be made at any time on or before ....  by
 3    applying to the County Clerk of ...., County, Illinois at the
 4    County Court House in ...., Illinois.
 5        For  further  information   contact  the  County   Clerk.
 6    
 7                                       ..........................
 8                                         Purchaser or Assignee.

 9        In counties  with  3,000,000  or  more  inhabitants,  the
10    notice  shall also state the address, room number and time at
11    which the matter is set for hearing.
12        This amendatory Act of 1996 applies only  to  matters  in
13    which  a  petition  for  tax  deed  is  filed on or after the
14    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1996.
15    (Source: P.A. 88-455; 89-686, eff. 6-1-97; revised 10-31-98.)

16        (35 ILCS 200/22-65)
17        Sec. 22-65.  Form of deed.  A tax deed  executed  by  the
18    county  clerk  under the official seal of the county shall be
19    recorded in the same manner as other conveyances of property,
20    and vests in the grantee, his or her heirs and  assigns,  the
21    title  of  the  property  therein  described  without further
22    acknowledgment or evidence of the conveyance.  The conveyance
23    shall be substantially in the following form:
24    State of Illinois)
25                     ) ss.
26    County of .......)
27        At a public sale of property for the nonpayment of taxes,
28    held in the county above stated, on (insert date), 19..,  the
29    following   described   property   was   sold:   (here  place
30    description of property conveyed).  The property  not  having
31    been redeemed from the sale, and it appearing that the holder
32    of  the  certificate of purchase of the property has complied
33    with the laws of the State of Illinois necessary  to  entitle
 
                            -367-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (insert  him, her or them) to a deed of the property: I ....,
 2    county clerk of the county of ...., in consideration  of  the
 3    property  and  by  virtue  of  the  statutes  of the State of
 4    Illinois in such cases provided, grant and  convey  to  ....,
 5    his  or her heirs and assigns forever, the property described
 6    above.
 7        Dated (insert date). 19
 8                     Signature of .................. County Clerk
 9                                 Seal of County of ...., Illinois
10    (Source: P.A. 84-1308; 88-455; revised 10-20-98.)

11        (35 ILCS 200/22-80)
12        Sec. 22-80.  Order  of  court  setting  aside  tax  deed;
13    payments to holder of deed.
14        (a)  Any  order  of court vacating an order directing the
15    county clerk to issue a tax deed based upon  a  finding  that
16    the   property   was  not  subject  to  taxation  or  special
17    assessment, or that the taxes or special assessments had been
18    paid prior to the sale of the property, or that the tax  sale
19    was  otherwise  void, shall declare the tax sale to be a sale
20    in error pursuant to Section 21-310 31-310 of this Act.   The
21    order  shall direct the county collector to refund to the tax
22    deed grantee or his or her successors and assigns (or,  if  a
23    tax  deed  has not yet issued, the holder of the certificate)
24    the following amounts:
25             (1)  all taxes and  special  assessments  purchased,
26        paid,  or  redeemed  by  the  tax purchaser or his or her
27        assignee, or by the  tax  deed  grantee  or  his  or  her
28        successors  and assigns, whether before or after entry of
29        the order for tax deed, with interest at the rate  of  1%
30        per  month  from  the date each amount was paid until the
31        date of payment pursuant to this Section;
32             (2)  all costs  paid  and  posted  to  the  judgment
33        record   and  not  included  in  paragraph  (1)  of  this
 
                            -368-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        subsection (a); and
 2             (3)  court reporter fees  for  the  hearing  on  the
 3        application  for tax deed and transcript thereof, cost of
 4        certification of tax deed order, cost of issuance of  tax
 5        deed, and cost of recording of tax deed.
 6        (b)  Except in those cases described in subsection (a) of
 7    this  Section, and unless the court on motion of the tax deed
 8    petitioner extends the redemption period to a date not  later
 9    than  3  years  from  the  date  of  sale, any order of court
10    finding that an order directing the county clerk to  issue  a
11    tax  deed  should  be  vacated  shall  direct  the  party who
12    successfully contested the entry of the order to pay  to  the
13    tax deed grantee or his or her successors and assigns (or, if
14    a tax deed has not yet issued, the holder of the certificate)
15    within 90 days after the date of the finding:
16             (1)  the  amount  necessary  to  redeem the property
17        from the sale as  of  the  last  day  of  the  period  of
18        redemption,  except that, if the sale is a scavenger sale
19        pursuant to Section 21-260 of this  Act,  the  redemption
20        amount   shall   not  include  an  amount  equal  to  all
21        delinquent  taxes  on  such  property  which  taxes  were
22        delinquent at the time of sale; and
23             (2)  amounts in satisfaction of municipal liens paid
24        by the tax purchaser or his  or  her  assignee,  and  the
25        amounts specified in paragraphs (1) and (3) of subsection
26        (a)  of  this  Section, to the extent the amounts are not
27        included in paragraph (1) of this subsection (b).
28        If the payment is not made within the 90-day period,  the
29    petition  to  vacate  the order directing the county clerk to
30    issue a tax deed shall be  denied  with  prejudice,  and  the
31    order  directing  the  county clerk to issue a tax deed shall
32    remain in full force and effect.  No final order vacating any
33    order directing the county clerk to issue a tax deed shall be
34    entered pursuant to this subsection (b) until the payment has
 
                            -369-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    been made.
 2    (Source: P.A. 88-455; 89-342, eff. 1-1-96; revised 3-12-98.)

 3        (35 ILCS 200/22-90)
 4        Sec. 22-90.  Recording  of  certificate  of  purchase  by
 5    municipality.   If  any  city,  village or incorporated town,
 6    interested  in  the  collection  of  any   special   tax   or
 7    assessment, acquires a certificate of purchase at a tax sale,
 8    it  is  not required to take out a deed, but may preserve its
 9    lien under the certificate of purchase, beyond the period  of
10    redemption,  by  recording  the  certificate  of  purchase or
11    evidence thereof within 1 year from  the  expiration  of  the
12    period of redemption or extended period of redemption, in the
13    office of the recorder of the county in which the property is
14    situated,  or by presenting  the certificate for registration
15    in the manner provided by law, to the registrar of titles  in
16    the  case  of property registered under the Registered Titles
17    (Torrens) Act.  The recorded certificate of purchase  or  the
18    evidence  thereof shall contain language in substantially the
19    following form:
20    STATE OF ....)
21                 )SS
22    COUNTY OF ...)
23        The following described property was sold  to  the  (here
24    place  name  of  city,  village,  or incorporated town), at a
25    public  sale  for  the  nonpayment  of   special   taxes   or
26    assessments in the above stated county, on (insert date), the
27    ....  day  of  ....,  19  ..,  to-wit:  (here  place property
28    description).  The sale was for the delinquent special tax or
29    assessment (here place the special assessment warrant  number
30    and  installment).   Unless  payment or settlement is made at
31    the  office  of  (here  place   proper   city,   village   or
32    incorporated  town  officer),  the municipality for which the
33    above lien or liens  were  created  may  at  any  time  after
 
                            -370-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    expiration  of  the period of redemption, sell and assign the
 2    certificate of purchase.   Either  the  municipality  or  its
 3    assignee  at  any  time  after  expiration  of  the period of
 4    redemption may file a complaint  to  foreclose  or  bring  an
 5    action for the amount of the special tax or assessment due.
 6        Dated (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19...
 7                                      ...........................
 8                                              (Proper Officer)
 9    (Source: P.A. 90-655, eff. 7-30-98; revised 10-20-98.)

10        (35 ILCS 200/23-35)
11        Sec.   23-35.  Tax   objection   based   on   budget   or
12    appropriation  ordinance.   Notwithstanding the provisions of
13    Section 23-10, no objection to any property tax levied by any
14    municipality shall be sustained by any court because  of  the
15    forms of any budget or appropriation ordinance, or the degree
16    of  itemization  or  classification  of items therein, or the
17    reasonableness  of  any  amount  budgeted   or   appropriated
18    thereby, if:
19             (a)  a  tentative budget and appropriation ordinance
20        was prepared at  the direction of the governing  body  of
21        the  municipality  and  made  conveniently  available  to
22        public  inspection  for  at  least  30  days prior to the
23        public  hearing  specified  below  and  to  final  action
24        thereon;.
25             (b)  at least one public hearing has  been  held  by
26        the  governing  body  as  to  the  tentative  budget  and
27        appropriation  ordinance  prior  to final action thereon,
28        and notice of the time and  place  where  copies  of  the
29        tentative   budget   and   appropriation  ordinances  are
30        available for public inspection, and the time  and  place
31        of  the  hearing,  has  been  given  by publication  in a
32        newspaper published in the municipality at least 30  days
33        prior  to  the  time  of  the hearing, or, if there is no
 
                            -371-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        newspaper published in the municipality,  notice  of  the
 2        public  hearing  has  been  given  by  publication  in  a
 3        newspaper of general circulation in the municipality; and
 4             (c)  the  budget and appropriation ordinance finally
 5        adopted is substantially identical, as to the matters  to
 6        which  objection  is  made, with the tentative budget and
 7        appropriation ordinance submitted at the public  hearing,
 8        unless  the  taxpayer  making  the objection has made the
 9        same objection in writing and with the  same  specificity
10        to  the  governing  body of the municipality prior to the
11        adoption of the budget and appropriation ordinance.
12        "Municipality",  as  used  in  this  Section,  means  all
13    municipal corporations in,  and  political  subdivisions  of,
14    this  State  except the following: counties; cities, villages
15    and incorporated towns; sanitary districts created under  the
16    Metropolitan  Water Reclamation District Act; forest preserve
17    districts having a population of 3,000,000 or  more,  created
18    under  the  Cook  County  Forest  Preserve Park District Act;
19    boards of education of school districts in  cities  exceeding
20    1,000,000  inhabitants;  the  Chicago  Park  District created
21    under the Chicago Park District Act; and  park  districts  as
22    defined in subsection (b) of Section 1-3 of the Park District
23    Code.
24    (Source:   P.A.   88-455;   89-126,   eff.  7-11-95;  revised
25    10-31-98.)

26        Section 62.   The  Motor  Fuel  Tax  Law  is  amended  by
27    changing Section 8 as follows:

28        (35 ILCS 505/8) (from Ch. 120, par. 424)
29        Sec.  8.   Except  as  provided  in Section 8a, all money
30    received by the Department under this Act, including payments
31    made to the Department by member jurisdictions  participating
32    in  the  International Fuel Tax Agreement, shall be deposited
 
                            -372-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    in a special fund in the State treasury, to be known  as  the
 2    "Motor Fuel Tax Fund", and shall be used as follows:
 3        (a)  2  1/2  cents  per  gallon  of  the tax collected on
 4    special fuel under paragraph (b) of Section 2 and Section 13a
 5    of this Act shall be transferred to  the  State  Construction
 6    Account Fund in the State Treasury;
 7        (b)  $420,000  shall  be  transferred  each  month to the
 8    State Boating Act Fund  to  be  used  by  the  Department  of
 9    Natural  Resources for the purposes specified in Article X of
10    the Boat Registration and Safety Act;
11        (c)  $1,500,000 shall be transferred each  month  to  the
12    Grade  Crossing  Protection  Fund  to be used as follows: not
13    less than $6,000,000 each fiscal year shall be used  for  the
14    construction   or   reconstruction   of  rail  highway  grade
15    separation structures; beginning with fiscal  year  1997  and
16    ending  in  fiscal  year  1999,  $1,500,000,  and $750,000 in
17    fiscal year 2000 and each fiscal  year  thereafter  shall  be
18    transferred  to  the Transportation Regulatory Fund and shall
19    be accounted for as part of the rail carrier portion of  such
20    funds  and shall be used to pay the cost of administration of
21    the Illinois Commerce Commission's railroad safety program in
22    connection with its duties under subsection  (3)  of  Section
23    18c-7401  of the Illinois Vehicle Code, with the remainder to
24    be used by the Department of Transportation upon order of the
25    Illinois Commerce Commission, to pay that part  of  the  cost
26    apportioned  by  such  Commission  to  the State to cover the
27    interest of the public in  the  use  of  highways,  roads  or
28    streets  in  the county highway system, township and district
29    road system or municipal street  system  as  defined  in  the
30    Illinois  Highway  Code, as the same may from time to time be
31    amended,  for  separation  of   grades,   for   installation,
32    construction  or  reconstruction  of  crossing  protection or
33    reconstruction, alteration, relocation including construction
34    or improvement of any existing highway necessary  for  access
 
                            -373-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to  property  or  improvement of any grade crossing including
 2    the necessary highway  approaches  thereto  of  any  railroad
 3    across  the highway or public road, as provided for in and in
 4    accordance with Section  18c-7401  of  the  Illinois  Vehicle
 5    Code.   In  entering  orders  for projects for which payments
 6    from the Grade Crossing Protection Fund  will  be  made,  the
 7    Commission  shall  account for expenditures authorized by the
 8    orders on a cash rather than an accrual basis.  For  purposes
 9    of this requirement an "accrual basis" assumes that the total
10    cost  of  the project is expended in the fiscal year in which
11    the order is entered, while a "cash basis" allocates the cost
12    of  the  project  among  fiscal  years  as  expenditures  are
13    actually made.  To meet the requirements of this  subsection,
14    the  Illinois  Commerce  Commission  shall develop annual and
15    5-year project plans of rail  crossing  capital  improvements
16    that  will  be  paid  for with moneys from the Grade Crossing
17    Protection Fund.  The  annual  project  plan  shall  identify
18    projects  for  the  succeeding  fiscal  year  and  the 5-year
19    project plan shall  identify  projects  for  the  5  directly
20    succeeding  fiscal  years.   The  Commission shall submit the
21    annual  and  5-year  project  plans  for  this  Fund  to  the
22    Governor, the President of the Senate,  the  Senate  Minority
23    Leader,  the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the
24    Minority Leader of the House of Representatives on the  first
25    Wednesday in April of each year;
26        (d)  of  the  amount remaining after allocations provided
27    for in subsections (a), (b)  and  (c),  a  sufficient  amount
28    shall be reserved to pay all of the following:
29             (1)  the  costs  of  the  Department  of  Revenue in
30        administering this Act;
31             (2)  the costs of the Department  of  Transportation
32        in  performing its duties imposed by the Illinois Highway
33        Code for supervising the use  of  motor  fuel  tax  funds
34        apportioned   to   municipalities,   counties   and  road
 
                            -374-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        districts;
 2             (3)  refunds provided for in Section 13 of this  Act
 3        and  under  the  terms  of  the  International  Fuel  Tax
 4        Agreement referenced in Section 14a;
 5             (4)  from  October  1, 1985 until June 30, 1994, the
 6        administration of the Vehicle Emissions  Inspection  Law,
 7        which   amount   shall   be   certified  monthly  by  the
 8        Environmental Protection Agency to the State  Comptroller
 9        and   shall   promptly   be   transferred  by  the  State
10        Comptroller and Treasurer from the Motor Fuel Tax Fund to
11        the Vehicle Inspection Fund, and beginning July 1,  1994,
12        and  until  December 31, 2000, one-twelfth of $25,000,000
13        each  month  for  the  administration  of   the   Vehicle
14        Emissions  Inspection  Law  of 1995, to be transferred by
15        the State Comptroller and Treasurer from the  Motor  Fuel
16        Tax Fund into the Vehicle Inspection Fund;
17             (5)  amounts  ordered  paid  by the Court of Claims;
18        and
19             (6)  payment of motor fuel use taxes due  to  member
20        jurisdictions  under  the terms of the International Fuel
21        Tax  Agreement.   The  Department  shall  certify   these
22        amounts to the Comptroller by the 15th day of each month;
23        the  Comptroller  shall cause orders to be drawn for such
24        amounts, and the Treasurer shall administer those amounts
25        on or before the last day of each month;
26        (e)  after allocations for  the  purposes  set  forth  in
27    subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d), the remaining amount shall
28    be apportioned as follows:
29             (1)  58.4% shall be deposited as follows:
30                  (A)  37%  into  the  State Construction Account
31             Fund, and
32                  (B)  63% into  the  Road  Fund,  $1,250,000  of
33             which   shall   be   reserved  each  month  for  the
34             Department  of  Transportation   to   be   used   in
 
                            -375-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             accordance  with  the  provisions  of Sections 6-901
 2             through 6-906 of the Illinois Highway Code;
 3             (2)  41.6% shall be transferred to the Department of
 4        Transportation to be distributed as follows:
 5                  (A)  49.10% to the municipalities of the State,
 6                  (B)  16.74% to the counties of the State having
 7             1,000,000 or more inhabitants,
 8                  (C)  18.27% to the counties of the State having
 9             less than 1,000,000 inhabitants,
10                  (D)  15.89% to the road districts of the State.
11        As soon as may be after the first day of each  month  the
12    Department of Transportation shall allot to each municipality
13    its   share   of   the  amount  apportioned  to  the  several
14    municipalities which shall be in proportion to the population
15    of such municipalities as determined by  the  last  preceding
16    municipal  census  if  conducted by the Federal Government or
17    Federal census. If territory is annexed to  any  municipality
18    subsequent  to  the  time  of  the  last preceding census the
19    corporate authorities of such municipality may cause a census
20    to be taken of such annexed territory and the  population  so
21    ascertained   for  such  territory  shall  be  added  to  the
22    population of the municipality  as  determined  by  the  last
23    preceding census for the purpose of determining the allotment
24    for that municipality.  If the population of any municipality
25    was  not  determined by the last Federal census preceding any
26    apportionment, the apportionment to such  municipality  shall
27    be  in accordance with any census taken by such municipality.
28    Any municipal census used in  accordance  with  this  Section
29    shall be certified to the Department of Transportation by the
30    clerk of such municipality, and the accuracy thereof shall be
31    subject  to  approval  of  the Department which may make such
32    corrections as it ascertains to be necessary.
33        As soon as may be after the first day of each  month  the
34    Department  of  Transportation shall allot to each county its
 
                            -376-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    share of the amount apportioned to the  several  counties  of
 2    the  State  as herein provided. Each allotment to the several
 3    counties having less than 1,000,000 inhabitants shall  be  in
 4    proportion  to  the  amount  of  motor  vehicle  license fees
 5    received from the residents of such  counties,  respectively,
 6    during  the  preceding  calendar year. The Secretary of State
 7    shall, on or before April 15 of each year,  transmit  to  the
 8    Department  of  Transportation  a  full  and  complete report
 9    showing the amount of motor  vehicle  license  fees  received
10    from  the  residents of each county, respectively, during the
11    preceding calendar year.  The  Department  of  Transportation
12    shall,  each  month, use for allotment purposes the last such
13    report received from the Secretary of State.
14        As soon as may be after the first day of each month,  the
15    Department  of  Transportation  shall  allot  to  the several
16    counties their share of the amount apportioned for the use of
17    road districts.  The allotment shall be apportioned among the
18    several counties in the State in  the  proportion  which  the
19    total mileage of township or district roads in the respective
20    counties  bears  to  the  total  mileage  of all township and
21    district roads in the State. Funds allotted to the respective
22    counties for the use  of  road  districts  therein  shall  be
23    allocated  to the several road districts in the county in the
24    proportion which  the  total  mileage  of  such  township  or
25    district  roads in the respective road districts bears to the
26    total mileage of all such township or district roads  in  the
27    county.   After  July  1  of any year, no allocation shall be
28    made for any road district unless it levied a  tax  for  road
29    and  bridge  purposes  in  an  amount  which will require the
30    extension of such tax against the  taxable  property  in  any
31    such  road district at a rate of not less than either .08% of
32    the value thereof, based upon the  assessment  for  the  year
33    immediately  prior  to  the year in which such tax was levied
34    and as equalized by the Department of Revenue or,  in  DuPage
 
                            -377-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    County,  an  amount equal to or greater than $12,000 per mile
 2    of  road  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  road   district,
 3    whichever is less.  If any road district has levied a special
 4    tax  for  road purposes pursuant to Sections 6-601, 6-602 and
 5    6-603 of the Illinois Highway Code, and such tax  was  levied
 6    in  an  amount which would require extension at a rate of not
 7    less than .08% of the value of the taxable property  thereof,
 8    as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue, or, in
 9    DuPage County, an amount equal to or greater than $12,000 per
10    mile  of  road  under  the jurisdiction of the road district,
11    whichever is less, such levy  shall,  however,  be  deemed  a
12    proper  compliance  with  this Section and shall qualify such
13    road district for an allotment  under  this  Section.   If  a
14    township  has  transferred  to the road and bridge fund money
15    which, when added to the amount of any tax levy of  the  road
16    district  would  be  the  equivalent  of a tax levy requiring
17    extension at a rate of at least .08%,  or, in DuPage  County,
18    an  amount  equal to or greater than $12,000 per mile of road
19    under the jurisdiction of the  road  district,  whichever  is
20    less,  such  transfer, together with any such tax levy, shall
21    be deemed a proper compliance with  this  Section  and  shall
22    qualify  the  road  district  for  an  allotment  under  this
23    Section.
24        In  counties in which a property tax extension limitation
25    is imposed under the Property Tax Extension  Limitation  Law,
26    road  districts  may retain their entitlement to a motor fuel
27    tax allotment if, at the  time  the  property  tax  extension
28    limitation  was imposed, the road district was levying a road
29    and bridge tax at a rate sufficient to entitle it to a  motor
30    fuel   tax  allotment  and  continues  to  levy  the  maximum
31    allowable amount after the imposition  of  the  property  tax
32    extension   limitation.    Any   road  district  may  in  all
33    circumstances retain its entitlement  to  a  motor  fuel  tax
34    allotment  if  it  levied  a road and bridge tax in an amount
 
                            -378-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    that will require  the  extension  of  the  tax  against  the
 2    taxable  property  in the road district at a rate of not less
 3    than 0.08% of the assessed value of the property, based  upon
 4    the assessment for the year immediately preceding the year in
 5    which  the  tax was levied and as equalized by the Department
 6    of Revenue or, in  DuPage  County,  an  amount  equal  to  or
 7    greater  than $12,000 per mile of road under the jurisdiction
 8    of the road district, whichever is less.
 9        As used in this Section the term  "road  district"  means
10    any  road  district,  including  a county unit road district,
11    provided for by the  Illinois  Highway  Code;  and  the  term
12    "township  or  district  road" means any road in the township
13    and district road system as defined in the  Illinois  Highway
14    Code.  For the purposes of this Section, "road district" also
15    includes   park  districts,  forest  preserve  districts  and
16    conservation  districts  organized  under  Illinois  law  and
17    "township or district road" also includes such roads  as  are
18    maintained  by  park districts, forest preserve districts and
19    conservation districts.   The  Department  of  Transportation
20    shall  determine  the  mileage  of  all township and district
21    roads for the purposes of making allotments  and  allocations
22    of motor fuel tax funds for use in road districts.
23        Payment  of  motor  fuel tax moneys to municipalities and
24    counties  shall  be  made  as  soon  as  possible  after  the
25    allotment is made.  The  treasurer  of  the  municipality  or
26    county may invest these funds until their use is required and
27    the  interest earned by these investments shall be limited to
28    the same uses as the principal funds.
29    (Source: P.A.  89-167,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-445,  eff.  2-7-96;
30    89-699,  eff.  1-16-97;  90-110,  eff.  7-14-97; 90-655, eff.
31    7-30-98; 90-659, eff. 1-1-99; 90-691,  eff.  1-1-99;  revised
32    9-16-98.)

33        Section  63.   The  Coin-Operated  Amusement  Device  and
 
                            -379-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Redemption  Machine  Tax Act is amended by changing Section 3
 2    as follows:

 3        (35 ILCS 510/3) (from Ch. 120, par. 481b.3)
 4        Sec. 3.  (1) All licenses herein provided  for  shall  be
 5    transferable  from  one  device  to  another device. Any such
 6    transfer from one device to another shall be reported to  the
 7    Department of Revenue on forms prescribed by such Department.
 8    All  licenses  issued  hereunder  shall  expire  on  July  31
 9    following issuance.
10        (2)  (Blank).
11    (Source: P.A. 86-905; revised 10-31-98.)

12        Section  64.   The  Mobile Home Local Services Tax Act is
13    amended by changing Section 7 as follows:

14        (35 ILCS 515/7) (from Ch. 120, par. 1207)
15        Sec. 7.  The local services  tax  for  owners  of  mobile
16    homes who (a) are actually residing in such mobile homes, (b)
17    hold  title  to such mobile home as provided in the "Illinois
18    Vehicle Code", approved September 29, 1969, as  amended,  and
19    (c)  are  65  years  of  age or older or are disabled persons
20    within the meaning of Section 3.14 of  the  "Senior  Citizens
21    and  Disabled  Persons Property Tax Relief and Pharmaceutical
22    Assistance Act" on the annual billing date shall  be  reduced
23    to  80  percent  of the tax provided for in Section 3 of this
24    Act.  Proof that a  claimant  has  been  issued  an  Illinois
25    Disabled Person Identification Card stating that the claimant
26    is  under  a Class 2 disability, as provided in Section 4A of
27    The Illinois Identification Card Act, shall constitute  proof
28    that the person thereon named is a disabled person within the
29    meaning of this Act.  An application for reduction of the tax
30    shall  be  filed with the county clerk by the individuals who
31    are entitled to the reduction. If the  application  is  filed
 
                            -380-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    after  May  1, the reduction in tax shall begin with the next
 2    annual bill.  Application for the reduction in tax  shall  be
 3    done  by  submitting proof that the applicant has been issued
 4    an Illinois Disabled Person Identification  Card  designating
 5    the  applicant's  disability  as  a Class 2 disability, or by
 6    affidavit in substantially the following form:
 7     APPLICATION FOR REDUCTION OF MOBILE HOME LOCAL SERVICES TAX
 8        I hereby make application for a reduction to 80%  of  the
 9    total  tax  imposed  under  "An  Act  to  provide for a local
10    services tax on mobile homes".
11        (1)  Senior Citizens
12        (a)  I actually reside in the mobile home ....
13        (b)  I hold title to the mobile home as provided  in  the
14    Illinois Vehicle Code ....
15        (c)  I  reached the age of 65 on or before either January
16    1 (or July 1) of the year in which this statement  is  filed.
17    My date of birth is: ...
18        (2)  Disabled Persons
19        (a)  I actually reside in the mobile home...
20        (b)  I  hold  title to the mobile home as provided in the
21    Illinois Vehicle Code ....
22        (c)  I was totally disabled  on  ...  and  have  remained
23    disabled  until  the  date  of  this  application.  My Social
24    Security,  Veterans,  Railroad   or   Civil   Service   Total
25    Disability  Claim  Number  is  ...   The undersigned declares
26    under the penalty of perjury that the  above  statements  are
27    true and correct.
28    Dated (insert date). ...., 19 ..
29                                      ...........................
30                                               Signature of owner
31                                      ...........................
32                                                        (Address)
33                                      ...........................
34                                           (City)  (State)  (Zip)
 
                            -381-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Approved by:
 2    .............................
 3    (Assessor)

 4    This  application  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  copy of the
 5    applicant's most recent application filed with  the  Illinois
 6    Department of Revenue under the "Senior Citizens and Disabled
 7    Persons  Property  Tax  Relief  and Pharmaceutical Assistance
 8    Act," approved July 17, 1972, as amended.
 9    (Source: P.A. 84-832; revised 10-20-98.)

10        Section 65.  The Public Utilities Revenue Act is  amended
11    by changing Section 2a.1 as follows:

12        (35 ILCS 620/2a.1) (from Ch. 120, par. 469a.1)
13        Sec.  2a.1.    Imposition  of tax on invested capital and
14    on distribution of electricity.
15        (a)  In addition to  the  tax  imposed  by  the  Illinois
16    Income  Tax  Act, there is hereby imposed upon every taxpayer
17    (other than an electric cooperative,  a  school  district  or
18    unit  of  local government as defined in Section 1 of Article
19    VII of the Illinois Constitution of 1970), an additional  tax
20    as follows:
21             (i)  For   the   first   500,000,000  kilowatt-hours
22        distributed by the taxpayer  in  this  State  during  the
23        taxable period, 0.031 cents per kilowatt-hour;
24             (ii)  For   the  next  1,000,000,000  kilowatt-hours
25        distributed by the taxpayer  in  this  State  during  the
26        taxable period, 0.050 cents per kilowatt-hour;
27             (iii)  For  the  next  2,500,000,000  kilowatt-hours
28        distributed  by  the  taxpayer  in  this State during the
29        taxable period, 0.070 cents per kilowatt-hour;
30             (iv)  For  the  next  4,000,000,000   kilowatt-hours
31        killowatt-hours distributed by the taxpayer in this State
32        during the taxable period, 0.140 cents per kilowatt-hour;
 
                            -382-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (v)  For   the   next  7,000,000,000  kilowatt-hours
 2        distributed by the taxpayer  in  this  State  during  the
 3        taxable period, 0.180 cents per kilowatt-hour;
 4             (vi)  For   the  next  3,000,000,000  kilowatt-hours
 5        killowatt-hours distributed by the taxpayer in this State
 6        during the taxable period, 0.142 cents per kilowatt-hour;
 7        and
 8             (vii)  For all  kilowatt-hours  distributed  by  the
 9        taxpayer  in  this  State  during  the  taxable period in
10        excess of 18,000,000,000 kilowatt-hours, 0.131 cents per
11        kilowatt-hour killowatt-hour.
12        (b)  There is imposed on electric cooperatives  that  are
13    required  to  file reports with the Rural Utilities Service a
14    tax equal to 0.8% of such cooperative's invested capital  for
15    the  taxable period. The invested capital tax imposed by this
16    subsection shall not be imposed on electric cooperatives  not
17    required to file reports with the Rural Utilities Service.
18        (c)  If,   for  any  taxable  period,  the  total  amount
19    received by the Department from the tax imposed by subsection
20    (a) exceeds $145,279,553 plus, for taxable periods subsequent
21    to 1998, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 5% or (ii)  the
22    percentage  increase  in  the Consumer Price Index during the
23    immediately preceding taxable period,  of  the  total  amount
24    received by the Department from the tax imposed by subsection
25    (a)  for the immediately preceding taxable period, determined
26    after  allowance  of  the  credit  provided   for   in   this
27    subsection,  the  Department  shall issue credit memoranda in
28    the aggregate amount of the excess to each of  the  taxpayers
29    who  paid  any  amount  of  tax under subsection (a) for that
30    taxable period in the proportion which the amount paid by the
31    taxpayer  bears  to  the  total  amount  paid  by  all   such
32    taxpayers. This calculation shall be made as of December 1 of
33    the  year  following the immediately preceding taxable period
34    and shall consist of only those returns with payment then  on
 
                            -383-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    file  with  the Department.  All future amendments to returns
 2    and monies covering this period received after December 1  of
 3    the year following the taxable period will not be included in
 4    the  calculation  of the affected taxable period or any other
 5    taxable period. The provisions of  this  subsection  are  not
 6    subject  to the Uniform Penalty and Interest Act.  Any credit
 7    memorandum issued to a taxpayer under this subsection may  be
 8    used  as  a  credit  by the taxpayer against its liability in
 9    future taxable periods for  tax  under  subsection  (a).  Any
10    amount  credited  to  a taxpayer shall not be refunded to the
11    taxpayer unless the taxpayer demonstrates to  the  reasonable
12    satisfaction  of the Department that it will not incur future
13    liability for tax under subsection (a).  The Department shall
14    adopt reasonable regulations for the  implementation  of  the
15    provisions of this subsection.
16    (Source:  P.A.  90-561,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-624, eff. 7-10-98;
17    revised 10-28-98.)

18        Section 66.  The Electricity Excise Tax Law is amended by
19    changing Section 2-11 as follows:

20        (35 ILCS 640/2-11)
21        Sec. 2-11.  Direct return and payment  by  self-assessing
22    purchaser.   When  electricity  is  used  or  consumed  by  a
23    self-assessing  purchaser  subject to the tax imposed by this
24    Law who  did  not  pay  the  tax  to  a  delivering  supplier
25    maintaining  a  place  of  business  within  this  State  and
26    required   or   authorized   to   collect   the   tax,   that
27    self-assessing  purchaser shall, on or before the 15th day of
28    each month, make a return to the Department for the preceding
29    calendar month, stating all of the following:
30             (1)  The   self-assessing   purchaser's   name   and
31        principal address.
32             (2)  The  aggregate  purchase  price  paid  by   the
 
                            -384-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        self-assessing  purchaser  for  the distribution, supply,
 2        furnishing,  sale,  transmission  and  delivery  of  such
 3        electricity to or for the purchaser during the  preceding
 4        calendar   month,   including   budget   plan  and  other
 5        purchaser-owned amounts  applied  during  such  month  in
 6        payment  of charges includible in the purchase price, and
 7        upon the basis of which the tax is imposed.
 8             (3)  Amount of tax, computed upon item  (2)  at  the
 9        rate stated in Section 2-4.
10             (4)  Such   other   information  as  the  Department
11        reasonably may require.
12        In making such return the  self-assessing  purchaser  may
13    use  any  reasonable  method  to  derive reportable "purchase
14    price" from the self-assessing purchaser's  records.
15        If   the   average   monthly   tax   liability   of   the
16    self-assessing purchaser to the Department  does  not  exceed
17    $2,500,  the  Department  may  authorize  the  self-assessing
18    purchaser's  returns  to  be filed on a quarter-annual basis,
19    with the return for January, February and March  of  a  given
20    year  being due by April 30 of such year; with the return for
21    April, May and June of a given year being due by July  31  of
22    such year; with the return for July, August, and September of
23    a  given  year being due by October 31 of such year; and with
24    the return for October, November and December of a given year
25    being due by January 31 of the following year.
26        If   the   average   monthly   tax   liability   of   the
27    self-assessing purchaser to the Department  does  not  exceed
28    $1,000,  the  Department  may  authorize  the  self-assessing
29    purchaser's  returns to be filed on an annual basis, with the
30    return for a given year  being  due  by  January  31  of  the
31    following year.
32        Such  quarter-annual  and  annual returns, as to form and
33    substance, shall be  subject  to  the  same  requirements  as
34    monthly returns.
 
                            -385-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Notwithstanding   any   other   provision   in  this  Law
 2    concerning the time within which a  self-assessing  purchaser
 3    may  file  a  return,  any  such self-assessing purchaser who
 4    ceases to be responsible for filing returns  under  this  Law
 5    shall  file a final return under this Law with the Department
 6    not more than one month thereafter.
 7        Each  self-assessing  purchaser  whose  average   monthly
 8    liability  to  the  Department  pursuant  to this Section was
 9    $10,000 or more during the preceding calendar year, excluding
10    the month of  highest  liability  and  the  month  of  lowest
11    liability  during  such  calendar  year,  and  which  is  not
12    operated  by a unit of local government, shall make estimated
13    payments to the Department on or before the 7th,  15th,  22nd
14    and  last  day of the month during which tax liability to the
15    Department is incurred in an amount not less than  the  lower
16    of either 22.5% of such self-assessing purchaser's actual tax
17    liability  for  the  month  or  25%  of  such  self-assessing
18    purchaser's  actual tax liability for the same calendar month
19    of the preceding year.  The amount  of  such  quarter-monthly
20    payments shall be credited against the final tax liability of
21    the  self-assessing  purchaser's  return  for that month.  An
22    outstanding credit approved by the  Department  or  a  credit
23    memorandum   issued   by  the  Department  arising  from  the
24    self-assessing purchaser's overpayment of the  self-assessing
25    purchaser's  final tax liability for any month may be applied
26    to  reduce  the  amount  of  any  subsequent  quarter-monthly
27    payment or credited against the final tax liability  of  such
28    self-assessing  purchaser's  return for any subsequent month.
29    If any quarter-monthly payment is not paid at the time or  in
30    the  amount  required  by  this Section, such person shall be
31    liable for penalty and interest on the difference between the
32    minimum amount due as  a  payment  and  the  amount  of  such
33    payment  actually  and  timely  paid,  except insofar as such
34    person has previously made payments for  that  month  to  the
 
                            -386-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Department in excess of the minimum payments previously due.
 2        If  the  Director finds that the information required for
 3    the  making  of  an  accurate  return  cannot  reasonably  be
 4    compiled by a self-assessing purchaser within 15  days  after
 5    the  close  of the calendar month for which a return is to be
 6    made, the Director may grant an extension  of  time  for  the
 7    filing  of  such  return  for  a  period  of not to exceed 31
 8    calendar days.  The granting of  such  an  extension  may  be
 9    conditioned upon the deposit by such self-assessing purchaser
10    with  the  Department of an amount of money not exceeding the
11    amount estimated by the Director to be due with the return so
12    extended.  All such deposits shall be credited  against  such
13    self-assessing  purchaser's  liabilities  under this Law.  If
14    the deposit exceeds such self-assessing  purchaser's  present
15    and   probable   future   liabilities  under  this  Law,  the
16    Department shall issue to  such  self-assessing  purchaser  a
17    credit   memorandum,   which   may   be   assigned   by  such
18    self-assessing purchaser to a similar person under this  Law,
19    in  accordance  with  reasonable  rules and regulations to be
20    prescribed by the Department.
21        The self-assessing purchaser making the  return  provided
22    for in this Section shall, at the time of making such return,
23    pay to the Department the amount of tax imposed by this Law.
24        A self-assessing purchaser who has an average monthly tax
25    liability   of  $10,000  or  more  shall  make  all  payments
26    required by rules  of  the  Department  by  electronic  funds
27    transfer.  The term "average monthly tax liability" shall be
28    the  sum  of the self-assessing purchaser's liabilities under
29    this Law for the immediately preceding calendar year divided
30    by 12.  Any self-assessing purchaser  not  required  to  make
31    payments  by  electronic  funds transfer may make payments by
32    electronic  funds  transfer  with  the  permission   of   the
33    Department.   All  self-assessing purchasers required to make
34    payments by electronic funds transfer and any self-assessing
 
                            -387-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    purchasers  authorized  to  voluntarily  make   payments   by
 2    electronic  funds  transfer  shall make those payments in the
 3    manner authorized by the Department.
 4        Each month the  Department  shall  pay  into  the  Public
 5    Utility  Fund  in  the State treasury an amount determined by
 6    the Director to be equal to 3.0% of the funds received by the
 7    Department pursuant to this Section.  The  remainder  of  all
 8    moneys received by the Department under this Section shall be
 9    paid into the General Revenue Fund in the State treasury.
10    (Source: P.A. 90-561, eff. 8-1-98; revised 10-31-98.)

11        Section  67.   The  Illinois  Pension  Code is amended by
12    changing Sections  5-167.2,  7-123,  7-132.1,  7-142,  8-114,
13    8-115,  8-117,  14-110,  14-120,  15-102,  15-113.6,  17-123,
14    17-127.2, and 18-112.2 as follows:

15        (40 ILCS 5/5-167.2) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 5-167.2)
16        Sec.  5-167.2.  Retirement  before  September 1, 1967.  A
17    retired policeman, qualifying  for  minimum  annuity  or  who
18    retired from service with 20 or more years of service, before
19    September  1,  1967,  shall, in January of the year following
20    the year he attains the age of 65, or in January of the  year
21    1970,  if then more than 65 years of age, have his then fixed
22    and payable monthly annuity increased by an amount  equal  to
23    2%  of  the  original  grant  of  annuity,  for each year the
24    policeman was in receipt of annuity payments after  the  year
25    in  which  he  attains,  or  did  attain  the  age of 63.  An
26    additional  2%  increase  in  such  then  fixed  and  payable
27    original  granted  annuity  shall  accrue  in  each   January
28    thereafter.    Beginning  January  1,  1986, the rate of such
29    increase shall be 3% instead of 2%.
30        The provisions of the preceding paragraph of this Section
31    apply only to a retired policeman eligible for such increases
32    in his annuity who contributes to the Fund a sum equal to  $5
 
                            -388-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    for each full year of credited service upon which his annuity
 2    was computed.  All such sums contributed shall be placed in a
 3    Supplementary  Payment  Reserve  and  shall  be  used for the
 4    purposes of such Fund account.
 5        Beginning with the monthly annuity payment due  in  July,
 6    1982,  the  fixed and granted monthly annuity payment for any
 7    policeman who retired from the service, before  September  1,
 8    1976,  at age 50 or over with 20 or more years of service and
 9    entitled to an annuity on January 1, 1974, shall be not  less
10    than $400.  It is the intent of the General Assembly that the
11    change  made  in  this Section by this amendatory Act of 1982
12    shall apply retroactively to July 1, 1982.
13        Beginning with the monthly annuity payment due on January
14    1, 1986, the fixed and granted monthly  annuity  payment  for
15    any  policeman who retired from the service before January 1,
16    1986, at age 50 or over with 20 or more years of service,  or
17    any  policeman who retired from service due to termination of
18    disability and who is entitled to an annuity  on  January  1,
19    1986, shall be not less than $475.
20        Beginning with the monthly annuity payment due on January
21    1,  1992,  the  fixed and granted monthly annuity payment for
22    any policeman who retired from the service before January  1,
23    1992, at age 50 or over with 20 or more years of service, and
24    for any policeman who retired from service due to termination
25    of disability and who is entitled to an annuity on January 1,
26    1992, shall be not less than $650.
27        Beginning with the monthly annuity payment due on January
28    1,  1993,  the  fixed and granted monthly annuity payment for
29    any policeman who retired from the service before January  1,
30    1993, at age 50 or over with 20 or more years of service, and
31    for any policeman who retired from service due to termination
32    of disability and who is entitled to an annuity on January 1,
33    1993, shall be not less than $750.
34        Beginning with the monthly annuity payment due on January
 
                            -389-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    1,  1994,  the  fixed and granted monthly annuity payment for
 2    any policeman who retired from the service before January  1,
 3    1994, at age 50 or over with 20 or more years of service, and
 4    for any policeman who retired from service due to termination
 5    of disability and who is entitled to an annuity on January 1,
 6    1994, shall be not less than $850.
 7        The  difference  in amount between the original fixed and
 8    granted monthly annuity of any such policeman on the date  of
 9    his  retirement  from  the  service  and  the monthly annuity
10    provided for in the immediately preceding paragraph shall  be
11    paid  as  a  supplement  in  the  manner  set  forth  in  the
12    immediately following paragraph.
13        To  defray  the annual cost of the increases indicated in
14    the preceding part of   this  Section,  the  annual  interest
15    income accruing from investments held by this Fund, exclusive
16    of gains or losses on sales or exchanges of assets during the
17    year,  over  and  above 4% a year shall be used to the extent
18    necessary and available to finance the cost of such increases
19    for the following year and such amount shall  be  transferred
20    as  of the end of each year beginning with the year 1969 to a
21    Fund account designated as the Supplementary Payment  Reserve
22    from the Interest and Investment Reserve set forth in Section
23    5-207 5-167.2.
24        In  the  event  the  funds  in  the Supplementary Payment
25    Reserve in any year arising from:  (1)  the  interest  income
26    accruing  in  the preceding  year above 4% a year and (2) the
27    contributions by retired persons are insufficient to make the
28    total  payments  to  all  persons  entitled  to  the  annuity
29    specified in this Section and (3) any interest earnings  over
30    4%  a  year  beginning  with  the  year  1969  which were not
31    previously used to finance  such  increases  and  which  were
32    transferred to the Prior Service Annuity Reserve, may be used
33    to  the  extent necessary and available to provide sufficient
34    funds to finance such increases for the current year and such
 
                            -390-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    sums shall be transferred  from  the  Prior  Service  Annuity
 2    Reserve.   In  the  event  the  total  money available in the
 3    Supplementary  Payment  Reserve   from   such   sources   are
 4    insufficient  to  make  the  total  payments  to  all persons
 5    entitled to such increases  for  the  year,  a  proportionate
 6    amount  computed  as  the ratio of the money available to the
 7    total of the total payments specified for that year shall  be
 8    paid to each person for that year.
 9        The  Fund  shall  be  obligated  for  the  payment of the
10    increases in  annuity as provided for in this Section only to
11    the extent that the assets for such purpose are available.
12    (Source: P.A. 87-849; 87-1265; revised 10-31-98.)

13        (40 ILCS 5/7-123) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 7-123)
14        Sec. 7-123. Effective rate of interest.  "Effective  rate
15    of  interest":  The interest rate determined by the Board for
16    any calendar year  which  shall  distribute,  to  the  extent
17    reasonably  determinable prior to the year for which the rate
18    is applicable, the current earnings (excluding capital gains)
19    on assets of the fund to reserves as provided by Section Sec.
20     7-209, after due  allowance  is  made  for  special  reserve
21    requirements under Section Sec. 7-208.
22    (Source: Laws 1965, p. 1086; revised 10-31-98.)

23        (40 ILCS 5/7-132.1) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 7-132.1)
24        Sec.  7-132.1.  Towns  -  Election  to  participate.  For
25    purposes of this Article, a town which is not a participating
26    municipality on the effective date  of  this  Act,  shall  be
27    considered  to  include  the town itself and all other bodies
28    politic heretofor or hereafter established by or  subject  to
29    the  direct  or indirect control of the town electors.  As so
30    defined, a town may participate in the Fund, on the first day
31    of January after the year  in  which  a  valid  participation
32    participating  ordinance,  adopted  by the town electors, has
 
                            -391-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    been filed with the Board.  The  following  procedures  shall
 2    govern  adoption  of  a  participation  ordinance by the town
 3    electors:
 4             (a)  A resolution, adopted by the town  electors  at
 5        an   annual   town  meeting,  shall  authorize  the  town
 6        supervisor to file with the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the
 7        Fund,  an  application  for the town as herein defined to
 8        participate, to supply such data as is requested  by  the
 9        Board,  and  to reimburse the Board for expenses incurred
10        in securing an actuarial evaluation  of  the  effects  of
11        participation by the applicant on the financial condition
12        of  the  Fund and to postpone consideration of the matter
13        of election to participate to a special town meeting.
14             (b)  If the Board finds that the town  has  adequate
15        resources  for payment of municipal obligations, and that
16        the actuarial soundness of the fund will not be  impaired
17        by participation of the town, the Board shall approve the
18        application and report its action to the town. The report
19        shall  include  the cost to the town of participation and
20        the initial municipality contribution rate.
21             (c)  Upon receipt of an  approved  application,  the
22        Board  of Town trustees shall call a special town meeting
23        to be held at a date not earlier than 30 days  after  the
24        notice of such called meeting is published. The notice of
25        call  of  the  meeting  shall state the purpose and shall
26        include the Board's report of costs of participation  and
27        the initial municipality contribution rate.
28             (d)  An   ordinance  to  elect  participation  shall
29        specifically provide that it  includes  participation  by
30        all  bodies  politic,  heretofor,  or  hereafter created,
31        included in the town for purposes of  this  Article.   If
32        such ordinance is adopted, the Town Clerk shall forthwith
33        forward a certified copy thereof to the Fund.
34        Upon  the  filing  of  the  ordinance, for the purpose of
 
                            -392-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    providing benefits to their employees  and  their  survivors,
 2    the  town  and  the other bodies politic, whether or not they
 3    were participating municipalities, shall  be  considered  and
 4    deemed to be a single municipality.  It is declared to be the
 5    policy of the State, that since the town and the other bodies
 6    politic  serve  the  same  geographical  area,  that  for the
 7    purposes of this Article they are properly  designated  as  a
 8    single municipality.
 9        No  town  may elect to participate in this Fund except as
10    provided in this Section.  In any town which has not  elected
11    to participate in the Fund on the effective date of this Act,
12    no  body  politic established by or subject to the control of
13    the town electors may  elect  to  participate  in  the  Fund,
14    except as a part of the town as provided in this Section.
15    (Source: P.A. 82-783; revised 3-2-98.)

16        (40 ILCS 5/7-142) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 7-142)
17        Sec. 7-142.  Retirement annuities - Amount.
18        (a)  The  amount of a retirement annuity shall be the sum
19    of the following, determined in accordance with the actuarial
20    tables in effect at the time of the grant of the annuity:
21             1.  For employees with 8 or more years  of  service,
22        an  annuity  computed pursuant to subparagraphs a or b of
23        this subparagraph 1, whichever is  the  higher,  and  for
24        employees  with  less than 8 years of service the annuity
25        computed pursuant to subparagraph a:
26                  a.  The monthly annuity which can  be  provided
27             from  the total accumulated normal, municipality and
28             prior service credits, as of the attained age of the
29             employee on the date  the  annuity  begins  provided
30             that  such annuity shall not exceed 75% of the final
31             rate of earnings of the employee.
32                  b.  (i) The monthly annuity  amount  determined
33             as  follows by multiplying (a) 1 2/3% for annuitants
 
                            -393-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             with not more than 15 years or (b) 1  2/3%  for  the
 2             first  15 years and 2% for each year in excess of 15
 3             years for annuitants with more than 15 years by  the
 4             number of years plus fractional years, prorated on a
 5             basis  of months, of creditable service and multiply
 6             the product thereof by the employee's final rate  of
 7             earnings.
 8                  (ii)  For  the  sole  purpose  of computing the
 9             formula (and not for the purposes of the limitations
10             hereinafter stated) $125  shall  be  considered  the
11             final  rate of earnings in all cases where the final
12             rate of earnings is less than such amount.
13                  (iii)  The   monthly   annuity   computed    in
14             accordance  with  this  subparagraph  b,  shall  not
15             exceed  an  amount equal to 75% of the final rate of
16             earnings.
17                  (iv)  For employees who who have less  than  35
18             years of service, the annuity computed in accordance
19             with  this subparagraph b (as reduced by application
20             of subparagraph (iii) above)  shall  be  reduced  by
21             0.25% thereof (0.5% if service was terminated before
22             January  1, 1988) for each month or fraction thereof
23             (1) that the employee's age is less than  60  years,
24             or  (2)  if  the  employee  has at least 30 years of
25             service credit, that the employee's  service  credit
26             is  less  than  35  years, whichever is less, on the
27             date the annuity begins.
28             2.  The annuity which can be provided from the total
29        accumulated additional credits as of the attained age  of
30        the employee on the date the annuity begins.
31        (b)  If  payment  of  an  annuity  begins  prior  to  the
32    earliest  age  at which the employee will become eligible for
33    an  old  age  insurance  benefit  under  the  Federal  Social
34    Security Act, he may elect that  the  annuity  payments  from
 
                            -394-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    this fund shall exceed those payable after his attaining such
 2    age  by  an  amount,  computed  as determined by rules of the
 3    Board, but not in excess of  his  estimated  Social  Security
 4    Benefit,  determined as of the effective date of the annuity,
 5    provided that in no case shall  the  total  annuity  payments
 6    made by this fund exceed in actuarial value the annuity which
 7    would have been payable had no such election been made.
 8        (c)  The  retirement annuity shall be increased each year
 9    by 2%, not compounded, of  the  monthly  amount  of  annuity,
10    taking  into consideration any adjustment under paragraph (b)
11    of this  Section.  This  increase  shall  be  effective  each
12    January  1  and  computed  from  the  effective  date  of the
13    retirement annuity, the first increase  being  .167%  of  the
14    monthly  amount times the number of months from the effective
15    date to January 1. Beginning January 1, 1984 and  thereafter,
16    the  retirement  annuity  shall be increased by 3% each year,
17    not compounded. This increase  shall  not  be  applicable  to
18    annuitants  who  are  not in service on or after September 8,
19    1971.
20    (Source: P.A. 87-850; revised 10-31-98.)

21        (40 ILCS 5/8-114) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 8-114)
22        Sec. 8-114. Present employee.  "Present employee":
23        (a)  Any employee of an employer, or the  board,  on  the
24    day before the effective date.;
25        (b)  Any  person  who becomes an employee of the Board of
26    Education on the day before the effective  date  and  who  on
27    June  30,  1923,  was  a contributor to any municipal pension
28    fund in operation in the city on that date under  the  Public
29    School  Employees'  Pension  Act  of  1903. Any such employee
30    shall be considered a municipal employee  during  the  entire
31    time he has been in the service of the employer.
32        (c)  Any  person who becomes an employee of the municipal
33    court or law department or Board of Election Commissioners on
 
                            -395-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the day before the effective date, and who  on  December  31,
 2    1959,  was  a participant in either of the funds in operation
 3    in the city on December 31, 1959, created under the Court and
 4    Law  Department  Employees'  Annuity  Act  or  the  Board  of
 5    Election  Commissioners  Employees'  Annuity  Act.  Any  such
 6    employee shall be considered a municipal employee during  the
 7    entire time he has been in the service of the municipal court
 8    or law department or Board of Election Commissioners.
 9        (d)  Any  person  who  becomes  a  employee of the Public
10    Library on the day before the  effective  date,  and  who  on
11    December  31,  1965  was a contributor and participant in the
12    fund created under the Public Library Employes' Pension  Act,
13    in  operation  in  the  city  on  December 31, 1965. Any such
14    employee shall be considered a municipal employee during  the
15    entire time he has been in the service of the Public Library.
16    (Source: Laws 1965, p. 2300; revised 10-31-98.)

17        (40 ILCS 5/8-115) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 8-115)
18        Sec. 8-115.  Future entrant.  "Future entrant":
19        (a)  Any  employee  of  an  employer  or  of  the  board,
20    employed for the first time on or after the effective date.;
21        (b)  Any  person  who becomes an employee of the Board of
22    Education for the first time on or after the effective  date,
23    and  who was a contributor on June 30, 1923, to any municipal
24    pension fund then in operation in the city under  the  Public
25    School  Employees'  Pension  Act  of  1903. Any such employee
26    shall be considered a municipal employee  during  the  entire
27    time he has been in the service of the Board of Education.
28        (c)  Any  person  who  becomes an employee of a municipal
29    court or law department or Board  of  Election  Commissioners
30    for  the  first  time on or after the effective date, and who
31    was a participant on December 31,  1959,  in  either  of  the
32    funds  in operation in the city on December 31, 1959, created
33    under the Court and Law Department Employees' Annuity Act  or
 
                            -396-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the  Board  of Election Commissioners Employees' Annuity Act.
 2    Any such employee shall be considered  a  municipal  employee
 3    during  the  entire  time  he  has been in the service of the
 4    municipal  court,  law  department,  or  Board  of   Election
 5    Commissioners.
 6        (d)  Any  person  who  becomes  an employee of the Public
 7    Library or  a  participant  and  contributor  to  the  Public
 8    Library  Employees'  Pension  Fund  for  the first time on or
 9    after the effective date,  and  who  was  a  contributor  and
10    participant  on  December 31, 1965 in such fund created under
11    the Public Library Employees' Pension Act in operation in the
12    city  on  December  31,  1965.  Any  such  person  shall   be
13    considered a municipal employee during the entire time he has
14    been  in  the  service  of  the  Public Library or during the
15    entire time for which he was covered, as an employee, in  the
16    fund created under the aforesaid Act.
17        (e)  Any  person  who becomes an employee of the house of
18    correction or a participant and contributor to the  House  of
19    Correction  Employees'  Pension Fund for the first time on or
20    after the effective date,  and  who  was  a  contributor  and
21    participant  on  December 31, 1968 in such fund created under
22    the House of Correction Employees' Pension Act  in  operation
23    in  the  City  on December 31, 1968. Any such person shall be
24    considered a municipal employee during the entire time he has
25    been in the service of the House of Correction.
26    (Source: Laws 1968, p. 181; revised 10-31-98.)

27        (40 ILCS 5/8-117) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 8-117)
28        Sec. 8-117.   Salary.   "Salary":  Annual  salary  of  an
29    employee as follows:
30        (a)  Beginning on the effective date and prior to July 1,
31    1947, $3,000; and beginning on July 1, 1947 and prior to July
32    1,  1953,  $4,800; and beginning on July 1, 1953 and prior to
33    July 1, 1957, $6,000 shall be the maximum  amount  of  annual
 
                            -397-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    salary  of  any  employee  which  shall be considered for any
 2    purpose hereunder.
 3        (b)  If appropriated, fixed  or  arranged  on  an  annual
 4    basis,  beginning July 1, 1957, the actual sum payable during
 5    the year if the employee worked the full normal working  time
 6    in  his  position,  at the rate of compensation, exclusive of
 7    overtime and final vacation, appropriated or fixed as  salary
 8    or wages for service in the position.
 9        (c)  If  appropriated, fixed or arranged on other than an
10    annual  basis,  beginning  July  1,  1957,   the   applicable
11    schedules specified in Sections 8-233 and 8-235 shall be used
12    for conversion of the salary to an annual basis.:
13        (d)  Beginning  July  13,  1941,  if  the  city  provides
14    lodging  for  an employee without charge, his salary shall be
15    considered to be $120 a year more than the amount payable  as
16    salary for the year; the salary of an employee for whom daily
17    meals  are  provided  without  charge  by  the  city shall be
18    considered to be $120 a year more than the amount payable  as
19    his  salary  for  the  year,  for  each  such daily meal, not
20    exceeding three per day.
21        (e)  Beginning September 19, 1981, the salary of a person
22    who was or is an employee of a Board of Education on or after
23    that date shall include the amount of employee contributions,
24    if any, picked up by the employer  for  that  employee  under
25    Section 8-174.1.
26    (Source: P.A. 85-964; revised 10-31-98.)

27        (40 ILCS 5/14-110) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 14-110)
28        Sec. 14-110.  Alternative retirement annuity.
29        (a)  Any  member  who has withdrawn from service with not
30    less than 20 years of eligible  creditable  service  and  has
31    attained  age  55,  and  any  member  who  has withdrawn from
32    service with not less than 25 years  of  eligible  creditable
33    service  and  has  attained age 50, regardless of whether the
 
                            -398-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    attainment of either of the specified ages occurs  while  the
 2    member  is  still in service, shall be entitled to receive at
 3    the option of the member, in lieu of the regular  or  minimum
 4    retirement   annuity,   a  retirement   annuity  computed  as
 5    follows:
 6             (i)  for  periods  of  service   as   a   noncovered
 7        employee,  2  1/4% of final average compensation for each
 8        of the first 10 years of creditable service, 2  1/2%  for
 9        each  year  above  10  years to and including 20 years of
10        creditable  service,  and  2  3/4%  for  each   year   of
11        creditable service above 20 years; and
12             (ii)  for  periods of eligible creditable service as
13        a covered employee, 1.67% of final  average  compensation
14        for each of the first 10 years of such service, 1.90% for
15        each of the next 10 years of such service, 2.10% for each
16        year  of  such  service in excess of 20 but not exceeding
17        30, and 2.30% for each year in excess of 30.
18        Such annuity shall be subject to  a  maximum  of  75%  of
19    final   average  compensation.   These  rates  shall  not  be
20    applicable to any service performed by a member as a  covered
21    employee  which  is not eligible creditable service.  Service
22    as a  covered  employee  which  is  not  eligible  creditable
23    service  shall  be  subject  to  the  rates and provisions of
24    Section 14-108.
25        (b)  For  the  purpose   of   this   Section,   "eligible
26    creditable  service"  means creditable service resulting from
27    service in one or more of the following positions:
28             (1)  State policeman;
29             (2)  fire fighter in the fire protection service  of
30        a department;
31             (3)  air pilot;
32             (4)  special agent;
33             (5)  investigator for the Secretary of State;
34             (6)  conservation police officer;
 
                            -399-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (7)  investigator for the Department of Revenue;
 2             (8)  security  employee  of  the Department of Human
 3        Services;
 4             (9)  Central  Management  Services  security  police
 5        officer;
 6             (10)  security  employee  of   the   Department   of
 7        Corrections;
 8             (11)  dangerous drugs investigator;
 9             (12)  investigator   for  the  Department  of  State
10        Police;
11             (13)  investigator for the Office  of  the  Attorney
12        General;
13             (14)  controlled substance inspector;
14             (15)  investigator  for  the  Office  of the State's
15        Attorneys Appellate Prosecutor;
16             (16)  Commerce Commission police officer;
17             (17)  arson investigator.
18        A person employed in one of the  positions  specified  in
19    this  subsection  is  entitled to eligible creditable service
20    for service credit earned under this Article while undergoing
21    the basic police training course  approved  by  the  Illinois
22    Local   Governmental   Law   Enforcement   Officers  Training
23    Standards Board, if completion of that training  is  required
24    of  persons  serving  in  that position.  For the purposes of
25    this Code, service during the required basic police  training
26    course  shall  be  deemed  performance  of  the duties of the
27    specified position, even though the person  is  not  a  sworn
28    peace officer at the time of the training.
29        (c)  For the purposes of this Section:
30             (1)  The  term  "state policeman" includes any title
31        or position in the Department of  State  Police  that  is
32        held  by  an  individual  employed under the State Police
33        Act.
34             (2)  The term "fire fighter in the  fire  protection
 
                            -400-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        service  of  a  department" includes all officers in such
 2        fire  protection  service  including  fire   chiefs   and
 3        assistant fire chiefs.
 4             (3)  The  term  "air  pilot"  includes  any employee
 5        whose official job description on file in the  Department
 6        of  Central  Management Services, or in the department by
 7        which he is employed if that department is not covered by
 8        the Personnel Code, states that his principal duty is the
 9        operation  of  aircraft,  and  who  possesses  a  pilot's
10        license; however, the change in this definition  made  by
11        this  amendatory Act of 1983 shall not operate to exclude
12        any noncovered employee who was an "air  pilot"  for  the
13        purposes of this Section on January 1, 1984.
14             (4)  The  term  "special agent" means any person who
15        by reason of  employment  by  the  Division  of  Narcotic
16        Control,  the  Bureau  of Investigation or, after July 1,
17        1977,  the  Division  of  Criminal   Investigation,   the
18        Division  of Internal Investigation or any other Division
19        or organizational  entity  in  the  Department  of  State
20        Police  is  vested  by law with duties to maintain public
21        order, investigate violations of the criminal law of this
22        State, enforce the laws of this State, make  arrests  and
23        recover  property.  The term "special agent" includes any
24        title or position in the Department of State Police  that
25        is  held by an individual employed under the State Police
26        Act.
27             (5)  The term "investigator  for  the  Secretary  of
28        State"  means  any  person  employed by the Office of the
29        Secretary of State and  vested  with  such  investigative
30        duties  as  render  him ineligible for coverage under the
31        Social Security Act by reason of  Sections  218(d)(5)(A),
32        218(d)(8)(D) and 218(l)(1) of that Act.
33             A  person who became employed as an investigator for
34        the Secretary  of  State  between  January  1,  1967  and
 
                            -401-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        December  31,  1975,  and  who  has  served as such until
 2        attainment of age  60,  either  continuously  or  with  a
 3        single  break  in  service  of  not  more  than  3  years
 4        duration,  which break terminated before January 1, 1976,
 5        shall  be  entitled  to  have  his   retirement   annuity
 6        calculated     in   accordance   with   subsection   (a),
 7        notwithstanding that he has less than 20 years of  credit
 8        for such service.
 9             (6)  The  term  "Conservation  Police Officer" means
10        any person employed by the Division of Law Enforcement of
11        the Department of Natural Resources and vested with  such
12        law  enforcement  duties  as  render  him  ineligible for
13        coverage under the  Social  Security  Act  by  reason  of
14        Sections  218(d)(5)(A),  218(d)(8)(D),  and  218(l)(1) of
15        that  Act.   The  term  "Conservation   Police   Officer"
16        includes  the  positions  of  Chief  Conservation  Police
17        Administrator    and    Assistant   Conservation   Police
18        Administrator.
19             (7)  The term "investigator for  the  Department  of
20        Revenue"  means  any person employed by the Department of
21        Revenue and vested  with  such  investigative  duties  as
22        render  him  ineligible  for  coverage  under  the Social
23        Security  Act  by  reason   of   Sections   218(d)(5)(A),
24        218(d)(8)(D) and 218(l)(1) of that Act.
25             (8)  The  term  "security employee of the Department
26        of Human Services"  means  any  person  employed  by  the
27        Department  of  Human  Services  who  is  employed at the
28        Chester Mental Health Center and has daily  contact  with
29        the  residents  thereof, or who is a mental health police
30        officer.  "Mental health police officer" means any person
31        employed  by  the  Department  of  Human  Services  in  a
32        position pertaining to the Department's mental health and
33        developmental disabilities functions who is  vested  with
34        such   law   enforcement  duties  as  render  the  person
 
                            -402-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        ineligible for coverage under the Social Security Act  by
 2        reason   of   Sections   218(d)(5)(A),  218(d)(8)(D)  and
 3        218(l)(1) of that Act.
 4             (9)  "Central Management  Services  security  police
 5        officer"  means  any person employed by the Department of
 6        Central Management Services who is vested with  such  law
 7        enforcement  duties as render him ineligible for coverage
 8        under the Social  Security  Act  by  reason  of  Sections
 9        218(d)(5)(A), 218(d)(8)(D) and 218(l)(1) of that Act.
10             (10)  The  term "security employee of the Department
11        of Corrections" means any employee of the  Department  of
12        Corrections  or  the  former Department of Personnel, and
13        any member or employee of the Prisoner Review Board,  who
14        has  daily  contact  with  inmates  by  working  within a
15        correctional facility or who is a parole  officer  or  an
16        employee who has direct contact with committed persons in
17        the performance of his or her job duties.
18             (11)  The  term "dangerous drugs investigator" means
19        any person who is employed as such by the  Department  of
20        Human Services.
21             (12)  The  term  "investigator for the Department of
22        State Police" means a person employed by  the  Department
23        of  State  Police  who  is  vested under Section 4 of the
24        Narcotic Control Division Abolition  Act  with  such  law
25        enforcement  powers as render him ineligible for coverage
26        under the Social  Security  Act  by  reason  of  Sections
27        218(d)(5)(A), 218(d)(8)(D) and 218(l)(1) of that Act.
28             (13)  "Investigator  for  the Office of the Attorney
29        General" means any person who is employed as such by  the
30        Office  of  the  Attorney General and is vested with such
31        investigative  duties  as  render  him   ineligible   for
32        coverage  under  the  Social  Security  Act  by reason of
33        Sections 218(d)(5)(A), 218(d)(8)(D) and 218(l)(1) of that
34        Act.  For the period before January  1,  1989,  the  term
 
                            -403-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        includes  all  persons who were employed as investigators
 2        by the Office of the Attorney General, without regard  to
 3        social security status.
 4             (14)  "Controlled  substance  inspector"  means  any
 5        person  who  is  employed  as  such  by the Department of
 6        Professional Regulation  and  is  vested  with  such  law
 7        enforcement  duties as render him ineligible for coverage
 8        under the Social  Security  Act  by  reason  of  Sections
 9        218(d)(5)(A),  218(d)(8)(D)  and  218(l)(1)  of that Act.
10        The term "controlled substance  inspector"  includes  the
11        Program   Executive  of  Enforcement  and  the  Assistant
12        Program Executive of Enforcement.
13             (15)  The term "investigator for the Office  of  the
14        State's  Attorneys  Appellate  Prosecutor" means a person
15        employed in that capacity on a full time basis under  the
16        authority  of  Section  7.06  of  the  State's  Attorneys
17        Appellate Prosecutor's Act.
18             (16)  "Commerce Commission police officer" means any
19        person  employed  by the Illinois Commerce Commission who
20        is vested with such law enforcement duties as render  him
21        ineligible  for coverage under the Social Security Act by
22        reason  of  Sections  218(d)(5)(A),   218(d)(8)(D),   and
23        218(l)(1) of that Act.
24             (17)  "Arson  investigator"  means any person who is
25        employed as such by the Office of the State Fire  Marshal
26        and  is vested with such law enforcement duties as render
27        the person  ineligible  for  coverage  under  the  Social
28        Security   Act   by   reason  of  Sections  218(d)(5)(A),
29        218(d)(8)(D), and 218(l)(1) of that Act.   A  person  who
30        was  employed as an arson investigator on January 1, 1995
31        and is no longer in  service  but  not  yet  receiving  a
32        retirement  annuity  may  convert  his  or her creditable
33        service for employment  as  an  arson  investigator  into
34        eligible  creditable  service by paying to the System the
 
                            -404-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        difference between the  employee  contributions  actually
 2        paid  for  that  service  and the amounts that would have
 3        been contributed if the applicant  were  contributing  at
 4        the  rate  applicable  to  persons  with  the same social
 5        security status earning eligible  creditable  service  on
 6        the date of application.
 7        (d)  A   security   employee   of   the   Department   of
 8    Corrections,  and  a  security  employee of the Department of
 9    Human Services who is not a  mental  health  police  officer,
10    shall  not be eligible for the alternative retirement annuity
11    provided by this Section unless he or she meets the following
12    minimum  age  and  service  requirements  at  the   time   of
13    retirement:
14             (i)  25 years of eligible creditable service and age
15        55; or
16             (ii)  beginning   January   1,  1987,  25  years  of
17        eligible creditable service and age 54, or  24  years  of
18        eligible creditable service and age 55; or
19             (iii)  beginning   January  1,  1988,  25  years  of
20        eligible creditable service and age 53, or  23  years  of
21        eligible creditable service and age 55; or
22             (iv)  beginning   January   1,  1989,  25  years  of
23        eligible creditable service and age 52, or  22  years  of
24        eligible creditable service and age 55; or
25             (v)  beginning January 1, 1990, 25 years of eligible
26        creditable  service  and  age 51, or 21 years of eligible
27        creditable service and age 55; or
28             (vi)  beginning  January  1,  1991,  25   years   of
29        eligible  creditable  service  and age 50, or 20 years of
30        eligible creditable service and age 55.
31        Persons who have service credit under Article 16 of  this
32    Code  for service as a security employee of the Department of
33    Corrections  in  a  position  requiring  certification  as  a
34    teacher may count  such  service  toward  establishing  their
 
                            -405-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    eligibility  under  the service requirements of this Section;
 2    but such service may  be  used  only  for  establishing  such
 3    eligibility,  and  not  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  or
 4    calculating any benefit.
 5        (e)  If a member enters military service while working in
 6    a  position  in  which  eligible  creditable  service  may be
 7    earned, and returns to State service in the same  or  another
 8    such  position,  and  fulfills  in  all  other  respects  the
 9    conditions prescribed in this Article for credit for military
10    service,  such military service shall be credited as eligible
11    creditable service for the purposes of the retirement annuity
12    prescribed in this Section.
13        (f)  For purposes  of  calculating  retirement  annuities
14    under   this  Section,  periods  of  service  rendered  after
15    December 31, 1968 and before October 1,  1975  as  a  covered
16    employee  in  the  position  of  special  agent, conservation
17    police officer, mental health police officer, or investigator
18    for the Secretary of State, shall  be  deemed  to  have  been
19    service  as a noncovered employee, provided that the employee
20    pays to the System prior to retirement an amount equal to (1)
21    the difference between the employee contributions that  would
22    have been required for such service as a noncovered employee,
23    and  the amount of employee contributions actually paid, plus
24    (2) if payment is made after July 31, 1987, regular  interest
25    on  the amount specified in item (1) from the date of service
26    to the date of payment.
27        For purposes of calculating  retirement  annuities  under
28    this  Section, periods of service rendered after December 31,
29    1968 and before January 1, 1982 as a covered employee in  the
30    position  of investigator for the Department of Revenue shall
31    be deemed to have been  service  as  a  noncovered  employee,
32    provided  that  the  employee  pays  to  the  System prior to
33    retirement an amount equal to (1) the difference between  the
34    employee contributions that would have been required for such
 
                            -406-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    service  as a noncovered employee, and the amount of employee
 2    contributions actually paid, plus  (2)  if  payment  is  made
 3    after  January  1,  1990,  regular  interest  on  the  amount
 4    specified in item (1) from the date of service to the date of
 5    payment.
 6        (g)  A  State policeman may elect, not later than January
 7    1, 1990, to establish eligible creditable service for  up  to
 8    10  years  of  his service as a policeman under Article 3, by
 9    filing a written election  with  the  Board,  accompanied  by
10    payment  of an amount to be determined by the Board, equal to
11    (i)  the  difference  between  the  amount  of  employee  and
12    employer  contributions  transferred  to  the  System   under
13    Section  3-110.5,  and  the  amounts  that  would  have  been
14    contributed  had  such  contributions  been made at the rates
15    applicable to State policemen, plus (ii) interest thereon  at
16    the  effective  rate for each year, compounded annually, from
17    the date of service to the date of payment.
18        Subject to the limitation  in  subsection  (i),  a  State
19    policeman  may  elect,  not  later  than  July  1,  1993,  to
20    establish  eligible  creditable service for up to 10 years of
21    his service as a member of the County Police Department under
22    Article 9, by filing  a  written  election  with  the  Board,
23    accompanied  by  payment of an amount to be determined by the
24    Board, equal to (i) the  difference  between  the  amount  of
25    employee and employer contributions transferred to the System
26    under  Section  9-121.10 and the amounts that would have been
27    contributed had those contributions been made  at  the  rates
28    applicable  to State policemen, plus (ii) interest thereon at
29    the effective rate for each year, compounded  annually,  from
30    the date of service to the date of payment.
31        (h)  Subject to the limitation in subsection (i), a State
32    policeman  or  investigator  for  the  Secretary of State may
33    elect to establish eligible creditable service for up  to  12
34    years  of  his  service  as  a  policeman under Article 5, by
 
                            -407-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    filing a written election with the Board on or before January
 2    31, 1992, and paying to the System by  January  31,  1994  an
 3    amount  to  be  determined  by  the  Board,  equal to (i) the
 4    difference  between  the  amount  of  employee  and  employer
 5    contributions transferred to the System under Section  5-236,
 6    and  the  amounts  that  would have been contributed had such
 7    contributions been made at  the  rates  applicable  to  State
 8    policemen,  plus  (ii) interest thereon at the effective rate
 9    for each year, compounded annually, from the date of  service
10    to the date of payment.
11        Subject  to  the  limitation  in  subsection (i), a State
12    policeman, conservation police officer, or  investigator  for
13    the  Secretary  of  State  may  elect  to  establish eligible
14    creditable service for  up  to  10  years  of  service  as  a
15    sheriff's law enforcement employee under Article 7, by filing
16    a  written  election  with the Board on or before January 31,
17    1993, and paying to the System by January 31, 1994 an  amount
18    to  be  determined  by the Board, equal to (i) the difference
19    between the amount of  employee  and  employer  contributions
20    transferred  to  the  System  under  Section 7-139.7, and the
21    amounts  that  would   have   been   contributed   had   such
22    contributions  been  made  at  the  rates applicable to State
23    policemen, plus (ii) interest thereon at the  effective  rate
24    for  each year, compounded annually, from the date of service
25    to the date of payment.
26        (i)  The total  amount  of  eligible  creditable  service
27    established  by  any  person under subsections (g), (h), (j),
28    (k), and (l) of this Section shall not exceed 12 years.
29        (j)  Subject to the  limitation  in  subsection  (i),  an
30    investigator   for   the  Office  of  the  State's  Attorneys
31    Appellate Prosecutor or a controlled substance inspector  may
32    elect  to  establish eligible creditable service for up to 10
33    years of his service as a policeman  under  Article  3  or  a
34    sheriff's law enforcement employee under Article 7, by filing
 
                            -408-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    a  written election with the Board, accompanied by payment of
 2    an amount to be determined by the Board,  equal  to  (1)  the
 3    difference  between  the  amount  of  employee  and  employer
 4    contributions transferred to the System under Section 3-110.6
 5    or  7-139.8, and the amounts that would have been contributed
 6    had such contributions been made at the rates  applicable  to
 7    State  policemen,  plus (2) interest thereon at the effective
 8    rate for each year, compounded annually,  from  the  date  of
 9    service to the date of payment.
10        (k)  Subject  to the limitation in subsection (i) of this
11    Section,  an  alternative  formula  employee  may  elect   to
12    establish  eligible creditable service for periods spent as a
13    full-time law enforcement officer  or  full-time  corrections
14    officer  employed  by the federal government or by a state or
15    local government  located  outside  of  Illinois,  for  which
16    credit  is not held in any other public employee pension fund
17    or retirement system.  To obtain this credit,  the  applicant
18    must  file  a written application with the Board by March 31,
19    1998, accompanied by evidence of  eligibility  acceptable  to
20    the  Board  and  payment of an amount to be determined by the
21    Board, equal to (1) employee  contributions  for  the  credit
22    being  established,  based upon the applicant's salary on the
23    first day  as  an  alternative  formula  employee  after  the
24    employment  for  which  credit  is  being established and the
25    rates then applicable to alternative formula employees,  plus
26    (2)  an  amount  determined by the Board to be the employer's
27    normal cost of the benefits  accrued  for  the  credit  being
28    established,  plus  (3)  regular  interest  on the amounts in
29    items (1) and (2)  from  the  first  day  as  an  alternative
30    formula  employee  after  the  employment for which credit is
31    being established to the date of payment.
32        (l)  Subject to  the  limitation  in  subsection  (i),  a
33    security employee of the Department of Corrections may elect,
34    not later than July 1, 1998, to establish eligible creditable
 
                            -409-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    service  for  up  to  10  years  of  his  or her service as a
 2    policeman under Article 3, by filing a written election  with
 3    the  Board,  accompanied  by  payment  of  an  amount  to  be
 4    determined  by the Board, equal to (i) the difference between
 5    the amount of employee and employer contributions transferred
 6    to the System under Section 3-110.5,  and  the  amounts  that
 7    would  have been contributed had such contributions been made
 8    at  the  rates  applicable  to  security  employees  of   the
 9    Department  of Corrections, plus (ii) interest thereon at the
10    effective rate for each year, compounded annually,  from  the
11    date of service to the date of payment.
12    (Source: P.A.  89-136,  eff.  7-14-95;  89-445,  eff. 2-7-96;
13    89-507, eff. 7-1-97; 90-32, eff. 6-27-97; revised 7-10-98.)

14        (40 ILCS 5/14-120) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 14-120)
15        Sec.  14-120.   Survivors  annuities  -  Conditions   for
16    payments.  A survivors annuity is established for all members
17    of  the  System.  Upon the death of any male person who was a
18    member on July 19, 1961, however,  his  widow  may  have  the
19    option  of  receiving  the  widow's  annuity provided in this
20    Article, in lieu of the survivors annuity.
21        (a)  A survivors annuity beneficiary, as herein  defined,
22    is  eligible  for  a survivors annuity if the deceased member
23    had completed at least 1 1/2 years of contributing creditable
24    service if death occurred:
25             (1)  while in service;
26             (2)  while on an approved  or  authorized  leave  of
27        absence    from   service,   not   exceeding   one   year
28        continuously; or
29             (3)  while  in   receipt   of   a   non-occupational
30        disability or an occupational disability benefit.
31        (b)  If  death of the member occurs after withdrawal, the
32    survivors annuity beneficiary is eligible  for  such  annuity
33    only  if  the  member had fulfilled at the date of withdrawal
 
                            -410-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the prescribed service conditions for establishing a right in
 2    a retirement annuity.
 3        (c)  Payment  of  the  survivors  annuity   shall   begin
 4    immediately  if  the beneficiary is 50 years or over, or upon
 5    attainment of age 50 if the beneficiary is under that age  at
 6    the date of the member's death. In the case of survivors of a
 7    member whose death occurred between November 1, 1970 and July
 8    15,  1971,  the  payment of the survivors annuity shall begin
 9    upon October 1, 1977, if the beneficiary is then 50 years  of
10    age  or  older,  or  upon  the  attainment  of  age 50 if the
11    beneficiary is under that age on October 1, 1977.
12        If an eligible child or children, under the care  of  the
13    spouse  also  survive the member, the survivors annuity shall
14    begin immediately without regard to whether  the  beneficiary
15    has attained age 50.
16        Benefits  under  this Section shall accrue and be payable
17    for whole calendar months, beginning on the first day of  the
18    month  after  the  initiating  event occurs and ending on the
19    last day of the month in which the terminating event occurs.
20        (d)  A survivor annuity beneficiary means:
21             (1)  A spouse  of  a  member  or  annuitant  if  the
22        current  marriage  with  the  member  or annuitant was in
23        effect for at least one year at the date of the member or
24        annuitant's member's death or at least one  year  at  the
25        date of his or her withdrawal, whichever first occurs.
26             (2)  An  unmarried  child under age 18 (under age 22
27        if a full-time student) of the member  or  annuitant;  an
28        unmarried  stepchild  under  age  18  (under  age 22 if a
29        full-time student) who has been such  for  at  least  one
30        year  at  the  date of the member's death or at least one
31        year at the date of withdrawal, whichever  first  occurs;
32        an  unmarried adopted child under age 18 (under age 22 if
33        a full-time student) if  the  adoption  proceedings  were
34        initiated  at  least  one  year  prior  to  the  death or
 
                            -411-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        withdrawal of the member or  annuitant,  whichever  first
 2        occurs;  and  an unmarried child over age 18 if he or she
 3        is  dependent  by  reason  of  a   physical   or   mental
 4        disability,  so long as the physical or mental disability
 5        continues.  For purposes of this  subsection,  disability
 6        means  inability  to  engage  in  any substantial gainful
 7        activity by reason of any medically determinable physical
 8        or mental impairment which can be expected to  result  in
 9        death  or which has lasted or can be expected to last for
10        a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
11             (3)  A dependent parent of the member or  annuitant;
12        a  dependent  step-parent by a marriage contracted before
13        the member or annuitant attained age 18; or  a  dependent
14        adopting  parent  by  whom  the  member  or annuitant was
15        adopted before he or she attained age 18.
16        (e)  Payment of a  survivors  annuity  to  a  beneficiary
17    terminates  upon:  (1)  remarriage before age 55 or death, if
18    the beneficiary is of a spouse; (2) marriage or death, if the
19    beneficiary is of a child; or (3) remarriage before age 55 or
20    death, if the beneficiary  is  of  a  parent  terminates  the
21    survivors  annuity  payable  on  account of such beneficiary.
22    Remarriage  of  a  prospective  beneficiary  prior   to   the
23    attainment  of  age  50  disqualifies the beneficiary for the
24    annuity expectancy hereunder.  Termination due to a  marriage
25    or  remarriage  shall  be  permanent regardless of any future
26    changes in marital status.
27        Any person whose survivors annuity was terminated  during
28    1978  or  1979  due  to remarriage at age 55 or over shall be
29    eligible to apply,  not  later  than  July  1,  1990,  for  a
30    resumption of that annuity, to begin on July 1, 1990.
31        (f)  The term "dependent" relating to a survivors annuity
32    means  a beneficiary of a survivors annuity who was receiving
33    from the member at the date of the member's  death  at  least
34    1/2  of the support for maintenance including board, lodging,
 
                            -412-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    medical care and like living costs.
 2        (g)  If there is no eligible spouse surviving the member,
 3    or if a survivors annuity beneficiary includes a  spouse  who
 4    dies  or  remarries,  the  annuity is payable to an unmarried
 5    child or children.  If at the date of  death  of  the  member
 6    there is no spouse or unmarried child, payments shall be made
 7    to  a  dependent parent or parents.  If no eligible survivors
 8    annuity beneficiary survives the member, the non-occupational
 9    death benefit is payable  in  the  manner  provided  in  this
10    Article.
11        (h)  Survivor  benefits  do  not  affect any reversionary
12    annuity.
13        (i)  If a survivors annuity beneficiary becomes  entitled
14    to  a  widow's  annuity or one or more survivors annuities or
15    both such annuities, the beneficiary shall elect  to  receive
16    only one of such annuities.
17        (j)  Contributing  creditable  service  under  the  State
18    Universities  Retirement  System  and  the Teachers' Teachers
19    Retirement  System  of  the  State  of  Illinois   shall   be
20    considered  in  determining  whether  the  member has met the
21    contributing service requirements of this Section.
22        (k)  In lieu of the Survivor's Annuity described in  this
23    Section,  the  spouse  of the member has the option to select
24    the Nonoccupational Death Benefit described in this  Article,
25    provided  the  spouse  is  the  sole  survivor  and  the sole
26    nominated beneficiary of the member.
27        (l)  The  changes  made  to  this  Section  and  Sections
28    14-118, 14-119, and 14-128 by this amendatory  Act  of  1997,
29    relating  to  benefits for certain unmarried children who are
30    full-time students under age  22,  apply  without  regard  to
31    whether  the  deceased  member was in service on or after the
32    effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997.  These changes
33    do not authorize the repayment of a refund or  a  re-election
34    of   benefits,  and  any  benefit  or  increase  in  benefits
 
                            -413-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    resulting from these changes is not payable retroactively for
 2    any period before the effective date of this  amendatory  Act
 3    of 1997.
 4    (Source: P.A. 90-448, eff. 8-16-97; revised 2-24-98.)

 5        (40 ILCS 5/15-102) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-102)
 6        Sec.  15-102.  Terms  defined.   The  terms  used in this
 7    Article shall have the meanings ascribed to them in  Sections
 8    15-103  through  15-132.1  15-132,  except  when  the context
 9    otherwise requires.
10    (Source: P.A. 83-1440; revised 3-2-98.)

11        (40 ILCS 5/15-113.6) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 15-113.6)
12        Sec. 15-113.6.  Service for employment in public schools.
13    "Service for employment in public schools":   Includes  those
14    periods  not  exceeding  the lesser of 10 years or 2/3 of the
15    service granted under other Sections of this Article  dealing
16    with  service  credit,  during which a person who entered the
17    system after September 1, 1974 was employed full  time  by  a
18    public  common  school, public college and public university,
19    or by an agency or instrumentality of any of  the  foregoing,
20    of  any  state,  territory,  dependency  or possession of the
21    United States of America, including the Philippine Phillipine
22     Islands, or a school operated by or under  the  auspices  of
23    any  agency  or  department of any other state, if the person
24    (1) cannot qualify for a retirement pension or other  benefit
25    based  upon  employer  contributions  from another retirement
26    system, exclusive of federal social security, based in  whole
27    or  in  part upon this employment, and (2) pays the lesser of
28    (A) an amount  equal  to  8%  of  his  or  her  annual  basic
29    compensation on the date of becoming a participating employee
30    subsequent  to this service multiplied by the number of years
31    of such service, together with  compound  interest  from  the
32    date  participation begins to the date payment is received by
 
                            -414-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the board at the rate of 6%  per  annum  through  August  31,
 2    1982, and at the effective rates after that date, and (B) 50%
 3    of  the  actuarial  value  of  the increase in the retirement
 4    annuity provided by this service, and (3) contributes for  at
 5    least 5 years subsequent to this employment to one or more of
 6    the  following  systems:  the  State  Universities Retirement
 7    System, the Teachers'  Retirement  System  of  the  State  of
 8    Illinois,   and  the  Public  School  Teachers'  Pension  and
 9    Retirement Fund of Chicago.
10        The service granted  under  this  Section  shall  not  be
11    considered  in determining whether the person has the minimum
12    of 8 years of service required to qualify  for  a  retirement
13    annuity  at  age  55  or  the  5 years of service required to
14    qualify for a retirement annuity at age 62,  as  provided  in
15    Section  15-135.    The maximum allowable service of 10 years
16    for this governmental employment  shall  be  reduced  by  the
17    service  credit  which  is  validated  under paragraph (3) of
18    Section 16-127 and paragraph 1 one of Section 17-133.
19    (Source: P.A. 83-1440; revised 10-31-98.)

20        (40 ILCS 5/17-123) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-123)
21        Sec. 17-123. Death benefits - Death  in  service.   If  a
22    teacher  dies  (a)  in  service, (b) after resignation or (c)
23    after retirement but before receiving  any  pension  payment,
24    his or her estate shall be paid a refund of the amounts he or
25    she  contributed  to the Fund less (1) any former refund that
26    has not  been  repaid,  (2)  the  amount  contributed  for  a
27    survivor's pension in the event such pension is payable under
28    Sections  17-121  and  17-122 121 and 122 of this Article and
29    (3) pension payments received; but if  a  written  direction,
30    signed  by  the  contributor  before an officer authorized to
31    take acknowledgments and stating that  the  refund  shall  be
32    paid  to  named beneficiaries, was filed with the Board prior
33    to his or her death, the refund shall be paid to  such  named
 
                            -415-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    beneficiaries. If any of several named beneficiaries does not
 2    survive the contributor and no directive was furnished by the
 3    member  to cover this contingency, the deceased beneficiary's
 4    share of the refund shall  be  paid  to  the  estate  of  the
 5    contributor.
 6        In  addition  to  the  payment  provided in the foregoing
 7    paragraph, if such teacher has received service credit within
 8    13 calendar months of the date of death  or  was  on  a  sick
 9    leave authorized by the Employer at the time of death, and if
10    no   other  pensions  or  benefits  were  payable  under  the
11    provisions of this Article or any other participating system,
12    as defined in the Illinois Retirement Systems Reciprocal Act,
13    except a refund of contributions  or  a  survivor's  pension,
14    there  shall  be  paid a single payment death benefit.  For a
15    teacher who dies on or  after  the  effective  date  of  this
16    amendatory  Act  of  1991, this benefit shall be equal to the
17    last month's base rate of salary, subject to the  limitations
18    and  conditions  set  forth in this Article, for each year of
19    validated service, not to exceed  6  times  such  salary,  or
20    $10,000, whichever is less.  The single payment death benefit
21    shall  be  paid  in  the  manner  prescribed  for a refund of
22    contributions to the Fund.
23        Death benefits shall be paid only on written  application
24    to the Board.
25    (Source: P.A. 90-566, eff. 1-2-98; revised 3-2-98.)

26        (40 ILCS 5/17-127.2)
27        Sec.  17-127.2.  Additional  contributions by employer of
28    teachers.  (a) Beginning July 1,  1998,  the  employer  of  a
29    teacher  shall  pay  to  the  Fund  an  employer contribution
30    computed as follows:
31             (1)  Beginning July 1, 1998 through June  30,  1999,
32        the  employer contribution shall be equal to 0.3% of each
33        teacher's salary.
 
                            -416-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (2)  Beginning July  1,  1999  and  thereafter,  the
 2        employer  contribution  shall  be  equal to 0.58% of each
 3        teacher's salary.
 4    The employer may pay these employer contributions out of  any
 5    source  of  funding  available  for  that  purpose  and shall
 6    forward  the  contributions  to  the  Fund  on  the  schedule
 7    established for the payment of member contributions.
 8        These employer contributions need not be made in a fiscal
 9    year if the Board has certified in the previous  fiscal  year
10    that  the  Fund  is  at  least 90% funded, based on actuarial
11    determinations.
12        These employer contributions are  intended  to  offset  a
13    portion  of  the  cost  to  the  Fund  of  the  increases  in
14    retirement  benefits  resulting  from  Public Act 90-582 this
15    amendatory Act of 1998.
16    (Source: P.A. 90-582, eff. 5-27-98; revised 10-28-98.)

17        (40 ILCS 5/18-112.2) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 18-112.2)
18        Sec. 18-112.2.  Transfer of creditable service to Article
19    8, 9 or 13 Fund.
20        (a)  Any city officer as defined in  Section  8-243.2  of
21    this  Code,  any county officer elected by vote of the people
22    who is a participant in the pension  fund  established  under
23    Article  9 13 of this Code, and any elected sanitary district
24    commissioner  who  is  a  participant  in  a   pension   fund
25    established  under  Article  13  of  this Code, may apply for
26    transfer  of  his  or  her  credits  and  creditable  service
27    accumulated under this System to such  Article  8,  9  or  13
28    fund.    Such   creditable   service   shall  be  transferred
29    forthwith.  Payment by this System to the Article 8, 9 or  13
30    fund shall be made at the same time, and shall consist of:
31             (1)  the  amounts  credited to the applicant through
32        employee contributions, including interest if applicable,
33        on the date of transfer; and
 
                            -417-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (2)  employer contributions equal to the accumulated
 2        employee contributions as  determined  under  clause  (1)
 3        above.
 4        Participation  in this System shall terminate on the date
 5    of transfer.
 6        (b)  Any such elected city  officer,  county  officer  or
 7    sanitary  district  commissioner  may  reinstate  credits and
 8    creditable service terminated upon receipt of  a  refund,  by
 9    repaying to the System the amount of the refund together with
10    interest thereon to the date of payment.
11    (Source: P.A. 85-964; 86-1488; revised 10-31-98.)

12        Section 68.  The Local Records Act is amended by changing
13    Section 3a as follows:

14        (50 ILCS 205/3a) (from Ch. 116, par. 43.103a)
15        Sec.  3a.  (a) Reports  and  records  of  the obligation,
16    receipt and use  of  public  funds  of  the  units  of  local
17    government  and school districts, including certified audits,
18    management letters  and  other  audit  reports  made  by  the
19    Auditor  General,  County  Auditors,  other  officers  or  by
20    certified  public  accountants  licensed  under  the Illinois
21    Public Accounting Act "An Act to  regulate  the  practice  of
22    public  accounting and to repeal certain Acts therein named",
23    approved July 22, 1943, as  amended,  and  presented  to  the
24    corporate  authorities  or  boards  of  the  units  of  local
25    government,   are  public records available for inspection by
26    the public. These records shall be kept at the official place
27    of business of each  unit  of  local  government  and  school
28    district  or at a designated place of business of the unit or
29    district.  These  records  shall  be  available  for   public
30    inspection   during  regular  office  hours  except  when  in
31    immediate use by persons  exercising  official  duties  which
32    require  the  use  of  those records. The person in charge of
 
                            -418-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    such records may require a notice in writing to be  submitted
 2    24 hours prior to inspection and may require that such notice
 3    specify  which  records  are to be inspected. Nothing in this
 4    Section shall require units of local  government  and  school
 5    districts to invade or assist in the invasion of any person's
 6    right to privacy.
 7    (Source: P.A. 82-239; revised 10-31-98.)

 8        Section  69.   The  Governmental  Account  Audit  Act  is
 9    amended by changing Section 10 as follows:

10        (50 ILCS 310/10) (from Ch. 85, par. 710)
11        Sec.  10.  This  Act  does not relieve any officer of any
12    other duties required by law  of  him  with  respect  to  the
13    auditing  of  public  accounts  or the disbursement of public
14    funds. Failure of the governing body of any governmental unit
15    to comply with the provisions provision of this Act does  not
16    affect  the  legality of taxes levied for any of the funds of
17    such governmental unit.
18    (Source: Laws 1967, p. 529; revised 10-31-98.)

19        Section 70.  The Local Government Debt Limitation Act  is
20    amended by changing Section 1.22 as follows:

21        (50 ILCS 405/1.22) (from Ch. 85, par. 851.22)
22        Sec.  1.22.   The  limitations prescribed in Section 1 of
23    this Act do not apply to any indebtedness of any township for
24    acquisition of open  lands  and  their  use  for  open  space
25    purposes under Article 115 of the Township Code.
26    (Source: P.A. 88-670, eff. 12-2-94; revised 10-31-98.)

27        Section  71.  The Illinois Police Training Act is amended
28    by changing Section 2 as follows:
 
                            -419-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (50 ILCS 705/2) (from Ch. 85, par. 502)
 2        Sec. 2. Definitions.  As used in  this  Act,  unless  the
 3    context otherwise requires:
 4        "Board"  means  the  Illinois  Law  Enforcement  Training
 5    Standards Board.
 6        "Local  governmental agency" means any local governmental
 7    unit or municipal corporation in this  State.   It  does  not
 8    include  the  State  of  Illinois  or  any  office,  officer,
 9    department, division, bureau, board, commission, or agency of
10    the  State,  except  that  it does include a State-controlled
11    university, college or public community college.
12        "Police training school" means any school located  within
13    the  State  of  Illinois  whether privately or publicly owned
14    which  offers  a  course  in  police  or  county  corrections
15    training and has been approved by the Board.
16        "Probationary  police  officer"  means  a   recruit   law
17    enforcement officer required to successfully complete initial
18    minimum  basic  training  requirements  at  a police training
19    school to be eligible for permanent full-time employment as a
20    local law enforcement officer.
21        "Probationary part-time police officer" means  a  recruit
22    part-time  law  enforcement  officer required to successfully
23    complete initial minimum part-time training  requirements  to
24    be  eligible  for  employment on a part-time basis as a local
25    law enforcement officer.
26        "Permanent  police  officer"  means  a  law   enforcement
27    officer  who has completed his or her probationary period and
28    is permanently employed on a full-time basis as a  local  law
29    enforcement  officer  by  a  participating local governmental
30    unit or as a security officer or campus policeman permanently
31    employed  by  a  participating  State-controlled  university,
32    college, or public community college.
33        "Part-time  police  officer"  means  a  law   enforcement
34    officer  who has completed his or her probationary period and
 
                            -420-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    is employed on a part-time basis as a law enforcement officer
 2    by a participating unit of local government or  as  a  campus
 3    policeman  by  a  participating  State-controlled university,
 4    college, or public community college.
 5        "Law enforcement officer" means any police officer  of  a
 6    local  governmental  agency  who is primarily responsible for
 7    prevention or detection of crime and the enforcement  of  the
 8    criminal  code, traffic, or highway laws of this State or any
 9    political subdivision of this State.
10        "Recruit"  means   any   full-time   or   part-time   law
11    enforcement  officer  or full-time county corrections officer
12    who is enrolled in an approved training course.
13        "Probationary county corrections officer" means a recruit
14    county corrections officer required to successfully  complete
15    initial  minimum  basic  training  requirements  at  a police
16    training school to be eligible for permanent employment on  a
17    full-time basis as a county corrections officer.
18        "Permanent  county  corrections  officer"  means a county
19    corrections officer who has completed his probationary period
20    and is permanently employed on a full-time basis as a  county
21    corrections  officer  by  a  participating local governmental
22    unit.
23        "County corrections officer" means any sworn  officer  of
24    the  sheriff who is primarily responsible for the control and
25    custody of offenders, detainees or inmates.
26        "Probationary court security  officer"  means  a  recruit
27    court  security  officer  required  to  successfully complete
28    initial minimum basic training requirements at  a  designated
29    training  school  to  be  eligible  for employment as a court
30    security officer.
31        "Permanent court security officer" means a court security
32    officer who has completed his or her probationary period  and
33    is  employed  as  a court security officer by a participating
34    local governmental unit.
 
                            -421-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        "Court security officer" has the meaning ascribed  to  it
 2    in Section 3-6012.1 of the Counties Code.
 3    (Source:  P.A.  89-170,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-685,  eff. 6-1-97;
 4    89-707, eff. 6-1-97; 90-271, eff. 7-30-97; revised 7-10-98.)

 5        Section 72.  The Law Enforcement Intern Training  Act  is
 6    amended by changing Sections 5 and 20 as follows:

 7        (50 ILCS 708/5)
 8        Sec. 5.  Definitions.  As used in this Act:
 9        "Academy"  means  a  school certified by the Illinois Law
10    Enforcement Training and Standards  Board  to  provide  basic
11    training under Section 6 of the Illinois Police Training Act.
12        "Board"  means  the Illinois Law Enforcement Training and
13    Standards Board created by the Illinois Police Training Act.
14        "Law Enforcement Intern" means a civilian who has met the
15    requirements to enter the  Law  Enforcement  Intern  Training
16    Program  and who is not employed as a law enforcement officer
17    under the Illinois Police Training Act.
18        "Graduate Law Enforcement Intern" means  a  civilian  who
19    has   successfully   completed  the  law  enforcement  intern
20    training course and is not  employed  as  a  law  enforcement
21    officer under the Illinois Police Training Act.
22        "Trainee"  means a law enforcement intern who is enrolled
23    in the Law Enforcement Intern Training Program.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-259, eff. 7-30-97; revised 7-10-98.)

25        (50 ILCS 708/20)
26        Sec. 20.  Certification; transition  course.   The  Board
27    shall  require  law  enforcement  interns  to undertake, at a
28    minimum, the same training requirements  as  established  for
29    law  enforcement  officers under the Illinois Police Training
30    Act.  The Board  certificate  reserved  for  law  enforcement
31    officers  shall  not  be  awarded  until  the law enforcement
 
                            -422-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    intern is employed,  has  successfully  completed  the  State
 2    certification exam, and meets the requirements established by
 3    the  Board.   The Law Enforcement Intern Certificate shall be
 4    issued to the trainee following the successful completion  of
 5    the  course.   The  graduate  law  enforcement intern, if not
 6    employed as a law enforcement officer within  2  years  after
 7    issuance of the law enforcement intern certificate, must then
 8    meet  the  requirements  of  the Illinois Police Training Act
 9    upon employment.  A graduate law enforcement  intern  who  is
10    not  employed  within  one  year, but is hired within 2 years
11    after completing the course,  must  successfully  complete  a
12    transition  course  approved  by the Illinois Law Enforcement
13    Police  Training  Standards  Board  and  again   successfully
14    complete  the  law  enforcement  State  certification exam in
15    order to obtain the  Board's  certificate  reserved  for  law
16    enforcement officers.  The transition course shall consist of
17    a  minimum  of  80  hours  and  shall be conducted at a Board
18    certified academy.
19    (Source: P.A. 90-259, eff. 7-30-97; revised 7-10-98.)

20        Section 73.  The Counties Code  is  amended  by  changing
21    Sections  3-2005,  3-3042, 3-10003, 3-12013, 3-13001, 4-2003,
22    5-1109, 5-23006, 5-23014, 5-32014, 5-32017,  and  5-32030  as
23    follows:

24        (55 ILCS 5/3-2005) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-2005)
25        Sec.  3-2005.  Bond.   Each  county  clerk  shall, before
26    entering upon the duties of his or her office, give bond (or,
27    if  the  county  is  self-insured,  the  county  through  its
28    self-insurance program may provide bonding) in  such  penalty
29    and  with  such  security  as  the  county  board  shall deem
30    sufficient,  which  bond  shall  be  substantially   in   the
31    following  form, and shall be recorded in full in the records
32    of his or her office, and when so recorded shall be deposited
 
                            -423-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    with the clerk of the circuit court for safe keeping:
 2        We, (A B) principal, and (C D), and (E F), sureties,  all
 3    of  the  county of ...., and State of Illinois, are obligated
 4    to the People of the State of Illinois, in the penal  sum  of
 5    $....,  for the payment of which, we obligate ourselves, each
 6    of us, our heirs, executors and administrators.
 7        The condition of the above bond  is  such,  that  if  the
 8    above  obligated (A B) shall perform all the duties which are
 9    or may be required by law to be performed by  him  as  county
10    clerk of the county of .... in the time and manner prescribed
11    or  to  be  prescribed  by  law,  and when he is succeeded in
12    office, shall surrender  and  deliver  over  to  his  or  her
13    successor  in  office  all  books,  papers, moneys, and other
14    things belonging to the county, and appertaining  to  his  or
15    her  office,  then  the  above  bond to be void; otherwise to
16    remain in full force.
17        Dated (insert date). 19
18        Signed and delivered in the presence of (G H).
19                           Signature A B,
20                           Signature C D,
21                           Signature E F,
22    (Source: P.A. 88-387; revised 10-20-98.)

23        (55 ILCS 5/3-3042) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-3042)
24        Sec. 3-3042.  Duties of deputies. Deputy  coroners,  duly
25    appointed  and  qualified,  may  perform  any  and all of the
26    duties of the coroner in the name of  the  coroner,  and  the
27    acts  of  such  deputies  shall  be  held  to  be acts of the
28    coroner.
29    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 10-31-98.)

30        (55 ILCS 5/3-10003) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-10003)
31        Sec. 3-10003. Bond; form.  Each County treasurer,  before
32    he  or she enters upon the duties of his or her office, shall
 
                            -424-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    also execute a bond (or, if the county is  self-insured,  the
 2    county   through   its  self-insurance  program  may  provide
 3    bonding) in such penalty and with such security as the county
 4    board shall deem sufficient, which bond in every  county  now
 5    having or which may hereafter have a population of 500,000 or
 6    more  shall  be  in  a penal sum of not less than $1,500,000.
 7    Such bond shall be in substance in the following form to-wit:
 8        We, (A.B.), principal, and (C.D. and E.F.), sureties, all
 9    of the county of .... and State of Illinois, are obligated to
10    the People of the State of  Illinois  in  the  penal  sum  of
11    $....,  for the payment of which, we obligate ourselves, each
12    of us, our heirs, executors  and  administrators,  successors
13    and assigns.
14        The  condition  of  the  above  bond is such, that if the
15    above obligated (A.B.) shall perform all the duties which are
16    or may be required by law to be performed by him or  her,  as
17    treasurer  of  the  county  of  ....  in  the time and manner
18    prescribed or to be prescribed by law, and when he or she  is
19    succeeded  in office, shall surrender and deliver over to his
20    or her successor in office, all  books,  papers,  moneys  and
21    other things belonging to the county, and appertaining to his
22    or her office, except as hereinafter provided, then the above
23    bond to be void; otherwise to remain in full force.
24        It   is   expressly  understood  and  intended  that  the
25    obligation of the above named sureties shall  not  extend  to
26    any  loss  sustained by the insolvency, failure or closing of
27    any bank or trust company organized and operating  under  the
28    laws  of  this  State  or  of  the  United States wherein the
29    principal has placed the funds in his custody or control,  or
30    any part thereof.
31        Dated (insert date). 19
32        Signed and delivered in the presence of (G.H.)
33                       A. B. .... (Signature)
34                       C. D. .... (Signature)
 
                            -425-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                       E. F. .... (Signature)
 2        The  bond  shall  be  filed  with  the county clerk on or
 3    before the first Monday of December after such election.
 4    (Source: P.A. 88-387; revised 10-20-98.)

 5        (55 ILCS 5/3-12013) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-12013)
 6        Sec.   3-12013.  Violations;   prosecution.   Violations,
 7    penalties, prosecutions. Any person who wilfully  or  through
 8    culpable   negligence   violates   this   Division,   or  any
 9    commission, examiner, agent or employee of the commission, or
10    any applicant who wilfully  or  through  culpable  negligence
11    violates  any  rule promulgated under this Division, shall be
12    punished by a fine of not less than $50 nor more than $1,000,
13    or by imprisonment in a  penal  institution  other  than  the
14    penitentiary for a term not exceeding 6 months, or both.
15        All prosecutions for violations of this Division shall be
16    instituted  and  conducted  by  the  State's  Attorney of the
17    county where the offense occurred.  In the case of conviction
18    under this Division, the  office  or  position  held  by  the
19    person convicted shall be considered vacant.
20    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 10-31-98.)

21        (55 ILCS 5/3-13001) (from Ch. 34, par. 3-13001)
22        Sec.   3-13001.   Account  of  fees  received  by  county
23    officers. Every county officer of counties of the  first  and
24    second  classes who collects fees shall, in a book to be kept
25    for that purpose, keep a full, true and minute account of all
26    the fees and emoluments of his or her office, designating  in
27    corresponding  columns, the amount of all fees and emoluments
28    earned, and all payments received  on  account  thereof,  and
29    showing  the  name of each person or persons paying fees, and
30    the amount received from each person, and shall also keep  an
31    account  of all expenditures made by him or her on account of
32    clerk hire, stationery, fuel, and other expenses, for keeping
 
                            -426-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    which book no fees shall be allowed to such officer.
 2        Every such officer of counties of the  first  and  second
 3    classes, shall, on the first day of June and December of each
 4    year,  make to the chairman of the county boards, a return in
 5    writing of all the fees and emoluments of his or her  office,
 6    of  every  name  and  character,  which report shall show the
 7    gross amount of the earnings of the  office,  and  the  total
 8    amount  of  receipts  of whatever name and character, and all
 9    necessary expenses for clerk hire, stationery, fuel and other
10    expenses for the half year ending at the time of such report,
11    or the portion thereof.
12        The county boards, in counties of the  first  and  second
13    class,  shall  carefully  audit  and examine such report, and
14    ascertain the exact balance of such fees, if any, held by any
15    such officer, and shall order that  such  officer  shall  pay
16    over  such  moneys  to  the  county  treasurer, whose receipt
17    therefor shall be evidence of the settlement, by such officer
18    of such report.
19        Every such report shall be signed  and  verified  by  the
20    affidavit  of  the  officer  making the same, which affidavit
21    shall be substantially of the following form:
22        "STATE OF ILLINOIS,
23        County of ....
24        I, ...., do solemnly swear, that  the  foregoing  account
25    is,  in  all  respects,  just  and true, according to my best
26    knowledge and belief;  and  that  I  have  neither  received,
27    directly  or indirectly, nor directly or indirectly agreed to
28    receive or be paid, for my  own  or  another's  benefit,  any
29    other moneys, article or consideration than therein stated.
30                                         ........................
31        Signed and sworn to before me on (insert date). this ....
32    day of ...., 19.
33                                         ......................."
34    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 10-20-98.)
 
                            -427-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (55 ILCS 5/4-2003) (from Ch. 34, par. 4-2003)
 2        Sec.   4-2003.   Assistants.   Where   assistant  State's
 3    Attorneys are required in any  county,  the  number  of  such
 4    assistants  shall  be determined by the county board, and the
 5    salaries of such assistants shall be  fixed  by  the  State's
 6    Attorney  subject to budgetary limitations established by the
 7    county board and paid out of the county treasury in quarterly
 8    annual installments, on the order of the county board on  the
 9    treasurer  of  said  county. Such assistant State's Attorneys
10    are to be named by the State's Attorney of  the  county,  and
11    when  so  appointed shall take the oath of office in the same
12    like manner as State's Attorneys,  and  shall  be  under  the
13    supervision of the State's Attorney.
14    (Source: P.A. 86-962; 86-1303; revised 10-31-98.)

15        (55 ILCS 5/5-1109) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-1109)
16        Sec.  5-1109.  Assessment  maps  in counties of less than
17    1,000,000.   The  county  board  of  any  county   having   a
18    population of less than 1,000,000 inhabitants may whenever in
19    the  opinion  of  the  board it becomes necessary, retain the
20    services of a surveyor who  shall  be  registered  under  the
21    provisions  of the Illinois Professional Land Surveyor Act of
22    1989, as amended, or a person experienced in the  preparation
23    of  assessment  maps  or plats, to prepare assessment maps or
24    plats of all or any part of the real property in any  or  all
25    of  the  townships in such county.  Such maps shall show each
26    separately assessed parcel of real estate together  with  the
27    area  thereof. Subdivided property in recorded plats shall be
28    given the same  designation  as  is  contained  in  the  plat
29    recorded, except that the surveyor may designate by letter or
30    number  any  assessed  parcel within such recorded plat which
31    cannot be identified  without  describing  it  by  metes  and
32    bounds.   Assessed parcels not within recorded plats shall be
33    designated by lot numbers or letters.  The  county  board  in
 
                            -428-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    each county may make such further regulations concerning this
 2    work as are deemed necessary.  A copy of the books containing
 3    such maps or plats shall be filed with the county assessor or
 4    supervisor  of  assessments,  with  the recorder and with the
 5    county clerk, and a copy  of  the  maps  or  plats  for  each
 6    township  shall  be filed with the assessor of such township,
 7    all of whom shall maintain and preserve these copies  subject
 8    to  the provisions of the Local Records Act, as amended. Upon
 9    the filing of the books as aforesaid, the county  clerk,  the
10    township  or  county assessor, the supervisor of assessments,
11    the board of review, and all other persons whose duty  it  is
12    to  assess  property  within  the  area  covered by the maps,
13    shall, beginning with the next quadrennial assessment year as
14    set forth in Section 9-95 of the Property  Tax  Code,  assess
15    the  parcels  of  land by identifying them in accordance with
16    the description and designation set forth in such  assessment
17    map  or maps.  All maps filed in accordance herewith shall be
18    designated as "Supervisors' Assessment Maps .... Township".
19        In any county adopting the provisions of this Section,  a
20    surveyor, who shall be registered under the provisions of the
21    Illinois  Professional Land Surveyor Act of 1989, as amended,
22    or a person experienced in the preparation of assessment maps
23    or plats, shall be retained by the  county  board  and  shall
24    prepare  supplemental  or correction maps showing all changes
25    in assessment descriptions made subsequent to  the  preceding
26    maps  and  prior  to  November  15 of the year preceding each
27    quadrennial assessment year.  Supplemental or correction maps
28    shall be prepared only of those pages upon which  corrections
29    or  changes  are to be made and shall conform to the original
30    maps filed  except  as  to  such  changes.   Copies  of  such
31    supplemental  or  correction  maps or pages, properly indexed
32    and identified, shall be bound in one volume,  if  practical;
33    shall  be  filed in the same manner as is herein provided for
34    copies  of  the  original  maps;  and  shall  be   known   as
 
                            -429-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    "Supplemental  Supervisors'  Assessment  Maps  for  the  year
 2    (insert year) 19..".
 3        The  expense  of  making  such  maps  or plats and copies
 4    thereof shall be borne by the county.
 5    (Source: P.A. 88-670, eff. 12-2-94; revised 10-20-98.)

 6        (55 ILCS 5/5-23006) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-23006)
 7        Sec. 5-23006.  Referendum; joint facilities.    When  100
 8    legal  voters  of any county shall present a petition, to the
 9    County Board of such county asking that an annual tax may  be
10    levied  for  the  establishment  and  maintenance of a county
11    tuberculosis sanitarium in such  county,  such  County  Board
12    shall   certify   the  proposition  to  the  proper  election
13    officials, who shall submit the proposition at an election in
14    accordance with the general election law.  At  such  election
15    every  elector  may vote for or against the levy of a tax for
16    the establishment and maintenance of  a  county  tuberculosis
17    sanitarium.   The  proposition  shall be in substantially the
18    following form:
19    -------------------------------------------------------------
20        Shall an annual tax of not to
21    exceed .075 % of the value as            YES
22    equalized or assessed by the
23    Department of Revenue for the         -----------------------
24    establishment and maintenance of
25    a county tuberculosis sanitarium          NO
26    be levied?
27    -------------------------------------------------------------
28        If a majority of all the votes cast upon the  proposition
29    shall  be  for  the  levy  of a tax for a county tuberculosis
30    sanitarium the County Board of such county  shall  thereafter
31    annually  levy  a  tax  of not to exceed .075 per cent of the
32    value, as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue,
33    which tax shall  be  collected  in  like  manner  with  other
 
                            -430-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    general  taxes  in  such  county  and  shall  be known as the
 2    "Tuberculosis Sanitarium Fund",  and  thereafter  the  County
 3    Board  of such county shall in the annual appropriation bill,
 4    appropriate from such fund such sum or sums of money  as  may
 5    be  deemed  necessary  to  defray  all necessary expenses and
 6    liabilities of such county tuberculosis sanitarium.
 7        If a county has adopted a proposition for the levy  of  a
 8    tax  of  not  to  exceed  one mill on the dollar for a county
 9    tuberculosis sanitarium such tax shall after January 1,  1946
10    be  extended  at  a  rate  not  to exceed .05 per cent of the
11    value, as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue,
12    but may be increased to not to exceed .075 per  cent  of  the
13    value, as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue,
14    by  ordering  the  submission  of the proposition to increase
15    such tax to the voters of such county at any regular election
16    in accordance with the general election law; provided that if
17    a county has adopted, prior to January 1, 1946, a proposition
18    for the levy of a tax of not to exceed 1  1/2  mills  on  the
19    dollar  for  a county tuberculosis sanitarium, such tax shall
20    after January 1, 1946 be extended at a  rate  not  to  exceed
21    .075  per  cent of the value, as equalized or assessed by the
22    Department of Revenue.
23        The foregoing limitations upon tax rates, insofar as they
24    are applicable to counties of less than 1,000,000 population,
25    may be increased or decreased under the referendum provisions
26    of the General Revenue Law of Illinois.
27        The County boards of any 2  or  more  adjoining  counties
28    each  having  a population of less than 1,000,000 inhabitants
29    may  hereafter   by   agreement   provide   for   the   joint
30    construction,  maintenance  and  control  of  a  tuberculosis
31    sanitarium.  Such  agreement  shall  specify  the site of the
32    proposed sanitarium and the proportionate share of  the  cost
33    of  construction  and  the cost of maintenance which shall be
34    borne by each of such  counties.  The  proposition  for  such
 
                            -431-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    joint   construction,   maintenance   and  control  shall  be
 2    submitted to the voters of  each  such  county  at  the  next
 3    succeeding  regular  election  in such county and shall state
 4    the proposed site of such sanitarium  and  the  proportionate
 5    share of the cost of construction and maintenance to be borne
 6    by the respective counties concerned. Each county board shall
 7    certify  the proposition to the proper election officials who
 8    shall submit the proposition at said election  in  accordance
 9    with  the  general  election  law.   If  such  proposition is
10    approved by a majority of the voters in each of such counties
11    voting upon the proposition, the  presiding  officer  of  the
12    county  board  of each county, with the advice and consent of
13    that  county  board,   shall   appoint   3   directors.   The
14    qualifications,  terms of office and removal of the directors
15    appointed in  each  such  county  shall  be  as  provided  in
16    Sections 5-23007 and 5-23008 and vacancies shall be filled in
17    the  manner  provided  in  Section  5-23009  5  hereof.   The
18    directors   so   appointed  by  the  several  counties  shall
19    constitute a joint board of directors  for  the  control  and
20    management  of  the tuberculosis sanitarium.  The joint board
21    of directors shall exercise the powers and be subject to  the
22    duties prescribed in this Division for boards of directors of
23    tuberculosis  sanitaria.   The  county  board  of each of the
24    counties shall annually levy the tax herein provided, and may
25    issue bonds as provided in this paragraph, for the purpose of
26    defraying its proportionate share of the cost of construction
27    and maintenance of the tuberculosis sanitarium.
28        If any county shall issue bonds as hereinafter  provided,
29    then  so long as taxes are required to be levied and extended
30    to pay the principal of and interest on such bonds, the  rate
31    extended  in  any  year  for  the benefit of the tuberculosis
32    sanitarium fund shall be limited to the amount by which  .075
33    per  cent  of  the  value,  as  equalized  or assessed by the
34    Department of Revenue, exceeds the rate extended in such year
 
                            -432-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to pay such principal of and interest on such bonds.
 2    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 10-31-98.)

 3        (55 ILCS 5/5-23014) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-23014)
 4        Sec. 5-23014.  Residence requirements.  For the  purposes
 5    of  this  Division, a person is a resident of and entitled to
 6    receive the benefits provided for in Section 5-23013 from the
 7    county:
 8             (a)  in which he has resided for at least  3  months
 9        or  who  has demonstrated the intent to become a resident
10        at the time he is first diagnosed as having tuberculosis,
11        or suspected of having tuberculosis, for the period  from
12        the  time  of  that  diagnosis  until  his  case  becomes
13        inactive  or  he has resided outside of that county for 6
14        months, whichever first occurs;
15             (b)  in which he has resided for at least  6  months
16        with  a  known case of tuberculosis after moving from the
17        county where the case was first diagnosed; or
18             (c)  in which he has resided for at least  6  months
19        with  a  known,  but inactive, case of tuberculosis which
20        subsequently is reactivated.
21        The board of directors may provide hospitalization to any
22    person  afflicted  with  tuberculosis   regardless   of   his
23    residence.
24        A  person  suffering  from tuberculosis who does not meet
25    the residency requirements under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of
26    this Section may be hospitalized in a tuberculosis sanitarium
27    maintained by the Department of Public Health.
28        The  board  of  directors   shall   provide   out-patient
29    diagnostic, treatment and observation services to all persons
30    residing  in  its  county regardless of the length of time of
31    that residence.
32    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 10-31-98.)
 
                            -433-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (55 ILCS 5/5-32014) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-32014)
 2        Sec. 5-32014. Special assessment notice.   The  Committee
 3    in addition to the notice in this Division provided for shall
 4    publish  a  notice  at  least twice not more than 30 days nor
 5    less than 15 days  in  advance  of  the  time  at  which  the
 6    confirmation  of the specified assessment is to be sought, in
 7    one or more newspapers published  in  the  county  or  if  no
 8    newspaper is published therein then in one or more newspapers
 9    with  a  general circulation in the county.  The notice shall
10    be over  the  name  of  the  levying  officer  and  shall  be
11    substantially as follows:
12                     "SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE
13        Notice is hereby given to all persons interested that the
14    County  of  ....  has  order  that  (herein  insert  a  brief
15    description  of the nature of the improvement), the ordinance
16    for the improvement being on file in the office of the County
17    Clerk, having applied to the Circuit Court  of  ....  County,
18    for  an  assessment of the costs of the improvement according
19    to benefits an  assessment  therefor  having  been  made  and
20    returned  to  that Court, a final hearing thereon will be had
21    on (insert date), the .... day of  ....,  19..,  or  as  soon
22    thereafter as the business of the Court will permit.
23        All  persons  desiring  may file objections in that Court
24    before that day and may appear on the hearing and make  their
25    defense. (Here give date)
26                                                     NAME
27                                        .... (LEVYING OFFICER).")
28    The  number  of  installments  and  the rate of interest also
29    shall be stated.
30    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 10-20-98.)

31        (55 ILCS 5/5-32017) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-32017)
32        Sec.  5-32017.   Inquiries;   powers   of   court.   Upon
33    objections  or  motions  for that purpose, the court in which
 
                            -434-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the specified proceeding proceedings is pending  may  inquire
 2    in  a summary way whether the officer making roll has omitted
 3    any property benefited, and whether or not the assessment  as
 4    made  and  returned  is an equitable and just distribution of
 5    the cost of the improvement among  the  parcels  of  property
 6    assessed.   The  court  has  the  power upon such application
 7    being made, to revise and correct the assessment levied or to
 8    change the  manner  of  distribution  among  the  parcels  of
 9    private  property,  so  as  to  produce  a just and equitable
10    assessment.  The court may either make  such  corrections  or
11    change  or  determine  in  general  the  manner  in which the
12    corrections or changes shall be made and refer the assessment
13    roll back to the levying officer for  revisions,  corrections
14    or alterations in such manner as the court may determine.
15    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 10-31-98.)

16        (55 ILCS 5/5-32030) (from Ch. 34, par. 5-32030)
17        Sec.  5-32030.   Notice  by  collector. The collector, or
18    some person  designated  by  him  and  under  his  direction,
19    receiving  such a warrant shall give notice thereof within 10
20    days by publishing a notice once each week for  2  successive
21    weeks in one or more newspapers published in the county or if
22    no  newspaper  is  published  therein  then  in  one  or more
23    newspapers with a general circulation  in  the  county.  This
24    notice shall be in the form substantially as follows:
25                      SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE
26                         Special Warrant No.
27        NOTICE: Publication is hereby given that the (here insert
28    title   of   court)  has  rendered  judgment  for  a  special
29    assessment  upon  property   benefited   by   the   following
30    improvement:  (here  describe  the character, and location of
31    the improvement in general terms) as will more  fully  appear
32    from the certified copy of the judgment on file in my office;
33    that  the warrant for the collection of this assessment is in
 
                            -435-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    my possession. All persons interested are hereby notified  to
 2    call  and  pay  the amount assessed at the collector's office
 3    (here insert location of office) within 30 days from the date
 4    hereof.
 5        Dated (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19...

 6        When  such  an  assessment  is  levied  to  be  paid   in
 7    installments,  the  notice  shall  contain also the amount of
 8    each installment, the rate of interest deferred  installments
 9    bear and the date when payable.
10        The  collector or some person designated by him and under
11    his direction, into whose possession the warrant comes  shall
12    by  written  or  printed  notice, mailed to all persons whose
13    names appear on  the  assessment  roll  inform  them  of  the
14    special assessment and request payment thereof.
15        Any collector omitting to do so is liable to a penalty of
16    $10  for  any  such omission, but the validity of the special
17    assessment or the right to  apply  for  and  obtain  judgment
18    thereon  is  not affected by such an omission. It is the duty
19    of such collector to write  the  word  "Paid"  opposite  each
20    tract  or  lot on which the assessment is paid, together with
21    the name and post office address of  the  person  making  the
22    payment and the date of the payment.
23    (Source: P.A. 86-962; revised 10-20-98.)

24        Section  74.   The  Township  Code is amended by changing
25    Section 235-5 as follows:

26        (60 ILCS 1/235-5)
27        Sec. 235-5.  Township taxes  for  various  purposes.  The
28    township board may raise money, by taxation not exceeding the
29    rates  established  in  Section  235-10,  for  the  following
30    purposes:
31             (1)  Prosecuting  or  defending  suits by or against
32        the township or in which the township is interested.
 
                            -436-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (2)  Maintaining  cemeteries  under   the   control,
 2        management,   and   ownership   of   the   township   and
 3        controlling,  managing, and maintaining public cemeteries
 4        not operated for profit, notwithstanding  the  provisions
 5        of Section 1c of the Public Graveyards Act.
 6             (3)  Maintaining and operating a public nonsectarian
 7        hospital  under  Article 175. This authorization does not
 8        apply  to  any  township  that  avails  itself   of   the
 9        provisions of Article 170.
10             (4)  Maintaining  and operating a township committee
11        on youth under Section 215-5.
12             (5)  Providing mental health services under  Section
13        190-10.
14             (6)  Providing  services in cooperation with another
15        governmental  entity,  not-for-profit   corporation,   or
16        nonprofit  community  service  association  under Section
17        85-13 165-5.
18             (7)  Maintaining and operating a township  committee
19        for senior citizens' services under Section 220-10.
20             (8)  Maintaining  and  operating  a  township health
21        service that may provide, but is not required to  provide
22        or limited to providing, examination, diagnosis, testing,
23        and   inoculation   and  all  necessary  and  appurtenant
24        personnel, equipment, and insurance.
25             (9)  Any other purpose authorized by law.
26    (Source: P.A.  88-62;  incorporates  88-360;   88-670,   eff.
27    12-2-94; revised 10-30-98.)

28        Section  75.   The  Illinois Municipal Code is amended by
29    changing Sections 3.1-10-50, 7-1-26, 8-2-9.3, 9-2-53, 9-2-79,
30    9-2-94,  9-2-119,  9-3-33,  11-31-1,  11-74.4-5,   11-74.5-1,
31    11-76.1-4, 11-89-2, 11-90-4, 11-111-3, 11-121-7, and 11-129-7
32    and renumbering Division 11-74.5-1 as follows:
 
                            -437-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (65 ILCS 5/3.1-10-50)
 2        Sec. 3.1-10-50.  Vacancies.
 3        (a)  A  municipal  officer  may  resign  from  office.  A
 4    vacancy occurs in an office by reason of resignation, failure
 5    to elect or qualify (in which case the incumbent shall remain
 6    in  office  until  the  vacancy  is filled), death, permanent
 7    physical or mental disability rendering the person  incapable
 8    of  performing the duties of his or her office, conviction of
 9    a disqualifying crime, abandonment of  office,  removal  from
10    office,  or removal of residence from the municipality or, in
11    the case of aldermen of a ward or  trustees  of  a  district,
12    removal  of  residence from the ward or district, as the case
13    may be. An admission of guilt  of  a  criminal  offense  that
14    would, upon conviction, disqualify the municipal officer from
15    holding  that office, in the form of a written agreement with
16    State or federal prosecutors to plead  guilty  to  a  felony,
17    bribery,  perjury,  or  other  infamous  crime under State or
18    federal law, shall constitute a resignation from that office,
19    effective at the  time  the  plea  agreement  is  made.   For
20    purposes  of  this  Section, a conviction for an offense that
21    disqualifies the municipal officer from holding  that  office
22    shall occur on the date of the return of a guilty verdict or,
23    in  the  case of a trial by the court, the entry of a finding
24    of guilt.
25        (b)  If a vacancy occurs in an elective municipal  office
26    with  a 4-year term and there remains an unexpired portion of
27    the term of at least 28 months, and  the  vacancy  occurs  at
28    least  130  days  before  the general municipal election next
29    scheduled under the general election law, the  vacancy  shall
30    be  filled  for  the  remainder  of  the term at that general
31    municipal election.  Whenever an election is  held  for  this
32    purpose,  the  municipal clerk shall certify the office to be
33    filled and the  candidates  for  the  office  to  the  proper
34    election authorities as provided in the general election law.
 
                            -438-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    If  the  vacancy  is in the office of mayor, the city council
 2    shall elect one of their members acting mayor; if the vacancy
 3    is in the office of president, the vacancy shall be filled by
 4    the appointment by the trustees of an acting  president  from
 5    the  members  of  the  board  of trustees. In villages with a
 6    population of less than 5,000, if each of the members of  the
 7    board  of  trustees either declines the appointment as acting
 8    president or  is  not  approved  for  the  appointment  by  a
 9    majority  vote of the trustees presently holding office, then
10    the board of trustees may appoint  as  acting  president  any
11    other    village  resident who is qualified to hold municipal
12    office. The acting mayor or acting  president  shall  perform
13    the duties and possess all the rights and powers of the mayor
14    or  president  until a successor to fill the vacancy has been
15    elected and has qualified. If the vacancy  is  in  any  other
16    elective municipal office, then until the office is filled by
17    election,  the  mayor  or president shall appoint a qualified
18    person to the office subject to the advice and consent of the
19    city council or trustees.
20        (c)  In a 2 year term, or if  the  vacancy  occurs  later
21    than  the time provided in subsection (b) in a 4 year term, a
22    vacancy in the  office  of  mayor  shall  be  filled  by  the
23    corporate  authorities  electing  one of their members acting
24    mayor; if the vacancy is in  the  office  of  president,  the
25    vacancy shall be filled by the appointment by the trustees of
26    an  acting  president  from  the  members  of  the  board  of
27    trustees.  In  villages with a population of less than 5,000,
28    if each of the  members  of  the  board  of  trustees  either
29    declines  the  appointment  as  acting  president  or  is not
30    approved for the  appointment  by  a  majority  vote  of  the
31    trustees presently holding office, then the board of trustees
32    may  appoint  as acting president any other  village resident
33    who is qualified to hold municipal office. The  acting  mayor
34    or  acting president shall perform the duties and possess all
 
                            -439-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the rights and powers of the mayor or president until a mayor
 2    or  president  is  elected  at  the  next  general  municipal
 3    election and has qualified.  A vacancy in any elective office
 4    other than mayor or president shall be filled by  appointment
 5    by the mayor or president, with the advice and consent of the
 6    corporate authorities.
 7        (d)  Municipal  officers  appointed or elected under this
 8    Section shall hold office until their successors are  elected
 9    and have qualified.
10        (e)  An  appointment  to  fill a vacancy in the office of
11    alderman shall be made  within  60  days  after  the  vacancy
12    occurs.   The  requirement that an appointment be made within
13    60 days is an exclusive power and function of the  State  and
14    is  a  denial  and  limitation  under Article VII, Section 6,
15    subsection (h) of the Illinois Constitution of the power of a
16    home rule municipality to require that an appointment be made
17    within a different period after the vacancy occurs.
18    (Source: P.A. 90-429,  eff.  8-15-97;  90-707,  eff.  8-7-98;
19    revised 9-16-98.)

20        (65 ILCS 5/7-1-26) (from Ch. 24, par. 7-1-26)
21        Sec.  7-1-26.  Any  territory containing 60 acres or less
22    lying along one or both sides of the boundary line between  2
23    adjoining   municipalities,   and   contiguous   to  a  third
24    municipality  may  be  excluded  from  one  or  both  of  the
25    adjoining municipalities and annexed to the third  contiguous
26    municipality, as follows:
27        The corporate authorities of the excluding municipalities
28    or  municipality  shall,  by  majority  vote of the corporate
29    authorities then holding office, adopt an ordinance providing
30    for such exclusion, and  the  corporate  authorities  of  the
31    annexing  municipality shall adopt an ordinance providing for
32    the annexation of this territory. Upon the adoption of  these
33    ordinances,  the  territory  is  thereby  excluded  from  the
 
                            -440-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    excluding   municipalities   and   added   to   the  annexing
 2    municipality.   The   chief   executive   officer   of   each
 3    municipality thereupon shall file for recordation an accurate
 4    map of the excluded or added territory, as the case  may  be,
 5    together with a certified copy of the ordinance for exclusion
 6    or  annexation  with  the recorder of the county in which the
 7    excluded or added territory, as the case may be, is situated.
 8    The ordinance shall be published in a  newspaper  of  general
 9    circulation  in the excluding and annexing municipalities and
10    shall contain a notice of (1) the specific number  of  voters
11    required  to  sign  a  petition  requesting  the  question of
12    disconnection and annexation to be submitted to the electors;
13    (2) the time in which such petition must be  filed;  and  (3)
14    the  date  of  the  prospective referendum. The clerks of the
15    municipalities  in  which  the  territory  is  sought  to  be
16    disconnected or annexed shall provide a petition form to  any
17    individual requesting one.
18        Whenever   any  disconnection  and  annexation  shall  be
19    effected as provided in this Section  any  taxpayer  in  such
20    area  disconnected  and  annexed  may,  within  10 days after
21    adoption of the annexing ordinance, file with  the  clerk  of
22    the  circuit court in the county wherein the disconnected and
23    annexed area is located a petition signed by  not  less  than
24    10%  or 100, whichever is lesser, of the electors of the area
25    disconnected and annexed,  requesting  the  submission  to  a
26    referendum of the following proposition: "Shall the territory
27    (here  describe  it) be disconnected from the municipality of
28    .... and annexed to the municipality of ....?"
29        The circuit court, if it finds  the  petition  to  be  in
30    conformity  with  law,  shall  order  that the proposition be
31    submitted at an election to be conducted in  accordance  with
32    the  general  election  law.  The  clerk of the circuit court
33    shall  certify  the  proposition  to  the   proper   election
34    authority  for submission. If a majority of the voters voting
 
                            -441-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    on the proposition vote in favor thereof, such  disconnection
 2    and  annexation  shall be valid and binding. If a majority of
 3    the  vote  is  against  such  proposition  the  disconnection
 4    ordinance adopted by the disconnecting municipality  and  the
 5    annexation  ordinance  adopted  by  the annexing municipality
 6    shall be void.
 7    (Source: P.A. 83-358; revised 10-31-98.)

 8        (65 ILCS 5/8-2-9.3) (from Ch. 24, par. 8-2-9.3)
 9        Sec. 8-2-9.3. The municipal budget officer shall  compile
10    a  budget,  such  budget  to  contain  estimates  of revenues
11    available to the municipality for the fiscal year  for  which
12    the budget is drafted, together with recommended expenditures
13    for   the   municipality   and   all  of  the  municipality's
14    departments, commissions, and boards. Revenue  estimates  and
15    expenditure  recommendations  shall  be presented in a manner
16    which is in conformity with good fiscal management practices.
17    Substantial conformity to a chart of accounts, now or in  the
18    future, recommended by the National Committee on Governmental
19    Accounting,  (or) the Auditor of Public Accounts of the State
20    of Illinois, or the Division of  Local  Governmental  Affairs
21    and  Property Taxes of the Department of Revenue of the State
22    of Illinois or successor agencies shall be  deemed  proof  of
23    such conformity. The budget shall contain actual or estimated
24    revenues  and  expenditures  for  the  two  years immediately
25    preceding the fiscal year for which the budget  is  prepared.
26    So far as is possible, the fiscal data for such two preceding
27    fiscal  years  shall  be  itemized  in  a  manner which is in
28    conformity with the chart of accounts  approved  above.  Each
29    budget   shall   show  the  specific  fund  from  which  each
30    anticipated expenditure shall be made.
31    (Source: P.A. 76-1117; revised 10-31-98.)

32        (65 ILCS 5/9-2-53) (from Ch. 24, par. 9-2-53)
 
                            -442-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec. 9-2-53. Petitioner, in  addition  to  other  notices
 2    hereinbefore  provided  for,  shall publish a notice at least
 3    twice, not more than 30 nor less than 15 days in  advance  of
 4    the time at which confirmation of the specified assessment is
 5    to  be  sought,  in  one  or more newspapers published in the
 6    municipality or, if no newspaper is published  therein,  then
 7    in  one  or more newspapers with a general circulation within
 8    the  municipality.  In  municipalities  with  less  than  500
 9    population in which no newspaper  is  published,  publication
10    may  be made by posting a notice in 3 prominent places within
11    the municipality.  The notice shall be over the name  of  the
12    officer levying the assessment, and shall be substantially as
13    follows:
14                     "SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE"
15        "Notice  is  hereby  given to all persons interested that
16    the city council (or board of trustees,  or  other  corporate
17    authority,  as  the  case may be) of .... having ordered that
18    (here insert  a  brief  description  of  the  nature  of  the
19    improvement), the ordinance for the improvement being on file
20    in  the  office of the .... clerk, having applied to the ....
21    court of .... county for an assessment of the  costs  of  the
22    improvement,   according   to  benefits,  and  an  assessment
23    therefor having been made and returned  to  that  court,  the
24    final  hearing thereon will be had on (insert date), the ....
25    day of ...., 19.., or as soon thereafter as the  business  of
26    the  court  will  permit.   All  persons  desiring  may  file
27    objections  in  that  court before that day and may appear on
28    the hearing and make their defense."
29        (Here give date.)
30        .....

31        Where the assessment  is  payable  in  installments,  the
32    number of installments and the rate of interest also shall be
33    stated.
34    (Source: Laws 1961, p. 576; revised 10-20-98.)
 
                            -443-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (65 ILCS 5/9-2-79) (from Ch. 24, par. 9-2-79)
 2        Sec.  9-2-79.   The  collector  receiving  such a warrant
 3    shall give notice thereof within  10  days  by  publishing  a
 4    notice  once  each week for 2 successive weeks in one or more
 5    newspapers published in the municipality, or, if no newspaper
 6    is published therein, then in one or more newspapers  with  a
 7    general    circulation    within    the   municipality.    In
 8    municipalities with less than  500  population  in  which  no
 9    newspaper  is  published,  publication may instead be made by
10    posting  a  notice  in  3   prominent   places   within   the
11    municipality.   This  notice  may  be  substantially  in  the
12    following form:
13                     "SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE
14                      Special Warrant, No. ....
15    Notice:  Publication is hereby given that  the  (here  insert
16    title   of   court)  has  rendered  judgment  for  a  special
17    assessment (or special tax) upon property  benefited  by  the
18    following  improvement:  (here  describe  the  character  and
19    location  of  the  improvement in general terms) as will more
20    fully appear from the certified copy of the judgment on  file
21    in  my  office;  that  the warrant for the collection of this
22    assessment (or special tax) is in my possession.  All persons
23    interested are hereby notified to call  and  pay  the  amount
24    assessed  at  the collector's office (here insert location of
25    office) within 30 days from the date hereof.
26    Dated (insert date). this .... day of .... 19...
27                         .... (Collector)."

28        When such an assessment or special tax is  levied  to  be
29    paid  in  installments,  the  notice  shall  contain also the
30    amount of each installment, the  rate  of  interest  deferred
31    installments bear, and the date when payable.
32    (Source: Laws 1961, p. 576; revised 10-20-98.)

33        (65 ILCS 5/9-2-94) (from Ch. 24, par. 9-2-94)
 
                            -444-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec.  9-2-94.  In counties having a population of 500,000
 2    or more, the city comptroller or other officer designated and
 3    authorized by the corporate authorities of  any  municipality
 4    which  levies any special assessment has the power to collect
 5    the amounts due on tracts or lots which have  been  forfeited
 6    or  withdrawn  from  sale, and the interest and penalties due
 7    thereon, based upon an estimate of  the  cost  of  redemption
 8    computed by the county clerk and at a rate to be fixed by the
 9    corporate  authorities  as  to  the  interest  and  penalties
10    thereon, and he shall issue a receipt therefor.  However, the
11    corporate  authorities may authorize the municipal officer to
12    waive the penalties for the first year in excess of 7%.   The
13    person  receiving  this receipt shall file it with the county
14    clerk.
15        Upon the presentation of such a receipt, the county clerk
16    shall issue to  the  person  a  certificate  of  cancellation
17    setting  forth  a  description  of  the property, the special
18    assessment warrant, and installment, and the amount  received
19    by   the   municipal   officer,   and   this  certificate  of
20    cancellation shall be  evidence  of  the  redemption  of  the
21    property therein described. The form of such a certificate of
22    redemption   for  filing  with  the  county  clerk  shall  be
23    substantially as follows: Receipt of Deposit for Redemption.
24    Volume ....   Page ....
25    State of Illinois                    Office of (give title of
26    County of Cook                              municipal office)
27        I, (here give name, title of municipal officer),  of  the
28    (give name of city, village, or incorporated town), do hereby
29    certify  that  on  (insert  date), the .... day of .... 19..,
30    .... deposited in this office .... Dollars for the redemption
31    of .... (describe property)  ....  which  ....  withdrawn  or
32    forfeited  by  the  collector of this county on (insert date)
33    the ....  day  of  ....  19..  for  the  nonpayment  of  ....
34    installment of special assessment warrant.
 
                            -445-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        You  are hereby authorized and ordered to cancel from the
 2    records  and  files  in  your  office  that   withdrawal   or
 3    forfeiture,  and  issue  your  certificate  of redemption and
 4    cancellation.
 5    (insert date). .... day of .... 19..
 6    (insert name of city, village, or incorporated town).
 7                      By .... (proper officer).
 8    (Source: P.A. 82-1013; revised 10-20-98.)

 9        (65 ILCS 5/9-2-119) (from Ch. 24, par. 9-2-119)
10        Sec.  9-2-119.   For  the  purpose  of  anticipating  the
11    collection  of  the  second  and   succeeding   installments,
12    provided  for  in  this  Division 2, a municipality may issue
13    bonds, payable out of these installments, bearing interest at
14    a rate specified in the  ordinance  referred  to  in  Section
15    2-9-10  of  the Illinois Municipal Code and not more than the
16    rate the installments of the  assessment  against  which  the
17    bonds  are  issued  bear, payable annually and signed by such
18    officers as may be by ordinance prescribed.  Bonds  shall  be
19    issued  in  sums of $100, or some multiple thereof, and shall
20    be dated and draw interest from the date of  their  issuance.
21    Each bond shall state on its face out of which installment it
22    is  payable, and shall state, by number or other designation,
23    the  assessment  to  which  that  installment  belongs.   The
24    principal  of these bonds shall not exceed, in the aggregate,
25    the amount of the deferred installments, and shall be divided
26    into as many series as there are deferred installments.
27        However, if there is a surplus to the credit of any  such
28    installment  which  is  not  required  for the payment of any
29    vouchers or  bonds  issued  against  that  installment,  that
30    surplus   shall   be   applied  toward  the  payment  of  any
31    outstanding vouchers or bonds already issued or to be issued,
32    as  the  case  may  be,  against  any  other  installment  or
33    installments.
 
                            -446-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Each series shall become due at some time in the year  in
 2    which  the corresponding installment will mature, the date to
 3    conform,  as  nearly  as  may  be,  to  the  time  when  that
 4    installment will be actually collected. This  time  shall  be
 5    estimated  and  determined  by the municipal officers issuing
 6    the bonds. But it is lawful to provide in the case of any one
 7    or more of the bonds in any series, that that bond  or  bonds
 8    shall  not  become  due until some subsequent date, not later
 9    than December 31 next succeeding the  January  in  which  the
10    installment against which that series is issued will mature.
11               The bonds may be in the following form:
12    State of Illinois)
13                     ) ss
14    County of .......)
15    $............................  Series No. ...................
16                                   Bond No. .....................
17    .............................  of ...........................
18                          Improvement Bond
19        The  ....  of  ....  in  .... County, Illinois, for value
20    received, promises to pay to the bearer on (insert date)  the
21    ....  day  of  ....  A.D. ...., the sum of .... dollars, with
22    interest thereon from date hereof,  at  the  rate  of  ....%,
23    payable  annually  on  presentation  of  the  coupons  hereto
24    annexed.
25        Both  principal  and interest of this bond are payable at
26    the office of the treasurer of said .... of .....
27        This bond is issued to anticipate  the  collection  of  a
28    part  of  the .... installment of special assessment No. ....
29    levied for  the  purpose  of  ....  which  installment  bears
30    interest  from  (insert  date), the .... day of .... 19.. and
31    this bond and the interest thereon are payable solely out  of
32    the installment when collected.
33        Dated (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19...

34        The  bond  may  have  coupons  attached  to represent the
 
                            -447-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    interest to accrue thereon.
 2        In lieu  of  the  bonds  described  in  this  Section,  a
 3    municipality may issue bonds of the type described in Section
 4    9-2-127,   but   all  bonds  issued  under  any  one  special
 5    assessment proceeding must be of the same type.
 6        This amendatory Act of 1971  is  not  a  limit  upon  any
 7    municipality which is a home rule unit.
 8    (Source: P.A. 82-642; revised 10-20-98.)

 9        (65 ILCS 5/9-3-33) (from Ch. 24, par. 9-3-33)
10        Sec. 9-3-33. If upon final settlement with the contractor
11    for  the construction of any improvement and after paying all
12    costs of levying, collecting and making the assessment, which
13    amount shall not under any circumstances exceed  12%  of  the
14    estimated  contract price, and all bonds and interest thereon
15    issued, as in this Division 3 provided,  except  those  bonds
16    and  interest  coupons  not  presented  for payment, although
17    called and for which funds are available and reserved, within
18    the period of time specified in Section 9-1-5, there shall be
19    any surpluses remaining in the special assessment  fund,  the
20    corporate  authorities  of  such  municipality  shall at once
21    cause a rebate to be declared upon each lot, tract or  parcel
22    of  real  estate  assessed of its pro rata proportion of such
23    surplus. Such rebate shall be paid to the owner of record  of
24    each  such  lot,  block,  tract  or parcel at the time of the
25    declaration of the rebate. Should  any  additional  funds  be
26    collected   after   the  original  rebate  is  declared,  the
27    municipality shall not be required to declare a  supplemental
28    rebate  for  5  years  from  the  date the original rebate is
29    declared. The municipality  may  deduct  for  its  costs  and
30    expenses for declaring and making any rebate not more than 5%
31    of  the  amount  declared  to be rebated. All surpluses shall
32    remain in  the  special  assessment  fund  until  after  full
33    payment  of  all bonds and vouchers issued in anticipation of
 
                            -448-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the collection of the  assessment,  and  there  shall  be  no
 2    rebate  until  all  such bonds and vouchers have been paid in
 3    full, both as to principal  principle  and  interest,  except
 4    those  bonds  and interest coupons not presented for payment,
 5    although  called  and  for  which  funds  are  available  and
 6    reserved, within the period  of  time  specified  in  Section
 7    9-1-5.  The  corporate authorities shall cause to be kept and
 8    exhibited publicly  in  the  office  of  the  clerk  of  such
 9    municipality,  an index of all special assessment accounts or
10    warrants upon which a rebate is  due  and  payable  and  upon
11    proper  proofs  the  same  shall  be  repaid  to  the persons
12    entitled thereto.
13    (Source: Laws 1963, p. 2431; revised 10-31-98.)

14        (65 ILCS 5/11-31-1) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-31-1)
15        Sec.   11-31-1.  Demolition,   repair,   enclosure,    or
16    remediation.
17        (a)  The  corporate  authorities of each municipality may
18    demolish, repair, or enclose or cause the demolition, repair,
19    or enclosure of dangerous and unsafe buildings or uncompleted
20    and  abandoned  buildings  within  the   territory   of   the
21    municipality  and may remove or cause the removal of garbage,
22    debris, and other hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy substances
23    or materials from those  buildings.   In  any  county  having
24    adopted by referendum or otherwise a county health department
25    as  provided  by  Division  5-25  of the Counties Code or its
26    predecessor, the county board of  that  county  may  exercise
27    those powers with regard to dangerous and unsafe buildings or
28    uncompleted  and  abandoned buildings within the territory of
29    any city, village, or  incorporated  town  having  less  than
30    50,000 population.
31        The  corporate  authorities  shall  apply  to the circuit
32    court of the county in which the building is located (i)  for
33    an  order  authorizing  action  to be taken with respect to a
 
                            -449-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    building if the owner or owners of  the  building,  including
 2    the  lien  holders of record, after at least 15 days' written
 3    notice by mail so to do, have failed to put the building in a
 4    safe condition or  to  demolish  it  or  (ii)  for  an  order
 5    requiring  the owner or owners of record to demolish, repair,
 6    or enclose the building or to  remove  garbage,  debris,  and
 7    other   hazardous,   noxious,   or  unhealthy  substances  or
 8    materials from the building.  It is  not  a  defense  to  the
 9    cause  of action that the building is boarded up or otherwise
10    enclosed, although the court may order the defendant to  have
11    the  building  boarded  up or otherwise enclosed. Where, upon
12    diligent search, the identity or whereabouts of the owner  or
13    owners of the building, including the lien holders of record,
14    is  not ascertainable, notice mailed to the person or persons
15    in whose name the real estate was last assessed is sufficient
16    notice under this Section.
17        The hearing upon the application  to  the  circuit  court
18    shall be expedited by the court and shall be given precedence
19    over all other suits.  Any person entitled to bring an action
20    under  subsection (b) shall have the right to intervene in an
21    action brought under this Section.
22        The cost of the demolition, repair, enclosure, or removal
23    incurred by the municipality, by an intervenor, or by a  lien
24    holder of record, including court costs, attorney's fees, and
25    other  costs  related  to the enforcement of this Section, is
26    recoverable from the owner or owners of the  real  estate  or
27    the  previous  owner  or both if the property was transferred
28    during the 15 day notice period and is a  lien  on  the  real
29    estate;  the lien is superior to all prior existing liens and
30    encumbrances, except taxes, if, within  180  days  after  the
31    repair,  demolition, enclosure, or removal, the municipality,
32    the lien holder of record, or the intervenor who incurred the
33    cost and expense shall file a notice of lien for the cost and
34    expense incurred in the office of the recorder in the  county
 
                            -450-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    in  which  the real estate is located or in the office of the
 2    registrar of titles of the county if the real estate affected
 3    is registered under the Registered Titles (Torrens) Act.
 4        The notice must consist of a sworn statement setting  out
 5    (1)  a  description  of  the  real  estate sufficient for its
 6    identification, (2) the amount of money representing the cost
 7    and expense incurred, and (3) the date or dates when the cost
 8    and expense was incurred by the municipality, the lien holder
 9    of record, or the intervenor. Upon payment of  the  cost  and
10    expense by the owner of or persons interested in the property
11    after  the  notice  of lien has been filed, the lien shall be
12    released by the municipality, the person in  whose  name  the
13    lien  has  been  filed,  or the assignee of the lien, and the
14    release may be filed of record  as  in  the  case  of  filing
15    notice  of lien. Unless the lien is enforced under subsection
16    (c), the lien may be enforced by foreclosure  proceedings  as
17    in  the case of mortgage foreclosures under Article XV of the
18    Code of Civil Procedure or mechanics' lien  foreclosures.  An
19    action  to  foreclose  this lien may be commenced at any time
20    after the date of filing of the notice of lien.  The costs of
21    foreclosure incurred by  the  municipality,  including  court
22    costs,  reasonable  attorney's fees, advances to preserve the
23    property, and other costs related to the enforcement of  this
24    subsection,  plus  statutory interest, are a lien on the real
25    estate and are recoverable by the municipality from the owner
26    or owners of the real estate.
27        All liens arising under  this  subsection  (a)  shall  be
28    assignable.  The  assignee  of  the  lien shall have the same
29    power to enforce the lien as the assigning party, except that
30    the lien may not be enforced under subsection (c).
31        If  the  appropriate   official   of   any   municipality
32    determines   that   any  dangerous  and  unsafe  building  or
33    uncompleted  and  abandoned  building  within  its  territory
34    fulfills the requirements for an action by  the  municipality
 
                            -451-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    under   the   Abandoned   Housing   Rehabilitation  Act,  the
 2    municipality may petition under  that  Act  in  a  proceeding
 3    brought under this subsection.
 4        (b)  Any  owner  or  tenant  of real property within 1200
 5    feet in any direction of any  dangerous  or  unsafe  building
 6    located  within  the  territory  of  a  municipality  with  a
 7    population  of  500,000 or more may file with the appropriate
 8    municipal authority  a request that the municipality apply to
 9    the circuit court of the county  in  which  the  building  is
10    located  for  an  order permitting the demolition, removal of
11    garbage, debris, and other noxious  or  unhealthy  substances
12    and materials from, or repair or enclosure of the building in
13    the  manner prescribed in subsection (a) of this Section.  If
14    the municipality fails to  institute  an  action  in  circuit
15    court  within  90  days  after the filing of the request, the
16    owner or tenant of real property  within  1200  feet  in  any
17    direction  of the building may institute an action in circuit
18    court seeking an order compelling  the  owner  or  owners  of
19    record to demolish, remove garbage, debris, and other noxious
20    or unhealthy substances and materials from, repair or enclose
21    or to cause to be demolished, have garbage, debris, and other
22    noxious  or  unhealthy substances and materials removed from,
23    repaired, or enclosed the building in question.    A  private
24    owner  or tenant who institutes an action under the preceding
25    sentence shall not be required to pay any fee to the clerk of
26    the circuit court. The cost of repair,  removal,  demolition,
27    or  enclosure shall be borne by the owner or owners of record
28    of the building. In the event the owner or owners  of  record
29    fail  to  demolish, remove garbage, debris, and other noxious
30    or  unhealthy  substances  and  materials  from,  repair,  or
31    enclose the building within 90 days of  the  date  the  court
32    entered  its  order,  the  owner or tenant who instituted the
33    action may request that the court join the municipality as  a
34    party to the action.  The court may order the municipality to
 
                            -452-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    demolish,  remove  materials  from,  repair,  or  enclose the
 2    building, or cause that action to be taken upon  the  request
 3    of  any owner or tenant who instituted the action or upon the
 4    municipality's request.  The municipality may file,  and  the
 5    court  may approve, a plan for rehabilitating the building in
 6    question. A  court  order  authorizing  the  municipality  to
 7    demolish,   remove  materials  from,  repair,  or  enclose  a
 8    building, or  cause  that  action  to  be  taken,  shall  not
 9    preclude  the  court  from  adjudging  the owner or owners of
10    record of the building  in  contempt  of  court  due  to  the
11    failure to comply with the order to demolish, remove garbage,
12    debris,   and  other  noxious  or  unhealthy  substances  and
13    materials from, repair, or enclose the building.
14        If a municipality or a person or persons other  than  the
15    owner or owners of record pay the cost of demolition, removal
16    of garbage, debris, and other noxious or unhealthy substances
17    and  materials,  repair,  or  enclosure  pursuant  to a court
18    order, the cost, including court costs, attorney's fees,  and
19    other costs related to the enforcement of this subsection, is
20    recoverable  from  the owner or owners of the real estate and
21    is a lien on the real estate; the lien  is  superior  to  all
22    prior  existing  liens  and  encumbrances,  except taxes, if,
23    within 180 days after the  repair,  removal,  demolition,  or
24    enclosure, the municipality or the person or persons who paid
25    the  costs of demolition, removal, repair, or enclosure shall
26    file a notice of lien of the cost and expense incurred in the
27    office of the recorder in the county in which the real estate
28    is located or in the office of the registrar of the county if
29    the real estate affected is registered under  the  Registered
30    Titles  (Torrens)  Act.  The  notice shall be in a form as is
31    provided  in  subsection  (a).   An  owner  or   tenant   who
32    institutes  an  action  in  circuit court seeking an order to
33    compel the owner or owners  of  record  to  demolish,  remove
34    materials  from,  repair,  or enclose any dangerous or unsafe
 
                            -453-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    building, or to cause that action  to  be  taken  under  this
 2    subsection  may recover court costs and reasonable attorney's
 3    fees for instituting the action from the owner or  owners  of
 4    record  of  the  building.  Upon  payment  of  the  costs and
 5    expenses by the owner  of  or  a  person  interested  in  the
 6    property  after  the  notice of lien has been filed, the lien
 7    shall be released by the municipality or the person in  whose
 8    name  the lien has been filed or his or her assignee, and the
 9    release may be filed of record as in the  case  of  filing  a
10    notice of lien.  Unless the lien is enforced under subsection
11    (c),  the  lien may be enforced by foreclosure proceedings as
12    in the case of mortgage foreclosures under Article XV of  the
13    Code  of Civil Procedure or mechanics' lien foreclosures.  An
14    action to foreclose this lien may be commenced  at  any  time
15    after the date of filing of the notice of lien.  The costs of
16    foreclosure  incurred  by  the  municipality, including court
17    costs, reasonable attorneys' fees, advances to  preserve  the
18    property,  and other costs related to the enforcement of this
19    subsection, plus statutory interest, are a lien on  the  real
20    estate and are recoverable by the municipality from the owner
21    or owners of the real estate.
22        All  liens arising under the terms of this subsection (b)
23    shall be assignable.  The assignee of the lien shall have the
24    same power to enforce the lien as the assigning party, except
25    that the lien may not be enforced under subsection (c).
26        (c)  In any case where a municipality has obtained a lien
27    under subsection (a),  (b),  or  (f),  the  municipality  may
28    enforce  the  lien  under  this  subsection  (c)  in the same
29    proceeding in which the lien is authorized.
30        A municipality desiring to  enforce  a  lien  under  this
31    subsection   (c)   shall   petition   the   court  to  retain
32    jurisdiction   for   foreclosure   proceedings   under   this
33    subsection.  Notice of  the  petition  shall  be  served,  by
34    certified  or registered mail, on all persons who were served
 
                            -454-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    notice under subsection (a), (b), or (f).   The  court  shall
 2    conduct a hearing on the petition not less than 15 days after
 3    the  notice  is  served.   If  the  court determines that the
 4    requirements of this subsection (c) have been  satisfied,  it
 5    shall  grant  the  petition  and retain jurisdiction over the
 6    matter until the foreclosure proceeding  is  completed.   The
 7    costs  of foreclosure incurred by the municipality, including
 8    court costs, reasonable attorneys' fees, advances to preserve
 9    the property, and other costs related to the  enforcement  of
10    this  subsection,  plus statutory interest, are a lien on the
11    real estate and are recoverable by the municipality from  the
12    owner  or owners of the real estate.  If the court denies the
13    petition, the municipality may enforce the lien in a separate
14    action as provided in subsection (a), (b), or (f).
15        All persons designated in Section 15-1501 of the Code  of
16    Civil   Procedure   as   necessary   parties  in  a  mortgage
17    foreclosure action shall be joined as parties before issuance
18    of an order of foreclosure.  Persons  designated  in  Section
19    15-1501 of the Code of Civil Procedure as permissible parties
20    may also be joined as parties in the action.
21        The  provisions  of  Article  XV  of  the  Code  of Civil
22    Procedure applicable to mortgage foreclosures shall apply  to
23    the  foreclosure  of a lien under this subsection (c), except
24    to the extent that those  provisions  are  inconsistent  with
25    this  subsection.    For  purposes  of  foreclosures of liens
26    under  this  subsection,  however,  the   redemption   period
27    described in subsection (b) of Section 15-1603 of the Code of
28    Civil  Procedure shall end 60 days after the date of entry of
29    the order of foreclosure.
30        (d)  In addition to any other remedy provided by law, the
31    corporate authorities of any municipality  may  petition  the
32    circuit  court to have property declared abandoned under this
33    subsection (d) if:
34             (1)  the property has been tax delinquent for  2  or
 
                            -455-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        more  years  or  bills for water service for the property
 2        have been outstanding for 2 or more years;
 3             (2)  the property is unoccupied by  persons  legally
 4        in possession; and
 5             (3)  the  property  contains  a  dangerous or unsafe
 6        building.
 7        All persons having an interest of record in the property,
 8    including  tax  purchasers  and  beneficial  owners  of   any
 9    Illinois  land  trust  having title to the property, shall be
10    named as defendants in the petition and shall be served  with
11    process.   In  addition,  service  shall be had under Section
12    2-206 of the Code  of  Civil  Procedure  as  in  other  cases
13    affecting property.
14        The   municipality,   however,  may  proceed  under  this
15    subsection in a proceeding brought under  subsection  (a)  or
16    (b).   Notice of the petition shall be served by certified or
17    registered mail on all persons who were served  notice  under
18    subsection (a) or (b).
19        If  the municipality proves that the conditions described
20    in this subsection exist and  the  owner  of  record  of  the
21    property  does  not enter an appearance in the action, or, if
22    title to the property is held by an Illinois land  trust,  if
23    neither  the  owner of record nor the owner of the beneficial
24    interest of the trust enters an appearance, the  court  shall
25    declare the property abandoned.
26        If  that  determination  is made, notice shall be sent by
27    certified  or  registered  mail  to  all  persons  having  an
28    interest of record in the property, including tax  purchasers
29    and beneficial owners of any Illinois land trust having title
30    to  the  property, stating that title to the property will be
31    transferred to the municipality unless, within 30 days of the
32    notice, the owner of  record  enters  an  appearance  in  the
33    action,  or unless any other person having an interest in the
34    property files with the  court  a  request  to  demolish  the
 
                            -456-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    dangerous  or  unsafe building or to put the building in safe
 2    condition.
 3        If the owner of record enters an appearance in the action
 4    within the 30 day period, the court shall  vacate  its  order
 5    declaring   the   property  abandoned.   In  that  case,  the
 6    municipality may amend its complaint  in  order  to  initiate
 7    proceedings under subsection (a).
 8        If  a request to demolish or repair the building is filed
 9    within the 30 day period, the court shall grant permission to
10    the requesting party to demolish the building within 30  days
11    or  to  restore the building to safe condition within 60 days
12    after the request is granted.  An extension  of  that  period
13    for up to 60 additional days may be given for good cause.  If
14    more than one person with an interest in the property files a
15    timely  request, preference shall be given to the person with
16    the lien or other interest of the highest priority.
17        If the requesting party proves  to  the  court  that  the
18    building  has  been  demolished  or  put  in a safe condition
19    within the period of time granted by  the  court,  the  court
20    shall issue a quitclaim judicial deed for the property to the
21    requesting party, conveying only the interest of the owner of
22    record,  upon  proof  of  payment  to the municipality of all
23    costs incurred by the municipality  in  connection  with  the
24    action,  including but not limited to court costs, attorney's
25    fees, administrative costs, the  costs,  if  any,  associated
26    with   building   enclosure   or   removal,   and  receiver's
27    certificates.  The interest in the property so conveyed shall
28    be subject to all liens and encumbrances on the property.  In
29    addition, if the interest is conveyed to a person  holding  a
30    certificate  of  purchase for the property under the Property
31    Tax Code, the conveyance shall be subject to  the  rights  of
32    redemption  of all persons entitled to redeem under that Act,
33    including the original owner of record.
34        If no person with an interest in  the  property  files  a
 
                            -457-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    timely  request  or if the requesting party fails to demolish
 2    the building or put the building in safe condition within the
 3    time specified by the court, the  municipality  may  petition
 4    the  court  to  issue a judicial deed for the property to the
 5    municipality.  A conveyance by judicial deed shall operate to
 6    extinguish all existing ownership interests in, liens on, and
 7    other interest in the property, including tax liens.
 8        (e)  Each municipality may use  the  provisions  of  this
 9    subsection  to expedite the removal of certain buildings that
10    are a continuing hazard to the community in  which  they  are
11    located.
12        If  a  residential or commercial building is 3 stories or
13    less in height as  defined  by  the  municipality's  building
14    code,  and  the corporate official designated to be in charge
15    of enforcing the municipality's building code determines that
16    the  building  is  open  and  vacant  and  an  immediate  and
17    continuing hazard to the community in which the  building  is
18    located,  then  the  official  shall  be authorized to post a
19    notice not less than 2 feet by 2 feet in size on the front of
20    the building.  The notice shall be dated as of  the  date  of
21    the  posting  and  shall  state  that  unless the building is
22    demolished, repaired, or enclosed, and  unless  any  garbage,
23    debris, and other hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy substances
24    or  materials are removed so that an immediate and continuing
25    hazard to the community no longer exists, then  the  building
26    may  be  demolished,  repaired,  or enclosed, or any garbage,
27    debris, and other hazardous, noxious, or unhealthy substances
28    or materials may be removed, by the municipality.
29        Not later than 30  days  following  the  posting  of  the
30    notice, the municipality shall do both of the following:
31             (1)  Cause  to  be  sent,  by certified mail, return
32        receipt requested, a notice to all owners  of  record  of
33        the  property, the beneficial owners of any Illinois land
34        trust having title to the property, and  all  lienholders
 
                            -458-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        of  record  in  the  property,  stating the intent of the
 2        municipality to demolish, repair, or enclose the building
 3        or  remove  any  garbage,  debris,  or  other  hazardous,
 4        noxious, or unhealthy substances  or  materials  if  that
 5        action is not taken by the owner or owners.
 6             (2)  Cause to be published, in a newspaper published
 7        or  circulated  in the municipality where the building is
 8        located, a notice setting forth  (i)  the  permanent  tax
 9        index  number  and  the  address  of the building, (ii) a
10        statement that  the  property  is  open  and  vacant  and
11        constitutes  an  immediate  and  continuing hazard to the
12        community, and (iii) a statement  that  the  municipality
13        intends  to  demolish, repair, or enclose the building or
14        remove any garbage, debris, or other hazardous,  noxious,
15        or  unhealthy  substances  or  materials  if the owner or
16        owners or lienholders of record  fail  to  do  so.   This
17        notice shall be published for 3 consecutive days.
18        A  person  objecting  to  the  proposed  actions  of  the
19    corporate  authorities  may  file  his or her objection in an
20    appropriate form in a court of competent jurisdiction.
21        If the building is not demolished, repaired, or enclosed,
22    or the garbage,  debris,  or  other  hazardous,  noxious,  or
23    unhealthy  substances or materials are not removed, within 30
24    days of mailing the notice  to  the  owners  of  record,  the
25    beneficial  owners of any Illinois land trust having title to
26    the property, and all lienholders of record in the  property,
27    or  within  30  days  of  the  last day of publication of the
28    notice, whichever is later, the corporate  authorities  shall
29    have  the  power to demolish, repair, or enclose the building
30    or  to  remove  any  garbage,  debris,  or  other  hazardous,
31    noxious, or unhealthy substances or materials.
32        The municipality may  proceed  to  demolish,  repair,  or
33    enclose  a  building  or remove any garbage, debris, or other
34    hazardous, noxious,  or  unhealthy  substances  or  materials
 
                            -459-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    under  this  subsection within a 120-day period following the
 2    date of the mailing of the notice if the appropriate official
 3    determines that the demolition, repair, enclosure, or removal
 4    of any garbage,  debris,  or  other  hazardous,  noxious,  or
 5    unhealthy  substances or materials is necessary to remedy the
 6    immediate and continuing hazard.   If,  however,  before  the
 7    municipality  proceeds  with any of the actions authorized by
 8    this subsection, any person has sought a hearing  under  this
 9    subsection  before  a  court  and  has  served  a copy of the
10    complaint on the chief executive officer of the municipality,
11    then the municipality shall not proceed with the  demolition,
12    repair,  enclosure,  or  removal of garbage, debris, or other
13    substances until the court determines  that  that  action  is
14    necessary   to   remedy   the  hazard  and  issues  an  order
15    authorizing the municipality to do so.
16        Following the  demolition,  repair,  or  enclosure  of  a
17    building,  or  the  removal  of  garbage,  debris,  or  other
18    hazardous,  noxious,  or  unhealthy  substances  or materials
19    under this subsection, the municipality may file a notice  of
20    lien  against the real estate for the cost of the demolition,
21    repair, enclosure, or  removal  within  180  days  after  the
22    repair,  demolition,  enclosure, or removal occurred, for the
23    cost and expense incurred, in the office of the  recorder  in
24    the  county  in  which  the  real estate is located or in the
25    office of the registrar of titles of the county if  the  real
26    estate  affected  is  registered  under the Registered Titles
27    (Torrens) Act.  The notice of lien shall consist of  a  sworn
28    statement setting forth (i) a description of the real estate,
29    such  as  the  address  or other description of the property,
30    sufficient for its identification; (ii) the expenses incurred
31    by the  municipality  in  undertaking  the  remedial  actions
32    authorized under this subsection; (iii) the date or dates the
33    expenses  were incurred by the municipality; (iv) a statement
34    by the  corporate  official  responsible  for  enforcing  the
 
                            -460-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    building  code  that  the  building  was  open and vacant and
 2    constituted  an  immediate  and  continuing  hazard  to   the
 3    community; (v) a statement by the corporate official that the
 4    required  sign  was  posted  on the building, that notice was
 5    sent by certified mail to the  owners  of  record,  and  that
 6    notice  was published in accordance with this subsection; and
 7    (vi) a  statement  as  to  when  and  where  the  notice  was
 8    published.   The  lien  authorized  by  this  subsection  may
 9    thereafter  be  released  or  enforced by the municipality as
10    provided in subsection (a).
11        (f)  The corporate authorities of each  municipality  may
12    remove  or cause the removal of, or otherwise environmentally
13    remediate hazardous substances on, in, or under any abandoned
14    and unsafe property within the territory of  a  municipality.
15    In   addition,   where  preliminary  evidence  indicates  the
16    presence or likely presence of a  hazardous  substance  or  a
17    release  or  a substantial threat of a release of a hazardous
18    substance on,  in,  or  under  the  property,  the  corporate
19    authorities  of the municipality may inspect the property and
20    test for the presence or release of hazardous substances.  In
21    any county having adopted by referendum or otherwise a county
22    health  department  as  provided  by  Division  5-25  of  the
23    Counties Code or its predecessor, the county  board  of  that
24    county may exercise the above-described powers with regard to
25    property  within  the  territory  of  any  city,  village, or
26    incorporated town having less than 50,000 population.
27        For purposes of this subsection (f):
28             (1)  "property" or  "real  estate"  means  all  real
29        property, whether or not improved by a structure;
30             (2)  "abandoned" means;
31                  (A)  the property has been tax delinquent for 2
32             or more years;
33                  (B)  the  property  is  unoccupied  by  persons
34             legally in possession; and
 
                            -461-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (3)  "unsafe" means property that presents an actual
 2        or  imminent threat to public health and safety caused by
 3        the release of hazardous substances; and
 4             (4)  "hazardous substances" means  the  same  as  in
 5        Section 3.14 of the Environmental Protection Act.
 6        The  corporate  authorities  shall  apply  to the circuit
 7    court of the county in which the property is located (i)  for
 8    an  order allowing the municipality to enter the property and
 9    inspect and test substances on, in, or under the property; or
10    (ii) for an order authorizing the  corporate  authorities  to
11    take  action  with  respect to remediation of the property if
12    conditions on the  property,  based  on  the  inspection  and
13    testing authorized in paragraph (i), indicate the presence of
14    hazardous  substances.   Remediation shall be deemed complete
15    for purposes  of  paragraph  (ii)  above  when  the  property
16    satisfies  Tier  I, II, or III remediation objectives for the
17    property's  most  recent  usage,  as   established   by   the
18    Environmental  Protection  Act, and the rules and regulations
19    promulgated thereunder.  Where,  upon  diligent  search,  the
20    identity  or  whereabouts  of  the  owner  or  owners  of the
21    property, including  the  lien  holders  of  record,  is  not
22    ascertainable,  notice  mailed  to  the  person or persons in
23    whose name the real estate was last  assessed  is  sufficient
24    notice under this Section.
25        The  court shall grant an order authorizing testing under
26    paragraph (i) above upon a showing  of  preliminary  evidence
27    indicating  the  presence  or  likely presence of a hazardous
28    substance or a release  of  or  a  substantial  threat  of  a
29    release  of  a hazardous substance on, in, or under abandoned
30    property.  The preliminary evidence may include, but  is  not
31    limited to, evidence of prior use, visual site inspection, or
32    records  of  prior environmental investigations.  The testing
33    authorized by paragraph (i) above shall include any  type  of
34    investigation   which   is  necessary  for  an  environmental
 
                            -462-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    professional to determine the environmental condition of  the
 2    property,  including  but  not limited to performance of soil
 3    borings and groundwater monitoring.  The court shall grant  a
 4    remediation order under paragraph (ii) above where testing of
 5    the  property  indicates that it fails to meet the applicable
 6    remediation objectives.  The hearing upon the application  to
 7    the  circuit  court shall be expedited by the court and shall
 8    be given precedence over all other suits.
 9        The cost  of  the  inspection,  testing,  or  remediation
10    incurred  by  the municipality or by a lien holder of record,
11    including court  costs,  attorney's  fees,  and  other  costs
12    related  to the enforcement of this Section, is a lien on the
13    real  estate;  except  that  in   any   instances   where   a
14    municipality incurs costs of inspection and testing but finds
15    no  hazardous  substances  on  the  property  that present an
16    actual or imminent threat to public health and  safety,  such
17    costs  are not recoverable from the owners nor are such costs
18    a lien on the real estate.  The lien is superior to all prior
19    existing liens and encumbrances, except taxes  and  any  lien
20    obtained  under  subsection  (a)  or (e), if, within 180 days
21    after  the  completion  of  the   inspection,   testing,   or
22    remediation,  the  municipality  or the lien holder of record
23    who incurred the cost and expense shall file a notice of lien
24    for the cost and  expense  incurred  in  the  office  of  the
25    recorder in the county in which the real estate is located or
26    in the office of the registrar of titles of the county if the
27    real  estate  affected  is  registered  under  the Registered
28    Titles (Torrens) Act.
29        The notice must consist of a sworn statement setting  out
30    (i)  a  description  of  the  real  estate sufficient for its
31    identification, (ii) the amount  of  money  representing  the
32    cost  and  expense incurred, and (iii) the date or dates when
33    the cost and expense was incurred by the municipality or  the
34    lien  holder  of  record.  Upon payment of the lien amount by
 
                            -463-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the owner of or persons interested in the property after  the
 2    notice  of  lien  has  been filed, a release of lien shall be
 3    issued by the municipality, the person in whose name the lien
 4    has been filed, or the assignee of the lien, and the  release
 5    may  be  filed  of  record as in the case of filing notice of
 6    lien.
 7        The lien may be  enforced  under  subsection  (c)  or  by
 8    foreclosure   proceedings   as   in   the  case  of  mortgage
 9    foreclosures under Article XV of the Code of Civil  Procedure
10    or mechanics' lien foreclosures; provided that where the lien
11    is  enforced  by  foreclosure  under  subsection (c) or under
12    either statute, the municipality may not proceed against  the
13    other  assets  of  the owner or owners of the real estate for
14    any costs that otherwise  would  be  recoverable  under  this
15    Section  but that remain unsatisfied after foreclosure except
16    where such additional  recovery  is  authorized  by  separate
17    environmental  laws.  An action to foreclose this lien may be
18    commenced at any time after the date of filing of the  notice
19    of   lien.     The  costs  of  foreclosure  incurred  by  the
20    municipality, including court  costs,  reasonable  attorney's
21    fees,  advances  to  preserve  the  property, and other costs
22    related to the enforcement of this subsection, plus statutory
23    interest, are a lien on the real estate.
24        All liens arising under  this  subsection  (f)  shall  be
25    assignable.   The  assignee  of  the lien shall have the same
26    power to enforce the lien as the assigning party, except that
27    the lien may not be enforced under subsection (c).
28    (Source: P.A.  89-235,  eff.  8-4-95;  89-303,  eff.  1-1-96;
29    90-393, eff. 1-1-98; 90-597, eff. 6-25-98; revised 9-16-98.)

30        (65 ILCS 5/11-74.4-5) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.4-5)
31        Sec. 11-74.4-5. (a) Prior to the adoption of an ordinance
32    proposing the designation of a redevelopment project area, or
33    approving a redevelopment plan or redevelopment project,  the
 
                            -464-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    municipality  by  its  corporate  authorities,  or  as it may
 2    determine by any commission designated under  subsection  (k)
 3    of  Section  11-74.4-4 shall adopt an ordinance or resolution
 4    fixing a time and place for public hearing.    Prior  to  the
 5    adoption of the ordinance or resolution establishing the time
 6    and place for the public hearing, the municipality shall make
 7    available  for  public  inspection  a redevelopment plan or a
 8    separate report that provides in reasonable detail the  basis
 9    for  the  redevelopment project area qualifying as a blighted
10    area, conservation area, or an industrial  park  conservation
11    area.   The report along with the name of a person to contact
12    for further information shall be  sent  within  a  reasonable
13    time  after  the  adoption of such ordinance or resolution to
14    the affected taxing districts  by  certified  mail.   At  the
15    public  hearing  any  interested  person  or  affected taxing
16    district may file with the municipal clerk written objections
17    to and may be heard orally in respect to any issues  embodied
18    in the notice.  The municipality shall hear and determine all
19    protests and objections at the hearing and the hearing may be
20    adjourned to another date without further notice other than a
21    motion  to  be  entered  upon the minutes fixing the time and
22    place of the subsequent hearing.  Prior to the adoption of an
23    ordinance approving a  redevelopment  plan  or  redevelopment
24    project, or designating a redevelopment project area, changes
25    may  be  made  in  the  redevelopment plan or project or area
26    which changes do not alter the exterior boundaries, or do not
27    substantially affect the general land uses established in the
28    plan or substantially change the nature of the  redevelopment
29    project,  without  further  hearing  or notice, provided that
30    notice of such changes is given  by  mail  to  each  affected
31    taxing   district  and  by  publication  in  a  newspaper  or
32    newspapers of general circulation within the taxing districts
33    not less than 10  days prior to the adoption of  the  changes
34    by  ordinance. After the adoption of an ordinance approving a
 
                            -465-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    redevelopment plan or project or designating a  redevelopment
 2    project  area,  no  ordinance  shall  be adopted altering the
 3    exterior  boundaries,  affecting  the   general   land   uses
 4    established  pursuant  to  the plan or changing the nature of
 5    the  redevelopment  project  without   complying   with   the
 6    procedures  provided  in  this  division  pertaining  to  the
 7    initial   approval   of  a  redevelopment  plan  project  and
 8    designation of  redevelopment  project  area.  Hearings  with
 9    regard  to  a redevelopment project area, project or plan may
10    be held simultaneously.
11        (b)  After the effective date of this amendatory  Act  of
12    1989,  prior  to  the  adoption of an ordinance proposing the
13    designation of a redevelopment project area or  amending  the
14    boundaries  of  an  existing  redevelopment project area, the
15    municipality shall convene a joint review board  to  consider
16    the  proposal.   The  board shall consist of a representative
17    selected by each community college district, local elementary
18    school district  and  high  school  district  or  each  local
19    community   unit  school  district,  park  district,  library
20    district and county that has authority to directly levy taxes
21    on the property within  the  proposed  redevelopment  project
22    area,  a  representative  selected  by the municipality and a
23    public member.  The public member and the board's chairperson
24    shall be selected by  a  majority  of  other  board  members.
25    Municipalities  that  have  designated  redevelopment project
26    areas prior to the effective date of this amendatory  Act  of
27    1989  may  convene a joint review board to perform the duties
28    specified under paragraph (e) of this Section.
29        All board members shall be appointed and the first  board
30    meeting  held  within  14  days  following  the notice by the
31    municipality to all  the  taxing  districts  as  required  by
32    Section  11-74.4-6(c)  11-74.4-6c.   Such  notice  shall also
33    advise the taxing bodies  represented  on  the  joint  review
34    board  of  the  time  and  place  of the first meeting of the
 
                            -466-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    board.  Additional meetings of the board shall be  held  upon
 2    the call of any member.  The municipality seeking designation
 3    of  the redevelopment project area may provide administrative
 4    support to the board.
 5        The  board  shall  review  the  public  record,  planning
 6    documents and proposed ordinances approving the redevelopment
 7    plan and project to be adopted by the municipality.  As  part
 8    of  its deliberations, the board may hold additional hearings
 9    on  the  proposal.  A  board's  recommendation  shall  be  an
10    advisory,  non-binding  recommendation  which  recommendation
11    shall be  adopted  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  board  and
12    submitted  to the municipality within 30 days after convening
13    of the board. Failure of the board to submit its report on  a
14    timely  basis  shall not be cause to delay the public hearing
15    or any other step in the process of establishing or  amending
16    the redevelopment project area.
17        The  board shall base its decision to approve or deny the
18    proposal on the basis of the area satisfying the  eligibility
19    criteria defined in Section 11-74.4-3.
20        The board shall issue a written report describing why the
21    redevelopment plan and project area fails to meet one or more
22    of  the  criteria.  In  the  event  the Board does not file a
23    report it shall be presumed that these taxing bodies find the
24    redevelopment  project  area  to  satisfy   the   eligibility
25    criteria.
26        (c)  After  the  adoption  of  an  ordinance  approving a
27    redevelopment plan or project or designating a  redevelopment
28    project  area,  no  ordinance  shall  be adopted altering the
29    exterior  boundaries,  affecting  the   general   land   uses
30    established  pursuant  to  the plan or changing the nature of
31    the  redevelopment  project  without   complying   with   the
32    procedures  provided  in  this  division  pertaining  to  the
33    initial   approval   of  a  redevelopment  plan  project  and
34    designation of a redevelopment project area.
 
                            -467-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (d)  After the effective date of this amendatory  Act  of
 2    1994  and  adoption of an ordinance approving a redevelopment
 3    plan or project, a municipality with  a  population  of  less
 4    than  1,000,000  shall within 90 days after the close of each
 5    municipal fiscal year notify all taxing districts represented
 6    on the joint review board in which the redevelopment  project
 7    area  is located that any or all of the following information
 8    will be made available no later than 180 days after the close
 9    of each municipal fiscal  year  upon  receipt  of  a  written
10    request  of  a  majority  of  such  taxing districts for such
11    information:
12             (1)  Any amendments to the redevelopment  plan,  the
13        redevelopment  project  area,  or  the  State  Sales  Tax
14        Boundary.
15             (2)  Audited financial statements of the special tax
16        allocation  fund  once a cumulative total of $100,000 has
17        been deposited in the fund.
18             (3)  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of
19        the municipality that the municipality has complied  with
20        all  of the requirements of this Act during the preceding
21        fiscal year.
22             (4)  An  opinion   of   legal   counsel   that   the
23        municipality is in compliance with this Act.
24             (5)  An  analysis of the special tax allocation fund
25        which sets forth:
26                  (A)  the balance in the special tax  allocation
27             fund at the beginning of the fiscal year;
28                  (B)  all  amounts  deposited in the special tax
29             allocation fund by source;
30                  (C)  all  expenditures  from  the  special  tax
31             allocation   fund   by   category   of   permissible
32             redevelopment project cost; and
33                  (D)  the balance in the special tax  allocation
34             fund  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal year including a
 
                            -468-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             breakdown of that balance  by  source.  Such  ending
 2             balance  shall be designated as surplus if it is not
 3             required for anticipated redevelopment project costs
 4             or to pay debt service on bonds  issued  to  finance
 5             redevelopment project costs, as set forth in Section
 6             11-74.4-7 hereof.
 7             (6)  A  description of all property purchased by the
 8        municipality  within  the  redevelopment   project   area
 9        including:
10                  (A)  Street address.
11                  (B)  Approximate   size   or   description   of
12             property.
13                  (C)  Purchase price.
14                  (D)  Seller of property.
15             (7)  A   statement   setting  forth  all  activities
16        undertaken  in  furtherance  of  the  objectives  of  the
17        redevelopment plan, including:
18                  (A)  Any project implemented in  the  preceding
19             fiscal year.
20                  (B)  A   description   of   the   redevelopment
21             activities undertaken.
22                  (C)  A  description  of  any agreements entered
23             into  by  the  municipality  with  regard   to   the
24             disposition  or redevelopment of any property within
25             the redevelopment project area or  the  area  within
26             the State Sales Tax Boundary.
27                  (D)  Additional  information  on the use of all
28             funds received under this Division and  steps  taken
29             by the municipality to achieve the objectives of the
30             redevelopment plan.
31             (8)  With  regard  to  any obligations issued by the
32        municipality:
33                  (A)  copies of any official statements; and
34                  (B)  an analysis prepared by financial  advisor
 
                            -469-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             or underwriter setting forth: (i) nature and term of
 2             obligation;   and   (ii)   projected   debt  service
 3             including required reserves and debt coverage.
 4             (9)  For special  tax  allocation  funds  that  have
 5        experienced   cumulative   deposits  of  incremental  tax
 6        revenues of $100,000 or more, a  certified  audit  report
 7        reviewing  compliance  with  this  Act  performed  by  an
 8        independent  public  accountant certified and licensed by
 9        the authority of the State of  Illinois.   The  financial
10        portion of the audit must be conducted in accordance with
11        Standards   for  Audits  of  Governmental  Organizations,
12        Programs,  Activities,  and  Functions  adopted  by   the
13        Comptroller  General  of  the  United  States  (1981), as
14        amended.  The audit report shall contain  a  letter  from
15        the  independent  certified  public accountant indicating
16        compliance or  noncompliance  with  the  requirements  of
17        subsection (q) of Section 11-74.4-3.
18        (d-1)  Municipalities  with populations of over 1,000,000
19    shall, after adoption of a  redevelopment  plan  or  project,
20    make  available  upon request to any taxing district in which
21    the redevelopment  project  area  is  located  the  following
22    information:
23             (1)  Any  amendments  to the redevelopment plan, the
24        redevelopment  project  area,  or  the  State  Sales  Tax
25        Boundary; and
26             (2)  In connection with  any  redevelopment  project
27        area   for   which   the   municipality  has  outstanding
28        obligations issued to provide for  redevelopment  project
29        costs  pursuant  to  Section 11-74.4-7, audited financial
30        statements of the special tax allocation fund.
31        (e)  One  year,  two  years  and  at  the  end  of  every
32    subsequent three year period  thereafter,  the  joint  review
33    board  shall  meet  to review the effectiveness and status of
34    the redevelopment project area up to that date.
 
                            -470-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (f)  If  the  redevelopment  project  area  has  been  in
 2    existence for at least 5 years and the municipality  proposes
 3    a  redevelopment  project  with a total redevelopment project
 4    cost exceeding 35%  of  the  total  amount  budgeted  in  the
 5    redevelopment   plan  for  all  redevelopment  projects,  the
 6    municipality, in addition to any other  requirements  imposed
 7    by  this  Act,  shall  convene  a meeting of the joint review
 8    board as provided in this Act for the  purpose  of  reviewing
 9    the redevelopment project.
10        (g)  In  the  event that a municipality has held a public
11    hearing under this Section  prior  to  March  14,  1994  (the
12    effective  date  of  Public  Act  88-537),  the  requirements
13    imposed by Public Act 88-537 relating to the method of fixing
14    the  time  and  place  for  public hearing, the materials and
15    information  required  to  be  made  available   for   public
16    inspection,  and  the  information  required to be sent after
17    adoption of an ordinance or  resolution  fixing  a  time  and
18    place for public hearing shall not be applicable.
19    (Source:   P.A.   88-537;   88-688,   eff.  1-24-95;  revised
20    10-31-98.)

21        (65 ILCS 5/Art. 11, Div. 74.5 heading)
22        DIVISION 74.5. 11-74.5. MUNICIPAL HOUSING FINANCE LAW

23        (65 ILCS 5/11-74.5-1) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-74.5-1)
24        Sec.  11-74.5-1.  This  Division  74.5  11-74.5  may   be
25    referred to as the "Municipal Housing Finance Law".
26    (Source: P.A. 81-580; revised 10-31-98.)

27        (65 ILCS 5/11-76.1-4) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-76.1-4)
28        Sec.  11-76.1-4.   Whenever  a  petition  signed  by  the
29    electors of any specified municipality equal in number to 10%
30    or  more  of  the  total  number  of registered voters in the
31    municipality, is filed with the municipal clerk of  any  such
 
                            -471-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    municipality  which  has adopted an ordinance pursuant to the
 2    powers granted in Section 11-76.1-1 of this  Code,  and  such
 3    petition  has  been  filed with the clerk of the municipality
 4    within 30 days  of  the  second  publication  of  the  notice
 5    required in Section 11-76.1-3 of this Code which notice shall
 6    include  (1)  the  specific number of voters required to sign
 7    the petition; (2) the time in  which  the  petition  must  be
 8    filed;  and  (3)  the date of the prospective referendum, the
 9    corporate authorities  shall  order  the  submission  of  the
10    question to the municipal electors and designate the election
11    at  which  the  question  shall  be submitted.  The municipal
12    clerk shall certify  the  question  to  the  proper  election
13    authority.  The municipal clerk shall provide a petition form
14    to any individual requesting one.
15        The  proposition  shall be substantially in the following
16    form:
17    -------------------------------------------------------------
18    Shall the ordinance passed by
19    the city council (or board of         YES
20    trustees, etc.)  of  (name of
21    municipality) on (insert date),
22    the .... day of  .... 19..,         -------------------------
23    entitled ............., which
24    provides (stating the nature of
25    the proposed ordinance), become       NO
26    effective?
27    -------------------------------------------------------------
28        If a majority of the votes cast on the questions  are  in
29    favor  of  the  proposition,  the corporate authorities shall
30    have the authority granted to them by Section 11-76.1-1.
31        This amendatory Act  of  1975  is  not  a  limit  on  any
32    municipality which is a home rule unit.
33    (Source: P.A. 87-767; revised 10-20-98.)
 
                            -472-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (65 ILCS 5/11-89-2) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-89-2)
 2        Sec. 11-89-2. No ordinance of any municipality granting a
 3    terminable  permit shall become effective until a proposition
 4    to approve the ordinance has been submitted to  the  electors
 5    of  the  municipality  and has been approved by a majority of
 6    the  electors  voting  upon  the  proposition.    Every  such
 7    ordinance shall order such submission and shall designate the
 8    election at which the proposition is to  be  submitted.   The
 9    municipal  clerk  shall promptly certify such proposition for
10    submission.
11        The proposition need not include the  ordinance  in  full
12    but  shall indicate the nature of the ordinance, and shall be
13    substantially in the following form:
14    -------------------------------------------------------------
15        Shall the ordinance passed by the
16    city council (or board of trustees)
17    of (name of municipality) on (insert           YES
18    date), the .... day of ....,
19    19.., entitled ...., which
20    granted a terminable permit to (here        -----------------
21    insert the name of the grantee) to
22    construct, maintain, and operate a              NO
23    transportation system upon the terms and
24    conditions therein stated, be approved?
25    -------------------------------------------------------------
26    (Source: P.A. 81-1489; revised 10-20-98.)

27        (65 ILCS 5/11-90-4) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-90-4)
28        Sec. 11-90-4.  No ordinance of any municipality  granting
29    permission  under  Section  11-90-3 for a term longer than 20
30    years shall become operative until a proposition  to  approve
31    the  ordinance  has  been  submitted  to  the electors of the
32    municipality and has been  approved  by  a  majority  of  the
33    electors  voting  upon the proposition.  Every such ordinance
 
                            -473-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    shall order such submission and shall designate the  election
 2    at  which  the  proposition  is to be submitted in accordance
 3    with the general election law.   The  municipal  clerk  shall
 4    promptly  certify  such  proposition  to  the proper election
 5    officials for submission.
 6        The proposition need not include the  ordinance  in  full
 7    but  which  shall  indicate  the nature of the ordinance, and
 8    shall be substantially in the following form:
 9    -------------------------------------------------------------
10        Shall the ordinance passed by the
11    city council (or board of trustees,
12    etc.) of (name of municipality) on
13    (insert date),
14    the .... day of ...., 19.., entitled         YES
15    ...., which granted permission for a
16    term of .... years to (here insert
17    the name of the grantee) to locate,      --------------------
18    construct, reconstruct, maintain,
19    operate, and lay tracks, of (here
20    insert the name of the grantee) in           NO
21    certain streets, alleys, and public
22    places upon the terms and conditions
23    therein stated, be approved?
24    -------------------------------------------------------------
25    (Source: P.A. 81-1489; revised 10-20-98.)

26        (65 ILCS 5/11-111-3) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-111-3)
27        Sec. 11-111-3.  When specified improvement districts have
28    been laid out, the cost of the improvement has been estimated
29    and ascertained by a competent engineer, and the benefits  to
30    the  lots,  blocks, or parts thereof, have been assessed, the
31    municipality may issue a series of bonds  sufficient  to  pay
32    the  special  assessments  or  special tax so ascertained for
33    each district.  When so issued and endorsed as  provided  for
 
                            -474-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    in  this  section,  these  bonds  shall  be  a  lien upon the
 2    respective  lots,  blocks,  or  parts  thereof,   which   are
 3    designated  in the bonds.  The bonds shall bear interest at a
 4    rate not exceeding the maximum rate authorized  by  the  Bond
 5    Authorization  Act,  as  amended at the time of the making of
 6    the contract, and may run  for  any  term  not  exceeding  20
 7    years.   The style of the bonds shall be fixed and designated
 8    by ordinance.  But before any bond  is  issued  or  put  into
 9    circulation, the owner of any lot charged with such a special
10    assessment  or special tax shall endorse upon the back of the
11    bond his consent thereto, substantially as follows:
12        I hereby endorse the within bond, and  consent  that  the
13    lot  or  lots,  or  parts  thereof  therein designated, shall
14    become liable for the interest and principal  therein  named,
15    and  that  the  bond  shall  be  a  lien  upon the designated
16    property from this date until paid off and discharged.
17             ....
18             (insert date) This .... day of .... 19..
19             .... (Seal)

20        The bond, when prepared and executed by the municipality,
21    and endorsed by the owners of the property charged  with  the
22    special  assessments or special tax, shall be recorded in the
23    recorder's office of the county in which the municipality  is
24    located.  When  so  recorded the record is notice of the lien
25    thereby created, to the same extent that records of mortgages
26    are notices of the mortgage lien, and has the same force  and
27    effect.   No coupon need be recorded. A record of the face of
28    the bond and of the endorsement are sufficient.
29        With respect to instruments  for  the  payment  of  money
30    issued  under  this  Section  either before, on, or after the
31    effective date of this amendatory Act  of  1989,  it  is  and
32    always  has  been  the  intention of the General Assembly (i)
33    that  the  Omnibus  Bond  Acts  are  and  always  have   been
34    supplementary   grants  of  power  to  issue  instruments  in
 
                            -475-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    accordance with the Omnibus  Bond  Acts,  regardless  of  any
 2    provision  of  this Act that may appear to be or to have been
 3    more restrictive than those Acts, (ii) that the provisions of
 4    this Section  are  not  a  limitation  on  the  supplementary
 5    authority  granted  by  the Omnibus Bond Acts, and (iii) that
 6    instruments   issued   under   this   Section   within    the
 7    supplementary  authority granted by the Omnibus Bond Acts are
 8    not invalid because of any provision of  this  Act  that  may
 9    appear  to  be  or  to  have been more restrictive than those
10    Acts.
11        The amendatory Acts of 1971, 1972  and  1973  are  not  a
12    limit upon any municipality which is a home rule unit.
13    (Source: P.A. 86-4; revised 10-20-98.)

14        (65 ILCS 5/11-121-7) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-121-7)
15        Sec. 11-121-7.  No ordinance of any municipality granting
16    any  lease  of,  or  consent,  permit,  or  right to use such
17    subways  for  local  transportation  purposes  shall   become
18    operative  until  a  proposition to approve the ordinance has
19    been submitted to the electors of the  municipality  and  has
20    been  approved  by a majority of the electors voting upon the
21    proposition.    Every  such  ordinance   shall   order   such
22    submission  and  shall  designate  the  election at which the
23    proposition is to be submitted.  The  municipal  clerk  shall
24    promptly   certify   such   ordinance   and  proposition  for
25    submission.
26        The proposition need not include the  ordinance  in  full
27    but  shall indicate the nature of the ordinance, and shall be
28    substantially in the following form:
29    -------------------------------------------------------------
30        Shall the ordinance passed by the
31    city council (or board of trustees)
32    of (name of municipality) on the             YES
33    (insert date), .... day of
 
                            -476-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    .... 19.., entitled ....,
 2    which grants to (name of grantee)        --------------------
 3    a lease of (or consent, permit, or
 4    right to use, as the case may be)            NO
 5    of the municipally owned subways
 6    therein specified, for local
 7    transportation purposes, be approved?
 8    -------------------------------------------------------------
 9        However, when any  municipality  by  ordinance  grants  a
10    permit  to  construct  and  operate or maintain and operate a
11    local transportation system, including the use of municipally
12    owned  subways,  and  that  ordinance  is  submitted  to  and
13    approved on a referendum, it is not necessary to pass  or  to
14    submit  to a referendum a separate ordinance granting a lease
15    of or consent, permission, or right  for  the  use  of  those
16    subways.
17    (Source: P.A. 81-1489; revised 10-20-98.)

18        (65 ILCS 5/11-129-7) (from Ch. 24, par. 11-129-7)
19        Sec.  11-129-7. This Division 129 authorizes the issuance
20    of revenue bonds provided for in this  Division  129  without
21    submitting  the proposition for the approval of the ordinance
22    authorizing the bonds to the electors as provided in Sections
23     Section 8-4-1 and 8-4-2.
24    (Source: Laws 1961, p. 576; revised 10-31-98.)

25        Section 76.  The Municipal Federal Grant Tax and Bond Act
26    is amended by changing Sections 7 and 19 as follows:

27        (65 ILCS 55/7) (from Ch. 24, par. 808.7)
28        Sec. 7.  The  petitioner  shall,  in  addition  to  other
29    notices  hereinbefore provided for, cause notice to be given,
30    not more than 30 nor less than 15 days in advance of the time
31    at  which  confirmation  of  the  assessment  is  sought,  by
 
                            -477-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    publishing a notice thereof at least twice  in  one  or  more
 2    newspapers published in the municipality, or, if no newspaper
 3    is  published  therein, then in one or more newspapers with a
 4    general circulation within the municipality; except that,  in
 5    municipalities  with  less  than  500  population in which no
 6    newspaper is published, publication may be made by posting  a
 7    notice  in  3  prominent places within the municipality.  The
 8    notice shall be over the name of  the  officer  levying  such
 9    assessment, and be substantially as follows:
10                    "SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE."
11        "Notice  is  hereby  given to all persons interested that
12    the city council (or board of trustees as the case may be) of
13    .... having ordered that (here insert a brief description  of
14    the  nature  of  the improvement), the ordinance for the same
15    being on file in the office of the .... clerk, having applied
16    to the circuit court of .... county for an assessment of  the
17    costs  of  the  improvement,  according  to  benefits, and an
18    assessment therefor having been  made  and  returned  to  the
19    court,  the  final  hearing  thereon  will  be had on (insert
20    date), the .... day of .... 19.., or as  soon  thereafter  as
21    the  business of the court will permit.  All persons desiring
22    may file objections in the court before  that  day,  and  may
23    appear on the hearing and make their defense.
24        Dated (insert date). 19"

25        Where  the  assessment  is  payable  in installments, the
26    number of installments and the rate of interest shall also be
27    stated.
28        If 15 days have not elapsed between the first publication
29    or the posting of such notice,  and  the  day  fixed  in  the
30    notice  for  filing  objections, the cause shall be continued
31    for 15 days, and the time for filing objections  shall  stand
32    correspondingly extended.
33    (Source: P.A. 84-550; revised 10-20-98.)
 
                            -478-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (65 ILCS 55/19) (from Ch. 24, par. 808.19)
 2        Sec. 19.  The collector receiving such warrant shall give
 3    notice  thereof  by  publishing  a notice at least twice, not
 4    more than 30 nor less than 15 days in advance, in one or more
 5    newspapers published in the municipality, or, if no newspaper
 6    is published therein, then in one or more newspapers  with  a
 7    general  circulation within the municipality; except that, in
 8    municipalities with less than  500  population  in  which  no
 9    newspaper  is published, publication may be made by posting a
10    notice in 3 prominent places within the  municipality.   Such
11    notice may be substantially in the following form:
12                      SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE
13                     Special Warrant, No. .....
14        Notice: Publication is hereby given that the (here insert
15    title of court) has entered judgment for a special assessment
16    (or  special  tax)  upon  property benefited by the following
17    improvement: (here describe the character and location of the
18    improvement in general terms), as appears more fully  in  the
19    certified copy of the judgment on file in my office; that the
20    warrant  for  the  collection  of such assessment (or special
21    tax) is in the possession of the  undersigned.   All  persons
22    interested  are  hereby  notified  to call and pay the amount
23    assessed at the collector's office (here insert  location  of
24    office) within 30 days from the date hereof.
25        Dated (insert date). 19...
26        .... Collector.

27        When  such assessment or special tax is levied to be paid
28    in installments,  such  notice  shall,  in  addition  to  the
29    foregoing,  contain  the amount of each installment, the rate
30    of interest deferred installments bear,  and  the  date  when
31    payable.
32    (Source: P.A. 84-550; revised 10-20-98.)

33        Section  77.   The  Airport Authorities Act is amended by
 
                            -479-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    changing Section 2.3 as follows:

 2        (70 ILCS 5/2.3) (from Ch. 15 1/2, par. 68.2c)
 3        Sec. 2.3.   Election  -  procedure.   The  clerk  of  the
 4    circuit  court  shall certify the order for submission of the
 5    proposition, to the proper election  authorities,  who  shall
 6    submit  the  proposition  to  the  voters  at  an election in
 7    accordance with the general election law.
 8        In addition to the requirements of the  general  election
 9    law notice shall include a description of the territory.  The
10    notice  shall  further state that any such authority upon its
11    establishment shall have the  powers,  objects  and  purposes
12    provided  by  this  Act,  including the power to levy the tax
13    authorized by this Act for airport operation and  maintenance
14    and  other corporate purposes, and power to issue tax secured
15    bonds.  Each legal voter residing within the territory  shall
16    have  a  right  to  cast  a  ballot  at  such  election.  The
17    proposition shall be in substantially the following form:
18    -------------------------------------------------------------
19        Shall an "Act in relation to
20     Airport Authorities" effective
21     (insert date)
22     ........ day of ......., 19..,        YES
23     be adopted, and the ......
24     Airport Authority be established?
25     (If established, said Airport
26     Authority will have the powers,   --------------------------
27     objects and purposes, provided
28     by the Act, including the power
29     to levy the tax authorized by
30     the Act for airport operation         NO
31     and maintenance and other
32     corporate purposes and the power
33     to issue tax secured bonds.)
 
                            -480-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    -------------------------------------------------------------
 2        The circuit court shall by written  order  determine  and
 3    declare  the  result  of  the  referendum and shall cause the
 4    result to be filed  of  record  in  the  proceedings  of  the
 5    circuit court.
 6    (Source: P.A. 83-343; revised 10-20-98.)

 7        Section 78.  The Civic Center Code is amended by changing
 8    Section 255-75 as follows:

 9        (70 ILCS 200/255-75)
10        Sec. 255-75.  Nomination of Board members.  Nomination of
11    a  candidate  for  member  of the Board at any election to be
12    held after June 1, 1970, shall be made by  a  petition  filed
13    with the county clerk, signed by at least 50 voters qualified
14    to   vote   at  the  election.   The  petition  shall  be  in
15    substantially the following form:
16    NOMINATING PETITION
17        To the County Clerk of Sangamon County:
18        We, the undersigned, being  50  or  more  of  the  voters
19    qualified  to  vote, hereby petition that .... who resides at
20    ...., (Springfield, Woodside, Capital) Township, in  Sangamon
21    County  shall  be a candidate for the office of member of the
22    Board  of  the  Springfield   Metropolitan   Exposition   and
23    Auditorium  Authority  (for  a full term) (to fill a vacancy,
24    term expiring on (insert date) 19..) to be voted  for  at  an
25    election to be held on (insert date). ...., 19...
26    NAME ...............
27    ADDRESS ............

28        The foregoing petition shall be verified by a certificate
29    which may be substantially in the following form:
30        I,  ....,  hereby  certify  that I am a voter residing in
31    (Springfield, Woodside, Capital) Township,  Sangamon  County,
32    Illinois,  and  qualified to vote at the election referred to
 
                            -481-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    above, and that the signatures on this sheet were  signed  in
 2    my  presence  and are genuine and to the best of my knowledge
 3    and belief the persons so signing were at the time of signing
 4    voters qualified to vote at said election.
 5    s/.................
 6        SUBSCRIBED and SWORN to before me on (insert date).  this
 7    .... day of .... 19....
 8    ...................
 9    Notary Public
10    (Source: P.A. 90-328, eff. 1-1-98; revised 10-19-98.)

11        Section   79.    The  Metropolitan  Pier  and  Exposition
12    Authority Act is amended by changing Section 5 as follows:

13        (70 ILCS 210/5) (from Ch. 85, par. 1225)
14        Sec. 5. The Metropolitan Pier  and  Exposition  Authority
15    shall also have the following rights and powers:
16             (a)  To   accept   from   Chicago   Park   Fair,   a
17        corporation,  an  assignment of whatever sums of money it
18        may have received from  the  Fair  and  Exposition  Fund,
19        allocated  by  the Department of Agriculture of the State
20        of Illinois, and Chicago Park Fair is  hereby  authorized
21        to  assign,  set  over and transfer any of those funds to
22        the  Metropolitan  Pier  and  Exposition  Authority.  The
23        Authority has the right and power  hereafter  to  receive
24        sums  as  may  be  distributed to it by the Department of
25        Agriculture of the State of Illinois from  the  Fair  and
26        Exposition Fund pursuant to the provisions of Sections 5,
27        6i,  and  28 of the State Finance Act.  All sums received
28        by the Authority shall be held in the sole custody of the
29        secretary-treasurer  of   the   Metropolitan   Pier   and
30        Exposition Board.
31             (b)  To accept the assignment of, assume and execute
32        any  contracts  heretofore  entered  into by Chicago Park
 
                            -482-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Fair.
 2             (c)  To  acquire,  own,  construct,  equip,   lease,
 3        operate and maintain grounds, buildings and facilities to
 4        carry out its corporate purposes and duties, and to carry
 5        out  or otherwise provide for the recreational, cultural,
 6        commercial or residential development of Navy  Pier,  and
 7        to fix and collect just, reasonable and nondiscriminatory
 8        charges  for  the  use  thereof. The charges so collected
 9        shall be made available to defray the reasonable expenses
10        of the Authority and to pay  the  principal  of  and  the
11        interest  upon any revenue bonds issued by the Authority.
12        The Authority shall be subject to  and  comply  with  the
13        Lake Michigan and Chicago Lakefront Protection Ordinance,
14        the  Chicago Building Code, the Chicago Zoning Ordinance,
15        and all ordinances and regulations of the City of Chicago
16        contained in the following Titles of the  Municipal  Code
17        of   Chicago:     Businesses,  Occupations  and  Consumer
18        Protection; Health and Safety;  Fire  Prevention;  Public
19        Peace,  Morals  and  Welfare; Utilities and Environmental
20        Protection; Streets, Public  Ways,  Parks,  Airports  and
21        Harbors;  Electrical  Equipment and Installation; Housing
22        and Economic Development (only Chapter 5-4 thereof);  and
23        Revenue  and  Finance (only so far as such Title pertains
24        to the Authority's duty to collect taxes on behalf of the
25        City of Chicago).
26             (d)  To enter into contracts treating in any  manner
27        with the objects and purposes of this Act.
28             (e)  To  lease any buildings to the Adjutant General
29        of the State of Illinois for  the  use  of  the  Illinois
30        National Guard or the Illinois Naval Militia.
31             (f)  To  exercise  the  right  of  eminent domain by
32        condemnation  proceedings  in  the  manner  provided   by
33        Article  VII  of  the Code of Civil Procedure, including,
34        with respect to Site B only, the  authority  to  exercise
 
                            -483-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        quick  take  condemnation  by  immediate vesting of title
 2        under Sections 7-103 through 7-112 of the Code  of  Civil
 3        Procedure,   to  acquire  any  privately  owned  real  or
 4        personal property and,  with  respect  to  Site  B  only,
 5        public  property  used  for  rail transportation purposes
 6        (but no such taking of such public property shall, in the
 7        reasonable judgment of the  owner,  interfere  with  such
 8        rail  transportation)  for  the  lawful  purposes  of the
 9        Authority in Site A, at Navy Pier, and at Site  B.   Just
10        compensation  for  property  taken or acquired under this
11        paragraph shall be paid in money or, notwithstanding  any
12        other provision of this Act and with the agreement of the
13        owner  of  the  property  to  be  taken  or acquired, the
14        Authority may convey substitute property or interests  in
15        property  or  enter  into  agreements  with  the property
16        owner, including leases, licenses, or  concessions,  with
17        respect  to  any  property owned by the Authority, or may
18        provide for other lawful forms of  just  compensation  to
19        the   owner.   Any   property  acquired  in  condemnation
20        proceedings shall be used only as provided in  this  Act.
21        Except  as otherwise provided by law, the City of Chicago
22        shall have a right of first refusal prior to any sale  of
23        any such property by the Authority to a third party other
24        than substitute property. The Authority shall develop and
25        implement a relocation plan for businesses displaced as a
26        result  of  the  Authority's acquisition of property. The
27        relocation  plan  shall  be  substantially   similar   to
28        provisions  of the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real
29        Property  Acquisition  Act  and  regulations  promulgated
30        under  that  Act  relating  to  assistance  to  displaced
31        businesses.  To  implement  the   relocation   plan   the
32        Authority may acquire property by purchase or gift or may
33        exercise  the  powers  authorized in this subsection (f),
34        except the immediate  vesting  of  title  under  Sections
 
                            -484-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        7-103  through  7-112  of the Code of Civil Procedure, to
 2        acquire substitute private property within  one  mile  of
 3        Site B for the benefit of displaced businesses located on
 4        property  being  acquired  by the Authority.  However, no
 5        such substitute property may be acquired by the Authority
 6        unless  the  mayor  of  the  municipality  in  which  the
 7        property  is  located  certifies  in  writing  that   the
 8        acquisition  is  consistent  with the municipality's land
 9        use and economic  development  policies  and  goals.  The
10        acquisition  of substitute property is declared to be for
11        public use.  In exercising the powers authorized in  this
12        subsection  (f), the Authority shall use its best efforts
13        to relocate businesses within the area of McCormick Place
14        or, failing that, within the City of Chicago.
15             (g)  To   enter   into   contracts    relating    to
16        construction  projects  which provide for the delivery by
17        the  contractor  of  a  completed   project,   structure,
18        improvement,  or  specific  portion  thereof, for a fixed
19        maximum  price,  which  contract  may  provide  that  the
20        delivery  of  the  project,  structure,  improvement,  or
21        specific portion thereof, for the fixed maximum price  is
22        insured  or  guaranteed  by  a  third  party  capable  of
23        completing the construction.
24             (h)  To  enter  into agreements with any person with
25        respect  to  the  use  and  occupancy  of  the   grounds,
26        buildings,  and  facilities  of  the Authority, including
27        concession, license, and lease agreements  on  terms  and
28        conditions  as  the Authority determines. Notwithstanding
29        Section 24,  agreements  with  respect  to  the  use  and
30        occupancy  of  the  grounds, buildings, and facilities of
31        the Authority for a term of more than one year  shall  be
32        entered  into  in accordance with the procurement process
33        provided for in Section 25.1.
34             (i)  To enter into agreements with any  person  with
 
                            -485-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        respect  to  the operation and management of the grounds,
 2        buildings,  and  facilities  of  the  Authority  or   the
 3        provision  of  goods and services on terms and conditions
 4        as the Authority determines.
 5             (j)  After  conducting   the   procurement   process
 6        provided  for  in Section 25.1, to enter into one or more
 7        contracts to provide for the design and  construction  of
 8        all or part of the Authority's Expansion Project grounds,
 9        buildings,  and  facilities.  Any contract for design and
10        construction of the Expansion Project  shall  be  in  the
11        form  authorized  by subsection (g), shall be for a fixed
12        maximum price  not  in  excess  of  the  funds  that  are
13        authorized  to  be made available under the provisions of
14        this amendatory Act of 1991 for those purposes during the
15        term of the contract, and shall be  entered  into  before
16        commencement of construction.
17             (k)  To  enter  into  agreements,  including project
18        agreements with labor unions, that  the  Authority  deems
19        necessary  to complete the Expansion Project or any other
20        construction or improvement project in  the  most  timely
21        and  efficient  manner and without strikes, picketing, or
22        other actions that might cause disruption  or  delay  and
23        thereby add to the cost of the project.
24        (l)  Nothing  in  this  amendatory  Act  of 1991 shall be
25    construed to authorize the Authority to spend the proceeds of
26    any bonds or notes issued or  any  taxes  levied  under  this
27    amendatory Act of 1991 to construct a stadium to be leased to
28    or used by professional sports teams.
29    (Source: P.A. 87-733; 88-193; revised 10-31-98.)

30        Section 80.  The Joliet Arsenal Development Authority Act
31    is amended by changing Section 25 as follows:

32        (70 ILCS 508/25)
 
                            -486-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec. 25.  Powers.  (a) The Authority possesses all powers
 2    of  a  body  corporate necessary and convenient to accomplish
 3    the purpose of this Act,  including  without  limitation  the
 4    following:
 5             (1)  to enter into loans, contracts, agreements, and
 6        mortgages  in  any  matter  connected  with  any  of  its
 7        corporate purposes and to invest its funds;
 8             (2)  to sue and be sued;
 9             (3)  to  employ  agents  and  employees necessary to
10        carry out its purposes;
11             (4)  to have, use, and alter a common seal;
12             (5)  to adopt all needful  ordinances,  resolutions,
13        by-laws,  rules,  and  regulations for the conduct of its
14        business and affairs and for the management  and  use  of
15        the   projects   developed,  constructed,  acquired,  and
16        improved in furtherance of its purposes;
17             (6)  to designate the fiscal year for the Authority;
18             (7)  to accept and expend appropriations;
19             (8)  to have and exercise all powers and be  subject
20        to  all duties usually incident to boards of directors of
21        corporations;
22             (9)  to acquire,  own,  lease,  sell,  or  otherwise
23        dispose   of  interests  in  and  to  real  property  and
24        improvements situated thereon and  in  personal  property
25        necessary to fulfill the purposes of the Authority;
26             (10)  to engage in any activity or operation that is
27        incidental  to  and in furtherance of efficient operation
28        to accomplish the Authority's primary purpose;
29             (11)  to acquire, own,  construct,  lease,  operate,
30        and  maintain  within  its corporate limits terminals and
31        terminal  facilities  and  to  fix  and   collect   just,
32        reasonable,  and nondiscriminatory charges for the use of
33        those facilities;
34             (12)  to collect fees and charges in connection with
 
                            -487-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        its loans, commitments, and services;
 2             (13)  to use  the  charges  and  fees  collected  as
 3        authorized under paragraphs (11) and (12) of this Section
 4        to defray the reasonable expenses of the Authority and to
 5        pay  the  principal  and  interest  of  any revenue bonds
 6        issued by the Authority;
 7             (14)  to use ground water resources of Will  County;
 8        and
 9             (15)  to  borrow  money  and to issue revenue bonds,
10        notes, or other evidences  of indebtedness as provided in
11        Section 35 of this Act to evidence the obligation of  the
12        Authority to repay the borrowings.
13    (Source:  P.A.  89-333,  eff.  8-17-95;  90-83, eff. 7-10-97;
14    revised 10-31-98.)

15        Section 81.   The  Tri-County  River  Valley  Development
16    Authority Law is amended by changing Section 2007 as follows:

17        (70 ILCS 525/2007) (from Ch. 85, par. 7507)
18        Sec. 2007.  Bonds.
19        (a)  The  Authority,  with  the  written  approval of the
20    Governor, shall have the continuing  power  to  issue  bonds,
21    notes,  or  other  evidences  of indebtedness in an aggregate
22    amount  not  to  exceed  $100,000,000  for  the  purpose   of
23    developing,  constructing,  acquiring  or improving projects,
24    including those established by business entities locating  or
25    expanding property within the territorial jurisdiction of the
26    Authority,  for entering into venture capital agreements with
27    businesses  locating  or  expanding  within  the  territorial
28    jurisdiction of the Authority, for  acquiring  and  improving
29    any property necessary and useful in connection therewith and
30    for  the  purposes  of the Employee Ownership Assistance Act.
31    For  the  purpose  of  evidencing  the  obligations  of   the
32    Authority  to  repay  any  money borrowed, the Authority may,
 
                            -488-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    pursuant to resolution, from time to time issue  and  dispose
 2    of  its  interest  bearing  revenue  bonds,  notes  or  other
 3    evidences  of  indebtedness  and  may  also from time to time
 4    issue and dispose of such bonds, notes or other evidences  of
 5    indebtedness  to refund, at maturity, at a redemption date or
 6    in advance of either, any bonds, notes or other evidences  of
 7    indebtedness pursuant to redemption provisions or at any time
 8    before maturity.  All such bonds, notes or other evidences of
 9    indebtedness  shall be payable from the revenues or income to
10    be derived from loans made with respect to projects, from the
11    leasing or sale of the  projects  or  from  any  other  funds
12    available  to  the  Authority  for such purposes.  The bonds,
13    notes or other evidences of indebtedness may bear  such  date
14    or  dates,  may mature at such time or times not exceeding 40
15    years from their respective dates, may bear interest at  such
16    rate or rates not exceeding the maximum rate permitted by the
17    Bond  Authorization  Act, may be in such form, may carry such
18    registration privileges, may be executed in such manner,  may
19    be  payable  at  such place or places, may be made subject to
20    redemption in such  manner  and  upon  such  terms,  with  or
21    without  premium  as  is  stated  on the face thereof, may be
22    authenticated in such manner and may contain such  terms  and
23    covenants as may be provided by an applicable resolution.
24        (b-1)  The holder or holders of any bonds, notes or other
25    evidences  of  indebtedness issued by the Authority may bring
26    suits  at  law  or  proceedings  in  equity  to  compel   the
27    performance and observance by any corporation or person or by
28    the  Authority  or  any  of  its  agents  or employees of any
29    contract or covenant made with the  holders  of  such  bonds,
30    notes  or  other  evidences  of  indebtedness, to compel such
31    corporation, person, the Authority and any of its  agents  or
32    employees  to perform any duties required to be performed for
33    the benefit of the holders of any such bonds, notes or  other
34    evidences  of indebtedness by the provision of the resolution
 
                            -489-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    authorizing their issuance and to  enjoin  such  corporation,
 2    person, the Authority and any of its agents or employees from
 3    taking  any  action  in  conflict  with  any such contract or
 4    covenant.
 5        (b-2)  If the Authority fails to pay the principal of  or
 6    interest  on any of the bonds or premium, if any, as the same
 7    become  due,  a  civil  action  to  compel  payment  may   be
 8    instituted  in the appropriate circuit court by the holder or
 9    holders of the bonds on which such default of payment  exists
10    or  by an indenture trustee acting on behalf of such holders.
11    Delivery of a summons and a copy  of  the  complaint  to  the
12    Chairman  of the Board shall constitute sufficient service to
13    give the circuit court jurisdiction of the subject matter  of
14    such  a  suit  and  jurisdiction  over  the Authority and its
15    officers named as defendants for the  purpose  of  compelling
16    such  payment.  Any  case,  controversy  or  cause  of action
17    concerning the  validity  of  this  Article  relates  to  the
18    revenue of the State of Illinois.
19        (c)  Notwithstanding  the  form  and  tenor  of  any such
20    bonds, notes or other evidences of indebtedness  and  in  the
21    absence of any express recital on the face thereof that it is
22    non-negotiable,  all such bonds, notes and other evidences of
23    indebtedness shall be negotiable  instruments.   Pending  the
24    preparation  and  execution of any such bonds, notes or other
25    evidences  of  indebtedness,  temporary   bonds,   notes   or
26    evidences  of  indebtedness  may  be  issued  as  provided by
27    ordinance.
28        (d)  To secure the payment of any or all of  such  bonds,
29    notes  or other evidences of indebtedness, the revenues to be
30    received by the Authority from  a  lease  agreement  or  loan
31    agreement  shall  be pledged, and, for the purpose of setting
32    forth the covenants and  undertakings  of  the  Authority  in
33    connection  with the issuance thereof and the issuance of any
34    additional bonds, notes or other  evidences  of  indebtedness
 
                            -490-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    payable  from  such  revenues,  income  or  other funds to be
 2    derived from projects, the Authority may execute and  deliver
 3    a  mortgage  or  trust agreement.  A remedy for any breach or
 4    default of the terms of any such mortgage or trust  agreement
 5    by  the  Authority  may  be  by  mandamus  proceedings in the
 6    appropriate circuit  court  to  compel  the  performance  and
 7    compliance  therewith,  but the trust agreement may prescribe
 8    by whom or on whose behalf such action may be instituted.
 9        (e)  Such bonds or notes shall be secured as provided  in
10    the  authorizing  ordinance  which  may,  notwithstanding any
11    other provision of this Article, include in addition  to  any
12    other security a specific pledge or assignment of and lien on
13    or  security  interest in any or all revenues or money of the
14    Authority from whatever source which may by law be  used  for
15    debt  service purposes and a specific pledge or assignment of
16    and lien on or security interest in  any  funds  or  accounts
17    established  or  provided  for  by ordinance of the Authority
18    authorizing the issuance of such bonds or notes.
19        (f)  In the event  that  the  Authority  determines  that
20    monies  of  the  Authority  will  not  be  sufficient for the
21    payment of the principal of and interest on its bonds  during
22    the  next  State  fiscal  year,  the  Chairman,  as  soon  as
23    practicable,   shall  certify  to  the  Governor  the  amount
24    required by the Authority to enable it to pay such  principal
25    of  and  interest on the bonds. The Governor shall submit the
26    amount so certified  to  the  General  Assembly  as  soon  as
27    practicable,  but  no later than the end of the current State
28    fiscal year.  This subsection shall not apply to any bonds or
29    notes as to which the Authority shall have determined, in the
30    resolution authorizing the issuance of the  bonds  or  notes,
31    that this subsection shall not apply.  Whenever the Authority
32    makes such a determination, that fact shall be plainly stated
33    on the face of the bonds or notes and that fact shall also be
34    reported to the Governor.
 
                            -491-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        In  the  event  of  a withdrawal of moneys from a reserve
 2    fund established with respect to any issue or issues of bonds
 3    of the Authority to pay principal or interest on those bonds,
 4    the Chairman of the Authority, as soon as practicable,  shall
 5    certify  to  the  Governor the amount required to restore the
 6    reserve fund to the  level  required  in  the  resolution  or
 7    indenture securing those bonds. The Governor shall submit the
 8    amount  so  certified  to  the  General  Assembly  as soon as
 9    practicable, but no later than the end of the  current  state
10    fiscal year.
11        (g)  The State of Illinois pledges to and agrees with the
12    holders  of  the  bonds  and  notes  of  the Authority issued
13    pursuant to this Section that the State  will  not  limit  or
14    alter  the  rights and powers vested in the Authority by this
15    Article so as to impair the terms of any contract made by the
16    Authority with such holders or in any way impair  the  rights
17    and  remedies  of  such  holders  until such bonds and notes,
18    together with interest thereon, with interest on  any  unpaid
19    installments  of  interest,  and  all  costs  and expenses in
20    connection with any action or proceedings by or on behalf  of
21    such holders, are fully met and discharged.  In addition, the
22    State pledges to and agrees with the holders of the bonds and
23    notes  of  the Authority issued pursuant to this Section that
24    the State will not limit or alter the basis  on  which  State
25    funds  are  to  be  paid to the Authority as provided in this
26    Act, or the use of such funds, so as to impair the  terms  of
27    any  such  contract.   The Authority is authorized to include
28    these pledges and agreements of the  State  in  any  contract
29    with  the  holders  of bonds or notes issued pursuant to this
30    Section.
31        (h)  Not less than 30 days prior  to  the  commitment  to
32    issue  bonds,  notes,  or other evidences of indebtedness for
33    the  purpose  of  developing,  constructing,   acquiring   or
34    improving  housing  or  residential  projects,  as defined in
 
                            -492-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Section 2003, 3, the Authority shall provide  notice  to  the
 2    Executive   Director  of  the  Illinois  Housing  Development
 3    Authority. Within 30 days after receipt of  the  notice,  the
 4    Illinois  Housing  Development  Authority  shall  notify  the
 5    Authority  as  to  its interest in financing the project.  If
 6    the  Illinois  Housing  Development  Authority  notifies  the
 7    Authority that it is not interested in financing the project,
 8    the Authority may finance the  project  or  seek  alternative
 9    financing for the project.
10    (Source: P.A. 86-1489; 87-778; revised 10-31-98.)

11        Section  82.   The  Illinois  Drainage Code is amended by
12    changing Sections 1-2, 3-5, 3-18, 5-5, and 5-20 as follows:

13        (70 ILCS 605/1-2) (from Ch. 42, par. 1-2)
14        Sec. 1-2.  Definitions. When used in this Act unless  the
15    context requires otherwise:
16        (a)  "Clerk",  when  used without qualifying words, means
17    the clerk of the circuit court acting, ex officio,  as  clerk
18    of a district.
19        (b)  "Court"  means  the  circuit  court of the county in
20    which a district was organized.
21        (c)  "Ditch" means an artificially constructed open drain
22    or a natural drain which has been artificially improved.
23        (d)  "Drain" includes ditch and means any water course or
24    conduit,  whether  open,  covered  or  enclosed,  natural  or
25    artificial, or partly natural and partly artificial, by which
26    waters coming or falling upon lands are carried away.
27        (e)  "Drainage district" is  synonymous  with  "district"
28    and  includes all types of drainage districts organized under
29    this or any prior Act.
30        (f)  "Drainage structures" means those  structures  other
31    than  drains, levees and pumping plants which are intended to
32    promote or aid drainage. Such structures may  be  independent
 
                            -493-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    from other drainage work or may be a part of or incidental to
 2    such  work.  The  term  includes,  but  is not restricted to,
 3    catchbasins, bulkheads, spillways, flumes,  drop-boxes,  pipe
 4    outlets, junction boxes and structures the primary purpose of
 5    which  is  to  prevent  the  erosion  of soil into a district
 6    drain.
 7        (g)  "Drainage system" means the system  by  which  lands
 8    are  drained  or protected from overflow or both and includes
 9    drains, drainage structures, levees and pumping plants.
10        (h)  "Land" means real property and includes, but is  not
11    restricted to, lots, railroad rights-of-way and easements.
12        (i)  "Landowner"  or  "owner"  means  the  owner  of real
13    property and includes an owner of an  undivided  interest,  a
14    life tenant, a remainderman, a public or private corporation,
15    a  trustee  under  an  active  trust  and  the  holder of the
16    beneficial interest under a land trust, but does not  include
17    a  mortgagee, a trustee under a trust deed in the nature of a
18    mortgage, a lien holder or a lessee.
19        (j)  "Adult landowner" or "adult owner"  includes  public
20    and private corporations.
21        (k)  "Municipal  corporation  exercising drainage powers"
22    means a sanitary district, city, village or other public body
23    empowered by law to exercise and which is exercising drainage
24    functions.
25        (l) (Blank). ((l) Blank.)
26        (m)  "Non-resident" means a person residing  outside  the
27    county  or  counties  in  which  the  district or any portion
28    thereof is situated.
29        (n)  "Registered   Professional   Engineer"    means    a
30    professional  engineer registered under the provisions of the
31    Professional Engineering Practice Act of 1989.
32        (o)  "Sanitary purposes" includes, but is not  restricted
33    to,  the protection of residential, commercial and industrial
34    property from inundation and overflow.
 
                            -494-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (p)  Words importing the  masculine  gender  include  the
 2    feminine.
 3        (q)  Words  importing  the  singular  number  include the
 4    plural and words importing the plural include the singular.
 5        (r)  "Farm Drainage Act" means and refers to "An  Act  to
 6    provide  for drainage for agricultural and sanitary purposes,
 7    and to repeal certain acts therein named", approved June  27,
 8    1885, as amended, which Act is repealed by this Act.
 9        (s)  "Levee  Act"  means and refers to "An Act to provide
10    for the construction, reparation and  protection  of  drains,
11    ditches   and   levees   across  the  lands  of  others,  for
12    agricultural, sanitary and mining purposes,  and  to  provide
13    for the organization of drainage districts", approved May 29,
14    1879, as amended, which Act is repealed by this Act.
15    (Source: P.A. 86-297; 86-1475; revised 10-31-98.)

16        (70 ILCS 605/3-5) (from Ch. 42, par. 3-5)
17        Sec.  3-5.  Notice  of hearing.  The clerk of the circuit
18    court shall give notice of the hearing on the petition in the
19    manner provided in Section 3-6.  The notice shall be entitled
20    "Drainage Notice" and must state: (a) in what  court  and  on
21    what  date  the petition was filed; (b) a general description
22    of the proposed work; (c)  the  boundaries  of  the  proposed
23    district  or  a  description  of  the  lands  proposed  to be
24    included or the numbers of the sections,  including  township
25    and  range,  in  which  the  proposed  district,  or any part
26    thereof, is situated; (d) the name of the proposed  district;
27    and  (e) the place, date and hour the petition will be heard.
28    The notice may be substantially in the following form:
29                           DRAINAGE NOTICE
30        Public notice is hereby given that on (insert date),  the
31    ....  day of ...., 19.., there was filed in the Circuit Court
32    of the  ....  Judicial  Circuit,  ....  County,  Illinois,  a
33    petition   requesting   the  organization  of  ....  Drainage
 
                            -495-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    District, in the County (or Counties) of ....  and  State  of
 2    Illinois; that the boundaries of the proposed district are as
 3    follows:  .... (or "that the proposed district is situated in
 4    the following sections: ...."); that the work proposed to  be
 5    undertaken  by  the  district consists of ....; that upon the
 6    filing thereof, the petition was presented to the  Court  and
 7    by the Court set for hearing in the .... in the courthouse at
 8    ...., Illinois, on (insert date), the .... day of ...., 19..,
 9      at  the  hour  of  ...., .. M., at which time and place all
10    interested parties may appear and be heard if they see fit so
11    to do.
12        Dated (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19...
13                                    .............................
14                                    Clerk of the Circuit Court of
15                                    the ....... Judicial Circuit,
16                                    ............ County, Illinois
17    (Source: Laws 1965, p. 678; revised 10-20-98.)

18        (70 ILCS 605/3-18) (from Ch. 42, par. 3-18)
19        Sec. 3-18. Notice of hearing on report.  If the temporary
20    commissioners recommend in their report that the district  be
21    organized  and  that  additional  land  be  included  in  the
22    proposed  district,  they  shall file with their report their
23    affidavit setting forth the names and addresses of the owners
24    of such land, if known, or, if unknown, then  the  names  and
25    addresses  of  the  person who last paid the general taxes on
26    such land as shown by the collector's books in the county  in
27    which such land is situated, and the petitioners or the clerk
28    of  the  court  shall, at least 10 days before the date fixed
29    for hearing, mail a notice thereof to each such person at his
30    address as set forth in  the  affidavit.   Notices  shall  be
31    mailed  and proof made in the manner provided in Section 3-6.
32    The notice shall be entitled "Drainage Notice" and must state
33    (a) the general nature of the proceedings and in  what  court
 
                            -496-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    they  are  pending,  (b) the general location of the proposed
 2    district, (c) a general description of the system of drainage
 3    recommended, (d)  the  description  of  the  additional  land
 4    proposed  to be included, and (e) the date and hour fixed for
 5    the hearing on the report.
 6        The notice may be substantially in the following form:
 7                           DRAINAGE NOTICE
 8    To the owners of the lands hereinafter described:
 9        You are hereby notified that  there  is  pending  in  the
10    Circuit  Court  of  the  ....  Judicial Circuit, .... County,
11    Illinois, the report of the temporary  commissioners  in  the
12    matter  of the petition for the organization of .... Drainage
13    District, in the County (or Counties) of ....  and  State  of
14    Illinois;  that the general location of the proposed district
15    is ....; that the work recommended to be  undertaken  in  the
16    proposed  district by the temporary commissioners consists of
17    ....; and that the temporary commissioners  have  recommended
18    that  in  addition  to  the  lands described in the petition,
19    there be included in the districts  the  lands  described  as
20    follows: ........................
21        You are further notified that the report of the temporary
22    commissioners   is  set  for  hearing  in  the  ....  in  the
23    Courthouse at .... Illinois, on (insert date), the  ....  day
24    of  ....,  19.., at the hour of .... .. M., at which time and
25    place you may appear and be heard if you see fit so to do.
26        Dated (insert date). this .... day of .... 19...
27                                .................................
28                                Clerk of the Circuit Court of the
29                                ............... Judicial Circuit,
30                                ............... County, Illinois.
31    (Source: P.A. 86-297; revised 10-20-98.)

32        (70 ILCS 605/5-5) (from Ch. 42, par. 5-5)
33        Sec. 5-5. Original assessments  -  Notice  of  hearing  -
 
                            -497-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Contents of notice.  The clerk of the court shall give notice
 2    of  the  hearing on the assessment roll in the manner and for
 3    the length of time provided in Section 5-6.  The notice shall
 4    be entitled "Drainage Notice" and  must  state  (a)  in  what
 5    court and on what date the assessment roll was filed, (b) the
 6    name  of  the  district,  (c)  the  total  amount of benefits
 7    proposed to be levied, (d) the total amount  of  damages,  if
 8    any,  to  be  allowed,  (e)  the total amount of compensation
 9    proposed to be allowed, if any, (f) if an annual  maintenance
10    assessment is proposed to be levied, the total amount of such
11    annual  maintenance  assessment,  and (g) the date, place and
12    hour the hearing will be held.
13        The notice may be substantially in the following form:
14                           DRAINAGE NOTICE
15        Public notice is hereby given that on (insert date),  the
16    ....  day  of ...., 19.., an assessment roll was filed in the
17    Circuit Court  of  the  ....  Judicial  Circuit,....  County,
18    Illinois,  by  the  commissioners  of .... drainage District;
19    that  the  total  amount  of  the  assessments  of   benefits
20    contained  in  the assessment roll is $...., the total amount
21    of damages proposed to be allowed contained in the assessment
22    roll is $...., and the total amount of compensation  proposed
23    to  be allowed contained in the assessment roll is $....; (if
24    an  annual  maintenance  assessment  is   included   in   the
25    assessment  roll,  then  insert  here the statement "that the
26    total amount of the annual maintenance  assessment  contained
27    in  the  assessment roll is $....";) and that upon the filing
28    of such assessment roll, the same was presented to the  court
29    and  by the court set for hearing before the Circuit Court in
30    the courthouse at ...., Illinois, on (insert date), the  ....
31    day  of  ...., 19.., at the hour of .... .. M., at which time
32    and place all interested persons may appear and be heard upon
33    all questions of benefits, damages and compensation  if  they
34    see fit to do so.
 
                            -498-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Dated (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19..
 2                                    .............................
 3                                    Clerk of the Circuit Court of
 4                                    the ....... Judicial Circuit,
 5                                    ........... County, Illinois.
 6    (Source: Laws 1965, p. 678; revised 10-20-98.)

 7        (70 ILCS 605/5-20) (from Ch. 42, par. 5-20)
 8        Sec.  5-20.  Annual maintenance assessments - Certificate
 9    of levy - Extension of  assessment.    During  the  month  of
10    November  in each year, the commissioners of each district in
11    which an annual maintenance assessment roll has been approved
12    or confirmed shall  determine  whether  it  is  necessary  to
13    collect   all  or  any  portion  of  the  annual  maintenance
14    assessment for repair and maintenance work or  the  operation
15    of  pumping plants during the ensuing calendar year.  If they
16    determine that it is necessary to collect all or a portion of
17    such  assessment,  then  they  shall,  before  the  first  of
18    December, file with the clerk of the  circuit  court  of  the
19    county  in  which the district was organized a certificate of
20    levy, setting forth the amount of money needed  by  them  for
21    the  performance  of  such work during the ensuing year which
22    amount shall in no event  exceed  the  total  of  the  annual
23    maintenance assessment roll as confirmed by the court and, if
24    the amount so levied be less than the total amount which they
25    are  authorized to levy, then the percentage which the amount
26    so  levied  bears  to  the  total  amount  authorized,  which
27    certificate may be in the following form:
28                    CERTIFICATE OF LEVY OF ANNUAL
29                       MAINTENANCE ASSESSMENT
30    To ...., Clerk of the Circuit Court:
31        The undersigned commissioners of ....  Drainage  District
32    do  hereby certify that they require the sum of .... Dollars,
33    to be levied as an annual  maintenance  assessment  upon  the
 
                            -499-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    lands  and  other  property and other districts and municipal
 2    corporations subject to assessment by the district. Such  sum
 3    is  to be used for the performance of annual maintenance work
 4    (and pumping plant operation)  during  the  ensuing  calendar
 5    year  and  represents ....% of the total amount of the annual
 6    maintenance assessment authorized to be levied by the Circuit
 7    Court of this county by its  order  duly  given  or  made  on
 8    (insert date). the .... day of ...., 19...
 9        Dated (insert date). this .... day of November, 19...
10                                         ........................
11                                         ........................
12                                         ........................
13                                                   Commissioners.
14        The  owner of any land or other property which is subject
15    to an annual maintenance assessment may object to the  amount
16    levied  by  the  commissioners  in any year by filing written
17    objections with the court  on  or  before  the  10th  day  of
18    December  following  the  filing  of the certificate of levy.
19    Upon the filing of the objections they shall be presented  to
20    the court, which shall fix the date and hour for hearing. The
21    objecting  landowner  or  landowners  shall  give each of the
22    commissioners at least  3  days  notice  of  the  hearing  by
23    personal  service or by mail which notice shall have attached
24    thereto a copy of the objections filed. The objections  shall
25    be heard and determined by the court prior to the 20th day of
26    December.   Upon  such hearing the court may confirm the levy
27    without change or reduce the levy and confirm the same as  so
28    reduced.  No appeal shall lie from the order of the court but
29    the  objectors  shall  not be precluded from raising the same
30    objections on the Collector's application  for  judgment  and
31    order  of sale for delinquent annual maintenance assessments.
32    If no objections are filed by the 10th day of December or  if
33    the court fails to hear and determine the filed objections by
34    the  20th  day of December then the certificate of levy shall
 
                            -500-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    stand as confirmed without further action by the court.
 2        If the amount levied in any year is less than  the  total
 3    amount  of  the  annual maintenance assessment roll, then the
 4    individual assessments shall abate proportionately.  Upon the
 5    confirmation of the levy, whether by order of the court or by
 6    the failure of any landowner to file written objections or by
 7    the failure of the court to determine objections,  the  clerk
 8    of  the  circuit  court  shall,  except  in the case of those
 9    districts which have appointed as  their  collectors  persons
10    other  than the county collector, deliver a certified copy of
11    the certificate of levy, together with a  certified  copy  of
12    the order of the court, if any, thereon, to the county clerk,
13    who  shall extend the same on the county collector's books in
14    appropriate columns, and the amounts  so  extended  shall  be
15    collected  at the same time and in the same manner as general
16    taxes and, when so collected,  shall  be  paid  over  to  the
17    district  treasurer  in the same manner as taxes of municipal
18    corporations.  When the district is situated in more than one
19    county, the clerk of the circuit court of the county in which
20    the district is organized shall deliver to the  county  clerk
21    of  each of such counties a certified copy of the certificate
22    of levy, together with a certified copy of the order  of  the
23    court, if any thereon, and the county clerks of such counties
24    shall  extend  the  levy against the portion of the lands and
25    property in the district in his  county  on  the  collector's
26    books  in  his office, as above set forth, and the collection
27    and distribution thereof in that county shall be accomplished
28    in the same manner as  in  districts  situated  in  a  single
29    county.   In  extending annual maintenance assessments in the
30    county collector's books, when the tracts  described  in  the
31    assessment  roll do not coincide with the tracts described in
32    the collector's books but the description in the  collector's
33    books  includes  the description on the assessment roll, then
34    the clerk may include  the  assessment  against  the  smaller
 
                            -501-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    tract  with  the  taxes  against  the  larger tract, but such
 2    authority shall be procedural only and shall not be construed
 3    to extend the lien of the assessment against the larger tract
 4    or upon any land or property other than  that  against  which
 5    the  assessment  was  actually  confirmed.   When  the  tract
 6    described  in  the  assessment  roll is larger than the tract
 7    described  in  the  collector's  book,  then  the  assessment
 8    against such tract shall be divided in the collector's  books
 9    proportionately.
10        In   those   districts  which  have  appointed  as  their
11    collectors persons other than the county collector, the clerk
12    shall certify a copy of the certificate of levy and the order
13    of the court, if any, to the district  collector,  who  shall
14    then  be  charged with the duty of billing and collecting the
15    annual maintenance assessment so levied as  in  the  case  of
16    original and additional assessments.
17        In  all  cases,  it  shall  be  the  duty of the district
18    collector to collect assessments against other districts  and
19    municipal  corporations and against property not appearing in
20    the county collector's books.
21    (Source: P.A. 84-886; revised 10-20-98.)

22        Section 83.  The Fire Protection District Act is  amended
23    by changing Section 16c as follows:

24        (70 ILCS 705/16c) (from Ch. 127 1/2, par. 37c)
25        Sec.  16c.   Territory  included within the limits of any
26    fire  protection  district  may  be  disconnected  from   the
27    district  and  organized in a new fire protection district in
28    the manner hereinafter set forth (1) if the  territory  would
29    receive  equal  or  greater  benefits  from the district into
30    which it seeks to be organized; (2) if the disconnection will
31    not cause the territory remaining in the district from  which
32    the territory is to be disconnected, to be noncontiguous; (3)
 
                            -502-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    if  the  trustees of the district from which the territory is
 2    to be disconnected consent thereto; (4) if the  territory  to
 3    be  disconnected  meets  the requirements for organization as
 4    provided in Section 1 of this Act.  One percent  or  more  of
 5    the  legal voters residing within the limits of the territory
 6    proposed to be disconnected and organized in a  new  district
 7    may  file a petition in the circuit court of the county where
 8    such territory is located setting forth: (1) the  description
 9    of the territory sought to be disconnected and organized in a
10    new   district;  (2)  facts  disclosing  that  the  territory
11    described meets the requirements for organization  of  a  new
12    district  as  provided in Section 1 of this Act; (3) that the
13    territory would receive equal or greater  benefits  from  the
14    district  in  which  it  seeks  to be organized; (4) that the
15    disconnection will not cause the territory remaining  in  the
16    district  from  which the territory is to be disconnected, to
17    be noncontiguous nor impair such district from rendering fire
18    protection  service  to  the  territory  remaining   in   the
19    district;  (5)  that  the trustees of the district from which
20    the territory  is  to  be  disconnected  consent  thereto  (a
21    certified  copy  of  a  resolution of the trustees evidencing
22    their consent to such disconnection and adopted not more than
23    90 days prior to the filing of the petition shall be attached
24    to and made a part of the petition); and (6) the name of  the
25    proposed  district;  and  requesting  that  the  question  of
26    whether the territory shall be disconnected from the district
27    in  which  it  is  presently  situated and organized in a new
28    district be submitted to the voters of the  territory  sought
29    to be disconnected.
30        Upon  the  filing  of the petition, the court shall set a
31    date for hearing not less than 2 weeks, nor more than 4 weeks
32    from the filing thereof, and the court, or the clerk  of  the
33    court, upon order of the court, shall give 2 weeks' notice of
34    such  hearing  in  one  or  more  newspapers, either daily or
 
                            -503-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    weekly, of general circulation in the district from which the
 2    territory is sought to be disconnected and in  the  territory
 3    sought  to be disconnected, and by posting at least 10 copies
 4    of the notice in conspicuous places in the district,  and  at
 5    least  10  copies  of the notice in conspicuous places in the
 6    territory which is sought to be disconnected therefrom,  and,
 7    in  addition,  shall  cause  a  copy  of  the  notice  to  be
 8    personally  served  upon each of the trustees of the district
 9    from which the territory is sought to be disconnected.
10        At any time prior to the date  set  for  the  hearing  or
11    within  such  additional time as may be granted by the court,
12    the trustees of the  district  from  which  disconnection  is
13    sought may file a revocation of their consent to the proposed
14    disconnection  and in case of such revocation of consent, the
15    court shall  enter  an  order  dismissing  the  petition  for
16    disconnection.  The trustees may withdraw their revocation or
17    give their new consent to the disconnection of the  territory
18    at  any  time  prior  to the entry of an order dismissing the
19    petition. In case no revocation  of  consent  is  filed,  the
20    court  shall  proceed with the matter as herein provided, but
21    if the court finds that any of the conditions herein required
22    for the disconnection and organization do not exist, it shall
23    enter an order dismissing the petition.
24        At the hearing  any  person  residing  in  or  having  an
25    interest in any of the property sought to be disconnected may
26    appear  and  be  heard and both objectors and petitioners may
27    offer any competent evidence as to the matters averred in the
28    petition.
29        If the court shall, upon hearing the petition, find  that
30    the  territory  described therein meets all of the conditions
31    hereinbefore set forth and complies  with  this  Section,  it
32    shall  certify  to the proper election officials the question
33    of whether the  territory  shall  be  disconnected  from  the
34    district  in which it is presently located and organized in a
 
                            -504-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    new  fire  protection  district,  and  its  order,  and  such
 2    election officials shall submit that question at an  election
 3    in  such  territory  in  accordance with the general election
 4    law..   The  proposition  shall  be  in   substantially   the
 5    following form:
 6    -------------------------------------------------------------
 7        For disconnecting from the
 8    .... fire protection
 9    district and organizing the
10    .... fire protection
11    district and retaining a
12    proportionate share of the
13    bonded indebtedness, if any,
14    of the former district.
15    -------------------------------------------------------------
16        Against disconnecting from the
17    .... fire protection
18    district and organizing the
19    .... fire protection
20    district and retaining a
21    proportionate share of the
22    bonded indebtedness, if any,
23    of the former district.
24    -------------------------------------------------------------
25        If  a  majority  of  the  votes cast upon the question of
26    disconnecting the territory and  organizing  a  new  district
27    shall  be in favor of the disconnection and organization, the
28    territory shall thenceforth cease to be a part  of  the  fire
29    protection district to which it was attached and shall become
30    a   new   fire   protection   district,   provided  that  the
31    disconnected  territory   shall   remain   liable   for   its
32    proportionate share of the bonded indebtedness outstanding as
33    of  the  date  of disconnection, if any, of the district from
34    which it was disconnected.  The court shall cause  a  written
 
                            -505-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    statement  of  the results of such an election to be filed of
 2    record in the court and shall enter an order accordingly, and
 3    shall also cause to be  sent  to  the  county  clerk  of  all
 4    counties in which any portion of the new district lies and to
 5    the  Office of the State Fire Marshal a certified copy of the
 6    order organizing  such  district  and  a  plat  of  the  same
 7    indicating  what  lands of the district lie in such county or
 8    counties.  The  new  district  shall  be  organized  and  the
 9    trustees  appointed in the same manner as provided in Section
10    4, and such district and its trustees shall have like  powers
11    and responsibilities as any new district organized under this
12    Act.
13    (Source: P.A. 83-343; revised 2-24-98.)

14        Section  84.  The Fire Protection of Unprotected Area Act
15    is amended by changing Section 2 as follows:

16        (70 ILCS 715/2) (from Ch. 127 1/2, par. 302)
17        Sec. 2.  After December 31, 1975, all  unprotected  areas
18    of  unincorporated  portions of counties of less than 500,000
19    inhabitants, shall be eligible for  assignment  by  the  Fire
20    Marshal  of  fire  protection coverage by the Fire Marshal, -
21    from a fire protection  district.   Incorporated  areas,  and
22    municipal   fire   departments,  shall  be  exempt  from  the
23    provisions of this Act.
24    (Source: P.A. 79-1054; revised 10-31-98.)

25        Section 85.  The Downstate Forest Preserve  District  Act
26    is amended by changing Section 2 as follows:

27        (70 ILCS 805/2) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 6303)
28        Sec.  2.  The  proposition  shall be substantially in the
29    following form:
30    -------------------------------------------------------------
 
                            -506-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1       "Shall there be organized a forest
 2    preserve  district in accordance with
 3    the order of the judge of the circuit
 4    court  of  .... county, dated (insert            YES
 5    date), under the date of the
 6    .... day of ...., 19...,
 7    to be known as (insert here
 8    the  name of the proposed district as      ------------------
 9    entered in the order of the judge  of
10    the  circuit court)  and described as
11    follows:   (insert description of the              NO
12    proposed district as entered  in  the
13    order  of  the  judge  of the circuit
14    court)?"[?]
15    -------------------------------------------------------------
16        The clerk of the circuit court of the county shall  cause
17    a  statement  of the result of the referendum in the proposed
18    district to be filed in the records of the circuit  court  of
19    the  county,  and  if  a  majority  of  the votes cast in the
20    proposed district upon the question is found to be  in  favor
21    of  the  organization  of  a  forest  preserve  district, the
22    proposed forest preserve district shall thenceforth be deemed
23    an organized forest preserve district under this Act.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-655, eff. 7-30-98; revised 10-19-98.)

25        Section 86.  The Tuberculosis Sanitarium District Act  is
26    amended by changing Section 2 as follows:

27        (70 ILCS 920/2) (from Ch. 23, par. 1702)
28        Sec.  2.   The  proposition shall be substantially in the
29    following form:
30    -------------------------------------------------------------
31        "Shall there be organized a
32    tuberculosis sanitarium district in
 
                            -507-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    accordance with the order of the                YES
 2    circuit court of .... county, dated
 3    (insert date), under the date
 4    of the .... day of .... 19..       --------------------------
 5    to be known as (insert here the name of the
 6    proposed district as entered in the order       NO
 7    of the court) and described as follows:
 8    (Insert description of proposed district as
 9    entered in the order of the circuit court)."
10    -------------------------------------------------------------
11        A statement of the result  of  such  referendum  in  each
12    district  shall  be  entered of record in the court, and if a
13    majority of the votes cast in any district upon such question
14    is  found  to  be  in  favor  of  the  organization  of  such
15    tuberculosis   sanitarium   district,    such    tuberculosis
16    sanitarium  district shall thenceforth be deemed an organized
17    tuberculosis sanitarium district under this Act.
18    (Source: P.A. 83-343; revised 10-19-98.)

19        (70 ILCS 1105/0.01 rep.) (from Ch. 85, par. 6800)
20        Section 87.   The  Museum  District  Act  is  amended  by
21    repealing Section 0.01.

22        Section  88.   The  Park  District  Code  is  amended  by
23    changing Section 10-7d as follows:

24        (70 ILCS 1205/10-7d) (from Ch. 105, par. 10-7d)
25        Sec.  10-7d.  If  a  majority  of  the voters in any park
26    district voting on the question at a referendum held for that
27    purpose  votes  in  favor  of  selling  such  property  under
28    Sections 10-7 to 10-7d hereof, inclusive, the governing board
29    shall, proceed to sell such property at public auction  after
30    first  giving  two  weeks'  notice  of the time and place and
31    terms of said sale by notice published two successive  weeks,
 
                            -508-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    once  each  week,  the  first publication to be not less than
 2    fifteen days prior to the date fixed  for  said  sale,  in  a
 3    newspaper  published  and  of  general  circulation  in  said
 4    district,  if there be such a newspaper.  If there be no such
 5    newspaper, then such publication may be had in a newspaper of
 6    general circulation in the district, if any, or if none, then
 7    by posting in  not  less  than  ten  public  places  in  such
 8    district.  Said board shall sell said property to the highest
 9    responsible  bidder  at said auction and notice of sale shall
10    be in substantially the following form:
11                           NOTICE OF SALE
12    Notice is hereby given that on (insert date), the .... day of
13    ...., 19.., the .... Park District will sell at  public  sale
14    at  ....  at  the  hour  of  .... o'clock ...M. the following
15    described property:
16                      (Here describe property)
17    The terms of the sale shall be as follows:
18        (Here insert terms upon which property  shall  be  sold).
19    By order of the Board of .... Park District.
20               .... (President of .... Park District)
21        Prior  to directing notice for sale the board shall adopt
22    a resolution fixing the time for  the  sale,  specifying  the
23    terms  of  the sale which shall not be less than one-third of
24    the purchase price  in  cash  and  the  balance  in  2  equal
25    payments  due  not more than 6 months and 12 months from date
26    of sale.
27        In the event no bids are  received  at  such  sale,  said
28    property  may,  without  another referendum on such question,
29    again be advertised for sale at any  time  within  12  months
30    from  date  of  the  first  sale,  in  the manner hereinabove
31    provided.  The Board may reserve the right to reject  any  or
32    all  bids  and  advertise  for  resale.   In  the  event said
33    property is not sold within 12 months from date of the  first
34    public  sale,  said  property  shall  not be sold until a new
 
                            -509-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    resolution is adopted with new opportunity for referendum  on
 2    such question by the voters.
 3        Any  deed, subject to the provisions of Sections 10-7a to
 4    this Section 10-7d,  inclusive,  shall  be  executed  by  the
 5    president   and  secretary  of  the  district  and  shall  be
 6    deposited in escrow with the treasurer of said district,  and
 7    shall  not  be  released to the purchaser of said property or
 8    recorded until the purchase price therefor has been deposited
 9    in full with said treasurer.  Any proceeds derived  from  the
10    sale  of  such  property  shall  become a part of the general
11    corporate funds of said district.
12    (Source: P.A. 81-1489; revised 10-20-98.)

13        Section  89.   The  Lincoln   Park   Commissioners   Land
14    Condemnation Act is amended by changing Section 3 as follows:

15        (70 ILCS 1570/3) (from Ch. 105, par. 81)
16        Sec.  3.  The  commissioners  of  Lincoln Park may, by be
17    contract with or deeds from  the  owner  or  owners  thereof,
18    acquire  the  riparian  rights appurtenant to the shore lands
19    adjacent to and adjoining the submerged lands so granted  and
20    so  much  of  the  shore lands and interests therein and such
21    right to impose restrictions upon the use thereof as  to  the
22    commissioners  of  Lincoln  Park  shall  seem  necessary  and
23    desirable  and  in  acquiring  such  rights and interests the
24    commissioners of Lincoln Park may agree with  such  owner  or
25    owners  upon  a  boundary  line  dividing  the  submerged and
26    adjacent and adjoining lands to be  held  and  used  for  the
27    proposed  park,  boulevard,  or  driveway  extension  and the
28    submerged and adjacent and adjoining lands to be retained and
29    held by such owner or owners in lieu of and  as  compensation
30    for  the  release of such riparian and other rights and shore
31    lands and interests therein to the Commissioners  of  Lincoln
32    Park.   In  all cases where the Commissioners of Lincoln Park
 
                            -510-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    shall have acquired or contracted to acquire such shore lands
 2    and  interests  therein  and  riparian   and   other   rights
 3    appurtenant  thereto  or  shall have agreed with any owner or
 4    owners upon a boundary  line  as  hereinabove  provided,  the
 5    owner or owners of such shore lands and interests therein and
 6    riparian  and  other  rights  appurtenant  thereto may file a
 7    complaint in the Circuit Court of the  county  in  which  the
 8    lands  are  situated, in which complaint the Commissioners of
 9    Lincoln Park shall  be  made  defendants,  praying  that  the
10    boundary  line  between  the  lands  of the plaintiffs in the
11    action and the lands acquired by the Commissioners of Lincoln
12    Park under this Act, may be established and  defined  by  the
13    judgment of the Circuit Court.  The defendant shall be served
14    with  process  in the action so instituted in the same manner
15    as in other civil cases, and the proceedings in the cause may
16    be conducted in the same manner as in other civil cases,  and
17    the court shall have power by its final judgment in the cause
18    to  establish the dividing or boundary line between the lands
19    of the plaintiffs and  the  lands  of  the  Commissioners  of
20    Lincoln Park adjacent thereto, and the line so established by
21    the  judgment  of  the  Circuit  Court shall be the permanent
22    boundary line of the shore lands which shall not be  affected
23    or  changed thereafter, either by accretions or erosions, and
24    the owners of  the  shore  lands  shall  have  the  right  to
25    improve,  protect,  sell and convey the shore lands up to the
26    boundary line so established, free from any adverse claim  in
27    any  way  arising  out  of any question as to where the shore
28    line was at any time in the  past  or  as  to  the  title  of
29    existing accretions, if any, to the shore land.  In the event
30    that  any owner or party interested in any of the shore lands
31    shall be unable to contract with the Commissioners of Lincoln
32    Park by reason of minority or other disability,  a  complaint
33    may  be  filed  by the guardian or next friend or other legal
34    representative of such owner in  the  circuit  court  in  the
 
                            -511-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    county  in  which  such  lands  are  situated,  in  which the
 2    Commissioners  of  Lincoln  Park  shall  be  made  defendant,
 3    praying that such proceedings may be had and  such  order  or
 4    judgment entered as may be necessary or proper to protect the
 5    interests  of the plaintiff in the shore lands. The defendant
 6    shall be served with process in the same manner as  in  other
 7    civil  cases  and  the  proceedings  in  the  cause  shall be
 8    conducted in the same manner as in other civil cases, and the
 9    court shall have power by its final judgment upon such  terms
10    and  conditions  as  it  may  deem  reasonable  and  fair, to
11    transfer  to  the  Commissioners  of  Lincoln  Park  all  the
12    riparian rights of the plaintiff, and also to  establish  the
13    boundary  line  between the lands owned by the plaintiff, and
14    the lands of the Commissioners of Lincoln Park.
15    (Source: P.A. 83-345; revised 10-31-98.)

16        Section 90.  The Havana Regional  Port  District  Act  is
17    amended by changing Section 4 as follows:

18        (70 ILCS 1805/4) (from Ch. 19, par. 604)
19        Sec.  4.  The  Port District has the following functions,
20    powers and duties:
21        (a)  to study the existing harbor facilities  within  the
22    area  of  the  Port  District  and  recommend  to appropriate
23    governmental agencies,  including  the  General  Assembly  of
24    Illinois,  such changes and modifications as may from time to
25    time be required for continuing development  therein  and  to
26    meet changing business and commercial needs;
27        (b)  to  make  an  investigation of conditions within the
28    Port District and prepare and adopt a comprehensive plan  for
29    the development of port facilities for the Port District.  In
30    preparing  and  recommending  changes  and  modifications  in
31    existing  harbor  facilities, or a comprehensive plan for the
32    development of such port facilities, the  Port  District,  if
 
                            -512-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    deemed  desirable,  may  set  aside  and  allocate an area or
 2    areas, within the lands owned by the  Port  District,  to  be
 3    leased  to  private  parties  for  industrial, manufacturing,
 4    commercial, or harbor purposes, where such area or  areas  in
 5    the  opinion  of  the  Board,  are  not  required for primary
 6    purposes in the development of harbor and port facilities for
 7    the use of public water and land transportation, or will  not
 8    be  needed  immediately  for  such  purposes,  and where such
 9    leasing in the opinion of the Board will aid and promote  the
10    development of terminal and port facilities;
11        (c)  to  issue  permits  for the construction of wharves,
12    piers,  dolphins,  booms,  weirs,   breakwaters,   bulkheads,
13    jetties,  bridges  or  other  structures  of  any kind in any
14    navigable waters within the Port District or for the  deposit
15    of  rock, earth, sand or other material, or any matter of any
16    kind or description in such waters and to regulate beyond the
17    limits or jurisdiction of  any  municipality  the  anchorage,
18    moorage  and  speed  of  vessels and to establish and enforce
19    regulations for the operation of bridges; provided,  however,
20    that  any  permit issued or regulation established or adopted
21    by the Port  District  shall  be  subject  to  the  paramount
22    authority  of  the  Federal Government to regulate navigation
23    and the Department of  Natural  Resources  of  the  State  of
24    Illinois under the Rivers, Lakes, and Streams Act;.
25        (d)  to  acquire, own, construct, lease and maintain port
26    and water terminal facilities and  transportation  facilities
27    thereto  within  the  Port  District,  and,  subject  to  the
28    provisions  of  Section 5 of this Act, to operate or contract
29    for the operation of such facilities, and to fix and  collect
30    just,  reasonable,  and non-discriminatory charges or rentals
31    for the use of such facilities. The  charges  or  rentals  so
32    collected  shall  be  deposited  in  the treasury of the Port
33    District, and be used to defray the  reasonable  expenses  of
34    the Port District, and to pay the principal and interest upon
 
                            -513-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    any revenue bonds issued by the Port District;
 2        (e)  to  enter  into contracts dealing in any manner with
 3    the objects and purposes of this Act.
 4    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 10-31-98.)

 5        Section 91.  The Illinois International Port District Act
 6    is amended by changing Section 4 as follows:

 7        (70 ILCS 1810/4) (from Ch. 19, par. 155)
 8        Sec. 4. It shall be the duty of the Port District:
 9        (a)  To study the existing harbor plans within  the  area
10    of  the  Port  District  and  to recommend to the appropriate
11    governmental  agency,  including  the  General  Assembly   of
12    Illinois,  such changes and modifications as may from time to
13    time be required by the continuing development therein and to
14    meet changing business and commercial needs.
15        (b)  To make an investigation of  conditions  within  the
16    area  of  the  Port  District  and  to  prepare  and  adopt a
17    comprehensive plan for the development of the port facilities
18    for the said Port District.  In  preparing  and  recommending
19    changes  and  modifications  in  existing  harbor plans, or a
20    comprehensive  plan  for  the  development   of   said   port
21    facilities,  as  above provided, the District may if it deems
22    desirable set aside and allocate an area,  or  areas,  within
23    the lands held by it, to be used and operated by the District
24    or  leased  to private parties for industrial, manufacturing,
25    commercial, recreational, or harbor purposes, where such area
26    or areas are not, in the opinion of  the  District,  required
27    for  its  primary  purposes  in the development of harbor and
28    port  facilities  for  the  use  of  public  water  and  land
29    transportation, or will not be immediately  needed  for  such
30    purposes, and where such use and operation or leasing will in
31    the  opinion  of the District aid and promote the development
32    of terminal and port facilities.
 
                            -514-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (c)  To study and  make  recommendations  to  the  proper
 2    authority   for  the  improvement  of  terminal,  lighterage,
 3    wharfage,  warehousing,   transfer   and   other   facilities
 4    necessary  for  the promotion of commerce and the interchange
 5    of traffic within, to and from the Port District.;
 6        (d)  To  study,  prepare  and   recommend   by   specific
 7    proposals  to the General Assembly of Illinois changes in the
 8    jurisdiction of the Port District.;
 9        (e)  To petition any federal, state, municipal  or  local
10    authority,  administrative,  judicial and legislative, having
11    jurisdiction in the premises, for the adoption and  execution
12    of  any  physical  improvement,  change  in method, system of
13    handling  freight,  warehousing,  docking,   lightering   and
14    transfer  of  freight,  which  in  the  opinion  of  the Port
15    District may be designed to improve or better the handling of
16    commerce in and through the Port District or improve terminal
17    or transportation facilities therein.;
18        (f)  To foster, stimulate and  promote  the  shipment  of
19    cargoes  and commerce through such ports, whether originating
20    within or without the State of Illinois.;
21        (g)  To  acquire,  construct,  own,  lease  and   develop
22    terminals,  wharf  facilities, piers, docks, warehouses, bulk
23    terminals,  grain  elevators,  tug  boats  and  other  harbor
24    crafts, and any other port facility or port-related  facility
25    or service as it finds necessary and convenient.;
26        (h)  To  perform any other act or function which may tend
27    to  or  be  useful  toward  development  and  improvement  of
28    harbors, sea ports, and port-related facilities and  services
29    and  to  increase  foreign  and domestic commerce through the
30    harbors and ports within the City of Chicago.
31    (Source: P.A. 88-539; revised 10-31-98.)

32        Section 92.  The  Jackson-Union  Counties  Regional  Port
33    District Act is amended by changing Section 4 as follows:
 
                            -515-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (70 ILCS 1820/4) (from Ch. 19, par. 854)
 2        Sec.  4.  The  Port District has the following rights and
 3    powers:
 4        1.  To  issue  permits:  for  the  construction  of   all
 5    wharves,   piers,   dolphins,   booms,   weirs,  breakwaters,
 6    bulkheads, jetties, bridges or other structures of any  kind,
 7    over,  under,  in,  or within 40 feet of any navigable waters
 8    within the Port District; for the  deposit  of  rock,  earth,
 9    sand  or  other  material,  or  any  matter  of  any  kind or
10    description in said waters; except that nothing contained  in
11    this paragraph 1 shall be construed so that it will be deemed
12    necessary  to  obtain  a  permit  from  the  District for the
13    erection, operation or maintenance of any bridge  crossing  a
14    waterway  which  serves  as  a  boundary between the State of
15    Illinois and any other state, when said  erection,  operation
16    or maintenance is performed by any city within the District;
17        2.  To   prevent  or  remove  obstructions  in  navigable
18    waters, including the removal of wrecks;
19        3.  To locate and  establish  dock  lines  and  shore  or
20    harbor lines;
21        4.  To regulate the anchorage, moorage and speed of water
22    borne  vessels  and  to establish and enforce regulations for
23    the operation of bridges, except nothing  contained  in  this
24    paragraph 4 shall be construed to give the District authority
25    to  regulate  the operation of any bridge crossing a waterway
26    which serves as a boundary between the State of Illinois  and
27    any  other  state,  when such operation is performed or to be
28    performed by any city within the District;
29        5.  To  acquire,  own,  construct,  lease,  operate   and
30    maintain  terminals, terminal facilities and port facilities,
31    and to fix and collect just, reasonable and nondiscriminatory
32    charges for the use  of  such  facilities.   The  charges  so
33    collected  shall be used to defray the reasonable expenses of
34    the Port District and to pay the principal of and interest on
 
                            -516-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    any revenue bonds issued by the District;
 2        6.  To locate, establish and maintain a  public  airport,
 3    public  airports  and  public  airport  facilities within its
 4    corporate limits or within or upon any body of water adjacent
 5    thereto,  and  to  construct,  develop,  expand,  extend  and
 6    improve any such airport or airport facility;
 7        7.  To operate, maintain, manage, lease, sublease, and to
 8    make and enter into  contracts  for  the  use,  operation  or
 9    management  of, and to provide rules and regulations for, the
10    operation, management or use of, any public airport or public
11    airport facility;
12        8.  To fix, charge and collect reasonable rentals, tolls,
13    fees, and charges for the use of any public airport,  or  any
14    part thereof, or any public airport facility;
15        9.  To  establish,  maintain, extend and improve roadways
16    and approaches by land, water or air to any such airport  and
17    to   contract   or  otherwise  provide,  by  condemnation  if
18    necessary, for the removal  of  any  airport  hazard  or  the
19    removal  or  relocation  of all private structures, railways,
20    mains,  pipes,  conduits,  wires,  poles,   and   all   other
21    facilities   and  equipment  which  may  interfere  with  the
22    location, expansion, development, or improvement of  airports
23    or  with  the  safe  approach thereto or takeoff therefrom by
24    aircraft, and to pay the cost of removal or relocation;  and,
25    subject  to the "Airport Zoning Act", approved July 17, 1945,
26    as amended, to adopt, administer and enforce  airport  zoning
27    regulations  for  territory  which  is  within  its corporate
28    limits or which extends not more  than  2  miles  beyond  its
29    corporate limits;
30        10.  To  restrict  the  height  of  any object of natural
31    growth or structure or structures within the vicinity of  any
32    airport  or  within  the  lines of an approach to any airport
33    and, when necessary, for the reduction in the height  of  any
34    such existing object or structure, to enter into an agreement
 
                            -517-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    for such reduction or to accomplish same by condemnation;
 2        11.  To  agree  with  the State or federal governments or
 3    with  any  public  agency  in  respect  to  the  removal  and
 4    relocation of any object of natural growth, airport hazard or
 5    any structure or building within the vicinity of any  airport
 6    or  within  an  approach  and  which  is  owned or within the
 7    control of such government or agency and to  pay  all  or  an
 8    agreed portion of the cost of such removal or relocation;
 9        12.  For the prevention of accidents, for the furtherance
10    and  protection  of  public health, safety and convenience in
11    respect to aeronautics, for the protection  of  property  and
12    persons  within  the  District  from  any  hazard or nuisance
13    resulting from the flight of aircraft, for the prevention  of
14    interference  between,  or  collision  of,  aircraft while in
15    flight or upon the ground, for the prevention or abatement of
16    nuisances in the air or upon the ground or for the  extension
17    of increase in the usefulness or safety of any public airport
18    or  public  airport  facility  owned  by  the  District,  the
19    District  may  regulate  and  restrict the flight of aircraft
20    while within or  above  the  incorporated  territory  of  the
21    District;
22        13.  To   police  its  physical  property  only  and  all
23    waterways and to exercise police powers in respect thereto or
24    in respect to the  enforcement  of  any  rule  or  regulation
25    provided  by the ordinances of the District and to employ and
26    commission police officers and  other  qualified  persons  to
27    enforce  the  same.   The  use  of any such public airport or
28    public airport facility of the District shall be  subject  to
29    the  reasonable  regulation  and  control of the District and
30    upon  such  reasonable  terms  and  conditions  as  shall  be
31    established by its Board.   A  regulatory  ordinance  of  the
32    District  adopted  under  any  provisions of this Section may
33    provide for a suspension  or  revocation  of  any  rights  or
34    privileges within the control of the District for a violation
 
                            -518-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of any such regulatory ordinance.  Nothing in this Section or
 2    in  other  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be  construed to
 3    authorize the Board to establish or enforce any regulation or
 4    rule in respect to aviation, or the operation or  maintenance
 5    of  any airport facility within its jurisdiction, which is in
 6    conflict  with  any  federal  or  state  law  or   regulation
 7    applicable to the same subject matter;
 8        14.  To   enter   into   agreements  with  the  corporate
 9    authorities  or  governing  body  of  any   other   municipal
10    corporation or any political subdivision of this State to pay
11    the   reasonable   expense  of  services  furnished  by  such
12    municipal corporation or  political  subdivision  for  or  on
13    account of income producing properties of the District;
14        15.  To  enter  into contracts dealing in any manner with
15    the objects and purposes of this Act;
16        16.  To acquire, own, lease, sell or otherwise dispose of
17    interests in and to real property and  improvements  situated
18    thereupon  and  in personal property necessary to fulfill the
19    purposes of the District;
20        17.  To designate the fiscal year for the District;
21        18.  To engage in any  activity  or  operation  which  is
22    incidental  to  and  in furtherance of efficient operation to
23    accomplish the District's primary purpose;
24        19.  To build, construct, repair and maintain levees;.
25        20.  To  enter  into  agreements  with  banks  and  other
26    lending institutions guaranteeing the contract performance of
27    a person or other business entity doing  or  planning  to  do
28    business in the Jackson County and Union County area;.
29        21.  To  make  and  give  grants  to a person or business
30    entity doing or planning to do business in the Jackson County
31    and Union County area;.
32        22.  To acquire,  own,  construct,  lease,  operate,  and
33    maintain industrial plants and facilities, including, but not
34    limited   to,   ethanol   plants   and  facilities,  and  the
 
                            -519-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    by-products therefrom, within the confines of Jackson  County
 2    and  Union County.  The charges so collected shall be used to
 3    defray the reasonable expenses of the Port  District  and  to
 4    pay the principal and interest of any revenue bonds issued by
 5    the district.
 6    (Source:  P.A.  89-29,  eff.  6-23-95;  89-78,  eff. 6-30-95;
 7    revised 10-31-98.)

 8        Section 93.  The Sanitary District Act of 1917 is amended
 9    by changing Sections 22a.18, 22a.36, and 25 as follows:

10        (70 ILCS 2405/22a.18) (from Ch. 42, par. 317d.19)
11        Sec. 22a.18.   Notice  by  publication.   Petitioner,  in
12    addition to other required notices, shall publish a notice at
13    least  twice,  not  more  than  30  nor  less than 15 days in
14    advance of the time at which confirmation  of  the  specified
15    assessment  is  to be sought, in a newspaper having a general
16    circulation  within  the  district.   The   notice   may   be
17    substantially as follows:
18                     "SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE
19        Notice is hereby given to all persons interested that the
20    board  of  trustees  of the ........ sanitary district having
21    ordered that (here insert a brief description of  the  nature
22    of  the improvement), the ordinance for the improvement being
23    on file in the office of the district clerk,  having  applied
24    to  the  circuit court of ....... County for an assessment of
25    the costs of the improvement, according to benefits,  and  an
26    assessment  therefor  having  been  made and returned to that
27    court, the final hearing  thereon  will  be  had  on  (insert
28    date),  the  .....  day  of  .........,  19....,  at  .......
29    o'clock,  or  as soon thereafter as the business of the court
30    will permit.  All persons desiring  may  file  objections  in
31    that  court before that day and may appear on the hearing and
32    make their defense."
 
                            -520-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Where the assessment  is  payable  in  installments,  the
 2    number  of  installments and the rate of interest also may be
 3    stated.
 4    (Source: P.A. 85-1137; revised 10-20-98.)

 5        (70 ILCS 2405/22a.36) (from Ch. 42, par. 317d.37)
 6        Sec.  22a.36.    Collector's   notice.    The   collector
 7    receiving  such a warrant shall give notice thereof within 30
 8    days by publishing a notice at least  twice  in  a  newspaper
 9    having  a  general  circulation  within  the  district.  This
10    notice may be substantially in the following form:
11                     "SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE
12        Notice is hereby given that the  (here  insert  title  of
13    court)  has  rendered  judgment  for a special assessment (or
14    special  tax)  upon  property  benefited  by  the   following
15    improvement:    (here  briefly  describe  the  character  and
16    location of the improvement in general terms)  as  will  more
17    fully  appear from the certified copy of the judgment on file
18    in my office; that the warrant for  the  collection  of  this
19    assessment (or special tax) is in my possession.  All persons
20    interested  are  hereby  notified  to call and pay the amount
21    assessed at the collector's office (here insert  location  of
22    office) within 30 days from the date hereof.
23    Dated (insert date). this .... day of .............., 19....
24                                  ...............................
25                                  Collector."

26        When  such  an  assessment or special tax is levied to be
27    paid in installments,  the  notice  shall  also  contain  the
28    aggregate  amount  of  each installment, the rate of interest
29    deferred installments bear and the date when payable.
30    (Source: P.A. 85-1137; revised 10-20-98.)

31        (70 ILCS 2405/25) (from Ch. 42, par. 317g)
32        Sec. 25. The board of trustees of any  sanitary  district
 
                            -521-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    may  arrange  to  provide  for  the  benefit of employees and
 2    trustees  of  the  sanitary  district  group  life,   health,
 3    accident,  hospital  and medical insurance, or any one or any
 4    combination  of  such  types  of  insurance.   The  Board  of
 5    trustees  may  also  elect  to  self  insure  the  district's
 6    employees.  In  the  event  the  board  arranges  to  provide
 7    insurance, such insurance may include provision for employees
 8    and  trustees  who  rely  on treatment by prayer or spiritual
 9    means alone for healing in accordance  with  the  tenets  and
10    practice  of  a  well recognized religious denomination.  The
11    board of trustees may provide for  payment  by  the  sanitary
12    district of the premium or charge for such insurance.
13        If the board of trustees elects to provide the insurance,
14    but  does  not  provide  for  a  plan  pursuant  to which the
15    sanitary district pays the premium or charge  for  any  group
16    insurance  plan,  the  board  of trustees may provide for the
17    withholding and deducting from the compensation  of  such  of
18    the  employees and trustees as consent thereto the premium or
19    charge for any group life,  health,  accident,  hospital  and
20    medical insurance.
21        If  the  board  of  trustees  elects to provide insurance
22    under the provisions of this Section,  it  may  exercise  the
23    powers  granted  in  this  Section  only if the kinds of such
24    group insurance  are  obtained  from  any  insurance  company
25    authorized  to  do  business  in the State of Illinois or any
26    other for-profit or not-for-profit  organization  or  service
27    offering   similar  coverage  including  without  limitation,
28    hospitals, clinics,  health  maintenance  organizations,  and
29    physicians'  groups.  The  board  of  trustees  may  enact an
30    ordinance  prescribing  the  method  of  operation   of   the
31    insurance  or  self-insurance  program  and for entering into
32    contracts with for-profit and not-for-profit organizations or
33    services providing health care services.
34    (Source: P.A. 90-655,  eff.  7-30-98;  90-697,  eff.  8-7-98;
 
                            -522-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    revised 9-16-98.)

 2        Section  94.  The Metropolitan Water Reclamation District
 3    Act is amended by changing Sections 4.2 and 220 as follows:

 4        (70 ILCS 2605/4.2) (from Ch. 42, par. 323.2)
 5        Sec. 4.2. There is hereby created and established a civil
 6    service board to consist of 3 persons to be selected  in  the
 7    manner following:
 8        The  governing  authority  or  body  of the such sanitary
 9    district, hereinafter called the trustees, shall on or before
10    January 31, 1952 appoint a civil service board of 3  members,
11    all  of  whom  shall  be persons who are not trustees and not
12    more than 2  of  whom  shall  be  affiliated  with  the  same
13    political  party.   Each  member  shall have been a qualified
14    elector of  the  sanitary  district  for  at  least  5  years
15    immediately prior to his or her appointment and shall believe
16    firmly in the merit system of government.  No person shall be
17    appointed to the civil service board who has held an elective
18    public office or a position in a political party within the 2
19    years immediately prior to his or her appointment.  No member
20    of the board shall be a member of a committee in any partisan
21    political  club  or  organization,  or  shall  hold  or  be a
22    candidate for any elective public office.
23        Of the members so appointed, one shall be appointed for a
24    term of 2 years, one for a term of 4 years and one for a term
25    of 6  years  beginning  February  1,  1952.   All  subsequent
26    appointments  shall  be for 6 year terms beginning February 1
27    of the year in which the antecedent  term  expires.   In  the
28    event  a  vacancy  occurs  shall  occur from any cause in the
29    office of any such member, the unexpired portion of the term
30    thereof shall be filled by appointment within 60 days by the
31    said trustees.  The board shall  elect  from  its  members  a
32    chairman,  vice-chairman and secretary.  Each shall serve for
 
                            -523-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    a term of 2 years or until  a  successor  is  elected.   Each
 2    member  of  the  board  shall receive a salary of $15,000 per
 3    annum, except the Chairman, who shall  receive  a  salary  of
 4    $17,500  per  annum.   Two members of the civil service board
 5    shall constitute a quorum, but in no instance shall the board
 6    have authority or exercise responsibility if 60 days after  a
 7    vacancy  exists  on  the  board  it  has  not  been filled by
 8    appointment.
 9        No member of the civil service  board  shall  be  removed
10    except  for  palpable  incompetence  or malfeasance in office
11    upon written charges filed by or  at  the  direction  of  the
12    trustees  and  heard before the trustees sitting as the board
13    of hearings herein provided for.
14        The board of hearings hearing shall  hear  and  determine
15    the charges and its findings shall be final. and  If the such
16      charges  are  shall  be  sustained, the member of the civil
17    service board so charged  shall  be  forthwith  removed  from
18    office  by  the said board of hearings and the trustees shall
19    thereupon proceed within 30 days to fill the vacancy  created
20    by  that  such  removal.   In all proceedings provided for in
21    this Section, the board of hearings and each  member  thereof
22    shall  have  power  to  administer  oaths  and  to  compel by
23    subpoena the attendance and testimony of  witnesses  and  the
24    production of books and papers.
25    (Source: P.A. 87-762; revised 2-24-98.)

26        (70 ILCS 2605/220) (from Ch. 42, par. 349.220)
27        Sec.  220.  District  enlarged.  As of November 14, 1973,
28    the corporate limits of the Metropolitan Sanitary District of
29    Greater Chicago are extended so as  to  embrace  and  include
30    within  the same the territory and tracts of land situated in
31    the County of Cook, State of Illinois, described as follows:
32        Those portions of Sections 19, 20 and 29 lying  South  of
33    the  centerline  of the Little Calumet River, all in Township
 
                            -524-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    36 North, Range 15 East of the Third Principal Meridian; also
 2    all of Sections 30, 31 and 32,  all  in  Township  36  North,
 3    Range  15  East  of the Third Principal Meridian; also all of
 4    Sections 5 and 6, Township 35 North, Range  15  East  of  the
 5    Third Principal Meridian (except those portions thereof which
 6    are  now  within  the  corporate  limits  of the Metropolitan
 7    Sanitary District of Greater Chicago); also the East  1/2  of
 8    Sections  25  and 36, all in Township 36 North, Range 14 East
 9    of  the  Third  Principal  Meridian  (except  those  portions
10    thereof which are now within  the  corporate  limits  of  the
11    Metropolitan Sanitary District of Greater Chicago).
12    (Source: P.A. 87-834; revised 2-24-98.)

13        Section 95.  The Sanitary District Act of 1936 is amended
14    by changing Sections 56 and 74 as follows:

15        (70 ILCS 2805/56) (from Ch. 42, par. 447.20)
16        Sec. 56.  Notice by publication.  Petitioner, in addition
17    to  other  required  notices, shall publish a notice at least
18    twice, not more than 30 nor less than 15 days in  advance  of
19    the time at which confirmation of the specified assessment is
20    to  be  sought,  in  a newspaper having a general circulation
21    within the district.  The  notice  may  be  substantially  as
22    follows:
23                     "SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE
24        Notice is hereby given to all persons interested that the
25    board  of  trustees  of the ........ sanitary district having
26    ordered that (here insert a brief description of  the  nature
27    of  the improvement), the ordinance for the improvement being
28    on file in the office of the district clerk,  having  applied
29    to  the  circuit court of ....... County for an assessment of
30    the costs of the improvement, according to benefits,  and  an
31    assessment  therefor  having  been  made and returned to that
32    court, the final hearing thereon will be had on (insert date)
 
                            -525-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1     the ..... day of ........., 19...., at .......  o'clock,  or
 2    as  soon thereafter as the business of the court will permit.
 3    All persons desiring may file objections in that court before
 4    that day and  may  appear  on  the  hearing  and  make  their
 5    defense."

 6        Where  the  assessment  is  payable  in installments, the
 7    number of installments and the rate of interest also  may  be
 8    stated.
 9    (Source: P.A. 85-1137; revised 10-20-98.)

10        (70 ILCS 2805/74) (from Ch. 42, par. 447.38)
11        Sec.  74.   Collector's  notice.  The collector receiving
12    such a warrant shall give notice thereof within  30  days  by
13    publishing  a  notice  at least twice in a newspaper having a
14    general circulation within the district.  This notice may  be
15    substantially in the following form:
16                     "SPECIAL ASSESSMENT NOTICE
17        Notice  is  hereby  given  that the (here insert title of
18    court) has rendered judgment for  a  special  assessment  (or
19    special   tax)  upon  property  benefited  by  the  following
20    improvement:   (here  briefly  describe  the  character   and
21    location  of  the  improvement in general terms) as will more
22    fully appear from the certified copy of the judgment on  file
23    in  my  office;  that  the warrant for the collection of this
24    assessment (or special tax) is in my possession.  All persons
25    interested are hereby notified to call  and  pay  the  amount
26    assessed  at  the collector's office (here insert location of
27    office) within 30 days from the date hereof.
28    Dated (insert date). this .... day of .............., 19....
29                                  ...............................
30                                  Collector."

31        When such an assessment or special tax is  levied  to  be
32    paid  in  installments,  the  notice  shall  also contain the
 
                            -526-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    aggregate amount of each installment, the  rate  of  interest
 2    deferred installments bear and the date when payable.
 3    (Source: P.A. 85-1137; revised 10-20-98.)

 4        Section 96.  The Metro-East Sanitary District Act of 1974
 5    is amended by changing Section 4-2 as follows:

 6        (70 ILCS 2905/4-2) (from Ch. 42, par. 504-2)
 7        Sec.  4-2.   The  Executive  Director  shall be the chief
 8    executive and administrative  officer  of  the  district  and
 9    shall   be   responsible   to   the   board  for  the  proper
10    administration of all affairs of the district, including  but
11    not   limited   to,  the  board's  boards's  compliance  with
12    subsection (b) of Section 3-3, and to that end he shall:
13        (1)  Appoint and, when necessary  for  the  good  of  the
14    service,  remove  all officers and employees of the district,
15    except as otherwise provided in this Act, and  except  as  he
16    may  authorize  the head of a department or office to appoint
17    subordinates in such department or office.
18        (2)  Prepare the budget annually and  submit  it  to  the
19    Board   and  be  responsible  for  its  administration  after
20    adoption.
21        (3)  Prepare and submit to the board and  the  Department
22    of  Natural  Resources,  as  of the end of the fiscal year, a
23    complete report of the finances and administrative activities
24    of the district and all subdistricts for the year, and submit
25    any interim reports that the Department of Natural  Resources
26    requests.
27        (4)  Keep the board advised of the financial condition of
28    the  district  and  all subdistricts and make recommendations
29    concerning their future needs.
30        (5)  Attend all meetings of the board and, in so  far  as
31    possible, its committees.
32        (6)  Enforce  all  district  ordinances  and see that all
 
                            -527-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    contracts are faithfully performed.
 2        (7)  Advise,  assist,  and  cooperate  in  fostering  the
 3    interest of institutions of learning and civic, professional,
 4    and employee organizations in the  improvement  of  personnel
 5    standards and conditions in the district.
 6        (8)  Perform  such  other  duties as may be prescribed by
 7    this Act or required of him by the  board,  not  inconsistent
 8    with this Act.
 9    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 2-24-98.)

10        Section 97.  The Regional Transportation Authority Act is
11    amended  by changing Sections 2.08, 2.16, 4.03.1, and 4.09 as
12    follows:

13        (70 ILCS 3615/2.08) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 702.08)
14        Sec. 2.08. Protection Against Crime.  The Authority shall
15    cooperate with the various State,  municipal,  sheriff's  and
16    transportation  agency  police  forces  in  the  metropolitan
17    region  for  the  protection  of  employees  and consumers of
18    public  transportation  services  and  public  transportation
19    facilities  against  crime.  The  Authority  may  provide  by
20    ordinance for an Authority police force  to  aid,  coordinate
21    and  supplement other police forces in protecting persons and
22    property and reducing the threats of  crime  with  regard  to
23    public  transportation.   Such  police  shall  have  the same
24    powers with regard to such protection of persons and property
25    as those  exercised  by  police  of  municipalities  and  may
26    include  members  of  other police forces in the metropolitan
27    region.  The Authority shall establish minimum standards  for
28    selection  and  training  of  members  of  such  police force
29    employed by it.  Training shall be  accomplished  at  schools
30    certified by the Illinois Local Governmental Law Enforcement
31    Officers and Training Standards Board established pursuant to
32    the "Illinois Police Training Act", approved August 18, 1965,
 
                            -528-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    as  now or hereafter amended.  Such training shall be subject
 2    to the rules and standards adopted pursuant to Section  7  of
 3    that  Act.   The  Authority  may  participate in any training
 4    program conducted under that Act.  The Authority may  provide
 5    for  the  coordination  or consolidation of security services
 6    and  police  forces  maintained   with   regard   to   public
 7    transportation    services    and   facilities   by   various
 8    transportation   agencies   and   may   contract   with   any
 9    municipality or county in the metropolitan region to  provide
10    protection  of  persons  or  property  with  regard to public
11    transportation.   Employees  of  the  Authority  or  of   any
12    transportation agency affected by any action of the Authority
13    under this Section shall be provided the protection set forth
14    in  Section  2.16.   Neither  the Authority, the Suburban Bus
15    Division, the  Commuter  Rail  Division,  nor  any  of  their
16    Directors,  officers  or  employees  shall be held liable for
17    failure to provide a  security  or  police  force  or,  if  a
18    security  or police force is provided, for failure to provide
19    adequate police protection or security,  failure  to  prevent
20    the  commission of crimes by fellow passengers or other third
21    persons or for the failure to apprehend criminals.
22    (Source: P.A. 84-939; revised 7-10-98.)

23        (70 ILCS 3615/2.16) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 702.16)
24        Sec. 2.16. Employee Protection.
25        (a)  The Authority shall insure that  every  employee  of
26    the  Authority or of a Service Board or transportation agency
27    shall receive fair and equitable protection  against  actions
28    of   the  Authority  which  shall  not  be  less  than  those
29    established pursuant to  Section  13(c)  of  the  Urban  Mass
30    Transportation  Act  of  1964,  as  amended  (49  U.S.C. Sec.
31    1609(c)), and Section 405(b) of the  Rail  Passenger  Service
32    Act  of  1970,  as  amended  (45  U.S.C. Sec. 565(b)), and as
33    prescribed  by  the  United   States   Secretary   of   Labor
 
                            -529-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    thereunder,  at  the  time  of  the  protective  agreement or
 2    arbitration decision providing protection.
 3        (b)  The Authority shall negotiate  or  arrange  for  the
 4    negotiation  of such fair and equitable employee arrangements
 5    with the employees, through their accredited  representatives
 6    authorized to act for them. If agreement cannot be reached on
 7    the  terms  of  such  protective  arrangement,  any party may
 8    submit  any  matter  in  dispute  to  arbitration.  In   such
 9    arbitration,  each  party  shall  have  the  right  to select
10    non-voting   arbitration   board   members.   The   impartial
11    arbitrator will  be  selected  by  the  American  Arbitration
12    Association  and  appointed  from  a  current  listing of the
13    membership of  the  National  Academy  of  Arbitrators,  upon
14    request  of  any  party.  The impartial arbitrator's decision
15    shall be final and binding on all parties. Each  party  shall
16    pay   an   equal   proportionate   share   of  the  impartial
17    arbitrator's fees and expenses.
18        (c)  For  purposes  of  Sections  2.15   through   2.19,:
19    "actions  of  the  Authority"  include  its  acquisition  and
20    operation  of public transportation facilities, the execution
21    of purchase of service agreements and  grant  contracts  made
22    under   this   Act   and  the  coordination,  reorganization,
23    combining, leasing, merging of operations or the expansion or
24    curtailment of public transportation service or facilities by
25    the Authority, but does not include a failure or  refusal  to
26    enter into a purchase of service agreement or grant contract.
27    (Source: P.A. 83-886; revised 10-31-98.)

28        (70 ILCS 3615/4.03.1) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 704.03.1)
29        Sec.  4.03.1.   (a)  The  Board may impose a tax upon all
30    persons engaged in the business of renting automobiles in the
31    metropolitan region at the rate of not to exceed  1%  of  the
32    gross  receipts from such business within Cook County and not
33    to exceed 1/4% of  the  gross  receipts  from  such  business
 
                            -530-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    within  the Counties of DuPage, Kane, Lake, McHenry and Will.
 2    The tax imposed pursuant to  this  paragraph  and  all  civil
 3    penalties  that  may be assessed as an incident thereof shall
 4    be collected and enforced by the State Department of Revenue.
 5    The certificate  of  registration  which  is  issued  by  the
 6    Department to a retailer under the "Retailers' Occupation Tax
 7    Act",  approved  June  23,  1933,  as  amended,  or under the
 8    "Automobile Renting Occupation and Use Tax Act",  enacted  by
 9    the Eighty-Second General Assembly, shall  permit such person
10    to  engage in a business which is taxable under any ordinance
11    or resolution enacted  pursuant  to  this  paragraph  without
12    registering   separately   with  the  Department  under  such
13    ordinance  or  resolution  or  under  this   paragraph.   The
14    Department  shall  have  full power to administer and enforce
15    this  paragraph; to  collect  all  taxes  and  penalties  due
16    hereunder;  to dispose of taxes and penalties so collected in
17    the manner hereinafter provided, and to determine all  rights
18    to  credit  memoranda,  arising  on  account of the erroneous
19    payment of tax or penalty hereunder.  In  the  administration
20    of,  and  compliance with, this paragraph, the Department and
21    persons who are subject to this paragraph shall have the same
22    rights, remedies, privileges, immunities, powers and  duties,
23    and   be   subject  to  the  same  conditions,  restrictions,
24    limitations, penalties and definitions of terms,  and  employ
25    the  same modes of procedure, as are prescribed in Sections 2
26    and 3 (in respect to all provisions therein  other  than  the
27    State rate of tax; and with relation to the provisions of the
28    "Retailers' Occupation Tax" referred to therein, except as to
29    the  disposition of taxes and penalties collected, and except
30    for the provision allowing retailers a deduction from the tax
31    cover certain costs, and except that credit memoranda  issued
32    hereunder  may  not  be  used  to  discharge  any  State  tax
33    liability)  of the "Automobile Renting Occupation and Use Tax
34    Act", enacted by the Eighty-Second General Assembly,  as  the
 
                            -531-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    same  are  now  or  may  hereafter be amended, as fully as if
 2    provisions contained in those Sections of said Act  were  set
 3    forth  herein. Persons subject to any tax imposed pursuant to
 4    the  authority  granted  in  this  paragraph  may   reimburse
 5    themselves  for  their  tax liability hereunder by separately
 6    stating such tax as an additional charge, which charge may be
 7    stated in combination, in a single  amount,  with  State  tax
 8    which  sellers  are required to collect under the "Automobile
 9    Renting Occupation and Use Tax Act" pursuant to such  bracket
10    schedules  as  the  Department may prescribe. Nothing in this
11    paragraph shall be construed to authorize  the  Authority  to
12    impose  a  tax upon the privilege of engaging in any business
13    which under the Constitution of the United States  State  may
14    not be made the subject of taxation by this State.
15        (b)  The  Board  may  impose  a tax upon the privilege of
16    using, in the metropolitan  region  an  automobile  which  is
17    rented from a renter outside Illinois, and which is titled or
18    registered  with  an  agency of this State's government, at a
19    rate not to exceed 1% of the rental price of such  automobile
20    within  the  County  of  Cook,  and not to exceed 1/4% of the
21    rental price within  the  counties  of  DuPage,  Kane,  Lake,
22    McHenry  and  Will.  Such tax shall be collected from persons
23    whose Illinois address for titling or  registration  purposes
24    is given as being in the  metropolitan region. Such tax shall
25    be  collected  by  the Department of Revenue for the Regional
26    Transportation Authority. Such tax must be paid to the State,
27    or an exemption  determination  must  be  obtained  from  the
28    Department  of  Revenue,  before  the title or certificate of
29    registration for the property may be issued. The tax or proof
30    of exemption may be transmitted to the Department by  way  of
31    the  State agency with which, or State officer with whom, the
32    tangible personal property must be titled  or  registered  if
33    the  Department  and  such  agency or State officer determine
34    that  this  procedure  will  expedite   the   processing   of
 
                            -532-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    applications  for title or registration. The Department shall
 2    have full power to administer and enforce this paragraph;  to
 3    collect  all  taxes, penalties and interest due hereunder; to
 4    dispose of taxes, penalties and interest so collected in  the
 5    manner  hereinafter  provided, and to determine all rights to
 6    credit  memoranda  or  refunds  arising  on  account  of  the
 7    erroneous payment of tax, penalty or interest  hereunder.  In
 8    the  administration  of, and compliance with, this paragraph,
 9    the Department and persons who are subject to this  paragraph
10    shall have the same rights, remedies, privileges, immunities,
11    powers  and  duties,  and  be subject to the same conditions,
12    restrictions,  limitations,  penalties  and  definitions   of
13    terms,  and  employ  the  same  modes  of  procedure,  as are
14    prescribed in Sections 2 and 4 (except provisions  pertaining
15    to the State rate of tax; and with relation to the provisions
16    of  the  "Use Tax Act" referred to therein, except provisions
17    concerning collection or refunding of the tax  by  retailers,
18    and  except the provisions of Section 19 pertaining to claims
19    by  retailers  and  except  the  last  paragraph   concerning
20    refunds,  and  except  that credit memoranda issued hereunder
21    may not be used to discharge any State tax liability) of the
22    "Automobile Renting Occupation and Use Tax Act",  enacted  by
23    the  Eighty-Second  General  Assembly, as the same are now or
24    may hereafter be amended, which  are  not  inconsistent  with
25    this  paragraph, as fully as if provisions contained in those
26    Sections of said Act were set forth herein.
27        (c) Whenever the  Department  determines  that  a  refund
28    should  be  made  under this Section to a claimant instead of
29    issuing a credit memorandum, the Department shall notify  the
30    State  Comptroller, who shall cause the order to be drawn for
31    the amount specified,  and  to  the  person  named,  in  such
32    notification  from  the Department. Such refund shall be paid
33    by the State Treasurer out  of  the  Regional  Transportation
34    Authority  tax  fund created pursuant to Section 4.03 of this
 
                            -533-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Act.
 2        (d)  The Department shall forthwith pay over to the State
 3    Treasurer, ex-officio, as trustee, all taxes,  penalties  and
 4    interest  collected under this Section. On or before the 25th
 5    day of each calendar month, the Department shall prepare  and
 6    certify to the State Comptroller the amount to be paid to the
 7    Authority. The State Department of Revenue shall also certify
 8    to the Authority the amount of taxes collected in each County
 9    other  than  Cook  County in the metropolitan region less the
10    amount necessary for the payment of refunds to  taxpayers  in
11    such  County.   With  regard  to  the  County  of  Cook,  the
12    certification  shall  specify  the  amount of taxes collected
13    within the City of Chicago less the amount necessary for  the
14    payment  of  refunds  to taxpayers in the City of Chicago and
15    the amount collected in that portion of Cook  County  outside
16    of  Chicago  less  the  amount  necessary  for the payment of
17    refunds to taxpayers in that portion of Cook  County  outside
18    of  Chicago.  The amount to be paid to the Authority shall be
19    the  amount  (not  including  credit   memoranda)   collected
20    hereunder  during  the second preceding calendar month by the
21    Department, and not including an amount equal to  the  amount
22    of  refunds  made  during the second preceding calendar month
23    by the Department on behalf of  the Authority. Within 10 days
24    after receipt, by the State Comptroller, of the  disbursement
25    certification  to  the Authority, the State Comptroller shall
26    cause  the  orders  to  be  drawn  in  accordance  with   the
27    directions contained in such certification.
28        (e)  An ordinance imposing a tax hereunder or effecting a
29    change in the rate thereof shall be effective  on  the  first
30    day  of  the calendar month next following the month in which
31    such ordinance is passed. The Board  shall  transmit  to  the
32    Department  of  Revenue  on  or  not  later than 5 days after
33    passage of the ordinance a certified copy  of  the  ordinance
34    imposing  such  tax whereupon the Department of Revenue shall
 
                            -534-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    proceed to administer and enforce this Section on  behalf  of
 2    the Authority as of the effective date of the ordinance. Upon
 3    a  change  in  rate  of  a  tax levied hereunder, or upon the
 4    discontinuance of the tax, the Board shall, on or  not  later
 5    than  5 days after passage of the ordinance discontinuing the
 6    tax or effecting a change in rate, transmit to the Department
 7    of Revenue a certified copy of the ordinance  effecting  such
 8    change or discontinuance.
 9    (Source: P.A. 83-886; revised 10-31-98.)

10        (70 ILCS 3615/4.09) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 704.09)
11        Sec.  4.09.  Public  Transportation Fund and the Regional
12    Transportation Authority Occupation and Use  Tax  Replacement
13    Fund.
14        (a)  As  soon  as  possible  after  the first day of each
15    month, beginning November  1,  1983,  the  Comptroller  shall
16    order  transferred  and the Treasurer shall transfer from the
17    General Revenue Fund to a special fund in the State Treasury,
18    to be known as the "Public  Transportation  Fund"  $9,375,000
19    for  each  month remaining in State fiscal year 1984. As soon
20    as possible after the first day of each month, beginning July
21    1, 1984, upon certification of the Department of Revenue, the
22    Comptroller shall order transferred and the  Treasurer  shall
23    transfer   from  the  General  Revenue  Fund  to  the  Public
24    Transportation Fund  an  amount  equal  to  25%  of  the  net
25    revenue,  before the deduction of the serviceman and retailer
26    discounts pursuant to Section 9 of the Service Occupation Tax
27    Act and Section 3  of  the  Retailers'  Occupation  Tax  Act,
28    realized  from  any  tax imposed by the Authority pursuant to
29    Sections 4.03 and 4.03.1 and 25%  of  the  amounts  deposited
30    into  the  Regional Transportation Authority tax fund created
31    by Section 4.03 of this Act, from the County and Mass Transit
32    District Fund as provided  in  Section  6z-20  of  the  State
33    Finance  Act  and  25%  of  the  amounts  deposited  into the
 
                            -535-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Regional Transportation  Authority  Occupation  and  Use  Tax
 2    Replacement  Fund  from  the State and Local Sales Tax Reform
 3    Fund as provided in Section 6z-17 of the State  Finance  Act.
 4    Net  revenue  realized  for  a  month  shall  be  the revenue
 5    collected by the State pursuant to Sections 4.03  and  4.03.1
 6    during  the  previous  month  from  within  the  metropolitan
 7    region,  less  the  amount paid out during that same month as
 8    refunds to taxpayers for  overpayment  of  liability  in  the
 9    metropolitan region under Sections 4.03 and 4.03.1.
10        (b)  (1)  All    moneys    deposited    in   the   Public
11        Transportation  Fund  and  the  Regional   Transportation
12        Authority   Occupation  and  Use  Tax  Replacement  Fund,
13        whether deposited pursuant to this Section or  otherwise,
14        are    allocated    to   the   Authority.   Pursuant   to
15        appropriation, the Comptroller, as soon as possible after
16        each monthly transfer provided in this Section and  after
17        each  deposit  into the Public Transportation Fund, shall
18        order the Treasurer to pay to the Authority  out  of  the
19        Public  Transportation  Fund the amount so transferred or
20        deposited. Such amounts paid  to  the  Authority  may  be
21        expended by it for its purposes as provided in this Act.
22             Subject   to  appropriation  to  the  Department  of
23        Revenue, the Comptroller, as soon as possible after  each
24        deposit   into   the  Regional  Transportation  Authority
25        Occupation and Use Tax Replacement Fund provided in  this
26        Section and Section 6z-17 of the State Finance Act, shall
27        order  the  Treasurer  to pay to the Authority out of the
28        Regional Transportation Authority Occupation and Use  Tax
29        Replacement  Fund  the amount so deposited.  Such amounts
30        paid to the Authority may  be  expended  by  it  for  its
31        purposes as provided in this Act.
32             (2)  Provided,  however,  no  moneys deposited under
33        subsection (a) of this Section 4.09 shall  be  paid  from
34        the  Public  Transportation Fund to the Authority for any
 
                            -536-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        fiscal year beginning after the effective  date  of  this
 2        amendatory  Act of 1983 until the Authority has certified
 3        to the Governor, the Comptroller, and the  Mayor  of  the
 4        City  of Chicago that it has adopted for that fiscal year
 5        a budget and financial plan meeting the  requirements  in
 6        Section 4.01(b).
 7        (c)  In  recognition  of  the efforts of the Authority to
 8    enhance the mass transportation facilities under its control,
 9    the State shall  provide  financial  assistance  ("Additional
10    State  Assistance")  in  excess of the amounts transferred to
11    the Authority from the General Revenue Fund under  subsection
12    (a) of this Section.  Additional State Assistance provided in
13    any  State  fiscal  year  shall  not  exceed  the actual debt
14    service payable by the Authority  during  that  State  fiscal
15    year  on  bonds  or notes issued to finance Strategic Capital
16    Improvement  Projects  under  Section  4.04  of   this   Act.
17    Additional  State  Assistance  shall  in  no event exceed the
18    following specified amounts with  respect  to  the  following
19    State fiscal years:
20             1990                  $5,000,000;
21             1991                  $5,000,000;
22             1992                  $10,000,000;
23             1993                  $10,000,000;
24             1994                  $20,000,000;
25             1995                  $30,000,000;
26             1996                  $40,000,000;
27             1997                  $50,000,000;
28             1998                  $55,000,000; and
29             each year thereafter  $55,000,000.
30        (d)  Beginning with State fiscal year 1990 and continuing
31    for  each  State  fiscal year thereafter, the Authority shall
32    annually certify to the State Comptroller and State Treasurer
33    (1) the amount  necessary  and  required,  during  the  State
34    fiscal  year with respect to which the certification is made,
 
                            -537-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to pay its obligations for debt service  on  all  outstanding
 2    bonds  or  notes  for  Strategic Capital Improvement Projects
 3    issued by the Authority under Section 4.04 of  this  Act  and
 4    (2)  an  estimate of the amount necessary and required to pay
 5    its obligations for debt service for any bonds or  notes  for
 6    Strategic  Capital  Improvement  Projects which the Authority
 7    anticipates it will issue during that State fiscal year.  The
 8    certification  shall  include  a  specific  schedule  of debt
 9    service payments, including  the  date  and  amount  of  each
10    payment  for  all outstanding bonds or notes and an estimated
11    schedule of anticipated debt service for all bonds and  notes
12    it  intends  to issue, if any, during that State fiscal year,
13    including the estimated date and  estimated  amount  of  each
14    payment.    Immediately, upon the issuance of bonds for which
15    an estimated schedule of debt service payments was  prepared,
16    the  Authority shall file an amended certification to specify
17    the actual schedule of debt service payments,  including  the
18    date  and  amount  of  each payment, for the remainder of the
19    State fiscal year.  On the first day of  each  month  of  the
20    State  fiscal  year in which there are bonds outstanding with
21    respect  to  which  the  certification  is  made,  the  State
22    Comptroller shall order transferred and the  State  Treasurer
23    shall  transfer  from  the General Revenue Fund to the Public
24    Transportation Fund the Additional  State  Assistance  in  an
25    amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of  (1) one-twelfth of the
26    amount required to pay debt service on bonds and notes issued
27    before the beginning of the State fiscal  year  and  (2)  the
28    amount required to pay debt service on bonds and notes issued
29    during  the  fiscal  year,  if  any, divided by the number of
30    months remaining  in  the  fiscal  year  after  the  date  of
31    issuance, or some smaller portion as may be necessary, listed
32    in  subsection  (c)  for the relevant State fiscal year, plus
33    any cumulative deficiencies in transfers  for  prior  months,
34    until  an amount equal to the certified debt service for that
 
                            -538-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    State fiscal year on outstanding bonds or notes for Strategic
 2    Capital Improvement Projects issued by  the  Authority  under
 3    Section  4.04  of this Act has been transferred.  In no event
 4    shall total transfers in any State  fiscal  year  exceed  the
 5    lesser  of  the annual amounts specified in subsection (c) or
 6    the total certified debt  service  on  outstanding  bonds  or
 7    notes  for  Strategic  Capital Improvement Projects issued by
 8    the Authority under Section 4.04 of this Act.
 9        (e)  Additional State  Assistance  may  not  be  pledged,
10    either  directly  or  indirectly  as  general revenues of the
11    Authority, as security for any bonds issued by the Authority.
12    The Authority may not assign its right to receive  Additional
13    State  Assistance  or  direct  payment  of  Additional  State
14    Assistance  to  a trustee or any other entity for the payment
15    of debt service on its bonds.
16        (f)  The certification required under subsection (d) with
17    respect to outstanding bonds and notes of the Authority shall
18    be filed as early as practicable before the beginning of  the
19    State  fiscal  year  to  which it relates.  The certification
20    shall be revised as may be necessary to accurately state  the
21    debt service requirements of the Authority.
22        (g)  Within  6  months  of  the end of the 3 month period
23    ending December 31, 1983, and each  fiscal  year  thereafter,
24    the  Authority  shall  determine whether the aggregate of all
25    system generated revenues for public  transportation  in  the
26    metropolitan  region  which is provided by, or under grant or
27    purchase of service contracts with, the Service Boards equals
28    50% of the aggregate of all costs of  providing  such  public
29    transportation.   "System generated revenues" include all the
30    proceeds  of  fares  and  charges  for   services   provided,
31    contributions    received    in    connection   with   public
32    transportation from units of local government other than  the
33    Authority  and  from  the State pursuant to subsection (9) of
34    Section 49.19 of the Civil Administrative Code  of  Illinois,
 
                            -539-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and  all  other  revenues  properly  included consistent with
 2    generally accepted accounting principles but may not  include
 3    the  proceeds  from  any borrowing. "Costs" include all items
 4    properly  included  as  operating   costs   consistent   with
 5    generally    accepted    accounting   principles,   including
 6    administrative  costs,  but  do  not  include:  depreciation;
 7    payment of principal and interest on bonds,  notes  or  other
 8    evidences of obligations for borrowed money of the Authority;
 9    payments  with  respect  to  public transportation facilities
10    made pursuant to subsection (b) of  Section  2.20  2-20;  any
11    payments  with  respect  to rate protection contracts, credit
12    enhancements or liquidity agreements made under Section 4.14;
13    any other cost as to which it is reasonably expected  that  a
14    cash  expenditure  will  not  be made; costs up to $5,000,000
15    annually for passenger security including grants,  contracts,
16    personnel,  equipment  and administrative expenses, except in
17    the case of the Chicago Transit Authority, in which case  the
18    term does not include costs spent annually by that entity for
19    protection  against  crime  as required by Section 27a of the
20    Metropolitan Transit Authority Act; or costs as  exempted  by
21    the  Board for projects pursuant to Section 2.09 of this Act.
22    If said system generated revenues are less than 50%  of  said
23    costs, the Board shall remit an amount equal to the amount of
24    the  deficit  to  the  State. The Treasurer shall deposit any
25    such payment in the General Revenue Fund.
26        (h)  If the Authority makes  any  payment  to  the  State
27    under  paragraph  (g),  the Authority shall reduce the amount
28    provided to a Service  Board  from  funds  transferred  under
29    paragraph  (a)  in  proportion  to  the  amount by which that
30    Service Board failed to meet its  required  system  generated
31    revenues recovery ratio. A Service Board which is affected by
32    a reduction in funds under this paragraph shall submit to the
33    Authority  concurrently  with its next due quarterly report a
34    revised budget incorporating the  reduction  in  funds.   The
 
                            -540-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    revised  budget  must  meet the criteria specified in clauses
 2    (i) through (vi) of  Section  4.11(b)(2).   The  Board  shall
 3    review  and  act on the revised budget as provided in Section
 4    4.11(b)(3).
 5    (Source:  P.A.  86-16;  86-463;  86-928;  86-1028;   86-1481;
 6    87-764; revised 10-31-98.)

 7        Section 98.  The Illinois Local Library Act is amended by
 8    changing  Sections  3-1,  3-4,  and  4-7  and  the caption to
 9    Article 4 as follows:

10        (75 ILCS 5/3-1) (from Ch. 81, par. 3-1)
11        Sec. 3-1.  In any city of 500,000 or  fewer  inhabitants,
12    the  corporate  authorities  shall  levy  a  tax  for library
13    purposes of not to exceed  .15%  of  the  value  of  all  the
14    taxable property in the city, as equalized or assessed by the
15    Department  of Revenue. If the annual public library tax rate
16    of an established library was increased above .12% up to .20%
17    prior  to  1972  as  provided  in  this  Act,  the  corporate
18    authorities shall then levy up to an  additional  .03%  above
19    the increased rate approved at the election. If, however, the
20    corporate authorities desire to increase the tax rate but not
21    in  excess  of .60% of value for such purposes, the corporate
22    authorities may, by ordinance, stating the tax rate  desired,
23    direct  that  a proposition be submitted to the voters of the
24    city at any regular election. The  proposition  shall  be  in
25    substantially  the  form  prescribed  in  Section  3-3.  If a
26    majority of the votes cast upon the proposition are in  favor
27    thereof,   the  corporate  authorities  may  thereafter  levy
28    annually  a  tax  for  library  purposes  at  the  authorized
29    increased rate.  Any tax levied pursuant to Section 3-9 shall
30    be disregarded in applying the provisions of this Section.
31        The corporate authorities may also levy an additional tax
32    of .02% of the value of all the taxable property in the city,
 
                            -541-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    as equalized or assessed by the Department  of  Revenue,  for
 2    the purchase of sites and buildings, for the construction and
 3    equipment  of buildings, for the rental of buildings required
 4    for  library  purposes,  and  for  maintenance,  repairs  and
 5    alterations of library buildings and equipment. In  any  year
 6    in  which  the  corporate  authorities  propose  to levy such
 7    additional .02% tax, the corporate authorities shall adopt  a
 8    resolution  determining  to  levy  such  tax.  Within 15 days
 9    after the adoption of the resolution, it shall  be  published
10    at  least  once  in  one  or more newspapers published in the
11    city, or if no newspaper is published therein, then in one or
12    more newspapers with a general circulation within  the  city.
13    In a city in which no newspaper is published, publication may
14    instead be made by posting a notice in three prominent places
15    within the city. The publication or posting of the resolution
16    shall  include  a notice of (1) the specific number of voters
17    required to sign a petition requesting that the  question  of
18    the  adoption  of the resolution be submitted to the electors
19    of the city; (2) the time  in  which  the  petition  must  be
20    filed;  and  (3) the date of the prospective referendum.  The
21    city clerk shall provide a petition form  to  any  individual
22    requesting  one.  If  no petition is filed with the corporate
23    authorities within 30 days after publication  or  posting  of
24    the  resolution,  or if all petitions so filed are determined
25    to  be  invalid  or  insufficient  the  city  shall  then  be
26    authorized to levy the tax.  However, if within  the  30  day
27    period,  a  petition is filed with the corporate authorities,
28    signed by electors of the city equal in number to 10% or more
29    of the total number of registered voters in the city,  asking
30    that  the question of levying such a .02% tax be submitted to
31    the electors of the city, the question shall be submitted  at
32    an  election.    Notice  of this referendum shall be given as
33    provided by the general election laws of the state,  and  the
34    referendum  shall  be held in all respects in accordance with
 
                            -542-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    those laws.  The proposition shall be  in  substantially  the
 2    following form:  "Shall the corporate authorities of (name of
 3    city)  be  authorized  to levy an additional tax of ....% for
 4    the construction of buildings, provision of sites,  etc.,  as
 5    determined by resolution dated (insert date) of ............,
 6    19..?".   If  a  majority of votes cast upon the  proposition
 7    are in favor thereof, the corporate authorities may levy  the
 8    additional tax.
 9    (Source: P.A. 87-767; revised 10-19-98.)

10        (75 ILCS 5/3-4) (from Ch. 81, par. 3-4)
11        Sec.  3-4.   When  the  electors of an incorporated town,
12    village or township have voted to establish  and  maintain  a
13    public  library  as  provided  in  Section 2-2, the corporate
14    authorities of such incorporated town,  village  or  township
15    shall   levy   an   annual  tax  for  the  establishment  and
16    maintenance of such library, not exceeding .15% of the  value
17    as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue. If the
18    petition and ballots so specify in the original establishment
19    as  set  forth  in  Section  2-2  of  this Act, the corporate
20    authorities may levy a tax in excess of .15%, not  to  exceed
21    the rate specified in such establishment petition and ballot,
22    but in any event not to exceed .60% of the value as equalized
23    and  assessed  by  the  Department  of Revenue. If the annual
24    public  library  tax  rate  of  an  established  library  was
25    increased above .12% up to .20% prior to 1972 as provided  in
26    this  Act, the corporate authorities shall then levy up to an
27    additional .03% above the  increased  rate  approved  at  the
28    referendum.  Such  tax rate may be increased to not to exceed
29    .60% of the value, as equalized or assessed by the Department
30    of Revenue, or the excess tax shall no longer be  levied,  if
31    the  electors  of such incorporated town, village or township
32    shall so determine by referendum  at  any  regular  election.
33    Such  referendum shall be petitioned for in the manner as the
 
                            -543-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    referendum for  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  the
 2    library.  Any  tax  levied  pursuant  to Section 3-9 shall be
 3    disregarded in applying the provisions of this Section.
 4        The corporate authorities may also levy an additional tax
 5    of .02% of the value of  all  the  taxable  property  in  the
 6    incorporated  town,  village  or  township,  as  equalized or
 7    assessed by the Department of Revenue, for  the  purchase  of
 8    sites  and  buildings,  for the construction and equipment of
 9    buildings, for the rental of buildings required  for  library
10    purposes,  and  for  maintenance,  repairs and alterations of
11    library buildings and equipment.  In any year  in  which  the
12    corporate  authorities  propose  to levy such additional .02%
13    tax, the  corporate  authorities  shall  adopt  a  resolution
14    determining  to  levy  such  tax.   Within  15 days after the
15    adoption of the resolution, it shall be  published  at  least
16    once  in one or more newspapers published in the incorporated
17    town, village or township, or if no  newspaper  is  published
18    therein,  then  in  one  or  more  newspapers  with a general
19    circulation therein.  In an  incorporated  town,  village  or
20    township  in which no newspaper is published, publication may
21    instead be made  by  posting  a  notice  in  three  prominent
22    places.   The  publication or posting of the resolution shall
23    include a  notice  of  (1)  the  specific  number  of  voters
24    required  to  sign a petition requesting that the question of
25    the adoption of the resolution be submitted to  the  electors
26    of  the  incorporated town, village or township; (2) the time
27    in which the petition must be filed; and (3) the date of  the
28    prospective  referendum.  The clerk of the incorporated town,
29    village or township, shall provide a  petition  form  to  any
30    individual  requesting  one. If no petition is filed with the
31    corporate authorities within 30  days  after  publication  or
32    posting  of the resolution, the incorporated town, village or
33    township shall then be authorized to levy the tax.   However,
34    if  within  the  30  day period, a petition is filed with the
 
                            -544-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    corporate authorities, signed by electors of the incorporated
 2    town, village or township equal in number to 10% or  more  of
 3    the  total  number  of  registered voters in the incorporated
 4    town, village  or  township,  asking  that  the  question  of
 5    levying such a .02% tax be submitted to the electors thereof,
 6    the  question  shall  be  submitted  at  a special or general
 7    election.  Notice of this election shall be given as provided
 8    by the general election laws of this state in  force  at  the
 9    time  of  the election, and the election shall be held in all
10    respects in accordance with those laws.  The ballot on  which
11    the  proposition  is  submitted shall be in substantially the
12    following form:  "Shall the corporate authorities of (name of
13    incorporated town, village or township) be authorized to levy
14    an additional tax of ...% for the construction of  buildings,
15    provision  of  sites, etc., as determined by resolution dated
16    (insert date) of ....., 19?".  If a majority  of  votes  cast
17    upon  the  proposition  are  in  favor thereof, the corporate
18    authorities may levy the additional tax.
19    (Source: P.A. 87-767; revised 10-19-98.)

20        (75 ILCS 5/Art. 4 heading)
21                    ARTICLE 4. TRUSTEES DIRECTORS

22        (75 ILCS 5/4-7) (from Ch. 81, par. 4-7)
23        Sec. 4-7.  Each board of  library  trustees  of  a  city,
24    incorporated  town,  village  or township shall carry out the
25    spirit and intent of this Act in establishing, supporting and
26    maintaining a  public  library  or  libraries  for  providing
27    library  service  and,  in  addition  to but without limiting
28    other powers conferred by this Act, shall have the  following
29    powers:
30             1.  To   make  and  adopt  such  bylaws,  rules  and
31        regulations,  for  their  own  guidance   and   for   the
32        government  of  the  library  as  may  be  expedient, not
 
                            -545-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        inconsistent with this Act;
 2             2.  To have the exclusive control of the expenditure
 3        of all moneys collected for the library and deposited  to
 4        the credit of the library fund;
 5             3.  To   have   the   exclusive   control   of   the
 6        construction   of   any   library  building  and  of  the
 7        supervision, care and custody of the  grounds,  rooms  or
 8        buildings  constructed,  leased  or  set  apart  for that
 9        purpose;
10             4.  To purchase or lease real or personal  property,
11        and to construct an appropriate building or buildings for
12        the use of a library established hereunder, using, at the
13        board's  option,  contracts  providing for all or part of
14        the consideration to  be  paid  through  installments  at
15        stated intervals during a certain period not to exceed 20
16        years  with  interest on the unpaid balance at any lawful
17        rate for municipal corporations  in  this  State,  except
18        that  contracts  for installment purchases of real estate
19        shall  provide  for  not  more  than  75%  of  the  total
20        consideration to be repaid by installments, and to refund
21        at  any  time  any  installment  contract  entered   into
22        pursuant  to  this paragraph by means of a refunding loan
23        agreement, which may provide for installment payments  of
24        principal  and  interest  to  be made at stated intervals
25        during a certain period not to exceed 20 years  from  the
26        date  of  such refunding loan agreement, with interest on
27        the unpaid principal  balance  at  any  lawful  rate  for
28        municipal  corporations  in  this  State,  except that no
29        installment contract or refunding loan agreement for  the
30        same  property  or  construction  project  may  exceed an
31        aggregate of 20 years;
32             5.  To remodel or reconstruct a building erected  or
33        purchased by the board, when such building is not adapted
34        to its purposes or needs;
 
                            -546-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             6.  To  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of any real or
 2        personal property that it deems no  longer  necessary  or
 3        useful  for  library purposes, and to lease to others any
 4        real property not immediately useful but for which  plans
 5        for  ultimate  use  have  been or will be adopted but the
 6        corporate authorities  shall  have  the  first  right  to
 7        purchase  or lease except that in the case of the City of
 8        Chicago, this power shall be governed and limited by  the
 9        Chicago  Public  Library  Act  "An  Act  to authorize the
10        Chicago public library to erect  and  maintain  a  public
11        library  on  Dearborn Park in the city of Chicago, and to
12        authorize the Soldiers'  Home  in  Chicago  to  sell  and
13        dispose  of  its interest in the north one-quarter of the
14        said park", approved June 2, 1891, as amended;
15             7.  To appoint and to  fix  the  compensation  of  a
16        qualified librarian, who shall have the authority to hire
17        such  other  employees  as may be necessary, to fix their
18        compensation, and to remove such appointees,  subject  to
19        the  approval  of the board, but these powers are subject
20        to Division 1 of Article 10  of  the  Illinois  Municipal
21        Code  in  municipalities  in  which  that  Division is in
22        force.   The  board   may   also   retain   counsel   and
23        professional consultants as needed;
24             8.  To   contract   with   any   public  or  private
25        corporation or entity for the  purpose  of  providing  or
26        receiving  library  service  or of performing any and all
27        other  acts  necessary  and  proper  to  carry  out   the
28        responsibilities,  the spirit, and the provisions of this
29        Act.  This contractual power includes, but is not limited
30        to, participating  in  interstate  library  compacts  and
31        library  systems, contracting to supply library services,
32        and  expending  of  any  federal  or  State  funds   made
33        available to any county, municipality, township or to the
34        State  of  Illinois  for library purposes.  However, if a
 
                            -547-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        contract is  for  the  supply  of  library  services  for
 2        residents  without a public library established under the
 3        provisions of this Act, the terms of that  contract  will
 4        recognize  the principle of equity or cost of services to
 5        non-residents expressed in this Section of this Act,  and
 6        will  provide for the assumption by the contracting party
 7        receiving the services of  financial  responsibility  for
 8        the  loss  of or damage to any library materials provided
 9        to non-residents under the contract;
10             9.  To join with the board or boards of any  one  or
11        more libraries in this State in maintaining libraries, or
12        for the maintenance of a common library or common library
13        services  for  participants,  upon  such  terms as may be
14        agreed upon by and between the boards;
15             10.  To enter into contracts and to  take  title  to
16        any  property  acquired by it for library purposes by the
17        name and style of "The Board of Library Trustees  of  the
18        (city,  village,  incorporated town or township) of ...."
19        and by that name to sue and be sued;
20             11.  To exclude from the  use  of  the  library  any
21        person  who wilfully violates the rules prescribed by the
22        board;
23             12.  To  extend  the  privileges  and  use  of   the
24        library,  including  the  borrowing  of  materials  on an
25        individual basis by persons residing outside of the city,
26        incorporated town, village or  township.   If  the  board
27        exercises  this power, the privilege of library use shall
28        be upon such terms and conditions as the board shall from
29        time to time by its regulations prescribe, and  for  such
30        privileges  and use, the board shall charge a nonresident
31        fee at least equal to the cost paid by residents  of  the
32        city,  incorporated  town,  village or township, with the
33        cost  to  be  determined   according   to   the   formula
34        established   by   the   Illinois   State  Library.   The
 
                            -548-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        nonresident cards shall allow  for  borrowing  privileges
 2        only  at  the  library  where  the card was issued.   The
 3        nonresident fee shall not  apply  to  privilege  and  use
 4        provided under the terms of the library's membership in a
 5        library  system  operating  under  the  provisions of the
 6        Illinois Library System  Act,  under  the  terms  of  any
 7        reciprocal agreement with a public or private corporation
 8        or   entity   providing   a  library  service,  or  to  a
 9        nonresident  who  as  an  individual  or  as  a  partner,
10        principal stockholder, or other joint owner owns  taxable
11        property   or  is  a  senior  administrative officer of a
12        firm,  business,  or  other  corporation  owning  taxable
13        property within the city, incorporated town,  village  or
14        township  upon  the  presentation  of the most recent tax
15        bill  upon  that  taxable  property,  provided  that  the
16        privilege and use of the library is extended to only  one
17        such   nonresident   for  each  parcel  of  such  taxable
18        property;
19             13.  To exercise the power of eminent domain subject
20        to the prior approval of the corporate authorities  under
21        Sections 5-1 and 5-2 of this Act;
22             14.  To  join  the public library as a member and to
23        join the library trustees  as  members  in  the  Illinois
24        Library Association and the American Library Association,
25        non-profit,     non-political,     501(c)(3)    (501-C-3)
26        associations,  as  designated  by  the  federal  Internal
27        Revenue  Service,   having   the   purpose   of   library
28        development and librarianship; to provide for the payment
29        of  annual  membership dues, fees and assessments and act
30        by, through and in the name of  such  instrumentality  by
31        providing  and  disseminating  information  and  research
32        services, employing personnel and doing any and all other
33        acts for the purpose of improving library development;
34             15.  To  invest  funds  pursuant to the Public Funds
 
                            -549-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Investment Act "An Act relating to certain investments of
 2        public funds by public agencies", approved July 23, 1943,
 3        as amended;
 4             16.  To accumulate and set apart  as  reserve  funds
 5        portions  of  the  unexpended  balances  of  the proceeds
 6        received annually from taxes or other  sources,  for  the
 7        purpose  of  providing self-insurance against liabilities
 8        relating to the public library.
 9    (Source: P.A. 88-253; revised 10-31-98.)

10        Section 99.  The Illinois Library System Act  is  amended
11    by changing Sections 5, 7, and 8.1 as follows:

12        (75 ILCS 10/5) (from Ch. 81, par. 115)
13        Sec.  5.   Each  cooperative  public  library  system  or
14    multitype   library   system   created  by  conversion  of  a
15    cooperative public library system as provided in Section 4  2
16    of  this  Act  shall  be  governed  by  a  board of directors
17    numbering at least  5  and  no  more  than  15  persons.   In
18    cooperative  public  library  systems  the  members  shall be
19    elected  or  selected  from  the  governing  boards  of   the
20    participating public libraries.  In multitype library systems
21    the  board  shall be representative of the variety of library
22    interests in the system, and at least  a  majority  shall  be
23    elected  or  selected from the governing boards of the member
24    public  libraries,  with   not   more   than   one   director
25    representing   a   single  member  library.   The  number  of
26    directors, the manner of election or selection, the  term  of
27    office  and  the  provision  for  filling  vacancies shall be
28    determined by the system  governing  board  except  that  all
29    board  members  must be eligible electors in the geographical
30    area of the system.   No  director  of  any  library  system,
31    however, shall be permitted to serve for more than a total of
32    6  years  unless 2 years have elapsed since his sixth year of
 
                            -550-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    service.
 2        The board of directors shall elect a president, secretary
 3    and treasurer. Before entering upon his duties, the treasurer
 4    shall be required to give a bond in an amount to be  approved
 5    by  the  board, but in no case shall such amount be less than
 6    50% of the  system's  area  and  per  capita  grant  for  the
 7    previous  year,  conditioned that he will safely keep and pay
 8    over upon the order of such board all funds received and held
 9    by him for the library system.   The  funds  of  the  library
10    system  shall  be  deposited  in  a  bank or savings and loan
11    association designated by the board of directors and shall be
12    expended only under the direction of such board upon properly
13    authenticated vouchers.
14        No bank or savings and  loan  association  shall  receive
15    public  funds  as  permitted  by  this Section, unless it has
16    complied  with  the  requirements  established  pursuant   to
17    Section 6 of the Public Funds Investment Act "An Act relating
18    to  certain  investments of public funds by public agencies",
19    approved July 23, 1943, as now or hereafter amended.
20        The members of the board  of  directors  of  the  library
21    system  shall serve without compensation but their actual and
22    necessary expenses shall  be  a  proper  charge  against  the
23    library fund.
24    (Source: P.A. 83-1362; revised 10-31-98.)

25        (75 ILCS 10/7) (from Ch. 81, par. 117)
26        Sec.  7.   Each  board  of  library directors of a system
27    shall carry out the spirit and intent of  this  Act  and,  in
28    addition  to  the  other  powers conferred by this Act, shall
29    have the following powers:
30        1.  To develop and to amend the bylaws and  the  plan  of
31    service  for  the system subject to the approval of the State
32    Librarian.
33        2.  To have the exclusive control of the  expenditure  of
 
                            -551-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    all moneys and funds held in the name of the library system.
 2        3.    To   make   and  adopt  such  policies,  rules  and
 3    regulations for the government and operation of  the  library
 4    system as necessary.
 5        4.   To  purchase  or  lease  ground  and  to  construct,
 6    purchase  or  lease,  and  occupy  an appropriate building or
 7    buildings for the use of the library system including but not
 8    limited to the power to purchase  or  lease  either  real  or
 9    personal property for system purposes through contracts which
10    provide  for  the consideration for such purchase or lease to
11    be paid through installments at  stated  intervals  during  a
12    certain  period not to exceed 20 years together with interest
13    at a rate not  to  exceed  the  interest  rate  specified  in
14    Section  2 of the Bond Authorization Act "An Act to authorize
15    public  corporations  to  issue  bonds,  other  evidences  of
16    indebtedness  and  tax  anticipation  warrants   subject   to
17    interest  rate  limitations  set forth therein", approved May
18    26, 1970, as amended, on the  unpaid  balance  owing  and  to
19    purchase  real  estate  for  system  purposes upon a mortgage
20    basis for up to 75% of the total consideration therefor,  the
21    remaining  balance  to be paid through installments at stated
22    intervals for a period not to exceed 20 years  together  with
23    interest  at a rate not to exceed the interest rate specified
24    in Section 2  of  the  Bond  Authorization  Act  "An  Act  to
25    authorize public corporations to issue bonds, other evidences
26    of  indebtedness  and  tax  anticipation  warrants subject to
27    interest rate limitations set forth  therein",  approved  May
28    26,  1970,  as  amended,  on the unpaid balance owing, except
29    that in the case of a library system consisting of  a  single
30    public  library or multitype library system serving a city of
31    over 500,000 population, this power shall be governed by  the
32    provisions  of  Division  10  of  Article  8  of the Illinois
33    Municipal Code, as heretofore or hereafter amended.
34        5.  To appoint and to fix the compensation of a competent
 
                            -552-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    librarian, who shall have the authority to  hire  such  other
 2    employees as may be necessary, to fix their compensation, and
 3    to  remove  such  appointees,  subject to the approval of the
 4    board.  The board may also retain  counsel  and  professional
 5    consultants, as needed.
 6        6.  To contract with any public or private corporation or
 7    entity  for  the  purpose  of  providing or receiving library
 8    service or of performing any and all other acts necessary and
 9    proper to carry out the responsibilities and  the  provisions
10    of  this  Act.   This  power  includes, but is not limited to
11    participation in  interstate  library  compacts  and  library
12    systems,  and  the  expenditure of any federal or State funds
13    made available to any county, municipality,  township  or  to
14    the State of Illinois for library purposes.
15        7.  To  accrue  and  accumulate  funds in special reserve
16    funds pursuant to the provisions of a plan to acquire realty,
17    improved or unimproved, for library system purposes.
18        8.  To be a body politic and corporate, to  contract  and
19    to  hold  title  to  property  by  the  name of the "Board of
20    Directors of the ....  Library System, ....,  Illinois",  and
21    in  that  name  to  sue  and  be  sued and to take any action
22    authorized by law.
23        9.  To undertake programs for the purpose of  encouraging
24    the  addition to the district of adjacent areas without local
25    tax-supported library service, and to expend funds  for  this
26    purpose.
27        10.  To  join  the  library  system  as  a  member in the
28    Illinois  Library  Association  and  the   American   Library
29    Association,  non-profit,  non-political, 501(c)(3) (501-C-3)
30    associations, as designated by the federal  Internal  Revenue
31    Service,  having  the  purpose  of  library  development  and
32    librarianship;   to   provide   for  the  payment  of  annual
33    membership dues, fees and assessments and act by, through and
34    in  the  name  of  such  instrumentality  by  providing   and
 
                            -553-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    disseminating  information  and  research services, employing
 2    personnel and doing any and all other acts for the purpose of
 3    improving library development.
 4        11.  To take and to have title to any  personal  or  real
 5    property acquired by it for library system purposes.
 6        12.  To  borrow  funds  for  the  purpose of expanding or
 7    improving the system's facilities through the  mortgaging  of
 8    system  owned  property  or of borrowing against other system
 9    owned assets. The mortgaging of system owned property or  the
10    borrowing  against other system owned assets shall not exceed
11    75% of the value thereof.
12    (Source: P.A. 85-706; revised 10-31-98.)

13        (75 ILCS 10/8.1) (from Ch. 81, par. 118.1)
14        Sec. 8.1.  The State Librarian shall make grants annually
15    under this Section to all qualified public libraries  in  the
16    State  from  funds appropriated by the General Assembly. Such
17    grants shall be in the amount of up to $1.25 per  capita  for
18    the  population  of the area served by the  respective public
19    library and, in addition, the  amount  of  up  to  $0.19  per
20    capita  to  libraries  serving populations over 500,000 under
21    the Illinois Major Urban  Library  Program.   If  the  moneys
22    appropriated   for   grants  under  this    Section  are  not
23    sufficient the State Librarian shall reduce  the  per  capita
24    amount  of the grants so that the qualifying public libraries
25    receive the same amount per capita.
26        To be eligible for grants under this  Section,  a  public
27    library must:
28             (1)  Provide,  as determined by the State Librarian,
29        library services  which  either  meet  or  show  progress
30        toward  meeting  the  Illinois library standards, as most
31        recently adopted by the Illinois Library Association.
32             (2)  Be a public library for which is levied  a  tax
33        for  library  purposes  at a rate not less than .13% or a
 
                            -554-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        county library for which is  levied  a  tax  for  library
 2        purposes  at  a  rate not less than .07%. If a library is
 3        subject to the Property Tax Extension Limitation  Law  in
 4        the  Property  Tax  Code  and  its  tax  levy for library
 5        purposes has been lowered to a rate of  less  than  .13%,
 6        this  requirement will be waived if the library qualified
 7        for this grant in the previous year and if the tax levied
 8        for library purposes in the  current  year  produces  tax
 9        revenue for library purposes that is an increase over the
10        previous   year's  extension  of  5%  or  the  percentage
11        increase in the Consumer Price Index, whichever is less.
12        Any other  language  in  this  Section  to  the  contrary
13    notwithstanding,  grants under this Section 8.1 shall be made
14    only upon application of the public library concerned,  which
15    applications  shall be entirely voluntary and within the sole
16    discretion of the public library concerned.
17        Notwithstanding the  first  paragraph  of  this  Section,
18    during  fiscal  year  1978,  the  amount of grants under this
19    Section shall be $0.25 .25 per  capita,  during  fiscal  year
20    1979  the  amount of grants under this Section shall be $0.50
21    per capita, during fiscal year  1980  the  amount  of  grants
22    under  this  Section shall be $0.75 per capita, during fiscal
23    year 1981 through fiscal year 1993 the amount of grants shall
24    be $1 per capita, and during fiscal year 1994 and  thereafter
25    the  amount  of  public  library  grants  shall  be $1.25 per
26    capita, and the amount of the  Major  Urban  Library  Program
27    grants shall be $0.19 per capita.  If the monies appropriated
28    for  these  grants  are  not  sufficient, the State Librarian
29    shall  reduce  the  per   capita   amount   of   the   grants
30    proportionately.
31        In  order  to be eligible for a grant under this Section,
32    the corporate authorities,  in  lieu  of  a  tax  levy  at  a
33    particular  rate,  may  provide  funds from other sources, an
34    amount equivalent to the amount to be produced by that levy.
 
                            -555-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 90-169, eff. 7-23-97; revised 10-31-98.)

 2        Section 100.  The Township Library Bond Act is amended by
 3    changing Section 8 as follows:

 4        (75 ILCS 35/8) (from Ch. 81, par. 53)
 5        Sec. 8.  The board of directors of the public library  of
 6    any   township,  which  has  issued  bonds  pursuant  to  the
 7    provisions of this Act, shall, on or before the first Tuesday
 8    in August, of each year, ascertain as  near  as  practicable,
 9    the  amount of money which must be raised by special taxation
10    for the ensuing year, for the purpose of paying the  interest
11    upon   such   bonds   and  the  principal  thereof,  as  they
12    respectively become due; and  shall  cause  the  same  to  be
13    certified,   under   the  signatures  of  the  president  and
14    secretary of such board of directors, and filed in the office
15    of the county clerk of the county in  which  the  library  is
16    situated,  on  or  before the second Monday in August of each
17    year; which certificate may be substantially in the following
18    form:
19        We certify that the Board of Directors of the .... Public
20    Library has determined  that  it  will  require  the  sum  of
21    $......,  to  be  levied  as  a  special tax upon the taxable
22    property of .... Township, for the year (insert year) of 19..
23    , for the purpose of paying the bonds of the Township and the
24    interest thereon.
25        Dated (insert date). ........  19..
26        Board of Directors of .... Public Library.
27                    Signature of .... President.
28                    Signature of .... Secretary.
29    (Source: P.A. 84-1308; revised 10-20-98.)

30        Section 101.  The School  Code  is  amended  by  changing
31    Sections  1B-6, 2-3.73, 2-3.106, 2-3.114, 3A-10, 5-22, 7-7.5,
 
                            -556-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    7A-4, 8-2, 8-9, 9-10, 9-12, 9-12.1, 10-5,  10-18,  10-22.22b,
 2    10-22.22c, 11A-5, 11B-5, 11D-4, 12-11.1, 14A-4, 17-2C, 17-11,
 3    18-8.05,  21-10,  21-12, 27-8.1, 27A-4, 29-5.2, 32-1, 32-1.4,
 4    32-5.2, 32-7, 34-21.1, and 34-84a.1 as follows:

 5        (105 ILCS 5/1B-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-6)
 6        Sec. 1B-6.  General powers.  The purpose of the Financial
 7    Oversight Panel shall be to exercise financial  control  over
 8    the board of education, and, when approved by the State Board
 9    and   the  State  Superintendent  of  Education,  to  furnish
10    financial assistance so that the  board  can  provide  public
11    education  within  the  board's jurisdiction while permitting
12    the board to meet its obligations to its  creditors  and  the
13    holders  of its notes and bonds.  Except as expressly limited
14    by this Article, the Panel shall have all powers necessary to
15    meet its responsibilities and to carry out its  purposes  and
16    the  purposes of this Article, including, but not limited to,
17    the following powers:
18        (a)  to sue and be sued;
19        (b)  to  provide  for  its  organization   and   internal
20    management;
21        (c)  to appoint a Financial Administrator to serve as the
22    chief   executive   officer  of  the  Panel.   The  Financial
23    Administrator may be an individual, partnership, corporation,
24    including an accounting firm, or other entity  determined  by
25    the  Panel  to  be  qualified  to serve; and to appoint other
26    officers, agents, and employees of the  Panel,  define  their
27    duties  and  qualifications  and  fix  their compensation and
28    employee benefits;
29        (d)  to approve the local board of education appointments
30    to the positions of treasurer in a Class I county school unit
31    and in each school district which forms a part of a Class  II
32    county  school  unit  but  which  no longer is subject to the
33    jurisdiction  and  authority  of  a  township  treasurer   or
 
                            -557-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    trustees  of  schools  of a township because the district has
 2    withdrawn from the jurisdiction and authority of the township
 3    treasurer and the trustees of  schools  of  the  township  or
 4    because  those  offices  have  been  abolished as provided in
 5    subsection (b) or  (c)  of  Section  5-1,  and  chief  school
 6    business official, if such official is not the superintendent
 7    of  the  district.   Either the board or the Panel may remove
 8    such treasurer or chief school business official;.
 9        (e)  to  approve  any  and  all  bonds,  notes,  teachers
10    orders, tax anticipation warrants,  and  other  evidences  of
11    indebtedness   prior  to  issuance  or  sale  by  the  school
12    district; and notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  The
13    School  Code,  as  now or hereafter amended, no bonds, notes,
14    teachers orders, tax anticipation warrants or other evidences
15    of indebtedness  shall  be  issued  or  sold  by  the  school
16    district  or  be  legally binding upon or enforceable against
17    the local board of education unless and until the approval of
18    the Panel has been received;.
19        (f)  to approve all property tax  levies  of  the  school
20    district  and  require adjustments thereto as the Panel deems
21    necessary or advisable;
22        (g)  to require and approve a school  district  financial
23    plan;
24        (h)  to  approve  and  require  revisions  of  the school
25    district budget;
26        (i)  to approve all contracts and  other  obligations  as
27    the Panel deems necessary and appropriate;
28        (j)  to  authorize  emergency State financial assistance,
29    including requirements regarding the terms and conditions  of
30    repayment  of  such  assistance,  and to require the board of
31    education to levy a separate local property tax,  subject  to
32    the  limitations  of  Section  1B-8, sufficient to repay such
33    assistance  consistent  with  the  terms  and  conditions  of
34    repayment and the  district's  approved  financial  plan  and
 
                            -558-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    budget;
 2        (k)  to  request  the  regional  superintendent  to  make
 3    appointments  to fill all vacancies on the local school board
 4    as provided in Section 10-10;
 5        (l)  to recommend dissolution or  reorganization  of  the
 6    school  district  to  the  General Assembly if in the Panel's
 7    judgment the circumstances so require;
 8        (m)  to  direct  a  phased  reduction  in  the  oversight
 9    responsibilities of the Financial Administrator  and  of  the
10    Panel as the circumstances permit;
11        (n)  to determine the amount of emergency State financial
12    assistance  to  be made available to the school district, and
13    to  establish  an  operating  budget  for  the  Panel  to  be
14    supported by funds available from such assistance,  with  the
15    assistance  and  the  budget  required  to be approved by the
16    State Superintendent;
17        (o)  to  procure  insurance  against  any  loss  in  such
18    amounts and from such insurers as it deems necessary;
19        (p)  to engage the services of consultants for  rendering
20    professional  and  technical assistance and advice on matters
21    within the Panel's power;
22        (q)  to contract for and to accept any gifts,  grants  or
23    loans  of  funds or property or financial or other aid in any
24    form from the federal government, State government,  unit  of
25    local   government,   school   district   or  any  agency  or
26    instrumentality thereof, or from any other private or  public
27    source, and to comply with the terms and conditions thereof;
28        (r)  to  pay  the expenses of its operations based on the
29    Panel's budget as approved by the State  Superintendent  from
30    emergency   financial   assistance  funds  available  to  the
31    district or from deductions from the district's general State
32    aid; and
33        (s)  to do any and all things necessary or convenient  to
34    carry  out  its purposes and exercise the powers given to the
 
                            -559-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Panel by this Article.
 2    (Source: P.A. 87-473; 88-618, eff. 9-9-94; revised 10-31-98.)

 3        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.73) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.73)
 4        Sec. 2-3.73.  Missing child program.  The State Board  of
 5    Education  shall  administer  and  implement  a missing child
 6    program in accordance with the provisions  of  this  Section.
 7    Upon  receipt  of each periodic information bulletin from the
 8    Department  of  State  Police  Law  Enforcement  pursuant  to
 9    Section 6 of the Intergovernmental Missing Child Recovery Act
10    of 1984, the State Board of  Education  shall  promptly  make
11    copies  of  the same and mail one copy to the school board of
12    each school district in this State and to  the  principal  or
13    chief administrative officer of each nonpublic elementary and
14    secondary  school  in  this  State.  Upon receipt each school
15    board shall compare the names on the bulletin to the names of
16    all  students  presently  enrolled  in  the  schools  of  the
17    district.  If a school board or its designee determines  that
18    a  missing  child  is attending one of the schools within the
19    school district, or if the principal or chief  administrative
20    officer of a nonpublic school is notified by school personnel
21    that  a  missing  child  is attending that school, the school
22    board or the principal or chief administrative officer of the
23    nonpublic school shall immediately give notice of  this  fact
24    to  the  State  Board  of  Education, the Department of State
25    Police Law Enforcement, and the law enforcement agency having
26    jurisdiction in the area where the missing child  resides  or
27    attends school.
28    (Source: P.A. 84-1308; revised 10-31-98.)

29        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.106) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.106)
30        Sec.  2-3.106.  State Urban Education Partnership Grants.
31    From State moneys appropriated specifically for  purposes  of
32    this  Section, the State Board of Education shall award State
 
                            -560-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Urban Education Partnership Grants to  qualifying  attendance
 2    centers  within  school  districts  that  meet  the  criteria
 3    specified in subparagraph (A) or subparagraph (B) below:
 4             (A)  The  number  of students enrolled in the public
 5        schools of the district is 1,500 or more,  and  not  less
 6        than  10%  of  those  students are low income students as
 7        determined with reference to the  annual  Public  Schools
 8        Fall  Enrollment-Housing  Report that the school district
 9        is required to file with the State Board of Education; or
10             (B)  The school  district  receives  not  less  than
11        $100,000  in  a  fiscal  year  from  funds  allocated and
12        distributed under Chapter 1 of Title  I  of  the  federal
13        Elementary  and  Secondary Education Act of 1965, and not
14        less than 10% of the  students  enrolled  in  the  public
15        schools  of  the school district are "minority students",
16        defined for purposes of this Section to mean a pupil  who
17        is  Black  (having  origins  in  any  of the black racial
18        groups in Africa), Hispanic  (of  Spanish  or  Portuguese
19        culture with origins in Mexico, South or Central America,
20        or  the  Caribbean  Islands,  regardless  of race), Asian
21        American (having origins in any of the  original  peoples
22        of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent,
23        or  the  Pacific  Islands), or American Indian or Alaskan
24        Native (having origins in any of the original peoples  of
25        North America).
26        State  Urban  Education  Partnership Grants awarded under
27    this Section shall be used  for  the  planning,  development,
28    operation  or  expansion of programs, projects and activities
29    that are designed to carry out programs that improve  student
30    achievement or the quality of education for students and that
31    are  comparable  or  similar in nature to targeted assistance
32    programs for which  discretionary  federal  grant  funds  are
33    allocated  under  Chapter  2  of  Title  I of the the federal
34    Elementary and Secondary Education  Act  of  1965;  provided,
 
                            -561-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    that  in  evaluating  applications  and  awarding State Urban
 2    Education Partnership Grants  under  this  Section,  priority
 3    consideration   and   preference  shall  be  given  to  grant
 4    applications that  propose  to  carry  out  effective  school
 5    programs  that  are  developed  and  designed to increase the
 6    academic achievement levels of students in  large  and  small
 7    urban    communities   through   collaborative   efforts   or
 8    partnerships between the attendance center applying  for  the
 9    grant  and  at  least  one  parent or community group, social
10    service agency, public sector business entity or  institution
11    of  higher  education.   Indicators  of such effective school
12    programs shall include  but  not  be  limited  to  components
13    designed  to  improve  student  attendance  at  school and in
14    class, increase student homework output and quality, increase
15    student time on the task of acquiring basic and higher  order
16    skills, improve teacher-given classroom grades, improve State
17    and national standardized test scores and assessment results,
18    improve   community   involvement   in  the  development  and
19    implementation of  effective  school  programs,  and  improve
20    parent  involvement  to  foster  a positive home environment,
21    meaningful   parent-child   communication   in   matters   of
22    educational performance and progress,  and  increased  parent
23    participation  in  home learning activities, school volunteer
24    activities and school governance.
25        The State  Board  of  Education  shall  adopt  rules  and
26    regulations   governing   the   procedure   and  requirements
27    applicable  to  grant  applications  submitted   under   this
28    Section.  The period during which grants may be awarded to an
29    attendance  center  under  this  Section  shall  not exceed 3
30    consecutive school  years;  provided  that  before  approving
31    continuation  of  a  grant  for  a new school year, the State
32    Board of Education shall review and evaluate a  report  which
33    the  attendance  center shall file with respect to its use of
34    grant  funds  in  carrying  out  grant  programs  during  the
 
                            -562-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    preceding school year.
 2        Grants shall be awarded to attendance centers under  this
 3    Section  on  a  competitive  basis,  and  the  State Board of
 4    Education shall  establish  standards,  consistent  with  the
 5    provisions  of  this  Section,  by  which  to  evaluate grant
 6    applications and programs submitted and proposed hereunder.
 7        It is the purpose and intent of this Section to establish
 8    a State grant program that  parallels  and  supplements,  but
 9    that  operates  independently  of federal grant programs that
10    allocate funds for targeted assistance  under  Chapter  2  of
11    Title I of the federal Elementary and Secondary Education Act
12    of 1965.
13    (Source: P.A. 87-789; 87-895; revised 10-31-98.)

14        (105 ILCS 5/2-3.114)
15        Sec.  2-3.114. Federal Goals 2000 funds.  Notwithstanding
16    any other law to the contrary, the State Board  of  Education
17    shall  not  accept  or  expend any federal funds provided for
18    participation in the  federal  Goals  2000  or  outcome-based
19    education programs established under the Goals 2000:  Educate
20    America  Act,  except in those cases in which the State Board
21    of Education acts as a flow-through  agency  for  the  direct
22    release  to  school  districts  of  grant  funds  and  awards
23    provided  under  the  federal  Goals  2000 program.  In those
24    cases in which the State Board of Education  functions  as  a
25    flow-through   agency   for  the  direct  release  to  school
26    districts of grants or awards under the  federal  Goals  2000
27    program,  the  State  Board  of  Education  is  authorized to
28    retain, for its administrative expenses directly  related  to
29    its  services  as the flow through agency, up to but not more
30    than 1% of the aggregate Goals 2000 program funds  that  flow
31    through  the  State  Board of Education for direct release to
32    school districts.  No  school  district,  attendance  center,
33    school   board,   local   school  council,  or  other  school
 
                            -563-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    administrator may use or authorize or require the use of  any
 2    funds,  grants,  or  awards  received  under this Section for
 3    purposes of providing outcome-based outcomes-based education,
 4    school-based health clinics, or any other  health  or  social
 5    service,  nor  may  the State Board of Education or any other
 6    local educational agency use or authorize or require any such
 7    funds, grants, or awards to be used for any such purpose.
 8    (Source: P.A. 89-610, eff. 8-6-96; revised 10-31-98.)

 9        (105 ILCS 5/3A-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 3A-10)
10        Sec.  3A-10.   Notice  of  Election.   A  notice  of  the
11    election shall  be  given  in  accordance  with  the  general
12    election  law. In addition to the requirements of the general
13    election  law  the  notice  shall  be  in  substantially  the
14    following form:
15            NOTICE OF EDUCATIONAL SERVICE REGION ELECTION
16        Notice is hereby given that on (insert  date)  .........,
17    19..,  an  election  will  be held in ............... County,
18    Illinois, for the purpose of voting upon this question:
19        Shall  .............  County  be  disconnected  from  the
20    Educational   Service   Region   for    the    Counties    of
21    ................  and  .............  and  shall the regional
22    board  of  school  trustees  for  .............   County   be
23    requested to approve the consolidation of the counties into a
24    single educational service region?
25    (Source: P.A. 81-1489; revised 10-19-98.)

26        (105 ILCS 5/5-22) (from Ch. 122, par. 5-22)
27        Sec. 5-22. Sales of school sites, buildings or other real
28    estate.  When  in  the  opinion of the school board, a school
29    site, or portion thereof, building,  or  site  with  building
30    thereon, or any other real estate of the district, has become
31    unnecessary  or  unsuitable  or inconvenient for a school, or
32    unnecessary for the uses of the district, the  school  board,
 
                            -564-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    by  a  resolution adopted by at least two-thirds of the board
 2    members, may sell or direct that the property be sold in  the
 3    manner  provided  in  the  Local Government Property Transfer
 4    Act, or in the manner herein provided. Unless legal title  to
 5    the  land is held by the school board, the school board shall
 6    forthwith notify the trustees  of  schools  or  other  school
 7    officials  having  legal title to such land of the terms upon
 8    which they desire the property to be sold. If the property is
 9    to be sold to another unit  of  local  government  or  school
10    district,  the  school  board,  trustees of schools, or other
11    school officials having legal title to the land shall proceed
12    in the manner  provided  in  the  Local  Government  Property
13    Transfer  Act.  In all other cases the school board, trustees
14    of schools, or other school officials having legal  title  to
15    the  land  shall,  within  60  days  after  adoption  of  the
16    resolution  (if  the  school  board  holds legal title to the
17    land), or within 60 days after  the  trustees  of  school  or
18    other  school officials having legal title receive the notice
19    (if the school board does not hold legal title to the  land),
20    sell  the property at public sale, by auction or sealed bids,
21    after first giving notice  of  the  time,  place,  and  terms
22    thereof  by  notice published once each week for 3 successive
23    weeks prior to the date of the sale if sale is by auction, or
24    prior to the final date of acceptance of bids if sale  is  by
25    sealed  bids, in a newspaper published in the district or, if
26    no such newspaper is published in the  district,  then  in  a
27    newspaper  published  in  the  county  and  having  a general
28    circulation in the district; however, if territory containing
29    a school site, building, or site with  building  thereon,  is
30    detached from the school district of which it is a part after
31    proceedings  have  been  commenced under this Section for the
32    sale of that school site, building,  or  site  with  building
33    thereon,  but before the sale is held, then the school board,
34    trustees of schools, or other school officials  having  legal
 
                            -565-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    title shall not advertise or sell that school site, building,
 2    or site with building thereon, pursuant to those proceedings.
 3    The notices may be in the following form:
 4                           NOTICE OF SALE
 5        Notice  is  hereby  given that on (insert date), the ....
 6    day of ...., 19.., the  (here  insert  title  of  the  school
 7    board,  trustees of school, or other school officials holding
 8    legal title) of (county) (Township No. ...., Range  No.  ....
 9    P.M.   ....)   will  sell  at  public  sale  (use  applicable
10    alternative) (at .........  (state  location  of  sale  which
11    shall  be  within  the  district),  at .... ..M.,) (by taking
12    sealed bids which shall  be  accepted  until  ....  ..M.,  on
13    (insert  date),  the  .....  day  of  ......, 19..., at (here
14    insert location where bids will be accepted  which  shall  be
15    within  the  district) which bids will be opened at .... ..M.
16    on (insert date) the .... day  of  ......,  19....  at  (here
17    insert  location  where  bids  will  be opened which shall be
18    within the district)) the following described property: (here
19    describe the property),  which  sale  will  be  made  on  the
20    following terms to-wit: (here insert terms of sale)
21                                ....
22                                ....
23                                ....
24                    (Here insert title of school
25                   officials holding legal title)

26        For  purposes  of  determining "terms of sale" under this
27    Section, the General Assembly declares by this clarifying and
28    amendatory Act of 1983 that "terms of sale" are  not  limited
29    to  sales  for  cash  only  but  include  contracts for deed,
30    mortgages, and such other seller financed  terms  as  may  be
31    specified by the school board.
32        If  a school board specifies a reasonable minimum selling
33    price and that price is not met or if no bids  are  received,
34    the  school  board  may  adopt  a  resolution  determining or
 
                            -566-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    directing that the services of a licensed real estate  broker
 2    be  engaged  to  sell  the  property  for a commission not to
 3    exceed 7%, contingent on the sale of the property within  120
 4    days.   If  legal  title  to  the property is not held by the
 5    school  board,  the  trustees  of  schools  or  other  school
 6    officials having legal  title  shall,  upon  receipt  of  the
 7    resolution,  engage  the  services  of a licensed real estate
 8    broker as directed in the resolution. The board may accept  a
 9    written  offer  equal  to  or  greater  than  the established
10    minimum  selling  price  for  the  described  property.   The
11    services  of a licensed real estate broker may be utilized to
12    seek a buyer. If the board lowers the minimum  selling  price
13    on  the  described  property,  the public sale procedures set
14    forth in this Section must be followed. The board  may  raise
15    the  minimum  selling price without repeating the public sale
16    procedures.
17        The deed of conveyance shall be executed by the president
18    and clerk or secretary  of  the  school  board,  trustees  of
19    schools,  or other school officials having legal title to the
20    land, and the proceeds paid to the school treasurer  for  the
21    benefit  of  the district; provided, that the proceeds of any
22    such sale on the island of Kaskaskia shall  be  paid  to  the
23    State  Treasurer  for  the  use  of the district and shall be
24    disbursed by him in  the  same  manner  as  income  from  the
25    Kaskaskia  Commons  permanent  school  fund. The school board
26    shall use the  proceeds  from  the  sale  first  to  pay  the
27    principal  and  interest  on  any  outstanding  bonds  on the
28    property being sold, and  after  all  such  bonds  have  been
29    retired,  the  remaining proceeds from the sale next shall be
30    used by the school board to meet any urgent district needs as
31    determined under Sections 2-3.12 and 17-2.11 and then for any
32    other authorized purpose and for deposit  into  any  district
33    fund.   But  whenever the school board of any school district
34    determines that  any  schoolhouse  site  with  or  without  a
 
                            -567-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    building  thereon  is  of no further use to the district, and
 2    agrees with the school board of  any  other  school  district
 3    within the boundaries of which the site is situated, upon the
 4    sale  thereof  to that district, and agrees upon the price to
 5    be paid therefor, and the site is selected by the  purchasing
 6    district  in  the  manner  required  by  law,  then after the
 7    payment  of  the  compensation  the  school  board,  township
 8    trustees, or other school officials having legal title to the
 9    land of the schools shall, by proper instrument  in  writing,
10    convey the legal title of the site to the school board of the
11    purchasing  district,  or  to the trustees of schools for the
12    use of the purchasing district, in accordance with law.   The
13    provisions  of  this Section shall not apply to any sale made
14    pursuant to Section 5-23 or Section 5-24 or Section 32-4.
15    (Source: P.A. 87-984; 88-155; revised 10-20-98.)

16        (105 ILCS 5/7-7.5)
17        Sec. 7-7.5.  Holding of elections.
18        (a)  Elections  provided  by  this   Article   shall   be
19    conducted in accordance with the general election law.
20        (b)  The  notice  shall be in substantially the following
21    form:
22                 NOTICE OF REFERENDUM FOR ANNEXATION
23                BY ..... (Name of Annexing District)
24                 OF ALL TERRITORY OF ..... (Name Of
25                    District Or Districts All Of
26                  Whose Territory Is To Be Annexed)
27             NOTICE is hereby given that on  (insert  date),  the
28        ....  day  of  ...., 19 ..., a referendum will be held in
29        part(s) of ...... County (Counties) for  the  purpose  of
30        voting for or against the proposition to annex all of the
31        territory  comprising  .....  (name  of  each such school
32        district) of ....... County, Illinois to .....  (name  of
33        annexing school district) of ...... County, Illinois.
 
                            -568-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             The   territory  which  now  comprises  all  of  the
 2        territory of  .....  (name  of  the  school  district  or
 3        districts) of ...... County, Illinois, which territory is
 4        the same as the territory which is proposed to be annexed
 5        to  .....  (name  of annexing school district) of .......
 6        County, Illinois, is described as follows: (Here describe
 7        such territory.)
 8             The territory which now  comprises  .....  (name  of
 9        annexing  school  district)  of ....... County, Illinois,
10        which district it is proposed shall annex  the  territory
11        above  described in this Notice, is described as follows:
12        (Here describe such territory.)
13             The election is called and will be held pursuant  to
14        an  order  of  the regional board of school trustees (or,
15        State  Superintendent  of  Education)  dated  on  (insert
16        date), the .... day of ...., 19 ...., which order  states
17        that  the change of boundaries pursuant to the annexation
18        granted or approved by the  order  shall  be  made  if  a
19        majority  of  those voters in each of the affected school
20        districts who vote on the  proposition  at  the  election
21        vote in favor thereof.
22             Dated (insert date). this ..... day of ...., 19.....
23        
24             Regional Board of School Trustees (or State
25             Superintendent of Education)
26             By....................................
27    (Source: P.A. 90-459, eff. 8-17-97; revised 10-20-98.)

28        (105 ILCS 5/7A-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 7A-4)
29        Sec. 7A-4.  Holding of elections.
30        (a)  Elections   provided   by   this  Article  shall  be
31    conducted in accordance with the general election law.
32        (b)  The notice for voters residing in  the  unit  school
33    district  proposed  to be dissolved shall be in substantially
 
                            -569-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the following form:
 2                  NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO DISSOLVE
 3                  A UNIT SCHOOL DISTRICT, TO CREATE
 4              AN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DISTRICT THEREFROM,
 5                AND TO ANNEX THE TERRITORY THEREIN TO
 6                  A CONTIGUOUS HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT
 7             NOTICE is hereby given that on  (insert  date),  the
 8        ....  day  of  ...., 19 ..., a referendum will be held in
 9        part(s) of ...... county (counties) for  the  purpose  of
10        voting  for  or  against the proposition to dissolve Unit
11        School District No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois, to
12        create an elementary school district to be  comprised  of
13        the  same  territory  which now comprises the unit school
14        district proposed to be so dissolved, and to  annex  that
15        same  territory  to  High  School  District  No. ..... of
16        ...... County, Illinois.
17             The  territory  which  now  comprises  Unit   School
18        District  No.  .....  of  ....... County, Illinois, which
19        territory is the  same  as  the  territory  which  is  to
20        comprise  the  elementary  school district proposed to be
21        created and which also is the same as the territory which
22        is proposed to be annexed to  High  School  District  No.
23        .....  of  .......  County,  Illinois,  is  described  as
24        follows: (Here describe such territory.)
25             The   territory  which  now  comprises  High  School
26        District No. ..... of  .......  County,  Illinois,  which
27        high  school  district  it  is  proposed  shall annex the
28        territory above described in this Notice, is described as
29        follows:  (Here describe such territory.)
30             The election is called and will be held pursuant  to
31        an  order of the Regional Superintendent dated on (insert
32        date), the .... day of ...., 19 ...., which order  states
33        that  if a majority of the voters residing in Unit School
34        District No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois and voting
 
                            -570-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        at the referendum on the proposition  vote  in  favor  of
 2        such proposition, and if by separate ballot a majority of
 3        the  voters residing in High School District No. ..... of
 4        ....... County, Illinois and voting at the referendum  on
 5        the  proposition  to  annex  the  territory  first  above
 6        described in this Notice vote in favor thereof, that then
 7        the  tax  rates  for educational and operations, building
 8        and maintenance  purposes  and  the  purchase  of  school
 9        grounds,  pupil  transportation,  and fire prevention and
10        safety purposes which shall constitute the tax rates  for
11        the  elementary  school  district so created and for High
12        School District No. .....  of  .......  County,  Illinois
13        upon  annexation  of  the territory first above described
14        shall be: (i) with  respect  to  such  elementary  school
15        district,  .......  for educational purposes, ....... for
16        operations, building and  maintenance  purposes  and  the
17        purchase    of   school   grounds,   ......   for   pupil
18        transportation purposes, and ...... for  fire  prevention
19        and safety purposes, and (ii) with respect to High School
20        District  No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois upon such
21        annexation, ....... for educational purposes, ....... for
22        operations, building and  maintenance  purposes  and  the
23        purchase    of   school   grounds,   ......   for   pupil
24        transportation purposes, and ...... for  fire  prevention
25        and safety purposes.
26             Dated (insert date). this ..... day of ...., 19.....
27        
28             Regional Superintendent of Schools
29             ....................................

30        Whenever  the  members  of  the board of education of the
31    elementary school district proposed to be established are  to
32    be  elected  at the same election at which the proposition to
33    establish that district is to be  submitted  to  the  voters,
34    that fact shall be included in the notice.
 
                            -571-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (c)  The  notice  for  voters  residing in the contiguous
 2    high school district proposing to annex all of the  territory
 3    within  the  unit  school  district  proposed to be dissolved
 4    shall be in substantially the following form:
 5                        NOTICE OF REFERENDUM
 6                      FOR ANNEXATION BY A HIGH
 7                    SCHOOL DISTRICT OF CONTIGUOUS
 8                      TERRITORY TO BE DISSOLVED
 9                      AS A UNIT SCHOOL DISTRICT
10             NOTICE is hereby given that on  (insert  date),  the
11        ..... day of ....., 19 ...., a referendum will be held in
12        part(s)  of ........ county (counties) for the purpose of
13        voting for or against  a  proposition  that  High  School
14        District  No.  .....  of  .......  County, Illinois annex
15        certain contiguous territory hereinafter  described  upon
16        the  dissolution  of  such contiguous territory as a unit
17        school district.
18             The  territory  which  now  comprises  High   School
19        District   No.  .....  of  .......  County,  Illinois  is
20        described as follows:  (Here describe such territory.)
21             The contiguous territory which it is proposed  shall
22        be  annexed  by High School District No. ..... of .......
23        County, Illinois upon the dissolution of such  contiguous
24        territory  as  a  unit  school  district  is described as
25        follows:   (Here describe such territory.)
26             The election is called and will be held pursuant  to
27        an  order of the Regional Superintendent dated on (insert
28        date), the ..... day  of  .....,  19  ....,  which  order
29        states  that if a majority of the voters residing in High
30        School District No. ..... of ....... County, Illinois and
31        voting at the referendum on the proposition to annex  the
32        territory  last  described  above  vote  in favor of such
33        proposition, and if by separate ballot a majority of  the
34        voters residing in the territory last described above and
 
                            -572-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        voting  at  the referendum on the proposition to dissolve
 2        such territory as a unit school district,  to  create  an
 3        elementary  school  district  therefrom and to annex such
 4        territory to High School District No.  .....  of  .......
 5        County,  Illinois vote in favor of such proposition, that
 6        then  the  tax  rates  for  educational  and  operations,
 7        building and maintenance purposes  and  the  purchase  of
 8        school grounds, pupil transportation, and fire prevention
 9        and  safety purposes which shall constitute the tax rates
10        for High School District No.  .....  of  .......  County,
11        Illinois  upon and after annexation of the territory last
12        described  above  shall  be   .......   for   educational
13        purposes,    .......   for   operations,   building   and
14        maintenance purposes and the purchase of school  grounds,
15        ......  for pupil transportation purposes, and ...... for
16        fire prevention and safety purposes.
17             Dated (insert date). this ..... day of ...., 19.....
18        
19             Regional Superintendent of Schools
20             ....................................
21    (Source: P.A. 87-10; 87-185; 87-895; revised 10-20-98.)

22        (105 ILCS 5/8-2) (from Ch. 122, par. 8-2)
23        Sec. 8-2.  Bond of treasurer. Before  entering  upon  his
24    duties,  each school treasurer shall execute a bond with 2 or
25    more persons having an interest in real estate  who  are  not
26    trustees,  or  a  surety company authorized to do business in
27    this State, as sureties, payable to the township trustees  of
28    schools  in  Class  II  county school units and to the school
29    board of each district for which he or she  is  treasurer  or
30    its  successors  in office in Class I county school units and
31    conditioned upon the faithful discharge of his or her duties,
32    except that the bond required of the school  treasurer  of  a
33    school  district which is located in a Class II county school
 
                            -573-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    unit but which no longer is subject to the  jurisdiction  and
 2    authority of a township treasurer or trustees of schools of a
 3    township   because   the  district  has  withdrawn  from  the
 4    jurisdiction and authority  of  the  township  treasurer  and
 5    trustees  of schools of the township or because those offices
 6    have been abolished as provided in subsection (b) or  (c)  of
 7    Section  5-1  shall  be  payable  to the school board of each
 8    district for which he or she is treasurer or its successor in
 9    office and conditioned upon the faithful discharge of his  or
10    her  duties.  The  penalty  of  the  bond shall be 25% of the
11    amount of all bonds, notes, mortgages, moneys and effects  of
12    which  he  is to have the custody, whether individuals act as
13    sureties or whether the surety given is by a  surety  company
14    authorized  to  do  business  in  this  State,  and  shall be
15    increased or decreased from time to time, as the increase  or
16    decrease of the amount of notes, bonds, mortgages, moneys and
17    effects  may  require,  and  whenever  in the judgment of the
18    regional  superintendent  of  schools,  or  whenever  in  the
19    judgment of the township trustees or the school board of  the
20    district  by  which  the  school  treasurer  was appointed or
21    elected,  the penalty of the  bond  should  be  increased  or
22    decreased; provided that the penalty of the bond shall not be
23    increased to more than 25% of the amount of all bonds, notes,
24    mortgages,  moneys  and  effects  of  which the treasurer has
25    custody at any time. The bond of the township treasurer shall
26    be approved by at least a majority of the  township  trustees
27    in  Class  II  county  school  units;  provided that in those
28    school districts that are located in a Class II county school
29    unit but are  no  longer  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  and
30    authority  of a township treasurer and trustees of schools of
31    a township (because the districts  have  withdrawn  from  the
32    jurisdiction  and  authority  of  the  township treasurer and
33    trustees of schools of the township or because those  offices
34    have  been  abolished as provided in subsection (b) or (c) of
 
                            -574-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Section 5-1) and in Class I county  school  units,  the  bond
 2    shall  be  approved  by at least a majority of the members of
 3    the school board; and in all cases the bond  shall  be  filed
 4    with  the  regional  superintendent of schools who shall file
 5    with the State Board of Education before September 1 in  each
 6    year   an   affidavit  showing  which  treasurers  of  school
 7    districts under his  supervision  and  control  are  properly
 8    bonded. The bond shall be in the following form:
 9    STATE OF ILLINOIS
10    .......... COUNTY
11        We,  AB, CD and EF, are obligated, jointly and severally,
12    to the (School Board of District No.  ....,  or  trustees  of
13    township  ....  range  ....) in the above mentioned county or
14    successors in office, in the penal  sum  of  $....,  for  the
15    payment  of which we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and
16    administrators.
17        Dated (insert date). ....... 19...
18        The condition of this obligation  is  such  that  if  AB,
19    school  treasurer  in  the  above  stated  county, faithfully
20    discharges the duties of his or her office, according to law,
21    and delivers to his or her successor in  office,  after  such
22    successor  has  qualified  by giving bond as provided by law,
23    all moneys, books, papers, securities and control, which have
24    come into his or her possession or control,  as  such  school
25    treasurer,  from the date of his or her bond to the time that
26    his or her successor has qualified as  school  treasurer,  by
27    giving  such bond as required by law, then this obligation to
28    be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
29        Approved and accepted by:
30             A.... B.... (Signature)
31             C.... D.... (Signature)
32             E.... F.... (Signature)
33             G.... H.... (Signature)
34             I.... J.... (Signature)
 
                            -575-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             K.... L.... (Signature)
 2                   (Board of Education or Board of
 3                   Directors of District No. .....
 4                               By ....
 5                    President Secretary or Clerk
 6                               or ....
 7                       .... Township Trustees)
 8        No part of the State or other school fund shall  be  paid
 9    to  any  school  treasurer  or  other  persons  authorized to
10    receive it unless such treasurer has filed his or  her  bond,
11    or  if reelected, has renewed his or her bond and filed it as
12    required by law.
13    (Source: P.A. 89-212, eff. 8-4-95; revised 10-20-98.)

14        (105 ILCS 5/8-9) (from Ch. 122, par. 8-9)
15        Sec. 8-9. Mortgages -  Form.   Mortgages  to  secure  the
16    payment  of money loaned under the provisions of this Act may
17    be in the following form:
18        I, A B, of the county of ...., State of ....,  do  hereby
19    grant,  convey  and  transfer  to  the trustees of schools of
20    township No. ...., Range No. ...., in the County of ...., and
21    State of Illinois, for the use  of  the  inhabitants  of  the
22    township,  the  following described real estate: (here insert
23    premises), which real estate I declare to be in mortgage  for
24    the payment of $...., loaned to me and for the payment of all
25    interest  that may accrue thereon, to be computed at the rate
26    of .... per cent per year until paid.  I  agree  to  pay  the
27    above sum of money in .... years from the date hereof, and to
28    pay  the  interest  on  the  same annually, at the rate above
29    stated.  I further covenant that I  have  a  good  and  valid
30    title  to  the  estate,  and  that  the same is free from all
31    incumbrance, and that I will pay all  taxes  and  assessments
32    which  may be levied on the real estate, and that I will give
33    any additional security that may at any time be  required  in
 
                            -576-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    writing  by  the board of trustees; and if the real estate is
 2    sold to pay the debt or any part thereof, or for any  failure
 3    or  refusal  to  comply  with  or  perform  the conditions or
 4    covenants  herein  contained,  I   will   deliver   immediate
 5    possession  of  the  premises.    It is further agreed by and
 6    between the parties that in the event a complaint is filed in
 7    any court to  foreclose  this  mortgage  for  non-payment  of
 8    either  principal  or interest, that the mortgagor will pay a
 9    reasonable attorney's fee, and the same shall be included  in
10    the  judgment  and  be  taxed  as  costs; and we, A B, and C,
11    spouse of A B, hereby release  all  rights  to  the  premises
12    which  we  may  have  by virtue of any homestead laws of this
13    State.
14        Dated (insert date). 19
15                                    A .... B ....................
16                                    C .... D ....................

17        The mortgage shall be acknowledged  and  recorded  as  is
18    required  by  law  for  other conveyances of real estate, the
19    mortgagor  paying  the   expenses   of   acknowledgment   and
20    recording.
21    (Source: P.A. 84-550; revised 10-20-98.)

22        (105 ILCS 5/9-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 9-10)
23        Sec.  9-10. Candidates for office - Nominating petitions.
24    Candidates  for  the  office  of  school  director  shall  be
25    nominated by petition signed by at least 25 voters or  5%  of
26    the  voters,  whichever is less, residing within the district
27    and filed with the secretary of the board of school directors
28    or  with  a  person  designated  by  the  board  to   receive
29    nominating petitions.
30        Nominations for members of boards of education, including
31    non-high  school  boards  of  education  shall  be  made by a
32    petition signed by at least 50 voters or 10% of  the  voters,
33    whichever  is less, residing within the district and shall be
 
                            -577-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    filed with the secretary of the board of education or with  a
 2    person   designated   by  the  board  to  receive  nominating
 3    petitions.  In addition to the requirements  of  the  general
 4    election   law,   the   form   of  such  petitions  shall  be
 5    substantially as follows:
 6                        NOMINATING PETITIONS
 7                 (LEAVE OUT THE INAPPLICABLE PART.)
 8        To the secretary of the board of education (or  board  of
 9    directors) of district number .... in .... County:
10        We the undersigned, being (.... or more) (or 10% or more)
11    (or  5% or more) of the voters residing within said district,
12    hereby petition that .... who resides at .... in the (city or
13    village) of .... in Township .... (or who resides outside any
14    city, village or incorporated town and in Township  ....)  in
15    said  district shall be a candidate for the office of .... of
16    the board of education (or board of  directors)  (full  term)
17    (vacancy)  to  be  voted  for  at  the election to be held on
18    (insert date). the .... day of ...., 19...
19        Name: ..................  Address: ...................

20        Nomination papers filed under this Section are not  valid
21    unless  the  candidate named therein files with the secretary
22    of the board of education or a person designated by the board
23    to receive nominating petitions a  receipt  from  the  county
24    clerk  showing  that  the  candidate has filed a statement of
25    economic interests as required by the  Illinois  Governmental
26    Ethics Act.  Such receipt shall be so filed either previously
27    during  the calendar year in which his nomination papers were
28    filed or within the  period  for  the  filing  of  nomination
29    papers in accordance with the general election law.
30        All petitions for the nomination of members of a board of
31    education shall be filed with the secretary of the board or a
32    person   designated   by  the  board  to  receive  nominating
33    petitions  within  the  time  provided  for  by  the  general
34    election law.  The secretary  shall  receive  and  file  only
 
                            -578-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    those  petitions  which include a statement of candidacy, the
 2    required number of voter signatures, the notarized  signature
 3    of  the  petition  circulator  and  a receipt from the County
 4    Clerk showing that the candidate has  filed  a  statement  of
 5    economic  interest  on  or  before  the  last  day to file as
 6    required  by  the  Illinois  Governmental  Ethics  Act.   The
 7    secretary may have petition forms available for  issuance  to
 8    potential  candidates,  and  may  give notice of the petition
 9    filing period  by  publication  in  a  newspaper  of  general
10    circulation  within the school district not less than 10 days
11    prior to the first day of filing. Said secretary  shall  make
12    certification   to   the   proper   election  authorities  in
13    accordance with the general election law.  If  the  secretary
14    is  an  incumbent  school board member seeking re-election, a
15    disinterested person must be a witness to the filing  of  his
16    petition.
17        The  secretary of the board of education shall notify the
18    candidates for whom a petition for nomination is filed or the
19    appropriate committee of the obligations under  the  Campaign
20    Financing  Act as provided in the general election law.  Such
21    notice shall be given on a form prescribed by the State Board
22    of Elections and in accordance with the requirements  of  the
23    general  election  law.  The secretary shall within 7 days of
24    filing or on the last day for filing, whichever  is  earlier,
25    acknowledge  to  the  petitioner in writing his acceptance of
26    the petition.
27        A candidate for membership on the board of  education  or
28    for  office  as  a  school  director,  who has petitioned for
29    nomination to fill a full term and to fill a vacant  term  to
30    be  voted upon at the same election, must withdraw his or her
31    petition for nomination from either  the  full  term  or  the
32    vacant term by written declaration.
33        In  all  newly  organized  districts the petition for the
34    nomination  of  candidates  for  members  of  the  board   of
 
                            -579-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    education  at  the  first  election shall be addressed to and
 2    filed with the regional  superintendent  of  schools  in  the
 3    manner  herein  specified  for the petitions for members of a
 4    board  of  education.   For  such   election   the   regional
 5    superintendent shall fulfill all duties otherwise assigned to
 6    the secretary of the board of education.
 7    (Source: P.A. 82-1014; revised 10-20-98.)

 8        (105 ILCS 5/9-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 9-12)
 9        Sec.  9-12.  Ballots  for the election of school officers
10    shall be in one of the following forms:

11    (FORMAT 1
12        Ballot position for candidates shall be determined by the
13    order of petition filing or lottery held pursuant to  Section
14    9-11.1.
15        This  format  is  used  by  Boards  of  School Directors.
16    School Directors are elected at large.)
17                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
18                 FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF SCHOOL
19                DIRECTORS TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
20                            VOTE FOR ....
21            ( )  ........................................
22            ( )  ........................................
23            ( )  ........................................
24                 FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF SCHOOL
25             DIRECTORS TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
26                            VOTE FOR ....
27            ( )   .......................................
28            ( )   .......................................
29            ( )   .......................................

30    (FORMAT 2
31        Ballot position for candidates shall be determined by the
32    order of petition filing or lottery held pursuant to  Section
 
                            -580-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    9-11.1.
 2        This format is used when school board members are elected
 3    at  large.   Membership on the school board is not restricted
 4    by area of residence.
 5        Types of school districts  generally  using  this  format
 6    are:
 7        Common school districts;
 8        Community   unit   and   community   consolidated  school
 9    districts formed on or after January 1, 1975;
10        Community unit school districts formed prior  to  January
11    1,  1975  that  elect  board  members  at  large  and without
12    restriction by area of residence within  the  district  under
13    subsection (c) of Section 11A-8;
14        Community   unit,  community  consolidated  and  combined
15    school districts in which more than 90% of the population  is
16    in one congressional township;
17        High  school  districts  in  which  less  than 15% of the
18    taxable property is located in unincorporated territory;  and
19    unit districts (OLD TYPE);
20        Combined  school  districts  formed  on  or after July 1,
21    1983;
22        Combined school districts formed before July 1, 1983  and
23    community  consolidated  school  districts  that  elect board
24    members at large and without restriction by area of residence
25    within the district under subsection (c) of Section 11B-7.)
26                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
27                     FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF
28                EDUCATION TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
29                            VOTE FOR ....
30            ( )   .......................................
31            ( )   .......................................
32            ( )   .......................................
33                     FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF
34             EDUCATION TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
 
                            -581-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                            VOTE FOR ....
 2            ( )   .......................................
 3            ( )   .......................................
 4            ( )   .......................................

 5    (FORMATS 2a and 2b
 6        Ballot  position  for  at  large  candidates   shall   be
 7    determined  by  the  order of petition filing or lottery held
 8    pursuant to Section 9-11.1 and ballot position for candidates
 9    grouped by  "affected  school  district",  as  that  term  is
10    defined  in  Section  9-11.2, shall be determined by order of
11    petition filing or lottery held pursuant to  Sections  9-11.1
12    and 9-11.2.
13        Format  2a is used only in electing, to unstaggered terms
14    expiring on the date of the regular school election  held  in
15    calendar  year  2001,  the  initial 7 members of the board of
16    education of a combined school district that  is  established
17    as  provided in subsection (a-5) of Section 11B-7, and Format
18    2b is used only in  electing,  when  required  under  Section
19    10-10, a successor to serve the remainder of the unstaggered,
20    unexpired  term  of  any  such  initial board member in whose
21    office a vacancy has occurred.)

22        Format 2a:

23                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
24                FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
25                  TO SERVE A FULL TERM EXPIRING ON
26          (Insert date of regular school election in 2001)
27        Instructions  to  voter:  One  member  of  the  board  of
28    education is to be elected at large from within the territory
29    included  within  the  boundaries  of  (insert  name  of  the
30    combined school district as proposed or  formed),  3  members
31    are  to  be  elected  from  the territory included within the
32    boundaries of (former) Elementary School District No.  .....,
33    and  3  members are to be elected from the territory included
 
                            -582-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    within the boundaries of (former) Elementary School  District
 2    No. ......

 3                           FOR THE MEMBER
 4                      OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
 5                       TO BE ELECTED AT LARGE
 6                            VOTE FOR ONE
 7            ( )   .......................................
 8            ( )   .......................................

 9                           FOR MEMBERS OF
10                       THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
11                         TO BE ELECTED FROM
12            (FORMER) ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. ....
13                           VOTE FOR THREE
14            ( )   .......................................
15            ( )   .......................................
16            ( )   .......................................
17            ( )   .......................................

18                           FOR MEMBERS OF
19                       THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
20                         TO BE ELECTED FROM
21            (FORMER) ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. ....
22                           VOTE FOR THREE
23            ( )   .......................................
24            ( )   .......................................
25            ( )   .......................................
26            ( )   .......................................

27        Format 2b:

28                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
29               FOR A MEMBER OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
30                       TO BE ELECTED AT LARGE
31                TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED TERM ENDING ON
 
                            -583-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1          (Insert date of regular school election in 2001)
 2                            VOTE FOR ONE
 3            ( )   .......................................
 4            ( )   .......................................

 5                       FOR MEMBERS (A MEMBER)
 6                      OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
 7                         TO BE ELECTED FROM
 8             FORMER ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. ....
 9                TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED TERM ENDING ON
10          (Insert date of regular school election in 2001)
11                            VOTE FOR ....
12            ( )   .......................................
13            ( )   .......................................

14                       FOR MEMBERS (A MEMBER)
15                      OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
16                         TO BE ELECTED FROM
17             FORMER ELEMENTARY SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. ....
18                TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED TERM ENDING ON
19          (Insert date of regular school election in 2001)
20                            VOTE FOR ....
21            ( )   .......................................
22            ( )   .......................................

23    (FORMAT 3
24        Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas
25    shall  be  determined  by  the  order  of  petition filing or
26    lottery held pursuant to Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
27        This  format  is  used  by  community   unit,   community
28    consolidated and combined school districts when the territory
29    is  less  than 2 congressional townships, or 72 square miles,
30    but consists of more than one congressional township,  or  36
31    square  miles,  outside  of the corporate limits of any city,
32    ( )   ............................  village  or  incorporated
 
                            -584-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    town  within  the  school district.  The School Code requires
 2    that not more than 5 board members shall be selected from any
 3    city, village or incorporated town in  the  school  district.
 4    At  least two board members must reside in the unincorporated
 5    area of the school district.
 6        Except for those community unit school  districts  formed
 7    before  January 1, 1975 that elect board members at large and
 8    without restriction by area of residence within the  district
 9    under subsection (c) of Section 11A-8 and except for combined
10    school  districts  formed  before  July 1, 1983 and community
11    consolidated school districts that  elect  board  members  at
12    large and without restriction by area of residence within the
13    district  under  subsection (c) of Section 11B-7, this format
14    applies to community unit and community  consolidated  school
15    districts formed prior to January 1, 1975 and combined school
16    districts formed prior to July 1, 1983.)
17                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
18        Instructions  to  voter:  The board of education shall be
19    composed of  members  from  both  the  incorporated  and  the
20    unincorporated  area;  not more than 5 board members shall be
21    selected from any city, village or incorporated town.
22        On the basis of existing board membership, not more  than
23    .... may be elected from the incorporated areas.
24                FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
25                     TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
26                            VOTE FOR ....
27          ................... Area
28               ( )   ...........................
29               ( )   ...........................
30          ................... Area
31               ( )   ...........................
32               ( )   ...........................
33                FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
34                  TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
 
                            -585-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                            VOTE FOR ....
 2          ................... Area
 3               ( )   ...........................
 4               ( )   ...........................
 5          ................... Area
 6               ( )   ...........................
 7               ( )   ...........................

 8    (FORMAT 4
 9        Ballot position for township areas shall be determined by
10    the  order  of  petition  filing  or lottery held pursuant to
11    Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
12        Except for those community unit school  districts  formed
13    prior  to  January  1, 1975 that elect board members at large
14    and without restriction  by  area  of  residence  within  the
15    district under subsection (c) of Section 11A-8 and except for
16    those  combined  school  districts formed before July 1, 1983
17    and community consolidated school districts that elect  board
18    members at large and without restriction by area of residence
19    within  the  district  under subsection (c) of Section 11B-7,
20    this  format  applies  to  community   unit   and   community
21    consolidated school districts formed prior to January 1, 1975
22    and  combined  school  districts formed prior to July 1, 1983
23    when the territory of the school district is greater  than  2
24    congressional  townships,  or  72  square miles.  This format
25    applies only when less than 75% of the population is  in  one
26    congressional township.  Congressional townships of less than
27    100  inhabitants  shall  not be considered for the purpose of
28    such mandatory board representation.  In this case, not  more
29    than   3   board   members  may  be  selected  from  any  one
30    congressional township.)
31                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
32        Instructions  to  voter:  Membership  on  the  board   of
33    education  is  restricted  to a maximum of 3 members from any
34    congressional township.   On  the  basis  of  existing  board
 
                            -586-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    membership,  members  may be elected in the following numbers
 2    from each congressional township.
 3        Not more than .... may  be  elected  from  Township  ....
 4    Range ....
 5        Not  more  than  ....  may  be elected from Township ....
 6    Range ....
 7        Not more than .... may  be  elected  from  Township  ....
 8    Range ....
 9        (Include   each   remaining   congressional  township  in
10    district as needed)
11                     FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF
12                EDUCATION TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
13                            VOTE FOR ....
14          Township .............. Range ................
15                  ( ) ............................
16                  ( ) ............................
17          Township .............. Range ................
18                  ( ) ............................
19                  ( ) ............................
20           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
21                      AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
22                            VOTE FOR ....
23          Township .............. Range ................
24                  ( ) ............................
25                  ( ) ............................
26          Township .............. Range ................
27                  ( ) ............................
28                  ( ) ............................

29    (FORMAT 5
30        Ballot position for township areas shall be determined by
31    the order of petition filing  or  lottery  held  pursuant  to
32    Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
33        Except  for  those community unit school districts formed
34    before January 1, 1975 that elect board members at large  and
 
                            -587-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    without  restriction by area of residence within the district
 2    under subsection (c) of Section 11A-8 and  except  for  those
 3    combined  school  districts  formed  before  July 1, 1983 and
 4    community consolidated  school  districts  that  elect  board
 5    members at large and without restriction by area of residence
 6    within  the  district  under subsection (c) of Section 11B-7,
 7    this  format  is  used  by  community  unit   and   community
 8    consolidated  school  districts  formed  prior  to January 1,
 9    1975, and combined school districts formed prior to  July  1,
10    1983,  when  the  territory of the school district is greater
11    than 2 congressional townships, or 72 square miles  and  when
12    at  least  75%,  but  not  more  than  90%, of the population
13    resides in one  congressional  township.   In  this  case,  4
14    school   board  members  shall  be  selected  from  that  one
15    congressional township and  the  3  remaining  board  members
16    shall  be selected from the rest of the district. If a school
17    district from which school board members are to  be  selected
18    is located in a county under township organization and if the
19    surveyed  boundaries  of  a congressional township from which
20    one or more of those school board members is to be  selected,
21    as  described  by  township number and range, are coterminous
22    with the boundaries of the  township  as  identified  by  the
23    township  name  assigned  to it as a political subdivision of
24    the State, then that township  may  be  referred  to  on  the
25    ballot  by  both its township name and by township number and
26    range.)
27                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
28        Instructions  to  voter:  Membership  on  the  board   of
29    education  is  to consist of 4 members from the congressional
30    township that has at least 75% but not more than 90%  of  the
31    population,   and   3   board   members  from  the  remaining
32    congressional townships in the school district.  On the basis
33    of existing board membership, members may be elected  in  the
34    following numbers from each congressional township.
 
                            -588-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                FOR MEMBER OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
 2                  TO SERVE AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
 3           FROM (name)........ TOWNSHIP .....  RANGE .....
 4                            VOTE FOR ONE
 5                    ( )..........................
 6                    ( )..........................
 7                FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION
 8                     TO SERVE A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
 9                            VOTE FOR ....
10    .....  shall  be  elected  from  (name)......  Township .....
11    Range .....;  ...... board members shall be elected from  the
12    remaining congressional townships.
13             (name).......  TOWNSHIP .....  RANGE .....
14                  ( ) ............................
15                  ( ) ............................
16            The Remaining Congressional Townships
17                  ( ) ............................
18                  ( ) ............................

19    (FORMAT 6
20        Ballot position for candidates shall be determined by the
21    order  of petition filing or lottery held pursuant to Section
22    9-11.1.
23        This format is used by school districts in  which  voters
24    have  approved  a referendum to elect school board members by
25    school board district.  The school district is  then  divided
26    into  7  school  board  districts,  each  of which elects one
27    member to the board of education.)
28                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
29                   DISTRICT ....... (1 through 7)
30           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
31                         A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
32                            VOTE FOR ONE
33             ( )   .....................................
34             ( )   .....................................
 
                            -589-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             ( )   .....................................
 2                               (-OR-)
 3                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
 4                   DISTRICT ....... (1 through 7)
 5           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
 6                      AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
 7                            VOTE FOR ONE
 8             ( )   .....................................
 9             ( )   .....................................
10             ( )   .....................................
11    REVERSE SIDE:
12                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
13                   DISTRICT ....... (1 through 7)
14                      (Precinct name or number)
15      School District No. ......, ........... County, Illinois
16        Election Tuesday (insert date) ..........., 19......
17             (facsimile signature of Election Authority)
18                              (County)

19    (FORMAT 7
20        Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas
21    shall be determined  by  the  order  of  petition  filing  or
22    lottery held pursuant to Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
23        This format is used by high school districts if more than
24    15%  but  less than 30% of the taxable property is located in
25    the unincorporated territory of the school district.  In this
26    case, at least one board member shall be a  resident  of  the
27    unincorporated territory.)
28                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
29        Instructions to voter: More than 15% but less than 30% of
30    the  taxable property of this high school district is located
31    in the unincorporated territory of the  district,  therefore,
32    at  least  one  board  member  shall  be  a  resident  of the
33    unincorporated areas.
34        On the basis of existing board membership, at  least  one
 
                            -590-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    member shall be elected from the unincorporated area.
 2           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
 3                         A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
 4                            VOTE FOR ....
 5          ................... Area
 6               ( )   ...........................
 7               ( )   ...........................
 8          ................... Area
 9               ( )   ...........................
10               ( )   ...........................
11           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
12                      AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
13                            VOTE FOR ....
14          ................... Area
15               ( )   ...........................
16               ( )   ...........................
17          ................... Area
18               ( )   ...........................
19               ( )   ...........................

20    (FORMAT 7a
21        Ballot position for candidates shall be determined by the
22    order of petition filing or lottery held pursuant to Sections
23    9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
24        This format is used by high school districts if more than
25    15%  but  less than 30% of the taxable property is located in
26    the unincorporated territory of the school  district  and  on
27    the  basis  of  existing  board membership no board member is
28    required to be elected from the unincorporated area.)
29                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
30        Instruction to voter: More than 15% but less than 30%  of
31    the  taxable property of this high school district is located
32    in the unincorporated territory of the  district,  therefore,
33    at  least  one  board  member  shall  be  a  resident  of the
34    unincorporated areas.
 
                            -591-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        On the basis of existing board membership, members may be
 2    elected from any area or areas.
 3           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
 4                         A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
 5                            VOTE FOR ....
 6           ( )   ........................................
 7           ( )   ........................................
 8           ( )   ........................................
 9           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
10                      AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
11                            VOTE FOR ....
12           ( )   ........................................
13           ( )   ........................................
14           ( )   ........................................

15    (FORMAT 8
16        Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas
17    shall be determined  by  the  order  of  petition  filing  or
18    lottery held pursuant to Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
19        This format is used by high school districts if more than
20    30%  of the taxable property is located in the unincorporated
21    territory of the school district.  In this case, at least two
22    board  members  shall  be  residents  of  the  unincorporated
23    territory.)
24                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
25        Instructions to voters: Thirty percent (30%) or  more  of
26    the  taxable property of this high school district is located
27    in the unincorporated territory of the  district,  therefore,
28    at  least  two  board  members  shall  be  residents  of  the
29    unincorporated territory.
30        On  the  basis  of  existing  board membership at least 2
31    members shall be elected from the unincorporated area.
32           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
33                         A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
34                            VOTE FOR ....
 
                            -592-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1          ................... Area
 2               ( )   ...........................
 3               ( )   ...........................
 4          ................... Area
 5               ( )   ...........................
 6               ( )   ...........................
 7           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
 8                      AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
 9                            VOTE FOR ....
10          ................... Area
11               ( )   ...........................
12               ( )   ...........................
13          ................... Area
14               ( )   ...........................
15               ( )   ...........................

16    (FORMAT 8a
17        Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas
18    shall be determined  by  the  order  of  petition  filing  or
19    lottery held pursuant to Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
20        This format is used by high school districts if more than
21    30%  of the taxable property is located in the unincorporated
22    territory of the school district.  In this case, at least two
23    board  members  shall  be  residents  of  the  unincorporated
24    territory.)
25                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
26        Instructions to voters: Thirty percent (30%) or  more  of
27    the  taxable property of this high school district is located
28    in the unincorporated territory of the  district,  therefore,
29    at  least  two  board  members  shall  be  residents  of  the
30    unincorporated territory.
31        On  the  basis  of existing board membership at least one
32    member shall be elected from the unincorporated area.
33           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
34                         A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
 
                            -593-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                            VOTE FOR ....
 2          ................... Area
 3               ( )   ...........................
 4               ( )   ...........................
 5          ................... Area
 6               ( )   ...........................
 7               ( )   ...........................
 8           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
 9                      AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
10                            VOTE FOR ....
11          ................... Area
12               ( )   ...........................
13               ( )   ...........................
14          ................... Area
15               ( )   ...........................
16               ( )   ...........................

17    (FORMAT 8b
18        Ballot position for incorporated and unincorporated areas
19    shall be determined  by  the  order  of  petition  filing  or
20    lottery held pursuant to Sections 9-11.1 and 9-11.2.
21        This format is used by high school districts if more than
22    30%  of the taxable property is located in the unincorporated
23    territory of the school district.  In this case, at least two
24    board  members  shall  be  residents  of  the  unincorporated
25    territory.)
26                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
27        Instructions to voters: Thirty percent (30%) or  more  of
28    the  taxable property of this high school district is located
29    in the unincorporated territory of the  district,  therefore,
30    at  least  two  board  members  shall  be  residents  of  the
31    unincorporated territory.
32        On the basis of existing board membership, members may be
33    elected from any area or areas.
34           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
 
                            -594-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                         A FULL 4-YEAR TERM
 2                            VOTE FOR ....
 3               ( )   ...........................
 4               ( )   ...........................
 5               ( )   ...........................
 6               ( )   ...........................
 7           FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION TO SERVE
 8                      AN UNEXPIRED 2-YEAR TERM
 9                            VOTE FOR ....
10               ( )   ...........................
11               ( )   ...........................
12               ( )   ...........................
13               ( )   ...........................
14    (Source: P.A.  89-129,  eff.  7-14-95; 89-416, eff. 11-22-95;
15    89-579,  eff.  7-30-96;  90-14,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-459,  eff.
16    8-17-97; revised 10-19-98.)

17        (105 ILCS 5/9-12.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 9-12.1)
18        Sec. 9-12.1.  (a)  On the reverse  side  of  each  ballot
19    contained  in Section 9-12, except the ballot under Format 6,
20    shall be printed the following:
21                           OFFICIAL BALLOT
22                       ..... County, Illinois
23          School District No. ...., ...... County, Illinois
24             Election Tuesday, (insert date) ...., 19...
25           (facsimile signature of the election authority)
26        (b)  If 6-year terms have been adopted under Section 9-5,
27    or if a ballot is to be used to elect a member or members  of
28    a  board  of  school  directors  or board of education at the
29    consolidated election held in April of 1999 or April of  2001
30    to  a  full term that is less than a 4-year term, appropriate
31    adjustments should be made to each ballot  in  Section  9-12.
32    In  the  case  of  any unexpired term each ballot format must
33    indicate whether it is a 4-year or a 2-year unexpired term.
 
                            -595-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 90-637, eff. 7-24-98; revised 10-19-98.)

 2        (105 ILCS 5/10-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-5)
 3        Sec. 10-5. Organization of board -  Report  to  treasurer
 4    and  regional superintendent of schools.  Within 7 days after
 5    the regular election of directors, the directors  shall  meet
 6    and  organize by appointing one of their number president and
 7    another as clerk, except that when directors are  elected  at
 8    the  consolidated  elections  in  April  of 1999 and April of
 9    2001, the directors shall meet and organize,  in  the  manner
10    provided  by  this  Section,  within  7  days after the first
11    Tuesday after the first Monday of November in each of those 2
12    years.  The clerk shall at once report to the  treasurer  and
13    regional superintendent of schools the names of the president
14    and  clerk  so appointed.  Upon organizing itself as provided
15    in this Section, the board of school  directors  shall  enter
16    upon  the  discharge  of  its  duties.   Terms of members are
17    subject to Section 2A-54 of  the  Election  Code,  except  as
18    otherwise limited by subsection (c) of Section 10-4.
19    (Source:  P.A.  90-358,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-637, eff. 7-24-98;
20    90-757, eff. 8-14-98; revised 9-16-98.)

21        (105 ILCS 5/10-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-18)
22        Sec. 10-18. Orders.
23        Every order issued by the school board  shall  state  for
24    what  purposes  or on what account it is issued, and shall be
25    in the following form:
26    $.... State of Illinois, (insert date) ...., 19..
27                            THE TREASURER
28                            (Insert name)
29    Of School District No. .... in .... County,
30    Pay to the order of .... the sum of .... Dollars, for........
31    .............................................................
32    .............................................................
 
                            -596-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    By order of the School Board of
 2        District No. ...., in said County.
 3    Order No. ....
 4                                     ...................President
 5                                     ........Clerk (or Secretary)
 6        An order paid in full and properly endorsed  shall  be  a
 7    sufficient  receipt for the purposes of this Act.  The school
 8    board shall issue  no  order,  except  for  teachers'  wages,
 9    unless at the time there are sufficient funds in the hands of
10    the treasurer to pay it.
11    (Source: Laws 1961, p. 31; revised 10-19-98.)

12        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.22b) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.22b)
13        Sec.  10-22.22b.   (a)  The provisions of this subsection
14    shall not apply to the deactivation of a high school facility
15    under subsection (c).  Where in its judgment the interests of
16    the district and of the students therein will be best served,
17    to deactivate any high school facility in  the  district  and
18    send  the students of such high school in grades 9 through 12
19    to schools in other districts.  Such action may be taken only
20    with the approval of the  voters  in  the  district  and  the
21    approval,  by  proper  resolution, of the school board of the
22    receiving district.  The board of the district  contemplating
23    deactivation   shall,   by   proper   resolution,  cause  the
24    proposition to deactivate the  high  school  facility  to  be
25    submitted  to  the  voters  of  the  district  at a regularly
26    scheduled election.  Notice shall be published  at  least  10
27    days  prior  to the date of the election at least once in one
28    or more newspapers  published  in  the  district  or,  if  no
29    newspaper  is  published  in  the  district,  in  one or more
30    newspapers with a general circulation within the  district  .
31    The notice shall be substantially in the following form:
32                       NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO
33               DEACTIVATE THE ... HIGH SCHOOL FACILITY
 
                            -597-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                   IN SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. ........
 2        Notice  is  hereby  given that on (insert date), the ....
 3    day of ...., 19.., a referendum  will  be  held  in  ........
 4    County  (Counties)  for  the purpose of voting for or against
 5    the proposition to deactivate the ...... High School facility
 6    in School District No. ...... and to send  pupils  in  ......
 7    High School to School District(s) No. .......
 8        The  polls will be open at .... o'clock ... m., and close
 9    at .... o'clock ... m. of the same day.
10              A............    B...............
11    Dated (insert date). this .... day of ....., 19...
12    Regional Superintendent of Schools

13    The proposition shall be in substantially the following form:
14    -------------------------------------------------------------
15        Shall the Board
16    of Education of School
17    District No. ....,                   YES
18    ..... County, Illinois, be
19    authorized to deactivate        -----------------------------
20    the .... High School facility
21    and to send pupils in .......        NO
22    High School to School
23    District(s) No. .....?
24    -------------------------------------------------------------
25    If the majority of those voting upon the proposition  in  the
26    district  contemplating  deactivation  vote  in  favor of the
27    proposition, the board of that district, upon approval of the
28    board of the receiving district,  shall  execute  a  contract
29    with the receiving district providing for the reassignment of
30    students  to  the  receiving  district.   If the deactivating
31    district  seeks  to  send  its  students  to  more  than  one
32    district, it shall execute a  contract  with  each  receiving
33    district.   The  length of the contract shall be for 2 school
34    years,  but  the  districts  may  renew  the   contract   for
 
                            -598-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    additional  one  year  or  2 year periods.  Contract renewals
 2    shall be executed by January 1  of  the  year  in  which  the
 3    existing  contract  expires.  If the majority of those voting
 4    upon the proposition do not vote in favor of the proposition,
 5    the school facility may not be deactivated.
 6        The sending district shall pay to the receiving  district
 7    an amount agreed upon by the 2 districts.
 8        When  the  deactivation of high school facilities becomes
 9    effective pursuant to this Section, the provisions of Section
10    24-12 relative to the contractual continued service status of
11    teachers having contractual continued service whose positions
12    are transferred from one board to the control of a  different
13    board  shall  apply,  and  the  positions  at the high school
14    facilities being deactivated held by teachers, as  that  term
15    is  defined  in  Section  24-11, having contractual continued
16    service  with  the  school  district  at  the  time  of   the
17    deactivation shall be transferred to the control of the board
18    or  boards  who shall be receiving the district's high school
19    students on the following basis:
20             (1)  positions  of  such  teachers  in   contractual
21        continued  service that were full time positions shall be
22        transferred to the control of whichever  of  such  boards
23        such teachers shall request with the teachers making such
24        requests  proceeding  in  the  order  of  those  with the
25        greatest length of continuing service with the  board  to
26        those with the shortest length of continuing service with
27        the  board,  provided that the number selecting one board
28        over another board or other boards shall not exceed  that
29        proportion  of  the  high  school  students going to such
30        board or boards; and
31             (2)  positions  of  such  teachers  in   contractual
32        continued service that were full time positions and as to
33        which  there  is  no  selection left under subparagraph 1
34        hereof shall be transferred to the appropriate board.
 
                            -599-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        The contractual continued service status of  any  teacher
 2    thereby  transferred  to another district is not lost and the
 3    receiving board is subject to the School Code with respect to
 4    such transferred teacher  in  the  same  manner  as  if  such
 5    teacher  was  the  district's  employee  during the time such
 6    teacher  was  actually  employed  by   the   board   of   the
 7    deactivating   district   from   which   the   position   was
 8    transferred.
 9        (b)  The  provisions  of this  subsection shall not apply
10    to the reactivation  of  a  high  school  facility  which  is
11    deactivated under subsection  (c).  The sending district may,
12    with  the  approval of the voters in the district, reactivate
13    the high school facility which was deactivated.  The board of
14    the district seeking to reactivate the school facility shall,
15    by proper resolution, cause the proposition to reactivate  to
16    be  submitted  to  the  voters of the district at a regularly
17    scheduled election.  Notice shall be published  at  least  10
18    days  prior  to the date of the election at least once in one
19    or more newspapers  published  in  the  district  or,  if  no
20    newspaper  is  published   in  the  district,  in one or more
21    newspapers with a general circulation  within  the  district.
22    The notice shall be substantially in the following form:
23                       NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO
24             REACTIVATE THE ...... HIGH SCHOOL FACILITY
25                    IN SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. ......
26        Notice  is  hereby  given that on (insert date), the ....
27    day of ...., 19.., a referendum will be held in ...... County
28    (Counties) for the purpose  of  voting  for  or  against  the
29    proposition  to  reactivate the ..... High School facility in
30    School District No. ..... and to discontinue  sending  pupils
31    of School District No. ...... to School District(s) No. .....
32        The polls will be opened at ... o'clock .. m., and closed
33    at ... o'clock .. m. of the same day.
34              A.............    B............
 
                            -600-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Dated (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19...
 2    Regional Superintendent of Schools

 3    The proposition shall be in substantially the following form:
 4    -------------------------------------------------------------
 5        Shall the Board
 6    of Education of School                   YES
 7    District No. ......,
 8    ...... County, Illinois,
 9    be authorized to                     ------------------------
10    reactivate the .... High School
11    facility and to discontinue sending
12    pupils of School District No. ....       NO
13    to School District(s) No. ......?
14    -------------------------------------------------------------
15        (c)  The  school  board of any unit school district which
16    experienced a strike by a majority of its certified employees
17    that endured for over 6 months during the regular school term
18    of the 1986-1987 school year, and which  during  the  ensuing
19    1987-1988  school  year had an enrollment in grades 9 through
20    12 of less than 125 students may, when in  its  judgment  the
21    interests of the district and of the students therein will be
22    best  served  thereby,  deactivate the high school facilities
23    within the district for the regular  term  of  the  1988-1989
24    school year and, for that school year only, send the students
25    of  such  high  school  in  grades 9 through 12 to schools in
26    adjoining or adjacent districts.  Such  action  may  only  be
27    taken:    (a)  by  proper  resolution  of  the  school  board
28    deactivating its high school facilities and the approval,  by
29    proper  resolution,  of  the  school  board  of the receiving
30    district or districts, and (b) pursuant to a contract between
31    the sending and each receiving district,  which  contract  or
32    contracts:  (i)  shall  provide  for  the reassignment of all
33    students of the deactivated high school in grades  9  through
34    12  to  the receiving district or districts; (ii) shall apply
 
                            -601-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    only to the regular school term of the 1988-1989 school year;
 2    (iii) shall not be subject to renewal or extension; and  (iv)
 3    shall  require  the  sending district to pay to the receiving
 4    district the cost of educating each student who is reassigned
 5    to the receiving district, such costs to be an amount  agreed
 6    upon  by the sending and receiving district but not less than
 7    the per capita cost of maintaining the  high  school  in  the
 8    receiving  district  during  the  1987-1988 school year.  Any
 9    high school facility deactivated pursuant to this  subsection
10    for  the  regular  school  term  of the 1988-1989 school year
11    shall be reactivated by operation of law as of the end of the
12    regular term of the 1988-1989 school year.  The status  as  a
13    unit school district of a district which deactivates its high
14    school  facilities  pursuant  to this subsection shall not be
15    affected by reason of such deactivation of  its  high  school
16    facilities  and  such district shall continue to be deemed in
17    law a school district maintaining grades kindergarten through
18    12  for  all  purposes  relating  to  the  levy,   extension,
19    collection  and  payment  of  the taxes of the district under
20    Article 17 for the 1988-1989 school year.
21        (d)  Whenever  a  high  school  facility  is  reactivated
22    pursuant to the provisions of this Section, then all teachers
23    in contractual continued service who were honorably dismissed
24    or transferred  as  part  of  the  deactivation  process,  in
25    addition to other rights they may have under The School Code,
26    shall  be  recalled  or  transferred  back  to  the  original
27    district.
28    (Source: P.A. 88-6; revised 10-20-98.)

29        (105 ILCS 5/10-22.22c) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.22c)
30        Sec.  10-22.22c.  (a) Subject to the following provisions
31    of this Section two or more contiguous school districts  each
32    of  which  has  an  enrollment in grades 9 through 12 of less
33    than 600 students may, when in their judgment the interest of
 
                            -602-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the districts and  of  the  students  therein  will  be  best
 2    served,  jointly  operate one or more cooperative high school
 3    attendance centers.  Such action shall be taken for a minimum
 4    period of 5 school years, and may  be  taken  only  with  the
 5    approval of the voters of each district.  A district with 600
 6    or  more students enrolled in grades 9 through 12 may qualify
 7    for inclusion with one or more  districts  having  less  than
 8    600  such  students by receiving a size waiver from the State
 9    Board of Education based on a  finding  that  such  inclusion
10    would significantly increase the educational opportunities of
11    the   district's   students,   and   by   meeting  the  other
12    prerequisites of this Section.  The board  of  each  district
13    contemplating   such   joint   operation   shall,  by  proper
14    resolution, cause the proposition to enter  into  such  joint
15    operation  to be submitted to the voters of the district at a
16    regularly scheduled election.  Notice shall be  published  at
17    least 10 days prior to the date of the election at least once
18    in one or more newspapers published in the district or, if no
19    newspaper  is  published  in  the  district,  in  one or more
20    newspapers with a general circulation  within  the  district.
21    The notice shall be substantially in the following form:
22              NOTICE OF REFERENDUM FOR SCHOOL DISTRICT
23             NO. ....... AND SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. .......
24               TO JOINTLY OPERATE (A) COOPERATIVE HIGH
25                 SCHOOL ATTENDANCE CENTER (CENTERS)
26        Notice is hereby given that on (insert date), the .......
27    day  of ......., 19...., a referendum will be held in .......
28    County (Counties) for the purpose of voting  for  or  against
29    the  proposition  for  School District No. ....... and School
30    District No. ....... to jointly operate (a) cooperative  high
31    school attendance center (centers).
32        The polls will be open at ....... o'clock ....... m., and
33    close at ....... o'clock ....... m., of the same day.
34                                           A ........  B ........
 
                            -603-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Dated (insert date).
 2    this ....... day of ......., 19......
 3    Regional Superintendent of Schools

 4        The  proposition  shall be in substantially the following
 5    form:
 6    -------------------------------------------------------------
 7    Shall the Board of Education of
 8    School District No. ...., .....                 YES
 9    County (Counties), Illinois be
10    authorized to enter with
11    into an agreement with School          ----------------------
12    District No. ...., .... County
13    (Counties), Illinois to jointly
14    operate (a) cooperative high                     NO
15    school attendance center (centers)?
16    -------------------------------------------------------------
17    If the majority of those voting on the  proposition  in  each
18    district  vote in favor of the proposition, the school boards
19    of the participating districts may, if they agree  on  terms,
20    execute  a  contract  for such joint operation subject to the
21    following provisions of this Section.
22        (b)  The  agreement  for  joint  operation  of  any  such
23    cooperative high school attendance center shall  be  executed
24    on  forms  provided by the State Board of Education and shall
25    include, but not be limited to, a process to resolve disputes
26    on matter which each  participating  district  cannot  agree,
27    provisions for administration, staff, programs, financing and
28    transportation  subject  to  the  provisions of this Section.
29    Such agreements may be modified, extended, or  terminated  by
30    approval  of  each of the participating districts.  Even if 2
31    or more of  the  participating  district  boards  approve  an
32    extension  of the agreement, any other participating district
33    shall, upon failure of its board to approve  such  extension,
34    disengage  from  such  participation  at  the end of the then
 
                            -604-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    current agreement term.
 2        (c)  An advisory board, which shall govern the  operation
 3    of  any such cooperative high school attendance center, shall
 4    be composed of an equal number of board members from each  of
 5    the   participating   districts,   except   that   where  all
 6    participating  district  boards  concur,  membership  on  the
 7    advisory board may be apportioned to reflect  the  number  of
 8    students  in each respective district.  The membership of the
 9    advisory board shall be not less than 6  nor  more  than  10.
10    The school board of each participating district shall select,
11    from  its  membership,  its  representatives  on the advisory
12    board.  The advisory board  shall  prepare  and  recommend  a
13    budget  for  the  cooperative  high  school attendance center
14    which  must  be  approved  by  each  of   the   participating
15    districts.
16        (d)  Each participating school district shall provide any
17    necessary   transportation   for  students  residing  in  the
18    district,  or  enter  into  an  agreement  with   the   other
19    participating districts for transportation of its students.
20        (e)  Each participating district shall pay its per capita
21    cost  of  educating the students residing in its district and
22    attending any such cooperative high school attendance  center
23    into  the  budget  for  the  maintenance and operation of the
24    cooperative high school attendance center or centers.
25        Such per capita cost shall be computed in  the  following
26    manner.   The  cost  of  operating  and maintaining each such
27    cooperative high school  attendance  center  shall  be  first
28    determined  by  the  advisory  board  and  shall  include the
29    following expenses applicable only to  each  such  attendance
30    center  under  rules and regulations established by the State
31    Board of Education as follows:
32        (1)  Salaries  of  principals,   teachers,   professional
33    workers,  necessary noncertified workers, clerks, librarians,
34    custodial  employees,   and   any   district   taxes   levied
 
                            -605-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    specifically for their pension and retirement benefits.
 2        (2)  Educational   supplies   and   equipment,  including
 3    textbooks.
 4        (3)  Administrative costs and communication.
 5        (4)  Operation of physical plant, including heat,  light,
 6    water, repairs, and maintenance.
 7        (5)  Auxiliary   service,   including   up   to   20%  of
 8    unreimbursed transportation costs.
 9        (6)  Depreciation of physical facilities at a rate not to
10    exceed $200 per pupil.
11        (f)  Additional school districts having an enrollment  in
12    grades 9 through 12 of less than 600 students may be added to
13    the  agreement  in  accordance  with the process described in
14    subsection (a) of this  Section.   In  the  event  additional
15    districts  are  added,  a  new  contract shall be executed in
16    accordance with the provisions of this Section.
17        (g)  Administrators, teachers and other staff assigned to
18    the cooperative high school attendance center or  centers  by
19    participating  school  districts shall continue to be subject
20    to employment by and to maintain all rights,  privileges  and
21    benefits  in  the  districts  from  which they were assigned,
22    however, the participating districts  may  jointly  employ  a
23    principal  to  oversee  the administration of the cooperative
24    high  school  attendance  center   agreement   provided   the
25    principal  does not have authority to employ or terminate the
26    employment of other personnel.
27    (Source: P.A. 85-759; 85-1005; revised 10-20-98.)

28        (105 ILCS 5/11A-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 11A-5)
29        Sec. 11A-5.  Holding of election.
30        (a)  Elections  provided  by  this   Article   shall   be
31    conducted in accordance with the general election law.
32        (b)  The  notice  shall be in substantially the following
33    form:
 
                            -606-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO ESTABLISH
 2                      A COMMUNITY UNIT DISTRICT
 3             NOTICE is hereby given that on  (insert  date),  the
 4        ...  day  of  ...  19  ..,  a  referendum will be held in
 5        part(s) of ..... county (counties)  for  the  purpose  of
 6        voting  for  or  against  the  proposition to establish a
 7        community  unit  school  district   for   the   following
 8        described   territory:   (Here   describe   territory  by
 9        districts or portions thereof, numbering them.)
10             The election is called and will be held pursuant  to
11        an  order of the Regional Superintendent dated on (insert
12        date), the ... day of ..., 19 .. which order states  that
13        the tax rates for educational, operations and maintenance
14        and  the  purchase  and  improvements  of school grounds,
15        pupil transportation,  and  fire  prevention  and  safety
16        purposes,  respectively,  for the proposed community unit
17        school district shall be ..... for educational  purposes,
18        .....  for  operations  and  maintenance purposes and the
19        purchase and improvements of school  grounds,  .....  for
20        pupil   transportation   purposes,   and  ....  for  fire
21        prevention and safety purposes,  and  which  rates  shall
22        constitute  the  tax  rates for the community unit school
23        district, if a majority of the  voters  in  each  of  the
24        affected  school  districts  voting on the proposition at
25        the referendum vote in favor thereof.
26             Dated (insert date). this ..... day of ... 19 ..
27             Regional Superintendent of Schools
28             ..................................
29        (c)  Whenever the members of the board  of  education  of
30    the community unit school district proposed to be established
31    are  to  be  elected  at  the  same  election  at  which  the
32    proposition  to establish that district is to be submitted to
33    the voters, that fact shall be included in the notice.
34    (Source: P.A. 87-10; 87-185; 87-895; revised 10-20-98.)
 
                            -607-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (105 ILCS 5/11B-5) (from Ch. 122, par. 11B-5)
 2        Sec. 11B-5.  Holding of election.
 3        (a)  Elections  provided  by  this   Article   shall   be
 4    conducted in accordance with the general election law.
 5        (b)  The  notice  shall be in substantially the following
 6    form:
 7                        NOTICE OF REFERENDUM
 8                TO ESTABLISH COMBINED SCHOOL DISTRICT
 9             NOTICE is hereby given that on  (insert  date),  the
10        ......  day of ...... 19......, a referendum will be held
11        in part(s) of ...... county (counties) for the purpose of
12        voting for or against  the  proposition  to  establish  a
13        combined  school  district  for  the  following described
14        territory:   (Here  describe  territory   by   districts,
15        numbering them.)
16             The  election is called and will be held pursuant to
17        an order of the Regional Superintendent dated on  (insert
18        date),  the  ......  day  of ......, 19...... which order
19        states that the tax rates for educational, operations and
20        maintenance and the purchase and improvements  of  school
21        grounds,  pupil  transportation,  and fire prevention and
22        safety purposes, respectively, for said proposed combined
23        school district shall be ...... for educational purposes,
24        ...... for operations and maintenance  purposes  and  the
25        purchase  and  improvements  of school grounds, ..... for
26        pupil  transportation  purposes,  and  .....   for   fire
27        prevention  and  safety  purposes,  and which rates shall
28        constitute  the  tax  rates  for  the   combined   school
29        district,  if  a  majority  of  the  voters voting on the
30        proposition at the referendum vote in favor thereof.
31                                             Dated (insert date).
32                               this ...... day of ...... 19......
33                               Regional Superintendent of Schools
34                              ...................................
 
                            -608-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (c)  Whenever the members of the board  of  education  of
 2    the  combined  school district proposed to be established are
 3    to be elected at the same election at which  the  proposition
 4    to  establish that district is to be submitted to the voters,
 5    that fact shall be included in the notice.
 6    (Source: P.A. 87-10; 87-185; 87-895; revised 10-20-98.)

 7        (105 ILCS 5/11D-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 11D-4)
 8        Sec. 11D-4.  Holding of election.
 9        (a)  Elections  provided  by  this   Article   shall   be
10    conducted in accordance with the general election law.
11        (b)  The  notice  shall be in substantially the following
12    form:
13           NOTICE OF REFERENDUM TO DISSOLVE CERTAIN SCHOOL
14        DISTRICTS AND ESTABLISH CERTAIN NEW SCHOOL DISTRICTS
15             NOTICE is hereby given that on  (insert  date),  the
16        ...  day  of  ...  19  ..,  a  referendum will be held in
17        part(s) of ..... county (counties)  for  the  purpose  of
18        voting  for  or against the proposition to dissolve (here
19        name the districts to be dissolved) and to establish  new
20        school  districts  for the following described territory:
21        (Here describe territory by districts, numbering them.)
22             The election is called and will be held pursuant  to
23        an  order of the Regional Superintendent dated on (insert
24        date), the ... day of ..., 19 .. which order states  that
25        the   tax   rates   for   educational,   operations   and
26        maintenance,  pupil  transportation,  and fire prevention
27        and safety purposes, respectively, for the  proposed  new
28        school   districts  shall  be  as  follows  (stating  the
29        following separately for each of the new school districts
30        proposed to be established):
31             For .... (here  state  elementary  or  high  school)
32        District  No.  ....,  tax  rates of ..... for educational
33        purposes, ..... for operations and maintenance  purposes,
 
                            -609-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        ...  for  pupil transportation purposes, and ... for fire
 2        prevention and safety purposes,  and  which  rates  shall
 3        constitute  the tax rates for .... (here state elementary
 4        or high school) District No. ...., if a majority  of  the
 5        voters  voting  on the proposition at the referendum vote
 6        in favor thereof.
 7             Dated (insert date). this ..... day of ... 19 ..
 8             Regional Superintendent of Schools
 9             ..................................
10        (c)  Whenever the members of a board of  education  of  a
11    high  school  or  elementary  school  district proposed to be
12    established are to be elected at the same election  at  which
13    the proposition to establish that district is to be submitted
14    to the voters, that fact shall be included in the notice.
15    (Source:   P.A.   86-1334;  87-10;  87-185;  87-895;  revised
16    10-20-98.)

17        (105 ILCS 5/12-11.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 12-11.1)
18        Sec. 12-11.1. Tax levy.  Levy a tax annually upon all the
19    taxable property of the district not to exceed 1% of value as
20    equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue,  for  the
21    purpose  of  paying the tuition of all eighth-grade graduates
22    residing within the district attending  any  recognized  high
23    school.   The  board  of  education  of  such  nonhigh school
24    district may by proper  resolution  cause  a  proposition  to
25    increase the annual tax rate for such purpose to be submitted
26    to  the  voters  of  such  district  at any regular scheduled
27    election.  The rate shall not  be  increased  at  any  single
28    referendum  more  than  0.21%  upon the value as equalized or
29    assessed by the Department of Revenue for such  purpose,  and
30    the  maximum  rate  for  such purpose shall not exceed 1.60%.
31    Such amount shall be certified and  returned  to  the  county
32    clerk  on  or  before  the  last Tuesday in September of each
33    year.  The certificate shall be signed by the  president  and
 
                            -610-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the secretary of the board and may be in the following form:
 2                       CERTIFICATE OF TAX LEVY
 3        We hereby certify that we require the sum of .... dollars
 4    to be levied as a special tax to pay the tuition of graduates
 5    of  the  eighth grade residing in the nonhigh school district
 6    of .... County, on the equalized assessed  valuation  of  the
 7    taxable property of our nonhigh school district.
 8        Signed on (insert date). this.... day of...., 19...
 9                      A..... B....., President
10                      C..... D....., Secretary

11        A  failure  to  certify and return the certificate of tax
12    levy to the county clerk  in  the  time  required  shall  not
13    vitiate the assessment.
14    (Source: P.A. 81-1489; 81-1509; revised 10-20-98.)

15        (105 ILCS 5/14A-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 14A-4)
16        Sec. 14A-4. Advisory Council.  There is hereby created an
17    Advisory  Council  on Education of Gifted Children to consist
18    of 7 members appointed by the State Board of  Education,  who
19    shall  hold office for 4 years.  Vacancies shall be filled in
20    like manner for the  unexpired  balance  of  the  term  only.
21    Members   holding  office  on  the  effective  date  of  this
22    amendatory Act of 1983 shall continue to serve for  the  term
23    to  which  they were appointed, but their successors shall be
24    appointed for terms of 4 years.
25        The members appointed shall be  citizens  of  the  United
26    States and of this State and shall be selected, as far as may
27    be  practicable,  on  the  basis  of  their  knowledge of, or
28    experience in, programs and  problems  of  the  education  of
29    gifted  children.   The  State  Board of Education shall take
30    into  consideration  recommendations   recommmendations   for
31    membership    on   the   Council   from   statewide   teacher
32    organizations.
33        The State Board of Education shall seek the advice of the
 
                            -611-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Advisory Council regarding all rules  or  regulations  to  be
 2    promulgated by the State Board.
 3        The  Council  shall  organize with a chairman selected by
 4    the Council members  and  shall  meet  at  the  call  of  the
 5    chairman  upon  10 days' ten days written notice but not less
 6    than 4 four times in each calendar year.  The  Council  shall
 7    consider  any  rule or regulation proposed by the State Board
 8    of  Education  within  40  days  after  its  receipt  by  the
 9    chairman.   Members  of  the  Council  shall  serve   without
10    compensation  but shall be entitled to reasonable amounts for
11    expenses necessarily incurred in  the  performance  of  their
12    duties.
13        The  State Board of Education shall designate an employee
14    of the State Board to  act  as  executive  secretary  of  the
15    Council  and  shall furnish all clerical assistance necessary
16    for the performance of its powers and duties.
17    (Source: P.A. 83-252; revised 2-24-98.)

18        (105 ILCS 5/17-2C)
19        Sec.  17-2C.   Transfer  from  Tort  Immunity   Fund   by
20    financially distressed school districts.  The school board of
21    any school district that is certified under Section 19-1.5 as
22    a  financially  distressed  school district may by resolution
23    transfer from the Tort Immunity  Fund  to  any  other  school
24    district  fund an amount of money not to exceed the lesser of
25    $2,500,000 or 0.6% of  the  value  of  the  taxable  property
26    within  the  district, provided the amount transferred is not
27    then required for the payment of any liabilities created by a
28    settlement or a tort judgement, defense  costs,  or  for  the
29    payment  of  any liabilities under the Unemployment Insurance
30    Act,  Workers'  Compensation   Act,   Workers'   Occupational
31    Diseases Act, or risk care management programs.
32    (Source: P.A. 88-641, eff. 9-9-94; revised 10-31-98.)
 
                            -612-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (105 ILCS 5/17-11) (from Ch. 122, par. 17-11)
 2        Sec.  17-11.   Certificate of tax levy.  The school board
 3    of each district shall ascertain,  as  near  as  practicable,
 4    annually,  how  much  money must be raised by special tax for
 5    transportation purposes if any and for  educational  and  for
 6    operations  and  maintenance  purposes  for  the next ensuing
 7    year.  In school districts with a  population  of  less  than
 8    500,000,  these  amounts  shall  be certified and returned to
 9    each county clerk on or before the last Tuesday in  December,
10    annually.   The  certificate shall be signed by the president
11    and clerk or secretary, and may be in the following form:
12                       CERTIFICATE OF TAX LEVY
13        We hereby certify that  we  require  the  sum  of  ......
14    dollars,  to  be  levied  as a special tax for transportation
15    purposes and the sum of ...... dollars  to  be  levied  as  a
16    special  tax  for  educational  purposes,  and the sum ......
17    dollars to be levied as a  special  tax  for  operations  and
18    maintenance purposes, and the sum of ...... to be levied as a
19    special  tax  for  a  working  cash  fund,  on  the equalized
20    assessed value of the taxable property of our  district,  for
21    the year (insert year). 19.....
22        Signed   on   (insert   date).   this   .......   day  of
23    ..............., 19....
24        A ........... B ............., President
25        C ........... D............., Clerk (Secretary)
26        Dist. No. .........., ............ County

27        A failure by the school board  to  file  the  certificate
28    with  the county clerk in the time required shall not vitiate
29    the assessment.
30    (Source: P.A. 86-13; 86-1334; 87-17; revised 10-20-98.)

31        (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
32        Sec. 18-8.05.  Basis for apportionment of  general  State
33    financial  aid  and  supplemental  general  State  aid to the
 
                            -613-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    common schools for the 1998-1999 and subsequent school years.

 2    (A)  General Provisions.
 3        (1)  The  provisions  of  this  Section  apply   to   the
 4    1998-1999 and subsequent school years.  The system of general
 5    State  financial aid provided for in this Section is designed
 6    to assure that, through a combination of State financial  aid
 7    and  required local resources, the financial support provided
 8    each pupil in Average Daily Attendance equals  or  exceeds  a
 9    prescribed per pupil Foundation Level.  This formula approach
10    imputes  a  level  of per pupil Available Local Resources and
11    provides for the basis to calculate  a  per  pupil  level  of
12    general  State  financial  aid  that, when added to Available
13    Local Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level.  The
14    amount of per pupil general State financial  aid  for  school
15    districts,   in   general,  varies  in  inverse  relation  to
16    Available Local Resources.  Per pupil amounts are based  upon
17    each  school district's Average Daily Attendance as that term
18    is defined in this Section.
19        (2)  In addition to general State financial  aid,  school
20    districts  with  specified levels or concentrations of pupils
21    from  low  income  households   are   eligible   to   receive
22    supplemental  general  State financial aid grants as provided
23    pursuant to subsection (H). The supplemental State aid grants
24    provided for school districts under subsection (H)  shall  be
25    appropriated  for distribution to school districts as part of
26    the same line item in which the general State  financial  aid
27    of school districts is appropriated under this Section.
28        (3)  To  receive financial assistance under this Section,
29    school districts are required to file claims with  the  State
30    Board of Education, subject to the following requirements:
31             (a)  Any  school  district which fails for any given
32        school year to maintain school as required by law, or  to
33        maintain  a recognized school is not eligible to file for
34        such school year any claim upon the Common  School  Fund.
 
                            -614-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        In  case  of  nonrecognition  of  one  or more attendance
 2        centers  in  a  school   district   otherwise   operating
 3        recognized  schools,  the  claim of the district shall be
 4        reduced  in  the  proportion  which  the  Average   Daily
 5        Attendance  in  the  attendance center or centers bear to
 6        the Average Daily Attendance in the school  district.   A
 7        "recognized  school"  means any public school which meets
 8        the standards as established for recognition by the State
 9        Board of Education.   A  school  district  or  attendance
10        center  not  having  recognition  status  at the end of a
11        school term is entitled to receive State aid payments due
12        upon  a  legal  claim  which  was  filed  while  it   was
13        recognized.
14             (b)  School district claims filed under this Section
15        are subject to Sections 18-9, 18-10, and 18-12, except as
16        otherwise provided in this Section.
17             (c)  If  a  school  district  operates  a  full year
18        school under Section 10-19.1, the general  State  aid  to
19        the  school  district  shall  be  determined by the State
20        Board of Education in accordance  with  this  Section  as
21        near as may be applicable.
22             (d) (Blank).
23        (4)  Except  as  provided in subsections (H) and (L), the
24    board of any district receiving any of  the  grants  provided
25    for  in  this  Section  may  apply those funds to any fund so
26    received  for  which  that  board  is  authorized   to   make
27    expenditures by law.
28        School  districts  are  not  required  to exert a minimum
29    Operating Tax Rate in order to qualify for  assistance  under
30    this Section.
31        (5)  As  used  in  this Section the following terms, when
32    capitalized, shall have the meaning ascribed herein:
33             (a)  "Average Daily Attendance":  A count  of  pupil
34        attendance   in  school,  averaged  as  provided  for  in
 
                            -615-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        subsection  (C)  and  utilized  in  deriving  per   pupil
 2        financial support levels.
 3             (b)  "Available  Local Resources":  A computation of
 4        local financial  support,  calculated  on  the  basis  of
 5        Average Daily Attendance and derived as provided pursuant
 6        to subsection (D).
 7             (c)  "Corporate    Personal   Property   Replacement
 8        Taxes":  Funds paid to local school districts pursuant to
 9        "An Act in  relation  to  the  abolition  of  ad  valorem
10        personal  property  tax  and  the replacement of revenues
11        lost thereby, and amending and repealing certain Acts and
12        parts of Acts in connection therewith", certified  August
13        14, 1979, as amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1).
14             (d)  "Foundation  Level":  A prescribed level of per
15        pupil financial support as  provided  for  in  subsection
16        (B).
17             (e)  "Operating  Tax  Rate":   All  school  district
18        property taxes extended for all purposes, except Bond and
19        Interest,  Summer  School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and
20        Vocational Education Building purposes.

21    (B)  Foundation Level.
22        (1)  The Foundation Level is a figure established by  the
23    State  representing  the minimum level of per pupil financial
24    support that should be available to  provide  for  the  basic
25    education  of each pupil in Average Daily Attendance.  As set
26    forth in this Section, each school  district  is  assumed  to
27    exert   a  sufficient  local  taxing  effort  such  that,  in
28    combination with the aggregate of general State financial aid
29    provided the  district,  an  aggregate  of  State  and  local
30    resources  are available to meet the basic education needs of
31    pupils in the district.
32        (2)  For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation  Level
33    of  support  is  $4,225.   For the 1999-2000 school year, the
34    Foundation Level of support is  $4,325.   For  the  2000-2001
 
                            -616-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    school year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425.
 2        (3)  For  the  2001-2002 school year and each school year
 3    thereafter, the Foundation Level of support is $4,425 or such
 4    greater amount as may be established by law  by  the  General
 5    Assembly.

 6    (C)  Average Daily Attendance.
 7        (1)  For   purposes  of  calculating  general  State  aid
 8    pursuant to  subsection  (E),  an  Average  Daily  Attendance
 9    figure  shall  be  utilized.   The  Average  Daily Attendance
10    figure for formula calculation purposes shall be the  monthly
11    average  of the actual number of pupils in attendance of each
12    school district, as further averaged for the best 3 months of
13    pupil attendance for each school district.  In compiling  the
14    figures  for  the  number  of  pupils  in  attendance, school
15    districts  and  the  State  Board  of  Education  shall,  for
16    purposes of general State  aid  funding,  conform  attendance
17    figures to the requirements of subsection (F).
18        (2)  The  Average  Daily  Attendance  figures utilized in
19    subsection (E) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
20    school year immediately preceding the school year  for  which
21    general State aid is being calculated.

22    (D)  Available Local Resources.
23        (1)  For   purposes  of  calculating  general  State  aid
24    pursuant to subsection (E),  a  representation  of  Available
25    Local  Resources  per  pupil,  as  that  term  is defined and
26    determined in this subsection, shall be utilized.   Available
27    Local  Resources  per pupil shall include a calculated dollar
28    amount representing local school district revenues from local
29    property  taxes  and   from   Corporate   Personal   Property
30    Replacement  Taxes,  expressed  on  the  basis  of  pupils in
31    Average Daily Attendance.
32        (2)  In determining  a  school  district's  revenue  from
33    local  property  taxes,  the  State  Board of Education shall
 
                            -617-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    utilize the  equalized  assessed  valuation  of  all  taxable
 2    property  of  each  school district as of September 30 of the
 3    previous year.  The  equalized  assessed  valuation  utilized
 4    shall  be  obtained  and determined as provided in subsection
 5    (G).
 6        (3)  For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten
 7    through 12, local property tax revenues per  pupil  shall  be
 8    calculated   as  the  product  of  the  applicable  equalized
 9    assessed valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%,  and
10    divided  by  the  district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
11    For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten  through
12    8,  local property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated
13    as the product of the applicable equalized assessed valuation
14    for the district multiplied by  2.30%,  and  divided  by  the
15    district's  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure.   For  school
16    districts maintaining grades 9 through 12, local property tax
17    revenues per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed
18    valuation of the district multiplied by 1.20%, and divided by
19    the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
20        (4)  The  Corporate  Personal  Property Replacement Taxes
21    paid to each school district during the calendar year 2 years
22    before the calendar year  in  which  a  school  year  begins,
23    divided  by  the  Average  Daily  Attendance  figure for that
24    district, shall be added to the local property  tax  revenues
25    per  pupil  as  derived by the application of the immediately
26    preceding paragraph (3).  The sum of these per pupil  figures
27    for  each  school  district  shall constitute Available Local
28    Resources as that term is utilized in subsection (E)  in  the
29    calculation of general State aid.

30    (E)  Computation of General State Aid.
31        (1)  For  each  school  year, the amount of general State
32    aid allotted to a school district shall be  computed  by  the
33    State Board of Education as provided in this subsection.
34        (2)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
 
                            -618-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Resources per pupil is less than the product  of  0.93  times
 2    the  Foundation  Level,  general  State aid for that district
 3    shall be calculated as an  amount  equal  to  the  Foundation
 4    Level  minus  Available  Local  Resources,  multiplied by the
 5    Average Daily Attendance of the school district.
 6        (3)  For any school district for  which  Available  Local
 7    Resources  per  pupil is equal to or greater than the product
 8    of 0.93 times the Foundation Level and less than the  product
 9    of 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid per
10    pupil  shall  be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level
11    derived  using  a  linear  algorithm.   Under   this   linear
12    algorithm,  the  calculated general State aid per pupil shall
13    decline  in  direct  linear  fashion  from  0.07  times   the
14    Foundation  Level  for a school district with Available Local
15    Resources equal to the product of 0.93 times  the  Foundation
16    Level,  to  0.05  times  the  Foundation  Level  for a school
17    district with Available Local Resources equal to the  product
18    of  1.75  times  the  Foundation  Level.   The  allocation of
19    general State  aid  for  school  districts  subject  to  this
20    paragraph  3  shall  be  the calculated general State aid per
21    pupil figure multiplied by the Average  Daily  Attendance  of
22    the school district.
23        (4)  For  any  school  district for which Available Local
24    Resources per pupil equals or exceeds  the  product  of  1.75
25    times  the  Foundation  Level,  the general State aid for the
26    school district shall be calculated as the  product  of  $218
27    multiplied  by  the  Average  Daily  Attendance of the school
28    district.

29    (F)  Compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
30        (1)  Each school district shall, by July 1 of each  year,
31    submit  to  the State Board of Education, on forms prescribed
32    by the State Board of Education, attendance figures  for  the
33    school  year  that began in the preceding calendar year.  The
34    attendance information  so  transmitted  shall  identify  the
 
                            -619-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    average daily attendance figures for each month of the school
 2    year,  except  that any days of attendance in August shall be
 3    added to the month of September and any days of attendance in
 4    June shall be added to the month of May.
 5        Except as otherwise provided in  this  Section,  days  of
 6    attendance  by  pupils  shall be counted only for sessions of
 7    not less than 5 clock hours of  school  work  per  day  under
 8    direct  supervision  of:  (i)  teachers, or (ii) non-teaching
 9    personnel   or   volunteer   personnel   when   engaging   in
10    non-teaching  duties  and  supervising  in  those   instances
11    specified in subsection (a) of Section 10-22.34 and paragraph
12    10  of  Section 34-18, with pupils of legal school age and in
13    kindergarten and grades 1 through 12.
14        Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be  accredited
15    only  to  the  districts that pay the tuition to a recognized
16    school.
17        (2)  Days of attendance by pupils of less  than  5  clock
18    hours  of school shall be subject to the following provisions
19    in the compilation of Average Daily Attendance.
20             (a)  Pupils regularly enrolled in  a  public  school
21        for  only  a part of the school day may be counted on the
22        basis of 1/6 day for every class hour of  instruction  of
23        40 minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment.
24             (b)  Days  of  attendance  may  be less than 5 clock
25        hours on the opening and closing of the school term,  and
26        upon  the first day of pupil attendance, if preceded by a
27        day  or  days  utilized  as  an  institute  or  teachers'
28        workshop.
29             (c)  A session of 4  or  more  clock  hours  may  be
30        counted  as a day of attendance upon certification by the
31        regional  superintendent,  and  approved  by  the   State
32        Superintendent  of  Education  to  the  extent  that  the
33        district has been forced to use daily multiple sessions.
34             (d)  A  session  of  3  or  more  clock hours may be
 
                            -620-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        counted as a day of attendance (1) when the remainder  of
 2        the school day or at least 2 hours in the evening of that
 3        day  is  utilized  for an in-service training program for
 4        teachers, up to a maximum of 5 days per  school  year  of
 5        which  a maximum of 4 days of such 5 days may be used for
 6        parent-teacher conferences, provided a district  conducts
 7        an  in-service  training  program  for teachers which has
 8        been approved by the State Superintendent  of  Education;
 9        or,  in  lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may be used, in
10        which event each such day may be  counted  as  a  day  of
11        attendance;  and  (2)  when  days  in  addition  to those
12        provided in item (1) are scheduled by a  school  pursuant
13        to  its  school improvement plan adopted under Article 34
14        or its revised or amended school improvement plan adopted
15        under Article 2, provided that (i) such sessions of 3  or
16        more  clock  hours  are  scheduled  to  occur  at regular
17        intervals, (ii) the remainder of the school days in which
18        such sessions occur are utilized for in-service  training
19        programs   or  other  staff  development  activities  for
20        teachers, and (iii) a sufficient  number  of  minutes  of
21        school  work under the direct supervision of teachers are
22        added to the school days between such regularly scheduled
23        sessions to  accumulate  not  less  than  the  number  of
24        minutes  by  which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours
25        fall short of 5 clock hours. Any full days used  for  the
26        purposes  of  this  paragraph shall not be considered for
27        computing average daily attendance.  Days  scheduled  for
28        in-service    training    programs,   staff   development
29        activities,  or   parent-teacher   conferences   may   be
30        scheduled  separately  for  different  grade  levels  and
31        different attendance centers of the district.
32             (e)  A  session  of  not less than one clock hour of
33        teaching of hospitalized or homebound pupils  on-site  or
34        by  telephone  to the classroom may be counted as 1/2 day
 
                            -621-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        of attendance, however these pupils  must  receive  4  or
 2        more  clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full
 3        day of attendance.
 4             (f)  A session of at least  4  clock  hours  may  be
 5        counted  as  a  day of attendance for first grade pupils,
 6        and pupils in full day kindergartens, and a session of  2
 7        or  more hours may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
 8        pupils in kindergartens which provide  only  1/2  day  of
 9        attendance.
10             (g)  For  children  with  disabilities who are below
11        the age of 6 years and who cannot attend 2 or more  clock
12        hours  because  of  their  disability  or  immaturity,  a
13        session of not less than one clock hour may be counted as
14        1/2  day  of  attendance; however for such children whose
15        educational needs so require a session of 4 or more clock
16        hours may be counted as a full day of attendance.
17             (h)  A recognized kindergarten  which  provides  for
18        only  1/2  day of attendance by each pupil shall not have
19        more than 1/2 day of attendance counted in any one 1 day.
20        However, kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days of attendance
21        in any 5 consecutive school days.  When a  pupil  attends
22        such  a  kindergarten  for  2 half days on any one school
23        day, the pupil shall have the  following  day  as  a  day
24        absent  from  school,  unless the school district obtains
25        permission in writing from the  State  Superintendent  of
26        Education.  Attendance at kindergartens which provide for
27        a  full  day of attendance by each pupil shall be counted
28        the same as attendance by first grade pupils.   Only  the
29        first  year  of  attendance  in one kindergarten shall be
30        counted, except in  case  of  children  who  entered  the
31        kindergarten   in  their  fifth  year  whose  educational
32        development requires a second  year  of  kindergarten  as
33        determined  under  the rules and regulations of the State
34        Board of Education.
 
                            -622-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (G)  Equalized Assessed Valuation Data.
 2        (1)  For purposes of the calculation of  Available  Local
 3    Resources  required  pursuant  to  subsection  (D), the State
 4    Board of  Education  shall  secure  from  the  Department  of
 5    Revenue  the value as equalized or assessed by the Department
 6    of Revenue of all taxable property of every  school  district
 7    together with the applicable tax rate used in extending taxes
 8    for  the  funds  of  the  district  as of September 30 of the
 9    previous year.
10        This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by
11    the requirements of this subsection, shall be utilized in the
12    calculation of Available Local Resources.
13        (2)  The equalized assessed valuation  in  paragraph  (1)
14    shall be adjusted, as applicable, in the following manner:
15             (a)  For the purposes of calculating State aid under
16        this  Section,  with  respect  to  any  part  of a school
17        district within a redevelopment project area  in  respect
18        to   which  a  municipality  has  adopted  tax  increment
19        allocation  financing  pursuant  to  the  Tax   Increment
20        Allocation  Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through
21        11-74.4-11  of  the  Illinois  Municipal  Code   or   the
22        Industrial  Jobs Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
23        11-74.6-50 of the Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the
24        current equalized assessed  valuation  of  real  property
25        located in any such project area which is attributable to
26        an  increase  above  the total initial equalized assessed
27        valuation of such property shall be used as part  of  the
28        equalized  assessed valuation of the district, until such
29        time as all redevelopment project costs have  been  paid,
30        as  provided  in  Section  11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment
31        Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35  of
32        the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law.  For the purpose of the
33        equalized  assessed  valuation of the district, the total
34        initial  equalized  assessed  valuation  or  the  current
 
                            -623-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        equalized assessed valuation, whichever is  lower,  shall
 2        be  used  until  such  time  as all redevelopment project
 3        costs have been paid.
 4             (b)  The real property equalized assessed  valuation
 5        for  a  school  district shall be adjusted by subtracting
 6        from the real property value as equalized or assessed  by
 7        the  Department  of  Revenue  for  the district an amount
 8        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
 9        under Section 18-170 of the Property Tax  Code  by  3.00%
10        for a district maintaining grades kindergarten through 12
11        ,   or   by  2.30%  for  a  district  maintaining  grades
12        kindergarten through  8,  or  by  1.20%  for  a  district
13        maintaining grades 9 through 12 and adjusted by an amount
14        computed by dividing the amount of any abatement of taxes
15        under  subsection  (a)  of Section 18-165 of the Property
16        Tax Code by the same percentage rates for  district  type
17        as specified in this subparagraph (b) (c).

18    (H)  Supplemental General State Aid.
19        (1)  In  addition  to  the  general  State  aid  a school
20    district is allotted pursuant to subsection  (E),  qualifying
21    school  districts  shall receive a grant, paid in conjunction
22    with  a  district's  payments  of  general  State  aid,   for
23    supplemental  general  State aid based upon the concentration
24    level of  children  from  low-income  households  within  the
25    school  district.  Supplemental State aid grants provided for
26    school districts under this subsection shall be  appropriated
27    for distribution to school districts as part of the same line
28    item  in  which  the  general  State  financial aid of school
29    districts is appropriated under this Section. For purposes of
30    this subsection, the term  "Low-Income  Concentration  Level"
31    shall  be  the  low-income eligible pupil count from the most
32    recently available federal  census  divided  by  the  Average
33    Daily Attendance of the school district.
34        (2)  Supplemental  general  State  aid  pursuant  to this
 
                            -624-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    subsection shall be provided as follows:
 2             (a)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
 3        Concentration  Level  of  at least 20% and less than 35%,
 4        the grant for any school year shall be $800 multiplied by
 5        the low income eligible pupil count.
 6             (b)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
 7        Concentration  Level  of  at least 35% and less than 50%,
 8        the grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall  be  $1,100
 9        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
10             (c)  For  any  school  district  with  a  Low Income
11        Concentration Level of at least 50% and  less  than  60%,
12        the  grant  for  the  1998-99 school year shall be $1,500
13        multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count.
14             (d)  For any  school  district  with  a  Low  Income
15        Concentration  Level  of  60%  or more, the grant for the
16        1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by the low
17        income eligible pupil count.
18             (e)  For the 1999-2000 school year,  the  per  pupil
19        amount  specified  in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c), and (d),
20        immediately above shall be increased by $100  to  $1,200,
21        $1,600, and $2,000, respectively.
22             (f)  For  the  2000-2001  school year, the per pupil
23        amounts specified  in  subparagraphs  (b),  (c)  and  (d)
24        immediately  above  shall be increased to $1,230, $1,640,
25        and $2,050, respectively.
26        (3)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
27    more than  1,000  and  less  than  50,000  that  qualify  for
28    supplemental  general  State  aid pursuant to this subsection
29    shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior  to
30    October  30  of  each year for the use of the funds resulting
31    from this grant of supplemental general  State  aid  for  the
32    improvement  of  instruction  in  which  priority is given to
33    meeting the education needs of disadvantaged children.   Such
34    plan   shall  be  submitted  in  accordance  with  rules  and
 
                            -625-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education.
 2        (4)  School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of
 3    50,000 or more that qualify for  supplemental  general  State
 4    aid   pursuant  to  this  subsection  shall  be  required  to
 5    distribute from funds available pursuant to this Section,  no
 6    less  than  $261,000,000  in  accordance  with  the following
 7    requirements:
 8             (a)  The required amounts shall  be  distributed  to
 9        the  attendance centers within the district in proportion
10        to the number  of  pupils  enrolled  at  each  attendance
11        center  who are eligible to receive free or reduced-price
12        lunches or breakfasts under the federal  Child  Nutrition
13        Act  of  1966  and  under  the  National School Lunch Act
14        during the immediately preceding school year.
15             (b)  The   distribution   of   these   portions   of
16        supplemental  and  general  State  aid  among  attendance
17        centers according to  these  requirements  shall  not  be
18        compensated  for  or  contravened  by  adjustments of the
19        total of  other  funds  appropriated  to  any  attendance
20        centers, and the Board of Education shall utilize funding
21        from  one  or several sources in order to fully implement
22        this provision annually prior to the opening of school.
23             (c)  Each attendance center shall be provided by the
24        school district a distribution  of  noncategorical  funds
25        and other categorical funds to which an attendance center
26        is entitled under law in order that the general State aid
27        and   supplemental   general   State   aid   provided  by
28        application of this subsection  supplements  rather  than
29        supplants  the noncategorical funds and other categorical
30        funds provided by the school district to  the  attendance
31        centers.
32             (d)  Any  funds made available under this subsection
33        that by reason of the provisions of this  subsection  are
34        not  required  to be allocated and provided to attendance
 
                            -626-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        centers may be used and appropriated by the board of  the
 2        district for any lawful school purpose.
 3             (e)  Funds received by an attendance center pursuant
 4        to this subsection shall be used by the attendance center
 5        at  the  discretion  of  the  principal  and local school
 6        council for programs to improve educational opportunities
 7        at qualifying schools through the following programs  and
 8        services:  early  childhood education, reduced class size
 9        or improved adult to student classroom ratio,  enrichment
10        programs,  remedial  assistance,  attendance improvement,
11        and other  educationally  beneficial  expenditures  which
12        supplement  the  regular and basic programs as determined
13        by the State Board of Education.   Funds  provided  shall
14        not be expended for any political or lobbying purposes as
15        defined by board rule.
16             (f)  Each district subject to the provisions of this
17        subdivision  (H)(4)  shall  submit  an acceptable plan to
18        meet the educational needs of disadvantaged children,  in
19        compliance  with  the  requirements of this paragraph, to
20        the State Board of Education prior to  July  15  of  each
21        year. This plan shall be consistent with the decisions of
22        local  school  councils concerning the school expenditure
23        plans developed in accordance  with  part  4  of  Section
24        34-2.3.  The State Board shall approve or reject the plan
25        within  60  days  after  its  submission.  If the plan is
26        rejected, the  district  shall  give  written  notice  of
27        intent   to  modify  the  plan  within  15  days  of  the
28        notification of rejection and then submit a modified plan
29        within 30 days after the date of the  written  notice  of
30        intent  to  modify.    Districts may amend approved plans
31        pursuant to rules  promulgated  by  the  State  Board  of
32        Education.
33             Upon  notification  by  the State Board of Education
34        that the district has not submitted a plan prior to  July
 
                            -627-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        15  or  a  modified plan within the time period specified
 2        herein, the State aid funds  affected  by  that  plan  or
 3        modified  plan  shall  be  withheld by the State Board of
 4        Education until a plan or modified plan is submitted.
 5             If the district fails to  distribute  State  aid  to
 6        attendance  centers  in accordance with an approved plan,
 7        the plan for the following year shall allocate funds,  in
 8        addition   to   the  funds  otherwise  required  by  this
 9        subsection,  to  those  attendance  centers  which   were
10        underfunded  during the previous year in amounts equal to
11        such underfunding.
12             For purposes of  determining  compliance  with  this
13        subsection  in relation to the requirements of attendance
14        center funding, each district subject to  the  provisions
15        of this subsection shall submit as a separate document by
16        December  1 of each year a report of expenditure data for
17        the prior year in addition to  any  modification  of  its
18        current  plan.  If it is determined that there has been a
19        failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this
20        subsection regarding contravention  or  supplanting,  the
21        State  Superintendent  of Education shall, within 60 days
22        of receipt of the report, notify  the  district  and  any
23        affected local school council.  The district shall within
24        45  days of receipt of that notification inform the State
25        Superintendent of Education of the remedial or corrective
26        action to be taken, whether  by amendment of the  current
27        plan,  if  feasible, or by adjustment in the plan for the
28        following  year.   Failure  to  provide  the  expenditure
29        report or the  notification  of  remedial  or  corrective
30        action  in  a timely manner shall result in a withholding
31        of the affected funds.
32             The State Board of Education shall promulgate  rules
33        and  regulations  to  implement  the  provisions  of this
34        subsection.   No  funds  shall  be  released  under  this
 
                            -628-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted
 2        a plan that has been  approved  by  the  State  Board  of
 3        Education.

 4    (I)  General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts.
 5        (1)  For  a  new  school  district  formed  by  combining
 6    property   included  totally  within  2  or  more  previously
 7    existing school districts, for its first  year  of  existence
 8    the  general  State  aid  and  supplemental general State aid
 9    calculated under this Section shall be computed for  the  new
10    district  and for the previously existing districts for which
11    property is totally included within the new district.  If the
12    computation on the basis of the previously existing districts
13    is greater, a supplementary payment equal to  the  difference
14    shall  be  made for the first 4 years of existence of the new
15    district.
16        (2)  For a school  district  which  annexes  all  of  the
17    territory  of  one or more entire other school districts, for
18    the  first  year  during  which  the  change  of   boundaries
19    attributable  to  such  annexation  becomes effective for all
20    purposes as determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general
21    State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under
22    this Section shall be computed for the annexing  district  as
23    constituted  after  the  annexation  and for the annexing and
24    each annexed district as constituted prior to the annexation;
25    and if the computation on  the  basis  of  the  annexing  and
26    annexed  districts  as constituted prior to the annexation is
27    greater, a supplementary  payment  equal  to  the  difference
28    shall  be  made  for  the  first  4 years of existence of the
29    annexing school district as constituted upon such annexation.
30        (3)  For 2 or more school districts which  annex  all  of
31    the  territory  of one or more entire other school districts,
32    and for 2 or more community unit districts which result  upon
33    the  division  (pursuant  to petition under Section 11A-2) of
34    one or more other unit school districts into 2 or more  parts
 
                            -629-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and  which  together include all of the parts into which such
 2    other unit school district or districts are so  divided,  for
 3    the   first  year  during  which  the  change  of  boundaries
 4    attributable to such annexation or division becomes effective
 5    for all purposes as determined under Section 7-9  or  11A-10,
 6    as  the  case  may be, the general State aid and supplemental
 7    general State aid calculated  under  this  Section  shall  be
 8    computed   for   each   annexing  or  resulting  district  as
 9    constituted after the annexation or  division  and  for  each
10    annexing  and  annexed  district,  or  for each resulting and
11    divided district, as constituted prior to the  annexation  or
12    division;  and  if the aggregate of the general State aid and
13    supplemental  general  State  aid  as  so  computed  for  the
14    annexing or resulting  districts  as  constituted  after  the
15    annexation  or  division  is  less  than the aggregate of the
16    general State aid and supplemental general State  aid  as  so
17    computed  for  the annexing and annexed districts, or for the
18    resulting and divided districts, as constituted prior to  the
19    annexation or division, then a supplementary payment equal to
20    the  difference  shall be made and allocated between or among
21    the annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon such
22    annexation or division,  for  the  first  4  years  of  their
23    existence.   The  total difference payment shall be allocated
24    between or among the annexing or resulting districts  in  the
25    same  ratio  as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the
26    annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed  to
27    or included in each such annexing or resulting district bears
28    to  the  total  pupil  enrollment  from the entire annexed or
29    divided district or districts, as such  pupil  enrollment  is
30    determined  for the school year last ending prior to the date
31    when the change of boundaries attributable to the  annexation
32    or  division  becomes effective for all purposes.  The amount
33    of the total difference payment and the amount thereof to  be
34    allocated  to  the  annexing  or resulting districts shall be
 
                            -630-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    computed by the State Board of  Education  on  the  basis  of
 2    pupil  enrollment  and other data which shall be certified to
 3    the State Board of Education, on forms which it shall provide
 4    for that purpose, by the regional superintendent  of  schools
 5    for each educational service region in which the annexing and
 6    annexed  districts,  or  resulting  and divided districts are
 7    located.
 8        (3.5)  Claims  for  financial   assistance   under   this
 9    subsection  (I)  shall  not be recomputed except as expressly
10    provided under this Section.
11        (4)  Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
12    (I) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made
13    pursuant to this Section.

14    (J)  Supplementary Grants in Aid.
15        (1)  Notwithstanding  any  other   provisions   of   this
16    Section,  the  amount  of  the aggregate general State aid in
17    combination with supplemental general State  aid  under  this
18    Section  for  which each school district is eligible shall be
19    no less than the amount of the aggregate  general  State  aid
20    entitlement  that  was received by the district under Section
21    18-8 (exclusive of amounts received  under  subsections  5(p)
22    and  5(p-5)  of  that  Section)  for the 1997-98 school year,
23    pursuant to the provisions of that Section as it was then  in
24    effect.   If   a  school  district  qualifies  to  receive  a
25    supplementary payment made under  this  subsection  (J),  the
26    amount of the aggregate general State aid in combination with
27    supplemental general State aid under this Section  which that
28    district is eligible to receive for each school year shall be
29    no  less  than  the amount of the aggregate general State aid
30    entitlement that was received by the district  under  Section
31    18-8  (exclusive  of  amounts received under subsections 5(p)
32    and 5(p-5) of that Section) for the  1997-1998  school  year,
33    pursuant  to the provisions of that Section as it was then in
34    effect.
 
                            -631-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (2)  If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this  subsection
 2    (J),  a school district is to receive aggregate general State
 3    aid in combination with supplemental general State aid  under
 4    this  Section  for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent
 5    school year that in any such school year  is  less  than  the
 6    amount  of  the  aggregate general State aid entitlement that
 7    the district received for the 1997-98 school year, the school
 8    district shall also receive, from  a  separate  appropriation
 9    made  for  purposes  of  this subsection (J), a supplementary
10    payment that is equal to the amount of the difference in  the
11    aggregate State aid figures as described in paragraph (1).
12        (3)  (Blank).

13    (K)  Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools.
14        In  calculating  the  amount  to be paid to the governing
15    board of a  public  university  that  operates  a  laboratory
16    school  under  this Section or to any alternative school that
17    is operated by a  regional  superintendent  of  schools,  the
18    State Board of Education shall require by rule such reporting
19    requirements as it deems necessary.
20        As  used  in  this  Section,  "laboratory school" means a
21    public school which is  created  and  operated  by  a  public
22    university and approved by the State Board of Education.  The
23    governing  board  of a public university which receives funds
24    from the State  Board  under  this  subsection  (K)  may  not
25    increase  the  number  of students enrolled in its laboratory
26    school from a single district, if that  district  is  already
27    sending  50 or more students, except under a mutual agreement
28    between the school board of a student's district of residence
29    and the university which operates the laboratory  school.   A
30    laboratory  school  may  not  have  more than 1,000 students,
31    excluding students with disabilities in a  special  education
32    program.
33        As  used  in  this  Section, "alternative school" means a
34    public school which is created and  operated  by  a  Regional
 
                            -632-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Superintendent  of Schools and approved by the State Board of
 2    Education. Such alternative  schools  may  offer  courses  of
 3    instruction  for  which  credit  is  given  in regular school
 4    programs, courses to prepare students  for  the  high  school
 5    equivalency  testing  program  or vocational and occupational
 6    training.  A regional superintendent of schools may  contract
 7    with a school district or a public community college district
 8    to  operate  an  alternative  school.   An alternative school
 9    serving more than  one  educational  service  region  may  be
10    established  by  the  regional  superintendents of schools of
11    those  the  affected  educational  service   regions.      An
12    alternative  school serving more than one educational service
13    region may be operated  under  such  terms  as  the  regional
14    superintendents  of  schools  of  those  educational  service
15    regions may agree.
16        Each  laboratory  and  alternative  school shall file, on
17    forms provided by the State Superintendent of  Education,  an
18    annual  State  aid  claim  which  states  the  Average  Daily
19    Attendance  of  the  school's  students by month.  The best 3
20    months' Average Daily Attendance shall be computed  for  each
21    school.  The  general State aid entitlement shall be computed
22    by multiplying the applicable Average Daily Attendance by the
23    Foundation Level as determined under this Section.

24    (L)  Payments,   Additional   Grants   in   Aid   and   Other
25    Requirements.
26        (1)  For a school district operating under the  financial
27    supervision  of  an  Authority created under Article 34A, the
28    general State aid otherwise payable to  that  district  under
29    this  Section,  but  not  the supplemental general State aid,
30    shall be reduced by an amount equal to  the  budget  for  the
31    operations  of the Authority as certified by the Authority to
32    the State Board of Education, and an  amount  equal  to  such
33    reduction  shall  be  paid  to the Authority created for such
34    district for its operating expenses in the manner provided in
 
                            -633-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Section 18-11.  The remainder of general State school aid for
 2    any such district shall be paid in  accordance  with  Article
 3    34A  when  that Article provides for a disposition other than
 4    that provided by this Article.
 5        (2)  Impaction.  Impaction  payments  shall  be  made  as
 6    provided for in Section 18-4.2.
 7        (3)  Summer school.  Summer school payments shall be made
 8    as provided in Section 18-4.3.

 9    (M)  Education Funding Advisory Board.
10        The Education Funding Advisory Board, hereinafter in this
11    subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby created.
12    The Board shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the
13    Governor,  by  and with the advice and consent of the Senate.
14    The  members  appointed  shall  include  representatives   of
15    education,  business,  and  the  general  public.  One of the
16    members so appointed shall be designated by the  Governor  at
17    the  time  the  appointment is made as the chairperson of the
18    Board. The initial members of the Board may be appointed  any
19    time after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1997.
20    The  regular  term of each member of the Board shall be for 4
21    years from the third Monday of January of the year  in  which
22    the  term  of the member's appointment is to commence, except
23    that of the 5 initial  members  appointed  to  serve  on  the
24    Board,  the  member who is appointed as the chairperson shall
25    serve for a term that commences on the date  of  his  or  her
26    appointment and expires on the third Monday of January, 2002,
27    and  the  remaining  4  members,  by  lots drawn at the first
28    meeting of the Board that is held after  all  5  members  are
29    appointed,  shall  determine  2  of their number to serve for
30    terms  that  commence  on  the  date  of   their   respective
31    appointments and expire on the third Monday of January, 2001,
32    and 2 of their number to serve for terms that commence on the
33    date of their respective appointments and expire on the third
34    Monday  of  January, 2000.  All members appointed to serve on
 
                            -634-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the Board shall serve until their respective  successors  are
 2    appointed  and  confirmed.   Vacancies shall be filled in the
 3    same manner  as  original  appointments.   If  a  vacancy  in
 4    membership  occurs  at  a  time  when  the  Senate  is not in
 5    session, the Governor  shall  make  a  temporary  appointment
 6    until  the  next  meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall
 7    appoint, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate,  a
 8    person  to  fill  that membership for the unexpired term.  If
 9    the Senate is not in session when  the  initial  appointments
10    are  made, those appointments shall be made as in the case of
11    vacancies.
12        The Education Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  be  deemed
13    established,   and  the  initial  members  appointed  by  the
14    Governor to serve as members of the Board shall take  office,
15    on the date that the Governor makes his or her appointment of
16    the  fifth initial member of the Board, whether those initial
17    members  are  then  serving  pursuant  to   appointment   and
18    confirmation  or  pursuant to temporary appointments that are
19    made by the Governor as in the case of vacancies.
20        The State Board of Education  shall  provide  such  staff
21    assistance  to  the  Education  Funding  Advisory Board as is
22    reasonably required for the proper performance by  the  Board
23    of its responsibilities.
24        For  school  years  after  the 2000-2001 school year, the
25    Education Funding Advisory Board, in  consultation  with  the
26    State  Board  of  Education,  shall  make  recommendations as
27    provided in this subsection (M) to the General  Assembly  for
28    the foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section
29    and  for the supplemental general State aid grant level under
30    subsection (H)  of  this  Section  for  districts  with  high
31    concentrations  of  children  from  poverty.  The recommended
32    foundation level shall be determined based on  a  methodology
33    which   incorporates  the  basic  education  expenditures  of
34    low-spending schools exhibiting  high  academic  performance.
 
                            -635-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    The   Education   Funding  Advisory  Board  shall  make  such
 2    recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1  of  odd
 3    numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.

 4    (N)  General State Aid Adjustment Grant.
 5        (1)  Any   school   district   subject  to  property  tax
 6    extension limitations as imposed under the provisions of  the
 7    Property  Tax  Extension  Limitation Law shall be entitled to
 8    receive, subject to the qualifications  and  requirements  of
 9    this  subsection,  a  general  State  aid  adjustment  grant.
10    Eligibility  for  this grant shall be determined on an annual
11    basis and claims for grant payments shall be paid subject  to
12    appropriations   made   specific  to  this  subsection.   For
13    purposes of this subsection the following  terms  shall  have
14    the following meanings:
15        "Budget  Year":   The school year for which general State
16    aid is calculated and awarded under subsection (E).
17        "Current Year":  The school  year  immediately  preceding
18    the Budget Year.
19        "Base  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax levy year used to
20    calculate the Budget Year allocation of general State aid.
21        "Preceding  Tax  Year":   The  property  tax  levy   year
22    immediately preceding the Base Tax Year.
23        "Extension   Limitation   Ratio":   A   numerical  ratio,
24    certified by a school district's County Clerk, in  which  the
25    numerator  is  the  Base  Tax  Year's  tax  extension  amount
26    resulting  from  the Limiting Rate and the denominator is the
27    Preceding Tax Year's tax extension amount resulting from  the
28    Limiting Rate.
29        "Limiting  Rate":   The  limiting  rate as defined in the
30    Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
31        "Preliminary Tax Rate": The tax  rate  for  all  purposes
32    except  bond and interest that would have been used to extend
33    those  taxes  absent  the  provisions  of  the  Property  Tax
34    Extension Limitation Law.
 
                            -636-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (2)  To qualify for a general State aid adjustment grant,
 2    a school district must meet all of the following  eligibility
 3    criteria for each Budget Year for which a grant is claimed:
 4             (a)  (Blank).
 5             (b)  The Preliminary Tax Rate of the school district
 6        for  the  Base  Tax  Year was reduced by the Clerk of the
 7        County as a result of the requirements  of  the  Property
 8        Tax Extension Limitation Law.
 9             (c)  The  Available Local Resources per pupil of the
10        school district as calculated pursuant to subsection  (D)
11        using the Base Tax Year are less than the product of 1.75
12        times the Foundation Level for the Budget Year.
13             (d)  The  school  district  has  filed  a proper and
14        timely claim for a general State aid adjustment grant  as
15        required under this subsection.
16        (3)  A  claim  for grant assistance under this subsection
17    shall be filed with the State Board of Education on or before
18    April 1 of the Current Year for a grant for the Budget  Year.
19    The  claim  shall  be  made  on forms prescribed by the State
20    Board of Education and  must  be  accompanied  by  a  written
21    statement from the Clerk of the County, certifying:
22             (a)  That  the  school  district had its Preliminary
23        Tax Rate for the Base Tax Year reduced as a result of the
24        Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
25             (b)  (Blank).
26             (c)  The Extension Limitation Ratio as that term  is
27        defined in this subsection.
28        (4)  On  or  before August 1 of the Budget Year the State
29    Board of Education shall calculate, for all school  districts
30    meeting the other requirements of this subsection, the amount
31    of  the  general State aid adjustment grant, if any, that the
32    school districts are eligible to receive in the Budget  Year.
33    The amount of the general State aid adjustment grant shall be
34    calculated as follows:
 
                            -637-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (a)  Determine  the  school district's general State
 2        aid grant for the Budget Year as provided  in  accordance
 3        with the provisions of subsection (E).
 4             (b)  Determine  the school district's adjusted level
 5        of general State aid by utilizing in the  calculation  of
 6        Available   Local   Resources   the   equalized  assessed
 7        valuation that was used to calculate  the  general  State
 8        aid  for  the  preceding  fiscal  year  multiplied by the
 9        Extension Limitation Ratio.
10             (c)  Subtract the sum derived  in  subparagraph  (a)
11        from  the sum derived in subparagraph (b).  If the result
12        is a positive number, that amount shall  be  the  general
13        State  aid adjustment grant that the district is eligible
14        to receive.
15        (5)  The State Board of Education shall  in  the  Current
16    Year,  based upon claims filed in the Current Year, recommend
17    to the General  Assembly  an  appropriation  amount  for  the
18    general  State aid adjustment grants to be made in the Budget
19    Year.
20        (6)  Claims for general State aid adjustment grants shall
21    be paid in a lump sum on or before January 1  of  the  Budget
22    Year  only  from  appropriations made by the General Assembly
23    expressly for claims under this subsection.  No  such  claims
24    may  be  paid from amounts appropriated for any other purpose
25    provided for under this  Section.   In  the  event  that  the
26    appropriation   for   claims   under   this   subsection   is
27    insufficient  to  meet  all  Budget Year claims for a general
28    State aid adjustment grant, the appropriation available shall
29    be proportionately prorated by the State Board  of  Education
30    amongst all districts filing for and entitled to payments.
31        (7)  The  State  Board  of Education shall promulgate the
32    required claim forms and rules  necessary  to  implement  the
33    provisions of this subsection.

34    (O)  References.
 
                            -638-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (1)  References in other laws to the various subdivisions
 2    of Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and
 3    replacement  by this Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer
 4    to the corresponding provisions of this Section  18-8.05,  to
 5    the extent that those references remain applicable.
 6        (2)  References  in  other  laws to State Chapter 1 funds
 7    shall be deemed to refer to the  supplemental  general  State
 8    aid provided under subsection (H) of this Section.
 9    (Source:  P.A.  90-548,  eff.  7-1-98;  incorporates  90-566;
10    90-653,  eff.  7-29-98;  90-654,  eff.  7-29-98; 90-655, eff.
11    7-30-98; 90-802, eff. 12-15-98; revised 12-24-98.)

12        (105 ILCS 5/21-10) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-10)
13        Sec. 21-10. Provisional certificate.
14        (A)  Until July 1, 1972, the State Teacher  Certification
15    Board  may issue a provisional certificate valid for teaching
16    in elementary, high school or special subject fields  subject
17    to the following conditions:
18        A  provisional  certificate may be issued to a person who
19    presents certified evidence of  having  earned  a  bachelor's
20    degree from a recognized institution of higher learning.  The
21    academic  and  professional courses offered as a basis of the
22    provisional certificate shall  be  courses  approved  by  the
23    State  Board  of  Education  in  consultation  with the State
24    Teacher Certification Board.
25        A certificate earned under this plan may  be  renewed  at
26    the  end of each two-year period upon evidence filed with the
27    State Teacher Certification Board that the holder has  earned
28    8  semester  hours  of credit within the period; provided the
29    requirements for the certificate of the same type issued  for
30    the teaching position for which the teacher is employed shall
31    be  met  by  the  end of the second renewal period.  A second
32    provisional certificate shall not be issued.  The credits  so
33    earned  must  be  approved by the State Board of Education in
 
                            -639-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    consultation with the State Teacher Certification  Board  and
 2    must   meet  the  general  pattern  for  a  similar  type  of
 3    certificate issued on the basis of credit.  No  more  than  4
 4    semester hours shall be chosen from elective subjects.
 5        (B)  After  July 1, 1972, the State Teacher Certification
 6    Board may issue a provisional certificate valid for  teaching
 7    in  early  childhood,  elementary,  high  school  or  special
 8    subject  fields,  or  for providing service as school service
 9    personnel  or  for  administering  schools  subject  to   the
10    following conditions: A provisional certificate may be issued
11    to  a  person  who  meets  the  requirements  for  a  regular
12    teaching,   school   service   personnel   or  administrative
13    certificate in  another  State  and  who  presents  certified
14    evidence   of  having  earned  a  bachelor's  degree  from  a
15    recognized institution of higher learning.  The academic  and
16    professional  courses  offered  as a basis of the provisional
17    certificate shall be courses approved by the State  Board  of
18    Education    in   consultation   with   the   State   Teacher
19    Certification Board.  A certificate earned under this plan is
20    valid for a period of 2  years  and  shall  not  be  renewed;
21    however,  the  individual  to whom this certificate is issued
22    shall have passed or shall pass the examinations set forth by
23    the State Board of Education within 9 months of the  date  of
24    issuance  of the provisional certificate. Failure to pass the
25    tests,  required  in  Section  21-1a,  shall  result  in  the
26    cancellation of the provisional certificate.
27        (C)  The State Teacher Certification Board may also issue
28    a  provisional  vocational  certificate   and   a   temporary
29    provisional vocational certificate.
30             (1)  The  requirements  for a provisional vocational
31        certificate shall be determined by  the  State  Board  of
32        Education   in   consultation   with  the  State  Teacher
33        Certification  Board;  provided,  the  following  minimum
34        requirements are met: (a) after July 1, 1972, at least 30
 
                            -640-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        semester hours of credit from a recognized institution of
 2        higher learning; and (b) after July 1, 1974, at least  60
 3        semester hours of credit from a recognized institution of
 4        higher learning.
 5             (2)  The  requirements  for  a temporary provisional
 6        vocational certificate shall be determined by  the  State
 7        Board of Education in consultation with the State Teacher
 8        Certification  Board;  provided,  the  following  minimum
 9        requirements  are  met:  (a) after July 1, 1973, at least
10        4,000 hours  of  work  experience  in  the  skill  to  be
11        certified  for  teaching;  and (b) after July 1, 1975, at
12        least 8,000 hours of work experience in the skill  to  be
13        certified for teaching.  Any certificate issued under the
14        provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  expire on June 30
15        following the date of issue.  Renewals may be granted  on
16        a  yearly  basis,  but shall not be granted to any person
17        who does not file with the  State  Teacher  Certification
18        Board  a  transcript showing at least 3 semester hours of
19        credit earned during the previous year  in  a  recognized
20        institution  of  learning.   No such certificate shall be
21        issued except upon certification by the employing  board,
22        subject to the approval of the regional superintendent of
23        schools,  that  no  qualified  teacher  holding a regular
24        certificate or a provisional  vocational  certificate  is
25        available  and that actual circumstances and need require
26        such issuance.
27        The courses or work experience offered as a basis for the
28    issuance of the provisional  vocational  certificate  or  the
29    temporary   provisional   vocational   certificate  shall  be
30    approved by the State Board of Education in consultation with
31    the State Teacher Certification Board.
32        (D)  Until July 1, 1972, the State Teacher  Certification
33    Board   may   also   issue  a  provisional  foreign  language
34    certificate valid  for  4  years  for  teaching  the  foreign
 
                            -641-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    language  named  therein  in all grades of the common schools
 2    and shall be issued to persons  who  have  graduated  from  a
 3    recognized institution of higher learning with not fewer than
 4    120   semester  hours  of  credit  and  who  have  met  other
 5    requirements as determined by the State Board of Education in
 6    consultation with the State Teacher Certification Board.   If
 7    the  holder  of a provisional foreign language certificate is
 8    not a citizen of the United States within 6 years of the date
 9    of issuance of the  original  certificate,  such  certificate
10    shall  be suspended by the regional superintendent of schools
11    of the region in which the holder is  engaged  to  teach  and
12    shall  not be reinstated until the holder is a citizen of the
13    United States.
14        (E)  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this   Act   to   the
15    contrary,  the  State Teacher Certification Board shall issue
16    part-time provisional certificates  to  eligible  individuals
17    who are professionals and craftsmen.
18        The  requirements  for  a  part-time provisional teachers
19    certificate  shall  be  determined  by  the  State  Board  of
20    Education   in   consultation   with   the   State    Teacher
21    Certification   Board,   provided   the   following   minimum
22    requirements  are  met:   60  semester hours of credit from a
23    recognized institution of higher learning or  4000  hours  of
24    work experience in the skill to be certified for teaching.
25        A  part-time  provisional  certificate  may be issued for
26    teaching no more than 2 courses of study for grades 6 through
27    12.
28        A part-time provisional  teachers  certificate  shall  be
29    valid  for  2  years  and may be renewed at the end of each 2
30    year period.
31    (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98; revised 10-31-98.)

32        (105 ILCS 5/21-12) (from Ch. 122, par. 21-12)
33        Sec. 21-12. Printing; of  Seal;  Signature;  Credentials.
 
                            -642-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    All certificates shall be printed by and bear the seal of the
 2    State  Teacher  Certification Board and the signatures of the
 3    chairman and of the  secretary  of  the  board.  All  college
 4    credentials  offered  as  the basis of a certificate shall be
 5    presented to the secretary of the State Teacher Certification
 6    Board for inspection and approval.  After  January  1,  1964,
 7    each   application   for   a  certificate  or  evaluation  of
 8    credentials shall be accompanied by an evaluation fee of  $20
 9    which is not refundable.
10        Commencing  January  1,  1994, an additional $10 shall be
11    charged for each application for a certificate or  evaluation
12    of  credentials  which  is  not  refundable.  There is hereby
13    created a Teacher Certificate Fee Revolving Fund as a special
14    fund  within  the  State  Treasury.   The  proceeds  of   the
15    additional $10 fee shall be paid into the Teacher Certificate
16    Fee  Revolving  Fund;  and  the  moneys in that Fund shall be
17    appropriated and used to provide  the  technology  and  other
18    resources  necessary  for the timely and efficient processing
19    of certification requests.
20        When evaluation verifies the  requirements  for  a  valid
21    certificate,  the  applicant  shall  be issued an entitlement
22    card that may be presented to a  regional  superintendent  of
23    schools  together  with a fee of one dollar for issuance of a
24    certificate.
25        The applicant shall be notified of any deficiencies.
26    (Source: P.A. 88-224; revised 10-31-98.)

27        (105 ILCS 5/27-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 27-8.1)
28        Sec. 27-8.1.  Health examinations and immunizations.
29        (1)  In compliance with rules and regulations  which  the
30    Department  of  Public Health shall promulgate, and except as
31    hereinafter provided, all children in Illinois shall  have  a
32    health  examination  as  follows:  within  one  year prior to
33    entering kindergarten or  the  first  grade  of  any  public,
 
                            -643-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    private,  or  parochial  elementary school; upon entering the
 2    fifth and ninth grades of any public, private,  or  parochial
 3    school;  prior  to  entrance  into  any  public,  private, or
 4    parochial  nursery  school;  and,  irrespective   of   grade,
 5    immediately  prior  to  or  upon  entrance  into  any public,
 6    private, or parochial school or nursery  school,  each  child
 7    shall  present  proof  of  having been examined in accordance
 8    with this Section and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
 9    hereunder.
10        A tuberculosis skin test screening shall be included as a
11    required  part of each health examination included under this
12    Section if the child resides in an  area  designated  by  the
13    Department  of  Public  Health  as having a high incidence of
14    tuberculosis.   Additional  health  examinations  of  pupils,
15    including dental and vision  examinations,  may  be  required
16    when  deemed  necessary  by  school authorities.  Parents are
17    encouraged to have their children undergo dental examinations
18    at the same points in time required for health examinations.
19        (2)  The Department of  Public  Health  shall  promulgate
20    rules   and   regulations  specifying  the  examinations  and
21    procedures that  constitute  a  health  examination  and  may
22    recommend  by  rule  that  certain additional examinations be
23    performed.  The rules and regulations of  the  Department  of
24    Public  Health  shall  specify  that a tuberculosis skin test
25    screening shall be included as a required part of each health
26    examination included under this Section if the child  resides
27    in  an  area designated by the Department of Public Health as
28    having a high incidence of tuberculosis.
29        Physicians licensed to practice medicine in  all  of  its
30    branches  shall  be  responsible  for  the performance of the
31    health  examinations,  other  than  dental  examinations  and
32    vision and hearing screening, and shall sign all report forms
33    required by subsection (4) of this Section  that  pertain  to
34    those  portions  of  the  health  examination  for  which the
 
                            -644-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    physician is responsible.  If a registered nurse performs any
 2    part of a health examination, then a  physician  licensed  to
 3    practice medicine in all of its branches must review and sign
 4    all  required  report forms.  Licensed dentists shall perform
 5    all dental examinations  and  shall  sign  all  report  forms
 6    required  by  subsection  (4) of this Section that pertain to
 7    the dental examinations.   Physicians  licensed  to  practice
 8    medicine in all its branches, or licensed optometrists, shall
 9    perform  all  vision exams required by school authorities and
10    shall sign all report forms required  by  subsection  (4)  of
11    this  Section  that  pertain  to the vision exam.  Vision and
12    hearing  screening  tests,  which  shall  not  be  considered
13    examinations as that term is used in this Section,  shall  be
14    conducted  in  accordance  with  rules and regulations of the
15    Department of Public Health,  and  by  individuals  whom  the
16    Department of Public Health has certified.
17        (3)  Every  child  shall, at or about the same time as he
18    or she receives a health examination required  by  subsection
19    (1)  of  this  Section, present to the local school, proof of
20    having  received  such  immunizations   against   preventable
21    communicable  diseases  as  the  Department  of Public Health
22    shall require by rules and regulations  promulgated  pursuant
23    to this Section and the Communicable Disease Prevention Act.
24        (4)  The  individuals  conducting  the health examination
25    shall record the fact of having  conducted  the  examination,
26    and such additional information as required, on uniform forms
27    which  the Department of Public Health and the State Board of
28    Education shall prescribe for statewide  use.   The  examiner
29    shall  summarize  on the report form any condition that he or
30    she suspects indicates a  need  for  special  services.   The
31    individuals   confirming   the   administration  of  required
32    immunizations shall record as indicated on the form that  the
33    immunizations were administered.
34        (5)  If  a  child  does  not  submit  proof of having had
 
                            -645-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    either  the  health  examination  or  the   immunization   as
 2    required,  then  the  child  shall be examined or receive the
 3    immunization, as the  case  may  be,  and  present  proof  by
 4    October  15 of the current school year, or by an earlier date
 5    of the current school year established by a school  district.
 6    To  establish  a date before October 15 of the current school
 7    year for the health examination or immunization as  required,
 8    a  school  district  must  give notice of the requirements of
 9    this Section 60 days prior to the earlier  established  date.
10    If   for   medical  reasons  one  or  more  of  the  required
11    immunizations must be given after October 15 of  the  current
12    school  year,  or  after  an  earlier established date of the
13    current school year, then the child shall present, by October
14    15, or by the earlier established date, a  schedule  for  the
15    administration  of  the  immunizations and a statement of the
16    medical reasons causing the delay, both the schedule and  the
17    statement being issued by the physician, registered nurse, or
18    local   health   department  that  will  be  responsible  for
19    administration of the remaining required immunizations.  If a
20    child does not comply  by  October  15,  or  by  the  earlier
21    established  date  of  the  current  school  year,  with  the
22    requirements  of  this  subsection,  then  the  local  school
23    authority  shall  exclude  that  child from school until such
24    time as the child presents proof of  having  had  the  health
25    examination as required and presents proof of having received
26    those  required immunizations which are medically possible to
27    receive immediately.  During a child's exclusion from  school
28    for  noncompliance  with this subsection, the child's parents
29    or legal guardian shall be considered in violation of Section
30    26-1 and subject to any penalty imposed by Section 26-10.
31        (6)  Every school shall report  to  the  State  Board  of
32    Education  by  November  15,  in the manner which that agency
33    shall require, the number of children who have  received  the
34    necessary   immunizations   and  the  health  examination  as
 
                            -646-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    required, indicating, of those  who  have  not  received  the
 2    immunizations  and  examination  as  required,  the number of
 3    children  who  are  exempt  from   health   examination   and
 4    immunization  requirements on religious or medical grounds as
 5    provided in subsection (8).  This reported information  shall
 6    be  provided  to the Department of Public Health by the State
 7    Board of Education.
 8        (7)  Upon determining that the number of pupils  who  are
 9    required  to  be  in  compliance  with subsection (5) of this
10    Section is below 90% of the number of pupils enrolled in  the
11    school  district, 10% of each State aid payment made pursuant
12    to Section 18-8 to the school district for such year shall be
13    withheld by the regional superintendent until the  number  of
14    students  in compliance with subsection (5) is the applicable
15    specified percentage or higher.
16        (8)  Children whose Parents or legal guardians who object
17    to  health  examinations  or  any   part   thereof,   or   to
18    immunizations,  on religious grounds shall not be required to
19    submit  their  children  or  wards  to  the  examinations  or
20    immunizations to which they so  object  if  such  parents  or
21    legal  guardians  present  to  the  appropriate  local school
22    authority a signed  statement  of  objection,  detailing  the
23    grounds  for the objection.  If the physical condition of the
24    child is such that any one or more of the  immunizing  agents
25    should   not   be   administered,   the  examining  physician
26    responsible for the performance  of  the  health  examination
27    shall  endorse  that  fact  upon the health examination form.
28    Exempting a child from the health examination does not exempt
29    the child from  participation  in  the  program  of  physical
30    education  training provided in Sections 27-5 through 27-7 of
31    this Code.
32        (9)  For the purposes of this Section, "nursery  schools"
33    means  those  nursery  schools  operated by elementary school
34    systems or secondary level school units  or  institutions  of
 
                            -647-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    higher learning.
 2    (Source: P.A.  88-149;  89-618,  eff.  8-9-96;  89-626,  eff.
 3    8-9-96; revised 3-10-98.)

 4        (105 ILCS 5/27A-4)
 5        Sec. 27A-4.  General Provisions.
 6        (a)  The  General  Assembly  does  not intend to alter or
 7    amend the provisions of any court-ordered desegregation  plan
 8    in effect for any school district.  A charter school shall be
 9    subject  to  all  federal  and  State laws and constitutional
10    provisions  prohibiting  discrimination  on  the   basis   of
11    disability,  race,  creed,  color,  gender,  national origin,
12    religion, ancestry,  marital  status,  or  need  for  special
13    education services.
14        (b)  The  total number of charter schools operating under
15    this Article at any one time shall not exceed 45.   Not  more
16    than that 15 charter schools shall operate at any one time in
17    any city having a population exceeding 500,000; not more than
18    15  charter  schools  shall  operate  at  any one time in the
19    counties of DuPage,  Kane,  Lake,  McHenry,  Will,  and  that
20    portion  of Cook County that is located outside a city having
21    a population exceeding 500,000; and not more than 15  charter
22    schools shall operate at any one time in the remainder of the
23    State.
24        For  purposes  of  implementing  this  Section, the State
25    Board shall assign a number to  each  charter  submission  it
26    receives   under   Section   27A-6   for   its   review   and
27    certification,  based on the chronological order in which the
28    submission is received by it.  The State Board shall promptly
29    notify local  school  boards  when  the  maximum  numbers  of
30    certified  charter  schools  authorized  to operate have been
31    reached.
32        (c)  No charter shall be granted under this Article  that
33    would  convert any existing private, parochial, or non-public
 
                            -648-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    school to a charter school.
 2        (d)  Enrollment in a charter school shall be open to  any
 3    pupil  who  resides  within  the geographic boundaries of the
 4    area served by the local school board.  However, no more than
 5    50% of the number of resident  pupils  enrolled  in  any  one
 6    grade  in  a  school  district  with only a single attendance
 7    center covering that grade  may  be  enrolled  in  a  charter
 8    school at one time.
 9        (e)  Nothing  in  this  Article  shall  prevent 2 or more
10    local school boards from  jointly  issuing  a  charter  to  a
11    single  shared  charter  school,  provided  that  all  of the
12    provisions of this Article are met as to those  local  school
13    boards.
14        (f)  No  local school board shall require any employee of
15    the school district to be employed in a charter school.
16        (g)  No  local  school  board  shall  require  any  pupil
17    residing within the geographic boundary of  its  district  to
18    enroll in a charter school.
19        (h)  If there are more eligible applicants for enrollment
20    in   a  charter  school  than  there  are  spaces  available,
21    successful applicants shall be selected by lottery.  However,
22    priority shall be given to siblings of pupils enrolled in the
23    charter school and to pupils who were enrolled in the charter
24    school the previous school year, unless expelled  for  cause.
25    Dual  enrollment at both a charter school and a public school
26    or non-public school shall not be allowed.  A  pupil  who  is
27    suspended  or  expelled from a charter school shall be deemed
28    to be suspended or expelled from the public  schools  of  the
29    school district in which the pupil resides.
30        (i)  No charter school established under this Article may
31    be  authorized  to open prior to the school year beginning in
32    the fall of 1996.
33    (Source: P.A. 89-450, eff. 4-10-96; revised 2-24-98.)
 
                            -649-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (105 ILCS 5/29-5.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 29-5.2)
 2        Sec. 29-5.2.  Reimbursement of transportation.
 3        (a) Reimbursement. A  custodian  of  a  qualifying  pupil
 4    shall   be  entitled  to  reimbursement  in  accordance  with
 5    procedures established by the State Board  of  Education  for
 6    qualified  transportation  expenses  paid  by  such custodian
 7    during the school year.
 8        (b)  Definitions. As used in this Section:
 9        (1)  "Qualifying pupil" means an individual  referred  to
10    in subsection (c), as well as an individual who:
11        (A)  is a resident of the State of Illinois; and
12        (B)  is  under  the  age of 21 at the close of the school
13    year for which reimbursement is sought;, and;
14        (C)  during the school year for  which  reimbursement  is
15    sought  was  a  full-time  pupil  enrolled  in a kindergarten
16    through 12th grade educational program at a school which  was
17    a  distance of 1 1/2 miles or more from the residence of such
18    pupil; and
19        (D)  did not live within 1 1/2 miles from the  school  in
20    which the pupil was enrolled or have access to transportation
21    provided  entirely  at public expense to and from that school
22    and a point within 1 1/2  miles  of  the  pupil's  residence,
23    measured in a manner consistent with Section 29-3.
24        (2)  "Qualified   transportation  expenses"  means  costs
25    reasonably incurred by the custodian to  transport,  for  the
26    purposes of attending regularly scheduled day-time classes, a
27    qualifying  pupil  between  such qualifying pupil's residence
28    and the school at which such qualifying pupil is enrolled, as
29    limited in subsection (e) of this Section, and shall  include
30    automobile  expenses  at the standard mileage rate allowed by
31    the United States Internal Revenue Service  as  reimbursement
32    for  business  transportation expense, as well as payments to
33    mass transit carriers, private carriers, and contractual fees
34    for transportation.
 
                            -650-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (3)  "School" means a public or nonpublic  elementary  or
 2    secondary  school  in Illinois, attendance at which satisfies
 3    the requirements of Section 26-1.
 4        (4)  One and one-half miles distance. For the purposes of
 5    this Section, 1 1/2 miles distance shall  be  measured  in  a
 6    manner consistent with Section 29-3.
 7        (5)  Custodian.  The  term  "custodian"  shall mean, with
 8    respect to a qualifying pupil, an Illinois  resident  who  is
 9    the  parent, or parents, or legal guardian of such qualifying
10    pupil.
11        (c)  An individual, resident of the  State  of  Illinois,
12    who  is  under  the age of 21 at the close of the school year
13    for which reimbursement is sought and who, during that school
14    year, was a  full  time  pupil  enrolled  in  a  kindergarten
15    through  12th grade educational program at a school which was
16    within 1 1/2 miles of the pupil's residence,  measured  in  a
17    manner  consistent with Section 29-3, is a "qualifying pupil"
18    within the meaning of this Section if:  (i)  such  pupil  did
19    not have access to transportation provided entirely at public
20    expense  to  and  from that school and the pupil's residence,
21    and  (ii)  conditions  were  such  that  walking  would  have
22    constituted a serious hazard to the safety of the  pupil  due
23    to  vehicular traffic.  The determination of what constitutes
24    a serious safety hazard within the meaning of this subsection
25    shall  in  each  case  be   made   by   the   Department   of
26    Transportation   in  accordance  with  guidelines  which  the
27    Department, in consultation with the State Superintendent  of
28    Education,  shall  promulgate.   Each  custodian intending to
29    file an application for reimbursement  under  subsection  (d)
30    for expenditures incurred or to be incurred with respect to a
31    pupil  asserted  to  be  a  qualified  pupil as an individual
32    referred to in this subsection  shall  first  file  with  the
33    appropriate regional superintendent, on forms provided by the
34    State  Board of Education, a request for a determination that
 
                            -651-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    a serious safety hazard within the meaning of this subsection
 2    (c) exists with respect to such pupil.  Custodians shall file
 3    such forms with the appropriate regional superintendents  not
 4    later   than   February  1  of  the  school  year  for  which
 5    reimbursement will be sought for transmittal by the  regional
 6    superintendents to the Department of Transportation not later
 7    than  February  15;  except that any custodian who previously
 8    received a determination that a serious safety hazard  exists
 9    need  not resubmit such a request for 4 years but instead may
10    certify on their application for reimbursement to  the  State
11    Board  of  Education  referred to in subsection (d), that the
12    conditions found to be hazardous, as previously determined by
13    the Department, remain unchanged. The Department  shall  make
14    its determination on all requests so transmitted to it within
15    30   days,   and  shall  thereupon  forward  notice  of  each
16    determination which it has made to the  appropriate  regional
17    superintendent  for  immediate  transmittal  to the custodian
18    affected  thereby.  The  determination  of   the   Department
19    relative  to  what constitutes a serious safety hazard within
20    the meaning of subsection (c) with respect to any pupil shall
21    be deemed an "administrative decision" as defined in  Section
22    3-101   of   the   Administrative   Review   Law;   and   the
23    Administrative    Review   Law   and   all   amendments   and
24    modifications thereof  and  rules  adopted  pursuant  thereto
25    shall  apply to and govern all proceedings instituted for the
26    judicial review of  final  administrative  decisions  of  the
27    Department of Transportation under this subsection.
28        (d)  Request  for reimbursement. A custodian, including a
29    custodian for a pupil asserted to be a qualified pupil as  an
30    individual  referred  to  in  subsection  (c), who applies in
31    accordance with procedures established by the State Board  of
32    Education  shall  be reimbursed in accordance with the dollar
33    limits set out in this Section. Such procedures shall require
34    application no later than June 30 of each year, documentation
 
                            -652-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    as to eligibility, and  adequate  evidence  of  expenditures;
 2    except  that  for reimbursement sought pursuant to subsection
 3    (c) for the 1985-1986  school  year,  such  procedures  shall
 4    require application within 21 days after the determination of
 5    the  Department of Transportation with respect to that school
 6    year is transmitted by the  regional  superintendent  to  the
 7    affected   custodian.   In  the  absence  of  contemporaneous
 8    records, an affidavit by the custodian  may  be  accepted  as
 9    evidence  of  an expenditure.  If the amount appropriated for
10    such reimbursement for any year is less than the  amount  due
11    each  custodian,  it shall be apportioned on the basis of the
12    requests  approved.   Regional   Superintendents   shall   be
13    reimbursed  for  such  costs  of  administering  the program,
14    including costs incurred in administering the  provisions  of
15    subsection  (c),  as  the State Board of Education determines
16    are reasonable and necessary.
17        (e)  Dollar   limit   on   amount    of    reimbursement.
18    Reimbursement   to  custodians  for  transportation  expenses
19    incurred during the 1985-1986 school year, payable in  fiscal
20    year  1987,  shall  be  equal to the lesser of (1) the actual
21    qualified transportation expenses,  or  (2)  $50  per  pupil.
22    Reimbursement   to  custodians  for  transportation  expenses
23    incurred during the 1986-1987 school year, payable in  fiscal
24    year  1988,  shall  be  equal to the lesser of (1) the actual
25    qualified transportation expenses, or (2) $100 per pupil. For
26    reimbursements of qualified transportation expenses  incurred
27    in  1987-1988  and  thereafter,  the  amount of reimbursement
28    shall not exceed the prior  year's  State  reimbursement  per
29    pupil for transporting pupils as required by Section 29-3 and
30    other provisions of this Article.
31        (f)  Rules  and regulations. The State Board of Education
32    shall adopt rules to implement this Section.
33        (g)  The provisions of this amendatory Act of 1986  shall
34    apply according to their terms to the entire 1985-1986 school
 
                            -653-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    year, including any portion of that school year which elapses
 2    prior  to  the  effective date of this amendatory Act, and to
 3    each subsequent school year.
 4        (h)  The chief  administrative  officer  of  each  school
 5    shall   notify   custodians   of   qualifying   pupils   that
 6    reimbursements  are  available.   Notification shall occur by
 7    the first Monday in November of the  school  year  for  which
 8    reimbursement is available.
 9    (Source: P.A. 85-1209; revised 10-31-98.)

10        (105 ILCS 5/32-1) (from Ch. 122, par. 32-1)
11        Sec. 32-1. May vote to organize under general law.
12        (a)  Any  special  charter  district  may, by vote of its
13    electors, cease to control its school  under  the  Act  under
14    which  it  was  organized,  and  become  part  of  the school
15    township or townships in which it is situated. Upon  petition
16    of  50  voters of the district, presented to the board having
17    the control and management of the schools,  the  board  shall
18    order  submitted  to  the voters at an election to be held in
19    the district, in accordance with the  general  election  law,
20    the  question  of  "organizing under the general school law".
21    The secretary of the board shall make  certification  to  the
22    proper  election  authority  in  accordance  with the general
23    election law.  If, however, a majority of the votes  cast  at
24    any  such election in any school district subject to Sections
25    32-3 through 32-4.11 is against organizing the district under
26    the general  school  law,  the  question  may  not  again  be
27    submitted  in the district for 22 months thereafter, and then
28    only upon petition signed by at least 2% of the voters of the
29    school district.  Notice shall be given  in  accordance  with
30    the  general  election  law,  which  notice  shall  be in the
31    following form:
32                        NOTICE OF REFERENDUM
33        Notice is hereby given that on (insert  date),  the  ....
 
                            -654-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    day  of  ...., 19.., a referendum will be held at.... for the
 2    purpose of deciding the  question  of  organizing  under  the
 3    general school law.  The polls will be opened at .... o'clock
 4    ..m and closed at .... o'clock ..m.
 5                            Signed .....

 6        If  a majority of the votes cast on the proposition is in
 7    favor of organizing under the general school  law,  then  the
 8    board  having  the  control  and management of schools in the
 9    district, shall declare the proposition carried.
10        When such a proposition is declared to have  so  carried,
11    the  board of education shall continue to exercise its powers
12    and duties under the general school law. Each member  of  the
13    board  of  education  selected  under  the  provisions of the
14    special charter shall continue in office until his  term  has
15    expired.    Before the term of each of these members expires,
16    the board shall give notice of an election to be held on  the
17    date  of the next regular school election, in accordance with
18    the general  election  law  to  fill  the  vacancy  which  is
19    created.   Nomination papers filed under this Section are not
20    valid unless the  candidate  named  therein  files  with  the
21    secretary of the board of education a receipt from the county
22    clerk  showing  that  the  candidate has filed a statement of
23    economic interests as required by the  Illinois  Governmental
24    Ethics Act.  Such receipt shall be so filed either previously
25    during  the calendar year in which his nomination papers were
26    filed or within the  period  for  the  filing  of  nomination
27    papers in accordance with the general election law.
28        (b)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing, any special charter
29    district whose board is  appointed  by  the  mayor  or  other
30    corporate  authority  of that municipality may, by resolution
31    adopted by the corporate  authorities  of  that  municipality
32    cease  to control its school under the Act under which it was
33    organized, become a part of the school township or  townships
34    in  which  it  is  situated  and  become  organized under the
 
                            -655-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    general school law.  If such a  resolution  is  adopted,  the
 2    board  of education shall continue to exercise its powers and
 3    duties under the general school  law.   Each  member  of  the
 4    board  of  education  selected  under  the  provisions of the
 5    special charter shall continue in office until his  term  has
 6    expired.   Before  the term of each of these members expires,
 7    the board shall give notice of an election to be held on  the
 8    date  of the next regular school election, in accordance with
 9    the general  election  law  to  fill  the  vacancy  which  is
10    created.
11    (Source: P.A. 81-1490; revised 10-20-98.)

12        (105 ILCS 5/32-1.4) (from Ch. 122, par. 32-1.4)
13        Sec.  32-1.4.  Petition - referendum - election of board.
14    Upon petition of 50 voters of  any  district  as  defined  in
15    Section  32-1.3 presented to the board having the control and
16    management of schools, the board shall, at the next regularly
17    scheduled  election  held  in  such  district  cause  to   be
18    submitted  to  the  voters  thereof,  in  accordance with the
19    general election law, the proposition of "electing a board of
20    education having the powers conferred  upon  such  boards  in
21    districts  organized under The School Code".  The board shall
22    publish notice of such election, in the  manner  provided  by
23    the  general    election  law,  which  notice  may  be in the
24    following form:
25        Public notice is hereby given that on (insert date),  the
26    ....  day  of  ....  19.., a referendum will be held at ....,
27    between the hours of ... ..m., and ... ..m., of said day  for
28    the  purpose of deciding the question of "electing a board of
29    education having the powers conferred  upon  such  boards  in
30    districts organized under the School Code".
31        If  a  majority  of  the  votes  cast  is in favor of the
32    proposition, then at the time of the  next  regular  election
33    for  boards  of  education, there shall be elected a board of
 
                            -656-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    education for the district.
 2    (Source: P.A. 81-1490; revised 10-20-98.)

 3        (105 ILCS 5/32-5.2) (from Ch. 122, par. 32-5.2)
 4        Sec. 32-5.2. Moneys paid  into  treasury  -  Delivery  of
 5    bonds  -  Records.   All moneys borrowed by virtue of Section
 6    32-5, shall be paid into the treasury of the school district.
 7    Upon receiving the moneys, the treasurer  shall  deliver  the
 8    bonds  issued  therefor  to  the  persons entitled to receive
 9    them, and shall credit the amount received to  the  district.
10    The  treasurer shall record the amount received for each bond
11    issued, and when any bond is paid the treasurer shall  cancel
12    it  and enter in the register opposite the record of the bond
13    the words "paid and cancelled" this .... day of  ....,  19.."
14    filling   the   blanks   with   the   date,  month  and  year
15    corresponding with the date of the payment.
16    (Source: Laws 1961, p. 31; revised 10-20-98.)

17        (105 ILCS 5/32-7) (from Ch. 122, par. 32-7)
18        Sec. 32-7. Form of bond.  The form of bond to be given by
19    any treasurer who has the custody of funds belonging  to  any
20    special  charter  district  shall  be  substantially  in  the
21    following form:
22        We,  (AB),  principal,  and (CD and EF), sureties, all of
23    the County of .... and State of Illinois,  are  obligated  to
24    the  People of the State of Illinois, for the use of the ....
25    (name of school district) in the penal sum of $...., for  the
26    payment  of which to be made, we obligate ourselves, and each
27    of us, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors,  and
28    assigns.
29        Dated (insert date). 19
30        The  condition  of  the  above  bond is that if the above
31    obligated (AB) shall perform all the duties which are, or may
32    be required by law to be performed by him as treasurer of the
 
                            -657-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    school district in the time and manner prescribed, or  to  be
 2    prescribed  by  law, and when he shall be succeeded in office
 3    and surrender and deliver over to his successor in office all
 4    books, papers, moneys, and  other  things  belonging  to  the
 5    school  district and pertaining to his office, then the above
 6    bond to be void; otherwise, to remain in full force.
 7        It  is  expressly  understood  and  intended   that   the
 8    obligation  of  the  above named sureties shall not extend to
 9    any loss sustained by the insolvency, failure, or closing  of
10    any  bank  or  savings  and  loan  association  organized and
11    operating either under the laws of the State of  Illinois  or
12    the United States wherein such treasurer has placed the funds
13    in  his  custody  or  control, or any part thereof, provided,
14    such depository has been approved by the (board of education,
15    board of school inspectors or other  governing  body  of  the
16    particular district) of the .... (name of district).
17                              A B ....
18                              C D ....
19                              E F ....
20    (Source: P.A. 84-550; revised 10-20-98.)

21        (105 ILCS 5/34-21.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-21.1)
22        Sec.  34-21.1.   Additional  powers. In addition to other
23    powers and authority now possessed by  it,  the  board  shall
24    have power:
25        (1)  To lease from any public building commission created
26    pursuant  to the provisions of the Public Building Commission
27    Act, approved  July  5,  1955,  as  heretofore  or  hereafter
28    amended    or   from   any   individuals,   partnerships   or
29    corporations, any real or personal property for  the  purpose
30    of  securing space for its school purposes or office or other
31    space for its administrative functions for a period  of  time
32    not exceeding 40 years.
33        (2)  To  pay  for  the  use  of  this  leased property in
 
                            -658-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  lease  and  with   the
 2    provisions  of  the  Public Building Commission Act, approved
 3    July 5, 1955, as heretofore or hereafter amended.
 4        (3)  Such lease may be  entered  into  without  making  a
 5    previous  appropriation  for  the  expense  thereby incurred;
 6    provided, however, that if the board undertakes to pay all or
 7    any part of  the  costs  of  operating  and  maintaining  the
 8    property  of  a  public  building commission as authorized in
 9    subparagraph (4) of this Section, such expenses of  operation
10    and  maintenance  shall  be  included in the annual budget of
11    such board annually during the term of such undertaking.
12        (4)  In addition, the board may undertake, either in  the
13    lease  with  a  public  building  commission  or  by separate
14    agreement or contract with a public building  commission,  to
15    pay all or any part of the costs of maintaining and operating
16    the  property  of a public building commission for any period
17    of time not exceeding 40 years.
18        (5)  To enter into agreements, including lease and  lease
19    purchase  agreements  having  a term not longer than 40 years
20    from the date on which such agreements are entered into, with
21    private sector individuals, partnerships, or corporations for
22    the construction of school buildings,  school  administrative
23    offices,  site  development,  and  school support facilities.
24    The board shall maintain exclusive possession of all schools,
25    school administrative offices, and school facilities which it
26    is occupying or acquiring pursuant to any such lease or lease
27    purchase agreement, and in addition shall have  and  exercise
28    complete control over the education program conducted at such
29    schools,  offices  and  facilities.  The board's contribution
30    under any such agreement shall be limited to the use  of  the
31    real estate and existing improvements on a rental basis which
32    shall be exempt from any form of leasehold tax or assessment,
33    but  the  interests  of  the board may be subordinated to the
34    interests  of  a  mortgage  holder  or  holders  acquired  as
 
                            -659-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    security for additional improvements made on the property.
 2        (6)  To make  payments  on  a  lease  or  lease  purchase
 3    agreement  entered  into pursuant to subparagraph (5) of this
 4    Section with an individual, partnership, or a corporation for
 5    school buildings, school administrative offices,  and  school
 6    support    facilities   constructed   by   such   individual,
 7    partnership, or corporation.
 8        (7)  To  purchase  the  interests   of   an   individual,
 9    partnership,  or  corporation  pursuant to any lease or lease
10    purchase agreement entered into  by  the  board  pursuant  to
11    subparagraph (5) of this Section, and to assume or retire any
12    outstanding  debt  or  obligation  relating  to such lease or
13    lease purchase agreement  for  any  school  building,  school
14    administrative office, or school support facility.
15        (8)  Subject  to  the  provisions  of subparagraph (9) of
16    this Section, to enter into agreements, including  lease  and
17    lease  purchase  agreements, having a term not longer than 40
18    years from the date on which such agreements are entered into
19    for the provision of school buildings  and  related  property
20    and  facilities  for  an  agricultural  science  school.  The
21    enrollment  in  such school shall be limited to 600 students.
22    Under  such  agreements  the  board  shall   have   exclusive
23    possession  of all such school buildings and related property
24    and facilities which it is occupying or acquiring pursuant to
25    any such agreements, and in addition shall have and  exercise
26    complete  control  over  the educational program conducted at
27    such school. Under such agreements the board also  may  lease
28    to  another  party to such agreement real estate and existing
29    improvements which are appropriate and available for  use  as
30    part  of  the necessary school buildings and related property
31    and facilities for  an  agricultural  science  school.    Any
32    interest  created  by  such  a lease shall be exempt from any
33    form of leasehold tax or assessment, and the interests of the
34    board as owner or lessor of property covered by such a  lease
 
                            -660-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    may  be subordinated to the interests of a mortgage holder or
 2    holders acquired as security for additional improvements made
 3    on the property. In addition, but subject to  the  provisions
 4    of subparagraph (9) of this Section, the board is authorized:
 5    (i)  to  pay  for  the  use  of  school buildings and related
 6    property and facilities for an agricultural science school as
 7    provided for in an agreement entered into  pursuant  to  this
 8    subparagraph (8) and to enter into any such agreement without
 9    making  a  previous  appropriation  for  the  expense thereby
10    incurred; and (ii) to enter into agreements to  purchase  any
11    ownership  interests  in  any  school  buildings  and related
12    property and facilities subject to any agreement entered into
13    by the board pursuant to this subparagraph (8) and to  assume
14    or retire any outstanding debt or obligation relating to such
15    school buildings and related property and facilities.
16        (9)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions of subparagraph (8)
17    of this Section or any other law, the board shall not at  any
18    time on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of
19    1991 enter into any new lease or lease purchase agreement, or
20    amend  or  modify any existing lease, lease purchase or other
21    agreement entered into pursuant to  subparagraph  subpargraph
22    (8),  covering all or any part of the property or facilities,
23    consisting of 78.85 acres more or less, heretofore  purchased
24    or  otherwise  acquired  by  the  board  for  an agricultural
25    science school; nor shall the board enter into any  agreement
26    on or after the effective date of this amendatory Act of 1991
27    to  sell, lease, transfer or otherwise convey all or any part
28    of the property so purchased or  acquired,  nor  any  of  the
29    school  buildings or related facilities thereon, but the same
30    shall be held, used, occupied and  maintained  by  the  board
31    solely  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  and  operating  an
32    agricultural  science  school.   The  board  shall not, on or
33    after the effective date of  this  amendatory  Act  of  1991,
34    enter  into any contracts or agreements for the construction,
 
                            -661-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    alteration or modification of  any  new  or  existing  school
 2    buildings or related facilities or structural improvements on
 3    any  part  of the 78.85 acres purchased or otherwise acquired
 4    by  the  board  for  agricultural  science  school  purposes,
 5    excepting only those contracts or agreements that are entered
 6    into  by  the  board  for  the  construction,  alteration  or
 7    modification of such school buildings, related facilities  or
 8    structural  improvements  that  on the effective date of this
 9    amendatory  Act  of  1991  are  either  located  upon,  under
10    construction upon  or  scheduled  under  existing  plans  and
11    specifications  to  be  constructed  upon  a  parcel of land,
12    consisting  of  17.45  acres  more  or  less  and   measuring
13    approximately  880  feet  along  its  northerly and southerly
14    boundaries and 864  feet  along  its  easterly  and  westerly
15    boundaries, located in the northeast part of the 78.85 acres.
16    Nothing in this subparagraph (9) shall be deemed or construed
17    to  alter,  modify,  impair or otherwise affect the terms and
18    provisions of, nor the rights and obligations of the  parties
19    under  any agreement or contract made and entered into by the
20    board prior to the effective date of this amendatory Act  (i)
21    for  the  acquisition, lease or lease purchase of, or for the
22    construction,  alteration  or  modification  of  any   school
23    buildings, related facilities or structural improvements upon
24    all  or  any part of the 78.85 acres purchased or acquired by
25    the board for agricultural science school purposes,  or  (ii)
26    for  the  lease by the board of an irregularly shaped parcel,
27    consisting of 23.19 acres more or less, of that  78.85  acres
28    for park board purposes.
29    (Source: P.A. 87-722; revised 2-24-98.)

30        (105 ILCS 5/34-84a.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-84a.1)
31        Sec.  34-84a.1.   Principals  shall  report  incidents of
32    intimidation.  The principal of each attendance center  shall
33    promptly  notify  and  report  to  the  local law enforcement
 
                            -662-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    authorities for inclusion in the Department of State Police's
 2     Law Enforcement's Illinois Uniform Crime  Reporting  Program
 3    each  incident  of  intimidation  of  which  he  or  she  has
 4    knowledge  and each alleged incident of intimidation which is
 5    reported to him or her, either orally or in writing,  by  any
 6    pupil   or   by   any   teacher   or  other  certificated  or
 7    non-certificated personnel employed at the attendance center.
 8    "Intimidation" shall have  the  meaning  ascribed  to  it  by
 9    Section 12-6 of the Criminal Code of 1961.
10    (Source: P.A. 84-1020; revised 10-31-98.)

11        Section  102.  The Illinois School Student Records Act is
12    amended by changing Section 6 as follows:

13        (105 ILCS 10/6) (from Ch. 122, par. 50-6)
14        (Text of Section before amendment by P.A. 90-590)
15        Sec. 6.  (a)  No school student  records  or  information
16    contained  therein may be released, transferred, disclosed or
17    otherwise disseminated, except as follows:
18             (1)  To a parent or student or  person  specifically
19        designated  as  a representative by a parent, as provided
20        in paragraph (a) of Section 5;
21             (2)  To an employee or official  of  the  school  or
22        school  district or State Board with current demonstrable
23        educational or administrative interest in the student, in
24        furtherance of such interest;
25             (3)  To the official records  custodian  of  another
26        school  within  Illinois  or  an  official  with  similar
27        responsibilities  of  a school outside Illinois, in which
28        the student has enrolled, or intends to enroll, upon  the
29        request of such official or student;
30             (4)  To  any  person  for  the  purpose of research,
31        statistical  reporting  or  planning,  provided  that  no
32        student or parent can be identified from the  information
 
                            -663-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        released  and  the  person  to  whom  the  information is
 2        released signs an affidavit agreeing to comply  with  all
 3        applicable   statutes  and  rules  pertaining  to  school
 4        student records;
 5             (5)  Pursuant to a court order,  provided  that  the
 6        parent  shall be given prompt written notice upon receipt
 7        of such order of the terms of the order, the  nature  and
 8        substance  of  the information proposed to be released in
 9        compliance with such order and an opportunity to  inspect
10        and  copy  the  school  student  records and to challenge
11        their contents pursuant to Section 7;
12             (6)  To any person as specifically required by State
13        or federal law;
14             (7)  Subject to regulations of the State  Board,  in
15        connection  with  an emergency, to appropriate persons if
16        the knowledge of such information is necessary to protect
17        the health or safety of the student or other persons;
18             (8)  To any person, with the  prior  specific  dated
19        written  consent  of the parent designating the person to
20        whom the records may be released, provided  that  at  the
21        time  any  such  consent  is  requested  or obtained, the
22        parent shall be advised in writing that he has the  right
23        to  inspect  and  copy  such  records  in accordance with
24        Section 5, to challenge their contents in accordance with
25        Section 7 and to limit any  such  consent  to  designated
26        records   or   designated  portions  of  the  information
27        contained therein; or
28             (9)  To a governmental  agency,  or  social  service
29        agency   contracted   by   a   governmental   agency,  in
30        furtherance of an investigation  of  a  student's  school
31        attendance  pursuant to the compulsory student attendance
32        laws  of  this  State,  provided  that  the  records  are
33        released to the  employee  or  agent  designated  by  the
34        agency.
 
                            -664-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (b)  No   information   may   be   released  pursuant  to
 2    subparagraphs  (3) or (6) of paragraph (a) of this Section  6
 3    unless the parent receives prior written notice of the nature
 4    and substance of the information proposed to be released, and
 5    an opportunity to inspect and copy such records in accordance
 6    with  Section 5 and to challenge their contents in accordance
 7    with Section 7.  Provided, however, that such notice shall be
 8    sufficient if published  in  a  local  newspaper  of  general
 9    circulation  or  other  publication directed generally to the
10    parents involved where the proposed release of information is
11    pursuant to subparagraph 6 of paragraph (a) in this Section 6
12    and relates to more than 25 students.
13        (c)  A record of any release of information  pursuant  to
14    this  Section  must  be made and kept as a part of the school
15    student record and subject to the access granted  by  Section
16    5. Such record of release shall be maintained for the life of
17    the school student records and shall be available only to the
18    parent  and  the  official  records custodian. Each record of
19    release shall also include:
20             (1)  The nature and  substance  of  the  information
21        released;
22             (2)  The  name and signature of the official records
23        custodian releasing such information;
24             (3)  The  name  of  the   person   requesting   such
25        information,  the  capacity  in  which such a request has
26        been made, and the purpose of such request;
27             (4)  The date of the release; and
28             (5)  A copy of any consent to such release.
29        (d)  Except for the student and his parents, no person to
30    whom information is released pursuant to this Section and  no
31    person  specifically  designated  as  a  representative  by a
32    parent may permit any other person to  have  access  to  such
33    information without a prior consent of the parent obtained in
34    accordance  with  the  requirements  of  subparagraph  (8) of
 
                            -665-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    paragraph (a) of this Section.
 2        (e)  Nothing contained in this  Act  shall  prohibit  the
 3    publication  of student directories which list student names,
 4    addresses  and  other  identifying  information  and  similar
 5    publications which comply  with  regulations  issued  by  the
 6    State Board.
 7    (Source: P.A. 90-566, eff. 1-2-98.)

 8        (Text of Section after amendment by P.A. 90-590)
 9        Sec.  6.   (a)   No school student records or information
10    contained therein may be released, transferred, disclosed  or
11    otherwise disseminated, except as follows:
12             (1)  To  a  parent or student or person specifically
13        designated as a representative by a parent,  as  provided
14        in paragraph (a) of Section 5;
15             (2)  To  an  employee  or  official of the school or
16        school district or State Board with current  demonstrable
17        educational or administrative interest in the student, in
18        furtherance of such interest;
19             (3)  To  the  official  records custodian of another
20        school  within  Illinois  or  an  official  with  similar
21        responsibilities of a school outside Illinois,  in  which
22        the  student has enrolled, or intends to enroll, upon the
23        request of such official or student;
24             (4)  To any person  for  the  purpose  of  research,
25        statistical  reporting  or  planning,  provided  that  no
26        student  or parent can be identified from the information
27        released and  the  person  to  whom  the  information  is
28        released  signs  an affidavit agreeing to comply with all
29        applicable  statutes  and  rules  pertaining  to   school
30        student records;
31             (5)  Pursuant  to  a  court order, provided that the
32        parent shall be given prompt written notice upon  receipt
33        of  such  order of the terms of the order, the nature and
34        substance of the information proposed to be  released  in
 
                            -666-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        compliance  with such order and an opportunity to inspect
 2        and copy the school  student  records  and  to  challenge
 3        their contents pursuant to Section 7;
 4             (6)  To any person as specifically required by State
 5        or federal law;
 6             (6.5)  To  juvenile  authorities  when necessary for
 7        the  discharge  of  their  official  duties  who  request
 8        information prior to adjudication of the student and  who
 9        certify  in  writing  that  the  information  will not be
10        disclosed to any other party except as provided under law
11        or  order  of  court.   For  purposes  of  this   Section
12        "juvenile  authorities" means: (i) a judge of the circuit
13        court and members of the staff of the court designated by
14        the judge; (ii) parties  to  the  proceedings  under  the
15        Juvenile  Court  Act  of  1987 and their attorneys; (iii)
16        probation officers and court appointed advocates for  the
17        juvenile  authorized by the judge hearing the case;  (iv)
18        any individual, public or private agency  having  custody
19        of the child pursuant to court order; (v) any individual,
20        public  or private agency providing education, medical or
21        mental health service to the  child  when  the  requested
22        information   is  needed  to  determine  the  appropriate
23        service or treatment for the minor;  (vi)  any  potential
24        placement provider when such release is authorized by the
25        court   for   the  limited  purpose  of  determining  the
26        appropriateness of the  potential  placement;  (vii)  law
27        enforcement  officers  and  prosecutors; (viii) adult and
28        juvenile prisoner review boards; (ix) authorized military
29        personnel; (x) individuals authorized by court;
30             (7)  Subject to regulations of the State  Board,  in
31        connection  with  an emergency, to appropriate persons if
32        the knowledge of such information is necessary to protect
33        the health or safety of the student or other persons;
34             (8)  To any person, with the  prior  specific  dated
 
                            -667-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        written  consent  of the parent designating the person to
 2        whom the records may be released, provided  that  at  the
 3        time  any  such  consent  is  requested  or obtained, the
 4        parent shall be advised in writing that he has the  right
 5        to  inspect  and  copy  such  records  in accordance with
 6        Section 5, to challenge their contents in accordance with
 7        Section 7 and to limit any  such  consent  to  designated
 8        records   or   designated  portions  of  the  information
 9        contained therein; or
10             (9)  To a governmental  agency,  or  social  service
11        agency   contracted   by   a   governmental   agency,  in
12        furtherance of an investigation  of  a  student's  school
13        attendance  pursuant to the compulsory student attendance
14        laws  of  this  State,  provided  that  the  records  are
15        released to the  employee  or  agent  designated  by  the
16        agency.
17        (b)  No   information   may   be   released  pursuant  to
18    subparagraphs  (3) or (6) of paragraph (a) of this Section  6
19    unless the parent receives prior written notice of the nature
20    and substance of the information proposed to be released, and
21    an opportunity to inspect and copy such records in accordance
22    with  Section 5 and to challenge their contents in accordance
23    with Section 7.  Provided, however, that such notice shall be
24    sufficient if published  in  a  local  newspaper  of  general
25    circulation  or  other  publication directed generally to the
26    parents involved where the proposed release of information is
27    pursuant to subparagraph 6 of paragraph (a) in this Section 6
28    and relates to more than 25 students.
29        (c)  A record of any release of information  pursuant  to
30    this  Section  must  be made and kept as a part of the school
31    student record and subject to the access granted  by  Section
32    5. Such record of release shall be maintained for the life of
33    the school student records and shall be available only to the
34    parent  and  the  official  records custodian. Each record of
 
                            -668-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    release shall also include:
 2             (1)  The nature and  substance  of  the  information
 3        released;
 4             (2)  The  name and signature of the official records
 5        custodian releasing such information;
 6             (3)  The  name  of  the   person   requesting   such
 7        information,  the  capacity  in  which such a request has
 8        been made, and the purpose of such request;
 9             (4)  The date of the release; and
10             (5)  A copy of any consent to such release.
11        (d)  Except for the student and his parents, no person to
12    whom information is released pursuant to this Section and  no
13    person  specifically  designated  as  a  representative  by a
14    parent may permit any other person to  have  access  to  such
15    information without a prior consent of the parent obtained in
16    accordance  with  the  requirements  of  subparagraph  (8) of
17    paragraph (a) of this Section.
18        (e)  Nothing contained in this  Act  shall  prohibit  the
19    publication  of student directories which list student names,
20    addresses  and  other  identifying  information  and  similar
21    publications which comply  with  regulations  issued  by  the
22    State Board.
23    (Source:  P.A.  90-566,  eff.  1-2-98;  90-590,  eff. 1-1-00;
24    revised 9-16-98.)

25        Section 103.  The Asbestos Abatement Act  is  amended  by
26    changing Section 6 as follows:

27        (105 ILCS 105/6) (from Ch. 122, par. 1406)
28        Sec. 6.  Powers and Duties of the Department.
29        (a)  The  Department is empowered to promulgate any rules
30    necessary to ensure proper implementation and  administration
31    of  this  Act  and  of  the federal Asbestos Hazard Emergency
32    Response  Act  of  1986,  and  the  regulations   promulgated
 
                            -669-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    thereunder.
 2        (b)  Rules  promulgated  by the Department shall include,
 3    but not be limited to:
 4             (1)  all rules necessary to achieve compliance  with
 5        the  federal  Asbestos  Hazard  Emergency Response Act of
 6        1986 and the regulations promulgated thereunder;.
 7             (2)  rules providing for the training and  licensing
 8        of  persons  and firms to perform asbestos inspection and
 9        air sampling; to perform abatement work; and to serve  as
10        asbestos  abatement  contractors,  management,  planners,
11        project  designers, project supervisors, project managers
12        and asbestos workers for public and private secondary and
13        elementary schools; and any necessary rules  relating  to
14        the correct and safe performance of those tasks; and.
15             (3)  rules  for  the  development  and submission of
16        asbestos management plans by local educational  agencies,
17        and  for  review  and  approval  of  such  plans  by  the
18        Department.
19        (c)  In carrying out its responsibilities under this Act,
20    the Department shall:
21             (1)  publish  a  list  of persons and firms licensed
22        pursuant to this Act, except that  the  Department  shall
23        not  be  required  to publish a list of licensed asbestos
24        workers;
25             (2)  require  each  local  educational   agency   to
26        maintain  records  of  asbestos-related activities, which
27        shall be made available to the Department  upon  request;
28        and
29             (3)  require local educational agencies to submit to
30        the    Department    for   review    and   approval   all
31        asbestos-related response action contracts for which  the
32        local  educational agency seeks indemnification under the
33        Response Action  Contractor  Contractors  Indemnification
34        Act,  and with respect to such response action contracts,
 
                            -670-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        to collect from the local educational agency and  deposit
 2        in  the  Response  Contractors Indemnification Fund 5% of
 3        the amount of each response action contract, as  required
 4        under the Response Action Contractor Indemnification Act.
 5        (d)  Adopt  rules for the collection of fees for training
 6    course approval; and for licensing of inspectors,  management
 7    planners,  project  designers,  contractors, supervisors, air
 8    sampling professionals, project managers and workers.
 9    (Source: P.A. 86-416; revised 10-31-98.)

10        Section 104.  The Private Business and Vocational Schools
11    Act is amended by changing Section 7 as follows:

12        (105 ILCS 425/7) (from Ch. 144, par. 142)
13        Sec. 7.  Application commitments.  Each application for a
14    certificate of approval  shall  also  contain  the  following
15    commitments:
16        1.  To conduct the school in accordance with this Act and
17    the  standards,  rules  and  regulations  from  time  to time
18    established and promulgated hereunder;
19        2.  To  conduct  the  school  in  accordance   with   the
20    standards  of  the  school's regional or national accrediting
21    agency, if any;
22        2.5.  To meet standards  and  requirements  at  least  as
23    stringent  as  those required by Part H of the Federal Higher
24    Education Act of 1965;.
25        3.  To maintain student transcript records for  at  least
26    50 years after the student has departed from the school;
27        4.  To  conduct instruction in each course of instruction
28    on its certificate of  approval  at  least  once  during  the
29    approval year for which the certificate is issued;
30        5.  To  permit the Superintendent or his or her designees
31    to inspect the school or classes thereof from  time  to  time
32    with  or  without  notice;  and  to  make  available  to  the
 
                            -671-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Superintendent  or  his  or  her  designees, at any time when
 2    required  to   do   so,   information   including   financial
 3    information  pertaining  to  the  activities  of  the  school
 4    required   for   the  administration  of  this  Act  and  the
 5    standards, rules and regulations established and  promulgated
 6    hereunder;
 7        6.  To utilize only advertising and solicitation which is
 8    free  from  misrepresentation,  deception  or fraud, or other
 9    misleading or unfair trade practices;
10        7.  To not promise or agree to any right or privilege  in
11    respect  to  professional  examinations or to the practice of
12    any profession in violation of the laws of this State;
13        8.  To screen applicants for each course  of  instruction
14    prior  to  enrollment  and maintain such records for 7 years.
15    If the course being offered  is  in  a  language  other  than
16    English, the screening must include that language; and.
17        9.  To  post  in  a  conspicuous  place  a  statement, as
18    developed by the Superintendent, of students' rights provided
19    under this Act.
20    (Source: P.A. 88-483; revised 10-31-98.)

21        Section 108.  The Public University  Energy  Conservation
22    Act is amended by renumbering Section 5.5 as follows:

23        (110 ILCS 62/5-5)
24        Sec.  5-5.  5.5.  Public university.  "Public university"
25    means  any  of  the  the  following  institutions  of  higher
26    learning:  the  University  of  Illinois,  Southern  Illinois
27    University, Northern Illinois  University,  Eastern  Illinois
28    University,   Western   Illinois   University,   Northeastern
29    Illinois  University,  Chicago  State  University,  Governors
30    State  University,  or  Illinois  State University, acting in
31    each case through its board of trustees or through a designee
32    of that board.
 
                            -672-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 90-486, eff. 8-17-97; revised 10-28-98.)

 2        Section 16.  The Board of Higher Education Act is amended
 3    by setting forth and renumbering multiple versions of Section
 4    9.27 as follows:

 5        (110 ILCS 205/9.27)
 6        Sec.  9.27.  Technology   Grants.    To   establish   and
 7    administer a program or programs of grants for the purpose of
 8    improving  and making available state-of-the-art technologies
 9    for Illinois institutions of higher education.   Such  grants
10    may  be  awarded to public institutions of higher learning or
11    nonpublic institutions of higher learning or to  both  public
12    and  nonpublic  institutions of higher learning.  Such grants
13    may be made for technology purposes that include, but are not
14    limited to, the purchase of equipment or services or both  to
15    improve  computing  and  computer  networking  and to enhance
16    connectivity to external networks.
17        The Board shall adopt such rules and regulations  as  may
18    be necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Section.
19    (Source: P.A. 90-730, eff. 8-10-98.)

20        (110 ILCS 205/9.28)
21        Sec. 9.28. 9.27.  Graduation incentive grant program.
22        (a)  The  graduation  incentive  grant  program is hereby
23    created.  The program shall be implemented  and  administered
24    by  the Board of Higher Education to provide grant incentives
25    to  public  universities  that  offer   their   undergraduate
26    students  contracts under which the university commits itself
27    to  provide  the  courses,  programs,  and  support  services
28    necessary to enable  the  contracting  students  to  graduate
29    within  4 years.  Grants shall be awarded from appropriations
30    made to the Board of Higher Education for  purposes  of  this
31    Section.
 
                            -673-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (b)  To  be  eligible  for  grant consideration, a public
 2    university shall annually file a report  with  the  Board  of
 3    Higher  Education  detailing  its  4-year graduation contract
 4    program.   The  report  shall  include,  at  a  minimum,  the
 5    following information:  the number of undergraduate  students
 6    participating  in the program, the requirements of the 4-year
 7    graduation contracts offered by the university, the types  of
 8    additional support services provided by the university to the
 9    contracting students, and the cost of the program.
10        (c)  In awarding grants to public universities under this
11    Section,  the  Board  of  Higher  Education may consider each
12    applicant's report data, the number of  institutions  wishing
13    to  participate,  and  such  other  criteria  as the Board of
14    Higher Education determines to be appropriate.
15        (d)  The Board of Higher Education shall annually  submit
16    to   the  Governor  and  the  General  Assembly  a  budgetary
17    recommendation for grants under this Section and shall notify
18    applicants for grant assistance  that  the  award  of  grants
19    under  this  Section  is  contingent upon the availability of
20    appropriated funds.
21        (e)  The Board of Higher Education may adopt  such  rules
22    as it deems necessary for administration of the grant program
23    created by this Section.
24    (Source: P.A. 90-750, eff. 8-14-98; revised 9-21-98.)

25        Section 107.  The Public Community College Act is amended
26    by changing Sections 3-7.10, 3-19, and 3-2.5 as follows:

27        (110 ILCS 805/3-7.10) (from Ch. 122, par. 103-7.10)
28        Sec.  3-7.10.  Nominations for members of the board shall
29    be made by a petition signed by at least 50 voters or 10%  of
30    the  voters,  whichever is less, residing within the district
31    and shall be filed with the  secretary  of  the  board.    In
32    addition to the requirements of the general election law, the
 
                            -674-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    form of such petitions shall be substantially as follows:
 2                        NOMINATING PETITIONS
 3        To  the  Secretary  of the Board of Trustees of Community
 4    College District No. ....:
 5        We the undersigned, being (....   or  more)  (or  10%  or
 6    more)  of  the  voters  residing within said district, hereby
 7    petition that .... who  resides  at  ....  in  the  (city  or
 8    village) of .... in Township .... (or who resides outside any
 9    city,  village  or incorporated town and in Township ....) in
10    said district shall be a candidate for the office of ....  of
11    the  Board  of Trustees (full term) (vacancy) to be voted for
12    at the election to be held on  (insert  date).  the....   day
13    of...., 19...
14    Name:                         Address:

15        Nomination  papers filed under this Section are not valid
16    unless the candidate named therein files with  the  secretary
17    of the board a receipt from the county clerk showing that the
18    candidate  has  filed  a  statement  of economic interests as
19    required by  the  Illinois  Governmental  Ethics  Act.   Such
20    receipt  shall  be  so  filed  either  previously  during the
21    calendar year in which his nomination papers  were  filed  or
22    within  the  period  for  the  filing of nomination papers in
23    accordance with the general election law.
24        The secretary of the board shall notify  each  candidate,
25    or  the  appropriate  committee,  for  whom  a  petition  for
26    nomination  has  been  filed  of  their obligations under the
27    Campaign Financing Act, as required by the  general  election
28    law.   Such notice shall be given on a form prescribed by the
29    State  Board  of  Elections  and  in  accordance   with   the
30    requirements of the general election law.
31        All petitions for the nomination of members of a board of
32    trustees  shall  be  filed  with  the  secretary of the board
33    within the time provided for by  the  general  election  law.
34    Said   secretary  shall  make  certification  to  the  proper
 
                            -675-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    election authority in accordance with the requirements of the
 2    general election law.  If the secretary is an incumbent board
 3    member seeking reelection, a disinterested person must  be  a
 4    witness to the filing of his petition.  It is the duty of the
 5    secretary  to  provide  candidates  with  petition  forms and
 6    statements of candidacy.
 7        The secretary shall within 7 days of  filing  or  on  the
 8    last day for filing, whichever is earlier, acknowledge to the
 9    petitioner in writing his acceptance of the petition.
10        In  all  newly  organized  districts the petition for the
11    nomination of candidates for members  of  the  board  at  the
12    first  election  shall  be  addressed  to  and filed with the
13    regional superintendent  in  the  manner  specified  for  the
14    petitions  for  candidates of a community college board.  For
15    such election the regional superintendent shall  fulfill  all
16    duties otherwise assigned to the secretary of the board.
17    (Source: P.A. 81-1490; revised 10-20-98.)

18        (110 ILCS 805/3-19) (from Ch. 122, par. 103-19)
19        Sec.   3-19.   Before  entering  upon  his  duties,  each
20    treasurer shall execute a bond with 2 or more persons  having
21    an  interest  in real estate who are not members of the board
22    of the district, or with a surety company  authorized  to  do
23    business  in this State, as sureties, payable to the board of
24    the community college district for which he is treasurer  and
25    conditioned  upon  the faithful discharge of his duties.  The
26    penalty of the bond shall be at least twice the amount of all
27    bonds, notes, mortgages, moneys and effects of which he is to
28    have the custody, if individuals act as sureties, or  in  the
29    amount  only  of  such  bonds,  notes,  mortgages, moneys and
30    effects if the surety given is by a surety company authorized
31    to do business in this  State,  and  shall  be  increased  or
32    decreased  from  time to time, as the increase or decrease of
33    the amount of notes, bonds, mortgages, moneys and effects may
 
                            -676-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    require, and whenever in the judgment of the State board  the
 2    penalty  of  the  bond  should be increased or decreased. The
 3    bond must be approved by at least a majority of the board  of
 4    the  community  college  district  and  filed  with the State
 5    Board.  A copy of the bond must also be filed with the county
 6    clerk of each county in  which  any  part  of  the  community
 7    college   district   is  situated.   The  bond  shall  be  in
 8    substantially the following form:
 9    STATE OF ILLINOIS)
10                     ) SS.
11    .......... COUNTY)
12        We, .... and .... are obligated, jointly  and  severally,
13    to  the  Board of Community College District No. ...., County
14    (or Counties) of .... and State of Illinois in the penal  sum
15    of $...., for the payment of which we obligate ourselves, our
16    heirs, executors and administrators.
17        Dated (insert date). ............ 19..
18        The  condition  of  this obligation is such that if ....,
19    treasurer in the district above stated, faithfully discharges
20    the duties of his  or  her  office,  according  to  law,  and
21    delivers  to  his  or  her  successor  in  office, after that
22    successor has qualified by giving bond as  provided  by  law,
23    all  moneys,  books,  papers,  securities and property, which
24    shall come into his or her possession  or  control,  as  such
25    treasurer,  from the date of his or her bond to the time that
26    his or her successor has qualified as  treasurer,  by  giving
27    such  bond  as is required by law, then this obligation to be
28    void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
29                                     Signed:.....................
30                                     ............................
31                                     ............................
32                                     ............................
33        Approved and  accepted  by  Board  of  Community  College
34    District  No.  .... County (or Counties) of .... and State of
 
                            -677-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Illinois. By .... Chairman   .... Secretary
 2        No part of any State or other district funds may be  paid
 3    to  any  treasurer  or other persons authorized to receive it
 4    unless the treasurer has filed his or her  bond  as  required
 5    herein.
 6    (Source: P.A. 84-1308; revised 10-20-98.)

 7        (110 ILCS 805/3-20.5) (from Ch. 122, par. 103-20.5)
 8        Sec.  3-20.5.   (a)  The  board of each community college
 9    district shall ascertain, as near as  practicable,  annually,
10    how  much money must be raised by special tax for educational
11    purposes and for operations  and  maintenance  of  facilities
12    purposes  for  the  next ensuing year.  Such amounts shall be
13    certified and returned to the county clerk on or  before  the
14    last Tuesday in December, annually.  The certificate shall be
15    signed  by  the  chairman  and  secretary,  and may be in the
16    following form:
17                       CERTIFICATE OF TAX LEVY
18        We hereby  certify  that  we  require  the  sum  of  ....
19    dollars  to  be  levied  as  a  special  tax  for educational
20    purposes, and the sum of ....  dollars  to  be  levied  as  a
21    special  tax  for  operations  and  maintenance of facilities
22    purposes, on the equalized  assessed  value  of  the  taxable
23    property of our district, for the year (insert year). 19...
24        Signed on (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19...
25        A ....  B ...., Chairman
26        C ....  D ...., Secretary
27        Community   College  Dist.  No.  ....,  ....  County  (or
28    Counties)

29        An amended certificate may  be  filed  by  the  community
30    college   board   within  10  days  of  receipt  of  official
31    notification from the county clerk  of  the  multiplier  that
32    will  be applied to assessed value of the taxable property of
33    the district, provided such multiplier will alter the  amount
 
                            -678-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of  revenue  received  by  the  district from either local or
 2    State sources.
 3        A failure by the board to file the certificate  with  the
 4    county  clerk  in  the  time  required  shall not vitiate the
 5    assessment.
 6    (Source: P.A. 85-1335; revised 10-20-98.)

 7        Section 108.  The Higher Education Student Assistance Act
 8    is amended by changing  Sections  35,  65.05,  and  65.30  as
 9    follows:

10        (110 ILCS 947/35)
11        Sec. 35. Monetary award program.
12        (a)  The   Commission   shall,  each  year,  receive  and
13    consider  applications  for  grant  assistance   under   this
14    Section.   Subject  to  a  separate  appropriation  for  such
15    purposes,  an  applicant  is  eligible for a grant under this
16    Section when the Commission finds that the applicant:
17             (1)  is a resident of this State and  a  citizen  or
18        permanent resident of the United States; and
19             (2)  in  the  absence  of  grant assistance, will be
20        deterred by financial considerations from  completing  an
21        educational  program  at the qualified institution of his
22        or her choice.
23        (b)  The Commission shall award renewals  only  upon  the
24    student's  application and upon the Commission's finding that
25    the applicant:
26             (1)  has remained a student in good standing;
27             (2)  remains a resident of this State; and
28             (3)  is in a financial situation that  continues  to
29        warrant assistance.
30        (c)  All  grants  shall be applicable only to tuition and
31    necessary fee costs for 2  semesters  or  3  quarters  in  an
32    academic  year.   Requests for summer term assistance will be
 
                            -679-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    made separately and shall  be  considered  on  an  individual
 2    basis  according to Commission policy.  Subject to a separate
 3    appropriation for this purpose  beginning  with  fiscal  year
 4    2000,  each student who is awarded a grant under this Section
 5    and is enrolled in summer school classes  shall  be  eligible
 6    for  a  summer  school grant.  The summer school grant amount
 7    shall not exceed the lesser of  50  percent  of  the  maximum
 8    annual  grant amount authorized by this Section or the actual
 9    cost of tuition and fees at  the  institution  at  which  the
10    student  is  enrolled  at  least  half-time.  For the regular
11    academic year,  the  Commission  shall  determine  the  grant
12    amount  for each full-time and part-time student, which shall
13    be the smallest of the following amounts:
14             (1)  $4,320  for  2  semesters  or  3  quarters   of
15        full-time   undergraduate  enrollment  or  $2,160  for  2
16        semesters  or  3  quarters  of  part-time   undergraduate
17        enrollment, or such lesser amount as the Commission finds
18        to be available; or
19             (2)  the  amount  which  equals the 2 semesters or 3
20        quarters  tuition  and  other  necessary  fees   required
21        generally   by   the   institution   of   all   full-time
22        undergraduate  students,  or  in  the  case  of part-time
23        students an amount of tuition and fees for 2 semesters or
24        3 quarters which shall not exceed one-half the amount  of
25        tuition and necessary fees generally charged to full-time
26        undergraduate students by the institution; or
27             (3)  such  amount  as  the  Commission  finds  to be
28        appropriate  in  view  of   the   applicant's   financial
29        resources.
30    "Tuition  and  other  necessary fees" as used in this Section
31    include the customary  charge  for  instruction  and  use  of
32    facilities  in general, and the additional fixed fees charged
33    for specified  purposes,  which  are  required  generally  of
34    nongrant  recipients  for  each academic period for which the
 
                            -680-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    grant applicant actually enrolls, but  do  not  include  fees
 2    payable  only  once  or  breakage  fees  and other contingent
 3    deposits which are refundable  in  whole  or  in  part.   The
 4    Commission  may prescribe, by rule not inconsistent with this
 5    Section, detailed provisions concerning  the  computation  of
 6    tuition and other necessary fees.
 7        (d)  No  applicant,  including  those presently receiving
 8    scholarship  assistance  under  this  Act,  is  eligible  for
 9    monetary award program consideration  under  this  Act  after
10    receiving  a  baccalaureate  degree  or  the equivalent of 10
11    semesters or 15 quarters of award payments.   The  Commission
12    shall  determine when award payments for part-time enrollment
13    or interim or summer terms shall  be  counted  as  a  partial
14    semester or quarter of payment.
15        (e)  The  Commission, in determining the number of grants
16    to be offered, shall take into consideration past  experience
17    with  the  rate  of grant funds unclaimed by recipients.  The
18    Commission shall notify applicants that grant  assistance  is
19    contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds.
20        (f)  The   Commission   may  request  appropriations  for
21    deposit into the Monetary Award Program Reserve Fund.  Monies
22    deposited into the Monetary Award Program Reserve Fund may be
23    expended exclusively for one purpose: to make Monetary  Award
24    Program  grants  to eligible students.  Amounts on deposit in
25    the Monetary Award Program Reserve Fund may not exceed 2%  of
26    the current annual State appropriation for the Monetary Award
27    Program.
28        The purpose of the Monetary Award Program Reserve Fund is
29    to enable the Commission each year to assure as many students
30    as possible of their eligibility for a Monetary Award Program
31    grant  and to do so before commencement of the academic year.
32    Moneys deposited in this Reserve Fund are intended to enhance
33    the Commission's management of the  Monetary  Award  Program,
34    minimizing   the   necessity,  magnitude,  and  frequency  of
 
                            -681-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    adjusting award amounts and ensuring that the annual Monetary
 2    Award Program appropriation can be fully utilized.
 3        (g)  The Commission shall determine  the  eligibility  of
 4    and   make   grants   to  applicants  enrolled  at  qualified
 5    for-profit institutions in accordance with the  criteria  set
 6    forth   in  this  Section.   The  eligibility  of  applicants
 7    enrolled at such for-profit institutions shall be limited  as
 8    follows:
 9             (1)  Beginning  with the academic year 1997, only to
10        eligible  first-time  freshmen  and  first-time  transfer
11        students who have attained an associate degree.
12             (2)  Beginning with the academic year 1998, only  to
13        eligible  freshmen  students,  transfer students who have
14        attained an associate degree, and students who receive  a
15        grant  under paragraph (1) for the academic year 1997 and
16        whose grants are being  renewed  for  the  academic  year
17        1998.
18             (3)  Beginning  with  the academic year 1999, to all
19        eligible students.
20    (Source: P.A. 89-163, eff.  7-19-95;  89-330,  eff.  8-17-95;
21    89-512,  eff.  7-11-96;  89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-122, eff.
22    7-17-97; 90-647, eff. 7-24-98; 90-769, eff. 8-14-98;  revised
23    9-16-98.)

24        (110 ILCS 947/65.05)
25        Sec.  65.05. Traineeship and fellowship program; training
26    of professional personnel.
27        (a)  The Commission, with  the  advice  of  the  Advisory
28    Council  on  Education  of Children with Disabilities created
29    under  Section  14-3.01  of  the  School   Code,   may   make
30    traineeship or fellowship grants to persons of good character
31    who  are  interested in working in programs for the education
32    of  children  with  disabilities,  for  either  part-time  or
33    full-time study in programs designed to  qualify  them  under
 
                            -682-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Section 14-1.10 of the School Code.  Persons to qualify for a
 2    traineeship  must  have  earned at least 60 semester hours of
 3    college credit, and persons to qualify for a fellowship  must
 4    be  graduates  of  a  recognized college or university.  Such
 5    traineeships and fellowships may be in amounts  of  not  more
 6    than  $1,500  per academic year for traineeships and not more
 7    than $3,000 per academic  year  for  fellowships,  except  an
 8    additional  sum up to $2,500 annually for each grantee may be
 9    allowed to any approved institution  of  higher  learning  in
10    Illinois for the actual cost to the institution, as certified
11    by  the  institution.   Part-time students and summer session
12    students may be awarded grants on  a  pro  rata  basis.   The
13    Commission   shall  make  traineeship  or  fellowship  grants
14    available to bilingual  individuals  who  are  interested  in
15    working  in  programs  for  the  education  of  children from
16    non-English speaking backgrounds,  for  either  part-time  or
17    full-time  study  programs  to  qualify  them  under  Section
18    14-1.10 of the School Code.
19        (b)  All grants shall be made under rules and regulations
20    prescribed by the Commission and issued pursuant to this Act;
21    provided  that no rule or regulation promulgated by the State
22    Board of Education prior to July  1,  1994  pursuant  to  the
23    exercise  of any right, power, duty, responsibility or matter
24    of pending business  transferred  from  the  State  Board  of
25    Education  to  the  Commission  under  this  Section shall be
26    affected thereby, and all such rules  and  regulations  shall
27    become  the  rules  and  regulations  of the Commission until
28    modified or changed by the Commission in accordance with law.
29        (c)  The  Commission,  with  the   advice   of   and   in
30    consultation  with the State Board of Education, may contract
31    with any approved institution of higher learning in  Illinois
32    to  offer  courses  required for the professional training of
33    special education personnel at such times  and  locations  as
34    may  best  serve  the  needs of children with disabilities in
 
                            -683-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Illinois and may reimburse the institution of higher learning
 2    for any financial  loss  incurred  due  to  low  enrollments,
 3    distance  from  campus,  or other good and substantial reason
 4    satisfactory to the Advisory Council on Education of Children
 5    with Disabilities.
 6        (d)  The Commission shall administer the traineeship  and
 7    fellowship  account  and related record of each person who is
 8    attending  an  institution  of  higher   learning   under   a
 9    traineeship  or  fellowship  awarded pursuant to this Section
10    and  at  each  proper  time  shall  certify  to   the   State
11    Comptroller  the  current payment to be made to the holder of
12    each  fellowship,   in   accordance   with   an   appropriate
13    certificate  of the holder of such fellowship endorsed by the
14    institution of higher  learning attended by the holder.
15        (e)  Following the completion of such  program  of  study
16    the  recipient  of such traineeship or fellowship is expected
17    to accept employment within one year in an  approved  program
18    of  special  education  for  children  with  disabilities  in
19    Illinois  on  the  basis  of  1/2  year  of  service for each
20    academic year of training received through a grant under this
21    Section.  Persons who fail to comply with this provision may,
22    at the discretion of the Commission with the  advice  of  the
23    Advisory  Council on Education of Children with Disabilities,
24    be required to refund all  or  part  of  the  traineeship  or
25    fellowship moneys received.
26        (f)  This  Section  is  substantially the same as Section
27    14-10.01 14A-10.01 of  the  School  Code,  which  Section  is
28    repealed  by  this  amendatory  Act  of  1993,  and  shall be
29    construed as a continuation of the traineeship and fellowship
30    program established by that prior law, and not as  a  new  or
31    different traineeship or fellowship program.  The State Board
32    of  Education  shall  transfer  to  the  Commission,  as  the
33    successor to the State Board of Education for all purposes of
34    administering   and   implementing  the  provisions  of  this
 
                            -684-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Section, all books,  accounts,  records,  papers,  documents,
 2    contracts,  agreements,  and  pending  business  in  any  way
 3    relating  to the traineeship and fellowship program continued
 4    under this Section; and all traineeship and fellowship grants
 5    at any time made under that program by, and all  applications
 6    for  any  such  traineeship  or fellowship grants at any time
 7    made to, the State Board of Education shall be unaffected  by
 8    the  transfer to the Commission of all responsibility for the
 9    administration and  implementation  of  the  traineeship  and
10    fellowship  program  continued under this Section.  The State
11    Board of Education shall furnish to the Commission such other
12    information as the Commission may request  to  assist  it  in
13    administering this Section.
14    (Source: P.A. 88-228; 89-397, eff. 8-20-95; revised 2-24-98.)

15        (110 ILCS 947/65.30)
16        Sec. 65.30.  Equal opportunity scholarships.
17        (a)  The  Commission  may  annually  award  a  number  of
18    scholarships  to  students  who  are  interested  in pursuing
19    studies in  educational  administration.   Such  scholarships
20    shall  be  issued  to  students  who  make application to the
21    Commission  and  who  agree  to  take  courses  at  qualified
22    institutions of higher  learning  that  will  allow  them  to
23    complete a degree in educational administration.
24        (b)  Scholarships  awarded  under  this  Section shall be
25    issued pursuant to regulations promulgated by the Commission;
26    provided that no rule or regulation promulgated by the  State
27    Board  of  Education  prior  to  the  effective  date of this
28    amendatory Act of 1993 pursuant to the exercise of any right,
29    power, duty, responsibility or  matter  of  pending  business
30    transferred   from  the  State  Board  of  Education  to  the
31    Commission under this Section shall be affected thereby,  and
32    all  such  rules  and  regulations shall become the rules and
33    regulations of the Commission until modified  or  changed  by
 
                            -685-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the Commission in accordance with law.
 2        (c)  Such  scholarships shall be utilized for the payment
 3    of  tuition  and  non-revenue  bond  fees  at  any  qualified
 4    institution of higher learning.  Such tuition and fees  shall
 5    only be available for courses that will enable the student to
 6    complete   training   in   educational  administration.   The
 7    Commission shall determine which  courses  are  eligible  for
 8    tuition payments under this Section.
 9        (d)  The Commission may make tuition payments directly to
10    the  qualified  institution  of  higher  learning  which  the
11    student  attends  for  the  courses  prescribed  or  may make
12    payments to the student.  Any student who  receives  payments
13    and  who  fails  to  enroll  in  the courses prescribed shall
14    refund the payments to the Commission.
15        (e)  The Commission, with the cooperation  of  the  State
16    Board   of   Education,   shall   assist  students  who  have
17    participated in the scholarship program established  by  this
18    Section  in  finding  employment  in  positions  relating  to
19    educational administration.
20        (f)  Appropriations for the scholarships outlined in this
21    Section   shall   be   made  to  the  Commission  from  funds
22    appropriated by the General Assembly.
23        (g)  This Section is substantially the  same  as  Section
24    30-4d  of  the School Code, which Section is repealed by this
25    amendatory  Act  of  1993,  and  shall  be  construed  as   a
26    continuation  of  the  equal  opportunity scholarship program
27    established under that  prior  law,  and  not  as  a  new  or
28    different  equal  opportunity scholarship program.  The State
29    Board of Education shall transfer to the Commission,  as  the
30    successor to the State Board of Education for all purposes of
31    administering    and  implementing  the  provisions  of  this
32    Section,  all  books,  accounts,  records, papers, documents,
33    contracts,  agreements,  and  pending  business  in  any  way
34    relating  to  the  equal  opportunity   scholarship   program
 
                            -686-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    continued  under  this  Section;  and all scholarships at any
 2    time awarded under that program by, and all applications  for
 3    any  such scholarship at any time made to, the State Board of
 4    Education  shall  be  unaffected  by  the  transfer  to   the
 5    Commission  of  all responsibility for the administration and
 6    implementation of the equal opportunity  scholarship  program
 7    continued  under  this Section.  The State Board of Education
 8    shall furnish to the Commission such other information as the
 9    Commission may request to assist  it  in  administering  this
10    Section.
11        (h)  For purposes of this Section:
12             (1)  "Qualified   institution  of  higher  learning"
13        means  the  University  of  Illinois;  Southern  Illinois
14        University; Chicago State  University;  Eastern  Illinois
15        University;  Governors  State  University; Illinois State
16        University; Northeastern  Illinois  University;  Northern
17        Illinois  University;  Western  Illinois  University; the
18        public community colleges of the State; any other  public
19        universities,  colleges  and  community  colleges  now or
20        hereafter  established  or  authorized  by  the   General
21        Assembly;  and  any  Illinois privately operated, not for
22        profit institution located in this State  which  provides
23        at  least an organized 2-year program of collegiate grade
24        in liberal arts or sciences, or both, directly applicable
25        toward the attainment  of  a  baccalaureate  or  graduate
26        degree.
27             (2)  "Racial minority" means a:
28                  (i)  Black  (a  person having origins in any of
29             the black racial groups in Africa);
30                  (ii)  Hispanic  (a   person   of   Spanish   or
31             Portuguese  culture with origins in Mexico, South or
32             Central   America,   or   the   Caribbean   Islands,
33             regardless of race 1ace);
34                  (iii)  Asian American (a person having  origins
 
                            -687-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             in  any  of  the  original  peoples of the Far East,
 2             Southeast  Asia,  the  Indian  Subcontinent  or  the
 3             Pacific Islands); or
 4                  (iv)  American  Indian  or  Alaskan  Native  (a
 5             person having origins in any of the original peoples
 6             of North America).
 7             (3)  "Student" means a woman or racial minority.
 8    (Source: P.A. 88-228; 89-4, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

 9        Section 109.  The Illinois  Banking  Act  is  amended  by
10    changing Sections 30 and 60 as follows:

11        (205 ILCS 5/30) (from Ch. 17, par. 337)
12        Sec.  30.  Conversion;  merger  with  trust company. Upon
13    approval by the Commissioner a trust company having power  so
14    to  do  under the law under which it is organized may convert
15    into a  state  bank  or  may  merge  into  a  state  bank  as
16    prescribed  by  this  Act;  except that the action by a trust
17    company shall be taken in the manner prescribed by and  shall
18    be subject to limitations and requirements imposed by the law
19    under  which  it is organized which law shall also govern the
20    rights  of  its  dissenting  stockholders.  The   rights   of
21    dissenting  stockholders of a state bank shall be governed by
22    Section 29 of this Act. The conversion  or  merger  procedure
23    shall be:
24        (1)  In  the  case of a merger, the board of directors of
25    both the merging trust company and  the  merging  bank  by  a
26    majority  of  the  entire  board in each case shall approve a
27    merger agreement which shall contain:
28             (a)  The name and location of the merging  bank  and
29        of   the   merging  trust  company  and  a  list  of  the
30        stockholders of  each  as  of  the  date  of  the  merger
31        agreement;
32             (b)  With respect to the resulting bank (i) its name
 
                            -688-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        and  place  of  business;  (ii)  the  amount  of capital,
 2        surplus and reserve for  operating  expenses;  (iii)  the
 3        classes  and  the  number  of shares of stock and the par
 4        value of each share; (iv) the charter which is to be  the
 5        charter   of   the  resulting  bank,  together  with  the
 6        amendments  to  the  continuing  charter   and   to   the
 7        continuing   by-laws;   and   (v)  a  detailed  financial
 8        statement showing the assets and  liabilities  after  the
 9        proposed merger;
10             (c)  Provisions  governing  the manner of converting
11        the shares of the merging bank and of the  merging  trust
12        company into shares of the resulting bank;
13             (d)  A   statement  that  the  merger  agreement  is
14        subject to  approval  by  the  Commissioner  and  by  the
15        stockholders  of  the  merging bank and the merging trust
16        company, and that whether approved  or  disapproved,  the
17        parties  thereto  will pay the Commissioner's expenses of
18        examination;
19             (e)  Provisions governing the manner of disposing of
20        the shares  of  the  resulting  bank  not  taken  by  the
21        dissenting stockholders of the merging trust company; and
22             (f)  Such  other  provisions as the Commissioner may
23        reasonably require to enable him to discharge his  duties
24        with respect to the merger.
25        (2)  After  approval  by  the  board  of directors of the
26    merging bank and of the merging  trust  company,  the  merger
27    agreement shall be submitted to the Commissioner for approval
28    together   with  the  certified  copies  of  the  authorizing
29    resolution of each board of directors showing approval  by  a
30    majority of each board.
31        (3)  After  receipt  by  the  Commissioner  of the papers
32    specified in subsection (2), he shall approve  or  disapprove
33    the  merger agreement. The Commissioner shall not approve the
34    agreement unless he shall be of the opinion and finds:
 
                            -689-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (a)  That the resulting bank meets the  requirements
 2        of  this  Act  for  the  formation  of  a new bank at the
 3        proposed place of business of the resulting bank;
 4             (b)  That the same matters exist in respect  of  the
 5        resulting  bank  which  would  have  been  required under
 6        Section 10 of this Act for  the  organization  of  a  new
 7        bank; and
 8             (c)  That  the  merger  agreement  is  fair  to  all
 9        persons  affected.  If  the  Commissioner disapproves the
10        merger  agreement,  he  shall  state  his  objections  in
11        writing and give an opportunity to the merging  bank  and
12        the merging trust company to obviate such objections.
13        (4)  To  be effective, if approved by the Commissioner, a
14    merger of a bank and a trust company where there is to  be  a
15    resulting  bank  must  be approved by the affirmative vote of
16    the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding  shares
17    of  stock  of  the merging bank entitled to vote at a meeting
18    called to consider such action, unless holders  of  preferred
19    stock  are entitled to vote as a class in respect thereof, in
20    which  event  the  proposed  merger  shall  be  adopted  upon
21    receiving the affirmative vote of the  holders  of  at  least
22    two-thirds  of the outstanding shares of each class of shares
23    entitled to vote as a class in respect  thereof  and  of  the
24    total outstanding shares entitled to vote at such meeting and
25    must  be  approved  by  the stockholders of the merging trust
26    company as provided by the Act under which it  is  organized.
27    The prescribed vote by the merging bank and the merging trust
28    company  shall  constitute  the  adoption  of the charter and
29    by-laws of the continuing bank, including the  amendments  in
30    the  merger  agreement,  as  the  charter  and by-laws of the
31    resulting bank. Written or printed notice of the  meeting  of
32    the  stockholders  of the merging bank shall be given to each
33    stockholder of record entitled to vote  at  such  meeting  at
34    least  thirty  days  before  such  meeting  and in the manner
 
                            -690-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    provided in this Act for the giving of notice of meetings  of
 2    stockholders.   The   notice   shall  state  that  dissenting
 3    stockholders of the merging trust company will be entitled to
 4    payment of the value of those shares which are voted  against
 5    approval  of  the  merger,  if a proper demand is made on the
 6    resulting bank and the requirements of the  Act  under  which
 7    the merging trust company is organized are satisfied.;
 8        (5)  Unless  a  later  date  is  specified  in the merger
 9    agreement, the merger shall become effective upon the  filing
10    with  the  Commissioner  of  the  executed  merger agreement,
11    together with copies of the resolutions of  the  stockholders
12    of  the  merging bank and the merging trust company approving
13    it, certified by the president or a  vice-president  or,  the
14    cashier  and  also  by the secretary or other officer charged
15    with keeping the records. The charter of  the  merging  trust
16    company   shall   thereupon   automatically   terminate.  The
17    Commissioner shall thereupon issue to the continuing  bank  a
18    certificate  of  merger  which  shall specify the name of the
19    merging trust company, the name of the  continuing  bank  and
20    the amendments to the charter of the continuing bank provided
21    for  by  the  merger  agreement.  Such  certificate  shall be
22    conclusive evidence of the merger and of the  correctness  of
23    all  proceedings  therefor in all courts and places including
24    the office of the Secretary of State,  and  said  certificate
25    shall be recorded.
26        (6)  In  the  case of a conversion, a trust company shall
27    apply for a charter by filing with the Commissioner:
28             (a)  A certificate signed by  its  president,  or  a
29        vice-president,  and by a majority of the entire board of
30        directors setting forth the  corporate  action  taken  in
31        compliance  with the provisions of the Act under which it
32        is organized governing the conversion of a trust  company
33        to a bank or governing the merger of a trust company into
34        another corporation;
 
                            -691-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (b)  The   plan  of  conversion   and  the  proposed
 2        charter approved by the stockholders for the operation of
 3        the trust company as a bank. The plan of conversion shall
 4        contain (i)  the  name  and  location  proposed  for  the
 5        converting trust company; (ii) a list of its stockholders
 6        as  of the date of the stockholders' approval of the plan
 7        of conversion; (iii) the amount of its  capital,  surplus
 8        and  reserve for operating expenses; (iv) the classes and
 9        the number of shares of stock and the par value  of  each
10        share;  (v) the charter which is to be the charter of the
11        resulting bank; and (vi) a detailed  financial  statement
12        showing  the  assets  and  liabilities  of the converting
13        trust company;
14             (c)  A statement that  the  plan  of  conversion  is
15        subject to approval by the Commissioner and that, whether
16        approved  or  disapproved,  the  converting trust company
17        will pay the Commissioner's expenses of examination; and
18             (d)  Such other instruments as the Commissioner  may
19        reasonably  require to enable him to discharge his duties
20        with respect to the conversion.
21        (7)  After receipt by  the  Commissioner  of  the  papers
22    specified  in  subsection (6), he shall approve or disapprove
23    the plan of conversion. The Commissioner  shall  not  approve
24    the  plan of conversion unless he shall be of the opinion and
25    finds:
26             (a)  That the resulting bank meets the  requirements
27        of  this  Act  for  the  formation  of  a new bank at the
28        proposed place of business of the resulting bank;
29             (b)  That the same matters exist in respect  of  the
30        resulting  bank  which  would  have  been  required under
31        Section 10 of this Act for  the  organization  of  a  new
32        bank; and
33             (c)  That  the  plan  of  conversion  is fair to all
34        persons affected.
 
                            -692-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        If the commissioner disapproves the plan  of  conversion,
 2    he  shall  state  his  objections  in  writing  and  give  an
 3    opportunity  to  the converting trust company to obviate such
 4    objections.
 5        (8)  Unless a later date is  specified  in  the  plan  of
 6    conversion,  the  conversion  shall become effective upon the
 7    Commissioner's approval, and the charter proposed in the plan
 8    of conversion shall constitute the charter of  the  resulting
 9    bank.   The   Commissioner   shall  issue  a  certificate  of
10    conversion which shall specify the  name  of  the  converting
11    trust company, the name of the resulting bank and the charter
12    provided  for  by  said  plan of conversion. Such certificate
13    shall be conclusive evidence of the  conversion  and  of  the
14    correctness  of  all  proceedings  therefor in all courts and
15    places including the office of the Secretary  of  State,  and
16    such certificate shall be recorded.
17        (9)  In the case of either a merger or a conversion under
18    this  Section  30, the resulting bank shall be considered the
19    same business and corporate entity as each merging  bank  and
20    merging trust company or as the converting trust company with
21    all  the  property, rights, powers, duties and obligations of
22    each as specified in Section 28 of this Act.
23    (Source: P.A. 89-541, eff. 7-19-96; revised 10-31-98.)

24        (205 ILCS 5/60) (from Ch. 17, par. 372)
25        Sec. 60.  Receiver's  powers;  duties.   Other  than  the
26    Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which shall derive its
27    powers and perform its duties pursuant to the Federal Deposit
28    Insurance  Act  and  regulations  promulgated thereunder, the
29    receiver for  a  state  bank,  under  the  direction  of  the
30    Commissioner,  shall  have  the  power  and  authority and is
31    charged with the duties and responsibilities as follows:
32        (1)  He or she shall take  possession  of,  and  for  the
33    purpose  of the receivership, the title to the books, records
 
                            -693-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and assets of every description of the bank.
 2        (2)  He or she shall proceed to collect all  debts,  dues
 3    and claims belonging to the bank.
 4        (3)  He or she shall file with the Commissioner a copy of
 5    each  report  which he makes to the court, together with such
 6    other reports and records as the Commissioner may require.
 7        (4)  He or she shall have authority to sue and defend  in
 8    his  or  her  own  name  with respect to the affairs, assets,
 9    claims, debts, and choses chooses in action of the bank.
10        (5)  He or she shall have authority, and it shall be  his
11    or her duty, to surrender to the customers of such bank their
12    private  papers  and  valuables  left with the bank banks for
13    safekeeping, upon satisfactory proof of ownership.
14        (6)  He or she shall have authority  to  redeem  or  take
15    down  collateral hypothecated by the bank to secure its notes
16    or other evidence of indebtedness whenever  the  Commissioner
17    deems it to the best interest of the creditors of the bank so
18    to do.
19        (7)  Whenever he or she shall find it necessary in his or
20    her  opinion to use and employ money of the bank, in order to
21    protect fully and  benefit  the  bank,  by  the  purchase  or
22    redemption  of  any  property, real or personal, in which the
23    bank may have any rights by reason  of  any  bond,  mortgage,
24    assignment, or other claim thereto, he or she may certify the
25    facts  together  with  his or her opinions as to the value of
26    the property involved, and the value of the equity  the  bank
27    may have in the property to the Commissioner, together with a
28    request for the right and authority to use and employ so much
29    of  the money of the bank as may be necessary to purchase the
30    property, or to redeem the same from a sale if  there  was  a
31    sale, and if such request is granted, the receiver may use so
32    much  of  the  money of the bank as the Commissioner may have
33    authorized to purchase the property at such sale.
34        (8)  He or she shall deposit daily all  monies  collected
 
                            -694-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    by  him  or her in any state or national bank selected by the
 2    Commissioner, who may require (and the bank so  selected  may
 3    furnish)   of  such  depository  satisfactory  securities  or
 4    satisfactory surety  bond  for  the  safekeeping  and  prompt
 5    payment  of  the  money  so deposited.  The deposits shall be
 6    made in the name of the Commissioner in trust  for  the  bank
 7    and  be  subject  to withdrawal upon his or her order or upon
 8    the order of such persons as the Commissioner may  designate.
 9    Such   monies  may  be  deposited  without  interest,  unless
10    otherwise agreed.  However, if any interest was paid by  such
11    depository,  it shall accrue to the benefit of the particular
12    trust to which the deposit belongs.
13        (9)  He or she shall do such things and take  such  steps
14    from  time  to  time  under the direction and approval of the
15    Commissioner as may reasonably  appear  to  be  necessary  to
16    conserve  the  bank's assets and secure the best interests of
17    the creditors of the bank.
18        (10)  He or she shall record any judgment of  dissolution
19    entered  in a dissolution proceeding and thereupon deliver to
20    the Commissioner a certified copy thereof, together with  all
21    books of accounts and ledgers of such bank for preservation.
22    (Source: P.A. 89-364, eff. 8-18-95; revised 2-24-98.)

23        Section 110.  The Savings Bank Act is amended by changing
24    Section 1008 as follows:

25        (205 ILCS 205/1008) (from Ch. 17, par. 7301-8)
26        Sec. 1008. General corporate powers.
27        (a)  A  savings  bank operating under this Act shall be a
28    body corporate and politic and shall have all of the specific
29    powers conferred by this Act and  in  addition  thereto,  the
30    following general powers:
31             (1)  To sue and be sued, complain, and defend in its
32        corporate  name  and  to have a common seal, which it may
 
                            -695-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        alter or renew at pleasure.
 2             (2)  To obtain and maintain insurance by  a  deposit
 3        insurance corporation as defined in this Act.
 4             (3)  To act as a fiscal agent for the United States,
 5        the  State of Illinois or any department, branch, arm, or
 6        agency of the State or any unit of  local  government  or
 7        school  district  in  the State, when duly designated for
 8        that  purpose,  and  as  agent  to   perform   reasonable
 9        functions as may be required of it.
10             (4)  To   become  a  member  of  or  deal  with  any
11        corporation or agency of the United States or  the  State
12        of  Illinois,  to  the  extent that the agency assists in
13        furthering or facilitating its purposes or powers and  to
14        that  end  to  purchase  stock  or  securities thereof or
15        deposit money therewith, and to  comply  with  any  other
16        conditions of membership or credit.
17             (5)  To make donations in reasonable amounts for the
18        public  welfare or for charitable, scientific, religious,
19        or educational purposes.
20             (6)  To  adopt  and  operate  reasonable  insurance,
21        bonus, profit sharing, and retirement plans for  officers
22        and  employees  and  for  directors  including,  but  not
23        limited  to,  advisory, honorary, and emeritus directors,
24        who are not officers or employees.
25             (7)  To reject any application  for  membership;  to
26        retire   deposit   accounts  by  enforced  retirement  as
27        provided in this Act and the bylaws;  and  to  limit  the
28        issuance  of,  or payments on, deposit accounts, subject,
29        however, to contractual obligations.
30             (8)  To purchase stock in service  corporations  and
31        to  invest  in  any  form  of indebtedness of any service
32        corporation  as  defined  in   this   Act,   subject   to
33        regulations of the Commissioner.
34             (9)  To   purchase  stock  of  a  corporation  whose
 
                            -696-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        principal purpose is to operate a safe deposit company or
 2        escrow service company.
 3             (10)  To  exercise  all  the  powers  necessary   to
 4        qualify  as a trustee or custodian under federal or State
 5        law, provided that the authority to  accept  and  execute
 6        trusts  is  subject  to  the  provisions of the Corporate
 7        Fiduciary Act and to the supervision of those  activities
 8        by the Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate.
 9             (11)  (Blank).
10             (12)  To  establish, maintain, and operate terminals
11        as authorized by the Electronic Fund Transfer  Act.   The
12        establishment,  maintenance,  operation,  and location of
13        those terminals shall be subject to the approval  of  the
14        Commissioner.
15             (13)  To pledge its assets:
16                  (A)  to  enable it to act as agent for the sale
17             of obligations of the United States;
18                  (B)  to secure deposits;
19                  (C)  to  secure  deposits  of  money   whenever
20             required by the National Bankruptcy Act;
21                  (D)  to   qualify  under  Section  2-9  of  the
22             Corporate Fiduciary Act; and
23                  (E)  to secure trust funds commingled with  the
24             savings  bank's  funds,  whether  deposited  by  the
25             savings bank or an affiliate of the savings bank, as
26             required   under   Section   2-8  of  the  Corporate
27             Fiduciary Act.
28             (14)  To accept for payment at a future date not  to
29        exceed one year from the date of acceptance, drafts drawn
30        upon  it  by  its  customers;  and  to  issue, advise, or
31        confirm letters of credit authorizing holders thereof  to
32        draw drafts upon it or its correspondents.
33             (15)  Subject    to    the    regulations   of   the
34        Commissioner, to own and lease personal property acquired
 
                            -697-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        by the savings bank  at  the  request  of  a  prospective
 2        lessee  and,  upon the agreement of that person, to lease
 3        the personal property.
 4             (16)  To establish temporary service booths  at  any
 5        International  Fair in this State that is approved by the
 6        United States Department of Commerce for the duration  of
 7        the  international  fair  for  the purpose of providing a
 8        convenient place for foreign trade customers to  exchange
 9        their   home   countries'  currency  into  United  States
10        currency or the converse.  To provide temporary  periodic
11        service  to persons residing in a bona fide nursing home,
12        senior  citizens'  retirement  home,  or  long-term  care
13        facility.   These  powers  shall  not  be  construed   as
14        establishing  a  new  place or change of location for the
15        savings bank providing the service booth.
16             (17)  To   indemnify   its   officers,    directors,
17        employees,  and  agents,  as  authorized for corporations
18        under Section 8.75 of the Business  Corporations  Act  of
19        1983.
20             (18)  To  provide data processing services to others
21        on a for-profit basis.
22             (19)  To  utilize  any  electronic   technology   to
23        provide customers with home banking services.
24             (20)  Subject    to    the    regulations   of   the
25        Commissioner, to enter into an  agreement  to  act  as  a
26        surety.
27             (21)  Subject    to    the    regulations   of   the
28        Commissioner,  to  issue  credit  cards,  extend   credit
29        therewith,  and  otherwise  engage  in  or participate in
30        credit card operations.
31             (22)  To purchase for  its  own  account  shares  of
32        stock  of  a bankers' bank, described in Section 13(b)(1)
33        of the Illinois  Banking  Act,  on  the  same  terms  and
34        conditions  as  a  bank  may purchase such shares.  In no
 
                            -698-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        event shall the total amount of  such  stock  held  by  a
 2        savings  bank  in  such  bankers'  bank exceed 10% of its
 3        capital and surplus (including undivided profits) and  in
 4        no event shall a savings bank acquire more than 5% of any
 5        class of voting securities of such bankers' bank.
 6             (23)  With respect to affiliate facilities:
 7                  (A)  to  conduct at affiliate facilities any of
 8             the following transactions for and on behalf of  any
 9             affiliated  depository institution, if so authorized
10             by the affiliate or affiliates: receiving  deposits;
11             renewing   deposits;  cashing  and  issuing  checks,
12             drafts, money orders, travelers checks,  or  similar
13             instruments;  changing  money; receiving payments on
14             existing indebtedness;  and  conducting  ministerial
15             functions   with   respect   to  loan  applications,
16             servicing  loans,   and   providing   loan   account
17             information; and
18                  (B)  to   authorize  an  affiliated  depository
19             institution to conduct for and on behalf of it,  any
20             of the transactions listed in this subsection at one
21             or more affiliate facilities.
22             A  savings bank intending to conduct or to authorize
23        an affiliated depository institution  to  conduct  at  an
24        affiliate  facility  any of the transactions specified in
25        this  subsection  shall  give  written  notice   to   the
26        Commissioner at least 30 days before any such transaction
27        is conducted at an affiliate facility.  All conduct under
28        this  subsection  shall  be on terms consistent with safe
29        and sound banking practices and applicable law.
30             (24)  Subject  to  Article  XLIV  of  the   Illinois
31        Insurance  Code,  to act as the agent for any fire, life,
32        or other insurance company authorized  by  the  State  of
33        Illinois,   by   soliciting  and  selling  insurance  and
34        collecting premiums on policies issued by  such  company;
 
                            -699-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        and  may  receive  for  services so rendered such fees or
 2        commissions as  may  be  agreed  upon  between  the  said
 3        savings  bank  and the insurance company for which it may
 4        act as agent; provided, however,  that  no  such  savings
 5        bank shall in any case assume or guarantee the payment of
 6        any  premium  on  insurance  policies  issued through its
 7        agency by its principal; and provided further,  that  the
 8        savings  bank  shall  not  guarantee  the  truth  of  any
 9        statement  made  by an assured in filing his  application
10        for insurance.
11             (25)  To become a member of the  Federal  Home  Loan
12        Bank  and  to  have  the  powers  granted  to  a  savings
13        association organized under the Illinois Savings and Loan
14        Act  of 1985 or the laws of the United States, subject to
15        regulations of the Commissioner.
16             (26)  To offer any product or service that is at the
17        time authorized or permitted to a bank by applicable law,
18        but  subject  always  to   the   same   limitations   and
19        restrictions  that  are  applicable  to  the bank for the
20        product or service by such applicable law and subject  to
21        the  applicable  provisions of the Financial Institutions
22        Insurance Sales Law and rules of the Commissioner.
23        (b)  If this Act or the regulations  adopted  under  this
24    Act fail to provide specific guidance in matters of corporate
25    governance, the provisions of the Business Corporation Act of
26    1983 may be used.
27    (Source:  P.A.  89-74,  eff.  6-30-95;  89-310,  eff. 1-1-96;
28    89-317, eff. 8-11-95;  89-355,  eff.  8-17-95;  89-508,  eff.
29    7-3-96; 89-603, eff. 8-2-96; 89-626, eff. 8-9-96; 90-14, eff.
30    7-1-97;  90-41,  eff.  10-1-97; 90-270, eff. 7-30-97; 90-301,
31    eff. 8-1-97; 90-655,  eff.  7-30-98;  90-665,  eff.  7-30-98;
32    revised 10-31-98.)

33        Section 111.  The Illinois Credit Union Act is amended by
 
                            -700-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    changing Section 8 as follows:

 2        (205 ILCS 305/8) (from Ch. 17, par. 4409)
 3        Sec.  8.  Director's powers and duties. Credit unions are
 4    regulated by the Department. The Director, in  executing  the
 5    powers  and  discharging  the  duties  vested  by  law in the
 6    Department has the following powers and duties:
 7        (1)  To exercise the rights, powers and duties set  forth
 8    in this Act or any related Act.;
 9        (2)  To   prescribe   rules   and   regulations  for  the
10    administration of this Act. The provisions of  "the  Illinois
11    Administrative  Procedure  Act", as now or hereafter amended,
12    are hereby  expressly  adopted  and  incorporated  herein  as
13    though   a   part  of  this  Act,  and  shall  apply  to  all
14    administrative rules and procedures of the  Department  under
15    this Act.;
16        (3)  To  direct  and supervise all the administrative and
17    technical  activities  of  the   Department   including   the
18    employment  of  a  Credit  Union  Supervisor  who  shall have
19    knowledge in the theory and practice of,  or  experience  in,
20    the  operations  or  supervision  of  financial institutions,
21    preferably credit unions,  and  such  other  persons  as  are
22    necessary to carry out his functions.;
23        (4)  To issue cease and desist orders when in the opinion
24    of the Director, a credit union is engaged or has engaged, or
25    the Director has reasonable cause to believe the credit union
26    is  about  to engage, in an unsafe or unsound practice, or is
27    violating or has violated  or  the  Director  has  reasonable
28    cause  to  believe  is  about  to  violate  a  law,  rule  or
29    regulation  or  any  condition  imposed  in  writing  by  the
30    Department.;
31        (5)  To  suspend from office and to prohibit from further
32    participation in any manner in the conduct of the affairs  of
33    his  credit  union  any director, officer or committee member
 
                            -701-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    who has committed any violation of a law, rule, regulation or
 2    of  a  cease  and  desist  order  or  who  has   engaged   or
 3    participated  in any unsafe or unsound practice in connection
 4    with the credit union or who has committed or engaged in  any
 5    act,  omission, or practice which constitutes a breach of his
 6    fiduciary duty as such director, officer or committee member,
 7    when the Director has determined that such action or  actions
 8    have resulted or will result in substantial financial loss or
 9    other  damage  that seriously prejudices the interests of the
10    members.;
11        (6)  Except for the fees  established  in  this  Act,  to
12    prescribe,  by  rule  and regulation, fees for filing reports
13    and other documents, furnishing transcripts, holding hearings
14    and investigating applications for permission to organize.;
15        (7)  To destroy, in his discretion, any or all books  and
16    records  of  any  credit union in his possession or under his
17    control after the expiration of three years from the date  of
18    cancellation of the charter of such credit unions.;
19        (8)  To  make  investigations and to conduct research and
20    studies and to publish some of the  problems  of  persons  in
21    obtaining  credit  at reasonable rates of interest and of the
22    methods and benefits of cooperative saving  and  lending  for
23    such persons.;
24        (9)  To  authorize,  foster  or  establish  experimental,
25    developmental,  demonstration  or pilot projects by public or
26    private organizations including credit unions which:
27             (a)  promote  more  effective  operation  of  credit
28        unions so as to provide members an opportunity to use and
29        control their own money to  improve  their  economic  and
30        social conditions; or
31             (b)  are  in  the  best  interests of credit unions,
32        their members and the people of the State of Illinois.
33        (10)  To  cooperate  in  studies,   training   or   other
34    administrative activities with, but not limited to, the NCUA,
 
                            -702-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    other  state  credit  union  regulatory agencies and industry
 2    trade associations in order to  promote  more  effective  and
 3    efficient supervision of Illinois chartered credit unions.
 4    (Source: P.A. 88-570, eff. 8-5-94; revised 10-31-98.)

 5        Section 112.  The Alternative Health Care Delivery Act is
 6    amended by changing Section 35 as follows:

 7        (210 ILCS 3/35)
 8        Sec.  35.   Alternative  health  care  models authorized.
 9    Notwithstanding any other law to  the  contrary,  alternative
10    health   care   models  described  in  this  Section  may  be
11    established on a demonstration basis.
12             (1)  Alternative health care  model;  subacute  care
13        hospital.   A subacute care hospital is a designated site
14        which provides medical specialty care  for  patients  who
15        need  a  greater  intensity  or  complexity  of care than
16        generally provided in a skilled nursing facility but  who
17        no longer require acute hospital care. The average length
18        of  stay  for patients treated in subacute care hospitals
19        shall not be  less  than  20  days,  and  for  individual
20        patients,  the  expected  length  of  stay at the time of
21        admission shall not be less  than  10  days.   Variations
22        from  minimum  lengths  of  stay shall be reported to the
23        Department.  There shall be no more than 13 subacute care
24        hospitals  authorized  to  operate  by  the   Department.
25        Subacute  care includes physician supervision, registered
26        nursing, and  physiological  monitoring  on  a  continual
27        basis.  A subacute care hospital is either a freestanding
28        building or a distinct physical  and  operational  entity
29        within  a  hospital or nursing home building.  A subacute
30        care  hospital  shall  only  consist  of  beds  currently
31        existing  in  licensed  hospitals  or   skilled   nursing
32        facilities,   except,  in  the  City  of  Chicago,  on  a
 
                            -703-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        designated site that was licensed as a hospital under the
 2        Illinois Hospital  Licensing  Act  within  the  10  years
 3        immediately  before  the  application  for an alternative
 4        health care model license. During the period of operation
 5        of the demonstration project, the existing licensed  beds
 6        shall  remain  licensed  as  hospital  or skilled nursing
 7        facility beds as well as being licensed under  this  Act.
 8        In  order  to handle cases of complications, emergencies,
 9        or exigent circumstances, a subacute care hospital  shall
10        maintain a contractual relationship, including a transfer
11        agreement,  with  a  general  acute  care hospital.  If a
12        subacute care model is located in a  general  acute  care
13        hospital,  it  shall  utilize all or a portion of the bed
14        capacity of that existing hospital.  In no event shall  a
15        subacute  care  hospital  use  the word "hospital" in its
16        advertising or marketing activities or represent or  hold
17        itself  out  to  the  public  as  a  general  acute  care
18        hospital.
19             (2)  Alternative   health   care   delivery   model;
20        postsurgical   recovery   care  center.   A  postsurgical
21        recovery care center is a designated site which  provides
22        postsurgical recovery care for generally healthy patients
23        undergoing  surgical  procedures  that  require overnight
24        nursing care, pain control,  or  observation  that  would
25        otherwise   be  provided  in  an  inpatient  setting.   A
26        postsurgical recovery care center is either  freestanding
27        or  a  defined  unit  of an ambulatory surgical treatment
28        center  or  hospital.  No  facility,  or  portion  of   a
29        facility, may participate in a demonstration program as a
30        postsurgical recovery care center unless the facility has
31        been  licensed as an ambulatory surgical treatment center
32        or hospital for at least 2 years before August  20,  1993
33        (the  effective  date of Public Act 88-441).  The maximum
34        length of stay for patients in  a  postsurgical  recovery
 
                            -704-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        care center is not to exceed 48 hours unless the treating
 2        physician requests an extension of time from the recovery
 3        center's  medical  director  on  the  basis of medical or
 4        clinical documentation that an additional care period  is
 5        required  for  the  recovery of a patient and the medical
 6        director approves the extension of  time.   In  no  case,
 7        however,   shall   a   patient's  length  of  stay  in  a
 8        postsurgical recovery  care  center  be  longer  than  72
 9        hours.  If  a  patient requires an additional care period
10        after the expiration of the 72-hour  limit,  the  patient
11        shall be transferred to an appropriate facility.  Reports
12        on  variances from the 48-hour limit shall be sent to the
13        Department for its evaluation.  The reports shall, before
14        submission to the Department, have removed from them  all
15        patient  and  physician  identifiers.  In order to handle
16        cases   of   complications,   emergencies,   or   exigent
17        circumstances, every postsurgical recovery care center as
18        defined in this paragraph shall  maintain  a  contractual
19        relationship,  including  a  transfer  agreement,  with a
20        general acute care  hospital.   A  postsurgical  recovery
21        care   center   shall  be  no  larger  than  20  beds.  A
22        postsurgical recovery care center shall be located within
23        15 minutes  travel  time  from  the  general  acute  care
24        hospital  with  which  the center maintains a contractual
25        relationship, including a transfer agreement, as required
26        under this paragraph.
27             No   postsurgical   recovery   care   center   shall
28        discriminate  against  any  patient  requiring  treatment
29        because of the source of payment for services,  including
30        Medicare and Medicaid recipients.
31             The  Department  shall  adopt rules to implement the
32        provisions of Public Act 88-441  concerning  postsurgical
33        recovery  care  centers  within 9 months after August 20,
34        1993.
 
                            -705-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (3)  Alternative   health   care   delivery   model;
 2        children's respite care center.  A children's  childrens'
 3        respite  care  center  model  is  a  designated site that
 4        provides respite  for  medically  frail,  technologically
 5        dependent,  clinically stable children, up to age 18, for
 6        a period of one to 14 days.  This care is to be  provided
 7        in  a  home-like  environment that serves no more than 10
 8        children  at  a  time.  Children's  respite  care  center
 9        services must be available  through  the   model  to  all
10        families,  including those whose care is paid for through
11        the Illinois Department of Public  Aid  or  the  Illinois
12        Department of Children and Family Services.  Each respite
13        care  model  location  shall  be  a  facility  physically
14        separate  and  apart  from any other facility licensed by
15        the Department of Public Health under this or  any  other
16        Act  and  shall  provide,  at  a  minimum,  the following
17        services: out-of-home  respite  care;  hospital  to  home
18        training   for   families   and  caregivers;  short  term
19        transitional care to facilitate  placement  and  training
20        for  foster  care  parents;  parent  and  family  support
21        groups.
22        Coverage  for  the  services  provided  by  the  Illinois
23    Department   of  Public  Aid  under  this  paragraph  (3)  is
24    contingent upon federal waiver approval and is provided  only
25    to  Medicaid  eligible  clients participating in the home and
26    community based services waiver designated in Section 1915(c)
27    of  the  Social  Security  Act  for   medically   frail   and
28    technologically dependent children.
29    (Source:  P.A.  88-441; 88-490; 88-670, eff. 12-2-94; 89-393,
30    eff. 8-20-95; revised 10-31-98.)

31        Section 113.  The Illinois Clinical Laboratory and  Blood
32    Bank Act is amended by changing Section 7-101 as follows:
 
                            -706-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (210 ILCS 25/7-101) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 627-101)
 2        Sec.   7-101.   Examination   of  specimens.  A  clinical
 3    laboratory shall examine specimens only at the request of (i)
 4    a licensed  physician,  (ii)  a  licensed  dentist,  (iii)  a
 5    licensed  podiatrist,  (iv)  a  therapeutic  optometrist  for
 6    diagnostic  or  therapeutic  purposes  related  to the use of
 7    diagnostic  topical  or  therapeutic  ocular   pharmaceutical
 8    agents, as defined in subsections (c) and (d) of Section 15.1
 9    of  the  Illinois  Optometric  Practice  Act  of 1987,  (v) a
10    licensed physician assistant in accordance with  the  written
11    guidelines  required  under  subdivision (3) of Section 4 and
12    under Section 7.5 of the Physician Assistant Practice Act  of
13    1987,    (v-A)  an advanced practice nurse in accordance with
14    the written collaborative agreement  required  under  Section
15    15-15  of  the  Nursing and Advanced Practice Nursing Act, or
16    (vi) an authorized law enforcement agency or, in the case  of
17    blood  alcohol, at the request of the individual for whom the
18    test is to be performed in compliance  with  Sections  11-501
19    and  11-501.1  of the Illinois Vehicle Code.   If the request
20    to a laboratory is oral, the physician  or  other  authorized
21    person  shall  submit  a  written  request  to the laboratory
22    within 48 hours.  If the  laboratory  does  not  receive  the
23    written  request  within that period, it shall note that fact
24    in its records.  For purposes of this Section, a request made
25    by electronic mail or fax constitutes a written request.
26    (Source: P.A. 90-116,  eff.  7-14-97;  90-322,  eff.  1-1-98;
27    90-655,  eff.  7-30-98;  90-666,  eff.  7-30-98; 90-742, eff.
28    8-13-98; revised 9-21-98.)

29        Section 114.  The Nursing Home Care  Act  is  amended  by
30    changing Sections 3-113 and 3-401 as follows:

31        (210 ILCS 45/3-113) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 4153-113)
32        Sec.  3-113.  The license granted to the transferee shall
 
                            -707-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    be subject  to  the  plan  of  correction  submitted  by  the
 2    previous  owner  and  approved  by  the  Department  and  any
 3    conditions  contained  in a conditional license issued to the
 4    previous owner.  If there are outstanding violations  and  no
 5    approved   plan  of  correction  has  been  implemented,  the
 6    Department may  issue  a  conditional  license  and  plan  of
 7    correction  as  provided  in  Sections  Section 3-311 through
 8    3-317.
 9    (Source: P.A. 81-223; revised 2-24-98.)

10        (210 ILCS 45/3-401) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 4153-401)
11        Sec. 3-401.  A facility  may  involuntarily  transfer  or
12    discharge  a  resident  only for one or more of the following
13    reasons:
14             (a)  for medical reasons;
15             (b)  for the resident's physical safety;
16             (c)  for the physical safety of other residents, the
17        facility staff or facility visitors; or
18             (d)  for either late payment or nonpayment  for  the
19        resident's  stay,  except  as  prohibited by Titles Title
20        XVIII and XIX of the federal Social  Security  Act.   For
21        purposes   of   this   Section,   "late   payment"  means
22        non-receipt of payment after submission of  a  bill.   If
23        payment  is  not received within 45 days after submission
24        of a bill, a facility may send a notice to  the  resident
25        and  responsible party requesting payment within 30 days.
26        If payment is not  received  within  such  30  days,  the
27        facility  may  thereupon  institute transfer or discharge
28        proceedings by sending a notice of transfer or  discharge
29        to  the  resident  and responsible party by registered or
30        certified mail.  The notice shall state, in  addition  to
31        the  requirements  of Section 3-403 of this Act, that the
32        responsible party has the right to pay the amount of  the
33        bill  in full up to the date the transfer or discharge is
 
                            -708-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        to be made and then the resident shall have the right  to
 2        remain in the facility.  Such payment shall terminate the
 3        transfer  or discharge proceedings.  This subsection does
 4        not apply to those residents whose care is  provided  for
 5        under the Illinois Public Aid Code.  The Department shall
 6        adopt  rules setting forth the criteria and procedures to
 7        be applied in cases of involuntary transfer or  discharge
 8        permitted under this Section.
 9    (Source: P.A. 85-1378; revised 2-24-98.)

10        Section   115.   The  Emergency  Medical  Services  (EMS)
11    Systems Act is amended by changing Sections 3.20 and 3.245 as
12    follows:

13        (210 ILCS 50/3.20)
14        Sec. 3.20.  Emergency Medical Services (EMS) Systems.
15        (a)  "Emergency Medical Services (EMS) System"  means  an
16    organization  of  hospitals,  vehicle  service  providers and
17    personnel approved by the Department in a specific geographic
18    area,  which  coordinates  and  provides   pre-hospital   and
19    inter-hospital   emergency  care  and  non-emergency  medical
20    transports at a BLS, ILS  and/or  ALS  level  pursuant  to  a
21    System   program  plan  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the
22    Department, and pursuant to the EMS Region Plan  adopted  for
23    the EMS Region in which the System is located.
24        (b)  One  hospital  in  each  System program plan must be
25    designated as the Resource  Hospital.   All  other  hospitals
26    which  are  located  within  the  geographic  boundaries of a
27    System and which have standby, basic or  comprehensive  level
28    emergency  departments  must  function  in that EMS System as
29    either an Associate Hospital or  Participating  Hospital  and
30    follow  all  System  policies specified in the System Program
31    Plan, including but not limited to the replacement  of  drugs
32    and  equipment  used by providers who have delivered patients
 
                            -709-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to their emergency departments.  All  hospitals  and  vehicle
 2    service providers participating in an EMS System must specify
 3    their level of participation in the System Program Plan.
 4        (c)  The   Department   shall   have  the  authority  and
 5    responsibility to:
 6             (1)  Approve BLS, ILS  and  ALS  level  EMS  Systems
 7        which  meet minimum standards and criteria established in
 8        rules adopted by the Department  pursuant  to  this  Act,
 9        including the submission of a Program Plan for Department
10        approval.    Beginning  September 1, 1997, the Department
11        shall approve the development of a new  EMS  System  only
12        when  a  local  or  regional  need  for establishing such
13        System has been identified. This shall not  be  construed
14        as  a  needs  assessment  for  health  planning  or other
15        purposes  outside  of  this  Act.  Following   Department
16        approval,  EMS  Systems  must be fully operational within
17        one year from the date of approval.;
18             (2)  Monitor EMS Systems, based on minimum standards
19        for continuing operation as prescribed in  rules  adopted
20        by  the  Department  pursuant  to  this  Act, which shall
21        include  requirements   for   submitting   Program   Plan
22        amendments to the Department for approval.;
23             (3)  Renew EMS System approvals every 4 years, after
24        an inspection, based on compliance with the standards for
25        continuing  operation  prescribed in rules adopted by the
26        Department pursuant to this Act.;
27             (4)  Suspend, revoke, or refuse to renew approval of
28        any EMS System, after  providing  an  opportunity  for  a
29        hearing,  when  findings  show  that it does not meet the
30        minimum standards for continuing operation as  prescribed
31        by  the Department, or is found to be in violation of its
32        previously approved Program Plan.;
33             (5)  Require  each  EMS  System  to  adopt   written
34        protocols  for  the  bypassing  of  or  diversion  to any
 
                            -710-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        hospital, trauma center or regional trauma center,  which
 2        provide  that  a  person  shall  not  be transported to a
 3        facility other than the nearest hospital, regional trauma
 4        center or trauma center unless the  medical  benefits  to
 5        the  patient  reasonably  expected  from the provision of
 6        appropriate medical treatment at a more distant  facility
 7        outweigh   the   increased  risks  to  the  patient  from
 8        transport to the more distant facility, or the  transport
 9        is  in accordance with the System's protocols for patient
10        choice or refusal.;
11             (6)  Require that the EMS Medical Director of an ILS
12        or ALS level  EMS  System  be  a  physician  licensed  to
13        practice medicine in all of its branches in Illinois, and
14        certified  by the American Board of Emergency Medicine or
15        the American Board of Osteopathic Emergency Medicine, and
16        that the EMS Medical Director of a BLS level  EMS  System
17        be  a  physician  licensed to practice medicine in all of
18        its branches  in  Illinois,  with  regular  and  frequent
19        involvement  in  pre-hospital emergency medical services.
20        In addition, all EMS Medical Directors shall:
21                  (A)  Have experience on an EMS vehicle  at  the
22             highest  level  available within the System, or make
23             provision to gain such experience within  12  months
24             prior  to  the date responsibility for the System is
25             assumed  or  within  90  days  after  assuming   the
26             position;
27                  (B)  Be  thoroughly knowledgeable of all skills
28             included in the scope of practices of all levels  of
29             EMS personnel within the System;
30                  (C)  Have  or make provision to gain experience
31             instructing students at a level similar to  that  of
32             the levels of EMS personnel within the System; and
33                  (D)  For  ILS  and  ALS  EMS Medical Directors,
34             successfully  complete  a  Department-approved   EMS
 
                            -711-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             Medical Director's Course.
 2             (7)  Prescribe  statewide  EMS  data  elements to be
 3        collected and documented by providers in all EMS  Systems
 4        for  all  emergency  and  non-emergency medical services,
 5        with a one-year phase-in  for  commencing  collection  of
 6        such data elements.;
 7             (8)  Define,  through rules adopted pursuant to this
 8        Act, the terms "Resource Hospital", "Associate Hospital",
 9        "Participating Hospital", "Basic  Emergency  Department",
10        "Standby  Emergency Department", "Comprehensive Emergency
11        Department", "EMS Medical Director", "EMS  Administrative
12        Director", and "EMS System Coordinator".
13                  (A)  Upon the effective date of this amendatory
14             Act  of 1995, all existing Project Medical Directors
15             shall be considered EMS Medical Directors,  and  all
16             persons  serving in such capacities on the effective
17             date of this amendatory Act of 1995 shall be  exempt
18             from  the  requirements  of  paragraph  (7)  of this
19             subsection;
20                  (B)  Upon the effective date of this amendatory
21             Act  of  1995,  all  existing  EMS  System   Project
22             Directors  shall  be  considered  EMS Administrative
23             Directors.
24             (9)  Investigate the  circumstances  that  caused  a
25        hospital  in  an  EMS  system  to  go on bypass status to
26        determine whether  that  hospital's  decision  to  go  on
27        bypass  status was reasonable.  The Department may impose
28        sanctions, as set forth in Section 3.140 of the Act, upon
29        a Department determination that the hospital unreasonably
30        went on bypass status in violation of the Act.
31    (Source: P.A. 89-177,  eff.  7-19-95;  89-667,  eff.  1-1-97;
32    revised 10-31-98.)

33        (210 ILCS 50/3.245)
 
                            -712-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec.  3.245.  Adoption  of  Rules by the Department.  The
 2    Department shall adopt rules to implement the  provisions  of
 3    this  Act,  in  accordance  with  the Illinois Administrative
 4    Procedure Act.
 5        With the exception of emergency rules adopted pursuant to
 6    Section 5.02 of the Illinois Administrative Procedure Act  or
 7    Section  3.190  of  this Act, the Department shall submit all
 8    proposed  rules  to  the  State  Emergency  Medical  Services
 9    Council or State Trauma Advisory Council for a 90-day  review
10    and  comment  period  prior to adoption, as specified in this
11    Act.
12    (Source: P.A. 89-177, eff. 7-19-95; revised 10-31-98.)

13        Section 116.  The Mobile Home  Park  Act  is  amended  by
14    changing Section 9 as follows:

15        (210 ILCS 115/9) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 719)
16        Sec.  9.   Each  mobile  home  park  licensed  or  to  be
17    constructed  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall  be
18    operated  and  maintained in accordance with the requirements
19    of Sections Section 9.1 to 9.15, inclusive, of this Act.
20    (Source: P.A. 77-1472; revised 10-31-98.)

21        Section 117.  The Illinois Insurance Code is  amended  by
22    changing Sections 56, 123C-2, 126.30, 141.1, 143.21a, 143.31,
23    209,  223, 267, 333, 338, 343, 357.2, 357.18, 357.19, 357.20,
24    408, 415, 531.03, 803.1, 807.1,  810.1,  1202,  and  1204  as
25    follows:

26        (215 ILCS 5/56) (from Ch. 73, par. 668)
27        Sec.  56.  Accumulation  of  guaranty  fund  or  guaranty
28    capital.   Any  company  subject  to  the  provisions of this
29    article, may provide for a surplus either by  accumulating  a
30    guaranty fund or a guaranty capital as follows:
 
                            -713-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (a)  Guaranty Fund.  It may accumulate a guaranty fund by
 2    borrowing  money  at  an  interest rate either (1) at a fixed
 3    rate not exceeding the corporate base rate as reported by the
 4    largest bank  (measured  by  assets)  with  its  head  office
 5    located in Chicago, Illinois, in effect on the first business
 6    day of the month in which the loan document is executed, plus
 7    3% per annum or (2) at a variable rate equal to the corporate
 8    base  rate determined on the first business day of each month
 9    during the term of the loan plus 2% per annum.  In  no  event
10    shall  the  variable  interest  rate for any month exceed the
11    initial rate for the loan or advance by  more  than  10%  per
12    annum.   The  insurer shall elect at the time of execution of
13    the loan or advance agreement whether the interest rate is to
14    be fixed or floating for  the  term  of  the  agreement.   An
15    agreement   issued   after   the  insurer  has  received  its
16    Certificate  of  Authority  shall  first   be   approved   by
17    resolution  of  the Board of Directors and the Director.  The
18    agreement shall provide  that  such  loan  and  the  interest
19    thereon  shall  be  repaid  only  out  of the surplus of such
20    company in excess of the greater of the original  or  minimum
21    surplus  required of such company by Section 43.  Such excess
22    of surplus shall be calculated upon the fair market value  of
23    the  assets of the company, and such guaranty loan fund shall
24    constitute and be enforceable enforcible as  a  liability  of
25    the  company  only  as  against  such  excess of surplus. Any
26    unpaid balance of such guaranty fund loan shall  be  reported
27    in  the  annual  statement  to  be  filed  with the Director.
28    Repayment of principal or payment of  interest  may  be  made
29    only  with  the  approval  of  the Director when he or she is
30    satisfied  that  the  financial  condition  of  the   company
31    warrants that action, but approval may not be withheld if the
32    company  shall  have  and  submit  satisfactory  evidence  of
33    surplus  of  not  less  than  the  amount  stipulated  in the
34    repayment of principal or  interest  payment  clause  of  the
 
                            -714-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    agreement.
 2        (b)  Guaranty   Capital.   It  may  in  addition  to  any
 3    advances  provided  for  herein,  establish  and  maintain  a
 4    guaranty capital divided into shares having a  par  value  of
 5    not  more  than  $100  nor  less  than $5 each.  The guaranty
 6    capital shall be applied to the payment of losses  only  when
 7    the  company  has  exhausted its assets in excess of unearned
 8    premium reserve and other liabilities; and when thus impaired
 9    the directors may make good the whole or any part  of  it  by
10    assessment  on  its  policyholders as provided for in Section
11    60.  Said guaranty capital may,  by  vote  of  the  board  of
12    directors  of  the  company  and  the  written consent of the
13    Director be reduced or retired by any amount,  provided  that
14    the  net  surplus  of the company together with the remaining
15    guaranty capital shall equal or exceed the amount of  surplus
16    required  by  Section  43,  and  due  notice of such proposed
17    action on the part of the company shall  be  published  in  a
18    newspaper  of  general circulation, approved by the Director,
19    not less than once each week for at least 4 consecutive weeks
20    before such action is taken.   No  company  with  a  guaranty
21    capital,  which  has  ceased to do business, shall divide any
22    part of its assets or guaranty capital among its shareholders
23    unless it has paid or it has otherwise been released from its
24    policy obligations.   The  holders  of  the  shares  of  such
25    guaranty  capital shall be entitled to interest either (1) at
26    a fixed  rate  not  exceeding  the  corporate  base  rate  as
27    reported  by  the  largest bank (measured by assets) with its
28    head office located in Chicago, Illinois, in  effect  on  the
29    first business day of the month in which the loan document is
30    executed,  plus  3% per annum or (2) at a variable rate equal
31    to the corporate base rate determined on the  first  business
32    day  of  each  month  during the term of the loan plus 2% per
33    annum.  In no event shall the variable interest rate for  any
34    month exceed the initial rate for the loan or advance by more
 
                            -715-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    than  10%  per annum.  The insurer shall elect at the time of
 2    issuance of the shares whether the interest  rate  is  to  be
 3    fixed  or  floating  for  the  term  of  the agreement.  Such
 4    interest shall be payable from the surplus in excess  of  the
 5    surplus  required of the company by Section 43.  In the event
 6    of dissolution and liquidation of such a  company  after  the
 7    retirement of all outstanding obligations of the company, the
 8    holders  of such shares of guaranty capital shall be entitled
 9    to a preferential right in the assets of such  company  equal
10    to  the  par  value  of  their share of such guaranty capital
11    before any distribution to members.
12    (Source: P.A. 90-381, eff. 8-14-97; revised 2-24-98.)

13        (215 ILCS 5/123C-2) (from Ch. 73, par. 735C-2)
14        Sec. 123C-2.  Authority of captives; restrictions.
15        A.  Any captive insurance company, when permitted by  its
16    articles of association or charter, may apply to the Director
17    for  a  certificate  of  authority  to  transact  any and all
18    insurance in classes 2 and 3  of  Section  4  of  this  Code,
19    except that:
20             (1)  no  pure  captive  insurance company may insure
21        any risks other than those of its parent  and  affiliated
22        companies;
23             (2)  no  association  captive  insurance company may
24        insure  any  risks  other  than  those  of   the   member
25        organizations  of  its  association, and their affiliated
26        companies;
27             (3)  no industrial insured captive insurance company
28        may insure any risks other than those of the  members  of
29        the   industrial  insured  group,  and  their  affiliated
30        companies; and
31             (4)  no captive insurance company may provide:
32                  (i)  personal   motor   vehicle   coverage   or
33             homeowner's  insurance  coverage  or  any  component
 
                            -716-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             thereof, or
 2                  (ii)  personal  coverage  for   personal   risk
 3             liability, or
 4                  (iii)  coverage  for an employer's liability to
 5             its employees other than legal liability  under  the
 6             federal  Employers'  Employee's  Liability  Act (45.
 7             U.S.C.  51  et  seq.),   provided,   however,   this
 8             exclusion  does  not  preclude  reinsurance  of such
 9             employer's liability, or
10                  (iv)  accident and health insurance as provided
11             in clause (a) of Class 2  of  Section  4,  provided,
12             however,  this exclusion does not preclude stop-loss
13             insurance  or  reinsurance  of  a  single   employer
14             self-funded  employee  disability benefit plan or an
15             employee welfare plan as described in 29 U.S.C. 1001
16             et seq.
17        B.  No captive insurance company shall do  any  insurance
18    business in this State unless:
19             (1)  it   first   obtains   from   the   Director  a
20        certificate  of  authority  authorizing  it  to  do  such
21        insurance business in this State; and
22             (2)  it appoints  a  resident  registered  agent  to
23        accept  service  of  process  and to otherwise act on its
24        behalf in this State.
25        C.  No captive insurance company shall adopt a name  that
26    is  the  same  as,  deceptively  similar  to, or likely to be
27    confused with or mistaken for, any  other  existing  business
28    name registered in this State.
29        D.  Each  captive insurance company, or the organizations
30    providing the principal administrative or management services
31    to such captive insurance company, shall maintain a place  of
32    business in this State.
33    (Source: P.A. 88-364; revised 10-28-98.)
 
                            -717-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (215 ILCS 5/126.30)
 2        Sec.  126.30.  Foreign  investments  and foreign currency
 3    exposure.
 4        A.  Subject to the  limitations  of  Section  126.23,  an
 5    insurer   may  acquire  directly  or  indirectly  through  an
 6    investment subsidiary,  foreign  investments,  or  engage  in
 7    investment   practices   with   persons   of  or  in  foreign
 8    jurisdictions, of substantially the same types as those  that
 9    an  insurer is permitted to acquire under this Article, other
10    than of the type permitted under Section  126.25,  if,  as  a
11    result and after giving effect to the investment:
12             (1)  the  aggregate  amount  of  foreign investments
13        then held by the insurer under this subsection  does  not
14        exceed 20% of its admitted assets; and
15             (2)  the  aggregate  amount  of  foreign investments
16        then held by the  insurer  under  this  subsection  in  a
17        single  foreign  jurisdiction  does not exceed 10% of its
18        admitted assets as to a foreign jurisdiction that  has  a
19        sovereign  debt  rating  of  SVO  1 or 5% of its admitted
20        assets as to any other foreign jurisdiction.
21        B.  Subject to the  limitations  of  Section  126.23,  an
22    insurer  may  acquire  investments,  or  engage in investment
23    practices denominated in foreign currencies, whether  or  not
24    they  are  foreign investments acquired under subsection A of
25    this Section, or additional foreign currency  exposure  as  a
26    result   of  the  termination  or  expiration  of  a  hedging
27    transaction with respect  to  investments  denominated  in  a
28    foreign  currency, if, as a result of and after giving effect
29    to the transaction:
30             (1)  the aggregate amount of investments  then  held
31        by  the  insurer  under  this  subsection  denominated in
32        foreign currencies does not exceed 15%  of  its  admitted
33        assets; and
34             (2)  the  aggregate  amount of investments then held
 
                            -718-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        by the insurer under this subsection denominated  in  the
 2        foreign  currency  of  a single foreign jurisdiction does
 3        not exceed 10% of its admitted assets  as  to  a  foreign
 4        jurisdiction that has a sovereign debt rating of SVO 1 or
 5        5%  of  its  admitted  assets  as  to  any  other foreign
 6        jurisdiction.
 7        (3)  However,  an  investment  shall  not  be  considered
 8    denominated in a foreign currency if  the  acquiring  insurer
 9    enters  into  one or more contracts in transactions permitted
10    under  Section  126.31   in   which   the   business   entity
11    counterparty agrees to exchange, or grants to the insurer the
12    option to exchange, all payments made on the foreign currency
13    denominated investment (or amounts equivalent to the payments
14    that are or will be due to the insurer in accordance with the
15    terms  of  such investment) for United States currency during
16    the period  the  contract  or  contracts  are  in  effect  to
17    insulate the insurer against loss caused by diminution of the
18    value  of  payments owed to the insurer due to future changes
19    in currency exchange rates.
20        C.  In   addition   to   investments   permitted    under
21    subsections  A  and  B  of  this  Section, an insurer that is
22    authorized to do business in a foreign jurisdiction, and that
23    has outstanding insurance, annuity or  reinsurance  contracts
24    on  lives  or  risks  resident  or  located  in  that foreign
25    jurisdiction and denominated  in  foreign  currency  of  that
26    jurisdiction, may acquire foreign investments respecting that
27    foreign jurisdiction, and may acquire investments denominated
28    in   the  currency  of  that  jurisdiction,  subject  to  the
29    limitations of Section  126.23.   However,  investments  made
30    under  this subsection in obligations of foreign governments,
31    their  political  subdivisions   and   government   sponsored
32    enterprises  shall  not  be  subject  to  the  limitations of
33    Section 126.23 if those investments carry an SVO rating of  1
34    or  2.  The  aggregate  amount of investments acquired by the
 
                            -719-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    insurer under this subsection shall not  exceed  the  greater
 2    of:
 3             (1)  the  amount  the  insurer is required by law to
 4        invest in the foreign jurisdiction; or
 5             (2)  125% of the amount  of  its  reserves,  net  of
 6        reinsurance, and other obligations under the contracts.
 7        D.  In    addition   to   investments   permitted   under
 8    subsections A and B of this Section, an insurer that  is  not
 9    authorized to do business in a foreign jurisdiction but which
10    has  outstanding  insurance, annuity or reinsurance contracts
11    on  lives  or  risks  resident  or  located  in   a   foreign
12    jurisdiction  and  denominated  in  foreign  currency of that
13    jurisdiction, may acquire foreign investments respecting that
14    foreign jurisdiction, and may acquire investments denominated
15    in  the  currency  of  that  jurisdiction  subject   to   the
16    limitations set forth of Section 126.24. However, investments
17    made   under   this  subsection  in  obligations  of  foreign
18    governments,  their  political  subdivisions  and  government
19    sponsored enterprises shall not be subject to the limitations
20    of Section 126.23 if those investments carry an SVO rating of
21    1 or 2.  The aggregate amount of investments acquired by  the
22    insurer  under  this  subsection shall not exceed 105% of the
23    amount  of  its  reserves,  net  of  reinsurance,  and  other
24    obligations under the contracts on risks resident or  located
25    in the foreign jurisdiction.
26        E.  Investments  acquired  under  this  Section  shall be
27    aggregated with investments of the same types made under  all
28    other  Sections of this Article, and in a similar manner, for
29    purposes of determining compliance with the  limitations,  if
30    any,   contained   in  the  other  Sections.  Investments  in
31    obligations   of   foreign   governments,   their   political
32    subdivisions and government sponsored  enterprises  of  these
33    persons,  except for those exempted under subsections C and D
34    of this Section, shall  be  subject  to  the  limitations  of
 
                            -720-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Section 126.23.
 2    (Source: P.A. 90-418, eff. 8-15-97; revised 10-31-98.)

 3        (215 ILCS 5/141.1) (from Ch. 73, par. 753.1)
 4        Sec. 141.1.  Management contracts and service agreements.
 5    All   agreements   or   contracts  under  which  any  person,
 6    organization or corporation is delegated management duties or
 7    control  of  any  domestic  company,  or  which  transfer   a
 8    substantial  part of any major function of a domestic company
 9    such  as  adjustment  of  losses,  production  of   business,
10    investment  of  assets  or general servicing of the company's
11    business must be filed with the Department on or  before  the
12    effective  date  of such contract or agreement.  The Director
13    may upon notice review these arrangements entered by  foreign
14    companies.
15        There  shall  be  exempted from the filing requirement of
16    this Section contracts by groups of affiliated companies on a
17    "pooled" funds basis or  service  company  management  basis,
18    where costs to the individual member companies are charged on
19    an  actually  incurred  or closely estimated basis.  However,
20    these contracts must be reduced to written form.
21        Sections 141.1, 141.2, and 141.3 shall not apply  to  any
22    power of attorney or other authority authorized by Section 67
23    of this Code.
24    (Source: P.A. 88-364; revised 2-26-98.)

25        (215 ILCS 5/143.21a) (from Ch. 73, par. 755.21a)
26        Sec.  143.21a.   Nonrenewal of Fire and Extended Coverage
27    Policy - Grounds.  A policy of  fire  and  extended  coverage
28    insurance,  as  defined  in subsection (b) of Section 143.13,
29    may not be  nonrenewed  for  any  of  the  following  reasons
30    reasonings:
31             (a)  age of property,
32             (b)  location of property,
 
                            -721-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (c)  age,  sex,  race,  color,  ancestry, or marital
 2        status, or occupation of occupants.
 3    (Source: P.A. 82-625; revised 2-27-98.)

 4        (215 ILCS 5/143.31)
 5        Sec. 143.31.  Uniform medical claim and billing forms.
 6        (a)  The  Director  shall  prescribe   by   rule,   after
 7    consultation  with  providers  of  health  care or treatment,
 8    insurers, hospital, medical, and dental service corporations,
 9    and  other  prepayment  organizations,  insurance  claim  and
10    billing forms that the Director determines will  provide  for
11    uniformity  and simplicity in insurance claims handling.  The
12    claim forms shall  include,  but  need  not  be  limited  to,
13    information  regarding  the medical diagnosis, treatment, and
14    prognosis of  the  patient,  together  with  the  details  of
15    charges  incident  to  the  providing  of care, treatment, or
16    services, sufficient for the purpose  of  meeting  the  proof
17    requirements  of  an insurance policy or a hospital, medical,
18    or dental service contract.
19        (b)  An insurer or a provider of  health  care  treatment
20    may  not  refuse  to accept a claim or bill submitted on duly
21    promulgated uniform claim and  billing  forms.   An  insurer,
22    however,  may  accept claims and bills submitted on any other
23    form.
24        (c)  Accident and health insurer explanation of  benefits
25    paid  statements  or  claims  summary  statements  sent to an
26    insured by the accident and health  insurer  shall  be  in  a
27    format and written in a manner that promotes understanding by
28    the insured by setting forth all of the following:
29             (1)  The   total  dollar  amount  submitted  to  the
30        insurer for payment.
31             (2)  Any reduction in the amount  paid  due  to  the
32        application  of  any co-payment or deductible, along with
33        an  explanation  of  the  amount  of  the  co-payment  or
 
                            -722-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        deductible applied under the insured's policy.
 2             (3)  Any reduction in the amount  paid  due  to  the
 3        application  of  any other policy limitation or exclusion
 4        set  forth  in  the  insured's  policy,  along  with   an
 5        explanation thereof.
 6             (4)  The total dollar amount paid.
 7             (5)  The total dollar amount remaining unpaid.
 8        (d)  The   Director  may  issue  an  order  directing  an
 9    accident and health insurer to comply with subsection (c).
10        (e)  An accident and  health  insurer  does  not  violate
11    subsection  (c)  by  using  a  document that the accident and
12    health insurer is required to use by the  federal  government
13    or the State.
14        (f)  The  adoption  of  uniform  claim  forms and uniform
15    billing forms by the Director under  this  Section  does  not
16    preclude  an  insurer,  hospital,  medical, or dental service
17    corporation, or other prepayment organization from  obtaining
18    any  necessary  additional information regarding a claim from
19    the claimant,  provider  of  health  care  or  treatment,  or
20    certifier of coverage, as may be required.
21        (g)  On  and  after January 1, 1996 when billing insurers
22    or otherwise filing insurance claims with insurers subject to
23    this Section, providers of health care or treatment,  medical
24    services,   dental   services,  pharmaceutical  services,  or
25    medical equipment must use  the  uniform  claim  and  billing
26    forms adopted by the Director under this Section.
27    (Source: P.A. 88-84; 88-662, eff. 9-16-94; revised 10-31-98.)

28        (215 ILCS 5/209) (from Ch. 73, par. 821)
29        Sec. 209. Proof and allowance of claims.
30        (1)  A   proof  of  claim  shall  consist  of  a  written
31    statement signed under oath  setting  forth  the  claim,  the
32    consideration  for  it,  whether the claim is secured and, if
33    so, how, what payments have been made on the claim,  if  any,
 
                            -723-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and  that  the  sum claimed is justly owing from the company.
 2    Whenever a claim is based  upon  a  document,  the  document,
 3    unless  lost  or  destroyed, shall be filed with the proof of
 4    claim. If the document is lost or destroyed, a  statement  of
 5    that fact and of the circumstances of the loss or destruction
 6    shall  be  included  in  the  proof  of claim. A claim may be
 7    allowed even if contingent or unliquidated  as  of  the  date
 8    fixed  by the court pursuant to subsection (a) of Section 194
 9    if it is filed in accordance with this subsection.  Except as
10    otherwise provided  in  subsection  (7),  a  proof  of  claim
11    required under this Section must identify a particular claim.
12        (2)  At  any  time, the Director may require the claimant
13    to present information  or  evidence  supplementary  to  that
14    required  under  subsection  (l) and may take testimony under
15    oath, require production of  affidavits  or  depositions,  or
16    otherwise obtain additional information or evidence.
17        (3)  Upon    the    liquidation,    rehabilitation,    or
18    conservation   of  any  company  which  has  issued  policies
19    insuring the lives of persons, the Director shall,  within  a
20    reasonable  time,  after  the  last day set for the filing of
21    claims, make a list of the persons who have not filed  proofs
22    of  claim  with him and whose rights have not been reinsured,
23    to whom it appears from the books of the company,  there  are
24    owing  amounts on such policies and he shall set opposite the
25    name of each person such amount so owing to such person.  The
26    Director  shall  incur no personal liability by reason of any
27    mistake in such list. Each person  whose  name  shall  appear
28    upon  said  list  shall be deemed to have duly filed prior to
29    the last day set for filing of claims a proof  of  claim  for
30    the amount set opposite his name on said list.
31        (4)(a)  When    a    Liquidation,    Rehabilitation,   or
32    Conservation Order has been entered in a  proceeding  against
33    an  insurer  under  this Code, any insured under an insurance
34    policy shall have the right to file a contingent claim.   The
 
                            -724-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Court  at  the time of the entry of the Order of Liquidation,
 2    Rehabilitation or Conservation shall fix the final  date  for
 3    the  liquidation  of  insureds'  contingent claims, but in no
 4    event shall said date be more than 3 years after the last day
 5    fixed for the filing of claims, provided, such  date  may  be
 6    extended  by the Court on petition of the Director should the
 7    Director  determine  that  such  extension  will  not   delay
 8    distribution  of assets under Section 210.  Such a contingent
 9    claim shall be allowed if such claim is  liquidated  and  the
10    insured  claimant  presents evidence of payment of such claim
11    to the Director on or before the last day fixed by the Court.
12        (b)  When an insured has been  unable  to  liquidate  its
13    claim under paragraph (a) of this subsection (4), the insured
14    may  have  its  claim  allowed by estimation if (i) it may be
15    reasonably inferred from the proof presented upon  the  claim
16    that  a  claim  exists under the policy; (ii) the insured has
17    furnished suitable proof, unless the  court  for  good  cause
18    shown  shall  otherwise  direct, that no further valid claims
19    against the insurer arising out of the cause of action  other
20    than those already presented can be made, and (iii) the total
21    liability  of the insurer to all claimants arising out of the
22    same act shall be no greater than its total  liability  would
23    be   were   it   not   in   liquidation,  rehabilitation,  or
24    conservation.
25        (5)  The obligation of the insurer, if any, to defend  or
26    continue  the  defense of any claim or suit under a liability
27    insurance policy shall terminate on the entry of the Order of
28    Liquidation, Rehabilitation or  Conservation,  except  during
29    the  appeal of an Order of Liquidation as provided by Section
30    190.1 or, unless upon the petition of the Director, the court
31    directs otherwise.  Insureds may include in contingent claims
32    reasonable attorneys fees for services rendered subsequent to
33    the date of Liquidation, Rehabilitation  or  Conservation  in
34    defense  of  claims  or suits covered by the insured's policy
 
                            -725-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    provided such attorneys fees have actually been paid  by  the
 2    assured  and  evidence  of  payment  presented  in the manner
 3    required for insured's contingent claims.
 4        (6)  When a liquidation, rehabilitation, or  conservation
 5    order  has  been  entered  in a proceeding against an insurer
 6    under this Code, any person who has a cause of action against
 7    an insured of the insurer under an insurance policy issued by
 8    the insurer shall have the right  to  file  a  claim  in  the
 9    proceeding,  regardless  of  the  fact  that the claim may be
10    contingent, and the claim may be allowed (a)  if  it  may  be
11    reasonably, inferred from proof presented upon the claim that
12    the  claimant  would  be  able  to obtain a judgment upon the
13    cause of action against the insured; and (b)  if  the  person
14    has furnished suitable proof, unless the court for good cause
15    shown  shall  otherwise  direct, that no further valid claims
16    against the insurer arising out of the cause of action  other
17    than  those  already presented can be made, and (c) the total
18    liability of the insurer to all claimants arising out of  the
19    same  act  shall be no greater than its total liability would
20    be  were  it   not   in   liquidation,   rehabilitation,   or
21    conservation.
22        (7)  Contingent  or  unliquidated  general creditors' and
23    ceding insurers'  claims  that  are  not  made  absolute  and
24    liquidated  by  the  last  day fixed by the court pursuant to
25    subsection (4) shall be determined and allowed by estimation.
26    Any such estimate shall be based upon an actuarial evaluation
27    made with reasonable  actuarial  certainty  or  upon  another
28    accepted  method  of valuing claims with reasonable certainty
29    and, with respect to ceding insurers' claims, may include  an
30    estimate of incurred but not reported losses.
31        (8)  No  judgment  against  such an insured or an insurer
32    taken after  the  date  of  the  entry  of  the  liquidation,
33    rehabilitation,  or conservation order shall be considered in
34    the proceedings as evidence of liability, or of the amount of
 
                            -726-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    damages, and no judgment against an  insured  or  an  insurer
 2    taken  by  default, or by collusion prior to the entry of the
 3    liquidation order shall be considered as conclusive  evidence
 4    in  the proceeding either of the liability of such insured to
 5    such person upon such cause of action or  of  the  amount  of
 6    damages to which such person is therein entitled.
 7        (9)  The  value  of  securities held by secured creditors
 8    shall  be  determined  by  converting  the  same  into  money
 9    according to the terms of the  agreement  pursuant  to  which
10    such  securities were delivered to such creditors, or by such
11    creditors and the Director by agreement, or by the court, and
12    the amount of such value shall be credited upon the claims of
13    such secured creditors and their claims allowed only for  the
14    balance.
15        (10)  Claims  of  creditors  or  policyholders  who  have
16    received  preferences  voidable  under Section 204 or to whom
17    conveyances or transfers, assignments  or  incumbrances  have
18    been  made  or  given which are void under Section 204, shall
19    not be allowed unless such creditors or  policyholders  shall
20    surrender    such    preferences,   conveyances,   transfers,
21    assignments or incumbrances.
22        (11)(a)  When the Director denies a  claim  or  allows  a
23    claim  for  less  than  the amount requested by the claimant,
24    written notice of the  determination  and  of  the  right  to
25    object  shall  be  given  promptly  to  the  claimant  or the
26    claimant's representative by first class mail at the  address
27    shown on the proof of claim.  Within 60 days from the mailing
28    of  the  notice, the claimant may file his written objections
29    with the Director.  If no such filing is  made  on  a  timely
30    basis,   the   claimant   may   not  further  object  to  the
31    determination.
32        (b)  Whenever objections are filed with the Director  and
33    he  does  not  alter  his  determination  as  a result of the
34    objection and the claimant continues to object, the  Director
 
                            -727-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    shall petition the court for a hearing as soon as practicable
 2    and  give  notice  of  the hearing by first class mail to the
 3    claimant or his representative and to any other persons known
 4    by the Director to be directly affected,  not  less  than  10
 5    days before the date of the hearing.
 6        (12)  The  Director shall review all claims duly filed in
 7    the liquidation, rehabilitation, or conservation  proceeding,
 8    unless  otherwise  directed by the court, and shall make such
 9    further  investigation  as  he  considers  necessary.     The
10    Director  may  compound,  compromise,  or in any other manner
11    negotiate the amount for which claims will be recommended  to
12    the  court.   Unresolved  disputes  shall be determined under
13    subsection (11).
14        (13)(a)  The Director shall present to the court  reports
15    of   claims   reviewed   under   subsection   (12)  with  his
16    recommendations as to each claim.
17        (b)  The   court   may   approve   or   disapprove    any
18    recommendations  contained  in the reports of claims filed by
19    the Director, except  that  the  Director's  agreements  with
20    claimants  shall  be accepted as final by the court on claims
21    settled for $10,000 or less.
22        (14)  The changes made in this Section by this amendatory
23    Act of 1993 apply  to  all  liquidation,  rehabilitation,  or
24    conservation  proceedings  that  are pending on the effective
25    date of this  amendatory  Act  of  1993  and  to  all  future
26    liquidation,  rehabilitation,  or  conservation  proceedings,
27    except  that  the  changes  made  to  the  provisions of this
28    Section by this amendatory Act of 1993 shall not apply to any
29    company ordered into liquidation  on  or  before  January  1,
30    1982.
31    (Source:   P.A.   88-297;   89-206,   eff.  7-21-95;  revised
32    10-31-98.)

33        (215 ILCS 5/223) (from Ch. 73, par. 835)
 
                            -728-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec. 223. Director to value policies - Legal standard  of
 2    valuation.
 3        (1)  The  Director  shall  annually value, or cause to be
 4    valued, the reserve liabilities (hereinafter called reserves)
 5    for all outstanding life insurance policies and  annuity  and
 6    pure  endowment  contracts  of  every  life insurance company
 7    doing business in this State, except that in the case  of  an
 8    alien  company, such valuation shall be limited to its United
 9    States business, and may  certify  the  amount  of  any  such
10    reserves,  specifying  the mortality table or tables, rate or
11    rates of interest, and methods (net level premium  method  or
12    other)   used   in  the  calculation  of  such  reserves.  In
13    calculating such reserves,  he  may  use  group  methods  and
14    approximate averages for fractions of a year or otherwise. In
15    lieu  of the valuation of the reserves herein required of any
16    foreign or alien company, he may accept any  valuation  made,
17    or  caused  to be made, by the insurance supervisory official
18    of any  state  or  other  jurisdiction  when  such  valuation
19    complies with the minimum standard herein provided and if the
20    official  of such state or jurisdiction accepts as sufficient
21    and valid for all legal purposes the certificate of valuation
22    of the Director when such certificate states the valuation to
23    have been made in a specified manner according to  which  the
24    aggregate  reserves would be at least as large as if they had
25    been computed in the manner prescribed by  the  law  of  that
26    state or jurisdiction.
27        Any  such  company  which  at  any  time  has adopted any
28    standard of valuation producing  greater  aggregate  reserves
29    than  those  calculated  according  to  the  minimum standard
30    herein provided may, with the approval of the Director, adopt
31    any lower standard of  valuation,  but  not  lower  than  the
32    minimum  herein  provided, however, that, for the purposes of
33    this  subsection,  the   holding   of   additional   reserves
34    previously  determined by a qualified actuary to be necessary
 
                            -729-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to render the opinion required by subsection (1a)  shall  not
 2    be  deemed  to  be  the  adoption  of  a  higher  standard of
 3    valuation. In the valuation of policies  the  Director  shall
 4    give  no consideration to, nor make any deduction because of,
 5    the existence or the possession by the company of
 6             (a)  policy liens created by any agreement given  or
 7        assented  to  by  any assured subsequent to July 1, 1937,
 8        for which liens such assured has  not  received  cash  or
 9        other  consideration equal in value to the amount of such
10        liens, or
11             (b)  policy liens created by any  agreement  entered
12        into  in  violation  of  section 232 unless the agreement
13        imposing or creating such liens has been  approved  by  a
14        Court  in a proceeding under Article XIII, or in the case
15        of a foreign or alien company  has  been  approved  by  a
16        court in a rehabilitation or liquidation proceeding or by
17        the  insurance  official  of  its  domiciliary  state  or
18        country, in accordance with the laws thereof.
19        (1a)  This  subsection  shall become operative at the end
20    of the first full calendar year following the effective  date
21    of this amendatory Act of 1991.
22             (A)  General.
23                  (1)  Every   life   insurance   company   doing
24             business  in  this  State  shall annually submit the
25             opinion of a qualified actuary  as  to  whether  the
26             reserves and related actuarial items held in support
27             of  the  policies  and  contracts  specified  by the
28             Director by regulation are  computed  appropriately,
29             are  based  on  assumptions that satisfy contractual
30             provisions,  are  consistent  with  prior   reported
31             amounts  and  comply  with  applicable  laws of this
32             State.  The Director by regulation shall define  the
33             specifics  of  this  opinion and add any other items
34             deemed to be necessary to its scope.
 
                            -730-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (2)  The opinion shall be  submitted  with  the
 2             annual statement reflecting the valuation of reserve
 3             liabilities   for  each  year  ending  on  or  after
 4             December 31, 1992.
 5                  (3)  The opinion shall apply to all business in
 6             force  including   individual   and   group   health
 7             insurance plans, in form and substance acceptable to
 8             the Director as specified by regulation.
 9                  (4)  The  opinion  shall  be based on standards
10             adopted from time to time by the Actuarial Standards
11             Board and on additional standards  as  the  Director
12             may by regulation prescribe.
13                  (5)  In  the  case of an opinion required to be
14             submitted  by  a  foreign  or  alien  company,   the
15             Director  may  accept  the  opinion  filed  by  that
16             company  with  the insurance supervisory official of
17             another state if the Director  determines  that  the
18             opinion reasonably meets the requirements applicable
19             to a company domiciled in this State.
20                  (6)  For   the   purpose   of   this   Section,
21             "qualified  actuary" means a member in good standing
22             of the American Academy of Actuaries who  meets  the
23             requirements set forth in its regulations.
24                  (7)  Except   in  cases  of  fraud  or  willful
25             misconduct,  the  qualified  actuary  shall  not  be
26             liable for damages to any  person  (other  than  the
27             insurance  company  and  the  Director) for any act,
28             error, omission, decision or conduct with respect to
29             the actuary's opinion.
30                  (8)  Disciplinary  action   by   the   Director
31             against  the  company or the qualified actuary shall
32             be defined in regulations by the Director.
33                  (9)  A  memorandum,  in  form   and   substance
34             acceptable   to   the   Director   as  specified  by
 
                            -731-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             regulation,  shall  be  prepared  to  support   each
 2             actuarial opinion.
 3                  (10)  If the insurance company fails to provide
 4             a  supporting  memorandum  at  the  request  of  the
 5             Director  within a period specified by regulation or
 6             the  Director   determines   that   the   supporting
 7             memorandum  provided  by the insurance company fails
 8             to meet the standards prescribed by the  regulations
 9             or  is  otherwise  unacceptable to the Director, the
10             Director may  engage  a  qualified  actuary  at  the
11             expense of the company to review the opinion and the
12             basis  for  the  opinion  and prepare the supporting
13             memorandum as is required by the Director.
14                  (11)  Any memorandum in support of the opinion,
15             and any other material provided by  the  company  to
16             the  Director in connection therewith, shall be kept
17             confidential by the Director and shall not  be  made
18             public  and  shall not be subject to subpoena, other
19             than for the purpose of defending an action  seeking
20             damages  from  any  person  by  reason of any action
21             required  by  this   Section   or   by   regulations
22             promulgated  hereunder;  provided, however, that the
23             memorandum  or  other  material  may  otherwise   be
24             released  by  the  Director  (a)  with  the  written
25             consent  of  the  company  or  (b)  to  the American
26             Academy of Actuaries upon request stating  that  the
27             memorandum  or  other  material  is required for the
28             purpose of professional disciplinary proceedings and
29             setting  forth  procedures   satisfactory   to   the
30             Director  for  preserving the confidentiality of the
31             memorandum or other material.  Once any  portion  of
32             the  confidential memorandum is cited by the company
33             in its marketing or is cited before any governmental
34             agency other than a state insurance department or is
 
                            -732-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             released by the  company  to  the  news  media,  all
 2             portions  of the confidential memorandum shall be no
 3             longer confidential.
 4             (B)  Actuarial  analysis  of  reserves  and   assets
 5        supporting those reserves.
 6                  (1)  Every  life  insurance  company, except as
 7             exempted by or under regulation, shall also annually
 8             include in the opinion required by paragraph  (A)(1)
 9             of  this  subsection  (1a),  an  opinion of the same
10             qualified actuary as to  whether  the  reserves  and
11             related  actuarial  items  held  in  support  of the
12             policies and contracts specified by the Director  by
13             regulation,  when  considered in light of the assets
14             held by the company with respect to the reserves and
15             related actuarial items including, but  not  limited
16             to,  the  investment  earnings on the assets and the
17             considerations  anticipated  to  be   received   and
18             retained  under  the  policies  and  contracts, make
19             adequate provision  for  the  company's  obligations
20             under  the policies and contracts including, but not
21             limited  to,  the  benefits   under   and   expenses
22             associated with the policies and contracts.
23                  (2)  The Director may provide by regulation for
24             a  transition  period  for  establishing  any higher
25             reserves  which  the  qualified  actuary  may   deem
26             necessary in order to render the opinion required by
27             this Section.
28        (2)  This  subsection  shall apply to only those policies
29    and contracts issued prior to the operative date  of  section
30    229.2 (the Standard Non-forfeiture Law).
31             (a)  Except  as  otherwise in this Article provided,
32        the legal minimum standard  for  valuation  of  contracts
33        issued  before January 1, 1908, shall be the Actuaries or
34        Combined Experience Table of Mortality with  interest  at
 
                            -733-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        4%  per annum and for valuation of contracts issued on or
 2        after that date shall be the American Experience Table of
 3        Mortality with either Craig's or Buttolph's Extension for
 4        ages under 10 and with interest at 3 1/2% per annum.  The
 5        legal   minimum  standard  for  the  valuation  of  group
 6        insurance policies under  which  premium  rates  are  not
 7        guaranteed for a period in excess of 5 years shall be the
 8        American Men Ultimate Table of Mortality with interest at
 9        3  1/2%  per  annum. Any life company may, at its option,
10        value its insurance contracts issued on or after  January
11        1,  1938,  in accordance with their terms on the basis of
12        the  American  Men  Ultimate  Table  of  Mortality   with
13        interest not higher than 3 1/2% per annum.
14             (b)  Policies  issued  prior to January 1, 1908, may
15        continue to be valued according  to  a  method  producing
16        reserves  not  less  than  those  produced  by  the  full
17        preliminary  term  method.  Policies  issued on and after
18        January 1, 1908, may be  valued  according  to  a  method
19        producing  reserves  not  less than those produced by the
20        modified preliminary term method hereinafter described in
21        paragraph (c). Policies issued on and  after  January  1,
22        1938,   may  be  valued  either  according  to  a  method
23        producing reserves not less than those produced  by  such
24        modified  preliminary  term  method  or by the select and
25        ultimate method on the basis that the rate  of  mortality
26        during  the  first  5  years  after  the issuance of such
27        contracts respectively shall be calculated  according  to
28        the  following percentages of rates shown by the American
29        Experience Table of Mortality:
30                  (i)  first insurance year 50% thereof;
31                  (ii)  second insurance year 65% thereof;
32                  (iii)  third insurance year 75% thereof;
33                  (iv)  fourth insurance year 85% thereof;
34                  (v)  fifth insurance year 95% thereof;
 
                            -734-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (c)  If the premium charged  for  the  first  policy
 2        year under a limited payment life preliminary term policy
 3        providing for the payment of all premiums thereon in less
 4        than  20  years  from  the date of the policy or under an
 5        endowment preliminary term policy, exceeds  that  charged
 6        for   the   first  policy  year  under  20  payment  life
 7        preliminary  term  policies  of  the  same  company,  the
 8        reserve thereon at the end of  any  year,  including  the
 9        first, shall not be less than the reserve on a 20 payment
10        life  preliminary  term policy issued in the same year at
11        the same age, together with  an  amount  which  shall  be
12        equivalent  to  the  accumulation  of a net level premium
13        sufficient to provide for a pure endowment at the end  of
14        the  premium  payment  period,  equal  to  the difference
15        between the value at the end of such period of such a  20
16        payment  life  preliminary  term  policy and the full net
17        level premium reserve at such  time  of  such  a  limited
18        payment  life  or  endowment  policy. The premium payment
19        period  is  the  period   during   which   premiums   are
20        concurrently   payable   under   such   20  payment  life
21        preliminary term policy and such limited payment life  or
22        endowment policy.
23             (d)  The  legal  minimum standard for the valuations
24        of annuities issued on and after January 1,  1938,  shall
25        be  the  American  Annuitant's  Table  with  interest not
26        higher than 3 3/4% per annum, and  all  annuities  issued
27        before  that  date  shall  be valued on a basis not lower
28        than that used for the annual statement of the year 1937;
29        but annuities deferred 10 or more years  and  written  in
30        connection  with  life  insurance  shall be valued on the
31        same basis as that used in computing the consideration or
32        premiums therefor, or upon any  higher  standard  at  the
33        option of the company.
34             (e)  The Director may vary the standards of interest
 
                            -735-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        and  mortality  as to contracts issued in countries other
 2        than  the  United  States  and  may  vary  standards   of
 3        mortality  in particular cases of invalid lives and other
 4        extra hazards.
 5             (f)  The legal minimum  standard  for  valuation  of
 6        waiver  of  premium  disability  benefits  or  waiver  of
 7        premium  and  income  disability  benefits  issued on and
 8        after January 1, 1938, shall be the Class (3)  Disability
 9        Table  (1926)  modified  to  conform  to  the contractual
10        waiting period, with interest at not more than 3 1/2% per
11        annum; but in no event shall  the  values  be  less  than
12        those  produced  by  the basis used in computing premiums
13        for such benefits. The legal  minimum  standard  for  the
14        valuation  of  such  benefits  issued prior to January 1,
15        1938, shall be such as to place  an  adequate  value,  as
16        determined   by   sound   insurance   practices,  on  the
17        liabilities thereunder and shall be such that  the  value
18        of  the  benefits under each and every policy shall in no
19        case be less  than  the  value  placed  upon  the  future
20        premiums.
21             (g)  The legal minimum standard for the valuation of
22        industrial  policies  issued on or after January 1, 1938,
23        shall be the American Experience Table  of  Mortality  or
24        the   Standard   Industrial   Mortality   Table   or  the
25        Substandard Industrial Mortality Table with interest at 3
26        1/2% per annum by the net level  premium  method,  or  in
27        accordance  with  their terms by the modified preliminary
28        term method hereinabove described.
29             (h)  Reserves for all such  policies  and  contracts
30        may   be  calculated,  at  the  option  of  the  company,
31        according  to  any  standards   which   produce   greater
32        aggregate  reserves  for  all such policies and contracts
33        than the minimum reserves required by this subsection.
34        (3)  This subsection shall apply to only  those  policies
 
                            -736-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and  contracts  issued  on  or  after January 1, 1948 or such
 2    earlier  operative  date  of  Section  229.2  (the   Standard
 3    Non-forfeiture  Law)  as  shall  have  been  elected  by  the
 4    insurance company issuing such policies or contracts.
 5             (a)  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in subsections
 6        (4), (6), and (7), the minimum standard for the valuation
 7        of  all  such  policies  and  contracts  shall   be   the
 8        Commissioners   Reserve   valuation   method  defined  in
 9        paragraphs  (b)  and  (f)  of  this  subsection  and   in
10        subsection  5,  3  1/2% interest for such policies issued
11        prior to September 8, 1977, 5 1/2%  interest  for  single
12        premium  life  insurance policies and 4 1/2% interest for
13        all other such policies issued on or after  September  8,
14        1977, and the following tables:
15                  (i)  The  Commissioners  1941 Standard Ordinary
16             Mortality Table for all Ordinary  policies  of  life
17             insurance  issued  on  the standard basis, excluding
18             any disability and accidental death benefits in such
19             policies, for such  policies  issued  prior  to  the
20             operative  date  of subsection (4a) of Section 229.2
21             (Standard Non-forfeiture Law); and the Commissioners
22             1958 Standard  Ordinary  Mortality  Table  for  such
23             policies  issued on or after such operative date but
24             prior to the operative date of  subsection  (4c)  of
25             Section 229.2 provided that for any category of such
26             policies  issued  on  female  risks all modified net
27             premiums and present values referred to in this  Act
28             may,  prior  to  September  8,  1977,  be calculated
29             according to an age not more than  3  years  younger
30             than  the  actual  age  of  the  insured  and, after
31             September 8, 1977, calculated according  to  an  age
32             not more than 6 years younger than the actual age of
33             the  insured;  and  for  such  policies issued on or
34             after the  operative  date  of  subsection  (4c)  of
 
                            -737-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             Section  229.2,  (i) the Commissioners 1980 Standard
 2             Ordinary Mortality Table, or (ii) at the election of
 3             the company for any one or more specified  plans  of
 4             life  insurance,  the  Commissioners  1980  Standard
 5             Ordinary   Mortality   Table  with  Ten-Year  Select
 6             Mortality Factors, or (iii) any  ordinary  mortality
 7             table adopted after 1980 by the National Association
 8             of   Insurance   Commissioners   and   approved   by
 9             regulations  promulgated  by the Director for use in
10             determining the minimum standard  of  valuation  for
11             such policies.
12                  (ii)  For   all   Industrial   Life   Insurance
13             policies issued on the standard basis, excluding any
14             disability  and  accidental  death  benefits in such
15             policies--the  1941  Standard  Industrial  Mortality
16             Table  for  such  policies  issued  prior   to   the
17             operative  date of subsection 4 (b) of Section 229.2
18             (Standard Non-forfeiture Law); and for such policies
19             issued  on  or  after  such   operative   date   the
20             Commissioners  1961  Standard  Industrial  Mortality
21             Table  or  any  industrial  mortality  table adopted
22             after 1980 by the National Association of  Insurance
23             Commissioners    and    approved    by   regulations
24             promulgated by the Director for use  in  determining
25             the minimum standard of valuation for such policies.
26                  (iii)  For    Individual   Annuity   and   Pure
27             Endowment contracts, excluding  any  disability  and
28             accidental death benefits in such policies--the 1937
29             Standard  Annuity Mortality Table--or, at the option
30             of the company,  the  Annuity  Mortality  Table  for
31             1949,  Ultimate,  or  any  modification of either of
32             these tables approved by the Director.
33                  (iv)  For  Group  Annuity  and  Pure  Endowment
34             contracts, excluding any disability  and  accidental
 
                            -738-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             death  benefits  in such policies--the Group Annuity
 2             Mortality Table for 1951, any modification  of  such
 3             table approved by the Director, or, at the option of
 4             the  company,  any of the tables or modifications of
 5             tables specified for  Individual  Annuity  and  Pure
 6             Endowment contracts.
 7                  (v)  For   Total   and   Permanent   Disability
 8             Benefits in or supplementary to Ordinary policies or
 9             contracts  for  policies  or  contracts issued on or
10             after January  1,  1966,  the  tables  of  Period  2
11             disablement  rates  and the 1930 to 1950 termination
12             rates of the 1952 Disability Study of the Society of
13             Actuaries, with due regard to the type  of  benefit,
14             or  any  tables of disablement rates and termination
15             rates adopted after 1980 by the National Association
16             of   Insurance   Commissioners   and   approved   by
17             regulations promulgated by the Director for  use  in
18             determining  the  minimum  standard of valuation for
19             such policies; for policies or contracts  issued  on
20             or  after  January  1, 1961, and prior to January 1,
21             1966, either such tables or, at the  option  of  the
22             company,  the Class (3) Disability Table (1926); and
23             for policies issued prior to January  1,  1961,  the
24             Class  (3)  Disability  Table (1926). Any such table
25             shall,  for  active  lives,  be  combined   with   a
26             mortality   table   permitted  for  calculating  the
27             reserves for life insurance policies.
28                  (vi)  For  Accidental  Death  benefits  in   or
29             supplementary to policies--for policies issued on or
30             after  January  1,  1966,  the 1959 Accidental Death
31             Benefits Table  or  any  accidental  death  benefits
32             table adopted after 1980 by the National Association
33             of   Insurance   Commissioners   and   approved   by
34             regulations  promulgated  by the Director for use in
 
                            -739-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             determining the minimum standard  of  valuation  for
 2             such  policies;  for  policies  issued  on  or after
 3             January 1, 1961, and prior to January 1,  1966,  any
 4             of such tables or, at the option of the company, the
 5             Inter-Company  Double Indemnity Mortality Table; and
 6             for policies issued prior to January  1,  1961,  the
 7             Inter-Company   Double  Indemnity  Mortality  Table.
 8             Either table shall  be  combined  with  a  mortality
 9             table  permitted  for  calculating  the reserves for
10             life insurance policies.
11                  (vii)  For Group Life Insurance, life insurance
12             issued on the substandard basis  and  other  special
13             benefits--such  tables  as  may  be  approved by the
14             Director.
15             (b)  Except as otherwise provided in  paragraph  (f)
16        of  subsection  (3),  subsection  (5), and subsection (7)
17        reserves according to the Commissioners reserve valuation
18        method, for the life insurance and endowment benefits  of
19        policies  providing for a uniform amount of insurance and
20        requiring the payment of uniform premiums  shall  be  the
21        excess,  if  any,  of  the  present value, at the date of
22        valuation, of such future  guaranteed  benefits  provided
23        for  by such policies, over the then present value of any
24        future modified net premiums therefor. The  modified  net
25        premiums  for  any  such  policy  shall  be  such uniform
26        percentage of the respective contract premiums  for  such
27        benefits  that the present value, at the date of issue of
28        the policy, of all such modified net  premiums  shall  be
29        equal  to  the  sum  of  the  then  present value of such
30        benefits provided for by the policy and the excess of (A)
31        over (B), as follows:
32                  (A)  A net level annual premium  equal  to  the
33             present  value,  at  the  date  of  issue,  of  such
34             benefits  provided  for after the first policy year,
 
                            -740-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             divided by the present value, at the date of  issue,
 2             of  an annuity of one per annum payable on the first
 3             and each subsequent anniversary of  such  policy  on
 4             which  a  premium falls due; provided, however, that
 5             such net level annual premium shall not  exceed  the
 6             net  level  annual  premium  on  the 19 year premium
 7             whole life plan for insurance of the same amount  at
 8             an age one year higher than the age at issue of such
 9             policy.
10                  (B)  A  net  one  year  term  premium  for such
11             benefits provided for in the first policy year.
12             For any life insurance policy  issued  on  or  after
13        January  1,  1987,  for which the contract premium in the
14        first policy year exceeds that of the second year with no
15        comparable additional  benefit  being  provided  in  that
16        first year, which policy provides an endowment benefit or
17        a  cash  surrender  value  or a combination thereof in an
18        amount greater than  such  excess  premium,  the  reserve
19        according  to  the Commissioners reserve valuation method
20        as of any policy anniversary occurring on or  before  the
21        assumed  ending  date, defined herein as the first policy
22        anniversary on which the sum of any endowment benefit and
23        any cash surrender value then available is  greater  than
24        such  excess premium, shall, except as otherwise provided
25        in paragraph (f) of subsection (3), be the greater of the
26        reserve as  of  such  policy  anniversary  calculated  as
27        described in the preceding part of this paragraph (b) and
28        the  reserve  as of such policy anniversary calculated as
29        described in the preceding part  of  this  paragraph  (b)
30        with  (i) the value defined in subpart A of the preceding
31        part of this paragraph (b) being reduced by  15%  of  the
32        amount  of  such  excess  first  year  premium,  (ii) all
33        present values of benefits and premiums being  determined
34        without reference to premiums or benefits provided for by
 
                            -741-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        the  policy  after  the  assumed  ending  date, (iii) the
 2        policy being  assumed  to  mature  on  such  date  as  an
 3        endowment,  and (iv) the cash surrender value provided on
 4        such date being considered as an endowment  benefit.   In
 5        making  the  above comparison, the mortality and interest
 6        bases stated in paragraph (a) of subsection  (3)  and  in
 7        subsection 6 shall be used.
 8             Reserves  according  to  the  Commissioners  reserve
 9        valuation   method   for   (i)  life  insurance  policies
10        providing for a varying amount of insurance or  requiring
11        the  payment  of varying premiums, (ii) group annuity and
12        pure endowment contracts  purchased  under  a  retirement
13        plan  or  plan  of  deferred compensation, established or
14        maintained by an employer  (including  a  partnership  or
15        sole  proprietorship)  or by an employee organization, or
16        by  both,  other  than  a   plan   providing   individual
17        retirement  accounts  or  individual retirement annuities
18        under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, as now or
19        hereafter amended, (iii) disability and accidental  death
20        benefits  in  all  policies  and  contracts, and (iv) all
21        other  benefits,  except  life  insurance  and  endowment
22        benefits in life insurance policies and benefits provided
23        by all other annuity and pure endowment contracts,  shall
24        be  calculated by a method consistent with the principles
25        of this paragraph (b), except  that  any  extra  premiums
26        charged  because  of impairments or special hazards shall
27        be disregarded  in  the  determination  of  modified  net
28        premiums.
29             (c)  In   no   event  shall  a  company's  aggregate
30        reserves  for  all  life  insurance  policies,  excluding
31        disability and accidental death benefits be less than the
32        aggregate reserves  calculated  in  accordance  with  the
33        methods  set  forth  in  paragraphs  (b), (f), and (g) of
34        subsection (3) and in subsection (5)  and  the  mortality
 
                            -742-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        table  or  tables  and  rate or rates of interest used in
 2        calculating non-forfeiture benefits for such policies.
 3             (d)  In no event shall the  aggregate  reserves  for
 4        all  policies,  contracts,  and benefits be less than the
 5        aggregate reserves determined by the qualified actuary to
 6        be necessary to render the opinion required by subsection
 7        (1a).
 8             (e)  Reserves  for   any   category   of   policies,
 9        contracts or benefits as established by the Director, may
10        be calculated, at the option of the company, according to
11        any  standards  which  produce greater aggregate reserves
12        for such category than those calculated according to  the
13        minimum  standard  herein provided, but the rate or rates
14        of interest used for policies and contracts,  other  than
15        annuity and pure endowment contracts, shall not be higher
16        than  the corresponding rate or rates of interest used in
17        calculating  any  nonforfeiture  benefits  provided   for
18        therein.
19             (f)  If  in  any  contract  year  the  gross premium
20        charged by any life insurance company on  any  policy  or
21        contract  is  less than the valuation net premium for the
22        policy or contract calculated  by  the   method  used  in
23        calculating  the  reserve  thereon  but using the minimum
24        valuation standards of mortality and  rate  of  interest,
25        the  minimum reserve required for such policy or contract
26        shall be the greater of  either  the  reserve  calculated
27        according  to  the mortality table, rate of interest, and
28        method actually used for such policy or contract, or  the
29        reserve  calculated  by the method actually used for such
30        policy or contract but using  the  minimum  standards  of
31        mortality   and   rate  of  interest  and  replacing  the
32        valuation net premium by the actual gross premium in each
33        contract year for which the valuation net premium exceeds
34        the  actual  gross  premium.    The   minimum   valuation
 
                            -743-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        standards  of  mortality and rate of interest referred to
 2        in this paragraph  (f)  are  those  standards  stated  in
 3        subsection (6) and paragraph (a) of subsection (3).
 4             For  any  life  insurance  policy issued on or after
 5        January 1, 1987, for which the gross premium in the first
 6        policy year exceeds that  of  the  second  year  with  no
 7        comparable  additional  benefit  provided  in  that first
 8        year, which policy provides an  endowment  benefit  or  a
 9        cash  surrender  value  or  a  combination  thereof in an
10        amount greater than such excess  premium,  the  foregoing
11        provisions  of  this paragraph (f) shall be applied as if
12        the method actually used in calculating the  reserve  for
13        such policy were the method described in paragraph (b) of
14        subsection  (3),  ignoring  the  second paragraph of said
15        paragraph (b).    The  minimum  reserve  at  each  policy
16        anniversary  of such a policy shall be the greater of the
17        minimum reserve calculated in accordance  with  paragraph
18        (b)  of subsection (3), including the second paragraph of
19        said paragraph (b), and the minimum reserve calculated in
20        accordance with this paragraph (f).
21             (g)  In the case of any plan of life insurance which
22        provides for future premium determination, the amounts of
23        which are to be determined by the insurance company based
24        on then estimates of future experience, or in the case of
25        any plan of life insurance or annuity which is of such  a
26        nature  that the minimum reserves cannot be determined by
27        the methods  described  in  paragraphs  (b)  and  (f)  of
28        subsection (3) and subsection (5), the reserves which are
29        held under any such plan shall:
30                  (i)  be appropriate in relation to the benefits
31             and the pattern of premiums for that plan, and
32                  (ii)  be   computed   by   a  method  which  is
33             consistent with  the  principles  of  this  Standard
34             Valuation   Law,   as   determined   by  regulations
 
                            -744-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             promulgated by the Director.
 2        (4)  Except as provided in subsection  (6),  the  minimum
 3    standard for the valuation of all individual annuity and pure
 4    endowment  contracts issued on or after the operative date of
 5    this subsection, as defined herein, and for all annuities and
 6    pure endowments purchased on or  after  such  operative  date
 7    under group annuity and pure endowment contracts shall be the
 8    Commissioners  Reserve valuation methods defined in paragraph
 9    (b) of subsection (3) and subsection (5)  and  the  following
10    tables and interest rates:
11             (a)  For individual single premium immediate annuity
12        contracts,  excluding any disability and accidental death
13        benefits in such contracts, the 1971  Individual  Annuity
14        Mortality  Table,  any individual annuity mortality table
15        adopted  after  1980  by  the  National  Association   of
16        Insurance   Commissioners  and  approved  by  regulations
17        promulgated by the Director for use  in  determining  the
18        minimum  standard of valuation for such contracts, or any
19        modification of those tables approved  by  the  Director,
20        and 7 1/2% interest.
21             (b)  For  individual  and  pure  endowment contracts
22        other than single premium  annuity  contracts,  excluding
23        any  disability  and  accidental  death  benefits in such
24        contracts, the 1971 Individual Annuity  Mortality  Table,
25        any individual annuity mortality table adopted after 1980
26        by  the  National  Association of Insurance Commissioners
27        and approved by regulations promulgated by  the  Director
28        for  use in determining the minimum standard of valuation
29        for such contracts, or any modification of  those  tables
30        approved  by the Director, and 5 1/2% interest for single
31        premium deferred annuity and pure endowment contracts and
32        4 1/2% interest for all other such individual annuity and
33        pure endowment contracts.
34             (c)  For all annuities and pure endowments purchased
 
                            -745-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        under  group  annuity  and  pure   endowment   contracts,
 2        excluding  any  disability  and accidental death benefits
 3        purchased under such contracts, the  1971  Group  Annuity
 4        Mortality   Table,  any  group  annuity  mortality  table
 5        adopted  after  1980  by  the  National  Association   of
 6        Insurance   Commissioners  and  approved  by  regulations
 7        promulgated by the Director for use  in  determining  the
 8        minimum standard of valuation for such annuities and pure
 9        endowments,  or any modification of those tables approved
10        by the Director, and 7 1/2% interest.
11        After September 8, 1977, any company may  file  with  the
12    Director  a written notice of its election to comply with the
13    provisions of this subsection after a specified  date  before
14    January  1,  1979,  which shall be the operative date of this
15    subsection for such company; provided, a company may elect  a
16    different  operative  date  for  individual  annuity and pure
17    endowment contracts from that elected for group  annuity  and
18    pure  endowment  contracts.   If a company makes no election,
19    the operative date of this subsection for such company  shall
20    be January 1, 1979.
21        (5)  This  subsection shall apply to all annuity and pure
22    endowment  contracts  other  than  group  annuity  and   pure
23    endowment contracts purchased under a retirement plan or plan
24    of  deferred  compensation,  established  or maintained by an
25    employer (including a partnership or sole proprietorship)  or
26    by  an  employee  organization, or by both, other than a plan
27    providing  individual  retirement  accounts   or   individual
28    retirement  annuities  under  Section  408  of  the  Internal
29    Revenue Code, as now or hereafter amended.
30        Reserves  according  to the Commissioners annuity reserve
31    method  for  benefits  under  annuity   or   pure   endowment
32    contracts,  excluding  any  disability  and  accidental death
33    benefits in such contracts, shall  be  the  greatest  of  the
34    respective  excesses  of  the  present values, at the date of
 
                            -746-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    valuation,  of  the  future  guaranteed  benefits,  including
 2    guaranteed  nonforfeiture  benefits,  provided  for  by  such
 3    contracts at the end of each respective contract  year,  over
 4    the  present  value,  at the date of valuation, of any future
 5    valuation   considerations   derived   from   future    gross
 6    considerations,  required by the terms of such contract, that
 7    become payable prior to the end of such  respective  contract
 8    year.   The future guaranteed benefits shall be determined by
 9    using the mortality table, if any, and the interest rate,  or
10    rates, specified in such contracts for determining guaranteed
11    benefits.   The  valuation considerations are the portions of
12    the respective gross considerations applied under  the  terms
13    of such contracts to determine nonforfeiture values.
14        (6) (a)  Applicability   of   this  subsection.  (i)  The
15        interest rates used in determining the  minimum  standard
16        for the valuation of
17                  (A)  all  life  insurance  policies issued in a
18             particular calendar year, on or after the  operative
19             date  of  subsection  (4c)  of  Section  229.2 292.2
20             (Standard Nonforfeiture Law),
21                  (B)  all individual annuity and pure  endowment
22             contracts  issued  in  a  particular  calendar  year
23             ending on or after December 31, 1983,
24                  (C)  all    annuities   and   pure   endowments
25             purchased in a particular calendar year ending on or
26             after December 31, 1983,  under  group  annuity  and
27             pure endowment contracts, and
28                  (D)  the  net increase in a particular calendar
29             year ending after December 31, 1983, in amounts held
30             under guaranteed interest contracts
31        shall be the calendar year statutory  valuation  interest
32        rates, as defined in this subsection.
33             (b)  Calendar   Year  Statutory  Valuation  Interest
34        Rates.
 
                            -747-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (i)  The  calendar  year  statutory   valuation
 2             interest  rates shall be determined according to the
 3             following formulae,  rounding  "I"  to  the  nearest
 4             .25%.
 5                       (A)  For life insurance,
 6                       I = .03 + W (R1 - .03) + W/2 (R2 - .09).
 7                       (B)  For    single    premium    immediate
 8                  annuities  and  annuity benefits involving life
 9                  contingencies arising from other annuities with
10                  cash settlement  options  and  from  guaranteed
11                  interest   contracts   with   cash   settlement
12                  options,
13                       I  =  .03  +  W  (R  -  .03) or with prior
14                  approval of the Director I =  .03  +  W  (Rq  -
15                  .03).
16                  For  the purposes of this subparagraph (i), "I"
17             equals  the  calendar   year   statutory   valuation
18             interest  rate,  "R"  is the reference interest rate
19             defined in this subsection, "R1" is the lesser of  R
20             and  .09,  "R2" is the greater of R and .09, "Rq" is
21             the quarterly reference  interest  rate  defined  in
22             this  subsection,  and  "W"  is the weighting factor
23             defined in this subsection.
24                       (C)  For   other   annuities   with   cash
25                  settlement  options  and  guaranteed   interest
26                  contracts  with cash settlement options, valued
27                  on an issue year basis,  except  as  stated  in
28                  (B),  the  formula for life insurance stated in
29                  (A)  applies  to   annuities   and   guaranteed
30                  interest  contracts with guarantee durations in
31                  excess of 10 years, and the formula for  single
32                  premium immediate annuities stated in (B) above
33                  applies  to  annuities  and guaranteed interest
34                  contracts with guarantee durations of 10  years
 
                            -748-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  or less.
 2                       (D)  For  other  annuities  with  no  cash
 3                  settlement  options and for guaranteed interest
 4                  contracts with no cash settlement options,  the
 5                  formula  for single premium immediate annuities
 6                  stated in (B) applies.
 7                       (E)  For   other   annuities   with   cash
 8                  settlement  options  and  guaranteed   interest
 9                  contracts  with cash settlement options, valued
10                  on a change in  fund  basis,  the  formula  for
11                  single  premium  immediate  annuities stated in
12                  (B) applies.
13                  (ii)  If the calendar year statutory  valuation
14             interest  rate  for any life insurance policy issued
15             in any calendar year determined without reference to
16             this subparagraph  differs  from  the  corresponding
17             actual  rate  for  similar  policies  issued  in the
18             immediately preceding calendar  year  by  less  than
19             .5%,  the calendar year statutory valuation interest
20             rate for such life insurance  policy  shall  be  the
21             corresponding   actual   rate  for  the  immediately
22             preceding calendar year.  For purposes  of  applying
23             this   subparagraph,  the  calendar  year  statutory
24             valuation interest rate for life insurance  policies
25             issued  in  a  calendar year shall be determined for
26             1980, using the reference interest rate defined  for
27             1979,  and  shall  be determined for each subsequent
28             calendar year regardless of when subsection (4c)  of
29             Section  229.2  (Standard Nonforfeiture Law) becomes
30             operative.
31             (c)  Weighting Factors.
32                  (i)  The weighting factors referred to  in  the
33             formulae  stated  in  paragraph (b) are given in the
34             following tables.
 
                            -749-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                       (A)  Weighting Factors for Life Insurance.
 2    Guarantee                                       Weighting
 3    Duration                                         Factors
 4    (Years)
 5    10 or less                                         .50
 6    More than 10, but not more than 20                 .45
 7    More than 20                                       .35
 8                       For life insurance, the guarantee duration
 9                  is  the  maximum  number  of  years  the   life
10                  insurance  can  remain  in  force  on  a  basis
11                  guaranteed  in  the  policy or under options to
12                  convert to plans of life insurance with premium
13                  rates or nonforfeiture values or both which are
14                  guaranteed in the original policy.
15                       (B)  The  weighting  factor   for   single
16                  premium  immediate  annuities  and  for annuity
17                  benefits involving life  contingencies  arising
18                  from   other  annuities  with  cash  settlement
19                  options and guaranteed interest contracts  with
20                  cash settlement options is .80.
21                       (C)  The   weighting   factors  for  other
22                  annuities   and   for    guaranteed    interest
23                  contracts,  except  as  stated  in  (B) of this
24                  subparagraph (i),  shall  be  as  specified  in
25                  tables  (1),  (2), and (3) of this subpart (C),
26                  according to the rules and definitions in  (4),
27                  (5) and (6) of this subpart (C).
28                       (1)  For annuities and guaranteed interest
29                  contracts valued on an issue year basis.
30    Guarantee                                    Weighting Factor
31    Duration                                      for Plan Type
32    (Years)                                          A  B  C
33    5 or less.                                    .80  .60  .50
34    More than 5, but not
 
                            -750-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    more than 10.                                 .75  .60  .50
 2    More than 10, but not
 3    more than 20.                                 .65  .50  .45
 4    More than 20.                                 .45  .35  .35
 5                       (2)  For annuities and guaranteed interest
 6                  contracts valued on a change in fund basis, the
 7                  factors  shown in (1) for Plan Types A, B and C
 8                  are   increased   by   .15,   .25   and    .05,
 9                  respectively.
10                       (3)  For annuities and guaranteed interest
11                  contracts  valued on an issue year basis, other
12                  than those with  no  cash  settlement  options,
13                  which    do    not    guarantee   interest   on
14                  considerations  received  more  than  one  year
15                  after issue or purchase, and for annuities  and
16                  guaranteed   interest  contracts  valued  on  a
17                  change in fund basis  which  do  not  guarantee
18                  interest  rates on considerations received more
19                  than 12 months beyond the valuation  date,  the
20                  factors  shown  in  (1), or derived in (2), for
21                  Plan Types A, B and C are increased by .05.
22                       (4)  For   other   annuities   with   cash
23                  settlement  options  and  guaranteed   interest
24                  contracts  with  cash  settlement  options, the
25                  guarantee duration is the number of  years  for
26                  which the contract guarantees interest rates in
27                  excess of the calendar year statutory valuation
28                  interest  rate for life insurance policies with
29                  guarantee durations in excess of 20 years.  For
30                  other  annuities  with   no   cash   settlement
31                  options,  and for guaranteed interest contracts
32                  with no cash settlement options, the  guarantee
33                  duration  is  the number of years from the date
34                  of issue  or  date  of  purchase  to  the  date
 
                            -751-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  annuity benefits are scheduled to commence.
 2                       (5)  The  plan  types  used  in  the above
 3                  tables are defined as follows.
 4                       Plan Type A is  a  plan  under  which  the
 5                  policyholder  may  not  withdraw  funds, or may
 6                  withdraw funds at any time but only (a) with an
 7                  adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates
 8                  or asset values since receipt of the  funds  by
 9                  the  insurance  company,  (b)  without  such an
10                  adjustment but in installments over 5 years  or
11                  more, or (c) as an immediate life annuity.
12                       Plan  Type  B  is  a  plan under which the
13                  policyholder  may  not  withdraw  funds  before
14                  expiration of the interest rate  guarantee,  or
15                  may  withdraw  funds before such expiration but
16                  only (a) with an adjustment to reflect  changes
17                  in interest rates or asset values since receipt
18                  of  the  funds by the insurance company, or (b)
19                  without such  adjustment  but  in  installments
20                  over  5  years  or  more.   At  the  end of the
21                  interest rate guarantee, funds may be withdrawn
22                  without such adjustment  in  a  single  sum  or
23                  installments over less than 5 years.
24                       Plan  Type  C  is  a  plan under which the
25                  policyholder   may   withdraw   funds    before
26                  expiration  of the interest rate guarantee in a
27                  single sum or installments  over  less  than  5
28                  years  either (a) without adjustment to reflect
29                  changes in interest rates or asset values since
30                  receipt of the funds by the insurance  company,
31                  or (b) subject only to a fixed surrender charge
32                  stipulated  in  the contract as a percentage of
33                  the fund.
34                       (6)  A  company   may   elect   to   value
 
                            -752-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  guaranteed   interest   contracts   with   cash
 2                  settlement  options  and  annuities  with  cash
 3                  settlement  options  on  either  an  issue year
 4                  basis or on a change in fund basis.  Guaranteed
 5                  interest  contracts  with  no  cash  settlement
 6                  options  and  other  annuities  with  no   cash
 7                  settlement  options shall be valued on an issue
 8                  year basis.  As used in  this  Section,  "issue
 9                  year  basis of valuation" refers to a valuation
10                  basis under which the  interest  rate  used  to
11                  determine  the  minimum  valuation standard for
12                  the  entire  duration   of   the   annuity   or
13                  guaranteed  interest  contract  is the calendar
14                  year valuation interest rate for  the  year  of
15                  issue  or  year  of  purchase of the annuity or
16                  guaranteed interest contract.  "Change in  fund
17                  basis  of  valuation", as used in this Section,
18                  refers to a valuation  basis  under  which  the
19                  interest  rate  used  to  determine the minimum
20                  valuation standard applicable to each change in
21                  the fund held under the annuity  or  guaranteed
22                  interest   contract   is   the   calendar  year
23                  valuation interest rate for  the  year  of  the
24                  change in the fund.
25             (d)  Reference  Interest  Rate.  (i)  The  reference
26        interest  rate  referred  to  in  paragraph  (b)  of this
27        subsection is defined as follows.
28                  (A)  For  all  life  insurance,  the  reference
29             interest rate is the lesser of the  average  over  a
30             period  of  36 months, and the average over a period
31             of 12 months, with both periods ending on  June  30,
32             or  with  prior  approval  of the Director ending on
33             December 31, of the calendar year next preceding the
34             year of  issue,  of  Moody's  Corporate  Bond  Yield
 
                            -753-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             Average  -  Monthly Average Corporates, as published
 2             by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
 3                  (B)  For single premium immediate annuities and
 4             for annuity benefits  involving  life  contingencies
 5             arising  from  other  annuities with cash settlement
 6             options and guaranteed interest contracts with  cash
 7             settlement  options,  the reference interest rate is
 8             the average over a period of 12  months,  ending  on
 9             June  30,  or  with  prior  approval of the Director
10             ending on December 31, of the calendar year of issue
11             or year of purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond Yield
12             Average - Monthly Average Corporates,  as  published
13             by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
14                  (C)  For annuities with cash settlement options
15             and   guaranteed   interest   contracts   with  cash
16             settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis,
17             except  those  described  in  (B),  with   guarantee
18             durations  in  excess  of  10  years,  the reference
19             interest rate is the lesser of the  average  over  a
20             period of 36 months and the average over a period of
21             12 months, ending on June 30, or with prior approval
22             of  the  Director  ending  on  December  31,  of the
23             calendar year  of  issue  or  purchase,  of  Moody's
24             Corporate   Bond   Yield   Average-Monthly   Average
25             Corporates,   as   published  by  Moody's  Investors
26             Service, Inc.
27                  (D)  For other annuities with  cash  settlement
28             options  and guaranteed interest contracts with cash
29             settlement options, valued on a year of issue basis,
30             except  those  described  in  (B),  with   guarantee
31             durations   of  10  years  or  less,  the  reference
32             interest rate is the average over  a  period  of  12
33             months, ending on June 30, or with prior approval of
34             the  Director ending on December 31, of the calendar
 
                            -754-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             year of issue or purchase, of Moody's Corporate Bond
 2             Yield   Average-Monthly   Average   Corporates,   as
 3             published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
 4                  (E)  For  annuities  with  no  cash  settlement
 5             options and for guaranteed interest  contracts  with
 6             no  cash  settlement options, the reference interest
 7             rate is the average over  a  period  of  12  months,
 8             ending  on  June  30,  or with prior approval of the
 9             Director ending on December 31, of the calendar year
10             of issue or  purchase,  of  Moody's  Corporate  Bond
11             Yield   Average-Monthly   Average   Corporates,   as
12             published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
13                  (F)  For annuities with cash settlement options
14             and   guaranteed   interest   contracts   with  cash
15             settlement options,  valued  on  a  change  in  fund
16             basis,  except those described in (B), the reference
17             interest rate is the average over  a  period  of  12
18             months, ending on June 30, or with prior approval of
19             the  Director ending on December 31, of the calendar
20             year of the change in the fund, of Moody's Corporate
21             Bond Yield Average-Monthly  Average  Corporates,  as
22             published by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
23                  (G)  For annuities valued by a formula based on
24             Rq,  the  quarterly reference interest rate is, with
25             the prior approval  of  the  Director,  the  average
26             within  each  of  the  4  consecutive  calendar year
27             quarters ending on March 31, June 30,  September  30
28             and  December  31  of  the calendar year of issue or
29             year of purchase of  Moody's  Corporate  Bond  Yield
30             Average-Monthly  Average Corporates, as published by
31             Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
32             (e)  Alternative Method  for  Determining  Reference
33        Interest  Rates.  In the event that the Moody's Corporate
34        Bond  Yield  Average-Monthly  Average  Corporates  is  no
 
                            -755-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        longer published by Moody's Investors Services, Inc.,  or
 2        in  the  event that the National Association of Insurance
 3        Commissioners  determines  that  Moody's  Corporate  Bond
 4        Yield Average-Monthly Average Corporates as published  by
 5        Moody's  Investors Service, Inc. is no longer appropriate
 6        for the determination of  the  reference  interest  rate,
 7        then  an  alternative  method  for  determination  of the
 8        reference interest rate, which is adopted by the National
 9        Association of Insurance Commissioners  and  approved  by
10        regulations   promulgated   by   the   Director,  may  be
11        substituted.
12        (7)  Minimum Standards for Health  (Disability,  Accident
13    and   Sickness)  Plans.   The  Director  shall  promulgate  a
14    regulation containing the minimum standards applicable to the
15    valuation  of  health  (disability,  sickness  and  accident)
16    plans.
17    (Source: P.A. 87-108; revised 10-31-98.)

18        (215 ILCS 5/267) (from Ch. 73, par. 879)
19        Sec. 267. Subscription requirements - Surplus.
20        (1)  No  assessment  legal  reserve  life  company  shall
21    receive a certificate  of  authority  from  the  Director  to
22    transact  an  insurance  business unless it has 250 bona fide
23    applications from 250  persons  for  life  insurance  in  the
24    aggregate of at least $125,000 and shall have a surplus of at
25    least $100,000.
26        (2)  No  such  company  shall  be  authorized to transact
27    business of the kind specified in clause (b) of  Class  1  of
28    Section 4 until it:
29             (a)  has  qualified  as prescribed in subsection (1)
30        of this Section;
31             (b)  obtains bona fide applications  from  at  least
32        500 persons for insurance of the kind specified in clause
33        (b)  of  Class 1 of Section 4, for not less than $500 500
 
                            -756-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        nor more than $1,000 of maximum liability each;
 2             (c)  collects one full annual  premium  in  cash  on
 3        each application; and
 4             (d)  has  a  surplus, in addition to the requirement
 5        of subsection (1), of at least $100,000.
 6        (3)  Every company subject  to  the  provisions  of  this
 7    Article  and  organized on or after July 15, 1959, shall have
 8    and at all times maintain a  minimum  surplus  in  an  amount
 9    equal  to 2/3 of the original surplus required by subsections
10    (1)  and  (2),  provided,  however,  that  any  such  company
11    organized prior to July 15, 1959, shall have and at all times
12    maintain a minimum surplus in an amount equal to  that  which
13    would have been required immediately prior to July 15, 1959.
14        (4)  All  companies  operating under this Article XVI and
15    authorized  to  transact  any  of  the  types   of   business
16    enumerated in clause (b) of Class 1 of Section 4, in addition
17    to  the  minimum  surplus  required  by paragraph (3) of this
18    Section, shall have and at all times maintain  an  additional
19    minimum surplus of not less than $250,000.
20        (5)  The  Director  shall take action under Section 401.1
21    against any company which fails to  maintain  the  additional
22    minimum  surplus required by this Section.  "Minimum surplus"
23    means the "surplus as regards policyholders", as  it  appears
24    on  the  annual  statement  of  an  assessment company on the
25    annual statement form prescribed by the National  Association
26    of Insurance Commissioners.
27    (Source: P.A. 85-1186; revised 2-24-98.)

28        (215 ILCS 5/333) (from Ch. 73, par. 945)
29        Sec. 333. Membership certificate.
30        (1)  Every  association  shall  issue  a  certificate  of
31    membership  to each member.  The form of certificate shall be
32    submitted to the Director for his approval before same  shall
33    be  issued.   Each certificate issued on and after January 1,
 
                            -757-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    1950, shall contain the following provisions  and  no  others
 2    and shall be printed in clear readable type of uniform sixes,
 3    except  that  the  words  in capital letters in the following
 4    form may be in larger type, and in the case of an association
 5    issuing  certificates  granting  only  death  benefits,   the
 6    provisions with regard to disability may be omitted:
 7                                   ..............................
 8                                   (A Mutual Benefit Association)
 9                                   ..................., Illinois.
10        IN  CONSIDERATION  OF  the membership fee, the receipt of
11    which is hereby acknowledged and the facts  set  out  in  the
12    application  executed  by the member, and the further payment
13    of all assessments required to be paid under  the  conditions
14    of this certificate, on or before the time payable during the
15    continuance  of  the  certificate,  the .... agrees to pay to
16    ...., herein called the beneficiary, if living, or to a  duly
17    substituted  beneficiary,  otherwise  to  the  estate  of the
18    member, upon receipt at its home office in the City of  ....,
19    Illinois,  of  due  proof of death of ...., herein called the
20    member, during continuance of this certificate in full force,
21    subject,  however,   to   the   conditions   and   provisions
22    hereinafter   set  forth,  in  accordance  with  the  amounts
23    scheduled below based on the age of the member at the time he
24    or she became a member.
25        In no case shall the association be liable for an  amount
26    in excess of $1 per member paying the assessment levied for a
27    single  claim,  except  to  the  extent  of the amount in the
28    benefit fund.
29        Upon receipt of satisfactory evidence at the Home  Office
30    of  the  Association  showing  that  the  member  has lost be
31    severance, BOTH HANDS or BOTH FEET, or ONE HAND AND ONE FOOT,
32    or has permanently  lost  the  ENTIRE  SIGHT  OF  BOTH  EYES,
33    through  accidental  means,  independently and exclusively of
34    all other causes,  within  90  days  from  the  date  of  the
 
                            -758-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    accident,  during  the  continuance of this Certificate, then
 2    the sum set forth in the table of benefits herein provided to
 3    be paid and upon the same terms as above provided for a death
 4    benefit,  will  be  paid  to  said  member,  subject  to  the
 5    provisions and conditions hereinafter set forth  in  lieu  of
 6    all  other  benefits; and should the member lose by severance
 7    ONE HAND or ONE FOOT or permanently the ENTIRE SIGHT  OF  ONE
 8    EYE,  through accidental means, independently and exclusively
 9    of all other causes, within 90 days  from  the  date  of  the
10    accident,  during  the  continuance of this Certificate, then
11    1/2 of the sum set forth in  the  table  of  benefits  herein
12    provided   will  be  paid  to  the  member,  subject  to  the
13    provisions and conditions hereinafter set forth  in  lieu  of
14    all  other benefits. Severance shall mean, in case of a foot,
15    severance at or above the ankle; in case of a hand, severance
16    at or above the wrist.
17                   TABLE SHOWING AMOUNT PAYABLE AT
18                    DEATH OF MEMBER ACCORDING TO
19                      AGE AT TIME OF BECOMING A
20                               MEMBER.
21    Age at                                                Maximum
22    Entry                                                 Benefit
23    Nearest Birthday
24    0 to 15 yrs.....................................    $  500.00
25                   Members in this class
26                   upon attaining the age
27                   of 16 automatically become
28                   members of the next
29                   succeeding class.
30    16 to 40 yrs.  $500.00 for first four
31                   months increasing $25.00
32                   per month to.....................     1,000.00
33    41 to 45 yrs.  $400.00 for first four
34                   months increasing $20.00
 
                            -759-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                   per month to.....................       800.00
 2    46 to 50 yrs.  $300.00 for first four
 3                   months increasing $10.00
 4                   per month to.....................       500.00
 5    51 to 55 yrs.  $100.00 for first four
 6                   months increasing $10.00
 7                   per month to.....................       300.00
 8    56 to 60 yrs.  $100.00 for first four
 9                   months increasing $5.00
10                   per month to.....................       200.00
11        The member who holds his or her certificate is subject to
12    assessments  for  the  payment  of  death   claims   of   the
13    association and to assessments for the payment of expenses of
14    the  association  as  provided  for  by  paragraph  13  on  a
15    following page of this certificate.
16        THE  PROVISIONS  under  the  heading "Additional Contract
17    Provisions" (upon the following pages hereof) are a  part  of
18    this  contract  as  fully  as  if  recited over the signature
19    hereto affixed.
20        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the .... has caused this contract  to
21    be executed at its home office in the City of ...., Illinois,
22    on (insert date). this .... day of ...., 19...
23                                      ............... (President)
24                                      ............... (Secretary)

25                   ADDITIONAL CONTRACT PROVISIONS
26        1.  Health  and Age. The applicant for membership in this
27    association must be in good health, of sound mind and must be
28    between the ages of 0 and sixty years, nearest birthday.
29        2.  Misrepresentations.   This   certificate   and    the
30    application  therefor  shall  constitute  the entire contract
31    with the member. All statements by the member shall,  in  the
32    absence   of   fraud,   be  deemed  representations  and  not
33    warranties, and no such statement shall void this certificate
34    unless contained in the written application, and  a  copy  of
 
                            -760-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    such  application  attached  to or copied on this certificate
 2    when issued, or unless the fact misstated contributes to  the
 3    loss.
 4        3.  When   Certificate   Takes  Effect.  The  association
 5    assumes no liability until  the  certificate  is  issued  and
 6    actually  delivered  to the member during his or her lifetime
 7    and while he or she is alive and in good health and of  sound
 8    mind.
 9        4.  Not  More  Than One Certificate to a Member. Only one
10    certificate of membership may be held by a member. Should any
11    member have more than one uncancelled  certificate  only  the
12    earliest  dated  certificate shall be effective and all other
13    certificates shall be void. All assessments paid on such void
14    certificate shall be repaid to the member.
15        5.  Agent Cannot  Waive  Contract  Provisions.  No  agent
16    shall have authority to make any alterations or modifications
17    in  the  conditions  or the provisions of this certificate of
18    membership, to extend the time of payment of assessments,  to
19    waive  any forfeiture provision or to bind the association by
20    any promises.
21        6.  Assignment. No assignment of this  certificate  shall
22    be binding on the association, and the association assumes no
23    responsibility for the validity of any assignment.
24        7.  Change  of  Beneficiary.  The  member may, by written
25    notification  to  the  association,  change  the  beneficiary
26    without the consent of such beneficiary.
27        8.  Change of Address. The member, when changing  his  or
28    her  address,  shall  at  once notify the association of such
29    change, giving the new address,  and  such  change  shall  be
30    noted  upon  the records of the association. Notice mailed to
31    the last known address of the member, as shown by the records
32    of the association, shall be considered in  all  respects  as
33    due and sufficient notice.
34        9.  Residence  and  Travel. This certificate is free from
 
                            -761-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    restrictions or limitations as to residence and travel.
 2        10.  Incontestability. After this certificate shall  have
 3    been kept in continuous force, during the life of the member,
 4    for   2   full   years  from  date  of  issue,  it  shall  be
 5    incontestable if assessments have been duly paid,  except  as
 6    to  the  limitations  and  exclusions  set forth in paragraph
 7    eleven hereof. If the age of the member has  been  misstated,
 8    the  amount  payable  under this certificate shall be such as
 9    the member would have been entitled to at the  true  age.  If
10    the age at entry is over sixty years the amount payable shall
11    be the full amount of assessments paid in by the member.
12        11.  Limitations  and Exclusions. If death results by the
13    intentional act of any beneficiary of this  certificate,  the
14    benefits  hereunder  shall be payable to the insured member's
15    estate. No benefits will be payable under this certificate if
16    death occurs as  a  result  of  any  of  the  following:  (1)
17    Military   or   naval   service   in   time   of   war;   (2)
18    Self-destruction  while  sane  or insane, if within two years
19    from the date of this certificate; (3) Violation by member of
20    any criminal law.
21        12.  Reinstatement.  After  default  in  payment  of  any
22    assessment  this  certificate  may  be  reinstated   at   the
23    discretion   of  the  board  of  directors  upon  the  member
24    furnishing to the association satisfactory evidence  of  good
25    health  and  paying  the  delinquent  assessment. In case the
26    certificate is lapsed for  30  days  or  more  a  one  dollar
27    reinstatement  fee  shall  be  charged  in  addition  to  any
28    delinquent  assessments.  No  certificate shall be reinstated
29    nor a new certificate issued to any member  within  one  year
30    after  this certificate is lapsed, except upon the payment by
31    such member of an amount equal to all intervening assessments
32    levied by the association.
33        13.  Assessments.  The  association  shall  establish   a
34    benefit fund to be used exclusively for the payment of claims
 
                            -762-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of  members and the board of directors shall levy assessments
 2    against all members of the association which,  together  with
 3    any  balance  in  the  benefit  fund,  shall be sufficient in
 4    amount to pay all claims in accordance with the schedule  set
 5    out  in  this certificate. The association shall also keep an
 6    expense fund out of which all expenses  of  the  association,
 7    including  salaries  of  officers, shall be paid, and for the
 8    purpose of maintaining such fund each member may be  assessed
 9    not to exceed the maximum amount provided in Section 328.
10        14.  Failure  to  Pay  Assessment. Each assessment is due
11    and payable at the principal office  of  the  association  at
12    ....  within  30  days  from  the  date  of the notice of the
13    assessment. If the member fails to pay the assessment  within
14    the  30  days or fails to remit said assessment by depositing
15    the amount thereof in an envelope properly addressed  to  the
16    association  in  the United States mail by 12 o'clock noon on
17    the 30th day after the date of such notice,  his  certificate
18    may  be  cancelled  by the association by the mailing to such
19    member of a cancellation notice as required by the  Insurance
20    Code of the State of Illinois. If the member fails to pay the
21    assessment  within 10 days from the date of such cancellation
22    notice or fails to remit said assessment  by  depositing  the
23    amount  thereof  in  an  envelope  properly  addressed to the
24    association in the United States mail by 12 o'clock  noon  on
25    the  10th day after the date of such cancellation notice, the
26    member shall cease to  have  any  further  rights  under  the
27    certificate  issued to such member on which the assessment is
28    levied, and said certificate shall then and there be regarded
29    and accepted by the association and the member as  cancelled,
30    terminated  and  void,  but such certificate shall be in full
31    force until the expiration of the 10 day period following the
32    cancellation notice.
33        15.  Notice of Death or Disability. The association shall
34    be notified of the death or disability of a member  within  a
 
                            -763-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    reasonable   time   after   such  death  or  disability.  The
 2    association shall immediately furnish  a  form  of  proof  of
 3    death  or  disability  to the beneficiary or other interested
 4    party. The information required by  the  proof  of  death  or
 5    disability  shall  be  given  and it shall be returned to the
 6    office of the  association.  The  board  of  directors  shall
 7    approve  or  disapprove  a  claim  within  60  days after the
 8    receipt  by  the  association  of  the  proof  of  death   or
 9    disability.  If  the  claim is approved the association shall
10    pay in full the amount  due  according  to  this  certificate
11    within  60 days after approval of the claim.  If the claim is
12    disapproved,  the  association  shall  forthwith  notify  the
13    beneficiary or person filing the proof of death or disability
14    of the reasons for such disapproval.
15        16.  Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the members of
16    this association shall be held in  the  Home  Office  of  the
17    association  in ...., Illinois, at .... o'clock ... m. N., on
18    the .... day of .... of each year, unless such day  falls  on
19    Sunday  or  a  legal  holiday,  and in such event on the next
20    business  day  succeeding,  for  the  purpose   of   electing
21    directors  and  the transaction of such other business as may
22    be brought before the meeting.    Members  may  vote  at  any
23    annual meeting in person or by proxy.  This certificate shall
24    be  considered  sufficient  notice  of  such  meeting  to all
25    members.
26        17.  Election of Benefits. The  filing  of  a  claim  for
27    disability   benefits   and   the   payment  thereof  by  the
28    association shall constitute an election by  the  insured  to
29    accept  such  disability benefits in lieu and in full payment
30    of all other benefits in the certificate provided.
31        (2)  Prior to January 1, 1950, every association  may  at
32    its  option  adopt  and  use  the  certificate  of membership
33    hereinbefore set forth upon first submitting the form to  the
34    Director  of  Insurance  and  securing  his  or  her approval
 
                            -764-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    thereof.
 2    (Source: P.A. 84-551; revised 10-20-98.)

 3        (215 ILCS 5/338) (from Ch. 73, par. 950)
 4        Sec. 338. Scope of Article.
 5        (1)  This Article shall apply to:
 6             (a)  all societies organized or operating, prior  to
 7        the  effective  date  of this Code, under an Act entitled
 8        "An  Act  relating  to  burial   insurance   societies,",
 9        approved June 10, 1911;
10             (b)  any  person,  firm,  corporation,  society,  or
11        association  of  individuals  engaged  in the business of
12        providing a burial benefit or award for the  payment,  in
13        whole  or  in  part, of funeral, burial or other expenses
14        relating to  deceased  members,  certificate  holders  or
15        subscribers,  by  the  levying  of assessments, or by the
16        charging of a fee or premium.
17        (2)  Each   person,   firm,   corporation,   society   or
18    association mentioned in subsection (1)  is  referred  to  in
19    this  Article  as  a  "burial society" and subscribers to and
20    certificate holders of such a society are referred to in this
21    Article as "members."
22    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 696; revised 10-31-98.)

23        (215 ILCS 5/343) (from Ch. 73, par. 955)
24        Sec. 343. Certificate form.
25        (1)  Every burial society shall issue  a  certificate  of
26    membership  to  each  member,  agreeing  to  pay upon death a
27    specified sum of money not to exceed $1,000, which  specified
28    amount  shall  not  be diminished during the existence of the
29    contract. The form of certificate shall be submitted  to  the
30    Director  for  his  or  her approval before the same shall be
31    issued. Each certificate issued after the effective  date  of
32    this  Code, shall contain the following provisions, and shall
 
                            -765-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    be printed in clear readable type of uniform size except that
 2    the words in capital letters in the following form may be  in
 3    larger type:
 4                                          ............, Illinois.
 5                                               Certificate Number
 6                                               ..................
 7                   ..............................
 8                    (A Burial Insurance Society)
 9        Incorporated under the Illinois Insurance Code.
10        HEREBY  INSURES  the life of ...., hereinafter called the
11    Member.
12        The society hereby agrees to pay to .... Beneficiary, the
13    sum of $...., upon receipt of due proof of the death  of  the
14    member,  such  payment to be paid only in lawful money of the
15    United States.
16        This  certificate  is  issued  in  consideration  of  the
17    application and the  payment  in  advance  of  a  first  ....
18    premium of .... which maintains this certificate in force for
19    a  period  ending  ....  following its date of issue, and the
20    payment of a like sum on the .... day of each .... thereafter
21    during the lifetime of the member.
22        CHANGE  OF  BENEFICIARY.  The  member  may   change   the
23    beneficiary  at  any  time  by giving notice at the principal
24    office of the society.
25        INCONTESTABLE   CLAUSE.   This   certificate   shall   be
26    incontestable after it has been in force during the life-time
27    of the member for 2 years except for non-payment of  premiums
28    provided herein.
29        GRACE  PERIOD. A grace period of 30 days shall be allowed
30    for the payment of any premium after the first, during  which
31    time  this  certificate  shall  be  continued  in full force.
32    Should the member die during such grace  period,  the  unpaid
33    premium  may  be  deducted from the amount otherwise payable.
34    This certificate  shall  be  regarded  and  accepted  by  the
 
                            -766-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    society  and  the  member  as  cancelled  and terminated upon
 2    failure to pay any premium before the expiration of the grace
 3    period.
 4        REINSTATEMENT. This certificate, after default in payment
 5    of any premium, may be reinstated at the  discretion  of  the
 6    Board  of Directors upon the member furnishing to the society
 7    satisfactory  evidence  of  good  health   and   paying   the
 8    delinquent premiums.
 9        CONTRACT.  This certificate and the application therefor,
10    a copy of which is  attached  hereto,  shall  constitute  the
11    entire contract with the member.
12        MISSTATEMENT  OF  AGE.  If the age of the member has been
13    misstated, the amount payable under the certificate shall  be
14    such  as  the  member would have been entitled to at the true
15    age.
16        IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  society   has   caused   this
17    certificate  to be signed by its duly authorized officers, on
18    (insert date), this .... day of ...., 19..,  which  shall  be
19    the effective date of this certificate.
20                                                .................
21                                                      (Secretary)
22                                                .................
23                                                      (President)
24        (2)  If  the  society is operating on an assessment plan,
25    it may substitute in  lieu  of  the  word  premium  the  word
26    assessment  in  each  case  and may substitute in lieu of the
27    consideration clause contained in the form the following:
28        This  certificate  is  issued  in  consideration  of  the
29    application and the payment in  advance  of  the  first  ....
30    assessment and the further payment of such assessments as may
31    be  levied  from  time  to  time  during  the lifetime of the
32    member.
33    (Source: P.A. 84-551; revised 10-20-98.)
 
                            -767-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (215 ILCS 5/357.2) (from Ch. 73, par. 969.2)
 2        Sec.  357.2.  "ENTIRE  CONTRACT;  CHANGES:  This  policy,
 3    including the endorsements and the attached papers,  if  any,
 4    constitutes  the  entire  contract of insurance. No change in
 5    this policy shall be valid until  approved  by  an  executive
 6    officer  of  the company and unless such approval be endorsed
 7    hereon or attached hereto.  No agent has authority to  change
 8    this policy or to waive any of its provisions."
 9        (1)  Premium  Notice Required.  No policy of accident and
10    health insurance, as enumerated in  class  1(b)  or  2(a)  of
11    Section  4,  shall  be  declared forfeited or lapsed within 6
12    months after default in payment of any premium installment or
13    interest or any portion thereof, nor shall any such policy be
14    forfeited or lapsed by reason of nonpayment when due  of  any
15    premium,  installment  or  interest,  or any portion thereof,
16    required by the terms of the policy  to  be  paid,  within  6
17    months   from   the  default  in  payment  of  such  premium,
18    installment or interest, unless a written or  printed  notice
19    stating  the amount of such premium, installment, interest or
20    portion thereof due on such policy, the place where it  shall
21    be  paid  and  the  person to whom the same is payable, shall
22    have been duly addressed and mailed with the required postage
23    affixed, to the person insured or to  the  premium  payor  if
24    other  than the insured at the last known post office address
25    of the insured or premium payor, at least  15  days  and  not
26    more  than  45  days  prior  to  the day when same is due and
27    payable before the beginning of the grace period.
28        Such notice shall also state that unless such premium  or
29    other  sum  due shall be paid to the company or its agent the
30    policy and all payments thereon  will  become  forfeited  and
31    void,  except as to any right to a surrender value or paid up
32    policy as provided for by the policy. The  affidavit  of  any
33    officer,   clerk  or  agent  of  the  company  or  of  anyone
34    authorized to mail such notice that the  notice  required  by
 
                            -768-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    this  Section  bearing  the  required  postage  has been duly
 2    addressed and mailed shall be presumptive evidence that  such
 3    notice has been duly given.
 4        If  the  notice  is given in a manner other than mailing,
 5    then physical proof of the receipt  of  such  notice  by  the
 6    proper recipient shall be maintained by the insurer.
 7        (2)  Paragraph  Sec.  357.2 (1) of this Section shall not
 8    apply to cancellable policies  which  are  renewable  at  the
 9    option  of  the company nor shall it apply to group policies,
10    industrial policies, or to any policies upon  which  premiums
11    are payable monthly or at shorter intervals.
12    (Source: P.A. 80-513; revised 2-26-98.)

13        (215 ILCS 5/357.18) (from Ch. 73, par. 969.18)
14        Sec. 357.18. "INSURANCE WITH OTHER COMPANIES: If there be
15    other  valid  coverage,  not  with  this  company,  providing
16    benefits for the same loss on a provision of service basis or
17    on  an  expense  incurred basis and of which this company has
18    not been given written notice  prior  to  the  occurrence  or
19    commencement  of  loss,  the only liability under any expense
20    incurred coverage of this policy shall be for such proportion
21    of the loss as the amount which  would  otherwise  have  been
22    payable  hereunder  plus  the total of the like amounts under
23    all such other valid coverages for the  same  loss  of  which
24    this company had notice bears to the total like amounts under
25    all valid coverages for such loss, and for the return of such
26    portion  of  the  premiums  paid as shall exceed the pro-rata
27    portion for the amount so  determined.  For  the  purpose  of
28    applying this provision when other coverage is on a provision
29    of  service  basis,  the "like amount" of such other coverage
30    shall be taken as the  amount  which  the  services  rendered
31    would have cost in the absence of such coverage."
32        (If  the  foregoing  policy  provision  is  included in a
33    policy  which  also  contains  the  next   following   policy
 
                            -769-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    provision  there  shall  be  added  to  the  caption  of  the
 2    foregoing provision the phrase "--EXPENSE INCURRED BENEFITS".
 3    The  company  may, at its option, include in this provision a
 4    definition of "other valid coverage", approved as to form  by
 5    the  Director,  which  definition shall be limited in subject
 6    matter to  coverage  provided  by  organizations  subject  to
 7    regulation  by  insurance  law or by insurance authorities of
 8    this or any other state of the United States or any  province
 9    of  Canada, and by hospital or medical service organizations,
10    and to any other coverage  the  inclusion  of  which  may  be
11    approved  by  the Director. In the absence of such definition
12    such  term  does  not  include  group  insurance,  automobile
13    medical payments insurance, or coverage provided by  hospital
14    or medical service organizations or by union welfare plans or
15    employer  or  employee benefit organizations. For the purpose
16    of applying the foregoing policy provision  with  respect  to
17    any  insured, any amount of benefit provided for such insured
18    pursuant to any compulsory  benefit  statute  (including  any
19    workers'   compensation   or  employer's  liability  statute)
20    whether provided by a governmental  agency  or  otherwise  is
21    "other  valid  coverage" of which the company has had notice.
22    In applying the foregoing policy  provision  no  third  party
23    liability   coverage   shall  be  included  as  "other  valid
24    coverage".)
25    (Source: P.A. 81-992; revised 10-31-98.)

26        (215 ILCS 5/357.19) (from Ch. 73, par. 969.19)
27        Sec. 357.19. "INSURANCE WITH OTHER COMPANIES: If there be
28    other  valid  coverage,  not  with  this  company,  providing
29    benefits for the same loss on other than an expense  incurred
30    basis  and  of  which this company has not been given written
31    notice prior to the occurrence or commencement of  loss,  the
32    only  liability  for such benefits under this policy shall be
33    for such proportion of  the  indemnities  otherwise  provided
 
                            -770-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    hereunder  for such loss as the like indemnities of which the
 2    company had notice  (including  the  indemnities  under  this
 3    policy)  bear to the total amount of all like indemnities for
 4    such loss, and for the return of such portion of the  premium
 5    paid as shall exceed the pro-rata portion for the indemnities
 6    thus determined."
 7        (If  the  foregoing  policy  provision  is  included in a
 8    policy  which  also  contains  the  next   preceding   policy
 9    provision  there  shall  be  added  to  the  caption  of  the
10    foregoing   provision  the  phrase  "--OTHER  BENEFITS".  The
11    company may, at its  option,  include  in  this  provision  a
12    definition  of "other valid coverage", approved as to form by
13    the Director, which definition shall be  limited  in  subject
14    matter  to  coverage  provided  by  organizations  subject to
15    regulation by insurance law or by  insurance  authorities  of
16    this  or any other state of the United States or any province
17    of Canada, and to any other coverage the inclusion  of  which
18    may  be  approved  by  the  Director.  In the absence of such
19    definition such term does not  include  group  insurance,  or
20    benefits  provided  by  union welfare plans or by employer or
21    employee benefit organizations. For the purpose  of  applying
22    the  foregoing  policy provision with respect to any insured,
23    any amount of benefit provided for such insured  pursuant  to
24    any   compulsory  benefit  statute  (including  any  workers'
25    compensation  or  employer's   liability   statute)   whether
26    provided  by  a  governmental  agency  or otherwise is "other
27    valid coverage" of which  the  company  has  had  notice.  In
28    applying  the  foregoing  policy  provision  no  third  party
29    liability   coverage   shall  be  included  as  "other  valid
30    coverage".)
31    (Source: P.A. 81-992; revised 10-31-98.)

32        (215 ILCS 5/357.20) (from Ch. 73, par. 969.20)
33        Sec. 357.20. "RELATION OF EARNINGS TO INSURANCE:  If  the
 
                            -771-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    total  monthly  amount  of loss of time benefits promised for
 2    the same loss under all valid loss of time coverage upon  the
 3    insured,  whether payable on a weekly or monthly basis, shall
 4    exceed the monthly  earnings  of  the  insured  at  the  time
 5    disability  commenced or his average monthly earnings for the
 6    period of 2 years  immediately  preceding  a  disability  for
 7    which  claim  is  made, whichever is the greater, the company
 8    will be liable only for such  proportionate  amount  of  such
 9    benefits  under  this  policy  as  the amount of such monthly
10    earnings or such average  monthly  earnings  of  the  insured
11    bears  to  the  total amount of monthly benefits for the same
12    loss under all such coverage upon the  insured  at  the  time
13    such  disability commences and for the return of such part of
14    the premiums paid during such 2 years  as  shall  exceed  the
15    pro-rata  amount  of  the  premiums for the benefits actually
16    paid hereunder; but this shall  not  operate  to  reduce  the
17    total  monthly  amount  of  benefits  payable  under all such
18    coverage upon the insured below the sum of $200.00 or the sum
19    of  the  monthly  benefits  specified  in   such   coverages,
20    whichever  is  the  lesser,  nor  shall  it operate to reduce
21    benefits other than those payable for loss of time."
22        (The foregoing policy provision may be inserted only in a
23    policy which the insured has the right to continue  in  force
24    subject  to  its  terms by the timely payment of premiums (1)
25    until at least age 50 or, (2) in the case of a policy  issued
26    after  age  44,  for at least 5 years from its date of issue.
27    The company may, at its option, include in this  provision  a
28    definition  of  "valid loss of time coverage", approved as to
29    form by the Director, which definition shall  be  limited  in
30    subject  matter to coverage provided by governmental agencies
31    or by organizations subject to regulation by insurance law or
32    by insurance authorities of this or any other  state  of  the
33    United  States  or  any  province  of Canada, or to any other
34    coverage the inclusion  of  which  may  be  approved  by  the
 
                            -772-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Director or any combination of such coverages. In the absence
 2    of  such  definition  such term does not include any coverage
 3    provided for such insured pursuant to any compulsory  benefit
 4    statute  (including  any  workers' compensation or employer's
 5    liability statute), or benefits  provided  by  union  welfare
 6    plans or by employer or employee benefit organizations.)
 7    (Source: P.A. 81-992; revised 10-31-98.)

 8        (215 ILCS 5/408) (from Ch. 73, par. 1020)
 9        Sec. 408.  Fees and charges.
10        (1)  The  Director  shall charge, collect and give proper
11    acquittances for  the  payment  of  the  following  fees  and
12    charges:
13             (a)  For  filing  all  documents  submitted  for the
14        incorporation  or  organization  or  certification  of  a
15        domestic company, except for a fraternal benefit society,
16        $1,000.
17             (b)  For filing  all  documents  submitted  for  the
18        incorporation  or  organization  of  a  fraternal benefit
19        society, $250.
20             (c)  For   filing   amendments   to   articles    of
21        incorporation    and   amendments   to   declaration   of
22        organization, except for a fraternal benefit  society,  a
23        mutual  benefit  association,  a burial society or a farm
24        mutual, $100.
25             (d)  For   filing   amendments   to   articles    of
26        incorporation  of  a  fraternal benefit society, a mutual
27        benefit association or a burial society, $50.
28             (e)  For   filing   amendments   to   articles    of
29        incorporation of a farm mutual, $25.
30             (f)  For filing bylaws or amendments thereto, $25.
31             (g)  For    filing    agreement    of    merger   or
32        consolidation:
33                  (i)  for  a  domestic  company,  except  for  a
 
                            -773-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             fraternal  benefit   society,   a   mutual   benefit
 2             association,  a  burial  society,  or a farm mutual,
 3             $1,000.
 4                  (ii)  for a foreign or  alien  company,  except
 5             for a fraternal benefit society, $300.
 6                  (iii)  for   a  fraternal  benefit  society,  a
 7             mutual benefit association, a burial society,  or  a
 8             farm mutual, $100.
 9             (h)  For  filing  agreements  of  reinsurance  by  a
10        domestic company, $100.
11             (i)  For filing all documents submitted by a foreign
12        or  alien  company to be admitted to transact business or
13        accredited as a reinsurer in this  State,  except  for  a
14        fraternal benefit society, $2,500.
15             (j)  For filing all documents submitted by a foreign
16        or  alien  fraternal  benefit  society  to be admitted to
17        transact business in this State, $250.
18             (k)  For  filing  declaration  of  withdrawal  of  a
19        foreign or alien company, $25.
20             (l)  For filing annual statement, except a fraternal
21        benefit society, a mutual benefit association,  a  burial
22        society, or a farm mutual, $100.
23             (m)  For  filing  annual  statement  by  a fraternal
24        benefit society, $50.
25             (n)  For filing annual statement by a farm mutual, a
26        mutual benefit association, or a burial society, $25.
27             (o)  For  issuing  a  certificate  of  authority  or
28        renewal thereof except to a  fraternal  benefit  society,
29        $100.
30             (p)  For  issuing  a  certificate  of  authority  or
31        renewal thereof to a fraternal benefit society, $50.
32             (q)  For   issuing   an   amended   certificate   of
33        authority, $25.
34             (r)  For  each  certified  copy  of  certificate  of
 
                            -774-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        authority, $10.
 2             (s)  For  each certificate of deposit, or valuation,
 3        or compliance or surety certificate, $10.
 4             (t)  For copies of papers or records per page, $1.
 5             (u)  For each certification to copies of  papers  or
 6        records, $10.
 7             (v)  For    multiple    copies   of   documents   or
 8        certificates listed in subparagraphs (r), (s), and (u) of
 9        paragraph (1) of this Section, $10 for the first copy  of
10        a certificate of any type and $5 for each additional copy
11        of  the  same  certificate  requested  at  the same time,
12        unless, pursuant to paragraph (2) of  this  Section,  the
13        Director finds these additional fees excessive.
14             (w)  For issuing a permit to sell shares or increase
15        paid-up capital:
16                  (i)  in   connection   with   a   public  stock
17             offering, $150;
18                  (ii)  in any other case, $50.
19             (x)  For issuing any other certificate  required  or
20        permissible under the law, $25.
21             (y)  For filing a plan of exchange of the stock of a
22        domestic    stock    insurance   company,   a   plan   of
23        demutualization of a domestic mutual company, or  a  plan
24        of reorganization under Article XII, $1,000.
25             (z)  For  filing  a  statement  of  acquisition of a
26        domestic company as defined  in  Section  131.4  of  this
27        Code, $1,000.
28             (aa)  For   filing  an  agreement  to  purchase  the
29        business of an organization authorized under  the  Dental
30        Service  Plan  Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plans
31        Act or of a health maintenance organization or a  limited
32        health service organization, $1,000.
33             (bb)  For  filing  a  statement  of acquisition of a
34        foreign or alien insurance company as defined in  Section
 
                            -775-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        131.12a of this Code, $500.
 2             (cc)  For   filing   a   registration  statement  as
 3        required in Sections 131.13 and 131.14, the  notification
 4        as  required by Sections 131.16, 131.20a, or 141.4, or an
 5        agreement or transaction required by  Sections  124.2(2),
 6        141, 141a, or 141.1, $100.
 7             (dd)  For filing an application for licensing of:
 8                  (i)  a  religious  or  charitable  risk pooling
 9             trust or a workers' compensation pool, $500;
10                  (ii)  a workers' compensation service  company,
11             $250;
12                  (iii)  a  self-insured  automobile fleet, $100;
13             or
14                  (iv)  a renewal of or amendment of any  license
15             issued pursuant to (i), (ii), or (iii) above, $50.
16             (ee)  For  filing  articles  of  incorporation for a
17        syndicate to engage in the business of insurance  through
18        the Illinois Insurance Exchange, $1,000.
19             (ff)  For  filing  amended articles of incorporation
20        for a syndicate engaged  in  the  business  of  insurance
21        through the Illinois Insurance Exchange, $50.
22             (gg)  For  filing  articles  of  incorporation for a
23        limited syndicate  to  join  with  other  subscribers  or
24        limited  syndicates  to  do business through the Illinois
25        Insurance Exchange, $500.
26             (hh)  For filing amended articles  of  incorporation
27        for  a  limited  syndicate  to  do  business  through the
28        Illinois Insurance Exchange, $50.
29             (ii)  For a permit to  solicit  subscriptions  to  a
30        syndicate or limited syndicate, $50.
31             (jj)  For  the  filing  of  each form as required in
32        Section 143 of this Code, $25  per  form.   The  fee  for
33        advisory and rating organizations shall be $100 per form.
34                  (i)  For  the  purposes of the form filing fee,
 
                            -776-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             filings made on insert page basis will be considered
 2             one form at the time  of  its  original  submission.
 3             Changes  made  to  a form subsequent to its approval
 4             shall be considered a new filing.
 5                  (ii)  Only one fee shall be charged for a form,
 6             regardless of the number of other forms or  policies
 7             with which it will be used.
 8                  (iii)  Fees  charged  for  a policy filed as it
 9             will be issued regardless of  the  number  of  forms
10             comprising  that  policy  shall  not  exceed $500 or
11             $1000 for advisory or rating organizations.
12                  (iv)  The Director may  by  rule  exempt  forms
13             from such fees.
14             (kk)  For  filing  an application for licensing of a
15        reinsurance intermediary, $250.
16             (ll)  For filing an application  for  renewal  of  a
17        license of a reinsurance intermediary, $100.
18        (2)  When  printed  copies or numerous copies of the same
19    paper or records are furnished or certified, the Director may
20    reduce such fees for copies if he finds them  excessive.   He
21    may,  when  he  considers  it in the public interest, furnish
22    without charge to state  insurance  departments  and  persons
23    other  than  companies, copies or certified copies of reports
24    of examinations and of other papers and records.
25        (3)  The expenses incurred in any performance examination
26    authorized by law shall be paid  by  the  company  or  person
27    being examined. The charge shall be reasonably related to the
28    cost   of  the  examination  including  but  not  limited  to
29    compensation of examiners, electronic data processing  costs,
30    supervision  and  preparation  of  an  examination report and
31    lodging and travel expenses. All lodging and travel  expenses
32    shall  be in accord with the applicable travel regulations as
33    published by the Department of  Central  Management  Services
34    and  approved  by the Governor's Travel Control Board, except
 
                            -777-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    that out-of-state lodging  and  travel  expenses  related  to
 2    examinations   authorized  under  Section  132  shall  be  in
 3    accordance  with  travel  rates  prescribed  under  paragraph
 4    301-7.2 of the Federal Travel Regulations, 41 C.F.R. 301-7.2,
 5    for reimbursement of  subsistence  expenses  incurred  during
 6    official  travel.   All  lodging  and  travel expenses may be
 7    reimbursed directly upon authorization of the Director.  With
 8    the  exception of the direct reimbursements authorized by the
 9    Director, all performance examination  charges  collected  by
10    the  Department  shall  be  paid  to  the Insurance Producers
11    Administration Fund, however, the electronic data  processing
12    costs  incurred  by  the Department in the performance of any
13    examination shall be billed directly  to  the  company  being
14    examined  for  payment  to the Statistical Services Revolving
15    Fund.
16        (4)  At the  time  of  any  service  of  process  on  the
17    Director  as  attorney  for  such service, the Director shall
18    charge and collect the sum of $10.00, which may be  recovered
19    as  taxable  costs by the party to the suit or action causing
20    such service to be made  if  he  prevails  in  such  suit  or
21    action.
22        (5) (a)  The   costs   incurred   by  the  Department  of
23    Insurance in conducting any hearing authorized by  law  shall
24    be  assessed  against  the  parties  to  the  hearing in such
25    proportion as the Director of Insurance  may  determine  upon
26    consideration  of  all relevant circumstances including:  (1)
27    the nature of  the  hearing;  (2)  whether  the  hearing  was
28    instigated  by,  or  for the benefit of a particular party or
29    parties; (3) whether there  is  a  successful  party  on  the
30    merits  of  the  proceeding;  and  (4) the relative levels of
31    participation by the parties.
32        (b)  For purposes of this subsection (5)  costs  incurred
33    shall mean the hearing officer fees, court reporter fees, and
34    travel  expenses  of  Department  of  Insurance  officers and
 
                            -778-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    employees; provided however, that costs  incurred  shall  not
 2    include  hearing  officer  fees or court reporter fees unless
 3    the Department  has  retained  the  services  of  independent
 4    contractors or outside experts to perform such functions.
 5        (c)  The  Director  shall  make  the  assessment of costs
 6    incurred as part of the final order or decision  arising  out
 7    of  the  proceeding;  provided,  however,  that such order or
 8    decision shall include findings and conclusions in support of
 9    the assessment of costs.  This subsection (5)  shall  not  be
10    construed as permitting the payment of travel expenses unless
11    calculated   in   accordance   with   the  applicable  travel
12    regulations of the Department of Central Management Services,
13    as approved by the  Governor's  Travel  Control  Board.   The
14    Director  as part of such order or decision shall require all
15    assessments for hearing officer fees and court reporter fees,
16    if any, to be paid directly to the hearing officer  or  court
17    reporter  by  the  party(s)  assessed  for  such  costs.  The
18    assessments  for  travel  expenses of Department officers and
19    employees shall be reimbursable to the Director of  Insurance
20    for  deposit to the fund out of which those expenses had been
21    paid.
22        (d)  The provisions of this subsection (5) shall apply in
23    the  case  of  any  hearing  conducted  by  the  Director  of
24    Insurance not otherwise specifically provided for by law.
25        (6)  The Director shall  charge  and  collect  an  annual
26    financial  regulation  fee  from  every  domestic company for
27    examination and analysis of its financial  condition  and  to
28    fund  the  internal  costs  and  expenses  of  the Interstate
29    Insurance Receivership Commission as may be allocated to  the
30    State  of  Illinois and companies doing an insurance business
31    in this  State  pursuant  to  Article  X  of  the  Interstate
32    Insurance Receivership Compact.  The fee shall be the greater
33    fixed  amount based upon the combination of nationwide direct
34    premium income and  nationwide  reinsurance  assumed  premium
 
                            -779-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    income   or   upon  admitted  assets  calculated  under  this
 2    subsection as follows:
 3             (a)  Combination of nationwide direct premium income
 4        and nationwide reinsurance assumed premium.
 5                  (i)  $100, if the premium is less than $500,000
 6             and there is no reinsurance assumed premium;
 7                  (ii)  $500, if the premium is $500,000 or more,
 8             but less than $5,000,000 and there is no reinsurance
 9             assumed premium; or if  the  premium  is  less  than
10             $5,000,000  and  the  reinsurance assumed premium is
11             less than $10,000,000;
12                  (iii)  $2,500, if  the  premium  is  less  than
13             $5,000,000  and  the  reinsurance assumed premium is
14             $10,000,000 or more;
15                  (iv)  $5,000, if the premium is  $5,000,000  or
16             more, but less than $10,000,000;
17                  (v)  $12,000,  if the premium is $10,000,000 or
18             more, but less than $25,000,000;
19                  (vi)  $15,000, if the premium is $25,000,000 or
20             more, but less than $50,000,000;
21                  (vii)  $20,000, if the premium  is  $50,000,000
22             or more, but less than $100,000,000;
23                  (viii)  $25,000, if the premium is $100,000,000
24             or more.
25             (b)  Admitted assets.
26                  (i)  $100,  if  admitted  assets  are less than
27             $1,000,000;
28                  (ii)  $500, if admitted assets  are  $1,000,000
29             or more, but less than $5,000,000;
30                  (iii)  2,500, if admitted assets are $5,000,000
31             or more, but less than $25,000,000;
32                  (iv)  $5,000,    if    admitted    assets   are
33             $25,000,000 or more, but less than $50,000,000;
34                  (v)  $12,000,   if    admitted    assets    are
 
                            -780-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             $50,000,000 or more, but less than $100,000,000;
 2                  (vi)  $15,000,    if    admitted   assets   are
 3             $100,000,000 or more, but less than $500,000,000;
 4                  (vii)  $20,000,   if   admitted   assets    are
 5             $500,000,000 or more, but less than $1,000,000,000;
 6                  (viii)  $25,000,   if   admitted   assets   are
 7             $1,000,000,000 or more.
 8             (c)  The sum of financial regulation fees charged to
 9        the domestic companies of the same affiliated group shall
10        not  exceed  $100,000 in the aggregate in any single year
11        and shall be billed by the Director to the member company
12        designated by the group.
13        (7)  The Director shall  charge  and  collect  an  annual
14    financial regulation fee from every foreign or alien company,
15    except  fraternal  benefit societies, for the examination and
16    analysis of its financial condition and to fund the  internal
17    costs  and  expenses of the Interstate Insurance Receivership
18    Commission as may be allocated to the State of  Illinois  and
19    companies  doing an insurance business in this State pursuant
20    to  Article  X  of  the  Interstate  Insurance   Receivership
21    Compact.  The fee shall be a fixed amount based upon Illinois
22    direct  premium  income  and  nationwide  reinsurance assumed
23    premium income in accordance with the following schedule:
24             (a)  $100, if the premium is less than $500,000  and
25        there is no reinsurance assumed premium;
26             (b)  $500,  if  the premium is $500,000 or more, but
27        less than $5,000,000 and there is no reinsurance  assumed
28        premium;  or  if  the premium is less than $5,000,000 and
29        the reinsurance assumed premium is less than $10,000,000;
30             (c)  $2,500, if the premium is less than  $5,000,000
31        and  the  reinsurance  assumed  premium is $10,000,000 or
32        more;
33             (d)  $5,000, if the premium is $5,000,000  or  more,
34        but less than $10,000,000;
 
                            -781-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (e)  $12,000, if the premium is $10,000,000 or more,
 2        but less than $25,000,000;
 3             (f)  $15,000, if the premium is $25,000,000 or more,
 4        but less than $50,000,000;
 5             (g)  $20,000, if the premium is $50,000,000 or more,
 6        but less than $100,000,000;
 7             (h)  $25,000,  if  the  premium  is  $100,000,000 or
 8        more.
 9        The  sum  of  financial  regulation   fees   under   this
10    subsection  (7)  charged  to  the  foreign or alien companies
11    within the same affiliated group shall not exceed $100,000 in
12    the aggregate in any single year and shall be billed  by  the
13    Director to the member company designated by the group.
14        (8)  Beginning  January 1, 1992, the financial regulation
15    fees imposed under subsections (6) and (7)  of  this  Section
16    shall  be  paid  by each company or domestic affiliated group
17    annually.  After January 1, 1994, the fee shall be billed  by
18    Department invoice based upon the company's premium income or
19    admitted  assets  as  shown  in  its annual statement for the
20    preceding calendar year.  The invoice is due upon receipt and
21    must be paid no later than June 30  of  each  calendar  year.
22    All  financial  regulation  fees  collected by the Department
23    shall be paid to the  Insurance  Financial  Regulation  Fund.
24    The  Department  may  not collect financial examiner per diem
25    charges from companies subject to subsections (6) and (7)  of
26    this  Section undergoing financial examination after June 30,
27    1992.
28        (9)  In addition to the financial regulation fee required
29    by  this  Section,  a  company   undergoing   any   financial
30    examination  authorized  by law shall pay the following costs
31    and expenses incurred by the  Department:    electronic  data
32    processing  costs,  the  expenses  authorized  under  Section
33    131.21  and subsection (d) of Section 132.4 of this Code, and
34    lodging and travel expenses.
 
                            -782-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Electronic  data  processing  costs   incurred   by   the
 2    Department  in  the  performance  of any examination shall be
 3    billed directly to the  company  undergoing  examination  for
 4    payment  to  the Statistical Services Revolving Fund.  Except
 5    for direct  reimbursements  authorized  by  the  Director  or
 6    direct  payments  made under Section 131.21 or subsection (d)
 7    of Section 132.4 of this Code, all financial regulation  fees
 8    and  all  financial  examination  charges  collected  by  the
 9    Department   shall   be   paid  to  the  Insurance  Financial
10    Regulation Fund.
11        All lodging and travel expenses shall  be  in  accordance
12    with   applicable   travel   regulations   published  by  the
13    Department of Central Management Services and approved by the
14    Governor's Travel Control  Board,  except  that  out-of-state
15    lodging   and   travel   expenses   related  to  examinations
16    authorized under Sections 132.1 through  132.7  shall  be  in
17    accordance  with  travel  rates  prescribed  under  paragraph
18    301-7.2 of the Federal Travel Regulations, 41 C.F.R. 301-7.2,
19    for  reimbursement  of  subsistence  expenses incurred during
20    official travel.  All lodging  and  travel  expenses  may  be
21    reimbursed directly upon the authorization of the Director.
22        In  the  case of an organization or person not subject to
23    the financial regulation fee, the expenses  incurred  in  any
24    financial  examination authorized by law shall be paid by the
25    organization or person being examined.  The charge  shall  be
26    reasonably  related to the cost of the examination including,
27    but not limited to, compensation of examiners and other costs
28    described in this subsection.
29        (10)  Any company, person, or entity failing to make  any
30    payment  of $100 or more as required under this Section shall
31    be subject to the penalty and  interest  provisions  provided
32    for in subsections (4) and (7) of Section 412.
33        (11)  Unless   otherwise   specified,  all  of  the  fees
34    collected under this Section shall be paid into the Insurance
 
                            -783-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Financial Regulation Fund.
 2        (12)  For purposes of this Section:
 3             (a)  "Domestic company" means a company  as  defined
 4        in  Section  2  of  this  Code  which  is incorporated or
 5        organized under the laws of this State, and  in  addition
 6        includes  a  not-for-profit  corporation authorized under
 7        the Dental  Service  Plan  Act,  Pharmaceutical,  or  the
 8        Voluntary  Health  Services  Plans Act Service Plan Acts,
 9        and a health  maintenance  organization,  and  a  limited
10        health service organization.;
11             (b)  "Foreign company" means a company as defined in
12        Section 2 of this Code which is incorporated or organized
13        under  the  laws  of any state of the United States other
14        than  this  State  and  in  addition  includes  a  health
15        maintenance organization and  a  limited  health  service
16        organization which is incorporated or organized under the
17        laws  of  any  state of the United States other than this
18        State.;
19             (c)  "Alien company" means a company as  defined  in
20        Section 2 of this Code which is incorporated or organized
21        under  the  laws  of  any  country  other than the United
22        States.;
23             (d)  "Fraternal    benefit    society"    means    a
24        corporation,   society,   order,   lodge   or   voluntary
25        association as defined in Section 282.1 of this Code.;
26             (e)  "Mutual benefit association" means  a  company,
27        association  or corporation authorized by the Director to
28        do business in this State under the provisions of Article
29        XVIII of this Code.;
30             (f)  "Burial  society"   means   a   person,   firm,
31        corporation,   society   or  association  of  individuals
32        authorized by the Director to do business in  this  State
33        under the provisions of Article XIX of this Code.; and
34             (g)  "Farm  mutual"  means  a  district,  county and
 
                            -784-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        township  mutual  insurance  company  authorized  by  the
 2        Director  to  do  business  in  this  State   under   the
 3        provisions  of  the  Farm Mutual Insurance Company Act of
 4        1986.
 5    (Source: P.A.  89-97,  eff.  7-7-95;  89-247,  eff.   1-1-96;
 6    89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-177,  eff.  7-23-97;  90-583, eff.
 7    5-29-98; revised 10-31-98.)

 8        (215 ILCS 5/415) (from Ch. 73, par. 1027)
 9        Sec.  415.  No  taxes  to   be   imposed   by   political
10    subdivisions  sub-divisions.   The  fees,  charges  and taxes
11    provided for by this Article shall be in lieu of all  license
12    fees or privilege or occupation taxes or other fees levied or
13    assessed  by  any  municipality,  county  or  other political
14    subdivision of this State, and  no  municipality,  county  or
15    other  political  subdivision  of this State shall impose any
16    license fee or privilege or occupation tax or  fee  upon  any
17    domestic,  foreign  or  alien  company,  or  upon  any of its
18    agents, for the privilege  of  doing  an  insurance  business
19    therein,  except the tax authorized by Division 10 of Article
20    11  of  the  Illinois  Municipal  Code,  as  heretofore   and
21    hereafter  amended.   This  Section shall not be construed to
22    prohibit the levy and collection of:
23             (a)  State, county or municipal taxes upon the  real
24        and  personal  property  of such a company, including the
25        tax imposed by Section Sec. 414 of this Code, and
26             (b)  taxes for the purpose of maintaining the Office
27        of the State Fire Marshal of this State  and  paying  the
28        expenses incident thereto.
29    (Source: Laws 1967, p. 2716; revised 2-25-98.)

30        (215 ILCS 5/531.03) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.80-3)
31        Sec. 531.03.  Coverage and limitations.
32        (1)  This Article shall provide coverage for the policies
 
                            -785-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and contracts specified in paragraph (2) of this Section:
 2             (a)  to persons who, regardless of where they reside
 3        (except  for non-resident certificate holders under group
 4        policies or contracts), are the beneficiaries,  assignees
 5        or  payees  of  the  persons  covered  under subparagraph
 6        (1)(b), and
 7             (b)  to persons who are  owners  of  or  certificate
 8        holders under such policies or contracts; or, in the case
 9        of  unallocated annuity contracts, to the persons who are
10        the contract holders, and who
11                  (i)  are residents of this State, or
12                  (ii)  are not residents, but only under all  of
13             the following conditions:
14                       (A)  the   insurers   which   issued  such
15                  policies or contracts  are  domiciled  in  this
16                  State;
17                       (B)  such insurers never held a license or
18                  certificate of authority in the states in which
19                  such persons reside;
20                       (C)  such states have associations similar
21                  to the association created by this Act; and
22                       (D)  such  persons  are  not  eligible for
23                  coverage by such associations.
24        (2)(a)  This  Article  shall  provide  coverage  to   the
25    persons  specified  in  paragraph  (l)  of  this  Section for
26    direct, (i) nongroup life, health, annuity  and  supplemental
27    policies,  or  contracts,  (ii) for certificates under direct
28    group policies or contracts, (iii)  for  unallocated  annuity
29    contracts  and  (iv)  for  contracts  to  furnish health care
30    services and subscription certificates for medical or  health
31    care   services   issued  by  persons  licensed  to  transact
32    insurance business in this State under the Illinois Insurance
33    Code. Annuity contracts and certificates under group  annuity
34    contracts   include   but   are  not  limited  to  guaranteed
 
                            -786-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    investment  contracts,  deposit   administration   contracts,
 2    unallocated funding agreements, allocated funding agreements,
 3    structured  settlement  agreements, lottery contracts and any
 4    immediate or deferred annuity contracts.
 5        (b)  This Article shall not provide coverage for:
 6             (i)  that  portion  or  part  of  such  policies  or
 7        contracts  under  which  the  risk  is   borne   by   the
 8        policyholder;  provided  however,  that  nothing  in this
 9        subparagraph (i) shall make this Article inapplicable  to
10        assessment   life   and  accident  and  health  insurance
11        policies or contracts; or
12             (ii)  any such policy or contract  or  part  thereof
13        assumed  by  the  impaired  or  insolvent insurer under a
14        contract of reinsurance, other than reinsurance for which
15        assumption certificates have been issued; or
16             (iii)  any portion of a policy or  contract  to  the
17        extent  such portion represents an accrued value that the
18        rate of interest on which it is accrued
19                  (A)  averaged over the  period  of  four  years
20             prior  to  the date on which the Association becomes
21             obligated with respect to such policy  or  contract,
22             exceeds a rate of interest determined by subtracting
23             two  percentage  points  from Moody's Corporate Bond
24             Yield Average  averaged  for  that  same  four  year
25             period  or  for  such lesser period if the policy or
26             contract was issued less than four years before  the
27             Association became obligated; and
28                  (B)  on   and  after  the  date  on  which  the
29             Association becomes obligated with respect  to  such
30             policy  or  contract,  exceeds  the rate of interest
31             determined by subtracting  three  percentage  points
32             from  Moody's  Corporate  Bond Yield Average as most
33             recently available; or
34             (iv)  any unallocated annuity contract issued to  an
 
                            -787-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        employee benefit plan protected under the federal Pension
 2        Benefit Guaranty Corporation; or and
 3             (v)  any portion of any unallocated annuity contract
 4        which  is  not issued to or in connection with a specific
 5        employee, union or association of natural persons benefit
 6        plan or a government lottery; or.
 7             (vi)  any burial society organized under Article XIX
 8        of this Act,  any  fraternal  benefit  society  organized
 9        under  Article  XVII  of  this  Act,  any  mutual benefit
10        association organized under Article XVIII  of  this  Act,
11        and  any foreign fraternal benefit society licensed under
12        Article VI of this Act; or
13             (vii)  any    health    maintenance     organization
14        established    pursuant   to   the   Health   Maintenance
15        Organization  Act  including   any   health   maintenance
16        organization business of a member insurer; or
17             (viii)  any   health   services   plan   corporation
18        established  pursuant  to  the  Voluntary Health Services
19        Plans Act; or
20             (ix)  (blank); or
21             (x)  any dental service plan corporation established
22        pursuant to the Dental Service Plan Act; or
23             (xi)  any stop-loss insurance, as defined in  clause
24        (b) of Class 1 or clause (a) of Class 2 of Section 4, and
25        further defined in subsection (d) of Section 352; or
26             (xii)  that  portion  or  part  of  a  variable life
27        insurance or variable annuity contract not guaranteed  by
28        an insurer.
29        (3)  The  benefits  for  which the Association may become
30    liable shall in no event exceed the lesser of:
31             (a)  the  contractual  obligations  for  which   the
32        insurer  is  liable  or would have been liable if it were
33        not an impaired or insolvent insurer, or
34             (b)(i)  with respect to any one life, regardless  of
 
                            -788-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        the number of policies or contracts:
 2                  (A)  $300,000 in life insurance death benefits,
 3             but not more than $100,000 in net cash surrender and
 4             net cash withdrawal values for life insurance;
 5                  (B)  $300,000  in  health  insurance  benefits,
 6             including  any  net  cash  surrender  and  net  cash
 7             withdrawal values;
 8                  (C)  $100,000  in  the present value of annuity
 9             benefits, including net cash surrender and net  cash
10             withdrawal values;
11             (ii)  with  respect to each individual participating
12        in  a  governmental  retirement  plan  established  under
13        Section 401, 403(b) or 457 of the U.S.  Internal  Revenue
14        Code  covered  by  an unallocated annuity contract or the
15        beneficiaries of each such individual if deceased, in the
16        aggregate, $100,000 in present  value  annuity  benefits,
17        including  net  cash  surrender  and  net cash withdrawal
18        values; provided, however, that in  no  event  shall  the
19        Association be liable to expend more than $300,000 in the
20        aggregate  with  respect  to  any  one  individual  under
21        subparagraph (1) and this subparagraph;:
22             (iii)  with  respect  to  any  one  contract  holder
23        covered  by any unallocated annuity contract not included
24        in  subparagraph  (3)(b)(ii)  of  this   Section   above,
25        $5,000,000  in  benefits,  irrespective  of the number of
26        such contracts held by that contract holder.
27    (Source: P.A. 90-177, eff. 7-23-97; revised 10-31-98.)

28        (215 ILCS 5/803.1)
29        Sec. 803.1. Establishment of Fund.
30        (a)  There is established a  fund  to  be  known  as  the
31    "Illinois  Mine  Subsidence  Insurance Fund".  The Fund shall
32    operate pursuant to this Article.  The Fund is authorized  to
33    transact business, provide services, enter into contracts and
 
                            -789-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    sue or be sued in its own name.
 2        (b)  The   Fund   shall   provide  reinsurance  for  mine
 3    subsidence losses to all  insurers  writing  mine  subsidence
 4    insurance pursuant to this Article.
 5        (c)  The  monies  in  the  Fund  shall  be  derived  from
 6    premiums for mine subsidence insurance collected on behalf of
 7    the Fund pursuant to this Article, from investment income and
 8    from  receipt  of  Federal  or State funds.  No insurer shall
 9    have any liability to the Fund or  to  any  creditor  of  the
10    Fund,  except  as  may  be  set forth in this Article, in the
11    Articles of Governance which may be adopted by the Fund, in a
12    reinsurance agreement executed pursuant to Section  paragraph
13    810.1,  in  the Plan of Operation established by the Fund, or
14    in the rules and procedures adopted by the Fund as authorized
15    by the reinsurance agreement.
16        (d)  The  Fund  shall   establish   the   rates,   rating
17    schedules,  deductibles and retentions, minimum premiums, and
18    classifications for mine subsidence insurance which the  Fund
19    shall  file  with  the  Director.  The Director shall have 30
20    days from the date of receipt to approve or disapprove a rate
21    filing.  If no action is taken  by  the  Director  within  30
22    days,  the  rate is deemed to be approved.  The Director may,
23    in writing, extend the period for an additional  30  days  if
24    the Director determines that additional time is needed.
25        (e)  The   Fund   shall   establish   its  rates,  rating
26    schedules, deductibles and retentions, minimum premiums,  and
27    classification  in such a manner as to satisfy all reasonably
28    foreseeable claims and expenses the Fund is likely to  incur.
29    The  Fund shall give due consideration to loss experience and
30    relevant trends, premium  and  other  income  and  reasonable
31    reserves  established  for  contingencies in establishing the
32    mine subsidence rates.
33        (f)  The  Fund  shall  compile  and  publish  an   annual
34    operating report.
 
                            -790-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (g)  The   Fund   shall   develop  at  least  2  consumer
 2    information publications to aid the public  in  understanding
 3    mine  subsidence  and  mine  subsidence  insurance  and shall
 4    establish a schedule for the distribution of the publications
 5    pursuant to the reinsurance agreement.  Topics that shall  be
 6    addressed shall include but are not limited to:
 7             (1)  Descriptive  information about mine subsidence,
 8        and what benefits mine subsidence insurance  provides  to
 9        the property owner.
10             (2)  Information   that   will   be   useful   to  a
11        policyholder who has filed a mine subsidence claim,  such
12        as  information  that  explains  the  claim investigation
13        process and claim handling procedures.
14        (h)  The Fund shall  be  empowered  to  conduct  research
15    programs  in  an  effort to improve the administration of the
16    mine  subsidence  insurance  program  and  help  reduce   and
17    mitigate  mine  subsidence  losses consistent with the public
18    interest.
19        (i)  The Fund may enter into reinsurance agreements  with
20    any   intergovernmental   cooperative   that  provides  joint
21    self-insurance for mine subsidence  losses  of  its  members.
22    These  reinsurance  agreements shall be substantially similar
23    to reinsurance agreements described in Section 810.1.
24    (Source: P.A. 89-206, eff.  7-21-95;  90-499,  eff.  8-19-97;
25    revised 10-31-98.)

26        (215 ILCS 5/807.1)
27        Sec.  807.1.  Exemption  of  Certain   Counties   by  the
28    Director. The Director shall  exempt  every  policy  insuring
29    residences,  living  units or commercial buildings located in
30    any county of 1,000,000 or more  inhabitants  or  any  county
31    contiguous to any such county, and, upon request of the Fund,
32    may  exempt every policy insuring residences, living units or
33    commercial buildings located in any other specified county of
 
                            -791-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    this State, from the provisions of Section paragraph 805.1 of
 2    this Article.
 3    (Source: P.A. 88-379; revised 10-31-98.)

 4        (215 ILCS 5/810.1)
 5        Sec. 810.1. Reinsurance Agreements.  All  insurers  shall
 6    enter  into  a  reinsurance  agreement  with  the Fund.   The
 7    reinsurance agreement shall be filed with and approved by the
 8    Director.  The agreement  shall  provide  that  each  insurer
 9    shall cede 100% of any subsidence insurance written up to the
10    limits  contained  in  Section paragraph 805.1(c) to the Fund
11    and, in consideration of the ceding  commission  retained  by
12    the  insurer, agrees to distribute informational publications
13    provided by the Fund on a schedule set by the Fund, undertake
14    adjustment  of  losses,  payment  of  taxes,  and  all  other
15    expenses of the insurer necessary for sale  of  policies  and
16    administration  of  the  mine  subsidence insurance coverage.
17    The Fund shall agree to reimburse the insurer for all amounts
18    reasonably  and  properly  paid  policyholders  from   claims
19    resulting  from mine subsidence and for expenses specified in
20    the reinsurance  agreement.   In  addition,  the  reinsurance
21    agreement   may  contain,  and  may  authorize  the  Fund  to
22    establish  and  promulgate  deductibles.    The   reinsurance
23    agreement  may  also  contain reasonable rules and procedures
24    covering insurer documentation of losses;  insurer  reporting
25    of claims, reports of litigation, premiums and loss payments;
26    loss payment review by the Fund; remitting of premiums to the
27    Fund;  underwriting; and cause and origin investigations; and
28    procedures for resolving disputes between  the  insurers  and
29    the Fund.
30    (Source: P.A. 90-655, eff. 7-30-98; revised 10-31-98.)

31        (215 ILCS 5/1202) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.902)
32        Sec. 1202.  Duties. The Director shall:
 
                            -792-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (a)  determine the relationship of insurance premiums and
 2    related  income  as  compared to insurance costs and expenses
 3    and provide such information to the General Assembly and  the
 4    general public;
 5        (b)  study the insurance system in the State of Illinois,
 6    and recommend to the General Assembly what it deems to be the
 7    most  appropriate  and  comprehensive cost containment system
 8    for the State;
 9        (c)  respond to the requests by  agencies  of  government
10    and  the General Assembly for special studies and analysis of
11    data collected pursuant to this Article. Such  reports  shall
12    be  made  available in a form prescribed by the Director. The
13    Director may also determine  a  fee  to  be  charged  to  the
14    requesting  agency to cover the direct and indirect costs for
15    producing such a report, and shall permit  affected  insurers
16    the  right  to  review  the  accuracy accurancy of the report
17    before it is released. The fees shall be deposited  into  the
18    Statistical  Services  Revolving  Fund  and  credited  to the
19    account of the Department of Insurance;
20        (d)  make an interim report to the  General  Assembly  no
21    later  than  August  15,  1987,  and  a  annual report to the
22    General Assembly no later than April 15 every year thereafter
23    which   shall   include   the   Director's    findings    and
24    recommendations   regarding  its  duties  as  provided  under
25    subsections (a), (b), and (c) of this Section.
26    (Source: P.A. 84-1431; revised 10-31-98.)

27        (215 ILCS 5/1204) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.904)
28        Sec. 1204.  (A) The Director shall promulgate  rules  and
29    regulations  which  shall  require  each  insurer licensed to
30    write property or casualty insurance in the  State  and  each
31    syndicate  doing  business on the Illinois Insurance Exchange
32    to record and report its  loss  and  expense  experience  and
33    other  data as may be necessary to assess the relationship of
 
                            -793-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    insurance  premiums  and  related  income  as   compared   to
 2    insurance costs and expenses.  The Director may designate one
 3    or  more rate service organizations or advisory organizations
 4    to gather and compile such experience and data.  The Director
 5    shall require each insurer  licensed  to  write  property  or
 6    casualty  insurance  in  this  State and each syndicate doing
 7    business on the  Illinois  Insurance  Exchange  to  submit  a
 8    report,  on  a  form  furnished  by the Director, showing its
 9    direct writings in this State and companywide.
10        (B)  Such report  required  by  subsection  (A)  of  this
11    Section  may  include,  but  not be limited to, the following
12    specific types of insurance written by such insurer:
13             (1)  Political   subdivision   liability   insurance
14        reported separately in the following categories:
15                  (a)  municipalities;
16                  (b)  school districts;
17                  (c)  other political subdivisions;.
18             (2)  Public official liability insurance;
19             (3)  Dram shop liability insurance;
20             (4)  Day care center liability insurance;
21             (5)  Labor,  fraternal  or  religious  organizations
22        liability insurance;
23             (6)  Errors and omissions liability insurance;
24             (7)  Officers  and  directors  liability   insurance
25        reported separately as follows:
26                  (a)  non-profit entities;
27                  (b)  for-profit entities;
28             (8)  Products liability insurance;
29             (9)  Medical malpractice insurance;
30             (10)  Attorney malpractice insurance;
31             (11)  Architects     and    engineers    malpractice
32        insurance; and
33             (12)  Motor vehicle  insurance  reported  separately
34        for commercial and private passenger vehicles as follows:
 
                            -794-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (a)  motor vehicle physical damage insurance;
 2                  (b)  motor vehicle liability insurance.;
 3        (C)  Such  report may include, but need not be limited to
 4    the  following  data,  both  specific  to  this   State   and
 5    companywide, in the aggregate or by type of insurance for the
 6    previous year on a calendar year basis:
 7             (1)  Direct premiums written;
 8             (2)  Direct premiums earned;
 9             (3)  Number of policies;
10             (4)  Net   investment   income,   using  appropriate
11        estimates where necessary;
12             (5)  Losses paid;
13             (6)  Losses incurred;
14             (7)  Loss reserves:
15                  (a)  Losses unpaid on reported claims;
16                  (b)  Losses unpaid on incurred but not reported
17             claims;
18             (8)  Number of claims:
19                  (a)  Paid claims;
20                  (b)  Arising claims;
21             (9)  Loss adjustment expenses:
22                  (a)  Allocated loss adjustment expenses;
23                  (b)  Unallocated loss adjustment expenses;
24             (10)  Net underwriting gain or loss;
25             (11)  Net operation  gain  or  loss,  including  net
26        investment income;
27             (12)  Any   other   information   requested  by  the
28        Director.
29        (D)  In  addition  to  the  information  which   may   be
30    requested under subsection (C), the Director may also request
31    on   a  companywide,  aggregate  basis,  Federal  Income  Tax
32    recoverable,  net  realized  capital  gain   or   loss,   net
33    unrealized  capital  gain or loss, and all other expenses not
34    requested in subsection (C) above.
 
                            -795-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (E)  Violations - Suspensions - Revocations.
 2             (1) Any company or person subject to  this  Article,
 3        who  willfully  or  repeatedly  fails  to  observe or who
 4        otherwise violates any of the provisions of this  Article
 5        or  any  rule  or  regulation promulgated by the Director
 6        under authority of this Article or any final order of the
 7        Director entered under  the  authority  of  this  Article
 8        shall by civil penalty forfeit to the State of Illinois a
 9        sum  not  to  exceed  $1,000.  Each  day  during  which a
10        violation occurs constitutes a separate offense.
11             (2)  No forfeiture liability under paragraph (1)  of
12        this  subsection  may  attach  unless a written notice of
13        apparent liability has been issued by  the  Director  and
14        received by the respondent, or the Director sends written
15        notice  of  apparent liability by registered or certified
16        mail, return receipt requested, to the last known address
17        of the respondent. Any respondent  so  notified  must  be
18        granted  an  opportunity  to  request a hearing within 10
19        days from receipt of notice, or to show in  writing,  why
20        he  should not be held liable. A notice issued under this
21        Section must set forth the date, facts and nature of  the
22        act  or omission with which the respondent is charged and
23        must specifically identify the  particular  provision  of
24        this  Article,  rule,  regulation  or  order  of  which a
25        violation is charged.
26             (3)  No forfeiture liability under paragraph (1)  of
27        this  subsection  may  attach for any violation occurring
28        more than 2 years prior to the date of  issuance  of  the
29        notice  of  apparent  liability  and  in no event may the
30        total civil penalty forfeiture imposed for  the  acts  or
31        omissions  set  forth  in  any  one  notice  of  apparent
32        liability exceed $50,000.
33             (4)  All  administrative hearings conducted pursuant
34        to this Article are subject to 50 Ill. Adm. Code 2402 and
 
                            -796-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        all  administrative   hearings   are   subject   to   the
 2        Administrative Review Law.
 3             (5)  The  civil  penalty forfeitures provided for in
 4        this Section are payable to the General Revenue  Fund  of
 5        the  State  of  Illinois, and may be recovered in a civil
 6        suit in the name of the State of Illinois brought in  the
 7        Circuit  Court in Sangamon County or in the Circuit Court
 8        of the county where the respondent is  domiciled  or  has
 9        its principal operating office.
10             (6)  In  any case where the Director issues a notice
11        of apparent liability looking toward the imposition of  a
12        civil penalty forfeiture under this Section that fact may
13        not  be  used in any other proceeding before the Director
14        to the prejudice of the respondent to whom the notice was
15        issued, unless (a) the civil penalty forfeiture has  been
16        paid,  or  (b)  a  court has ordered payment of the civil
17        penalty forfeiture and that order has become final.
18             (7)  When any person or company  has  a  license  or
19        certificate  of  authority  under this Code and knowingly
20        fails or refuses to comply with a  lawful  order  of  the
21        Director  requiring compliance with this Article, entered
22        after notice and  hearing,  within  the  period  of  time
23        specified  in the order, the Director may, in addition to
24        any other penalty or authority provided, revoke or refuse
25        to renew the license or certificate of authority of  such
26        person   or  company,  or  may  suspend  the  license  or
27        certificate of authority of such person or company  until
28        compliance with such order has been obtained.
29             (8)  When  any  person  or  company has a license or
30        certificate of authority under this  Code  and  knowingly
31        fails  or  refuses to comply with any provisions of  this
32        Article, the Director may, after notice and  hearing,  in
33        addition  to any other penalty provided, revoke or refuse
34        to renew the license or certificate of authority of  such
 
                            -797-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        person   or  company,  or  may  suspend  the  license  or
 2        certificate of authority of such person or company, until
 3        compliance with such provision of this Article  has  been
 4        obtained.
 5             (9)  No  suspension or revocation under this Section
 6        may become effective until 5 days from the date that  the
 7        notice  of  suspension  or revocation has been personally
 8        delivered or delivered by registered or certified mail to
 9        the company or person. A suspension or  revocation  under
10        this Section is stayed upon the filing, by the company or
11        person,  of  a  petition  for  judicial  review under the
12        Administrative Review Law.
13    (Source: P.A. 88-313; revised 10-31-98.)

14        Section 118.  The Illinois Health  Insurance  Portability
15    and  Accountability  Act is amended by changing Section 35 as
16    follows:

17        (215 ILCS 97/35)
18        Sec. 35.  Disclosure of Information.
19        (A)  Disclosure of information by  health  plan  issuers.
20    In  connection  with  the  offering  of  any health insurance
21    coverage to a small employer, a health insurance issuer:
22             (1)  shall make  a  reasonable  disclosure  to  such
23        employer,   as   part   of  its  solicitation  and  sales
24        materials, of the availability of  information  described
25        in subsection (B), and
26             (2)  shall,  upon  request of such a small employer,
27        provide such information.
28        (B)  Information described.
29             (1)  In general.  Subject  to  paragraph  (3),  with
30        respect  to  a  health  insurance  issuer offering health
31        insurance  coverage  to  a  small  employer,  information
32        described in this subsection is information concerning:
 
                            -798-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (a)  the provisions of such coverage concerning
 2             issuer's right  to  change  premium  rates  and  the
 3             factors that may affect changes in premium rates;
 4                  (b)  the  provisions  of such coverage relating
 5             to renewability of coverage;
 6                  (c)  the provisions of such  coverage  relating
 7             to any pre-existing condition exclusion; and
 8                  (d)  the  benefits and premiums available under
 9             all health insurance coverage for which the employer
10             is qualified.
11             (2)  Form of information.   Information  under  this
12        subsection  shall  be  provided  to  small employers in a
13        manner determined to be  understandable  by  the  average
14        small  employer,  and  shall  be sufficient to reasonably
15        inform small employers of their  rights  and  obligations
16        under the health insurance coverage.
17             (3)  Exception.   An  issuer  is  not required under
18        this  Section  to  disclose  any  information   that   is
19        proprietary and trade secret information under applicable
20        law.
21    (Source: P.A. 90-30, eff. 7-1-97; revised 10-31-98.)

22        Section 119.  The Comprehensive Health Insurance Plan Act
23    is amended by changing Sections 2, 4, and 5 as follows:

24        (215 ILCS 105/2) (from Ch. 73, par. 1302)
25        Sec.  2.   Definitions.   As used in this Act, unless the
26    context otherwise requires:
27        "Plan administrator" means the  insurer  or  third  party
28    administrator designated under Section 5 of this Act.
29        "Benefits  plan"  means the coverage to be offered by the
30    Plan to eligible persons and federally  eligible  individuals
31    pursuant to this Act.
32        "Board" means the Illinois Comprehensive Health Insurance
 
                            -799-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Board.
 2        "Church plan" has the same meaning given that term in the
 3    federal  Health  Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
 4    of 1996.
 5        "Continuation coverage" means  continuation  of  coverage
 6    under  a group health plan or other health insurance coverage
 7    for former employees or dependents of former  employees  that
 8    would  otherwise  have  terminated  under  the  terms of that
 9    coverage  pursuant  to  any  continuation  provisions   under
10    federal  or  State  law,  including  the Consolidated Omnibus
11    Budget  Reconciliation  Act  of  1985  (COBRA),  as  amended,
12    Sections 367.2 and 367e of the Illinois  Insurance  Code,  or
13    any other similar requirement in another State.
14        "Covered  person"  means a person who is and continues to
15    remain eligible for Plan coverage and is covered under one of
16    the benefit plans offered by the Plan.
17        "Creditable coverage" means, with respect to a  federally
18    eligible  individual, coverage of the individual under any of
19    the following:
20             (A)  A group health plan.
21             (B)  Health  insurance  coverage  (including   group
22        health insurance coverage).
23             (C)  Medicare.
24             (D)  Medical assistance.
25             (E)  Chapter 55 of title 10, United States Code.
26             (F)  A  medical  care  program  of the Indian Health
27        Service or of a tribal organization.
28             (G)  A state health benefits risk pool.
29             (H)  A health plan offered under Chapter 89 of title
30        5, United States Code.
31             (I)  A public health plan (as defined in regulations
32        consistent  with  Section  104   of   the   Health   Care
33        Portability  and  Accountability  Act of 1996 that may be
34        promulgated by the Secretary of the  U.S.  Department  of
 
                            -800-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Health and Human Services).
 2             (J)  A health benefit plan under Section 5(e) of the
 3        Peace Corps Act (22 U.S.C. 2504(e)).
 4             (K)  Any  other  qualifying coverage required by the
 5        federal Health Insurance Portability  and  Accountability
 6        Act  of  1996, as it may be amended, or regulations under
 7        that Act.
 8        "Creditable   coverage"   does   not   include   coverage
 9    consisting  solely  of  coverage  of  excepted  benefits  (as
10    defined in Section 2791(c)  of  title  XXVII  of  the  Public
11    Health  Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300 gg-91) nor does it include
12    any period of coverage under any of  items  (A)  through  (K)
13    that  occurred before a break of more than 63 days during all
14    of which the individual was not covered under  any  of  items
15    (A) through (K) above.  Any period that an individual is in a
16    waiting period for any coverage under a group health plan (or
17    for  group health insurance coverage) or is in an affiliation
18    period under the terms of health insurance  coverage  offered
19    by  a health maintenance organization shall not be taken into
20    account in determining if there has been a break of more than
21    63 days in any credible coverage.
22        "Department" means the Illinois Department of Insurance.
23        "Dependent" means an Illinois resident: who is a  spouse;
24    or who is claimed as a dependent by the principal insured for
25    purposes of filing a federal income tax return and resides in
26    the   principal   insured's  household,  and  is  a  resident
27    unmarried child under the age of  19  years;  or  who  is  an
28    unmarried child who also is a full-time student under the age
29    of  23  years  and  who  is  financially  dependent  upon the
30    principal insured; or who is a child of any age  and  who  is
31    disabled   and   financially  dependent  upon  the  principal
32    insured.
33        "Direct Illinois premiums" means, for Illinois  business,
34    an  insurer's direct premium income for the kinds of business
 
                            -801-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    described in clause (b) of Class 1 or clause (a) of  Class  2
 2    of  Section  4  of  the  Illinois  Insurance Code, and direct
 3    premium income of a  health  maintenance  organization  or  a
 4    voluntary  health  services plan, except it shall not include
 5    credit health insurance as defined in Article IX 1/2  of  the
 6    Illinois Insurance Code.
 7        "Director"  means the Director of the Illinois Department
 8    of Insurance.
 9        "Eligible person" means a  resident  of  this  State  who
10    qualifies for Plan coverage under Section 7 of this Act.
11        "Employee" means a resident of this State who is employed
12    by an employer or has entered into the employment of or works
13    under  contract  or  service  of  an  employer  including the
14    officers, managers and employees of subsidiary or  affiliated
15    corporations  and  the  individual  proprietors, partners and
16    employees  of  affiliated  individuals  and  firms  when  the
17    business of the subsidiary or affiliated corporations,  firms
18    or  individuals  is  controlled  by a common employer through
19    stock ownership, contract, or otherwise.
20        "Employer"    means    any    individual,    partnership,
21    association, corporation, business trust, or  any  person  or
22    group  of  persons  acting  directly  or  indirectly  in  the
23    interest of an employer in relation to an employee, for which
24    one or more persons is gainfully employed.
25        "Family" coverage means the coverage provided by the Plan
26    for the covered person and his or her eligible dependents who
27    also are covered persons.
28        "Federally   eligible  individual"  means  an  individual
29    resident of this State:
30             (1)(A)  for whom,  as  of  the  date  on  which  the
31        individual  seeks  Plan coverage under Section 15 of this
32        Act, the aggregate of the periods of creditable  coverage
33        is  18  or  more  months, and (B) whose most recent prior
34        creditable coverage  was  under  group  health  insurance
 
                            -802-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        coverage  offered  by  a health insurance issuer, a group
 2        health plan, a governmental plan, or a  church  plan  (or
 3        health  insurance coverage offered in connection with any
 4        such plans) or any other type of creditable coverage that
 5        may  be  required  by  the   federal   Health   Insurance
 6        Portability  and Accountability Act of 1996, as it may be
 7        amended, or the regulations under that Act;
 8             (2)  who is not eligible for coverage  under  (A)  a
 9        group  health  plan, (B) part A or part B of Medicare, or
10        (C) medical assistance, and does not  have  other  health
11        insurance coverage;
12             (3)  with  respect  to whom the most recent coverage
13        within the coverage period described in paragraph  (1)(A)
14        of this definition was not terminated based upon a factor
15        relating to nonpayment of premiums or fraud;
16             (4)  if  the  individual had been offered the option
17        of  continuation  coverage  under  a  COBRA  continuation
18        provision or under a similar State program,  who  elected
19        such coverage; and
20             (5)  who,    if    the   individual   elected   such
21        continuation coverage, has  exhausted  such  continuation
22        coverage under such provision or program.
23        "Group  health plan" has the same meaning given that term
24    in   the   federal   Health   Insurance    Portability    and
25    Accountability Act of 1996.
26        "Governmental  plan" has the same meaning given that term
27    in   the   federal   Health   Insurance    Portability    and
28    Accountability Act of 1996.
29        "Health   insurance"   means  any  hospital  and  medical
30    expense-incurred policy, certificate, or contract provided by
31    an insurer, non-profit health  care  service  plan  contract,
32    health maintenance organization or other subscriber contract,
33    or any other health care plan or arrangement that pays for or
34    furnishes   medical   or  health  care  services  whether  by
 
                            -803-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    insurance or otherwise.  Health insurance shall  not  include
 2    short   term,  accident  only,  disability  income,  hospital
 3    confinement or fixed indemnity,  dental  only,  vision  only,
 4    limited  benefit,  or  credit insurance, coverage issued as a
 5    supplement to liability insurance, insurance arising out of a
 6    workers'   compensation   or    similar    law,    automobile
 7    medical-payment  insurance, or insurance under which benefits
 8    are payable with or without regard  to  fault  and  which  is
 9    statutorily   required  to  be  contained  in  any  liability
10    insurance policy or equivalent self-insurance.
11        "Health insurance coverage" means benefits consisting  of
12    medical   care   (provided  directly,  through  insurance  or
13    reimbursement, or otherwise and including items and  services
14    paid  for  as  medical  care)  under  any hospital or medical
15    service policy or certificate, hospital  or  medical  service
16    plan  contract,  or  health maintenance organization contract
17    offered by a health insurance issuer.
18        "Health insurance issuer"  means  an  insurance  company,
19    insurance  service,  or  insurance  organization (including a
20    health  maintenance  organization  and  a  voluntary   health
21    services   plan)   that  is  authorized  to  transact  health
22    insurance business in this State.  Such term does not include
23    a group health plan.
24        "Health Maintenance Organization" means  an  organization
25    as defined in the Health Maintenance Organization Act.
26        "Hospice"  means  a  program  as  defined in and licensed
27    under the Hospice Program Licensing Act.
28        "Hospital" means a duly licensed institution  as  defined
29    in  the Hospital Licensing Act, an institution that meets all
30    comparable conditions and requirements in effect in the state
31    in which  it  is  located,  or  the  University  of  Illinois
32    Hospital  as  defined  in the University of Illinois Hospital
33    Act.
34        "Individual  health  insurance  coverage"  means   health
 
                            -804-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    insurance  coverage  offered to individuals in the individual
 2    market, but does  not  include  short-term,  limited-duration
 3    insurance.
 4        "Insured" means any individual resident of this State who
 5    is  eligible  to receive benefits from any insurer (including
 6    health insurance coverage offered in connection with a  group
 7    health  plan)  or  health insurance issuer as defined in this
 8    Section.
 9        "Insurer"  means  any  insurance  company  authorized  to
10    transact health insurance business  in  this  State  and  any
11    corporation  that  provides medical services and is organized
12    under the Voluntary Health Services Plans Act or  the  Health
13    Maintenance Organization Act.
14        "Medical  assistance"  means the State medical assistance
15    or medical assistance no grant (MANG) programs provided under
16    Title XIX of the Social Security Act and Articles V  (Medical
17    Assistance)  and  VI  (General  Assistance)  of  the Illinois
18    Public Aid Code (or  any  successor  program)  or  under  any
19    similar program of health care benefits in a state other than
20    Illinois.
21        "Medically  necessary"  means  that  a  service, drug, or
22    supply is necessary and  appropriate  for  the  diagnosis  or
23    treatment  of  an  illness or injury in accord with generally
24    accepted standards  of  medical  practice  at  the  time  the
25    service,  drug,  or  supply  is  provided.  When specifically
26    applied to a confinement it further means that the  diagnosis
27    or  treatment  of  the  covered  person's medical symptoms or
28    condition cannot be safely provided  to  that  person  as  an
29    outpatient. A service, drug, or supply shall not be medically
30    necessary if it: (i) is investigational, experimental, or for
31    research  purposes;  or  (ii)  is  provided  solely  for  the
32    convenience  of the patient, the patient's family, physician,
33    hospital, or any other provider; or (iii) exceeds  in  scope,
34    duration,  or  intensity that level of care that is needed to
 
                            -805-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    provide  safe,  adequate,  and   appropriate   diagnosis   or
 2    treatment;  or (iv) could have been omitted without adversely
 3    affecting the covered person's condition or  the  quality  of
 4    medical  care;  or  (v) involves the use of a medical device,
 5    drug, or substance not formally approved by the United States
 6    Food and Drug Administration.
 7        "Medical care" means the ordinary and usual  professional
 8    services  rendered by a physician or other specified provider
 9    during a professional visit for treatment of  an  illness  or
10    injury.
11        "Medicare" means coverage under both Part A and Part B of
12    Title  XVIII of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. Sec. 1395,
13    et seq..
14        "Minimum premium plan" means  an  arrangement  whereby  a
15    specified  amount  of  health care claims is self-funded, but
16    the insurance company  assumes  the  risk  that  claims  will
17    exceed that amount.
18        "Participating   transplant   center"  means  a  hospital
19    designated by the Board as a preferred or exclusive  provider
20    of  services  for one or more specified human organ or tissue
21    transplants for which the hospital has  signed  an  agreement
22    with  the  Board to accept a transplant payment allowance for
23    all expenses related to the transplant  during  a  transplant
24    benefit period.
25        "Physician"  means a person licensed to practice medicine
26    pursuant to the Medical Practice Act of 1987.
27        "Plan" means  the  Comprehensive  Health  Insurance  Plan
28    established by this Act.
29        "Plan  of  operation"  means the plan of operation of the
30    Plan, including articles, bylaws and operating rules, adopted
31    by the board pursuant to this Act.
32        "Provider" means any hospital, skilled nursing  facility,
33    hospice, home health agency, physician, registered pharmacist
34    acting  within  the  scope of that registration, or any other
 
                            -806-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    person or entity licensed  in  Illinois  to  furnish  medical
 2    care.
 3        "Qualified  high  risk  pool"  has the same meaning given
 4    that term in the federal  Health  Insurance  Portability  and
 5    Accountability Act of 1996.
 6        "Resident  eligible  person"  means a person who has been
 7    legally domiciled in this State for a period of at least  180
 8    days and continues to be domiciled in this State.
 9        "Skilled  nursing  facility"  means  a  facility  or that
10    portion of a  facility  that  is  licensed  by  the  Illinois
11    Department  of  Public Health under the Nursing Home Care Act
12    or a comparable  licensing  authority  in  another  state  to
13    provide skilled nursing care.
14        "Stop-loss  coverage"  means  an  arrangement  whereby an
15    insurer insures against the risk  that  any  one  claim  will
16    exceed  a specific dollar amount or that the entire loss of a
17    self-insurance plan will exceed a specific amount.
18        "Third party administrator"  means  an  administrator  as
19    defined in Section 511.101 of the Illinois Insurance Code who
20    is licensed under Article XXXI 1/4 of that Code.
21    (Source: P.A. 90-30, eff. 7-1-97; revised 10-31-98.)

22        (215 ILCS 105/4) (from Ch. 73, par. 1304)
23        Sec.  4.   Powers  and authority of the board.  The board
24    shall have the general powers and authority granted under the
25    laws  of  this  State  to  insurance  companies  licensed  to
26    transact  health  and  accident  insurance  and  in  addition
27    thereto, the specific authority to:
28        a.  Enter into contracts as are necessary  or  proper  to
29    carry  out the provisions and purposes of this Act, including
30    the authority, with the approval of the  Director,  to  enter
31    into  contracts  with  similar  plans of other states for the
32    joint performance of common administrative functions, or with
33    persons  or  other  organizations  for  the  performance   of
 
                            -807-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    administrative   functions   including,  without  limitation,
 2    utilization review and quality assurance  programs,  or  with
 3    health   maintenance   organizations  or  preferred  provider
 4    organizations for the provision of health care services.
 5        b.  Sue or be sued, including taking  any  legal  actions
 6    necessary or proper.
 7        c.  Take such legal action as necessary to:
 8             (1)  avoid  the  payment  of improper claims against
 9        the plan or the coverage provided by or through the plan;
10             (2)  to   recover   any   amounts   erroneously   or
11        improperly paid by the plan; or
12             (3)  to recover any amounts paid by the  plan  as  a
13        result of a mistake of fact or law; or
14             (4)  to   recover  or  collect  any  other  amounts,
15        including assessments, that are due or owed the  Plan  or
16        have been billed on its or the Plan's behalf.
17        d.  Establish  appropriate  rates,  rate  schedules, rate
18    adjustments, expense allowances, agents' referral fees, claim
19    reserves, and  formulas  and  any  other  actuarial  function
20    appropriate  to  the  operation  of the plan.  Rates and rate
21    schedules may be adjusted for appropriate risk  factors  such
22    as  age and area variation in claim costs and shall take into
23    consideration appropriate risk  factors  in  accordance  with
24    established actuarial and underwriting practices.
25        e.  Issue  policies  of  insurance in accordance with the
26    requirements of this Act.
27        f.  Appoint  appropriate  legal,  actuarial   and   other
28    committees  as  necessary  to provide technical assistance in
29    the operation of the plan, policy and other contract  design,
30    and any other function within the authority of the plan.
31        g.  Borrow  money  to effect the purposes of the Illinois
32    Comprehensive Health Insurance  Plan.   Any  notes  or  other
33    evidence  of indebtedness of the plan not in default shall be
34    legal investments for insurers and may be carried as admitted
 
                            -808-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    assets.
 2        h.  Establish  rules,  conditions  and   procedures   for
 3    reinsuring risks under this Act.
 4        i.  Employ  and  fix  the compensation of employees. Such
 5    employees may be paid  on  a  warrant  issued  by  the  State
 6    Treasurer  pursuant  to  a  payroll  voucher certified by the
 7    Board and drawn by the Comptroller against appropriations  or
 8    trust funds held by the State Treasurer.
 9        j.  Enter  into  intergovernmental cooperation agreements
10    with other agencies or entities of State government  for  the
11    purpose of sharing the cost of providing health care services
12    that  are  otherwise  authorized by this Act for children who
13    are  both  plan  participants  and  eligible  for   financial
14    assistance from the Division of Specialized Care for Children
15    of the University of Illinois.
16        k.  Establish  conditions  and procedures under which the
17    plan may, if funds  permit,  discount  or  subsidize  premium
18    rates  that  are paid directly by senior citizens, as defined
19    by the Board, and other plan participants, who are retired or
20    unemployed and meet other qualifications.
21        l.  Establish and maintain the Plan  Fund  authorized  in
22    Section  3  of this Act, which shall be divided into separate
23    accounts, as follows:
24             (1)  accounts to fund the administrative, claim, and
25        other expenses  of  the  Plan  associated  with  eligible
26        persons  who qualify for Plan coverage under Section 7 of
27        this Act, which shall consist of:
28                  (A)  premiums  paid  on   behalf   of   covered
29             persons;
30                  (B)  appropriated   funds  and  other  revenues
31             collected or received by the Board;
32                  (C)  reserves for future losses  maintained  by
33             the Board; and
34                  (D)  interest  earnings  from investment of the
 
                            -809-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             funds in the Plan Fund or any of its accounts  other
 2             than the funds in the account established under item
 3             2 of this subsection;.
 4             (2)  an  account,  to  be  denominated the federally
 5        eligible individuals account, to fund the administrative,
 6        claim, and other expenses of  the  Plan  associated  with
 7        federally  eligible  individuals  who  qualify  for  Plan
 8        coverage  under  Section  15  of  this  Act,  which shall
 9        consist of:
10                  (A)  premiums  paid  on   behalf   of   covered
11             persons;
12                  (B)  assessments  and  other revenues collected
13             or received by the Board;
14                  (C)  reserves for future losses  maintained  by
15             the Board; and
16                  (D)  interest  earnings  from investment of the
17             federally eligible individuals account funds; and
18             (3)  such other accounts as may be appropriate.
19        m.  Charge  and  collect  assessments  paid  by  insurers
20    pursuant  to  Section  12  of  this  Act  and   recover   any
21    assessments for, on behalf of, or against those insurers.
22    (Source:  P.A.  89-628,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-30,  eff.  7-1-97;
23    revised 10-31-98.)

24        (215 ILCS 105/5) (from Ch. 73, par. 1305)
25        Sec. 5.  Plan administrator.
26        a.  The board shall select a plan administrator through a
27    competitive  bidding  process  to  administer  the plan.  The
28    board shall evaluate bids submitted under this Section  based
29    on criteria established by the board which shall include:
30             (1)  The  plan  administrator's  proven  ability  to
31        handle  other  large  group  accident  and health benefit
32        plans.
33             (2)  The  efficiency  and  timeliness  of  the  plan
 
                            -810-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        administrator's claim processing procedures.
 2             (3)  An estimate of total net cost for administering
 3        the plan, including any  discounts  or  income  the  Plan
 4        could expect to receive or benefit from.
 5             (4)  The   plan  administrator's  ability  to  apply
 6        effective cost containment programs and procedures and to
 7        administer the plan in a cost-efficient manner.
 8             (5)  The financial condition and  stability  of  the
 9        plan administrator.
10        b.  The  plan administrator shall serve for a period of 5
11    years subject to removal for cause and subject to the  terms,
12    conditions  and limitations of the contract between the board
13    and the plan administrator.  At least one year prior  to  the
14    expiration  of  each  5 year period of service by the current
15    plan administrator, the board shall begin  to  advertise  for
16    bids  to serve as the plan administrator for the succeeding 5
17    year period.  Selection of the  plan  administrator  for  the
18    succeeding  period  shall  be made at least 6 months prior to
19    the end of the current 5 year period.
20        c.  The plan administrator shall perform  such  functions
21    relating to the plan as may be assigned to it including:
22             (1)  establishment  of  a  premium billing procedure
23        for  collection  of  premiums  from  plan   participants.
24        Billings  shall be made on a periodic basis as determined
25        by the board;
26             (2)  payment and processing of  claims  and  various
27        cost containment functions; and
28             (3)  other  functions  to  assure  timely payment of
29        benefits to participants under the plan, including:
30                  (a)  making available information  relating  to
31             the proper manner of submitting a claim for benefits
32             under  the  plan  and  distributing forms upon which
33             submissions shall be made, and.
34                  (b)  evaluating the eligibility of  each  claim
 
                            -811-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             for payment under the plan.
 2        (c)  The  plan  administrator  shall  be  governed by the
 3    requirements  of  Part  919  of  Title  50  of  the  Illinois
 4    Administrative  Code,  promulgated  by  the   Department   of
 5    Insurance, regarding the handling of claims under this Act.
 6        d.  The  plan  administrator shall submit regular reports
 7    to the board  regarding  the  operation  of  the  plan.   The
 8    frequency,  content  and  form  of  the  report  shall  be as
 9    determined by the board.
10        e.  The plan administrator shall pay or be reimbursed for
11    claims expenses from the premium payments received from or on
12    behalf of plan participants.   If  the  plan  administrator's
13    payments  or  reimbursements  for  claims expenses exceed the
14    portion of premiums allocated by the  board  for  payment  of
15    claims  expenses, the board shall provide additional funds to
16    the plan administrator for payment or reimbursement  of  such
17    claims expenses.
18        f.  The  plan  administrator shall be paid as provided in
19    the contract between the Board and the plan administrator.
20    (Source: P.A.  90-30,  eff.  7-1-97;  90-567,  eff.  1-23-98;
21    revised 2-16-98.)

22        Section  120.  The Health Maintenance Organization Act is
23    amended by changing  Sections  1-3,  2-7,  4-4,  and  5-3  as
24    follows:

25        (215 ILCS 125/1-3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1402.1)
26        Sec.  1-3.   Definitions  of  admitted assets.  "Admitted
27    Assets" includes the investments authorized or  permitted  by
28    Section  3-1  of  this Act and, in addition thereto, only the
29    following:
30        (a)  Petty   cash   and   other   cash   funds   in   the
31    organization's principal or any official  branch  office  and
32    under the control of the organization.
 
                            -812-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (b)  Immediately  withdrawable funds on deposit in demand
 2    accounts, in a bank or trust company as defined in  paragraph
 3    (3)  of  subsection (g) of Section 3-1 or like funds actually
 4    in the principal or any official branch office  at  statement
 5    date,  and,  in  transit  to  such bank or trust company with
 6    authentic deposit credit given prior to the close of business
 7    on the fifth bank working day following the statement date.
 8        (c)  The amount fairly estimated as recoverable  on  cash
 9    deposited  in  a  closed bank or trust company, if qualifying
10    under the provisions  of  this  Section  Sec.  prior  to  the
11    suspension of such bank or trust company.
12        (d)  Bills  and  accounts  receivable  collateralized  by
13    securities   of   the  kind  in  which  the  organization  is
14    authorized to invest.
15        (e)  Premiums receivable from groups or individuals which
16    are not more than 60 days past due.  Premiums receivable from
17    the  United  States,  any  state  thereof  or  any  political
18    subdivision of either which is not more  than  90  days  past
19    due.
20        (f)  Amounts  due under insurance policies or reinsurance
21    arrangements  from  insurance  companies  authorized  to   do
22    business in this State.
23        (g)  Tax refunds due from the United States, any state or
24    any political subdivision thereof.
25        (h)  The interest accrued on mortgage loans conforming to
26    Section 3-1 of this Act, not exceeding in aggregate amount on
27    an  individual  loan  of  one  year's  total  due and accrued
28    interest.
29        (i)  The rents accrued and owing to the  organization  on
30    real  and  personal property, directly or beneficially owned,
31    not exceeding on each individual property the amount  of  one
32    year's total due and accrued rent.
33        (j)  Interest  or  rents  accrued  on  conditional  sales
34    agreements, security interests, chattel mortgages and real or
 
                            -813-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    personal  property  under  lease  to  other corporations, all
 2    conforming to Section 3-1 of this Act, and not  exceeding  on
 3    any individual investment, the amount of one year's total due
 4    and accrued interest or rent.
 5        (k)  The  fixed  and required interest due and accrued on
 6    bonds and other like evidences of indebtedness, conforming to
 7    Section 3-1 of this Act, and not in default.
 8        (l)  Dividends receivable on shares of  stock  conforming
 9    to  Section  3-1  of this Act; provided that the market price
10    taken for valuation purposes does not include  the  value  of
11    the dividend.
12        (m)  The  interest  or dividends due and payable, but not
13    credited, on deposits in banks  and  trust  companies  or  on
14    accounts with savings and loan associations.
15        (n)  Interest accrued on secured loans conforming to this
16    Act,  not  exceeding the amount of one year's interest on any
17    loan.
18        (o)  Interest accrued on tax anticipation warrants.
19        (p)  The amortized value of electronic computer  or  data
20    processing   machines   or   systems  purchased  for  use  in
21    connection with the business of the  organization,  including
22    software   purchased   and  developed  specifically  for  the
23    organization's use and purposes.
24        (q)  The  cost  of  furniture,  equipment   and   medical
25    equipment,   less   accumulated  depreciation  thereon,   and
26    medical and pharmaceutical supplies  that  are  used  in  the
27    delivery  of  health  care  and  under  the  control  of  the
28    organization,  provided  such  assets  do  not  exceed 30% of
29    admitted assets.
30        (r)  Amounts due from affiliates pursuant  to  management
31    contracts  or  service agreements which meet the requirements
32    of Section 141.1 of the Illinois Insurance Code to the extent
33    that the affiliate has liquid assets with which  to  pay  the
34    balance  and  maintain  its  accounts  on  a  current  basis;
 
                            -814-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    provided  that  the  aggregate amount due from affiliates may
 2    not exceed the lesser of 10% of the  organization's  admitted
 3    assets  or  25% of the organization's net worth as defined in
 4    Section 3-1.  Any amount outstanding more than 3 months shall
 5    be deemed  not  current.   For  purpose  of  this  subsection
 6    "affiliates"  are  as  defined  in  Article  VIII  1/2 of the
 7    Illinois Insurance Code.
 8        (s)  Intangible assets, including, but  not  limited  to,
 9    organization  goodwill and  purchased goodwill, to the extent
10    reported in the most recent  annual  or  quarterly  financial
11    statement  filed  with  the  Director preceding the effective
12    date of this Amendatory Act of 1987.   However,  such  assets
13    shall  be  amortized, by the straight-line method, to a value
14    of zero no later than December 31, 1990;  provided,  however,
15    that  no  organization  shall  be  required  pursuant  to the
16    foregoing provision to amortize  such  assets  in  an  amount
17    greater  than  $300,000  in  any one year, and in cases where
18    amortization of  such  assets  by  December  31,  1990  would
19    otherwise  require amortization of an annual amount in excess
20    of $300,000, the  organization  shall  be  required  only  to
21    amortize such assets at a rate of $300,000 per year until all
22    such  assets  have  been amortized to a value of zero, unless
23    the continuation of the current amortization  schedule  would
24    result  in  an  earlier zero value, in which case the current
25    amortization schedule shall be applied.
26        (t)  Amounts due from patients or  enrollees  for  health
27    care  services  rendered which are not more than 60 days past
28    due.
29        (u)  Amounts advanced to providers under contract to  the
30    organization   for  services  to  be  rendered  to  enrollees
31    pursuant to the  contract.   Amounts  advanced  must  be  for
32    period  of  not  more  than  3  months  and  must be based on
33    historical  or  estimated  utilization  patterns   with   the
34    provider  and  must  be  reconciled  against  actual incurred
 
                            -815-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    claims at least semi-annually. Amounts due in  the  aggregate
 2    may not exceed 50% of the organization's net worth as defined
 3    in  Section  3-1.  Amounts due from a single provider may not
 4    exceed the lesser of 5% of the organization's admitted assets
 5    or 10% of the organization's net worth.
 6        (v)  Cost  reimbursement  due  from   the   Health   Care
 7    Financing  Administration  for  furnishing  covered  medicare
 8    services to medicare enrollees which are not more than twelve
 9    months past due.
10        (w)  Prepaid  rent  or  lease  payments no greater than 3
11    months  in  advance,  on   real   property   used   for   the
12    administration  of  the  organizations  business  or  for the
13    delivery of medical care.
14    (Source: P.A. 88-364; revised 10-31-98.)

15        (215 ILCS 125/2-7) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1407)
16        Sec. 2-7.  Annual statement; audited  financial  reports;
17    enrollment projections and budget; filings.
18        (a)  Every    Health   Maintenance   Organization   shall
19    annually, on or  before  the  first  day  of  March,  file  2
20    original  copies  of  its  annual statement with the Director
21    verified by at least two principal officers, covering the two
22    preceding calendar years. Such annual statement shall  be  on
23    forms  prescribed  by  the  Director  and  shall include: (1)
24    financial statements of the organization; (2) the  number  of
25    persons  enrolled during the year, the number of enrollees at
26    the end of the year and the number of enrollments  terminated
27    during  the  year; and (3) such other information relating to
28    the performance of the Health Maintenance Organization as  is
29    necessary  to  enable  the  Director  to carry out his duties
30    under this Act.
31        Any organization failing, without just cause, to file its
32    annual statement as required in this Act shall  be  required,
33    after  notice  and hearing, to pay a penalty of $100 for each
 
                            -816-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    day's delay, to be recovered by the Director of Insurance  of
 2    the  State  of Illinois and the penalty so recovered shall be
 3    paid into the General Revenue Fund of the State of  Illinois.
 4    The   Director   may   reduce  the  penalty  if  the  company
 5    demonstrates to the  Director  that  the  imposition  of  the
 6    penalty   would   constitute  a  financial  hardship  to  the
 7    organization.
 8        An annual statement which is not materially complete when
 9    filed shall not be considered to  have  been  properly  filed
10    until  those  deficiencies  which  make the filing incomplete
11    have been corrected and filed file.
12        (b)  Audited financial  reports  shall  be  filed  on  or
13    before  June  1  of  each  year  for  the  two calendar years
14    immediately preceding and shall provide an opinion  expressed
15    by   an   independent  certified  public  accountant  on  the
16    accompanying financial statement of  the  Health  Maintenance
17    Organization   and   a   detailed   reconciliation   for  any
18    differences between the accompanying financial statements and
19    each of the related financial statements filed in  accordance
20    with   subsection  (a)  of  this  Section.  Any  organization
21    failing, without just  cause,  to  file  the  annual  audited
22    financial   statement  as  required  in  this  Act  shall  be
23    required, after the notice and hearing, to pay a  penalty  of
24    $100 for each day's delay, to be recovered by the Director of
25    Insurance  of  the  State  of  Illinois  and  the  penalty so
26    recovered shall be paid into the General Revenue Fund of  the
27    State  of  Illinois.   The Director may reduce the penalty if
28    the  organization  demonstrates  to  the  Director  that  the
29    imposition  of  the  penalty  would  constitute  a  financial
30    hardship to the organization.
31        (c)  The Director may  require  that  additional  summary
32    financial information be filed no more often than 3 times per
33    year  on  reporting  forms  provided by him.  However, he may
34    request certain key information on a more frequent  basis  if
 
                            -817-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    necessary  for  a determination of the financial viability of
 2    the organization.
 3        (d)  The Director shall have the authority to extend  the
 4    time for filing any statement by any organization for reasons
 5    which the Director considers good and sufficient.
 6    (Source: P.A. 85-20; revised 10-31-98.)

 7        (215 ILCS 125/4-4) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1408.4)
 8        Sec.  4-4.   Sexual assault or abuse victims; coverage of
 9    expenses;  recovery  of   State   funds;   reimbursement   of
10    Department of Public Health.
11        (1)  Contracts  or  evidences  of  coverage  issued  by a
12    health maintenance organization, which provide  benefits  for
13    health  care  services,  shall to the full extent of coverage
14    provided for any other emergency or  accident  care,  provide
15    for  the  payment of actual expenses incurred, without offset
16    or reduction for benefit deductibles or co-insurance amounts,
17    in the examination and testing of  a  victim  of  an  offense
18    defined  in Sections 12-13 through 12-16 of the Criminal Code
19    of 1961, as now or hereafter amended, or an attempt to commit
20    such offense, to establish that sexual contact did  occur  or
21    did  not  occur,  and to establish the presence or absence of
22    sexually transmitted disease or  infection,  and  examination
23    and treatment of injuries and trauma sustained by a victim of
24    such offense.
25        (2)  For  purposes  of  enabling  the  recovery  of State
26    funds, any health maintenance organization  subject  to  this
27    Section  shall  upon  reasonable  demand by the Department of
28    Public Health  disclose  the  names  and  identities  of  its
29    enrollees  entitled  to  benefits under this provision to the
30    Department of Public Health whenever the Department of Public
31    Health has determined that it has paid, or is  about  to  pay
32    for,  health  care  services  for  which a health maintenance
33    organization is liable under this Section.   All  information
 
                            -818-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    received  by  the  Department  of  Public  Health  under this
 2    provision shall be held on a confidential basis and shall not
 3    be subject to subpoena and shall not be made  public  by  the
 4    Department  of  Public  Health  or used for any purpose other
 5    than that authorized by this Section.
 6        (3)  Whenever the Department of Public Health finds  that
 7    it  has  paid for all or part of any health care services for
 8    which a health maintenance organization is obligated  to  pay
 9    under  this Section, the Department of Public Health shall be
10    entitled to receive reimbursement for its payments from  such
11    organization  provided  that  the Department of Public Health
12    has notified  the  organization  of  its  claims  before  the
13    organization  has  paid  such benefits to its enrollees or in
14    behalf of its enrollees.
15    (Source: P.A. 89-187, eff. 7-19-95; revised 2-25-98.)

16        (215 ILCS 125/5-3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1411.2)
17        Sec. 5-3.  Insurance Code provisions.
18        (a)  Health Maintenance Organizations shall be subject to
19    the provisions of Sections 133, 134, 137, 140, 141.1,  141.2,
20    141.3,  143,  143c, 147, 148, 149, 151, 152, 153, 154, 154.5,
21    154.6, 154.7, 154.8, 155.04, 355.2, 356m, 356v,  356w,  356x,
22    367i,  401, 401.1, 402, 403, 403A, 408, 408.2, 409, 412, 444,
23    and 444.1, paragraph (c) of subsection (2)  of  Section  367,
24    and Articles VIII 1/2, XII, XII 1/2, XIII, XIII 1/2, XXV, and
25    XXVI of the Illinois Insurance Code.
26        (b)  For  purposes of the Illinois Insurance Code, except
27    for Sections 444 and 444.1 and Articles XIII  and  XIII  1/2,
28    Health  Maintenance Organizations in the following categories
29    are deemed to be "domestic companies":
30             (1)  a  corporation  authorized  under  the   Dental
31        Service  Plan  Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plans
32        Act;
33             (2)  a corporation organized under the laws of  this
 
                            -819-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        State; or
 2             (3)  a  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of
 3        another  state, 30% or more of the enrollees of which are
 4        residents of this State, except a corporation subject  to
 5        substantially  the  same  requirements  in  its  state of
 6        organization as is a  "domestic  company"  under  Article
 7        VIII 1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
 8        (c)  In  considering  the merger, consolidation, or other
 9    acquisition of control of a Health  Maintenance  Organization
10    pursuant to Article VIII 1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code,
11             (1)  the  Director  shall give primary consideration
12        to the continuation of  benefits  to  enrollees  and  the
13        financial  conditions  of the acquired Health Maintenance
14        Organization after the merger,  consolidation,  or  other
15        acquisition of control takes effect;
16             (2)(i)  the  criteria specified in subsection (1)(b)
17        of Section 131.8 of the Illinois Insurance Code shall not
18        apply and (ii) the Director, in making his  determination
19        with  respect  to  the  merger,  consolidation,  or other
20        acquisition of control, need not take  into  account  the
21        effect  on  competition  of the merger, consolidation, or
22        other acquisition of control;
23             (3)  the Director shall have the  power  to  require
24        the following information:
25                  (A)  certification by an independent actuary of
26             the   adequacy   of   the  reserves  of  the  Health
27             Maintenance Organization sought to be acquired;
28                  (B)  pro forma financial statements  reflecting
29             the combined balance sheets of the acquiring company
30             and the Health Maintenance Organization sought to be
31             acquired  as of the end of the preceding year and as
32             of a date 90 days prior to the acquisition, as  well
33             as   pro   forma   financial  statements  reflecting
34             projected combined  operation  for  a  period  of  2
 
                            -820-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             years;
 2                  (C)  a  pro  forma  business  plan detailing an
 3             acquiring  party's  plans  with   respect   to   the
 4             operation  of  the  Health  Maintenance Organization
 5             sought to be acquired for a period of not less  than
 6             3 years; and
 7                  (D)  such  other  information  as  the Director
 8             shall require.
 9        (d)  The provisions of Article VIII 1/2 of  the  Illinois
10    Insurance  Code  and this Section 5-3 shall apply to the sale
11    by any health maintenance organization of greater than 10% of
12    its enrollee population  (including  without  limitation  the
13    health  maintenance organization's right, title, and interest
14    in and to its health care certificates).
15        (e)  In considering any management  contract  or  service
16    agreement  subject to Section 141.1 of the Illinois Insurance
17    Code, the Director (i) shall, in  addition  to  the  criteria
18    specified  in  Section  141.2 of the Illinois Insurance Code,
19    take into account the effect of the  management  contract  or
20    service   agreement   on  the  continuation  of  benefits  to
21    enrollees  and  the  financial  condition   of   the   health
22    maintenance  organization to be managed or serviced, and (ii)
23    need not take into  account  the  effect  of  the  management
24    contract or service agreement on competition.
25        (f)  Except  for  small employer groups as defined in the
26    Small Employer Rating, Renewability  and  Portability  Health
27    Insurance  Act and except for medicare supplement policies as
28    defined in Section 363 of  the  Illinois  Insurance  Code,  a
29    Health  Maintenance Organization may by contract agree with a
30    group or other enrollment unit to effect  refunds  or  charge
31    additional premiums under the following terms and conditions:
32             (i)  the  amount  of, and other terms and conditions
33        with respect to, the refund or additional premium are set
34        forth in the group or enrollment unit contract agreed  in
 
                            -821-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        advance of the period for which a refund is to be paid or
 2        additional  premium  is to be charged (which period shall
 3        not be less than one year); and
 4             (ii)  the amount of the refund or additional premium
 5        shall  not  exceed  20%   of   the   Health   Maintenance
 6        Organization's profitable or unprofitable experience with
 7        respect  to  the  group  or other enrollment unit for the
 8        period (and, for  purposes  of  a  refund  or  additional
 9        premium,  the profitable or unprofitable experience shall
10        be calculated taking into account a pro rata share of the
11        Health  Maintenance  Organization's  administrative   and
12        marketing  expenses,  but shall not include any refund to
13        be made or additional premium to be paid pursuant to this
14        subsection (f)).  The Health Maintenance Organization and
15        the  group  or  enrollment  unit  may  agree   that   the
16        profitable  or  unprofitable experience may be calculated
17        taking into account the refund period and the immediately
18        preceding 2 plan years.
19        The  Health  Maintenance  Organization  shall  include  a
20    statement in the evidence of coverage issued to each enrollee
21    describing the possibility of a refund or additional premium,
22    and upon request of any group or enrollment unit, provide  to
23    the group or enrollment unit a description of the method used
24    to   calculate  (1)  the  Health  Maintenance  Organization's
25    profitable experience with respect to the group or enrollment
26    unit and the resulting refund to the group or enrollment unit
27    or (2) the  Health  Maintenance  Organization's  unprofitable
28    experience  with  respect to the group or enrollment unit and
29    the resulting additional premium to be paid by the  group  or
30    enrollment unit.
31        In   no  event  shall  the  Illinois  Health  Maintenance
32    Organization  Guaranty  Association  be  liable  to  pay  any
33    contractual obligation of an insolvent  organization  to  pay
34    any refund authorized under this Section.
 
                            -822-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A.   89-90,  eff.  6-30-95;  90-25,  eff.  1-1-98;
 2    90-177, eff.  7-23-97;  90-372,  eff.  7-1-98;  90-583,  eff.
 3    5-29-98;  90-655,  eff. 7-30-98; 90-741, eff. 1-1-99; revised
 4    9-8-98.)

 5        Section 121.  The Public  Utilities  Act  is  amended  by
 6    changing  Sections  4-304, 4-501, 4-502, 7-102, 7-106, 9-241,
 7    and 13-403 as follows:

 8        (220 ILCS 5/4-304) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 4-304)
 9        Sec. 4-304.  Beginning  in  1986,  the  Commission  shall
10    prepare  an  annual report which shall be filed by January 31
11    of each year with the Joint Committee on Legislative  Support
12    Services  of the General Assembly, the Public Counsel and the
13    Governor and which shall be publicly available.  Such  report
14    shall include:
15        (1)  A  general  review of agency activities and changes,
16    including:
17             (a)  a review of  significant  decisions  and  other
18        regulatory  actions  for  the preceding year, and pending
19        cases, and an analysis of the impact  of  such  decisions
20        and  actions,  and  potential  impact  of any significant
21        pending cases;
22             (b)  for  each  significant   decision,   regulatory
23        action  and  pending case, a description of the positions
24        advocated by major parties, including  Commission  staff,
25        and  for each such decision rendered or action taken, the
26        position adopted by the Commission  and  reason  therefor
27        therefore;
28             (c)  a   description  of  the  Commission's  budget,
29        caseload, and staff levels, including specifically:
30                  (i)  a breakdown by type of case of  the  cases
31             resolved  and  filed  during the year and of pending
32             cases;
 
                            -823-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (ii)  a description of the  allocation  of  the
 2             Commission's  budget,  identifying  amounts budgeted
 3             for each significant regulatory function or activity
 4             and for each department, bureau,  section,  division
 5             or office of the Commission and its employees;
 6                  (iii)  a   description   of   current  employee
 7             levels, identifying any change occurring during  the
 8             year  in the number of employees, personnel policies
 9             and   practices   or   compensation   levels;    and
10             identifying   the   number  and  type  of  employees
11             assigned to each Commission regulatory function  and
12             to  each  department,  bureau,  section, division or
13             office of the Commission;
14             (d)  a description of  any  significant  changes  in
15        Commission  policies,  programs or practices with respect
16        to agency organization and administration,  hearings  and
17        procedures or substantive regulatory activity.;
18        (2)  A  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  state of each
19    utility industry regulated by the Commission and  significant
20    changes,  trends  and  developments  therein,  including  the
21    number  and  types  of  firms  offering each utility service,
22    existing, new and prospective technologies, variations in the
23    quality, availability  and  price  for  utility  services  in
24    different  geographic  areas  of  the  State,  and  any other
25    industry factors or circumstances which may affect the public
26    interest or the regulation of such industries.
27        (3)  A  specific  discussion  of  the   energy   planning
28    responsibilities  and activities of the Commission and energy
29    utilities, including:
30             (a)  the extent to which conservation, cogeneration,
31        renewable energy technologies and improvements in  energy
32        efficiency  are  being  utilized by energy consumers, the
33        extent to  which  additional  potential  exists  for  the
34        economical   utilization   of   such   supplies,   and  a
 
                            -824-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        description  of  existing  and  proposed   programs   and
 2        policies   designed   to   promote   and  encourage  such
 3        utilization;
 4             (b)  a description of each energy  plan  filed  with
 5        the  Commission  pursuant  to the provisions of this Act,
 6        and a copy, or detailed summary of the most recent energy
 7        plans adopted by the Commission; and
 8             (c)  a  discussion  of  the  powers  by  which   the
 9        Commission  is implementing the planning responsibilities
10        of Article VIII, including a description of the staff and
11        budget assigned to such function, the procedures by which
12        Commission  staff  reviews  and  analyzes  energy   plans
13        submitted  by  the  utilities,  the Department of Natural
14        Resources, and any other person or party.
15        (4)  A discussion of the extent to which utility services
16    are available to all Illinois citizens including:
17             (a)  the  percentage  and  number  of   persons   or
18        households  requiring  each  such  service  who  are  not
19        receiving   such  service,  and  the  reasons  therefore,
20        including specifically the  number  of  such  persons  or
21        households who are unable to afford such service;
22             (b)  a   critical   analysis  of  existing  programs
23        designed to promote and  preserve  the  availability  and
24        affordability of utility services; and
25             (c)  an   analysis   of   the  financial  impact  on
26        utilities and other ratepayers of the inability  of  some
27        customers   or  potential  customers  to  afford  utility
28        service, including the number of  service  disconnections
29        and reconnections, and cost thereof and the dollar amount
30        of uncollectible accounts recovered through rates.
31        (5)  A  detailed  description  of  the means by which the
32    Commission is implementing its new statutory responsibilities
33    under this  Act,  and  the  status  of  such  implementation,
34    including specifically:
 
                            -825-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (a)  Commission  reorganization  resulting  from the
 2        addition of an Executive Director  and  hearing  examiner
 3        qualifications and review;.
 4             (b)  Commission  responsibilities  for  construction
 5        and rate supervision, including construction cost audits,
 6        management audits, excess capacity adjustments, phase-ins
 7        of  new plant and the means and capability for monitoring
 8        and reevaluating existing or future construction projects
 9        ;.
10             (c)  promulgation   and   application    of    rules
11        concerning   ex   parte  communications,  circulation  of
12        recommended orders and transcription of closed meetings.
13        (6)  A description of all appeals taken  from  Commission
14    orders,  findings  or decisions and the status and outcome of
15    such appeals.
16        (7)  A description of  the  status  of  all  studies  and
17    investigations  required by this Act, including those ordered
18    pursuant to Sections 8-304, 9-242, 9-244 and 13-301  and  all
19    such subsequently ordered studies or investigations.
20        (8)  A  discussion  of  new  or potential developments in
21    federal  legislation,  and  federal   agency   and   judicial
22    decisions relevant to State regulation of utility services.
23        (9)  All   recommendations  for  appropriate  legislative
24    action by the General Assembly.
25        The Commission may include such other information  as  it
26    deems   to  be  necessary  or  beneficial  in  describing  or
27    explaining its activities or regulatory responsibilities. The
28    report required by this Section shall be adopted by a vote of
29    the full Commission prior to filing.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 10-31-98.)

31        (220 ILCS 5/4-501)
32        Sec.     4-501.  Small     public      utilities      and
33    telecommunications  carriers;  circuit  court  appointment of
 
                            -826-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    receiver; bond.
 2        (a)  If a public utility  or  telecommunications  carrier
 3    that has fewer than 7,500 customers:
 4             (1)  is   unable   or  unwilling  to  provide  safe,
 5        adequate, or reliable service;
 6             (2)  no  longer  possesses   sufficient   technical,
 7        financial,  or  managerial  resources  and  abilities  to
 8        provide safe, adequate, or reliable service;
 9             (3)  has  been  actually or effectively abandoned by
10        its owners or operators;
11             (4)  has defaulted on a bond, note, or  loan  issued
12        or guaranteed by a department, office, commission, board,
13        authority, or other unit of State government;
14             (5)  has  failed  to  comply,  within  a  reasonable
15        period   of   time,  with  an  order  of  the  Commission
16        concerning   the   safety,   adequacy,   efficiency,   or
17        reasonableness of service; or
18             (6)  has allowed property owned or controlled by  it
19        to  be  used  in  violation  of  a  final  order  of  the
20        Commission;
21    the  Commission  may  file  a petition for receivership and a
22    verifying affidavit executed by the executive director of the
23    Commission or a person designated by the  executive  director
24    asking the circuit court for an order attaching the assets of
25    the  public utility or telecommunications carrier and placing
26    the public utility or telecommunications  carrier  under  the
27    control and responsibility of a receiver.
28        (b)  The  court shall hold a hearing within 5 days of the
29    filing of the petition.   The  petition  and  notice  of  the
30    hearing shall be served upon the owner or designated agent of
31    the  public utility or telecommunications carrier as provided
32    under the Civil Practice Law, or the petition and  notice  of
33    hearing  shall  be posted in a conspicuous area at a location
34    where  the  public  utility  or  telecommunications   carrier
 
                            -827-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    normally conducts its business affairs, not later than 3 days
 2    before  the time specified for the hearing unless a different
 3    period is fixed by order of court.
 4        If a petition for receivership  and  verifying  affidavit
 5    executed  by  the executive director of the Commission or the
 6    person  designated  by  the  executive  director  allege   an
 7    immediate  and  serious  danger  to residents constituting an
 8    emergency, the court shall set the matter for hearing  within
 9    3 days and may appoint a temporary receiver ex parte upon the
10    strength  of  the  petition  and  affidavit  pending  a  full
11    evidentiary hearing.  The court shall hold a full evidentiary
12    hearing  on  the petition within 5 days of the appointment of
13    the   temporary   receiver.    The    public    utility    or
14    telecommunications carrier shall be served with the petition,
15    affidavit,  and  notice  of hearing in the manner provided in
16    this subsection  not  later  than  3  days  before  the  time
17    specified   for   the  full  evidentiary  hearing,  unless  a
18    different period is fixed by order of court.
19        (c)  After a hearing, the court shall  determine  whether
20    to  grant  the  petition.    A  receiver appointed under this
21    Section  shall  be  a  responsible  person,  partnership,  or
22    corporation knowledgeable in the operation  of  the  type  of
23    public  utility  or  telecommunications  carrier  that is the
24    subject of the petition for receivership.
25        (d)  A receiver appointed by the court shall file a bond.
26    The  receiver   shall   operate   the   public   utility   or
27    telecommunications  carrier  to  preserve  its  assets and to
28    serve the best interests  of  its  customers.   The  receiver
29    appointed shall directly or by its agents and attorneys enter
30    upon   and   take  possession  of  the  public  utility's  or
31    telecommunications carrier's facilities  and  operations  and
32    may  exclude  from the public utility's or telecommunications
33    carrier's facilities any or all of the  public  utility's  or
34    telecommunications  carrier's  officers, agents, or employees
 
                            -828-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and all persons claiming under them.  The receiver shall have
 2    possession and control the facilities and shall exercise  all
 3    rights  and  powers with respect to the facilities that could
 4    be exercised by  the  public  utility  or  telecommunications
 5    carrier.   The  receiver shall maintain, restore, insure, and
 6    make  all  proper  repairs   to   the   public   utility   or
 7    telecommunications  facilities.  The  receiver shall have the
 8    powers and duties necessary for the  continued  operation  of
 9    the  public  utility  or  telecommunications  carrier and the
10    provision of continuous and adequate services to customers.
11        (e)  The receiver shall, in the performance of the powers
12    conferred, act under the supervision of the court making  the
13    appointment.   The  receiver  is  at all times subject to the
14    orders of the court and may be removed  by  the  court.   The
15    court  may  enter  other orders that it considers appropriate
16    for the exercise by the receiver  of  functions  specifically
17    set  forth in this Section. The receiver shall be compensated
18    from the assets of the public utility  or  telecommunications
19    carrier  in  an  amount  to  be  determined by the court.  In
20    addition, in a suit, action, or proceeding by or against  the
21    receiver  of  a public utility or telecommunications carrier,
22    the fees, counsel fees, and expenses of the receiver, if any,
23    that are incurred to prosecute or defend the suit, action, or
24    proceeding shall be paid out of  the  assets  of  the  public
25    utility or telecommunications carrier.
26        (f)  If the receiver determines that the public utility's
27    or  telecommunications carrier's actions that caused it to be
28    placed under the control and responsibility of  the  receiver
29    were  due  to  misappropriation  or wrongful diversion of the
30    assets or income of the company or to other misconduct  by  a
31    director,  officer,  or  manager of the company, the receiver
32    shall file a petition with the circuit court that issued  the
33    order  of  receivership  for  an  order  that  the  director,
34    officer, or manager be ordered to pay compensatory damages to
 
                            -829-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the  company  because  of the misappropriation, diversion, or
 2    misconduct.
 3        (g)  Control of and responsibility for the public utility
 4    or telecommunications carrier shall remain  in  the  receiver
 5    until,  upon a showing of good cause by the public utility or
 6    telecommunications carrier, the court determines that  it  is
 7    in  the  best  interests  of  its  customers  that the public
 8    utility or telecommunications  carrier  be  returned  to  the
 9    owners or the court determines that the receiver is no longer
10    required. The court may also direct the receiver to liquidate
11    the  assets  of  the  public  utility  or  telecommunications
12    carrier in the manner provided by law.
13        (h)  The  appointment  of a receiver shall be in addition
14    to any other remedies provided by law.
15    (Source: P.A. 88-604, eff. 9-1-94; revised 10-31-98.)

16        (220 ILCS 5/4-502)
17        Sec. 4-502.  Small public utility  or  telecommunications
18    carrier;   acquisition   by   capable   utility;   Commission
19    determination; procedure.
20        (a)  The  Commission may provide for the acquisition of a
21    small public  utility  or  telecommunications  carrier  by  a
22    capable  public utility or telecommunications carrier, if the
23    Commission, after notice and  an  opportunity  to  be  heard,
24    determines one or more of the following:
25             (1)  the  small public utility or telecommunications
26        carrier is failing to provide safe, adequate, or reliable
27        service;
28             (2)  the small public utility or  telecommunications
29        carrier   no   longer   possesses  sufficient  technical,
30        financial,  or  managerial  resources  and  abilities  to
31        provide the service or services for which its certificate
32        was originally granted;
33             (3)  the small public utility or  telecommunications
 
                            -830-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        carrier has been actually or effectively abandoned by its
 2        owners or operators;
 3             (4)  the  small public utility or telecommunications
 4        carrier has defaulted on a bond, note, or loan issued  or
 5        guaranteed  by  a  department, office, commission, board,
 6        authority, or other unit of State government;
 7             (5)  the small public utility or  telecommunications
 8        carrier  has wilfully failed to comply with any provision
 9        of this Act, any other provision of State or federal law,
10        or any  rule,  regulation,  order,  or  decision  of  the
11        Commission; or
12             (6)  the small  public utility or telecommunications
13        carrier has wilfully allowed property owned or controlled
14        by  it  to  be  used  in violation of this Act, any other
15        provision  of  State  or  federal  law,  or   any   rule,
16        regulation, order, or decision of the Commission.
17        (b)  As  used  in  this Section, "small public utility or
18    telecommunications  carrier"  means  a  public   utility   or
19    telecommunications carrier that regularly provides service to
20    fewer than 7,500 customers.
21        (c)  In  making a determination under subsection (a), the
22    Commission shall consider all of the following:
23             (1)  The  financial,   managerial,   and   technical
24        ability of the small public utility or telecommunications
25        carrier.
26             (2)  The   financial,   managerial,   and  technical
27        ability   of   all   proximate   public   utilities    or
28        telecommunications  carriers  providing  the same type of
29        service.
30             (3)  The expenditures that may be necessary to  make
31        improvements    to    the   small   public   utility   or
32        telecommunications  carrier  to  assure  compliance  with
33        applicable statutory and regulatory standards  concerning
34        the  adequacy,  efficiency,  safety, or reasonableness of
 
                            -831-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        utility service.
 2             (4)  The expansion of the service territory  of  the
 3        acquiring  capable  public  utility or telecommunications
 4        carrier to include the service area of the  small  public
 5        utility or telecommunications carrier to be acquired.
 6             (5)  Whether  the  rates  charged  by  the acquiring
 7        capable public utility or telecommunications  carrier  to
 8        its  acquisition  customers  will  increase  unreasonably
 9        because of the acquisition.
10             (6)  Any other matter that may be relevant.
11        (d)  For  the purposes of this Section, a "capable public
12    utility  or  telecommunications  carrier"  means   a   public
13    utility,   as  defined  under  Section  3-105  of  this  Act,
14    including those entities listed in subsections 1 through 5 of
15    Section 3-105, or a telecommunications  carrier,  as  defined
16    under  Section  13-202  of this Act, including those entities
17    listed in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 13-202, that:
18             (1)  regularly provides the same type of service  as
19        the  small  public utility or telecommunications carrier,
20        to 7,500 or more customers, and provides safe,  adequate,
21        and  reliable service to those customers; however, public
22        utility  or   telecommunications   carrier   that   would
23        otherwise be a capable public utility except for the fact
24        that  it has fewer than 7,500 customers may elect to be a
25        capable public utility or telecommunications carrier  for
26        the  purposes of this Section regardless of the number of
27        its customers and regardless of  whether  or  not  it  is
28        proximate    to    the    small    public    utility   or
29        telecommunications carrier to be acquired;
30             (2)  is not an  affiliated  interest  of  the  small
31        public utility or telecommunications carrier;
32             (3)  agrees  to  acquire the small public utility or
33        telecommunications carrier that is  the  subject  of  the
34        proceeding,  under  the terms and conditions contained in
 
                            -832-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        the Commission order approving the acquisition; and
 2             (4)  is financially, managerially,  and  technically
 3        capable  of  acquiring  and  operating  the  small public
 4        utility or telecommunications carrier in compliance  with
 5        applicable statutory and regulatory standards.
 6        (e)  The  Commission  may,  on  its  own  motion  or upon
 7    petition, initiate a proceeding in order to determine whether
 8    an  order  of  acquisition  should  be  entered.   Upon   the
 9    establishment  of  a prima facie case that the acquisition of
10    the small public utility or telecommunications carrier  would
11    be  in  the  public  interest  and  in  compliance  with  the
12    provisions of this Section all of the following apply:
13             (1)  The  small public utility or telecommunications
14        carrier  that  is  the   subject   of   the   acquisition
15        proceedings  has  the  burden  of  proving its ability to
16        render safe, adequate, and reliable service at  just  and
17        reasonable rates.
18             (2)  The  small public utility or telecommunications
19        carrier  that  is  the   subject   of   the   acquisition
20        proceedings  may  present  evidence  to  demonstrate  the
21        practicality    and    feasibility   of   the   following
22        alternatives to acquisition:
23                  (A)  the reorganization  of  the  small  public
24             utility  or  telecommunications  carrier  under  new
25             management;
26                  (B)  the  entering  of  a contract with another
27             public utility,  telecommunications  carrier,  or  a
28             management  or  service company to operate the small
29             public utility or telecommunications carrier;
30                  (C)  the appointment of a receiver  to  operate
31             the   small  public  utility  or  telecommunications
32             carrier,  in  accordance  with  the  provisions   of
33             Section 4-501 of this the Act; or
34                  (D)  the  merger of the small public utility or
 
                            -833-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             telecommunications carrier with one  or  more  other
 2             public utilities or telecommunications carriers.
 3             (3)  A  public utility or telecommunications carrier
 4        that desires to  acquire  the  small  public  utility  or
 5        telecommunications carrier has the burden of proving that
 6        it  is  a  capable  public  utility or telecommunications
 7        carrier.
 8        (f)  Subject to  the  determinations  and  considerations
 9    required  by  subsections  (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this
10    Section, the Commission shall issue an order  concerning  the
11    acquisition of the small public utility or telecommunications
12    carrier  by  a  capable  public utility or telecommunications
13    carrier.  If the  Commission  finds  that  the  small  public
14    utility  or  telecommunications carrier should be acquired by
15    the capable public utility or telecommunications carrier, the
16    order shall also provide for the  extension  of  the  service
17    area   of   the   acquiring   capable   public   utility   or
18    telecommunications carrier.
19        (g)  The  price  for  the acquisition of the small public
20    utility or telecommunications carrier shall be determined  by
21    agreement    between    the    small    public   utility   or
22    telecommunications carrier and the acquiring  capable  public
23    utility   or   telecommunications   carrier   subject   to  a
24    determination by the Commission that the price is reasonable.
25    If the small public utility or telecommunications carrier and
26    the acquiring capable public  utility  or  telecommunications
27    carrier  are  unable to agree on the acquisition price or the
28    Commission disapproves the acquisition price upon which  they
29    have  agreed,  the  Commission shall issue an order directing
30    the acquiring capable public  utility  or  telecommunications
31    carrier    to   acquire   the   small   public   utility   or
32    telecommunications  carrier  by   following   the   procedure
33    prescribed  for  the exercise of the powers of eminent domain
34    under  Section 8-509 of this the Act.
 
                            -834-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (h)  The Commission may, in  its  discretion  and  for  a
 2    reasonable  period  of  time  after  the date of acquisition,
 3    allow   the   acquiring    capable    public    utility    or
 4    telecommunications  carrier  to charge and collect rates from
 5    the  customers  of  the  acquired  small  public  utility  or
 6    telecommunications carrier under a separate tariff.
 7        (i)  A  capable  public  utility  or   telecommunications
 8    carrier  ordered  by the Commission to acquire a small public
 9    utility or telecommunications carrier  shall  submit  to  the
10    Commission  for  approval  before  the  acquisition  a  plan,
11    including  a timetable, for bringing the small public utility
12    or telecommunications carrier into compliance with applicable
13    statutory and regulatory  standards.
14    (Source: P.A. 88-604, eff. 9-1-94; revised 10-31-98.)

15        (220 ILCS 5/7-102) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 7-102)
16        Sec. 7-102. Transactions requiring Commission approval.
17        (A)  Unless the consent and approval of the Commission is
18    first obtained or unless  such  approval  is  waived  by  the
19    Commission  or  is exempted in accordance with the provisions
20    of this Section or of any other Section of this Act:
21             (a)  No 2 or more public utilities  may  enter  into
22        contracts  with  each  other that will enable such public
23        utilities to operate their lines or plants in  connection
24        with each other.;
25             (b)  No  public  utility  may purchase, lease, or in
26        any other manner acquire  control,  direct  or  indirect,
27        over   the   franchises,   licenses,   permits,   plants,
28        equipment, business or other property of any other public
29        utility.;
30             (c)  No  public utility may assign, transfer, lease,
31        mortgage, sell (by option  or  otherwise),  or  otherwise
32        dispose  of  or  encumber  the  whole  or any part of its
33        franchises,   licenses,   permits,   plant,    equipment,
 
                            -835-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        business, or other property, but the consent and approval
 2        of  the  Commission  shall  not be required for the sale,
 3        lease, assignment or transfer (1) by any  public  utility
 4        of  any tangible personal property which is not necessary
 5        or useful in the performance of its duties to the public,
 6        or (2) by any railroad of any real or  tangible  personal
 7        property.;
 8             (d)  No  public  utility may by any means, direct or
 9        indirect, merge or consolidate its franchises,  licenses,
10        permits,  plants,  equipment,  business or other property
11        with that of any other public utility.;
12             (e)  No public utility may purchase,  acquire,  take
13        or receive any stock, stock certificates, bonds, notes or
14        other  evidences  of  indebtedness  of  any  other public
15        utility.;
16             (f)  No public utility may in any  manner,  directly
17        or  indirectly, guarantee the performance of any contract
18        or  other  obligation  of  any  other  person,  firm   or
19        corporation whatsoever.;
20             (g)  No  public  utility  may  use,  appropriate, or
21        divert any of its moneys, property or other resources  in
22        or  to  any business or enterprise which is not, prior to
23        such use,  appropriation  or  diversion  essentially  and
24        directly   connected  with  or  a  proper  and  necessary
25        department or division of the  business  of  such  public
26        utility;  provided  that  this  subsection  shall  not be
27        construed as modifying subsections  (a)  through  (e)  of
28        this Section.;
29             (h)  No  public utility may, directly or indirectly,
30        invest, loan or advance, or permit to be invested, loaned
31        or  advanced  any  of  its  moneys,  property  or   other
32        resources  in,  for, in behalf of or to any other person,
33        firm, trust, group, association, company  or  corporation
34        whatsoever,  except  that  no  consent or approval by the
 
                            -836-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Commission is necessary for  the  purchase  of  stock  in
 2        development   credit  corporations  organized  under  the
 3        Illinois Development Credit  Corporation  Act,  providing
 4        that  no  such  purchase  may  be made hereunder if, as a
 5        result of such purchase, the cumulative purchase price of
 6        all  such  shares  owned  by  the  utility  would  exceed
 7        one-fiftieth of one  per  cent  of  the  utility's  gross
 8        operating revenue for the preceding calendar year.
 9        (B) (i)  Any public utility may present to the Commission
10    for  approval  options  or  contracts  to  sell or lease real
11    property, notwithstanding that  the  value  of  the  property
12    under  option may have changed between the date of the option
13    and the subsequent date of sale or lease. If the  options  or
14    contracts are approved by the Commission, subsequent sales or
15    leases  in conformance with those options or contracts may be
16    made by the public utility without any further action by  the
17    Commission. If approval of the options or contracts is denied
18    by  the Commission, the options or contracts are void and any
19    consideration theretofore paid to the public utility must  be
20    refunded   within   30  days  following  disapproval  of  the
21    application.
22        (C)  The proceedings for obtaining the  approval  of  the
23    Commission  provided  for  it  in  this  Section  shall be as
24    follows: There shall be filed with the Commission a petition,
25    joint or otherwise, as the case may be, signed  and  verified
26    by  the  president, any vice president, secretary, treasurer,
27    comptroller,  general  manager,  or  chief  engineer  of  the
28    respective companies, or by the person  or  company,  as  the
29    case  may  be,  clearly setting forth the object and purposes
30    desired, and setting forth the full and complete terms of the
31    proposed assignment,  transfer,  lease,  mortgage,  purchase,
32    sale,  merger,  consolidation, contract or other transaction,
33    as the case may be. Upon the filing  of  such  petition,  the
34    Commission shall, if it deems necessary, fix a time and place
 
                            -837-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    for  the  hearing  thereon. After such hearing, or in case no
 2    hearing is required, if the Commission is satisfied that such
 3    petition should reasonably be granted, and  that  the  public
 4    will  be convenienced thereby, the Commission shall make such
 5    order in the premises as  it  may  deem  proper  and  as  the
 6    circumstances  may  require,  attaching such conditions as it
 7    may deem proper, and thereupon it shall be lawful to  do  the
 8    things  provided  for  in  such  order.  The Commission shall
 9    impose such  conditions  as  will  protect  the  interest  of
10    minority and preferred stockholders.
11        (D)  The  Commission  shall  have  power by general rules
12    applicable alike to all public utilities, other than electric
13    and gas public  utilities,  affected  thereby  to  waive  the
14    filing and necessity for approval of the following: (a) sales
15    of  property  involving  a  consideration  of  not  more than
16    $300,000 for utilities  with  gross  revenues  in  excess  of
17    $50,000,000  annually  and  a  consideration of not more than
18    $100,000 for all other utilities;  (b)  leases, easements and
19    licenses involving a consideration or rental of not more than
20    $30,000 per year for utilities with gross revenues in  excess
21    of  $50,000,000 annually and a consideration or rental of not
22    more than $10,000 per  year  for  all  other  utilities;  (c)
23    leases  of  office  building space not required by the public
24    utility in rendering service to the public; (d) the temporary
25    leasing,  lending  or  interchanging  of  equipment  in   the
26    ordinary  course  of business or in case of an emergency; and
27    (e) purchase-money mortgages given by  a  public  utility  in
28    connection  with  the  purchase of tangible personal property
29    where the total obligation to be  secured  shall  be  payable
30    within  a  period  not  exceeding  one  year. However, if the
31    Commission, after a hearing, finds that any public utility to
32    which such rule is applicable is abusing or has  abused  such
33    general  rule  and  thereby  is  evading  compliance with the
34    standard established herein, the Commission shall have  power
 
                            -838-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to require such public utility to thereafter file and receive
 2    the  Commission's  approval  upon  all  such  transactions as
 3    described in this Section, but such general rule shall remain
 4    in full force and effect as to all other public utilities  to
 5    which such rule is applicable.
 6        (E)  The  filing  of, and the consent and approval of the
 7    Commission for, any assignment,  transfer,  lease,  mortgage,
 8    purchase,  sale,  merger,  consolidation,  contract  or other
 9    transaction by an electric or gas public utility  with  gross
10    revenues   in  all  jurisdictions  of  $250,000,000  or  more
11    annually involving a sale price or annual consideration in an
12    amount of $5,000,000 or less  shall  not  be  required.   The
13    Commission  shall  also have the authority, on petition by an
14    electric or gas public utility with  gross  revenues  in  all
15    jurisdictions  of $250,000,000 or more annually, to establish
16    by  order  higher  thresholds  than  the  foregoing  for  the
17    requirement of approval of  transactions  by  the  Commission
18    pursuant  to  this  Section  for  the  electric or gas public
19    utility, but no greater than 1% of the electric or gas public
20    utility's average total gross utility plant in service in the
21    case of sale, assignment or acquisition of property, or  2.5%
22    of  the electric or gas public utility's total revenue in the
23    case of other sales price or annual  consideration,  in  each
24    case based on the preceding calendar year, and subject to the
25    power of the Commission, after notice and hearing, to further
26    revise  those thresholds at a later date.  In addition to the
27    foregoing, the Commission shall have power by  general  rules
28    applicable  alike  to  all  electric and gas public utilities
29    affected thereby  to  waive  the  filing  and  necessity  for
30    approval  of the following: (a) sales of property involving a
31    consideration of  $100,000  or  less  for  electric  and  gas
32    utilities  with  gross  revenues in all jurisdictions of less
33    than  $250,000,000  annually;  (b)  leases,   easements   and
34    licenses involving a consideration or rental of not more than
 
                            -839-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    $10,000  per  year  for electric and gas utilities with gross
 2    revenues in  all  jurisdictions  of  less  than  $250,000,000
 3    annually; (c) leases of office building space not required by
 4    the  electric  or  gas public utility in rendering service to
 5    the  public;  (d)   the   temporary   leasing,   lending   or
 6    interchanging of equipment in the ordinary course of business
 7    or  in  the  case  of  an  emergency;  and (e) purchase-money
 8    mortgages given by an  electric  or  gas  public  utility  in
 9    connection  with  the  purchase of tangible personal property
10    where the total obligation to be  secured  shall  be  payable
11    within  a  period  of  one  year  or  less.   However, if the
12    Commission, after a hearing, finds that any electric  or  gas
13    public utility is abusing or has abused such general rule and
14    thereby  is  evading compliance with the standard established
15    herein, the Commission  shall  have  power  to  require  such
16    electric or gas public utility to thereafter file and receive
17    the  Commission's  approval  upon  all  such  transactions as
18    described in this Section and not exempted  pursuant  to  the
19    first  sentence  of  this  paragraph  or to subsection (g) of
20    Section 16-111 of this  Act,  but  such  general  rule  shall
21    remain  in full force and effect as to all other electric and
22    gas public utilities.
23        Every assignment,  transfer,  lease,  mortgage,  sale  or
24    other  disposition or encumbrance of the whole or any part of
25    the franchises, licenses, permits, plant, equipment, business
26    or other property of any public utility,  or  any  merger  or
27    consolidation thereof, and every contract, purchase of stock,
28    or  other  transaction  referred  to  in this Section and not
29    exempted in accordance with the provisions of the immediately
30    preceding paragraph of this Section, made otherwise  than  in
31    accordance  with  an  order of the Commission authorizing the
32    same, except as provided in this Section, shall be void.  The
33    provisions   of   this   Section   shall  not  apply  to  any
34    transactions by or with a political subdivision or  municipal
 
                            -840-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    corporation of this State.
 2        (F)  The  provisions  of this Section do not apply to the
 3    purchase or sale of emission  allowances  created  under  and
 4    defined  in  Title IV of the federal Clean Air Act Amendments
 5    of 1990 (P.L. 101-549), as amended.
 6    (Source: P.A. 89-99,  eff.  7-7-95;  90-561,  eff.  12-16-97;
 7    revised 10-31-98.)

 8        (220 ILCS 5/7-106)
 9        Sec.  7-106.  (a) Subject to the limitations contained in
10    this Section  7-106,  and  notwithstanding  anything  to  the
11    contrary in Section 6-103 and items subsections (f), (g), and
12    (h)  of  subsection  (A)  of Section 7-102 of this Act or any
13    rule or regulation promulgated by the Commission  under  this
14    Act,  a  public  utility  that has filed, pursuant to Section
15    7-105(d) of this Act, the information  described  in  Section
16    7-204A(a)  of  this Act, may, without the approval or consent
17    of, or other prior filing with, the Commission, form,  invest
18    moneys denominated in United States dollars in, and guarantee
19    contractual  obligations of a subsidiary which engages in any
20    business that provides to  persons,  corporations,  municipal
21    corporations,   or  other  entities  that  are  customers  or
22    potential  customers  of  the  public  utility  (i)  heating,
23    cooling,  or  lighting  services;  (ii)   energy   management
24    services;   or   (iii)   design,  development,  construction,
25    engineering,   financial,   maintenance,    management,    or
26    consulting   services   for  owners,  lessees,  managers,  or
27    operators of facilities for the generation, transmission,  or
28    distribution of electricity; each such subsidiary is referred
29    to in this Act as a "Section 7-106 subsidiary".
30        (b)  Prior   to   investing   in   or   guaranteeing  any
31    contractual obligations of a Section  7-106  subsidiary,  the
32    utility   shall   file   with   the  Commission  a  statement
33    identifying all  public  utility  assets  or  information  in
 
                            -841-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    existence, such as customer lists, which the utility plans to
 2    transfer  to  or  permit  the Section 7-106 subsidiary or any
 3    associate or  affiliate  of  the  subsidiary  to  use,  which
 4    statement  shall  include a description of the proposed terms
 5    and conditions under which the assets or information will  be
 6    transferred or used.
 7        (c)  In  any  proceeding pending before the Commission to
 8    determine the rates to be charged for electric service  by  a
 9    public utility which has a Section 7-106 subsidiary, or which
10    is  a  subsidiary  of  a holding company formed under Section
11    7-105 of this Act, the Commission  shall  reduce  the  public
12    utility's  rates  to reflect the additional amount of revenue
13    it would have earned during the  test  year  if  the  Section
14    7-106   subsidiary,   such  holding  company,  or  any  other
15    subsidiary company of such holding company had  not  provided
16    the  customer with the services described in items (i), (ii),
17    and (iii) of subsection (a) of this Section.  The  Commission
18    shall not reduce the revenues of the public utility unless it
19    finds  that  there  was  no  reasonable  probability that the
20    customer would have obtained the services described in  items
21    (i),  (ii),  and (iii) of subsection (a) of this Section from
22    another source (including the customer), if such  subsidiary,
23    holding  company, or other subsidiary company had not entered
24    into a contract or arrangement with the customer.  A  written
25    statement  by an employee or authorized agent of the customer
26    that  such  services  are  available   from   other   sources
27    (including  the  customer)  and  that  such agent or employee
28    believes that there was a  reasonable  probability  that  the
29    customer  would  have  so obtained such services from another
30    source (including the customer) shall constitute prima  facie
31    evidence  of  such  reasonable probability. The provisions of
32    this subsection  shall  not  be  construed  as  limiting  the
33    authority  of  the Commission with respect to rates under any
34    other Section of this Act.
 
                            -842-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (d)  The  aggregate  amount   of   a   public   utility's
 2    investments   in,   and   guarantees   of,   the  contractual
 3    obligations  of  Section  7-106  subsidiaries   without   the
 4    approval or consent of, or prior filing with, the Commission,
 5    outstanding  at  the  time  of and after giving effect to any
 6    such investment or guarantee, shall not exceed as of the date
 7    of such investment or guarantee an amount equal to the lesser
 8    of $170,000,000 or 20% of the retained earnings of the public
 9    utility as reported on its most recent annual report  to  the
10    Commission.   The  amount  of  each  such  guarantee shall be
11    limited to a maximum dollar amount which shall  be  specified
12    in  such  guarantee.   The terms of each such guarantee shall
13    provide that it shall terminate, and it shall  terminate,  at
14    the  time  that the public utility liquidates or transfers to
15    any entity or person, the interest  and  investment  of  such
16    public   utility   in  the  Section  7-106  subsidiary  whose
17    obligations are subject to such guarantee.  The authority  of
18    a  public  utility to invest in and guarantee the contractual
19    obligations  of  a  Section  7-106  subsidiary  without   the
20    approval or consent of, or prior filing with, the Commission,
21    as  permitted by this Section 7-106, shall expire on the date
22    such public utility liquidates or transfers its interest  and
23    investment in such Section 7-106 subsidiary.
24        (e)  The  Commission shall not consider the investment of
25    a public utility in or its obligation to make  an  investment
26    in  a  Section 7-106 subsidiary, or the guarantee by a public
27    utility of  contractual  obligations  of  its  Section  7-106
28    subsidiaries,  in  considering  the  amount  or  terms of any
29    reparations or refunds to be made by such public  utility  to
30    its customers.
31        (f)  On   the  date  that  a  public  utility  becomes  a
32    subsidiary company of a holding company pursuant  to  Section
33    7-105 of this Act, such public utility shall either:
34             (i)  liquidate   or   transfer   its   interest  and
 
                            -843-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        investment in its  Section  7-106  subsidiaries  to  such
 2        holding  company  or  to  any other entity or person in a
 3        transaction which does not require the prior approval  or
 4        consent  of the Commission under Section 7-101 or Section
 5        7-102 of this Act, or
 6             (ii)  file with  the  Commission  for  its  approval
 7        under  Section 7-101 or Section 7-102 of this Act, a plan
 8        for such public utility  to  liquidate  or  transfer  its
 9        interest    and   investment   in   its   Section   7-106
10        subsidiaries.
11        (g)  If on the 550th day after the effective date of this
12    amendatory  Act  of  1993  such  public  utility  is  not   a
13    subsidiary  company of a holding company, such public utility
14    shall on such 550th day either:
15             (i)  liquidate  or   transfer   its   interest   and
16        investment  in  its  Section  7-106  subsidiaries  to any
17        entity or person in a transaction which does not  require
18        the  prior  approval  or  consent of the Commission under
19        Section 7-101 or Section 7-102 of this Act, or
20             (ii)  file with  the  Commission  for  its  approval
21        under  Section 7-101 or Section 7-102 of this Act, a plan
22        for such public utility  to  liquidate  or  transfer  its
23        interest    and   investment   in   its   Section   7-106
24        subsidiaries, or
25             (iii)  file with the Commission a  petition  for  an
26        extension   of   time  within  which:  (A)  to  become  a
27        subsidiary company of  a  holding  company  and  to  take
28        action  pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 7-106;
29        or (B) to take action pursuant to either subparagraph (i)
30        or subparagraph (ii) of subsection (g)  of  this  Section
31        7-106.   The  Commission shall grant such extension to an
32        appropriate date unless it finds that the public  utility
33        has  not  taken action in a timely and appropriate manner
34        to seek all regulatory, shareholder, and other  authority
 
                            -844-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        for or, after obtaining all such authority, has not taken
 2        action  in  a  timely  and appropriate manner to effect a
 3        transaction in which such public utility would  become  a
 4        subsidiary   company   of  a  holding  company.   If  the
 5        Commission finds that the public utility  has  not  taken
 6        action  in  a  timely  and appropriate manner to seek all
 7        regulatory, shareholder,  and  other  authority  for  or,
 8        after  obtaining all such authority, has not taken action
 9        in  a  timely  and  appropriate  manner   to   effect   a
10        transaction  in  which such public utility would become a
11        subsidiary company of a holding company,  the  Commission
12        shall  deny  the  public  utility's  petition  and  shall
13        approve  a  plan  for such public utility to liquidate or
14        transfer its interests and  investments  in  its  Section
15        7-106   subsidiaries.    During   the   pendency  of  the
16        proceeding  before  the  Commission  initiated   by   the
17        petition  filed  by  the  public utility, the utility may
18        continue to engage in activities  described  in  Sections
19        7-105 and 7-106, as provided therein.
20        (h)  Contracts  or  arrangements between a public utility
21    and its Section 7-106 subsidiaries,  including  contracts  or
22    arrangements  for  any  services  described  in Section 7-106
23    (a)(i),  (ii),  and  (iii),  but  excluding  investments  and
24    guarantees permitted by this Section 7-106, shall be  subject
25    to  the  jurisdiction of the Commission under Sections 7-101,
26    7-102, 7-204A(b), and other applicable provisions, if any, of
27    this Act, except that such public utility  may,  pursuant  to
28    contracts  or arrangements filed with the Commission, provide
29    its Section 7-106  subsidiaries  with  office  facilities  or
30    administrative  and  management services which are reasonably
31    necessary for the management of the business of  its  Section
32    7-106  subsidiaries,  which  contracts  or arrangements shall
33    become effective upon such public  utility  filing  with  the
34    Commission  a  petition  seeking Commission approval thereof,
 
                            -845-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    and such contracts and arrangements shall  remain  in  effect
 2    unless  modified  by  the  Commission after a hearing on such
 3    petition in which such public utility shall have  the  burden
 4    of  proving the reasonable necessity of the provision of such
 5    facilities and  services.   Such  contracts  or  arrangements
 6    shall  require  each  Section  7-106 subsidiary to pay to the
 7    public utility the fair market value  for  the  use  of  such
 8    facilities  and  services.  The public utility shall keep its
 9    books of account and other records  in  a  manner  that  will
10    enable  the  Commission  to  determine  the  propriety of any
11    allocation of  costs  between  the  public  utility  and  its
12    Section  7-106  subsidiaries.   The  burden  of  proving  the
13    propriety  of  any  such  allocation  shall  be on the public
14    utility. The public utility shall also  have  the  burden  of
15    proving  that  it  has  received  or will receive fair market
16    value for all facilities or services provided to its  Section
17    7-106 subsidiaries under this Section 7-106.
18        (i)  The  costs  of  any  public utility investment in or
19    guarantee of the contractual obligations of its Section 7-106
20    subsidiaries shall not be included in rate base or treated as
21    allowable expenses for purposes of determining the  rates  to
22    be charged by the public utility.
23        (j)  No public utility shall have any liability to any of
24    its  Section 7-106 subsidiaries, except any obligation it may
25    have to make investments in such Section  7-106  subsidiaries
26    in  accordance  with  this  Section 7-106.  No public utility
27    shall have any liability for any obligation or  liability  of
28    any  of  its  Section  7-106  subsidiaries,  except under any
29    guarantee of contractual obligations of  such  Section  7-106
30    subsidiaries made in accordance with this Section 7-106.
31        (k)  No  Section  7-106  subsidiary  shall  engage in the
32    repair or servicing of  home  or  other  consumer  appliances
33    except in emergencies posing a threat to life or property.
34    (Source: P.A. 88-83; revised 1-21-99.)
 
                            -846-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (220 ILCS 5/9-241) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 9-241)
 2        Sec.  9-241.   No  public  utility  shall, as to rates or
 3    other charges, services, facilities or in other respect, make
 4    or grant any preference or advantage to  any  corporation  or
 5    person  or subject any corporation or person to any prejudice
 6    or  disadvantage.  No  public  utility  shall  establish   or
 7    maintain  any  unreasonable  difference  as to rates or other
 8    charges, services,  facilities,  or  in  any  other  respect,
 9    either  as  between  localities  or  as  between  classes  of
10    service.
11        However,  nothing  in  this Section shall be construed as
12    limiting the  authority  of  the  Commission  to  permit  the
13    establishment  of economic development rates as incentives to
14    economic development either in enterprise zones as designated
15    by the State of Illinois or in other  areas  of  a  utility's
16    service  area.  Such  rates  should  be available to existing
17    businesses which demonstrate an increase to existing load  as
18    well as new businesses which create new load for a utility so
19    as  to  create  a  more  balanced  utilization  of generating
20    capacity.  The Commission shall ensure that  such  rates  are
21    established  at  a  level  which  provides  a  net benefit to
22    customers within a public utility's service area.
23        Prior to October 1, 1989,  no  public  utility  providing
24    electrical  or gas service shall consider the use of solar or
25    other  nonconventional  renewable  sources  of  energy  by  a
26    customer as a basis for establishing higher rates or  charges
27    for any service or commodity sold to such customer; nor shall
28    a  public  utility subject any customer utilizing such energy
29    source or sources to any other prejudice or  disadvantage  on
30    account  of  such  use.  No  public utility shall without the
31    consent of the Commission,  charge  or  receive  any  greater
32    compensation   in  the  aggregate  for  a  lesser  commodity,
33    product, or service than for a greater commodity, product  or
34    service of like character.
 
                            -847-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        The Commission, in order to expedite the determination of
 2    rate  questions,  or  to  avoid  unnecessary and unreasonable
 3    expense, or to avoid unjust  or  unreasonable  discrimination
 4    between classes of customers, or, whenever in the judgment of
 5    the  Commission  public  interest so requires, may,; for rate
 6    making and accounting purposes, or either of  them,  consider
 7    one  or  more  municipalities  either  with  or  without  the
 8    adjacent  or  intervening  rural territory as a regional unit
 9    where the  same  public  utility  serves  such  region  under
10    substantially  similar conditions, and may within such region
11    prescribe uniform rates for consumers or patrons of the  same
12    class.
13        Any  public utility, with the consent and approval of the
14    Commission, may as a  basis  for  the  determination  of  the
15    charges  made  by  it  classify  its service according to the
16    amount used, the time when used, the purpose for which  used,
17    and other relevant factors.
18    (Source: P.A. 84-1308; revised 10-31-98.)

19        (220 ILCS 5/13-403) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 13-403)
20        (Section scheduled to be repealed on July 1, 2001)
21        Sec.  13-403.  Interexchange service authority; approval.
22    The Commission shall approve an application for a Certificate
23    of Interexchange Service Authority only upon a showing by the
24    applicant, and a finding by the Commission, after notice  and
25    hearing,  that  the applicant possesses sufficient technical,
26    financial and managerial resources and abilities  to  provide
27    interexchange  telecommunications  service.  The removal from
28    this Section of the dialing restrictions by  this  amendatory
29    Act  of  1992 does not create any legislative presumption for
30    or  against  intra-Market  Service  Area  presubscription  or
31    changes in intra-Market  Service  Area  dialing  arrangements
32    related  to  the  implementation of that presubscription, but
33    simply vests jurisdiction in the Illinois Commerce Commission
 
                            -848-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    to  consider  after  notice  and   hearing   the   issue   of
 2    presubscription  in accordance with the policy goals outlined
 3    in Section 13-103.
 4        The  Commission  shall  have  authority  to   alter   the
 5    boundaries  of  Market  Service Areas when such alteration is
 6    consistent with the public  interest  and  the  purposes  and
 7    policies  of  this Article. A determination by the Commission
 8    with respect to Market  Service  Area  boundaries  shall  not
 9    modify   or   affect   the   rights  or  obligations  of  any
10    telecommunications carrier with respect to any consent decree
11    or agreement with the United States  Department  of  Justice,
12    including,  but  not  limited  to,  the Modification of Final
13    Judgment in United States v. Western  Electric  Co.,  552  F.
14    Supp.  131  (D.D.C.  D.C.C.  1982),  as modified from time to
15    time.
16    (Source: P.A. 87-856; revised 10-31-98.)

17        Section 122.  The Citizens Utility Board Act  is  amended
18    by changing Section 3 as follows:

19        (220 ILCS 10/3) (from Ch. 111 2/3, par. 903)
20        Sec.  3.   Definitions.  As used in this Act: (1) "Board"
21    means the board of directors of the corporation.
22        (2)  "Campaign contribution" means a gift,  subscription,
23    loan,  advance or deposit of money or anything of value, made
24    for the purpose of electing a candidate to the  board;  or  a
25    contract, a promise or agreement, express or implied, whether
26    or   not   legally   enforceable,   to   make   any  campaign
27    contribution; but does not  include  the  value  of  services
28    provided  without compensation by individuals who volunteer a
29    portion or all of their time on  behalf  of  a  candidate  or
30    political  committee, or the use of real or personal property
31    and the cost of invitations, food and beverages,  voluntarily
32    provided  by  an  individual  to  a  candidate  in  rendering
 
                            -849-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    voluntary  personal  services on the individual's residential
 2    premises for candidate-related activities if  the  cumulative
 3    value  of  the  activities to the individual on behalf of any
 4    candidate does not exceed $100 for any election elections.
 5        (3)  "Campaign expenditures" means  a  purchase,  payment
 6    distribution,  loan,  advance,  deposit  or  gift of money or
 7    anything of  value,  made  for  the  purpose  of  electing  a
 8    candidate to the board; or a contract, promise, or agreement,
 9    express  or  implied,  whether or not legally enforceable, to
10    make any campaign expenditure; but does not include  the  use
11    of  real  or  personal  property and the cost of invitations,
12    food and beverages, voluntarily provided by an individual  to
13    a  candidate  in rendering voluntary personal services on the
14    individual's  residential  premises   for   candidate-related
15    activities  if  the cumulative value of the activities by the
16    individual on behalf of any candidate does  not  exceed  $100
17    for any election.
18        (4)  "Class  A  utility" means any gas, electric or water
19    public utility with annual total gross operating revenues  of
20    $2.5  million  or  more  or any telephone public utility with
21    annual total gross operating revenues of $1,600,000  or  more
22    on the effective date of this Act.
23        (5)  "Corporation" means the citizens utility board.
24        (6)  "Director" means any member of the board.
25        (7)  "District"   means   a   corporation  district,  the
26    boundaries of which are congruent with the boundaries of  the
27    Congressional districts in the State.
28        (8)  "Immediate  family"  of  a person means the person's
29    spouse and legal dependents.
30        (9)  "Member"  means  any  person   who   satisfies   the
31    requirements for membership under Section 4.
32        (10)  "Periodic  customer  billing"  means  a  demand for
33    payment for  utility  services  by  a  public  utility  to  a
34    residential  utility  consumer  on a monthly or other regular
 
                            -850-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    basis.
 2        (11)  "Political committee" means  any  committee,  club,
 3    association  or  other  group  of persons which make campaign
 4    expenditures or receive  campaign  contributions  during  the
 5    year before an election of the board.
 6        (12)  "Public   utility"   means  any  person  who  owns,
 7    operates, manages or controls any plant or equipment  or  any
 8    part  of  a  plant  or  equipment,  within the State, for the
 9    conveyance of  telephone  messages  or  for  the  production,
10    transmission, delivery or furnishing of heat, light, water or
11    power  either  directly  or  indirectly to or for the public.
12    "Public  utility"  includes  any  person   engaged   in   the
13    transmission  or  delivery  of  natural  gas for compensation
14    within this  State  by  means  of  pipes  or  mains.  "Public
15    utility" does not include a cooperative association organized
16    for  the   purpose  of  furnishing  telephone  service to its
17    members only. "Public  utility"  does  not  include  electric
18    cooperatives  as  defined  in  Section  3-119  of  the Public
19    Utilities Act "An Act concerning public utilities",  approved
20    June 29, 1921, as amended. However, "public utility" does not
21    include  either  public utilities that are owned and operated
22    by a political  subdivision,  public  institution  of  higher
23    education  or  municipal  corporation of this State or public
24    utilities that  are  owned  by  such  political  subdivision,
25    public   institution   of   higher  education,  or  municipal
26    corporation and operated by any of its lessees  or  operating
27    agents.
28        (13)  "Utility  consumer" means any individual or entity,
29    which is not governmental  or  a  public  utility,  which  is
30    located  in  this State and which is furnished with a utility
31    service by a public utility.
32        (14)  "Utility service" means electricity,  natural  gas,
33    water and telephone service supplied by a public utility.
34    (Source: P.A. 84-1308; revised 10-31-98.)
 
                            -851-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Section 123.  The Illinois Athletic Trainers Practice Act
 2    is amended by changing Sections 3 and 16 as follows:

 3        (225 ILCS 5/3) (from Ch. 111, par. 7603)
 4        Sec. 3.  Definitions.  As used in this Act:
 5        (1)  "Department"  means  the  Department of Professional
 6    Regulation.
 7        (2)  "Director"  means  the  Director   of   Professional
 8    Regulation.
 9        (3)  "Board"   means   the  Illinois  Board  of  Athletic
10    Trainers appointed by the Director.
11        (4)  "Licensed athletic trainer" means a person  licensed
12    to practice athletic training as defined in this Act and with
13    the  specific  qualifications  set  forth in Section 9 (9) of
14    this Act,  who,  upon  the  direction  of  his  or  her  team
15    physician  or  and/or  consulting  physician, carries out the
16    practice of  prevention/emergency  care  or  and/or  physical
17    reconditioning of injuries incurred by athletes participating
18    in   an   athletic   program   conducted  by  an  educational
19    institution,   professional   athletic    organization,    or
20    sanctioned   amateur   athletic  organization  employing  the
21    athletic trainer; or a person who, under the direction  of  a
22    physician,  carries  out  comparable  functions  for a health
23    organization-based extramural program  of  athletic  training
24    services  for  athletes.  Specific  duties  of  the  athletic
25    trainer include but are not limited to:
26             A.  Supervision   of  the  selection,  fitting,  and
27        maintenance of protective equipment;
28             B.  Provision of assistance to the coaching staff in
29        the  development  and  implementation   of   conditioning
30        programs;
31             C.  Counseling of athletes on nutrition and hygiene;
32             D.  Supervision  of  athletic  training facility and
33        inspection of playing facilities;
 
                            -852-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             E.  Selection and maintenance of  athletic  training
 2        equipment and supplies;
 3             F.  Instruction  and  supervision of student trainer
 4        staff;
 5             G.  Coordination with a team physician to provide:
 6                  (i)  pre-competition physical exam  and  health
 7             history updates,
 8                  (ii)  game   coverage  or  phone  access  to  a
 9             physician or paramedic,
10                  (iii)  follow-up injury care,
11                  (iv)  reconditioning programs, and
12                  (v)  assistance on all  matters  pertaining  to
13             the health and well-being of athletes.
14             H.  Provision  of on-site injury care and evaluation
15        as  well   as   appropriate   transportation,   follow-up
16        treatment   and   rehabilitation  as  necessary  for  all
17        injuries sustained by athletes in the program;
18             I.  With  a  physician,  determination  of  when  an
19        athlete  may  safely   return   to   full   participation
20        post-injury; and
21             J.  Maintenance  of complete and accurate records of
22        all athletic injuries and treatments rendered.
23        (5)  "Referral" means the guidance or  direction  to  the
24    athletic  trainer  given by the physician, who shall maintain
25    supervision of the athlete.
26        To carry out these  functions  the  athletic  trainer  is
27    authorized  to utilize modalities such as heat, light, sound,
28    cold, electricity, exercise, or mechanical devices related to
29    care and reconditioning.
30        (5)  "Referral" means the guidance or  direction  to  the
31    athletic  trainer  given by the physician, who shall maintain
32    supervision of the athlete.
33    (Source: P.A. 89-216, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)
 
                            -853-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (225 ILCS 5/16) (from Ch. 111, par. 7616)
 2        Sec. 16.  Refusal to issue, suspension, or revocation  of
 3    license.  The Department may refuse to issue or renew, or may
 4    revoke, suspend, place on probation, reprimand, or take other
 5    disciplinary  action  as  the  Department  may  deem  proper,
 6    including fines not to exceed $1,000 for each violation, with
 7    regard  to  any  licensee  for  any one or combination of the
 8    following:
 9        (A)  Material misstatement in furnishing  information  to
10    the Department;
11        (B)  Negligent  or  intentional disregard of this Act, or
12    of the rules or regulations promulgated hereunder;
13        (C)  Conviction of any crime under the laws of the United
14    States or any state or territory thereof that is a felony  or
15    a   misdemeanor,   and  an  essential  element  of  which  is
16    dishonesty, or of any crime that is directly related  to  the
17    practice of the profession;
18        (D)  Making  any  misrepresentation  for  the  purpose of
19    obtaining registration, or violating any  provision  of  this
20    Act;
21        (E)  Professional incompetence;
22        (F)  Malpractice;
23        (G)  Aiding  or assisting another person in violating any
24    provision of this Act or rules;
25        (H)  Failing, within 60 days, to provide  information  in
26    response to a written request made by the Department;
27        (I)  Engaging     in    dishonorable,    unethical,    or
28    unprofessional conduct of  a  character  likely  to  deceive,
29    defraud or harm the public;
30        (J)  Habitual  intoxication  or  addiction  to the use of
31    drugs;
32        (K)  Discipline by another state, District  of  Columbia,
33    territory,  or foreign nation, if at least one of the grounds
34    for the discipline is the same or substantially equivalent to
 
                            -854-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    those set forth herein;
 2        (L)  Directly or indirectly giving to or  receiving  from
 3    any  person,  firm,  corporation, partnership, or association
 4    any fee, commission, rebate, or other  form  of  compensation
 5    for  any  professional  services  not  actually or personally
 6    rendered;
 7        (M)  A finding that the licensee after having his or  her
 8    license  placed on probationary status has violated the terms
 9    of probation;
10        (N)  Abandonment of an athlete;
11        (O)  Willfully making or filing false records or  reports
12    in  his  or  her practice, including but not limited to false
13    records filed with State agencies or departments;
14        (P)  Willfully failing to report an instance of suspected
15    child  abuse  or  neglect  as  required  by  the  Abused  and
16    Neglected Child Reporting Act;
17        (Q)  Physical illness,  including  but  not  limited  to,
18    deterioration  through  the  aging  process, or loss of motor
19    skill  that  results  in  the  inability  to   practice   the
20    profession with reasonable judgment, skill, or safety;
21        (R)  Solicitation  of professional services other than by
22    permitted  institutional policy;
23        (S)  The use of  any  words,  abbreviations,  figures  or
24    letters  with  the  intention  of  indicating  practice as an
25    athletic trainer without  a  valid  license  as  an  athletic
26    trainer under this Act;
27        (T)  The  treatment of injuries of athletes by a licensed
28    athletic trainer except  by  the  referral  of  a  physician,
29    podiatrist, or dentist;
30        (U)  Willfully  violating  or  knowingly assisting in the
31    violation of any law of this State relating  to  the  use  of
32    habit-forming drugs;
33        (V)  Willfully  violating  or  knowingly assisting in the
34    violation of any law of this State relating to  the  practice
 
                            -855-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    of abortion;
 2        (W)  Continued  practice  by a person knowingly having an
 3    infectious communicable or contagious disease;
 4        (X)  Being named as a perpetrator in an indicated  report
 5    by the Department of Children and Family Services pursuant to
 6    the  Abused  and Neglected Child Reporting Act and upon proof
 7    by clear and convincing evidence that the licensee has caused
 8    a child to be an abused child or neglected child  as  defined
 9    in the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act;
10        (Y)  Failure  to  file  a  return,  or  to  pay  the tax,
11    penalty, or interest shown in a filed return, or to  pay  any
12    final assessment of tax, penalty, or interest, as required by
13    any  tax  Act  administered  by  the  Illinois  Department of
14    Revenue, until such time as the requirements of any such  tax
15    Act are satisfied; or
16        (Z)  Failure to fulfill continuing education requirements
17    as prescribed in Section 10 of this Act.
18        The  determination  by a circuit court that a licensee is
19    subject to involuntary admission  or  judicial  admission  as
20    provided  in the Mental Health and Developmental Disabilities
21    Code operates as an automatic  suspension.   Such  suspension
22    will  end  only  upon  a finding by a court that the athletic
23    trainer is no longer  subject  to  involuntary  admission  or
24    judicial  admission  and  issues  an  order  so  finding  and
25    discharging  the  athlete; and upon the recommendation of the
26    Board to the Director that the licensee be allowed to  resume
27    his or her practice.
28    (Source: P.A. 89-216, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

29        Section  124.   The  Child Care Act of 1969 is amended by
30    changing Sections 4.2 and 8 as follows:

31        (225 ILCS 10/4.2) (from Ch. 23, par. 2214.2)
32        Sec. 4.2.  (a) No applicant may receive  a  license  from
 
                            -856-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the  Department  and  no person may be employed by a licensed
 2    child care facility who refuses to authorize an investigation
 3    as required by Section 4.1.
 4        (b)  No  applicant  may  receive  a  license   from   the
 5    Department  and  no  person  may  be employed by a child care
 6    facility licensed by the Department who has been  declared  a
 7    sexually  dangerous  person  under  "An  Act  in  relation to
 8    sexually  dangerous  persons,   and   providing   for   their
 9    commitment,  detention  and  supervision",  approved  July 6,
10    1938, as amended, or convicted of committing or attempting to
11    commit any of the following  offenses  stipulated  under  the
12    Criminal Code of 1961:
13             (1)  murder;
14             (1.1)  solicitation of murder;
15             (1.2)  solicitation of murder for hire;
16             (1.3)  intentional homicide of an unborn child;
17             (1.4)  voluntary manslaughter of an unborn child;
18             (1.5)  involuntary manslaughter;
19             (1.6)  reckless homicide;
20             (1.7)  concealment of a homicidal death;
21             (1.8)  involuntary manslaughter of an unborn child;
22             (1.9)  reckless homicide of an unborn child;
23             (1.10)  drug-induced drug induced homicide;
24             (2)  a sex offense under Article 11, except offenses
25        described in Sections 11-7, 11-8, 11-12, and 11-13;
26             (3)  kidnapping;
27             (3.1)  aggravated unlawful restraint;
28             (3.2)  forcible detention;
29             (3.3)  harboring a runaway;
30             (3.4)  aiding and abetting child abduction;
31             (4)  aggravated kidnapping;
32             (5)  child abduction;
33             (6)  aggravated battery of a child;
34             (7)  criminal sexual assault;
 
                            -857-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (8)  aggravated criminal sexual assault;
 2             (8.1)  predatory criminal sexual assault of a child;
 3             (9)  criminal sexual abuse;
 4             (10)  aggravated sexual abuse;
 5             (11)  heinous battery;
 6             (12)  aggravated battery with a firearm;
 7             (13)  tampering with food, drugs, or cosmetics;
 8             (14)  drug induced infliction of great bodily harm;
 9             (15)  hate crime;
10             (16)  stalking;
11             (17)  aggravated stalking;
12             (18)  threatening public officials;
13             (19)  home invasion;
14             (20)  vehicular invasion;
15             (21)  criminal transmission of HIV;
16             (22)  criminal  neglect  of  an  elderly or disabled
17        person;
18             (23)  child abandonment;
19             (24)  endangering the life or health of a child;
20             (25)  ritual mutilation;
21             (26)  ritualized abuse of a child;
22             (27)  an offense in any other state the elements  of
23        which  are similar and bear a substantial relationship to
24        any of the foregoing offenses.
25        (c)  In  addition  to  the  provisions   set   forth   in
26    subsection  (b),  no applicant may receive a license from the
27    Department to operate a foster  family  home,  and  no  adult
28    person  may  reside  in  a foster family home licensed by the
29    Department,  who  has  been  convicted   of   committing   or
30    attempting to commit any of the following offenses stipulated
31    under  the  Criminal  Code of 1961, the Cannabis Control Act,
32    and the Illinois Controlled Substances Act:

33              (I)  OFFENSES DIRECTED AGAINST THE PERSON
 
                            -858-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (A)  KIDNAPPING AND RELATED OFFENSES
 2             (1)  Unlawful restraint.

 3        (B)  BODILY HARM
 4             (2)  Felony aggravated assault.
 5             (3)  Vehicular endangerment.
 6             (4)  Felony domestic battery.
 7             (5)  Aggravated battery.
 8             (6)  Heinous battery.
 9             (7)  Aggravated battery with a firearm.
10             (8)  Aggravated battery of an unborn child.
11             (9)  Aggravated battery of a senior citizen.
12             (10)  Intimidation.
13             (11)  Compelling organization membership of persons.
14             (12)  Abuse and gross neglect of a  long  term  care
15        facility resident.
16             (13)  Felony violation of an order of protection.

17              (II)  OFFENSES DIRECTED AGAINST PROPERTY

18             (14)  Felony theft.
19             (15)  Robbery.
20             (16)  Armed robbery.
21             (17)  Aggravated robbery.
22             (18)  Vehicular hijacking.
23             (19)  Aggravated vehicular hijacking.
24             (20)  Burglary.
25             (21)  Possession of burglary tools.
26             (22)  Residential burglary.
27             (23)  Criminal   fortification  of  a  residence  or
28        building.
29             (24)  Arson.
30             (25)  Aggravated arson.
31             (26)  Possession   of   explosive    or    explosive
32        incendiary devices.
 
                            -859-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (III)  OFFENSES AFFECTING PUBLIC HEALTH, SAFETY, AND DECENCY

 2             (27)  Felony unlawful use of weapons.
 3             (28)  Aggravated discharge of a firearm.
 4             (29)  Reckless discharge of a firearm.
 5             (30)  Unlawful use of metal piercing bullets.
 6             (31)  Unlawful  sale  or delivery of firearms on the
 7        premises of any school.
 8             (32)  Disarming a police officer.
 9             (33)  Obstructing justice.
10             (34)  Concealing or aiding a fugitive.
11             (35)  Armed violence.
12             (36)  Felony   contributing    to    the    criminal
13        delinquency of a juvenile.

14                         (IV)  DRUG OFFENSES

15             (37)  Possession of more than 30 grams of cannabis.
16             (38)  Manufacture of more than 10 grams of cannabis.
17             (39)  Cannabis trafficking.
18             (40)  Delivery of cannabis on school grounds.
19             (41)  Unauthorized   production   of   more  than  5
20        cannabis sativa plants.
21             (42)  Calculated criminal cannabis conspiracy.
22             (43)  Unauthorized  manufacture   or   delivery   of
23        controlled substances.
24             (44)  Controlled substance trafficking.
25             (45)  Manufacture, distribution, or advertisement of
26        look-alike substances.
27             (46)  Calculated criminal drug conspiracy.
28             (46.5)  Streetgang criminal drug conspiracy.
29             (47)  Permitting unlawful use of a building.
30             (48)  Delivery   of   controlled,   counterfeit,  or
31        look-alike substances to persons  under  age  18,  or  at
32        truck  stops,  rest  stops,  or  safety rest areas, or on
33        school property.
 
                            -860-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (49)  Using, engaging, or employing persons under 18
 2        to  deliver  controlled,   counterfeit,   or   look-alike
 3        substances.
 4             (50)  Delivery of controlled substances.
 5             (51)  Sale or delivery of drug paraphernalia.
 6             (52)  Felony   possession,   sale,  or  exchange  of
 7        instruments adapted for use of a controlled substance  or
 8        cannabis by subcutaneous injection.
 9        (d)  Notwithstanding  subsection  (c), the Department may
10    issue a new foster  family  home  license  or  may  renew  an
11    existing  foster  family home license of an applicant who was
12    convicted of an offense described in subsection (c), provided
13    all of the following requirements are met:
14             (1)  The  relevant  criminal  offense  or   offenses
15        occurred  more  than  10  years  prior  to  the  date  of
16        application or renewal.
17             (2)  The  applicant  had  previously  disclosed  the
18        conviction  or convictions to the Department for purposes
19        of a background check.
20             (3)  After the  disclosure,  the  Department  either
21        placed  a  child  in  the  home or the foster family home
22        license was issued.
23             (4)  During the background check, the Department had
24        assessed and waived the conviction in compliance with the
25        existing statutes and rules in effect at the time of  the
26        waiver.
27             (5)  The  applicant meets all other requirements and
28        qualifications to be licensed as  a  foster  family  home
29        under this Act and the Department's administrative rules.
30             (6)  The  applicant  has  a  history  of providing a
31        safe,  stable  home  environment  and  appears  able   to
32        continue to provide a safe, stable home environment.
33    (Source:  P.A.  89-21,  eff.  7-1-95;  89-263,  eff. 8-10-95;
34    89-428, eff. 12-13-95; 89-462,  eff.  5-29-96;  89-498,  eff.
 
                            -861-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    6-27-96;  90-27,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-28,  eff. 1-1-98; revised
 2    10-31-98.)

 3        (225 ILCS 10/8) (from Ch. 23, par. 2218)
 4        Sec. 8.  The Department may revoke or refuse to renew the
 5    license of any child care facility or refuse  to  issue  full
 6    license  to  the  holder  of  a permit should the licensee or
 7    holder of a permit:
 8        (1)  fail to maintain standards prescribed and  published
 9    by the Department;
10        (2)  violate any of the provisions of the license issued;
11        (3)  furnish   or   make  any  misleading  or  any  false
12    statement or report to the Department;
13        (4)  refuse to submit to the Department  any  reports  or
14    refuse  to  make  available  to  the  Department  any records
15    required by the Department in  making  investigation  of  the
16    facility for licensing purposes;
17        (5)  fail  or refuse to submit to an investigation by the
18    Department;
19        (6)  fail or refuse to admit  authorized  representatives
20    of  the  Department at any reasonable time for the purpose of
21    investigation;
22        (7)  fail to provide, maintain, equip and  keep  in  safe
23    and sanitary condition premises established or used for child
24    care   as   required   under   standards  prescribed  by  the
25    Department, or as otherwise required by any  law,  regulation
26    or ordinance applicable to the location of such facility;
27        (8)  refuse to display its license or permit;
28        (9)  be  the subject of an indicated report under Section
29    3 of the "Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act"  or  fail
30    to  discharge  or  sever  affiliation  with  the  child  care
31    facility  of  an  employee  or volunteer at the facility with
32    direct contact  with  children  who  is  the  subject  of  an
33    indicated report under Section 3 of that Act;
 
                            -862-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (10)  fail to comply with the provisions of Section 7.1;
 2        (11)  fail  to  exercise  reasonable  care in the hiring,
 3    training and supervision of facility personnel;
 4        (12)  fail  to  report  suspected  abuse  or  neglect  of
 5    children within the facility, as required by the  Abused  and
 6    Neglected Child Reporting Act;
 7        (13)  fail to comply with Section 5.1. of this Act; or
 8        (14)  be identified in an investigation by the Department
 9    as  an  addict or alcoholic, as defined in the Alcoholism and
10    Other Drug Abuse and Dependency Act, or be a person whom  the
11    Department  knows  has  abused  alcohol or drugs, and has not
12    successfully participated in treatment, self-help  groups  or
13    other suitable activities, and the Department determines that
14    because  of such abuse the licensee, holder of the permit, or
15    any other  person  directly  responsible  for  the  care  and
16    welfare   of  the  children  served,  does  not  comply  with
17    standards  relating  to  character,  suitability   or   other
18    qualifications established under Section 7 of this Act.
19    (Source: P.A. 88-670, eff. 12-2-94; revised 10-28-98.)

20        Section  125.  The Clinical Psychologist Licensing Act is
21    amended by changing Section 10 as follows:

22        (225 ILCS 15/10) (from Ch. 111, par. 5360)
23        Sec. 10.  Qualifications of applicants; examination.  The
24    Department, except as provided in Section  11  of  this  Act,
25    shall  issue  a  license  as  a  clinical psychologist to any
26    person who pays an application fee and who:
27             (1)  is at least  21  years  of  age;  and  has  not
28        engaged  in  conduct or activities which would constitute
29        grounds for discipline under this Act;
30             (2)  (blank);
31             (3)  is a graduate of  a  doctoral  program  from  a
32        college,  university or school accredited by the regional
 
                            -863-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        accrediting body which is recognized by  the  Council  on
 2        Postsecondary Accreditation and is in the jurisdiction in
 3        which it is located for purposes of granting the doctoral
 4        degree and either:
 5                  (a)  is  a  graduate  of  a doctoral program in
 6             clinical, school  or  counseling  psychology  either
 7             accredited by the American Psychological Association
 8             or approved by the Council for the National Register
 9             of  Health  Service Providers in Psychology or other
10             national board recognized  by  the  Board,  and  has
11             completed   2   years   of  satisfactory  supervised
12             experience  in  clinical,   school   or   counseling
13             psychology  at  least  one of which is an internship
14             and one of which is postdoctoral; or
15                  (b)  holds a doctoral degree from a  recognized
16             college,  university or school which the Department,
17             through its rules, establishes as  being  equivalent
18             to  a  clinical,  school  or  counseling  psychology
19             program  and  has  completed  at least one course in
20             each of the following 7  content  areas,  in  actual
21             attendance  at  a  recognized university, college or
22             school  whose  graduates  would  be   eligible   for
23             licensure    under   this   Act:    scientific   and
24             professional ethics, biological basis  of  behavior,
25             cognitive-affective  basis of behavior, social basis
26             of behavior, individual differences, assessment, and
27             treatment modalities; and has completed 2  years  of
28             satisfactory   supervised  experience  in  clinical,
29             school or counseling psychology,  at  least  one  of
30             which   is  an  internship  and   one  of  which  is
31             postdoctoral; or
32             (4)  has passed an  examination  authorized  by  the
33        Department  to  determine his or her fitness to receive a
34        license; and
 
                            -864-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (c) (5)  if an individual holds a doctorate  in
 2             psychology   or   in  a  program  whose  content  is
 3             psychological in nature from an accredited  college,
 4             university  or  school  not meeting the standards of
 5             paragraph (a) or (b)  of  this  subsection  (3)  and
 6             provides  of Section 10 of this Act, he or she shall
 7             provide evidence of the completion of at  least  one
 8             course  in  each of the 7 content areas specified in
 9             paragraph (b) of subsection 3 of Section 10, of this
10             Act  in   actual   attendance,   at   a   recognized
11             university,  school  or college whose graduate would
12             be eligible for licensure under this Act;  and  that
13             he or she has completed an appropriate practicum, an
14             internship   or   equivalent   supervised   clinical
15             experience   in  an  organized  mental  health  care
16             setting  and  2  years  of  satisfactory  supervised
17             experience in clinical or counseling psychology,  at
18             least  one  of which is postdoctoral; and shall pass
19             the examination specified in subsection 4 of Section
20             10 of this Act.
21             (4)  has passed an  examination  authorized  by  the
22        Department  to  determine his or her fitness to receive a
23        license.
24    Applicants for licensure under Section 10, subsection  (3)(a)
25    and  (3)(b)  of  this  Section  Act shall complete 2 years of
26    satisfactory supervised experience, at  least  one  of  which
27    shall   be   an   internship   and  one  of  which  shall  be
28    postdoctoral.  A year of supervised experience is defined  as
29    not  less than 1,750 hours obtained in not less than 50 weeks
30    based on 35 hours per week  for  full-time  work  experience.
31    Full-time supervised experience will be counted only if it is
32    obtained  in  a  single  setting  for  a minimum of 6 months.
33    Part-time and internship experience will be counted  only  if
34    it  is  18 hours or more a week for a minimum of 9 months and
 
                            -865-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    is in a single setting.  The internship  experience  required
 2    under  Section  10,  subsection  (3)(a)  and  (3)(b)  of this
 3    Section Act shall be  a  minimum  of  1,750  hours  completed
 4    within 24 months.
 5        Programs  leading  to a doctoral degree require minimally
 6    the equivalent of 3  full-time  academic  years  of  graduate
 7    study,  at least 2 years of which are at the institution from
 8    which the degree is granted, and of which at least  one  year
 9    or  its  equivalent  is  in residence at the institution from
10    which the degree is granted. Course work for which credit  is
11    given  for  life  experience  will  not  be  accepted  by the
12    Department as fulfilling  the  educational  requirements  for
13    licensure.   Residence  requires  interaction with psychology
14    faculty  and  other  matriculated  psychology  students;  one
15    year's residence or its equivalent is defined as follows:
16             (a)  30 semester  hours  taken  on  a  full-time  or
17        part-time  basis at the institution accumulated within 24
18        months, or
19             (b)  a  minimum  of  350  hours  of  student-faculty
20        contact  involving  face-to-face  individual   or   group
21        courses  or  seminars accumulated within 18 months.  Such
22        educational meetings must  include  both  faculty-student
23        and  student-student  interaction,  be  conducted  by the
24        psychology faculty of the institution at least 90% of the
25        time, be fully documented by the institution, and  relate
26        substantially  to  the  program  and course content.  The
27        institution must clearly  document  how  the  applicant's
28        performance is assessed and evaluated.
29        To  meet  the  requirement  for  satisfactory  supervised
30    experience,  under this Act the supervision must be performed
31    pursuant  to  the  order,  control  and   full   professional
32    responsibility  of  a  licensed  clinical  psychologist.  The
33    clients shall be the clients  of  the  agency  or  supervisor
34    rather  than  the supervisee.  Supervised experience in which
 
                            -866-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the   supervisor   receives   monetary   payment   or   other
 2    consideration from the supervisee or in which the  supervisor
 3    is hired by or otherwise employed by the supervisee shall not
 4    be  accepted  by  the Department as fulfilling the practicum,
 5    internship or 2 years of satisfactory  supervised  experience
 6    requirements for licensure.
 7        Examinations  for applicants under this Act shall be held
 8    at the direction of the Department from time to time but  not
 9    less  than  once  each  year.   The  scope  and  form  of the
10    examination shall be determined by the Department.
11        Each applicant for a license who possesses the  necessary
12    qualifications  therefor shall be examined by the Department,
13    and shall pay to the Department, or  its  designated  testing
14    service, the required examination fee, which fee shall not be
15    refunded by the Department.
16        Applicants  have  3 years from the date of application to
17    complete the application process.  If  the  process  has  not
18    been  completed  in 3 years, the application shall be denied,
19    the fee shall be forfeited, and the  applicant  must  reapply
20    and   meet   the  requirements  in  effect  at  the  time  of
21    reapplication.
22        An applicant has one year from the date  of  notification
23    of  successful  completion of the examination to apply to the
24    Department for a license.  If an  applicant  fails  to  apply
25    within  one year, the applicant shall be required to take and
26    pass  the  examination  again  unless  licensed  in   another
27    jurisdiction  of the United States within one year of passing
28    the examination.
29    (Source: P.A. 89-387,  eff.  8-20-95;  89-702,  eff.  7-1-97;
30    revised 1-30-99.)

31        Section  126.   The  Clinical Social Work and Social Work
32    Practice Act is amended by changing Section 9A as follows:
 
                            -867-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (225 ILCS 20/9A) (from Ch. 111, par. 6359A)
 2        Sec. 9A.  Qualifications for license as  licensed  social
 3    worker.   A  person  shall  be  qualified to be licensed as a
 4    licensed social worker  and  the  Department  shall  issue  a
 5    license  authorizing  the  practice  of  social  work  to  an
 6    applicant who:
 7        (1)  has applied in writing on the prescribed form;
 8        (2)  is of good moral character, as defined in subsection
 9    (2) of Section 9;
10        (3)  (a)  has  a degree from a graduate program of social
11        work approved by the Department; or
12             (b)  has  a  degree   in   social   work   from   an
13        undergraduate  program approved by the Department and has
14        successfully completed at least  3  years  of  supervised
15        professional   experience  subsequent  to  obtaining  the
16        degree as established by rule.  If no  supervision  by  a
17        licensed  social  worker  or  a  licensed clinical social
18        worker  is  available,   then   supervised   professional
19        experience  may  include supervision by other appropriate
20        disciplines as defined by rule;.
21        (4)  has passed  the  examination  for  the  practice  of
22    social  work as a licensed social worker as authorized by the
23    Department; and
24        (5)  has paid the required fees.
25    (Source: P.A. 90-150, eff. 12-30-97; revised 10-31-98.)

26        Section 127.  The Illinois Dental Practice Act is amended
27    by changing Sections 23 and 48 as follows:

28        (225 ILCS 25/23) (from Ch. 111, par. 2323)
29        Sec. 23. Refusal,  revocation  or  suspension  of  dental
30    licenses.   The  Department  may refuse to issue or renew, or
31    may revoke, suspend, place on probation,  reprimand  or  take
32    other  disciplinary action as the Department may deem proper,
 
                            -868-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    including fines not to exceed  $10,000  per  violation,  with
 2    regard  to  any license for any one or any combination of the
 3    following causes:
 4        1.  Fraud in procuring the license.
 5        2.  Habitual intoxication or  addiction  to  the  use  of
 6    drugs.
 7        3.  Wilful  or  repeated  violations  of the rules of the
 8    Department of Public Health or Department of Nuclear Safety.
 9        4.  Acceptance of a fee for service as a witness, without
10    the knowledge of the court, in addition to the fee allowed by
11    the court.
12        5.  Division of fees or agreeing to split or  divide  the
13    fees  received  for  dental  services  with  any  person  for
14    bringing or referring a patient, except in regard to referral
15    services  as  provided  for under Section 45, or assisting in
16    the care or treatment of a patient, without the knowledge  of
17    the patient or his legal representative.
18        6.  Employing,  procuring, inducing, aiding or abetting a
19    person not licensed or registered as a dentist to  engage  in
20    the  practice  of dentistry. The person practiced upon is not
21    an accomplice, employer, procurer, inducer, aider, or abetter
22    within the meaning of this Act.
23        7.  Making  any  misrepresentations  or  false  promises,
24    directly or indirectly,  to  influence,  persuade  or  induce
25    dental patronage.
26        8.  Professional   connection   or  association  with  or
27    lending his name to  another  for  the  illegal  practice  of
28    dentistry   by   another,   or   professional  connection  or
29    association with any  person,  firm  or  corporation  holding
30    himself,  herself,  themselves,  or  itself out in any manner
31    contrary to this Act.
32        9.  Obtaining or seeking to obtain  practice,  money,  or
33    any   other   things   of   value   by  false  or  fraudulent
34    representations,  but  not  limited  to,  engaging  in   such
 
                            -869-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    fraudulent practice to defraud the medical assistance program
 2    of the Department of Public Aid.
 3        10.  Practicing under a name other than his or her own.
 4        11.  Engaging     in    dishonorable,    unethical,    or
 5    unprofessional conduct of  a  character  likely  to  deceive,
 6    defraud, or harm the public.
 7        12.  Conviction  in  this  or  another State of any crime
 8    which is a felony under the laws of this State or  conviction
 9    of  a felony in a federal court, conviction of a misdemeanor,
10    an essential element of which is dishonesty, or conviction of
11    any crime which  is  directly  related  to  the  practice  of
12    dentistry or dental hygiene.
13        13.  Permitting  a  dental hygienist, dental assistant or
14    other person under his or  her  supervision  to  perform  any
15    operation not authorized by this Act.
16        14.  Permitting  more  than  4  dental  hygienists  to be
17    employed under his supervision at any one time.
18        15.  A violation of any provision  of  this  Act  or  any
19    rules promulgated under this Act.
20        16.  Taking  impressions for or using the services of any
21    person, firm or corporation violating this Act.
22        17.  Violating any provision of Section  45  relating  to
23    advertising.
24        18.  Discipline  by  another U.S. jurisdiction or foreign
25    nation, if at least one of the grounds for the discipline  is
26    the  same  or  substantially  equivalent  to  those set forth
27    within this Act.
28        19.  Willfully failing to report an instance of suspected
29    child abuse  or  neglect  as  required  by  the  "Abused  and
30    Neglected Child Reporting Act.
31        20.  Gross or repeated malpractice resulting in injury or
32    death of a patient.
33        21.  The  use  or  prescription  for  use of narcotics or
34    controlled substances or designated products as listed in the
 
                            -870-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Illinois Controlled Substances Act, in any way other than for
 2    therapeutic purposes.
 3        22.  Willfully making or filing false records or  reports
 4    in  his practice as a dentist, including, but not limited to,
 5    false records to support claims against the dental assistance
 6    program of the Illinois Department of Public Aid.
 7        23.  Professional  incompetence  as  manifested  by  poor
 8    standards of care or mental incompetency  as  declared  by  a
 9    court of competent jurisdiction.
10        24.  Physical  illness,  including,  but  not limited to,
11    deterioration through the aging process,  or  loss  of  motor
12    skills  which  results  in  a dentist's inability to practice
13    dentistry with reasonable judgment, skill or safety.
14        25.  Repeated irregularities in billing a third party for
15    services  rendered  to  a  patient.   For  purposes  of  this
16    paragraph 25, "irregularities in billing" shall include:
17             (a)  Reporting excessive charges for the purpose  of
18        obtaining  a  total  payment  in  excess  of that usually
19        received by the dentist for the services rendered.
20             (b)  Reporting charges for services not rendered.
21             (c)  Incorrectly reporting services rendered for the
22        purpose of obtaining payment not earned.
23        26.  Continuing the active practice  of  dentistry  while
24    knowingly  having any infectious, communicable, or contagious
25    disease proscribed by rule or regulation of the Department.
26        27.  Being named as a perpetrator in an indicated  report
27    by the Department of Children and Family Services pursuant to
28    the  Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act, and upon proof
29    by clear and convincing evidence that the licensee has caused
30    a child to be an abused child or neglected child  as  defined
31    in the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act.
32        28.  Violating the Health Care Worker Self-Referral Act.
33        29.  Abandonment of a patient.
34        All proceedings to suspend, revoke, place on probationary
 
                            -871-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    status,   or  take  any  other  disciplinary  action  as  the
 2    Department may deem proper, with regard to a license  on  any
 3    of  the  foregoing  grounds, must be commenced within 3 years
 4    after receipt by the Department of a complaint  alleging  the
 5    commission  of  or  notice of the conviction order for any of
 6    the acts described herein.  Except for fraud in  procuring  a
 7    license, no action shall be commenced more than 5 years after
 8    the date of the incident or act alleged to have violated this
 9    Section.  The time during which the holder of the license was
10    outside  the  State  of Illinois shall not be included within
11    any period of time limiting the commencement of  disciplinary
12    action by the Department.
13        The  Department  may  refuse  to issue or may suspend the
14    license of any person who fails to file a return, or  to  pay
15    the  tax,  penalty or interest shown in a filed return, or to
16    pay any final assessment of  tax,  penalty  or  interest,  as
17    required   by  any  tax  Act  administered  by  the  Illinois
18    Department of Revenue, until such time as the requirements of
19    any such tax Act are satisfied.
20    (Source: P.A. 88-65; 88-153;  88-635,  eff.  1-1-95;  88-670,
21    eff. 12-2-94; 89-116, eff. 7-7-95; revised 10-31-98.)

22        (225 ILCS 25/48) (from Ch. 111, par. 2348)
23        Sec.   48.    Manufacture   of   dentures,   bridges   or
24    replacements    for    dentists;.   prescriptions;.   order;.
25    penalties.
26        (a) Any dentist who employs or engages  the  services  of
27    any  dental  laboratory  to construct or repair, extraorally,
28    prosthetic dentures, bridges, or  other  replacements  for  a
29    part  of  a tooth, a tooth, or teeth, or who directs a dental
30    laboratory to participate in shade selection for a prosthetic
31    appliance,  shall  furnish  such  dental  laboratory  with  a
32    written prescription on forms prescribed  by  the  Department
33    which shall contain:
 
                            -872-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (1)  The  name  and address of the dental laboratory
 2        to which the prescription is directed.
 3             (2)  The patient's name or identification number. If
 4        a number is used, the patient's  name  shall  be  written
 5        upon  the  duplicate copy of the prescription retained by
 6        the dentist.
 7             (3)  The date on which the prescription was written.
 8             (4)  A description of the work to be done, including
 9        diagrams if necessary.
10             (5)  A specification of  the  type  and  quality  of
11        materials to be used.
12             (6)  The  signature of the dentist and the number of
13        his or her license to practice dentistry.
14        (b)  The dental laboratory receiving a prescription  from
15    a  dentist  shall  retain  the  original prescription and the
16    dentist shall retain a duplicate copy thereof for  inspection
17    at  any  reasonable  time  by  the  Department  or  its  duly
18    authorized agents, for a period of 3 years in both cases.
19        (c)  If   the   dental  laboratory  receiving  a  written
20    prescription from a dentist engages another dental laboratory
21    (hereinafter referred to as "subcontractor") to perform  some
22    of  the  services  relative  to  such  prescription, it shall
23    furnish  a  written  order  with  respect  thereto  on  forms
24    prescribed by the Department which shall contain:
25             (1)  The name and address of the subcontractor.
26             (2)  A  number  identifying  the  order   with   the
27        original  prescription, which number shall be endorsed on
28        the prescription received from the dentist.
29             (3)  The date on which the order was written.
30             (4)  A description of the work to  be  done  by  the
31        subcontractor, including diagrams if necessary.
32             (5)  A  specification  of  the  type  and quality of
33        materials to be used.
34             (6)  The  signature  of  an  agent  of  the   dental
 
                            -873-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        laboratory  issuing  the  order.  The subcontractor shall
 2        retain the order and the issuer thereof  shall  retain  a
 3        duplicate  copy,  attached  to  the prescription received
 4        from the dentist, for inspection by the Department or its
 5        duly authorized agents, for a period of 3 years  in  both
 6        cases.
 7             (7)  A  copy of the order to the subcontractor shall
 8        be furnished to the dentist.
 9        (d)  Any dentist who:
10             (1)  employs or engages the services of  any  dental
11        laboratory   to   construct   or   repair,   extraorally,
12        prosthetic  dentures, bridges, or other dental appliances
13        without first providing such  dental  laboratory  with  a
14        written prescription;
15             (2)  fails   to  retain  a  duplicate  copy  of  the
16        prescription for 3 years; or
17             (3)  refuses to allow the  Department  or  its  duly
18        authorized  agents,  to  inspect  his  or  her  files  of
19        prescriptions;,
20    is  guilty  of  a  Class A misdemeanor and the Department may
21    revoke or suspend his or her license therefor.
22        (e)  Any dental laboratory which:
23             (1)  furnishes such services to any dentist  without
24        first obtaining a written prescription therefor from such
25        dentist;
26             (2)  acting  as  a subcontractor as described in (c)
27        above, furnishes such services to any  dental  laboratory
28        without  first obtaining a written order from such dental
29        laboratory;
30             (3)  fails to retain the  original  prescription  or
31        order, as the case may be, for 3 years; or
32             (4)  refuses  to  allow  the  Department or its duly
33        authorized agents, to inspect its files of  prescriptions
34        or orders;,
 
                            -874-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    is guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
 2    (Source: P.A. 86-1283; revised 10-31-98.)

 3        Section 128.  The Medical Practice Act of 1987 is amended
 4    by changing Sections 18 and 21 as follows:

 5        (225 ILCS 60/18) (from Ch. 111, par. 4400-18)
 6        Sec.  18.   Visiting  professor,  physician,  or resident
 7    permits.
 8        (A)  Visiting professor permit.
 9             (1)  A visiting professor  permit  shall  entitle  a
10        person  to practice medicine in all of its branches or to
11        practice the treatment of human ailments without the  use
12        of drugs and without operative surgery provided:
13                  (a)  the   person   maintains   an   equivalent
14             authorization  to  practice  medicine  in all of its
15             branches or  to  practice  the  treatment  of  human
16             ailments  without  the  use  of  drugs  and  without
17             operative  surgery  in good standing in their native
18             licensing jurisdiction  during  the  period  of  the
19             visiting professor permit; and
20                  (b)  the   person   has   received   a  faculty
21             appointment to teach in a  medical,  osteopathic  or
22             chiropractic school in Illinois.
23             (2)  Application   for  visiting  professor  permits
24        shall be made to the Department,  in  writing,  on  forms
25        prescribed  by the Department and shall be accompanied by
26        the required fee established by rule, which shall not  be
27        refundable.     Any   application   shall   require   the
28        information as, in the judgment of the  Department,  will
29        enable  the  Department  to pass on the qualifications of
30        the applicant.
31             (3)  A visiting professor permit shall be valid  for
32        one  year from the date of issuance or until the time the
 
                            -875-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        faculty  appointment  is  terminated,  whichever   occurs
 2        first, and may be renewed only once.
 3             (4)  The  applicant may be required to appear before
 4        the Medical Licensing Board for an  interview  prior  to,
 5        and  as  a  requirement for, the issuance of the original
 6        permit and the renewal.
 7             (5)  Persons holding a  permit  under  this  Section
 8        shall  only  practice  medicine in all of its branches or
 9        practice the treatment of human ailments without the  use
10        of  drugs  and  without operative surgery in the State of
11        Illinois in their official capacity under their contract.

12        (B)  Visiting physician permit.
13             (1)  The Department may, in its discretion, issue  a
14        temporary visiting physician permit, without examination,
15        provided:
16                  (a)  (blank);
17                  (b)  that  the  person  maintains an equivalent
18             authorization to practice medicine  in  all  of  its
19             branches  or  to  practice  the  treatment  of human
20             ailments  without  the  use  of  drugs  and  without
21             operative surgery in good standing  in  his  or  her
22             native  licensing  jurisdiction during the period of
23             the temporary visiting physician permit;
24                  (c)  that the person has received an invitation
25             or appointment to study, demonstrate, or  perform  a
26             specific   medical,   osteopathic,  chiropractic  or
27             clinical  subject  or  technique   in   a   medical,
28             osteopathic,  or  chiropractic  school,  a  hospital
29             licensed   under   the  Hospital  Licensing  Act,  a
30             hospital organized under the University of  Illinois
31             Hospital Act, or a facility operated pursuant to the
32             Ambulatory Surgical Treatment Center Act; and
33                  (d)  that   the  temporary  visiting  physician
34             permit shall only  permit  the  holder  to  practice
 
                            -876-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             medicine  in  all  of  its  branches or practice the
 2             treatment of human ailments without the use of drugs
 3             and without operative surgery within  the  scope  of
 4             the  medical, osteopathic, chiropractic, or clinical
 5             studies  for  which  the  holder  was   invited   or
 6             appointed.
 7             (2)  The  application  for  the  temporary  visiting
 8        physician  permit  shall  be  made  to the Department, in
 9        writing, on forms prescribed by the Department, and shall
10        be accompanied by the required fee established  by  rule,
11        which  shall  not  be  refundable.  The application shall
12        require  information  that,  in  the  judgment   of   the
13        Department,  will  enable  the  Department to pass on the
14        qualification of the applicant, and the necessity for the
15        granting of a temporary visiting physician permit.
16             (3)  A temporary visiting physician permit shall  be
17        valid for 180 days from the date of issuance or until the
18        time  the medical, osteopathic, chiropractic, or clinical
19        studies are completed, whichever occurs first.
20             (4)  The  applicant   for   a   temporary   visiting
21        physician  permit  may  be  required to appear before the
22        Medical Licensing Board for an interview prior to, and as
23        a requirement for, the issuance of a  temporary  visiting
24        physician permit.
25             (5)  A  limited  temporary visiting physician permit
26        shall be issued to a physician licensed in another  state
27        who has been requested to perform emergency procedures in
28        Illinois   if   he  or  she  meets  the  requirements  as
29        established by rule.

30        (C)  Visiting resident permit.
31             (1)  The Department may, in its discretion, issue  a
32        temporary  visiting resident permit, without examination,
33        provided:
34                  (a)  (blank);
 
                            -877-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1                  (b)  that the person  maintains  an  equivalent
 2             authorization  to  practice  medicine  in all of its
 3             branches or  to  practice  the  treatment  of  human
 4             ailments  without  the  use  of  drugs  and  without
 5             operative  surgery  in  good  standing in his or her
 6             native licensing jurisdiction during the  period  of
 7             the temporary visiting resident permit;
 8                  (c)  that   the  applicant  is  enrolled  in  a
 9             postgraduate clinical training program  outside  the
10             State   of   Illinois   that   is  approved  by  the
11             Department;
12                  (d)  that the individual has  been  invited  or
13             appointed for a specific period of time to perform a
14             portion  of  that  post  graduate  clinical training
15             program  under  the  supervision  of   an   Illinois
16             licensed  physician  in  an  Illinois  patient  care
17             clinic  or  facility  that  is  affiliated  with the
18             out-of-State post graduate training program; and
19                  (e)  that  the  temporary   visiting   resident
20             permit  shall  only  permit  the  holder to practice
21             medicine in all of  its  branches  or  practice  the
22             treatment of human ailments without the use of drugs
23             and  without  operative  surgery within the scope of
24             the medical, osteopathic, chiropractic  or  clinical
25             studies   for   which  the  holder  was  invited  or
26             appointed.
27             (2)  The  application  for  the  temporary  visiting
28        resident permit shall  be  made  to  the  Department,  in
29        writing, on forms prescribed by the Department, and shall
30        be  accompanied  by the required fee established by rule.
31        The application shall require information  that,  in  the
32        judgment of the Department, will enable the Department to
33        pass on the qualifications of the applicant.
34             (3)  A  temporary  visiting resident permit shall be
 
                            -878-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        valid for 180 days from the date of issuance or until the
 2        time the medical, osteopathic, chiropractic, or  clinical
 3        studies are completed, whichever occurs first.
 4             (4)  The applicant for a temporary visiting resident
 5        permit  may  be  required  to  appear  before the Medical
 6        Licensing Board for an  interview  prior  to,  and  as  a
 7        requirement  for,  the  issuance  of a temporary visiting
 8        resident permit.
 9    (Source: P.A.  88-564,  eff.  1-1-95;  89-702,  eff.  7-1-97;
10    revised 10-31-98.)

11        (225 ILCS 60/21) (from Ch. 111, par. 4400-21)
12        Sec.  21.  License renewal; restoration; inactive status;
13    disposition and collection of fees.
14        (A)  Renewal.  The expiration date and renewal period for
15    each license issued under this Act shall be set by rule.  The
16    holder of a license may renew the such license by paying  the
17    required  fee.  The  holder  of  a license may also renew the
18    license within 90 days after its expiration by complying with
19    the requirements for renewal and  payment  of  an  additional
20    fee.  A license renewal within 90 days after expiration shall
21    be effective retroactively to the expiration date.
22        The  Department  shall  mail  to each licensee under this
23    Act, at his or her to their last known place of  address,  at
24    least 60 days in advance of the expiration date of his or her
25      their license, a notice of that fact and an application for
26    renewal form.  No such license shall be deemed to have lapsed
27    until 90 days after the expiration date and after such notice
28    and application have been mailed by the Department as  herein
29    provided.
30        (B)  Restoration.   Any licensee who has permitted his or
31    her their license to lapse or who has had his  or  her  their
32    license  on inactive status may have his or her their license
33    restored by making application to the Department  and  filing
 
                            -879-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    proof  acceptable  to  the  Department  of  his  or her their
 2    fitness  to  have  the  their  license  restored,   including
 3    evidence   certifying   to   active   practice   in   another
 4    jurisdiction satisfactory to the Department, proof of meeting
 5    the continuing education requirements for one renewal period,
 6    and by paying the required restoration fee.
 7        If  the licensee has not maintained an active practice in
 8    another jurisdiction  satisfactory  to  the  Department,  the
 9    Licensing  Board  shall  determine,  by an evaluation program
10    established by rule, the applicant's their fitness to  resume
11    active  status  and  may  require  the licensee to complete a
12    period of  evaluated  clinical  experience  and  may  require
13    successful completion of the practical examination.
14        However,  any  registrant whose license has expired while
15    he or she has they have been engaged (a) in  Federal  Service
16    on active duty with the Army of the United States, the United
17    States  Navy,  the  Marine  Corps,  the  Air Force, the Coast
18    Guard, the Public Health Service or the State Militia  called
19    into the service or training of the United States of America,
20    or (b)  in training or education under the supervision of the
21    United  States  preliminary  to  induction  into the military
22    service, may have his or  her  their  license  reinstated  or
23    restored  without paying any lapsed renewal fees, if within 2
24    years after honorable termination of such service,  training,
25    or  education,  he  or  she  furnishes  to  they  furnish the
26    Department with satisfactory evidence to the effect  that  he
27    or  she  has  they  have  been so engaged and that his or her
28    their service, training, or education has been so terminated.
29        (C)  Inactive licenses.  Any licensee  who  notifies  the
30    Department, in writing on forms prescribed by the Department,
31    may  elect  to  place his or her their license on an inactive
32    status and shall, subject to  rules  of  the  Department,  be
33    excused from payment of renewal fees until he or she notifies
34      they  notify  the Department in writing of his or her their
 
                            -880-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    desire to resume active status.
 2        Any licensee requesting restoration from inactive  status
 3    shall  be  required  to  pay the current renewal fee, provide
 4    proof of meeting the continuing  education  requirements  for
 5    the  period of time the license is inactive not to exceed one
 6    renewal period, and shall be required to restore his  or  her
 7    their license, as provided in subsection (B).
 8        Any licensee whose license is in an inactive status shall
 9    not practice in the State of Illinois.
10        (D)  Disposition   of   monies   collected.   All  monies
11    collected under this Act by the Department shall be deposited
12    in the Illinois State Medical Disciplinary Fund in the  State
13    Treasury,  and  used only for the following purposes:  (a) by
14    the Medical Disciplinary Board in the exercise of its  powers
15    and  performance  of  its  duties, as such use is made by the
16    Department with full consideration of all recommendations  of
17    the  Medical  Disciplinary  Board,  (b)  for  costs  directly
18    related  to  persons  licensed  under  this  Act, and (c) for
19    direct and allocable indirect costs  related  to  the  public
20    purposes of the Department of Professional Regulation.
21        Moneys  in the Fund may be transferred to the Professions
22    Indirect Cost Fund as authorized under  Section  61e  of  the
23    Civil Administrative Code of Illinois.
24        All  earnings  received  from investment of monies in the
25    Illinois State Medical Disciplinary Fund shall  be  deposited
26    in  the Illinois State Medical Disciplinary Fund and shall be
27    used for the same purposes as fees deposited in such Fund.
28        (E)  Fees.  The following fees are nonrefundable.
29             (1)  Applicants  for  any   examination   shall   be
30        required  to  pay,  either  to  the  Department or to the
31        designated testing service, a fee covering  the  cost  of
32        determining the applicant's eligibility and providing the
33        examination. Failure to appear for the examination on the
34        scheduled  date,  at  the time and place specified, after
 
                            -881-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        the applicant's  application  for  examination  has  been
 2        received  and  acknowledged  by  the  Department  or  the
 3        designated   testing   service,   shall   result  in  the
 4        forfeiture of the examination fee.
 5             (2)  The fee for a license under Section 9  of  this
 6        Act is $300.
 7             (3)  The  fee for a license under Section 19 of this
 8        Act is $300.
 9             (4)  The fee for the renewal  of  a  license  for  a
10        resident  of  Illinois shall be calculated at the rate of
11        $100 per year, except for licensees  who  were  issued  a
12        license  within  12  months of the expiration date of the
13        license, the fee for the renewal shall be $100.  The  fee
14        for  the  renewal of a license for a nonresident shall be
15        calculated at the rate  of  $200  per  year,  except  for
16        licensees  who  were issued a license within 12 months of
17        the expiration date of  the  license,  the  fee  for  the
18        renewal shall be $200.
19             (5)  The  fee for the restoration of a license other
20        than from inactive status, is $100.  In addition, payment
21        of  all  lapsed  renewal  fees  not  to  exceed  $600  is
22        required.
23             (6)  The fee for a 3-year  temporary  license  under
24        Section 17 is $100.
25             (7)  The   fee  for  the  issuance  of  a  duplicate
26        license, for the issuance of a replacement license for  a
27        license  which  has  been  lost  or destroyed, or for the
28        issuance of a license with a change of  name  or  address
29        other  than  during the renewal period is $20.  No fee is
30        required for  name  and  address  changes  on  Department
31        records when no duplicate license is issued.
32             (8)  The fee to be paid for a license record for any
33        purpose is $20.
34             (9)  The  fee  to  be paid to have the scoring of an
 
                            -882-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        examination, administered by the Department, reviewed and
 2        verified, is $20 plus any fees charged by the  applicable
 3        testing service.
 4             (10)  The  fee  to  be paid by a licensee for a wall
 5        certificate showing his or her their license shall be the
 6        actual cost of producing the such certificate.
 7             (11)  The fee for a roster of  persons  licensed  as
 8        physicians  in  this  State  shall  be the actual cost of
 9        producing such a roster.
10        (F)  Any person who delivers a check or other payment  to
11    the  Department  that is returned to the Department unpaid by
12    the financial institution upon which it is drawn shall pay to
13    the Department, in addition to the amount already owed to the
14    Department, a fine of $50. If the check or other payment  was
15    for  a  renewal  or  issuance  fee  and that person practices
16    without paying the renewal fee or issuance fee and  the  fine
17    due,  an  additional fine of $100 shall be imposed. The fines
18    imposed  by  this  Section  are  in  addition  to  any  other
19    discipline provided under this Act for unlicensed practice or
20    practice on a nonrenewed license. The Department shall notify
21    the person that payment of fees and fines shall  be  paid  to
22    the  Department  by  certified check or money order within 30
23    calendar days of the notification. If, after  the  expiration
24    of  30 days from the date of the notification, the person has
25    failed to submit the  necessary  remittance,  the  Department
26    shall  automatically  terminate the license or certificate or
27    deny the application, without hearing. If, after  termination
28    or  denial,  the person seeks a license or certificate, he or
29    she shall apply to the Department for restoration or issuance
30    of the license or certificate and pay all fees and fines  due
31    to the Department. The Department may establish a fee for the
32    processing  of an application for restoration of a license or
33    certificate  to  pay  all   expenses   of   processing   this
34    application.  The Director may waive the fines due under this
 
                            -883-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Section in individual cases where the Director finds that the
 2    fines would be unreasonable or unnecessarily burdensome.
 3    (Source: P.A.  88-246;  89-204,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-702,  eff.
 4    7-1-97; revised 10-31-98.)

 5        Section 129.  The Nursing and Advanced  Practice  Nursing
 6    Act is amended by changing Section 20-120 as follows:

 7        (225 ILCS 65/20-120)
 8        Sec.  20-120.  Order of Director.  An order regarding any
 9    disciplinary action, or a certified copy  thereof,  over  the
10    seal  of  the  Department  and purporting to be signed by the
11    Director, shall be prima facie evidence that:
12             (a)  the such signature is the genuine signature  of
13        the Director;
14             (b)  the  that  such  Director is duly appointed and
15        qualified; and
16             (c)  that  the  Board  and  the  Board  members  are
17        qualified to act.
18    (Source: P.A. 90-61, eff.  12-30-97;  90-742,  eff.  8-13-98;
19    revised 9-21-98.)

20        Section  130.  The Illinois Occupational Therapy Practice
21    Act is amended by changing Sections 8, 9, 19,  and  19.10  as
22    follows:

23        (225 ILCS 75/8) (from Ch. 111, par. 3708)
24        Sec.  8.  A person shall be qualified for licensure as an
25    occupational therapist if that person:
26             (1) A.  That person has applied in writing  in  form
27        and substance to the Department; and
28             (2)  (1)  is  a  citizen  of  the United States or a
29        lawfully admitted alien, in status, registered  with  the
30        United   States   Department   of  Justice,  Division  of
 
                            -884-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Immigration and Naturalization;
 2             (3)  (2)  has  completed  an  occupational   therapy
 3        program  of  at  least  4  years  in length, leading to a
 4        baccalaureate degree, or its equivalent, approved by  the
 5        Department; and.
 6             (4)  B.  That  person has successfully completed the
 7        examination authorized by the Department within the  past
 8        5 years.
 9    (Source: P.A. 86-596; 87-1237; revised 10-31-98.)

10        (225 ILCS 75/9) (from Ch. 111, par. 3709)
11        Sec.  9.  A person shall be qualified for licensure as an
12    occupational therapy assistant if that person:
13             (1) A.  That person has applied in writing  in  form
14        and substance to the Department; and
15             (2)  (1)  is  a  citizen  of  the United States or a
16        lawfully admitted alien, in status, registered  with  the
17        United   States   Department   of  Justice,  Division  of
18        Immigration and Naturalization;
19             (3)  (2)  has  completed  an  occupational   therapy
20        program  of  at  least  2  years  in length leading to an
21        associate degree, or  its  equivalent,  approved  by  the
22        Department; and
23             (4)  B.  That  person has successfully completed the
24        examination authorized by the Department within the  past
25        5 years.
26    (Source: P.A. 86-596; 87-1237; revised 10-31-98.)

27        (225 ILCS 75/19) (from Ch. 111, par. 3719)
28        Sec.  19.  (a)  The  Department  may  refuse  to issue or
29    renew, or may revoke, suspend, place on probation,  reprimand
30    or  take other disciplinary action as the Department may deem
31    proper,  including  fines  not  to  exceed  $2,500  for  each
32    violation,  with  regard  to  any  license  for  any  one  or
 
                            -885-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    combination of the following:
 2             (1)  Material misstatement in furnishing information
 3        to the Department;
 4             (2)  Wilfully violating this Act, or  of  the  rules
 5        promulgated thereunder;
 6             (3)  Conviction  of  any crime under the laws of the
 7        United States or any state or territory thereof which  is
 8        a  felony or which is a misdemeanor, an essential element
 9        of which is dishonesty, or of any crime which is directly
10        related to the practice of occupational therapy;
11             (4)  Making any misrepresentation for the purpose of
12        obtaining certification, or violating  any  provision  of
13        this  Act  or the rules promulgated thereunder pertaining
14        to advertising;
15             (5)  Having    demonstrated     unworthiness,     or
16        incompetency  to  act  as  an  occupational  therapist or
17        occupational therapy  assistant  in  such  manner  as  to
18        safeguard the interest of the public;
19             (6)  Wilfully  aiding  or  assisting another person,
20        firm,  partnership  or  corporation  in   violating   any
21        provision of this Act or rules;
22             (7)  Failing, within 60 days, to provide information
23        in response to a written request made by the Department;
24             (8)  Engaging    in   dishonorable,   unethical   or
25        unprofessional conduct of a character likely to  deceive,
26        defraud or harm the public;
27             (9)  Habitual  intoxication  or addiction to the use
28        of drugs;
29             (10)  Discipline by another state, the  District  of
30        Columbia, a territory, or foreign nation, if at least one
31        of  the  grounds  for  the  discipline  is  the  same  or
32        substantially equivalent to those set forth herein;
33             (11)  Directly  or indirectly giving to or receiving
34        from  any  person,  firm,  corporation,  partnership   or
 
                            -886-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        association  any fee, commission, rebate or other form of
 2        compensation for professional services  not  actually  or
 3        personally rendered;
 4             (12)  A  finding  by the Department that the license
 5        holder,  after  having  his  license   disciplined,   has
 6        violated the terms of the discipline;
 7             (13)  Wilfully  making  or  filing  false records or
 8        reports  in  the  practice   of   occupational   therapy,
 9        including but not limited to false records filed with the
10        State agencies or departments;
11             (14)  Physical  illness,  including  but not limited
12        to, deterioration through the aging process, or  loss  of
13        motor  skill  which  results in the inability to practice
14        the profession with reasonable judgment, skill or safety;
15             (15)  Solicitation of  professional  services  other
16        than by permitted advertising;
17             (16)  Wilfully   exceeding  the  scope  of  practice
18        customarily undertaken by  persons  licensed  under  this
19        Act,  which conduct results in, or may result in, harm to
20        the public;
21             (17)  Holding   one's   self   out    to    practice
22        occupational therapy under any name other than his own or
23        impersonation of any other occupational therapy licensee
24        license;
25             (18)  Gross negligence;
26             (19)  Malpractice;
27             (20)  Obtaining  a  fee  in money or gift in kind of
28        any other items of value or  in  the  form  of  financial
29        profit   or  benefit  as  personal  compensation,  or  as
30        compensation, or charge, profit or gain for  an  employer
31        or  for  any  other  person or persons, on the fraudulent
32        misrepresentation that a manifestly  incurable  condition
33        of  sickness,  disease  or  injury  to  any person can be
34        cured;
 
                            -887-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (21)  Accepting  commissions  or  rebates  or  other
 2        forms of remuneration  for  referring  persons  to  other
 3        professionals;
 4             (22)  Failure  to  file a return, or to pay the tax,
 5        penalty or interest shown in a filed return,  or  to  pay
 6        any  final  assessment  of  tax,  penalty or interest, as
 7        required by any tax  Act  administered  by  the  Illinois
 8        Department   of   Revenue,   until   such   time  as  the
 9        requirements of any such tax Act are satisfied;
10             (23)  Violating the Health Care Worker Self-Referral
11        Act; and
12             (24)  Having treated  patients  other  than  by  the
13        practice  of occupational therapy as defined in this Act,
14        or having treated patients  as  a  licensed  occupational
15        therapist  independent of a referral from a physician, or
16        having failed to notify the physician who  established  a
17        diagnosis  that  the  patient  is  receiving occupational
18        therapy pursuant to that diagnosis.
19        (b)  The determination by a circuit court that a  license
20    holder  is  subject  to  involuntary  admission  or  judicial
21    admission  as provided in the Mental Health and Developmental
22    Disabilities Code, as now or hereafter amended,  operates  as
23    an  automatic suspension.  Such suspension will end only upon
24    a finding by a court that the patient is no longer subject to
25    involuntary admission or judicial admission, an order by  the
26    court  so  finding  and  discharging  the  patient,  and  the
27    recommendation  of the Board to the Director that the license
28    holder be allowed to resume his practice.
29    (Source: P.A. 87-1207; 88-424; revised 10-31-98.)

30        (225 ILCS 75/19.10) (from Ch. 111, par. 3729)
31        Sec. 19.10.  Order or certified copy; prima facie  proof.
32    An  order  or  a certified copy thereof, over the seal of the
33    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
 
                            -888-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    be prima facie proof that: thereof and
 2             (1)  That the signature is the genuine signature  of
 3        the Director;
 4             (2)  That   the   Director  is  duly  appointed  and
 5        qualified; and
 6             (3)  That the Board  and  the  members  thereof  are
 7        qualified to act.
 8    (Source: P.A. 83-696; revised 4-20-98.)

 9        Section  131.   The  Illinois  Optometric Practice Act of
10    1987 is amended by changing Section 26.10 as follows:

11        (225 ILCS 80/26.10) (from Ch. 111, par. 3926.10)
12        Sec. 26.10.  Order  or  certified  copy  as  prima  facie
13    proof.   An  order or a certified copy thereof, over the seal
14    of  the  Department  and  purporting  to  be  signed  by  the
15    Director, shall be prima facie proof that thereof:
16             (a)  the  That  such  signature   is   the   genuine
17        signature of the Director;
18             (b)  the  That  such  Director is duly appointed and
19        qualified; and
20             (c)  That the Board and the members  member  thereof
21        are qualified to act.
22    (Source: P.A. 89-702, eff. 7-1-97; revised 4-10-98.)

23        Section  132.   The  Pharmacy  Practice  Act  of  1987 is
24    amended by changing Section 35.13 as follows:

25        (225 ILCS 85/35.13) (from Ch. 111, par. 4155.13)
26        Sec. 35.13.  Order or certified copy; prima facie  proof.
27    An  order  or  a certified copy thereof, over the seal of the
28    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
29    be prima facie proof that: thereof;
30             (a)  the  that  such  signature   is   the   genuine
 
                            -889-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        signature of the Director;
 2             (b)  the  that  such  Director is duly appointed and
 3        qualified; and
 4             (c)  that the Board  and  the  members  thereof  are
 5        qualified to act.
 6    (Source: P.A. 85-796; revised 4-10-98.)

 7        Section  133.   The  Illinois  Physical  Therapy  Act  is
 8    amended by changing Sections 3, 8, and 26 as follows:

 9        (225 ILCS 90/3) (from Ch. 111, par. 4253)
10        Sec. 3.  Powers and duties of the Department.  Subject to
11    the provisions of this Act, the Department shall:
12        1.  Prescribe   rules   defining   what   constitutes   a
13    curriculum for physical therapy that is reputable and in good
14    standing.
15        2.  Adopt  rules  providing  for  the  establishment of a
16    uniform  and   reasonable   standard   of   instruction   and
17    maintenance  to  be  observed  by  all curricula for physical
18    therapy which are approved by the Department;  and  determine
19    the  reputability  and  good  standing  of such curricula for
20    physical therapy by reference to compliance with such  rules,
21    provided  that  no  school  of  physical therapy that refuses
22    admittance to applicants solely on account  of  race,  color,
23    creed,  sex  or national origin shall be considered reputable
24    and in good standing.
25        3.  Prescribe  and  publish  rules  for   a   method   of
26    examination  of  candidates  for licensed physical therapists
27    and licensed physical therapist assistants and  for  issuance
28    of  licenses  authorizing candidates upon passing examination
29    to practice as  licensed  physical  therapists  and  licensed
30    physical therapist assistants.
31        4.  Review application to ascertain the qualifications of
32    applicants for licenses.
 
                            -890-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        5.  Authorize     examinations     to    ascertain    the
 2    qualifications  of  those   applicants   who   require   such
 3    examinations as a component of a license.
 4        6.  Conduct  hearings  on  proceedings to refuse to issue
 5    licenses and to discipline persons  who  are  licensed  under
 6    this Act and refuse to issue such licenses, and to discipline
 7    such licensees, or to refuse to issue a license to any person
 8    who  has practiced physical therapy in violation of this Act,
 9    prior to applying for a license.
10        7.  Formulate rules required for  the  administration  of
11    this Act.
12        8.  The  Department  shall  Maintain  a  list of licensed
13    physical   therapists   and   licensed   physical   therapist
14    assistants authorized to practice in the  State.   This  list
15    shall  show  the name of every licensee, his last known place
16    of residence and the date and number of his or  her  license.
17    Any  interested person in the State may obtain a copy of that
18    list on application to the  Department  and  payment  of  the
19    required fee.
20        9.  The  Department  shall Exercise the powers and duties
21    prescribed by the Civil Administrative Code of  Illinois  for
22    the administration of licensing Acts.
23    (Source: P.A. 89-387, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

24        (225 ILCS 90/8) (from Ch. 111, par. 4258)
25        Sec.  8.   Qualifications  for  licensure  as  a Physical
26    Therapist.
27        (a)  A person is qualified to  receive  a  license  as  a
28    physical  therapist if that person has applied in writing, on
29    forms prescribed by the Department,  has  paid  the  required
30    fees, and meets all of the following requirements:
31             (1)  He  or  she  is at least 18 years of age and of
32        good moral character. In determining moral character, the
33        Department  may  take  into  consideration   any   felony
 
                            -891-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        conviction  of the applicant, but such a conviction shall
 2        not operate automatically as a complete bar to a license.
 3        ;
 4             (2)  He or she has graduated from  a  curriculum  in
 5        physical   therapy   approved   by  the  Department.   In
 6        approving  a  curriculum   in   physical   therapy,   the
 7        Department   shall   consider,   but  not  be  bound  by,
 8        accreditation  by  the  Commission  on  Accreditation  in
 9        Physical Therapy Education. A person who graduated from a
10        physical therapy program outside the United States or its
11        territories shall have his or  her  degree  validated  as
12        equivalent  to  a  physical therapy degree conferred by a
13        regionally accredited college or university in the United
14        States.  The Department may establish by  rule  a  method
15        for the completion of course deficiencies.; and
16             (3)  He or she has passed an examination approved by
17        the Department to determine his fitness for practice as a
18        physical therapist, or is entitled to be licensed without
19        examination  as  provided  in  Sections 10 and 11 of this
20        Act. A person  who  graduated  from  a  physical  therapy
21        program  outside the United States or its territories and
22        whose  first  language  is  not  English   shall   submit
23        certification  of  passage  of  the  Test of English as a
24        Foreign Language (TOEFL) and the Test of  Spoken  English
25        (TSE)  as  defined  by rule prior to taking the licensure
26        examination.
27        (b)  (4)  The  Department  reserves  the  right  and  may
28    request a personal  interview  of  an  applicant  before  the
29    Committee to further evaluate his or her qualifications for a
30    license.
31    (Source: P.A. 89-387, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

32        (225 ILCS 90/26) (from Ch. 111, par. 4276)
33        Sec.  26.  Order or certified copy; Thereof - prima facie
 
                            -892-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    proof.  An order or a certified copy thereof, over  the  seal
 2    of  the  Department  and  purporting  to  be  signed  by  the
 3    Director, shall be prima facie proof that: thereof;
 4             (a)  the   That   such   signature  is  the  genuine
 5        signature of the Director;
 6             (b)  the That such Director is  duly  appointed  and
 7        qualified; and
 8             (c)  that  the Committee and the members thereof are
 9        qualified to act.
10    (Source: P.A. 84-595; revised 4-10-98.)

11        Section 134.  The Physician  Assistant  Practice  Act  of
12    1987 is amended by changing Section 22.10 as follows:

13        (225 ILCS 95/22.10) (from Ch. 111, par. 4622.10)
14        Sec.  22.10.  Order or certified copy; prima facie proof.
15    An order or a certified copy thereof, over the  seal  of  the
16    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
17    be prima facie proof that: thereof;
18             (a)  the   That   such   signature  is  the  genuine
19        signature of the Director;
20             (b)  the That such Director is  duly  appointed  and
21        qualified; and
22             (c)  That  the  Disciplinary  Board  and the members
23        thereof are qualified to act.
24    (Source: P.A. 85-981; revised 4-10-98.)

25        Section 135.  The Podiatric Medical Practice Act of  1987
26    is amended by changing Sections 35 and 36 as follows:

27        (225 ILCS 100/35) (from Ch. 111, par. 4835)
28        Sec.  35.  Order or certified copy; thereof - prima facie
29    proof.  An order or a certified copy thereof, over  the  seal
30    of  the  Department  and  purporting  to  be  signed  by  the
 
                            -893-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Director, shall be prima facie proof that: thereof and
 2             (a)  the  that  such  a  signature  is  the  genuine
 3        signature of the Director;
 4             (b)  the  that  such  Director is duly appointed and
 5        qualified; and
 6             (c)  that the Board  and  the  members  thereof  are
 7        qualified to act.
 8    (Source: P.A. 85-918; revised 4-10-98.)

 9        (225 ILCS 100/36) (from Ch. 111, par. 4836)
10        Sec.  36.   Restoration  of  suspended or revoked license
11    licensed.  At any time after the suspension or revocation  of
12    any  license,  the  Department  may restore it to the accused
13    person, upon the written recommendation of the Board,  unless
14    after  an  investigation  and a hearing, the Board determines
15    that restoration is not in the public interest.
16    (Source: P.A. 85-918; revised 10-31-98.)

17        Section 136.  The Professional Boxing and  Wrestling  Act
18    is amended by changing Section 23 as follows:

19        (225 ILCS 105/23) (from Ch. 111, par. 5023)
20        Sec. 23.  Fees. The following fees are not refundable:
21        1.  The  fee for a permit to hold an athletic event shall
22    be $25.
23        2.  The fee for a license as a boxing promoter  shall  be
24    $300  and the fee for renewal shall be calculated at the rate
25    of $150 per year.
26        3.  (Blank). The fee for a license as a  boxing  promoter
27    shall  be $300 and the fee for renewal shall be calculated at
28    the rate of $150 per year.
29        4.  The fee for a license as boxing contestant  shall  be
30    $20  and  the fee for renewal shall be calculated at the rate
31    of $10 per year.
 
                            -894-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        5.  The fee for a license as a referee shall be $100  and
 2    the  fee  for  renewal shall be calculated at the rate of $50
 3    per year.
 4        6.  The fee for a license as a judge shall be $10 and the
 5    fee for renewal shall be calculated at the  rate  of  $5  per
 6    year.
 7        7.  The  fee  for a license as a manager shall be $50 and
 8    the fee for renewal shall be calculated at the  rate  of  $25
 9    per year.
10        8.  The  fee for a license as a trainer (second) shall be
11    $10, and the fee for renewal shall be calculated at the  rate
12    of $5 per year.
13        9.  The  fee  for  a license as a timekeeper shall be $50
14    and the fee for renewal shall be calculated at  the  rate  of
15    $25 per year.
16        10.  The  fee  for a registration of a wrestling promoter
17    shall be $300 and the fee for renewal shall be calculated  at
18    the rate of $150 per year.
19    (Source: P.A. 82-522; revised 10-28-98.)

20        Section  137.   The  Respiratory  Care  Practice  Act  is
21    amended by changing Section 60 as follows:

22        (225 ILCS 106/60)
23        Sec.  60.  Professional identification.  (a) A person who
24    is licensed with the Department of Professional Regulation in
25    this State may use the title, "respiratory care practitioner"
26    and the abbreviation "RCP".
27    (Source: P.A. 89-33, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

28        Section  138.   The  Veterinary  Medicine   and   Surgery
29    Practice  Act  of  1994 is amended by changing Sections 25.10
30    and 28 as follows:
 
                            -895-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (225 ILCS 115/25.10) (from Ch. 111, par. 7025.10)
 2        Sec. 25.10.  Order or certified copy; prima facie proof.
 3    An order or a certified copy thereof, over the  seal  of  the
 4    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
 5    be prima facie proof that thereof:
 6             (a)  the   That   such   signature  is  the  genuine
 7        signature of the Director;
 8             (b)  the That such Director is  duly  appointed  and
 9        qualified; and
10             (c)  That  the  Board  and  the  members thereof are
11        qualified to act.
12    (Source: P.A. 83-1016; revised 10-14-98.)

13        (225 ILCS 115/28) (from Ch. 111, par. 7028)
14        Sec. 28.  Previous laws.  Rights and obligations incurred
15    and any actions commenced under the Veterinary  Medicine  and
16    Surgery  Practice Act, as that Act or the Veterinary Medicine
17    and Surgery Practice Act of 1983 as those Acts existed  prior
18    to  the  effective date of this Act, shall not be impaired by
19    the enactment of this Act.  Rights and  obligations  incurred
20    and  any actions commenced under this Act as it existed prior
21    to the effective date of  Public  Act  88-424  shall  not  be
22    impaired  by  the  enactment  of  that amendatory Act.  Rules
23    adopted  under  the   former   Act   Acts,   unless   clearly
24    inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, shall remain in
25    effect until amended or rescinded.
26        All  licenses legally issued in this State permitting the
27    holder thereof to practice veterinary  medicine  and  surgery
28    and  valid  and  in  effect  on the taking effect of this Act
29    shall have the  same  force,  and  be  subject  to  the  same
30    authority  of  the  Department  to revoke or suspend them, as
31    licenses issued under this Act.
32    (Source: P.A. 88-424; revised 8-10-98.)
 
                            -896-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Section 139.  The Wholesale Drug  Distribution  Licensing
 2    Act is amended by changing Sections 75 and 140 as follows:

 3        (225 ILCS 120/75) (from Ch. 111, par. 8301-75)
 4        Sec.  75.   Automatic suspension.  The determination by a
 5    circuit court that  a  licensee  is  subject  to  involuntary
 6    admission  or  judicial  admission  as provided in the Mental
 7    Health and Developmental Disabilities  Code  operates  as  an
 8    automatic  suspension. The suspension shall end only upon (i)
 9    a finding by a court  that  the  patient  is  no  not  longer
10    subject  to  involuntary  admission or judicial admission and
11    the issuance of an  order  so  finding  and  discharging  the
12    patient  and  (ii)  the  recommendation  of  the Board to the
13    Director that the licensee be allowed to resume  his  or  her
14    practice.
15    (Source: P.A. 87-594; revised 10-31-98.)

16        (225 ILCS 120/140) (from Ch. 111, par. 8301-140)
17        Sec.  140.   Orders;  prima  facie  proof.  An order or a
18    certified copy thereof, over the seal of the  Department  and
19    purporting to be signed by the Director, shall be prima facie
20    proof that:;
21             (a)  that  the signature is the genuine signature of
22        the Director;
23             (b)  that  the  Director  is  duly   appointed   and
24        qualified; and
25             (c)  that the Board and its members are qualified to
26        act.
27    (Source: P.A. 87-594; revised 10-14-98.)

28        Section  140.   The Illinois Explosives Act is amended by
29    changing Section 2005 as follows:

30        (225 ILCS 210/2005) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 1-2005)
 
                            -897-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Sec. 2005. Qualifications  for  licensure.  A  person  is
 2    qualified  to  receive a license under this Act if the person
 3    meets the following minimum requirements:
 4             (1)  is at least 21 years of age;
 5             (2)  has not willfully violated  any  provisions  of
 6        this Act;
 7             (3)  has  not  made  any  material  misstatement  or
 8        knowingly  withheld  information  in  connection with any
 9        original or renewal application;
10             (4)  has  not  been  declared  incompetent  by   any
11        competent  court  by reasons of mental or physical defect
12        or  disease  unless  a  court  has  since  declared   him
13        competent;
14             (5)  does not abuse alcohol or prescription drugs or
15        use illegal drugs;
16             (6)  has  not  been convicted in any jurisdiction of
17        any felony within the prior 5 years;
18             (7)  is not a fugitive from justice; and
19             (8)  is of good  moral  character.   Convictions  of
20        crimes  not  listed in subsection (6) of this Section may
21        be taken into account in determining moral character  but
22        shall not operate as an absolute bar to licensure; and
23             (9)  has  passed  the  oral and written examinations
24        required under Section 2004 of this Act.
25        A licensee shall continue to meet these  requirements  in
26    order to maintain his license.
27    (Source: P.A. 87-835; 88-599, eff. 9-1-94; revised 10-31-98.)

28        (225 ILCS 220/0.01 rep.)
29        Section 141.  The Hazardous Waste Equipment Operators and
30    Laborers  Licensing  Act  (Public  Act 85-1195) is amended by
31    repealing Section 0.01.

32        Section 142.  The Illinois Architecture Practice  Act  of
 
                            -898-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    1989 is amended by changing Section 30 as follows:

 2        (225 ILCS 305/30) (from Ch. 111, par. 1330)
 3        Sec.  30.   Order  to  be prima facie proof.  An order of
 4    revocation or suspension or a certified  copy  thereof,  over
 5    the seal of the Department and purporting to be signed by the
 6    Director, shall be prima facie proof that:
 7             (a)  the  Such signature is the genuine signature of
 8        the Director;.
 9             (b)  the That such Director is  duly  appointed  and
10        qualified; and.
11             (c)  That  the  Board  and  the  members thereof are
12        qualified to act.
13    Such proof may be rebutted.
14    (Source: P.A. 86-702; revised 4-10-98.)

15        Section 143.  The Interior Design Profession Title Act is
16    amended by changing Sections 4, 13, and 29 as follows:

17        (225 ILCS 310/4) (from Ch. 111, par. 8204)
18        Sec.  4.   (a)  No  individual  shall,  without  a  valid
19    registration  as  an  interior   designer   issued   by   the
20    Department,  in  any manner hold himself out to the public as
21    an interior designer or attach the title "interior  designer"
22    or any other name or designation which would in any way imply
23    that  he  is  able  to  use  the title "interior designer" as
24    defined in this Act. No individual  shall,  without  a  valid
25    registration as a residential interior designer issued by the
26    Department, in any manner hold himself out to the public as a
27    residential  interior designer, or use the title "residential
28    interior designer" or any name or designation that  would  in
29    any  way  imply that he is able to use the title "residential
30    interior designer" as defined in this Act.
31        (a-5)  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall  be   construed   as
 
                            -899-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    preventing  or restricting the services offered or advertised
 2    by an interior designer who is registered under this Act.
 3        (b)  Nothing in this Act shall prevent the employment, by
 4    an  interior  designer  or  residential  interior   designer,
 5    association,   partnership,   or   a  corporation  furnishing
 6    interior design or residential interior design  services  for
 7    remuneration, of persons not registered as interior designers
 8    or  residential  interior  designers  to  perform services in
 9    various capacities as needed, provided that  the  persons  do
10    not  represent  themselves as, or use the title of, "interior
11    designer",  "registered  interior   designer",   "residential
12    interior   designer"   or  "registered  residential  interior
13    designer".
14        (c)  Nothing in this Act shall be construed to limit  the
15    activities  and  use  of  the  title  "interior  designer" or
16    "residential interior designer" on the part of a  person  not
17    registered  under  this  Act who is a graduate of an interior
18    design program and a full-time employee of a  duly  chartered
19    institution  of  higher  education  insofar  as  such  person
20    engages  in  public  speaking,  with or without remuneration,
21    provided that such person does not represent himself to be an
22    interior designer  or  use  the  title  "registered  interior
23    designer" or "registered residential interior designer".
24        (d)  Nothing  contained  in  this  Act shall restrict any
25    person not registered under this Act from carrying out any of
26    the activities listed in the definition of "the profession of
27    interior design" in under paragraph (f) of Section 3  (3)  if
28    such person does not represent himself or his services in any
29    manner prohibited by this Act.
30        (e)  Nothing in this Act shall be construed as preventing
31    or  restricting  the practice, services, or activities of any
32    person licensed in  this  State  under  any  other  law  from
33    engaging  in  the  profession  or  occupation for which he is
34    licensed.
 
                            -900-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (f)  Nothing in this Act shall be construed as preventing
 2    or restricting  the  practice,  services,  or  activities  of
 3    engineers   licensed   under   the  Professional  Engineering
 4    Practice Act of 1989 or the Structural Engineering  Licensing
 5    Act  of  1989;  architects  licensed pursuant to the Illinois
 6    Architectural Practice Act of 1989; any interior decorator or
 7    individual offering interior decorating  services  including,
 8    but  not  limited  to,  the  selection  of surface materials,
 9    window treatments, wall  coverings,  furniture,  accessories,
10    paint,  floor  coverings, and lighting fixtures; or builders,
11    home furnishings salespersons, and similar purveyors of goods
12    and services relating to homemaking.
13        (g)  Nothing in this Act or any other Act shall prevent a
14    licensed architect from practicing interior  design  services
15    or  from  using the title "interior designer" or "residential
16    interior designer".  Nothing in this Act shall  be  construed
17    as   requiring  the  services  of  an  interior  designer  or
18    residential interior designer for the interior designing of a
19    single family residence.
20        (h)  Nothing  in  this  Act  shall   authorize   interior
21    designers   or  residential  interior  designers  to  perform
22    services,  including  life  safety  services  that  they  are
23    prohibited from performing,  or  any  practice  (i)  that  is
24    restricted in the Illinois Architecture Practice Act of 1989,
25    the  Professional  Engineering  Practice  Act of 1989, or the
26    Structural Engineering Licensing Act of 1989,  or  (ii)  that
27    they  are  not  authorized to perform under the Environmental
28    Barriers Act.
29    (Source: P.A. 88-650, eff. 9-16-94; revised 10-31-98.)

30        (225 ILCS 310/13) (from Ch. 111, par. 8213)
31        Sec.  13.    Refusal,   revocation   or   suspension   of
32    registration.  The  Department may refuse to issue, renew, or
33    restore or may revoke, suspend, place on probation, reprimand
 
                            -901-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    or take other disciplinary action as the Department may  deem
 2    proper,  including  fines  not  to  exceed  $5,000  for  each
 3    violation,  with  regard  to  any registration for any one or
 4    combination of the following causes:
 5             (a)  Fraud   in   procuring   the   certificate   of
 6        registration.
 7             (b)  Habitual intoxication or addiction to  the  use
 8        of drugs.
 9             (c)  Making    any   misrepresentations   or   false
10        promises, directly or indirectly, to influence, persuade,
11        or induce patronage.
12             (d)  Professional connection or association with, or
13        lending his name, to another for illegal use of the title
14        "interior designer" or "residential  interior  designer",
15        or   professional  connection  or  association  with  any
16        person, firm, or corporation holding itself  out  in  any
17        manner contrary to this Act.
18             (e)  Obtaining  or  seeking to obtain checks, money,
19        or any other  items  of  value  by  false  or  fraudulent
20        representations.
21             (f)  Use  of  the  title under a name other than his
22        own.
23             (g)  Improper,   unprofessional,   or   dishonorable
24        conduct of a character likely  to  deceive,  defraud,  or
25        harm the public.
26             (h)  Conviction in this or another state, or federal
27        court,  of any crime which is a felony, if the Department
28        determines, after investigation, that such person has not
29        been sufficiently rehabilitated  to  warrant  the  public
30        trust.
31             (i)  A violation of any provision of this Act or its
32        rules.
33             (j)  Revocation  by  another  state, the District of
34        Columbia, territory, or foreign  nation  of  an  interior
 
                            -902-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        design  or residential interior design registration if at
 2        least one of the grounds for that revocation is the  same
 3        as or the equivalent of one of the grounds for revocation
 4        set forth in this Act.
 5             (k)  Mental  incompetence  as declared by a court of
 6        competent jurisdiction.
 7             (l)  Being named as a perpetrator  in  an  indicated
 8        report  by the Department of Children and Family Services
 9        pursuant to the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act,
10        and upon proof by clear and convincing evidence that  the
11        registrant  has  caused  a child to be an abused child or
12        neglected child as defined in the  Abused  and  Neglected
13        Child Reporting Act.
14        The  Department  shall  deny  a  registration  or renewal
15    authorized by this Act to any person who has defaulted on  an
16    educational   loan   guaranteed   by   the  Illinois  Student
17    Assistance Commission; however, the Department  may  issue  a
18    certificate  of  registration  or  renewal if such person has
19    established a satisfactory repayment record as determined  by
20    the Illinois Student Assistance Commission.
21        The  Department  may  refuse  to issue or may suspend the
22    registration of any person who fails to file a return, or  to
23    pay  the tax, penalty, or interest showing in a filed return,
24    or to pay any final assessment of tax, penalty, or  interest,
25    as  required  by  any  tax  Act  administered by the Illinois
26    Department of Revenue, until such time as the requirements of
27    any such tax Act are satisfied.
28        The entry of a decree by any circuit  court  establishing
29    that  any  person holding a certificate of registration under
30    this Act is a person subject to involuntary  admission  under
31    the  Mental  Health and Developmental Disabilities Code shall
32    operate as a suspension of that  registration.   That  person
33    may   resume   using   the   title   "interior  designer"  or
34    "residential interior designer" only upon a  finding  by  the
 
                            -903-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Board  that he has been determined to be no longer subject to
 2    involuntary admission by  the  court  and  upon  the  Board's
 3    recommendation to the Director that he be permitted to resume
 4    using  the title "interior designer" or "residential interior
 5    designer".
 6    (Source: P.A. 88-650, eff. 9-16-94; revised 10-31-98.)

 7        (225 ILCS 310/29) (from Ch. 111, par. 8229)
 8        Sec. 29.  Illinois  Administrative  Procedure  Act.   The
 9    Illinois  Administrative  Procedure  Act  is hereby expressly
10    adopted and incorporated herein as if all of  the  provisions
11    of  that  Act  were  included  in  this  Act, except that the
12    provision of subsection (d) of Section 10-65 of the Illinois
13    Administrative Administration  Procedure  Act  that  provides
14    that  at  hearings  the  registrant  has  the  right  to show
15    compliance  with  all  lawful  requirements  for   retention,
16    continuation,  or renewal of the registration is specifically
17    excluded.  For the purposes of this Act, the notice  required
18    under  Section 10-25 of the Illinois Administrative Procedure
19    Act is deemed  sufficient  when  mailed  to  the  last  known
20    address of a party.
21    (Source: P.A. 88-45; 88-650, eff. 9-16-94; revised 10-31-98.)

22        Section  144.  The Illinois Landscape Architecture Act of
23    1989 is amended by changing Section 25 as follows:

24        (225 ILCS 315/25) (from Ch. 111, par. 8125)
25        Sec. 25.  Order or certified copy; prima facie proof.  An
26    order or a certified copy  thereof,  over  the  seal  of  the
27    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
28    be prima facie proof that:
29             (a)  the  Such signature is the genuine signature of
30        the Director;.
31             (b)  the That such Director is  duly  appointed  and
 
                            -904-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        qualified; and.
 2             (c)  That  the  Board  and  the  members thereof are
 3        qualified to act.
 4    (Source: P.A. 88-363; revised 4-10-98.)

 5        Section  145.   The  Illinois  Plumbing  License  Law  is
 6    amended by changing Section 25 as follows:

 7        (225 ILCS 320/25) (from Ch. 111, par. 1124)
 8        Sec. 25.  Order or certified copy; prima facie proof.  An
 9    order  of  suspension,  revocation,  or  reinstatement  of  a
10    license, or of dismissal of a complaint  or  petition,  or  a
11    certified  copy  of  such  an  order,  over  the  seal of the
12    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
13    be prima facie proof that:
14             (a)  the Such signature is the genuine signature  of
15        the Director; and.
16             (b)  the  That  such  Director is duly appointed and
17        qualified.
18    (Source: P.A. 83-878; revised 4-10-98.)

19        Section 146.  The Illinois Professional Land Surveyor Act
20    of 1989 is amended by changing Section 37 as follows:

21        (225 ILCS 330/37) (from Ch. 111, par. 3287)
22        Sec. 37.  Order or certified copy; prima facie proof.  An
23    order or  certified  copy  thereof,  over  the  seal  of  the
24    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
25    be prima facie proof that:
26             (a)  the  Such signature is the genuine signature of
27        the Director;.
28             (b)  That  the  Director  is  duly   appointed   and
29        qualified; and.
30             (c)  That  the  Board  and  the  members thereof are
 
                            -905-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        qualified to act.
 2    (Source: P.A. 86-987; revised 5-6-98.)

 3        Section 147.  The Structural Engineering Licensing Act of
 4    1989 is amended by changing Section 28 as follows:

 5        (225 ILCS 340/28) (from Ch. 111, par. 6628)
 6        Sec. 28.  Order or certified copy; prima facie proof.  An
 7    order or a certified copy  thereof,  over  the  seal  of  the
 8    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
 9    be prima facie proof that:
10             1.  the  Such  signature is the genuine signature of
11        the Director;.
12             2.  the That such Director  is  duly  appointed  and
13        qualified; and.
14             3.  That  the  Board  and  the  members  thereof are
15        qualified to act.
16    Such proof may be rebutted.
17    (Source: P.A. 86-711; revised 5-6-98.)

18        Section 148.  The  Barber,  Cosmetology,  Esthetics,  and
19    Nail  Technology  Act of 1985 is amended by changing Sections
20    1-11, 3-4, 3A-5, 3C-5, and 4-16 as follows:

21        (225 ILCS 410/1-11) (from Ch. 111, par. 1701-11)
22        Sec. 1-11.  Exceptions to Act.
23        (a)  Nothing in this Act shall be construed to  apply  to
24    the  educational  activities conducted in connection with any
25    monthly, annual or other special educational program  of  any
26    bona    fide    association   of   licensed   cosmetologists,
27    estheticians,  nail  technicians,  or  barbers,  or  licensed
28    cosmetology, esthetics, nail technology,  or  barber  schools
29    from which the general public is excluded.
30        (b)  Nothing  in  this Act shall be construed to apply to
 
                            -906-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    the activities and services of registered nurses or  licensed
 2    practical  nurses,  as  defined  in  the Nursing and Advanced
 3    Practice Nursing Act, or to  personal  care  or  health  care
 4    services  provided by individuals in the performance of their
 5    duties as employed or authorized by  facilities  or  programs
 6    licensed  or  certified  by  State  agencies. As used in this
 7    subsection (b), "personal care" means assistance with  meals,
 8    dressing,  movement,  bathing,  or  other  personal  needs or
 9    maintenance or  general  supervision  and  oversight  of  the
10    physical  and  mental  well-being  of  an  individual  who is
11    incapable of maintaining a private, independent residence  or
12    who is incapable of managing his or her person whether or not
13    a  guardian  has  been  appointed  for  that  individual. The
14    definition of "personal care" as used in this subsection  (b)
15    shall  not  otherwise be construed to negate the requirements
16    of this Act or its rules.
17        (c)  Nothing in this  Act  shall  be  deemed  to  require
18    licensure  of  individuals  employed  by  the motion picture,
19    film, television, stage play  or  related  industry  for  the
20    purpose  of  providing  cosmetology  or esthetics services to
21    actors of that industry while  engaged  in  the  practice  of
22    cosmetology   or   esthetics  as  a  part  of  that  person's
23    employment.
24    (Source: P.A. 89-387,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-580,  eff.  5-21-98;
25    90-742, eff. 8-13-98; revised 9-21-98.)

26        (225 ILCS 410/3-4) (from Ch. 111, par. 1703-4)
27        Sec. 3-4. Licensure as cosmetology teacher or cosmetology
28    clinic teacher; qualifications.
29        (a)  A  person  is  qualified  to  receive  license  as a
30    cosmetology teacher if that person has applied in writing  on
31    forms provided by the Department, has paid the required fees,
32    and:
33             (1)  is at least 18 years of age;
 
                            -907-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (2)  has   graduated   from   high   school  or  its
 2        equivalent;
 3             (3)  has a current license as a cosmetologist;
 4             (4)  has either: (i) completed 500 hours of  teacher
 5        training  in  a  licensed school of cosmetology and had 2
 6        years of practical experience as a licensed cosmetologist
 7        within  5  years  preceding  the  examination;  or   (ii)
 8        completed  1,000  1000  hours  of  teacher  training in a
 9        licensed school of cosmetology; and
10             (5)  has passed an  examination  authorized  by  the
11        Department to determine fitness to receive a license as a
12        cosmetology teacher; and
13             (6)  has met any other requirements of this Act.
14        A  cosmetology teacher who teaches esthetics, in order to
15    be licensed, shall demonstrate, to the  satisfaction  of  the
16    Department, current skills in the use of machines used in the
17    practice of esthetics.
18        An  individual  who  receives  a license as a cosmetology
19    teacher  shall  not  be  required  to  maintain   an   active
20    cosmetology  license  in  order  to  practice  cosmetology as
21    defined in this Act.
22        (b)  A person is qualified to  receive  a  license  as  a
23    cosmetology  clinic  teacher  if  he  or  she  has applied in
24    writing on forms provided by the  Department,  has  paid  the
25    required fees, and:
26             (1)  is at least 18 years of age;
27             (2)  has   graduated   from   high   school  or  its
28        equivalent;
29             (3)  has a current license as a cosmetologist;
30             (4)  has  completed  250  hours  of  clinic  teacher
31        training in a licensed school of cosmetology  and  has  2
32        years of practical experience as a licensed cosmetologist
33        within 5 years preceding the examination;
34             (5)  has  passed  an  examination  authorized by the
 
                            -908-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Department to determine fitness to receive a license as a
 2        cosmetology teacher; and
 3             (6)  has met any other requirements of this Act.
 4    (Source: P.A.  89-387,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-302,  eff.  8-1-97;
 5    revised 10-31-98.)

 6        (225 ILCS 410/3A-5) (from Ch. 111, par. 1703A-5)
 7        Sec. 3A-5.  Examination.
 8        (a)  The   Department  shall  authorize  examinations  of
 9    applicants for  a  license  licenses  as  an  esthetician  or
10    teacher estheticians, teachers of esthetics at such times and
11    places  as  it may determine.  The Department shall authorize
12    no fewer not less than 4 examinations for  a  license  as  an
13    esthetician  or a teacher of estheticians, esthetics teachers
14    in a calendar year.
15        If an  applicant  neglects,  fails  without  an  approved
16    excuse,  or  refuses  to  take the next available examination
17    offered for licensure under this Act, the  fee  paid  by  the
18    applicant  shall  be  forfeited  to  the  Department  and the
19    application  denied.   If  an  applicant  fails  to  pass  an
20    examination for licensure under this Act within 3 years after
21    filing his or  her  application,  the  application  shall  be
22    denied.   However,  such  applicant may thereafter make a new
23    application for examination, accompanied by the required fee,
24    if he or she meets the requirements in effect at the time  of
25    reapplication.    If   an   applicant  for  licensure  as  an
26    esthetician is unsuccessful at 3  examinations  conducted  by
27    the   Department,   the  applicant  shall,  before  taking  a
28    subsequent examination, furnish evidence of not less than 125
29    hours of additional study of esthetics in an approved  school
30    of cosmetology or esthetics since the applicant last took the
31    examination.   If  an applicant for licensure as an esthetics
32    teacher or esthetics clinic  teacher  is  unsuccessful  at  3
33    examinations  conducted  by  the  Department,  the  applicant
 
                            -909-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    shall,   before  taking  a  subsequent  examination,  furnish
 2    evidence of not less than 80 hours  of  additional  study  in
 3    teaching methodology and educational psychology in a licensed
 4    school  of  cosmetology or esthetics since the applicant last
 5    took the examination.  An  applicant  who  fails  to  pass  a
 6    fourth   examination  shall  not  again  be  admitted  to  an
 7    examination unless (i)  in  the  case  of  an  applicant  for
 8    licensure  as  an esthetician, the applicant shall again take
 9    and complete a total of 750 hours in the study  of  esthetics
10    in  a  licensed  school  of  cosmetology  approved  to  teach
11    esthetics  or  a school of esthetics, extending over a period
12    that commences after the applicant fails to pass  the  fourth
13    examination  and that is not less than 18 weeks nor more than
14    4 consecutive years in duration;  (ii)  in  the  case  of  an
15    applicant   for  a  license  as  an  esthetics  teacher,  the
16    applicant shall again take and complete a total of 750  hours
17    of  teacher  training  in a school of cosmetology approved to
18    teach esthetics or a school of esthetics, except that if  the
19    applicant  had  2 years of practical experience as a licensed
20    cosmetologist or esthetician within  5  years  preceding  the
21    initial  examination  taken  by  the applicant, the applicant
22    must again take and complete 500 hours of teacher training in
23    licensed cosmetology or a licensed esthetics school; or (iii)
24    in the case of an applicant for a  license  as  an  esthetics
25    clinic teacher, the applicant shall again take and complete a
26    total  of  250 hours of clinic teacher training in a licensed
27    school of cosmetology or a licensed school of esthetics.
28        (b)  Each applicant shall be given a written  examination
29    testing  both theoretical and practical knowledge which shall
30    include, but not be limited to, questions that determine  the
31    applicant's knowledge of:
32             (1)  product chemistry;
33             (2)  sanitary rules and regulations;
34             (3)  sanitary procedures;
 
                            -910-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (4)  chemical service procedures;
 2             (5)  knowledge  of  the  anatomy  of the skin, as it
 3        relates to applicable services under this Act;
 4             (6)  the provisions and requirements  of  this  Act;
 5        and
 6             (7)  labor and compensation laws.
 7        (c)  The  examination  of  applicants for licensure as an
 8    esthetics teacher may include all of the above and  may  also
 9    include:
10             (1)  teaching methodology;
11             (2)  classroom management; and
12             (3)  record  keeping and any other subjects that the
13        Department  may  deem  necessary  to   insure   competent
14        performance.
15        (d)  This Act does not prohibit the practice of esthetics
16    by  one who has applied in writing to the Department, in form
17    and substance satisfactory to the Department, for  a  license
18    as  an  esthetician,  an  esthetics  teacher, or an esthetics
19    clinic teacher and has complied with all  the  provisions  of
20    this  Act  in  order  to  qualify  for  a license, except the
21    passing of an examination to  be  eligible  to  receive  such
22    license  certificate,  until:  (i) the expiration of 6 months
23    after the filing of such written  application,  or  (ii)  the
24    decision  of  the Department that the applicant has failed to
25    pass an examination within 6  months  or  failed  without  an
26    approved  excuse  to  take  an examination conducted within 6
27    months by the Department, or  (iii)  the  withdrawal  of  the
28    application.
29    (Source:  P.A.  89-387,  eff.  1-1-96;  90-302,  eff. 8-1-97;
30    revised 2-24-98.)

31        (225 ILCS 410/3C-5) (from Ch. 111, par. 1703C-5)
32        Sec. 3C-5.  Pre-existing  practitioners;  certificate  of
33    registration   requirements  for  nail  technology  teachers.
 
                            -911-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (a)  For a period of  2  years  after  January  1,  1992,  an
 2    applicant  who  was acting as a nail technology teacher prior
 3    to  January  1,  1992,  shall  be  issued  a  certificate  of
 4    registration as a nail technology teacher  if  the  applicant
 5    meets all of the following requirements:
 6             (1)  Completes  and  submits  to  the Department the
 7        necessary forms furnished by the Department along with an
 8        application fee of $20.
 9             (2)  Is at least 18 years of age.
10             (3)  Has  graduated  from   high   school   or   its
11        equivalent.
12             (4)  Has  2  years of practical experience as a nail
13        technology teacher as verified  in  a  written  affidavit
14        executed by an employer or coworker.
15             (5)  Submits proof satisfactory to the Department of
16        proficiency  in  the  use of nail technology products and
17        machinery.
18             (6)  Has passed an  examination  authorized  by  the
19        Department   to  determine  the  applicant's  fitness  to
20        receive  a  certificate  of  registration   as   a   nail
21        technology teacher.
22    (Source: P.A. 87-786; 87-1237; 88-362; revised 10-31-98.)

23        (225 ILCS 410/4-16) (from Ch. 111, par. 1704-16)
24        Sec.  4-16.   Order  or certified copy; prima facie proof
25    evidence.    An  order  of  revocation  or  suspension  or  a
26    certified copy thereof, over the seal of the  Department  and
27    purporting to be signed by the Director, shall be prima facie
28    proof that:
29             1.  the  Such  signature is the genuine signature of
30        the Director;.
31             2.  the That such Director  is  duly  appointed  and
32        qualified; and.
33             3.  That  the  Committee and the members thereof are
 
                            -912-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        qualified to act.
 2    Such proof may be rebutted.
 3    (Source: P.A. 84-657; revised 10-14-98.)

 4        Section 149.  The Illinois Certified Shorthand  Reporters
 5    Act of 1984 is amended by changing Section 23.10 as follows:

 6        (225 ILCS 415/23.10) (from Ch. 111, par. 6233)
 7        Sec.  23.10.  Order or certified copy; prima facie proof.
 8    An order or a certified copy thereof, over the  seal  of  the
 9    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
10    be prima facie proof that: thereof and
11             (1)  That  the signature is the genuine signature of
12        the Director;
13             (2)  That  the  Director  is  duly   appointed   and
14        qualified; and
15             (3)  That  the  Board  and  the  members thereof are
16        qualified to act.
17    (Source: P.A. 83-73; revised 5-6-98.)

18        Section 150.  The Detection of Deception Examiners Act is
19    amended by changing Section 25 as follows:

20        (225 ILCS 430/25) (from Ch. 111, par. 2426)
21        Sec. 25. Order or certified copy; prima facie proof.   An
22    order  or  a  certified  copy  thereof,  over the seal of the
23    Department and purporting to be signed by the Director, shall
24    be prima facie proof that: thereof;
25             (a)  the  That  such  signature   is   the   genuine
26        signature of the Director;
27             (b)  the  That  such  Director is duly appointed and
28        qualified; and
29             (c)  That the Committee and the members thereof  are
30        qualified to act.
 
                            -913-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: Laws 1963, p. 3300; revised 10-14-98.)

 2        Section  151.   The  Ferries  Act  is amended by changing
 3    Section 1 as follows:

 4        (225 ILCS 435/1) (from Ch. 121, par. 701)
 5        Sec. 1.  That No person shall establish, keep or use  any
 6    ferry  for  the conveyance or passage of persons or property,
 7    for profit or hire, unless he shall be licensed  as  directed
 8    by this Act, under the penalty of $5 for each day the same is
 9    maintained,  and  $3  for  each  person  and  each article of
10    property so conveyed, to be forfeited to the county in  which
11    the  ferry  is  situated.  This  Section  shall  not apply to
12    ferries heretofore established by law.
13    (Source: R.S. 1874, p. 530; revised 10-31-98.)

14        Section  152.   The  Private  Detective,  Private  Alarm,
15    Private Security, and Locksmith Act of  1993  is  amended  by
16    changing Sections 75 and 80 as follows:

17        (225 ILCS 446/75)
18        Sec.   75.  Qualifications   for   licensure  and  agency
19    certification.
20        (a)  Private Detective.  A person is qualified to receive
21    a license as a private detective if he or she  meets  all  of
22    the following requirements:
23             (1)  Is at least 21 years of age.
24             (2)  Has  not  been convicted in any jurisdiction of
25        any felony or at least 10 years  have  expired  from  the
26        time of discharge from any sentence imposed for a felony.
27             (3)  Is  of good moral character.  Good character is
28        a continuing requirement  of  licensure.   Conviction  of
29        crimes  not  listed in paragraph (2) of subsection (a) of
30        this Section may be used in determining moral  character,
 
                            -914-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        but does not operate as an absolute bar to licensure.
 2             (4)  Has not been declared by any court of competent
 3        jurisdiction  to  be  incompetent  by reason of mental or
 4        physical defect or  disease  unless  a  court  has  since
 5        declared him or her to be competent.
 6             (5)  Is  not  suffering from habitual drunkenness or
 7        from narcotic addiction or dependence.
 8             (6)  Has a minimum of 3 years experience out of  the
 9        5  years  immediately  preceding  his  or her application
10        working full-time for a licensed private detective agency
11        as a registered private  detective  employee  or  with  3
12        years experience out of the 5 years immediately preceding
13        his   or   her   application   employed  as  a  full-time
14        investigator in a law enforcement agency of a federal  or
15        State  political  subdivision,  approved by the Board and
16        the Department;  or  an  applicant  who  has  obtained  a
17        baccalaureate degree in police science or a related field
18        or  a  business  degree  from  an  accredited  college or
19        university shall be given credit for 2  of  the  3  years
20        experience required under this Section.  An applicant who
21        has  obtained  an associate degree in police science or a
22        related field or in business from an  accredited  college
23        or  university  shall  be  given  credit for one of the 3
24        years experience required under this Section.
25             (7)  Has not been dishonorably discharged  from  the
26        armed services of the United States.
27             (8)  Has    successfully   passed   an   examination
28        authorized  by  the  Department.  The  examination  shall
29        include subjects reasonably  related  to  the  activities
30        licensed  so  as  to  provide  for  the protection of the
31        health and safety of the public.
32             (9)  Has not violated Section 15, 20, or 25 of  this
33        Act, but this requirement does not operate as an absolute
34        bar to licensure.
 
                            -915-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  applicant to obtain
 2    liability  insurance  in  an   amount   and   coverage   type
 3    appropriate   as  determined  by  rule  for  the  applicant's
 4    individual  business  circumstances.   The  applicant   shall
 5    provide  evidence of insurance to the Department before being
 6    issued a license.  This insurance requirement is a continuing
 7    requirement for licensure.   Failure  to  maintain  insurance
 8    shall   result   in   cancellation  of  the  license  by  the
 9    Department.
10        (b)  Private security contractor.  A person is  qualified
11    to  receive  a license as a private security contractor if he
12    or she meets all of the following requirements:
13             (1)  Is at least 21 years of age.
14             (2)  Has not been convicted in any  jurisdiction  of
15        any  felony  or  at  least 10 years have expired from the
16        time of discharge from any sentence imposed for a felony.
17             (3)  Is  of  good  moral  character.    Good   moral
18        character  is  a  continuing  requirement  of  licensure.
19        Convictions  of  crimes  not  listed  in paragraph (2) of
20        subsection (b) of this Section may be used in determining
21        moral character, but do not operate as an absolute bar to
22        licensure.
23             (4)  Has not been declared by any court of competent
24        jurisdiction to be incompetent by  reason  of  mental  or
25        physical  defect  or  disease  unless  a  court has since
26        declared him or her to be competent.
27             (5)  Is not suffering from habitual  drunkenness  or
28        from narcotic addiction or dependence.
29             (6)  Has  a minimum of 3 years experience out of the
30        5 years immediately preceding his or her application as a
31        full-time manager or administrator for a licensed private
32        security contractor agency or a manager or  administrator
33        of  a  proprietary  security  force of 30 or more persons
34        registered  with  the  Department,  or   with   3   years
 
                            -916-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        experience  out  of the 5 years immediately preceding his
 2        or her application as a full-time  supervisor  in  a  law
 3        enforcement  agency  of  a  federal  or  State  political
 4        subdivision, approved by the Board and the Department; or
 5        an  applicant  who has obtained a baccalaureate degree in
 6        police science or a related field or  a  business  degree
 7        from  an  accredited college or university shall be given
 8        credit for 2 of the 3  years  experience  required  under
 9        this Section.  An applicant who has obtained an associate
10        degree  in  police  science  or  a  related  field  or in
11        business from an accredited college or  university  shall
12        be  given  credit  for  one  of  the  3  years experience
13        required under this Section.
14             (7)  Has not been dishonorably discharged  from  the
15        armed services of the United States.
16             (8)  Has    successfully   passed   an   examination
17        authorized  by  the  Department.  The  examination  shall
18        include subjects reasonably  related  to  the  activities
19        licensed  so  as  to  provide  for  the protection of the
20        health and safety of the public.
21             (9)  Has not violated Section 15, 20, or 25 of  this
22        Act, but this requirement does not operate as an absolute
23        bar to licensure.
24        (10)  It is the responsibility of the applicant to obtain
25    liability  insurance  in amount and coverage type appropriate
26    as determined by rule for the applicant's individual business
27    circumstances.   The  applicant  shall  provide  evidence  of
28    insurance to the Department before being  issued  a  license.
29    This  insurance  requirement  is a continuing requirement for
30    licensure.  Failure to maintain  insurance  shall  result  in
31    cancellation of the license by the Department.
32        (c)  Private  alarm contractor.  A person is qualified to
33    receive a license as a private alarm contractor if he or  she
34    meets all of the following requirements:
 
                            -917-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (1)  Is at least 21 years of age.
 2             (2)  Has  not  been convicted in any jurisdiction of
 3        any felony or at least 10 years  have  expired  from  the
 4        time of discharge from any sentence imposed for a felony.
 5             (3)  Is   of   good  moral  character.   Good  moral
 6        character  is  a  continuing  requirement  of  licensure.
 7        Convictions of crimes not  listed  in  paragraph  (2)  of
 8        subsection (c) of this Section may be used in determining
 9        moral character, but do not operate as an absolute bar to
10        licensure.
11             (4)  Has not been declared by any court of competent
12        jurisdiction  to  be  incompetent  by reason of mental or
13        physical defect or  disease  unless  a  court  has  since
14        declared him or her to be competent.
15             (5)  Is  not  suffering from habitual drunkenness or
16        from narcotic addiction or dependence.
17             (6)  Has not been dishonorably discharged  from  the
18        armed services of the United States.
19             (7)  Has  a minimum of 3 years experience out of the
20        5 years immediately preceding application as a full  time
21        manager  or  administrator  for  an  agency licensed as a
22        private alarm contractor agency, or for  an  entity  that
23        designs,  sells,  installs,  services,  or monitors alarm
24        systems which in the  judgment  of  the  Board  satisfies
25        standards of alarm industry competence. An individual who
26        has received a 4 year degree in electrical engineering or
27        a  related  field  from  a  program approved by the Board
28        shall be given credit for 2  years  of  experience  under
29        this  item  (7).   An  individual  who  has  successfully
30        completed  a  national  certification program approved by
31        the  Board  shall  be  given  credit  for  one  year   of
32        experience under this item (7).
33             (8)  Has    successfully   passed   an   examination
34        authorized by the  Department.    The  examination  shall
 
                            -918-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        include  subjects  reasonably  related  to the activities
 2        licensed so as to  provide  for  the  protection  of  the
 3        health and safety of the public.
 4             (9)  Has  not violated Section 15, 20, or 25 of this
 5        Act, but this requirement does not operate as an absolute
 6        bar to licensure.
 7        (10)  It is the responsibility of the applicant to obtain
 8    liability  insurance  in  an   amount   and   coverage   type
 9    appropriate   as  determined  by  rule  for  the  applicant's
10    individual  business  circumstances.   The  applicant   shall
11    provide  evidence of insurance to the Department before being
12    issued a license.  This insurance requirement is a continuing
13    requirement for licensure.   Failure  to  maintain  insurance
14    shall   result   in   cancellation  of  the  license  by  the
15    Department.
16        Alternatively, a person is qualified to receive a license
17    as  a  private   alarm   contractor   without   meeting   the
18    requirements  of  items (7), (8), and (9) of this subsection,
19    if he or she:
20             (i)  applies for a license between September 1, 1998
21        and September 15, 1998, in writing, on forms supplied  by
22        the Department;
23             (ii)  provides  proof  to  the Department that he or
24        she was engaged in the alarm contracting business  on  or
25        before January 1, 1984;
26             (iii)  submits  the photographs, fingerprints, proof
27        of insurance, and current license  fee  required  by  the
28        Department; and
29             (iv)  has not violated Section 25 of this Act.
30        (d)  Locksmith.   A  person  is  qualified  to  receive a
31    license as a  locksmith  if  he  or  she  meets  all  of  the
32    following requirements:
33             (1)  Is at least 18 years of age.
34             (2)  Has  not violated any provisions of Section 120
 
                            -919-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        of this Act.
 2             (3)  Has not been convicted in any  jurisdiction  of
 3        any  felony  or  at  least 10 years have expired from the
 4        time of discharge from any sentence imposed for a felony.
 5             (4)  Is  of  good  moral  character.    Good   moral
 6        character  is  a  continuing  requirement  of  licensure.
 7        Convictions  of  crimes  not  listed  in paragraph (3) of
 8        subsection (d) of this Section may be used in determining
 9        moral character, but do not operate as an absolute bar to
10        licensure.
11             (5)  Has not been declared by any court of competent
12        jurisdiction to be incompetent by  reason  of  mental  or
13        physical  defect  or  disease  unless  a  court has since
14        declared him or her to be competent.
15             (6)  Is not suffering from habitual  drunkenness  or
16        from narcotic addiction or dependence.
17             (7)  Has  not  been dishonorably discharged from the
18        armed services of the United States.
19             (8)  Has passed an  examination  authorized  by  the
20        Department in the theory and practice of the profession.
21             (9)  Has   submitted  to  the  Department  proof  of
22        insurance  sufficient  for  the   individual's   business
23        circumstances.   The  Department,  with  input  from  the
24        Board,   shall   promulgate   rules   specifying  minimum
25        insurance requirements.  This insurance requirement is  a
26        continuing   requirement   for   licensure.   Failure  to
27        maintain insurance shall result in  the  cancellation  of
28        the license by the Department.  A locksmith employed by a
29        licensed  locksmith  agency  or  employed  by  a  private
30        concern  may  provide  proof that his or her actions as a
31        locksmith are covered by the  insurance  of  his  or  her
32        employer.
33        (e)  Private  detective  agency.   Upon  payment  of  the
34    required  fee  and  proof  that the applicant has a full-time
 
                            -920-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Illinois licensed private detective in  charge,  which  is  a
 2    continuing   requirement   for   agency   certification,  the
 3    Department shall issue, without examination, a certificate as
 4    a private detective agency to any of the following:
 5             (1)  An individual who  submits  an  application  in
 6        writing  and  who  is  a licensed private detective under
 7        this Act.
 8             (2)  A  firm  or   association   that   submits   an
 9        application in writing and all of the members of the firm
10        or association are licensed private detectives under this
11        Act.
12             (3)  A  duly  incorporated or registered corporation
13        allowed to do business in Illinois that is authorized  by
14        its  articles  of incorporation to engage in the business
15        of conducting a detective agency, provided at  least  one
16        officer  or  executive  employee is licensed as a private
17        detective under this Act and all unlicensed officers  and
18        directors  of  the  corporation  are  determined  by  the
19        Department to be persons of good moral character.
20        No  private  detective  may  be  the private detective in
21    charge for more than one agency except for an individual who,
22    on the effective date of this Act, is currently and  actively
23    a licensee for more than one agency.  Upon written request by
24    a  representative  of an agency within 10 days after the loss
25    of a licensee in charge of an agency because of the death  of
26    that individual or because of an unanticipated termination of
27    the employment of that individual, the Department shall issue
28    a  temporary  permit  allowing  the continuing operation of a
29    previously licensed agency.  No  temporary  permit  shall  be
30    valid  for  more than 90 days.  An extension of an additional
31    90 days may be granted by the Department for good cause shown
32    upon written request by the representative of the agency.  No
33    more than 2 extensions may be granted  to  any  agency.    No
34    temporary  permit  shall  be  issued  for  the  loss  of  the
 
                            -921-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    detective  in  charge  because  of disciplinary action by the
 2    Department.
 3        (f)  Private alarm contractor agency.   Upon  receipt  of
 4    the required fee and proof that the applicant has a full-time
 5    Illinois  licensed  private alarm contractor in charge, which
 6    is a continuing requirement  for  agency  certification,  the
 7    Department shall issue, without examination, a certificate as
 8    a private alarm contractor agency to any of the following:
 9             (1)  An  individual  who  submits  an application in
10        writing and who is a licensed  private  alarm  contractor
11        under this Act.
12             (2)  A   firm   or   association   that  submits  an
13        application in writing that all of  the  members  of  the
14        firm   or   association   are   licensed   private  alarm
15        contractors under this Act.
16             (3)  A duly incorporated or  registered  corporation
17        allowed  to do business in Illinois that is authorized by
18        its articles of incorporation to engage in  the  business
19        of conducting a private alarm contractor agency, provided
20        at least one officer or executive employee is licensed as
21        a  private  alarm  contractor  under  this  Act  and  all
22        unlicensed  officers and directors of the corporation are
23        determined by the Department to be persons of good  moral
24        character.
25        No  private  alarm  contractor  may  be the private alarm
26    contractor in charge for more than one agency except for  any
27    individual  who,  on  the  effective  date  of  this  Act, is
28    currently and actively a licensee for more than  one  agency.
29    Upon  written request by a representative of an agency within
30    10 days after the loss of a licensed private alarm contractor
31    in  charge  of  an  agency  because  of  the  death  of  that
32    individual or because of the unanticipated termination of the
33    employment of that individual, the Department shall  issue  a
34    temporary  permit  allowing  the  continuing  operation  of a
 
                            -922-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    previously licensed agency.  No  temporary  permit  shall  be
 2    valid  for  more than 90 days.  An extension of an additional
 3    90 days may be granted by the Department for good cause shown
 4    and upon written request by the representative of the agency.
 5    No more than 2 extensions may be granted to any  agency.   No
 6    temporary permit shall be issued for the loss of the licensee
 7    in charge because of disciplinary action by the Department.
 8        (g)  Private security contractor agency.  Upon receipt of
 9    the required fee and proof that the applicant has a full-time
10    Illinois  licensed  private  security  contractor  in charge,
11    which is continuing requirement for agency certification, the
12    Department shall issue, without examination, a certificate as
13    a private security contractor agency to any of the following:
14             (1)  An individual who  submits  an  application  in
15        writing and who is a licensed private security contractor
16        under this Act.
17             (2)  A   firm   or   association   that  submits  an
18        application in  writing  that  all  of  the  members  are
19        licensed private security contractors under this Act.
20             (3)  A  duly  incorporated or registered corporation
21        allowed to do business in Illinois that is authorized  by
22        its  articles  of incorporation to engage in the business
23        of  conducting  a  private  security  contractor  agency,
24        provided at least one officer or  executive  employee  is
25        licensed  as a private security contractor under this Act
26        and  all  unlicensed  officers  and  directors   of   the
27        corporation  are  determined  by  the  Department  to  be
28        persons of good moral character.
29        No   private  security  contractor  may  be  the  private
30    security contractor in charge for more than one agency except
31    for any individual who, on the effective date of this Act, is
32    currently and actively a licensee for more than  one  agency.
33    Upon written request by a representative of the agency within
34    10  days  after the loss of a licensee in charge of an agency
 
                            -923-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    because of the death of that individual  or  because  of  the
 2    unanticipated   termination   of   the   employment  of  that
 3    individual, the Department shall  issue  a  temporary  permit
 4    allowing  the  continuing  operation of a previously licensed
 5    agency.  No temporary permit shall be valid for more than  90
 6    days.   An  extension of an additional 90 days may be granted
 7    upon written request by the representative of the agency.  No
 8    more than 2 extensions may be  granted  to  any  agency.   No
 9    temporary permit shall be issued for the loss of the licensee
10    in charge because of disciplinary action by the Department.
11        (h)  Licensed  locksmith  agency.   Upon  receipt  of the
12    required fee and proof that  the  applicant  is  an  Illinois
13    licensed  locksmith  who shall assume full responsibility for
14    the operation of the agency and the directed actions  of  the
15    agency's  employees,  which  is  a continuing requirement for
16    agency  licensure,  the  Department  shall   issue,   without
17    examination,  a  certificate  as a Locksmith Agency to any of
18    the following:
19             (1)  An individual who  submits  an  application  in
20        writing and who is a licensed locksmith under this Act.
21             (2)  A   firm   or   association   that  submits  an
22        application in writing and  certifies  that  all  of  the
23        members   of   the   firm  or  association  are  licensed
24        locksmiths under this Act.
25             (3)  A duly incorporated or  registered  corporation
26        or  limited  liability  company allowed to do business in
27        Illinois  that  is  authorized   by   its   articles   of
28        incorporation  or  organization to engage in the business
29        of conducting a locksmith agency, provided that at  least
30        one officer or executive employee of a corporation or one
31        member  of  a  limited liability company is licensed as a
32        locksmith under this Act, and provided that person agrees
33        in writing on a form  acceptable  to  the  Department  to
34        assume  full  responsibility  for  the  operation  of the
 
                            -924-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        agency  and  the  directed  actions   of   the   agency's
 2        employees,  and  further  provided  that  all  unlicensed
 3        officers  and  directors of the corporation or members of
 4        the limited  liability  company  are  determined  by  the
 5        Department to be persons of good moral character.
 6        An   individual  licensed  locksmith  operating  under  a
 7    business name other than the licensed  locksmith's  own  name
 8    shall not be required to obtain a locksmith agency license if
 9    that licensed locksmith does not employ any persons to engage
10    in the practice of locksmithing.
11        An  applicant  for  licensure as a locksmith agency shall
12    submit to the Department proof of  insurance  sufficient  for
13    the  agency's  business  circumstances.  The Department shall
14    promulgate rules specifying minimum  insurance  requirements.
15    This  insurance  requirement  is a continuing requirement for
16    licensure.
17        No licensed  locksmith  may  be  the  licensed  locksmith
18    responsible  for the operation of more than one agency except
19    for any individual who submits proof to the Department  that,
20    on  the  effective date of this amendatory Act of 1995, he or
21    she is actively responsible for the operations of  more  than
22    one  agency.   A  licensed  private  alarm  contractor who is
23    responsible for the operation of  a  licensed  private  alarm
24    contractor agency and who is a licensed locksmith may also be
25    the  licensed  locksmith  responsible  for the operation of a
26    locksmith agency.
27        Upon written request by a  representative  of  an  agency
28    within  10  days  after  the  loss  of a responsible licensed
29    locksmith  of  an  agency,  because  of  the  death  of  that
30    individual or because of the unanticipated termination of the
31    employment of that individual, the Department shall  issue  a
32    temporary  permit  allowing  the  continuing  operation  of a
33    previously licensed locksmith agency.   No  temporary  permit
34    shall  be  valid  for more than 90 days.  An extension for an
 
                            -925-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    additional 90 days may be granted by the Department for  good
 2    cause  shown  and upon written request by a representative of
 3    the agency.  No more than 2 extensions may be granted to  any
 4    agency.   No  temporary  permit shall be issued to any agency
 5    due to the loss  of  the  responsible  locksmith  because  of
 6    disciplinary action by the Department.
 7        (i)  Proprietary   Security  Force.   All  commercial  or
 8    industrial operations that employ 5 or more persons as  armed
 9    security  guards  and  all financial institutions that employ
10    armed security guards shall register  their  security  forces
11    with the Department on forms provided by the Department.
12        All  armed  security  guard  employees  of the registered
13    proprietary security force shall be required  to  complete  a
14    20-hour  basic  training  course and 20-hour firearm training
15    course in accordance with administrative rules.
16        Each proprietary security  force  shall  be  required  to
17    apply to the Department, on forms supplied by the Department,
18    for   the  issuance  of  a  firearm  authorization  card,  in
19    accordance with administrative rules, for each armed employee
20    of the security force.
21        The   Department   shall   prescribe   rules   for    the
22    administration of this Section.
23        (j)  Any licensed agency that operates a branch office as
24    defined in this Act shall apply for a branch office license.
25    (Source:  P.A.  89-85,  eff.  1-1-96;  89-366,  eff.  1-1-96;
26    89-626,  eff.  8-9-96;  90-436,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-580,  eff.
27    5-21-98; 90-602, eff. 6-26-98; revised 9-16-98.)

28        (225 ILCS 446/80)
29        Sec.  80.  Employee  requirements.   All  employees  of a
30    licensed agency, other than those exempted, shall apply for a
31    Permanent Employee  Registration  Card.   The  holder  of  an
32    agency  certificate  issued under this Act, known in this Act
33    as "employer", may employ  in  the  conduct  of  his  or  her
 
                            -926-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    business employees under the following provisions:
 2        (a)  No  person  shall  be  issued  a  permanent employee
 3    registration card who:
 4             (1)  Is under 18 years of age.
 5             (2)  Is under 21 years of age if the  services  will
 6        include being armed.
 7             (3)  Has  been  determined  by  the Department to be
 8        unfit by reason of conviction of an offense  in  this  or
 9        another  state,  other than a minor traffic offense.  The
10        Department shall promulgate rules for procedures by which
11        those circumstances shall be determined and  that  afford
12        the applicant due process of law.
13             (4)  Has   had   a  license  or  permanent  employee
14        registration card refused, denied, suspended, or  revoked
15        under this Act.
16             (5)  Has  been  declared incompetent by any court of
17        competent jurisdiction by reason  of  mental  disease  or
18        defect and has not been restored.
19             (6)  Has been dishonorably discharged from the armed
20        services of the United States.
21        (b)  No  person  may  be  employed by a private detective
22    agency, private security contractor agency, or private  alarm
23    contractor  agency,  or  locksmith  agency under this Section
24    until he or she has executed and furnished to  the  employer,
25    on forms furnished by the Department, a verified statement to
26    be known as "Employee's Statement" setting forth:
27             (1)  The  person's  full  name,  age,  and residence
28        address.
29             (2)  The business or occupation engaged in for the 5
30        years immediately before the date of the execution of the
31        statement, the place where the business or occupation was
32        engaged in, and the names of employers, if any.
33             (3)  That the  person  has  not  had  a  license  or
34        employee  registration  refused,  revoked,  or  suspended
 
                            -927-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        under this Act.
 2             (4)  Any conviction of a felony or misdemeanor.
 3             (5)  Any  declaration  of incompetency by a court of
 4        competent jurisdiction that has not been restored.
 5             (6)  Any  dishonorable  discharge  from  the   armed
 6        services of the United States.
 7             (7)  Any other information as may be required by any
 8        rule  of  the  Department  to  show  the  good character,
 9        competency, and integrity of  the  person  executing  the
10        statement.
11        (c)  Each applicant for a permanent employee registration
12    card shall submit to the Department with the applicable fees,
13    on  fingerprint cards furnished by the Department, 2 complete
14    sets of fingerprints that are verified to  be  those  of  the
15    applicant.   If an applicant's fingerprint cards are returned
16    to the Department as unclassifiable by the screening  agency,
17    the  applicant  has 90 days after notification is sent by the
18    Department to submit additional fingerprint cards taken by  a
19    different    technician   to   replace   the   unclassifiable
20    fingerprint cards.
21        The  Department  shall  notify  the  submitting  licensed
22    agency within 10 days if the  applicant's  fingerprint  cards
23    are  returned  to the Department as unclassifiable.  However,
24    instead of submitting fingerprint cards,  an  individual  may
25    submit  proof  that is satisfactory to the Department that an
26    equivalent security clearance has been  conducted.   Also,  a
27    full-time peace officer or an individual who has retired as a
28    peace  officer  within  12  months  of application may submit
29    verification, on forms provided by the Department and  signed
30    by  one's  employer,  of his or her full-time employment as a
31    peace officer.  "Peace  officer"  means  any  person  who  by
32    virtue of his or her office or public employment is vested by
33    law  with  a duty to maintain public order or to make arrests
34    for offenses, whether that duty extends to all offenses or is
 
                            -928-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    limited to specific offenses; officers, agents, or  employees
 2    of  the federal government commissioned by federal statute to
 3    make arrests for violations  of  federal  criminal  laws  are
 4    considered peace officers.
 5        (d)  Upon  receipt of the verified fingerprint cards, the
 6    Department shall cause the fingerprints to be  compared  with
 7    fingerprints  of  criminals  now  or hereafter filed with the
 8    Illinois Department of State Police.  The Department may also
 9    cause the fingerprints to be checked against the fingerprints
10    of criminals now or hereafter filed in the records  of  other
11    official fingerprint files within or without this State.  The
12    Department  shall  issue  a  permanent  employee registration
13    card, in a form the Department prescribes, to  all  qualified
14    applicants.   The  Department  shall  notify  the  submitting
15    licensed agency within 10 days upon the issuance of or intent
16    to deny the permanent employee registration card.  The holder
17    of  a  permanent  employee  registration card shall carry the
18    card at all times while actually engaged in  the  performance
19    of  the  duties  of  his  or  her employment.  Expiration and
20    requirements for renewal of permanent  employee  registration
21    cards  shall  be  established  by  rule  of  the  Department.
22    Possession of a permanent employee registration card does not
23    in  any  way imply that the holder of the card is employed by
24    an agency unless the permanent employee registration card  is
25    accompanied  by  the employee identification card required by
26    subsection (g) of this Section.
27        (e)  Within 5 days of  the  receipt  of  the  application
28    materials,  the  Department  shall institute an investigation
29    for a criminal record by checking the applicant's  name  with
30    immediately available criminal history information systems.
31        (f)  Each  employer  shall  maintain  a  record  of  each
32    employee   that   is   accessible   to  the  duly  authorized
33    representatives of the Department.  The record shall  contain
34    the following information:
 
                            -929-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (1)  A  photograph  taken within 10 days of the date
 2        that the employee begins employment  with  the  employer.
 3        The   photograph   shall   be  replaced  with  a  current
 4        photograph every 3 calendar years.
 5             (2)  The   employee's   statement    specified    in
 6        subsection (b) of this Section.
 7             (3)  All correspondence or documents relating to the
 8        character  and  integrity of the employee received by the
 9        employer from any  official  source  or  law  enforcement
10        agency.
11             (4)  In  the  case of former employees, the employee
12        identification  card  of   that   person   issued   under
13        subsection (g) of this Section.
14        (5)  Each employee record shall duly note if the employee
15    is employed in an armed capacity.  Armed employee files shall
16    contain  a  copy  of  an active Firearm Owners Identification
17    Card and a copy of an active Firearm Authorization Card.
18        (6)  Each employer shall maintain a record for each armed
19    employee of each instance in which the employee's weapon  was
20    discharged  during  the  course  of  his  or her professional
21    duties or activities.  The  record  shall  be  maintained  on
22    forms  provided  by  the  Department, a copy of which must be
23    filed with the Department within 15 days of an instance.  The
24    record shall include the date and time of the occurrence, the
25    circumstances involved  in  the  occurrence,  and  any  other
26    information  as  the  Department  may  require.   Failure  to
27    provide  this  information  to  the  Department or failure to
28    maintain the record  as  a  part  of  each  armed  employee's
29    permanent  file  is  grounds  for  disciplinary  action.  The
30    Department,  upon  receipt  of  a  report,  shall  have   the
31    authority  to make any investigation it considers appropriate
32    into  any  occurrence  in  which  an  employee's  weapon  was
33    discharged  and  to  take  disciplinary  action  as  may   be
34    appropriate.
 
                            -930-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (7)  The  Department  may,  by  rule,  prescribe  further
 2    record requirements.
 3        (g)  Every    employer    shall   furnish   an   employee
 4    identification card to each of his or  her  employees.   This
 5    employee   identification   card   shall   contain  a  recent
 6    photograph of the employee, the employee's name, the name and
 7    agency certification number of the employer,  the  employee's
 8    personal  description,  the  signature  of  the employer, the
 9    signature of that employee, the  date  of  issuance,  and  an
10    employee identification card number.
11        (h)  No  employer  may  issue  an employee identification
12    card to any person who is not employed  by  the  employer  in
13    accordance  with  this  Section or falsely state or represent
14    that a person is or has been in his or  her  employ.   It  is
15    unlawful  for  an applicant for registered employment to file
16    with the Department the fingerprints of a person  other  than
17    himself  or  herself, or to fail to exercise due diligence in
18    resubmitting replacement fingerprints for those employees who
19    have  had  original  fingerprint  submissions   returned   as
20    unclassifiable.
21        (i)  Every  employer shall obtain the identification card
22    of every employee who terminates employment with him or her.
23        (j)  Every employer shall maintain a separate  roster  of
24    the  names  of  all  employees  currently working in an armed
25    capacity and submit the roster to the Department on request.
26        (k)  No agency may  employ  any  person  under  this  Act
27    unless:
28             (1)  The person possesses a valid permanent employee
29        registration card; or
30             (2)  The agency:
31                  (i)  on  behalf of each person completes in its
32             entirety  and   submits   to   the   Department   an
33             application  for  a  permanent employee registration
34             card, including the required  fingerprint  card  and
 
                            -931-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             fees;
 2                  (ii)  exercises  due  diligence  to ensure that
 3             the person is qualified under  the  requirements  of
 4             the   Act   to   be   issued  a  permanent  employee
 5             registration card; and
 6                  (iii)  maintains a separate roster of the names
 7             of all employees whose  applications  are  currently
 8             pending  with  the Department and submits the roster
 9             to the Department on a monthly basis.   Rosters  are
10             to  be  maintained  by the agency for a period of at
11             least 24 months.
12        (l)  Failure by an  agency  to  submit  the  application,
13    fees,  and  fingerprints  specified  in  this  Section before
14    scheduling the person for work shall result in a fine, in  an
15    amount  up  to  $1,000,  or  other  disciplinary action being
16    imposed against the agency.  Failure to maintain  and  submit
17    the  specified  rosters  is grounds for discipline under this
18    Act.
19        (m)  No person may be employed under this Section in  any
20    capacity if:
21             (i)  The  person  while so employed is being paid by
22        the United States or any political  subdivision  for  the
23        time  so  employed  in addition to any payments he or she
24        may receive from the employer.
25             (ii)  The person wears any portion  of  his  or  her
26        official uniform, emblem of authority, or equipment while
27        so employed except as provided in Section 30.
28        (n)  If   information   is   discovered   affecting   the
29    registration  of  a  person whose fingerprints were submitted
30    under this Section, the Department shall so notify the agency
31    that submitted the fingerprints on behalf of that person.
32    (Source: P.A. 88-363; 89-366, eff. 1-1-96; revised 10-31-98.)

33        Section 153.   The  Illinois  Public  Accounting  Act  is
 
                            -932-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    amended by changing Section 21 as follows:

 2        (225 ILCS 450/21) (from Ch. 111, par. 5527)
 3        Sec.  21. Judicial review; cost of record; order as prima
 4    facie proof.
 5        (a)  All final administrative decisions of the Department
 6    hereunder shall be subject to judicial review pursuant to the
 7    provisions  of  the  Administrative  Review  Law,   and   all
 8    amendments  and  modifications thereof, and the rules adopted
 9    pursuant thereto.   The  term  "administrative  decision"  is
10    defined as in Section 3-101 of the Code of Civil Procedure.
11        Such  Proceedings  for judicial review shall be commenced
12    in the Circuit  Court  of  the  county  in  which  the  party
13    applying  for review resides; provided, that if such party is
14    not a resident of this State, the venue shall be in  Sangamon
15    County.
16        (b)  The  Department shall not be required to certify any
17    record to the court or file any answer in court or  otherwise
18    appear  in  any court in a judicial review proceeding, unless
19    there is filed in the court with the complaint a receipt from
20    the  Department  acknowledging  payment  of  the   costs   of
21    furnishing  and  certifying  the record, which costs shall be
22    established by the Department.   Exhibits  Exhibit  shall  be
23    certified without cost.  Failure on the part of the plaintiff
24    to  file such receipt in court shall be grounds for dismissal
25    of the action.
26        (c)  An order of disciplinary action or a certified  copy
27    thereof, over the seal of the Department and purporting to be
28    signed  by  the Director, thereof shall be prima facie proof,
29    subject to being rebutted, that:
30             (1)  the (a) Such signature is the genuine signature
31        of the Director;
32             (2)  the (b) That such Director  is  duly  appointed
33        and qualified; and
 
                            -933-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             (3)  (c)  That the Committee and the members thereof
 2        are qualified to act.
 3    (Source: P.A. 83-291; revised 5-6-98.)

 4        Section 154.  The Real Estate  License  Act  of  1983  is
 5    amended by changing Section 18 as follows:

 6        (225 ILCS 455/18) (from Ch. 111, par. 5818)
 7        Sec.  18.  The Office of Banks and Real Estate may refuse
 8    to issue or renew a license, may place on probation,  suspend
 9    or  revoke  any  license,  or may reprimand or impose a civil
10    penalty not to exceed $10,000 upon any licensee hereunder for
11    any one or any combination of the following causes:
12        (a)  Where the applicant or licensee  has,  by  false  or
13    fraudulent  representation,  obtained  or  sought to obtain a
14    license.
15        (b)  Where the applicant or licensee has  been  convicted
16    of  any crime, an essential element of which is dishonesty or
17    fraud or larceny, embezzlement, obtaining money, property  or
18    credit  by  false pretenses or by means of a confidence game,
19    has been convicted in this or another state of a crime  which
20    is  a  felony  under  the  laws  of  this  State  or has been
21    convicted of a felony in a federal court.
22        (c)  Where the applicant or licensee has been adjudged to
23    be a person under legal disability or subject to  involuntary
24    admission  or  to meet the standard for judicial admission as
25    provided in the Mental Health and Developmental  Disabilities
26    Code, as now or hereafter amended.
27        (d)  Where  the  licensee performs or attempts to perform
28    any act  as  a  broker  or  salesperson  in  a  retail  sales
29    establishment,  from  an  office,  desk  or space that is not
30    separated from the main retail business  by  a  separate  and
31    distinct area within such establishment.
32        (e)  Discipline   by   another  state,  the  District  of
 
                            -934-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    Columbia, territory, or foreign nation of a  licensee  if  at
 2    least  one  of the grounds for that discipline is the same as
 3    or the equivalent of one of the grounds  for  discipline  set
 4    forth in this Act.
 5        (f)  Where  the applicant or licensee has engaged in real
 6    estate activity without a license, or  after  the  licensee's
 7    license was expired, or while the license was inoperative.
 8        (g)  Where  the applicant or licensee attempts to subvert
 9    or cheat on the Real Estate License Exam, or aids  and  abets
10    an  applicant  to subvert or cheat on the Real Estate License
11    Exam administered pursuant to this Act.
12        (h)  Where the licensee in performing  or  attempting  to
13    perform  or  pretending  to  perform  any  act as a broker or
14    salesperson, or where such  licensee,  in  handling  his  own
15    property,  whether  held  by  deed,  option, or otherwise, is
16    found guilty of:
17             1.  Making  any  substantial  misrepresentation,  or
18        untruthful advertising.;
19             2.  Making any false promises of a character  likely
20        to influence, persuade, or induce.;
21             3.  Pursuing  a  continued  and  flagrant  course of
22        misrepresentation or the making of false promises through
23        agents, salespersons or advertising or otherwise.;
24             4.  Any misleading  or  untruthful  advertising,  or
25        using  any  trade  name  or insignia of membership in any
26        real estate organization of which the licensee is  not  a
27        member.;
28             5.  Acting  for more than one party in a transaction
29        without providing written notice to all parties for  whom
30        the licensee acts.;
31             6.  Representing or attempting to represent a broker
32        other than the employer.;
33             7.  Failure to account for or to remit any moneys or
34        documents  coming  into  their possession which belong to
 
                            -935-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        others.;
 2             8.  Failure to maintain and  deposit  in  a  special
 3        account,  separate  and  apart  from  personal  and other
 4        business accounts, all escrow monies belonging to  others
 5        entrusted  to  a  licensee  while acting as a real estate
 6        broker, escrow agent, or temporary custodian of the funds
 7        of others, or failure to maintain all  escrow  monies  on
 8        deposit  in  such  account  until  the  transactions  are
 9        consummated or terminated, except to the extent that such
10        monies,  or any part thereof, shall be disbursed prior to
11        the consummation or termination in  accordance  with  (i)
12        the   written   direction   of   the  principals  to  the
13        transaction or their  duly  authorized  agents,  or  (ii)
14        directions   providing   for  the  release,  payment,  or
15        distribution of escrow monies contained  in  any  written
16        contract  signed  by the principals to the transaction or
17        their duly authorized  agents.   Such  account  shall  be
18        noninterest  bearing, unless the character of the deposit
19        is such that payment of  interest  thereon  is  otherwise
20        required   by   law  or  unless  the  principals  to  the
21        transaction specifically require, in  writing,  that  the
22        deposit be placed in an interest bearing account.;
23             9.  Failure  to  make  available  to the real estate
24        enforcement personnel of the Office  of  Banks  and  Real
25        Estate  during  normal  business hours all escrow records
26        and related documents maintained in connection  with  the
27        practice of real estate.;
28             10.  Failing  to  furnish copies upon request of all
29        documents relating to a real estate  transaction  to  all
30        parties executing them.;
31             11.  Paying  a  commission or valuable consideration
32        to any person for acts or services performed in violation
33        of this Act.;
34             12.  Having     demonstrated     unworthiness     or
 
                            -936-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        incompetency to act as a broker or  salesperson  in  such
 2        manner as to endanger the interest of the public.;
 3             13.  Commingling  the  money  or  property of others
 4        with his own.;
 5             14.  Employing any person on a purely  temporary  or
 6        single deal basis as a means of evading the law regarding
 7        payment   of   commission   to   nonlicensees   on   some
 8        contemplated transactions.;
 9             15.  Permitting  the  use of his license as a broker
10        to enable a salesperson or unlicensed person to operate a
11        real estate business without actual participation therein
12        and control thereof by the broker.;
13             16.  Any other conduct, whether of  the  same  or  a
14        different  character  from that specified in this Section
15        which constitutes dishonest dealing.;
16             17.  Displaying a "for rent" or "for sale"  sign  on
17        any  property  without the written consent of an owner or
18        his duly authorized agent, or advertising  by  any  means
19        that  any  property  is  for sale or for rent without the
20        written consent of the owner or his authorized agent.;
21             18.  Failing to provide information requested by the
22        Office of Banks and Real Estate, within 30  days  of  the
23        request,  either  as  the  result of a formal or informal
24        complaint to the Office of Banks and Real Estate or as  a
25        result of a random audit conducted by the Office of Banks
26        and Real Estate, which would indicate a violation of this
27        Act.;
28             19.  Disregarding or violating any provision of this
29        Act, or the published rules or regulations promulgated by
30        the  Office of Banks and Real Estate to enforce this Act,
31        or  aiding  or  abetting  any  individual,   partnership,
32        limited liability company, or corporation in disregarding
33        any  provision  of  this  Act,  or the published rules or
34        regulations promulgated by the Office of Banks  and  Real
 
                            -937-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        Estate to enforce this Act.;
 2             20.  Advertising    any   property   for   sale   or
 3        advertising any transaction  of  any  kind  or  character
 4        relating  to  the  sale  of property by whatsoever means,
 5        without clearly disclosing in or on such advertising  one
 6        of  the  following:   the name of the firm with which the
 7        licensee is associated, if a sole broker, evidence of the
 8        broker's occupation, or a name with respect to which  the
 9        broker  has complied with the requirements of the Assumed
10        Business Name Act "An Act in relation to the  use  of  an
11        assumed name in the conduct or transaction of business in
12        this  State", approved July 17, 1941, as amended, whether
13        such  advertising  is  done  by  the  broker  or  by  any
14        salesperson or broker employed by the broker.;
15             21.  "Offering "guaranteed sales plans"  as  defined
16        in subparagraph (A), except to the extent hereinafter set
17        forth:
18                  (A)  A  "guaranteed  sales  plan"  is  any real
19             estate purchase  or  sales  plan  whereby  a  broker
20             enters  into  a conditional or unconditional written
21             contract with a seller  by  the  terms  of  which  a
22             broker  agrees  to purchase a property of the seller
23             within a specified period  of  time  at  a  specific
24             price  in  the  event  the  property  is not sold in
25             accordance with the  terms  of  a  listing  contract
26             between  the broker and the seller or on other terms
27             acceptable to the seller.;
28                  (B)  A  broker  offering  a  "guaranteed  sales
29             plan" shall provide the details  and  conditions  of
30             such  plan  in writing to the party to whom the plan
31             is offered.;
32                  (C)  A  broker  offering  a  "guaranteed  sales
33             plan" shall provide to the party to whom the plan is
34             offered, evidence of sufficient financial  resources
 
                            -938-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             to  satisfy the commitment to purchase undertaken by
 2             the broker in the plan.;
 3                  (D)  Any broker offering  a  "guaranteed  sales
 4             plan"  shall undertake to market the property of the
 5             seller subject to the plan in  the  same  manner  in
 6             which  the  broker  would market any other property,
 7             unless  such  agreement  with  the  seller  provides
 8             otherwise.;
 9                  (E)  Any broker  who  fails  to  perform  on  a
10             "guaranteed  sales  plan"  in strict accordance with
11             its terms shall be  subject  to  all  the  penalties
12             provided in this Act for violations thereof, and, in
13             addition,  shall  be  subject  to  a  civil  penalty
14             payable  to  the  party injured by the default in an
15             amount of up to $10,000.
16             22.  Influencing or attempting to  influence, by any
17        words or acts a prospective seller, purchaser,  occupant,
18        landlord  or  tenant  of  real estate, in connection with
19        viewing, buying or leasing  of  real  estate,  so  as  to
20        promote,   or   tend   to  promote,  the  continuance  or
21        maintenance  of  racially  and   religiously   segregated
22        housing,  or  so  as  to  retard,  obstruct or discourage
23        racially integrated housing on or in any  street,  block,
24        neighborhood or community.;
25             23.  Engaging   in   any  act  which  constitutes  a
26        violation of Section 3-102, 3-103, 3-104 or 3-105 of  the
27        Illinois Human Rights Act, whether or not a complaint has
28        been  filed  with  or  adjudicated  by  the  Human Rights
29        Commission.;
30             24.  Inducing any party to a  contract  of  sale  or
31        listing  agreement  to  break  such a contract of sale or
32        listing agreement for the  purpose  of  substituting,  in
33        lieu   thereof,  a  new  contract  for  sale  or  listing
34        agreement with a third party.
 
                            -939-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1             25.  Negotiating a sale, exchange or lease  of  real
 2        property   directly  with  an  owner  or  lessor  without
 3        authority from the listing broker if the  licensee  knows
 4        that  the owner or lessor has a written exclusive listing
 5        agreement covering the property with another broker.
 6             26.  Where a licensee is also an attorney, acting as
 7        the attorney for either the buyer or the  seller  in  the
 8        same  transaction in which such licensee is acting or has
 9        acted as a broker or salesperson.
10             27.  Advertising or offering merchandise or services
11        as free if any conditions or  obligations  necessary  for
12        receiving  such merchandise or services are not disclosed
13        in the same advertisement or offer.  Such  conditions  or
14        obligations   include,   but  are  not  limited  to,  the
15        requirement  that  the  recipient  attend  a  promotional
16        activity or visit a real estate site.  As  used  in  this
17        paragraph  27,  "free"  includes  terms  such as "award",
18        "prize", "no charge," "free of charge," "without  charge"
19        and  similar  words  or  phrases  which reasonably lead a
20        person to believe  that  he  may  receive,  or  has  been
21        selected  to  receive,  something  of  value, without any
22        conditions or obligations on the part of the recipient.
23             28.  Disregarding or violating any provision of  the
24        Illinois  Real Estate Time-Share Act, enacted by the 84th
25        General Assembly, or the published rules  or  regulations
26        promulgated  by  the  Office  of Banks and Real Estate to
27        enforce that Act.
28             29.  A finding that the licensee  has  violated  the
29        terms  of  the disciplinary order issued by the Office of
30        Banks and Real Estate.
31             30.  Paying  fees  or  commissions  directly  to   a
32        licensee employed by another broker.
33             31.  Requiring a party to a transaction who is not a
34        client of the licensee, as defined in Article 4, to allow
 
                            -940-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        the licensee to retain a portion of the escrow monies for
 2        payment  of  the  licensee's  commission or expenses as a
 3        condition for release of the escrow monies to that party.
 4    (Source: P.A.  89-508,  eff.  7-3-96;  90-352,  eff.  8-8-97;
 5    revised 10-31-98.)

 6        Section 155.  The Solicitation for Charity Act is amended
 7    by changing Section 17 as follows:

 8        (225 ILCS 460/17) (from Ch. 23, par. 5117)
 9        Sec.  17.   In  any  solicitation  to  the  public  for a
10    charitable organization by  a  professional  fund  raiser  or
11    professional solicitor:
12        (a)  The  public  member  shall  be  promptly informed by
13    statement  in  verbal  communications  and   by   clear   and
14    unambiguous   disclosure   in   written  materials  that  the
15    solicitation is  being  made  by  a  paid  professional  fund
16    raiser.  The fund raiser, solicitor, and materials used shall
17    also  provide  the  professional  fund  raiser's  name  and a
18    statement that contracts and reports  regarding  the  charity
19    are   on   file   with  the  Illinois  Attorney  General  and
20    additionally, in verbal communications, the solicitor's  true
21    name must be provided.
22        (b)  If  the  professional  fund raiser employs or uses a
23    contract which provides that it will  be  paid  or  retain  a
24    certain  percentage  of the gross amount of each contribution
25    or shall be paid an hourly  rate  for  solicitation,  or  the
26    contract  provides the charity will receive a fixed amount or
27    a fixed percentage of  each  contribution,  the  professional
28    fund  raiser  and person soliciting shall disclose to persons
29    being solicited the percentage amount retained or hourly rate
30    paid to the professional fund raiser and  solicitor  pursuant
31    to  the  contract,  and  the  amount  or the percentage to be
32    received   by   the   charitable   organization   from   each
 
                            -941-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    contribution, if such disclosure is requested by  the  person
 2    solicited.
 3        (c)  Any   person,   or   professional  fund  raiser,  or
 4    professional solicitor  soliciting  charitable  contributions
 5    from  the  public  on  behalf  of  a  public safety personnel
 6    organization shall not misrepresent that he or  she  is  they
 7    are  in fact a law enforcement person, firefighter, or member
 8    of the organization for  whom  the  contributions  are  being
 9    raised, and, if requested by the person solicited, he or she
10    they shall promptly provide his or her their actual name, the
11    exact legal name of the organization with which he or she is
12    they  are  employed  and its correct address, as well as, the
13    exact name of the charitable organization.
14    (Source: P.A. 90-469, eff. 8-17-97; revised 10-31-98.)

15        Section 156.  The Weights and Measures Act is amended  by
16    changing Section 9 as follows:

17        (225 ILCS 470/9) (from Ch. 147, par. 109)
18        Sec.  9.  Calibration  of  field  standards  procured  by
19    cities.    At least once every year, the Director, shall test
20    the standards of weights and measures procured  by  any  city
21    for  which appointment of a sealer of weights and measures is
22    provided by this Act.
23    (Source: P.A. 88-600, eff. 9-1-94; revised 10-31-98.)

24        Section  157.   The  Private  Employment  Agency  Act  is
25    amended by changing Section 3 as follows:

26        (225 ILCS 515/3) (from Ch. 111, par. 903)
27        Sec. 3.  Records.  It shall be the  duty  of  every  such
28    licensed  person  to  keep  a  complete record in the English
29    language, of all orders for employees which are received from
30    prospective employers.  Upon request  of  the  Department,  a
 
                            -942-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    licensee  shall  verify the date when the order was received,
 2    the name of the person recording the job order, the name  and
 3    address  of the employer seeking the services of an employee,
 4    the name of  the  person  placing  the  order,  the  kind  of
 5    employee   requested,  the  qualifications  required  in  the
 6    employee, the salary or wages to be paid if  known,  and  the
 7    possible  duration  of the job. Prior to the placement of any
 8    job advertisement, an employment agency must have a  current,
 9    bona  fide  job  order,  and must maintain a copy of both the
10    advertisement and the job order  in  a  register  established
11    specially  for  that  purpose.   The term "current, bona fide
12    bonafide job order" shall be defined as a job order  obtained
13    by  the  employment  agency  within  30  days  prior  to  the
14    placement  of the advertisement.  A job order must be renewed
15    after 45 days and must be annotated  with  the  name  of  the
16    representative of the prospective employer who authorized the
17    renewal and the date on which the renewal was authorized.
18        Such  employment agency shall also keep a complete record
19    in the English language of each applicant to whom  employment
20    is  offered  or promised and who is sent out by the agency to
21    secure a job or interview. This record, which shall be called
22    the Applicant's Record,  shall  contain  the  date  when  the
23    applicant  was sent out for the job or interview, the name of
24    the applicant, the name and address of the person or firm  to
25    whom  sent,  the  type of job offered and the wages or salary
26    proposed to be paid if known.
27        The agency shall also keep a record of all payments to it
28    of any and all placement fees  received  and  refunded.  This
29    record  shall  be  called  a Fee Transaction record. It shall
30    contain the date of each transaction, the name of the  person
31    making   the  remittance,  the  amount  paid,  a  designation
32    indicating whether the amount paid is in full or on  account,
33    the receipt number and the date and the amount of any refund.
34        Notwithstanding the provisions of this Act concerning the
 
                            -943-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    records  required  to  be  kept  by  employment agencies, the
 2    Director  of  Labor  may  by  regulation   permit   teachers'
 3    agencies,  medical  agencies,  nurses' registries, theatrical
 4    agencies, contract labor agencies, baby sitter  agencies  and
 5    such other agencies of a like nature who serve the needs of a
 6    specialized class of workers, to keep such records concerning
 7    job   orders,   listing  of  placed  applicants,  listing  of
 8    available applicants and  payments  of  fees  by  either  the
 9    employer  or the employee as the Department by regulation may
10    approve.
11        The aforesaid records shall be kept in the agency for one
12    year and shall be open during office hours to  inspection  by
13    the  Department  and  its  duly  qualified  agents.  No  such
14    licensee,  or  his  employee,  shall knowingly make any false
15    entry in such records.
16    (Source: P.A. 84-1308; revised 10-31-98.)

17        Section 158.   The  Animal  Welfare  Act  is  amended  by
18    changing Section 12 as follows:

19        (225 ILCS 605/12) (from Ch. 8, par. 312)
20        Sec.  12.  Record of hearing.  In accordance with Section
21    10-35 11 of the Illinois Administrative  Procedure  Act,  the
22    Department  shall preserve a record of all proceedings at the
23    hearing of any case involving refusal to  issue  or  renew  a
24    license, or the suspension or revocation of a license, or the
25    referral  of  a  case for criminal prosecution. The record of
26    any such  proceeding  consists  of  the  notice  of  hearing,
27    complaint, and all other documents in the nature of pleadings
28    and  written motions filed in the proceedings, the transcript
29    of testimony and the report and  orders  of  the  Department.
30    Copies  of  the transcript of the record may be obtained from
31    the Department in accordance with the Illinois Administrative
32    Procedure Act.
 
                            -944-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    (Source: P.A. 88-457; revised 10-31-98.)

 2        Section 159.  The  Fluorspar  and  Underground  Limestone
 3    Mines Act is amended by changing Section 9.02 as follows:

 4        (225 ILCS 710/9.02) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 4216)
 5        Sec.  9.02.  For  the  purpose  of  ascertaining facts in
 6    connection with any inspection, inquiry, or examination, the
 7    said  inspector,  shall  have  full  power  to   compel   the
 8    attendance  of  witnesses by subpoena, to take depositions on
 9    the service of proper or usual notice to the  mine  owner  or
10    operator  as  required  in  the  taking  of  depositions,  to
11    administer  oaths,  and  to  examine, cross-examine, and take
12    such testimony as may be deemed necessary for the information
13    of the inspector.
14        The refusal by any person to obey a  subpoena  issued  by
15    the   inspector,   or  the  wilful  hindrance  hinderance  or
16    obstruction  by  any  person,  of  the  inspector,   in   the
17    performance  of  any  of  his  duties  under  this Act, shall
18    constitute a Class A misdemeanor and  shall  be  punished  as
19    hereinafter provided.
20        Any witness appearing before the inspector in response to
21    a  subpoena  so  issued,  who  shall  knowingly  and wilfully
22    testify falsely to  any  material  matter,  shall  be  deemed
23    guilty  of  perjury  and  upon conviction as by law provided,
24    shall be punished for perjury.
25    (Source: P.A. 77-2830; revised 2-25-98.)

26        Section 160.  The  Surface-Mined  Land  Conservation  and
27    Reclamation  Act is amended by changing Sections 4.1 and 5 as
28    follows:

29        (225 ILCS 715/4.1) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 4505)
30        Sec. 4.1. Surface Mining Advisory Council.
 
                            -945-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1        (a)  There is created the Surface Mining Advisory Council
 2    to consist of  10  members,  plus  the  Director  of  Natural
 3    Resources.    Members   of  the  Advisory  Council  shall  be
 4    appointed by the Governor, with the advice and consent of the
 5    Senate.  The members appointed to the Council shall represent
 6    the following interests:  conservation, agriculture,  surface
 7    coal   mining  industry,  aggregate  mining  industry,  local
 8    government,  environmental  protection,  the   colleges   and
 9    universities,  underground  mining  industry,  labor, and the
10    general  public.   The   members   shall   be   knowledgeable
11    concerning  the  nature  of  problems  of  surface mining and
12    surface mining reclamation.  The Council  shall  select  from
13    its members a chairperson and such other officers as it deems
14    necessary.   The  term  of membership on the Advisory Council
15    shall be 3 years, except that the Governor may  make  initial
16    appointment  or  fill  vacancies  for lesser terms so that at
17    least  3  memberships  expire  annually.   Members   may   be
18    reappointed.    Vacancies  occurring  on the Advisory Council
19    shall be  filled,  as  nearly  as  possible,  with  a  person
20    representing  the  interest  of his or her predecessor on the
21    Advisory Council.  Members of the Council shall be reimbursed
22    for  ordinary  and  necessary  expenses   incurred   in   the
23    performance  of the council's duties.  Members of the Council
24    shall, in addition, receive $50 a day for each day  spent  in
25    the performance of their duties as Advisory Council members.
26        (b)  The  Advisory Council shall meet at least 3 times in
27    each calendar year on a date specified at least one  week  in
28    advance  of  the  meeting.    A  meeting may be called by the
29    Director of the Department of Natural Resources or  upon  the
30    request of a majority of Advisory Council members.
31        (c)  The  Council shall act solely as an advisory body to
32    the Director of Natural Resources and to the Land Reclamation
33    Division  of  the  Department  of  Natural  Resources.    The
34    recommendations  of  the Council shall have no binding effect
 
                            -946-              LRB9101253EGfg
 1    on the Director of Natural Resources or on  the  Division  of
 2    Land  Reclamation.   The advice, findings and recommendations
 3    of the Advisory Council shall be made public in a semi-annual
 4    report published by the Department of Natural Resources.
 5        (d)  The Department shall  present  proposed  changes  in
 6    rules  or  regulations  related  to  this Act to the Advisory
 7    Council for its comments before putting such proposed changes
 8    in rules or regulations into effect, except for circumstances
 9    of emergency or other circumstances  enumerated  in  Sections
10    5-45  and 5-50 and subsection (c) of Section 5-35 subsections
11    5(b), (d) and (e) of the  Illinois  Administrative  Procedure
12    Act.
13        (e)  The  Council shall review the federal Surface Mining
14    Control and Reclamation Act of  1977  (P.L.  95-87)  and  the
15    question  of  development  and  implementation of an approved
16    permanent State program thereunder.  The Council  shall  make
17    its  review  and  written  recommendations to the Director of
18    Natural  Resources.   The  Council  may  seek  comment   from
19    affected   persons   and  the  public  prior  to  making  its
20    recommendations.
21    (Source: P.A. 89-445, eff. 2-7-96; revised 10-31-98.)

22        (225 ILCS 715/5) (from Ch. 96 1/2, par. 4506)
23        Sec. 5.  Application for permit; bond; fee; permit.
24        (a)  Application for a permit shall be made upon  a  form
25    furnished  by  the  Department,  which  form  shall contain a
26    description of the tract or tracts of land and the  estimated
27    number  of  acres thereof to be affected by surface mining by
28    the